CIENA CORP
S-1, 1996-12-12
Previous: PRICELLULAR WIRELESS CORP, S-4/A, 1996-12-12
Next: VINTAGE FUNDS, AW, 1996-12-12



<PAGE>   1
 
   AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON DECEMBER 12, 1996
 
                                                      REGISTRATION NO. 333-
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                               ------------------
 
                                    FORM S-1
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                               ------------------
 
                               CIENA CORPORATION
             (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                          <C>                          <C>
        DELAWARE                       3661                    23-2725311
     (STATE OR OTHER             (PRIMARY STANDARD          (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
      JURISDICTION OF               INDUSTRIAL            IDENTIFICATION NO.)
    INCORPORATION OR            CLASSIFICATION CODE
      ORGANIZATION)                   NUMBER)
</TABLE>
 
                              8530 CORRIDOR ROAD
                               SAVAGE, MD 20763
                                (301) 317-5800
    (ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE,
                 OF REGISTRANT'S PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)
                               ------------------
 
                               G. ERIC GEORGATOS
                        VICE PRESIDENT, GENERAL COUNSEL
                                 AND SECRETARY
                               CIENA CORPORATION
                              8530 CORRIDOR ROAD
                               SAVAGE, MD 20763
                                (301) 317-5800
           (NAME, ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE AND TELEPHONE NUMBER,
                  INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)
                               ------------------
                                   Copies to:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                     <C>
                                               MARK G. BORDEN
    MICHAEL J. SILVER                          DAVID SYLVESTER
  HOGAN & HARTSON L.L.P.                        HALE AND DORR
 111 SOUTH CALVERT STREET               1455 PENNSYLVANIA AVE., N.W.
BALTIMORE, MARYLAND 21202                  WASHINGTON, D.C. 20004
      (410) 659-2700                           (202) 942-8400
</TABLE>
 
                               ------------------
        APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:
   As soon as practicable on or after the effective date of this Registration
                                   Statement.
 
     If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, check the following box. [ ]
 
     If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. [ ]
     If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. [ ]
     If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. [ ]
                               ------------------
                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                         PROPOSED MAXIMUM
               TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF                   AGGREGATE OFFERING            AMOUNT OF
             SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED                     PRICE(2)             REGISTRATION FEE
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                  <C>                      <C>
Common Stock, $.01 par value(1)......................       $109,250,000               $33,107
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
 
(1) The shares of Common Stock are not being registered for the purpose of sales
    outside the United States.
(2) Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the registration fee pursuant
    to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities
    Act").
 
                               -----------------------
 
     THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, ACTING
PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(a), MAY DETERMINE.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>   2
 
     Information contained herein is subject to completion or amendment. A
     registration statement relating to these securities has been filed with the
     Securities and Exchange Commission. These securities may not be sold nor
     may offers to buy be accepted prior to the time the registration statement
     becomes effective. This prospectus shall not constitute an offer to sell or
     the solicitation of an offer to buy nor shall there be any sale of these
     securities
     in any State in which such offer, solicitation or sale would be unlawful
     prior to registration or qualification under the securities laws of any
     such State.
 
                 SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED DECEMBER 12, 1996
                                5,000,000 SHARES
 
                                     [LOGO]
 
                                  COMMON STOCK
                           (PAR VALUE $.01 PER SHARE)
                            ------------------------
 
     Of the 5,000,000 shares of Common Stock offered, 4,000,000 shares are being
offered hereby in the United States and 1,000,000 shares are being offered in a
concurrent international offering outside the United States. The initial public
offering price and the aggregate underwriting discount per share will be
identical for both offerings. See "Underwriting".
 
     Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the Common
Stock of CIENA Corporation. It is currently estimated that the initial public
offering price per share will be between $17.00 and $19.00. For factors to be
considered in determining the initial public offering price, see "Underwriting".
 
     SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 5 FOR CERTAIN CONSIDERATIONS RELEVANT
TO AN INVESTMENT IN THE COMMON STOCK.
 
     Application will be made for quotation of the Common Stock on the Nasdaq
National Market under the symbol "CIEN".
 
                            ------------------------
 THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
      EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE
          SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES
           COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS
              PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS
                             A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
                            ------------------------
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  INITIAL PUBLIC         UNDERWRITING         PROCEEDS TO
                                                  OFFERING PRICE         DISCOUNT(1)          COMPANY(2)
                                                  --------------         ------------         -----------
<S>                                               <C>                    <C>                  <C>
Per Share......................................        $                      $                    $
Total (3)......................................        $                 $                    $
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) The Company has agreed to indemnify the Underwriters against certain
    liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933. See
    "Underwriting".
(2) Before deducting estimated expenses of $1,100,000 payable by the Company.
(3) The Company has granted the U.S. Underwriters an option for 30 days to
    purchase up to an additional 600,000 shares at the initial public offering
    price per share, less the underwriting discount, solely to cover
    over-allotments. Additionally, the Company has granted the International
    Underwriters a similar option with respect to an additional 150,000 shares
    as part of the concurrent international offering. If such options are
    exercised in full, the total initial public offering price, underwriting
    discount and proceeds to the Company will be $          , $          and
    $          , respectively. See "Underwriting".
 
                            ------------------------
 
     The shares offered hereby are offered severally by the U.S. Underwriters,
as specified herein, subject to receipt and acceptance by them and subject to
their right to reject any order in whole or in part. It is
expected that certificates for the shares will be ready for delivery in New
York, New York, on or about             , 1997, against payment therefor in
immediately available funds.
 
GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.

             ALEX. BROWN & SONS
                    INCORPORATED
 
                            WESSELS, ARNOLD & HENDERSON
 
                                        WILLIAM K. WOODRUFF & COMPANY
                            ------------------------
 
               The date of this Prospectus is             , 1997.
<PAGE>   3
 
                             This diagram shows the
                          CIENA MultiWave 1600 system.
 
     The Company intends to furnish to its stockholders annual reports
containing audited financial statements and quarterly reports containing
unaudited interim financial information for the first three fiscal quarters of
each fiscal year of the Company.
                            ------------------------
 
     CIENA(TM), the CIENA logo(TM), MultiWave(TM) and WaveWatcher(TM) are
trademarks of the Company. All other brand names or trademarks appearing in this
Prospectus are the property of their respective owners.
                            ------------------------
 
     IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERINGS, THE UNDERWRITERS MAY OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK
OFFERED HEREBY AT A LEVEL ABOVE THAT WHICH MIGHT OTHERWISE PREVAIL IN THE OPEN
MARKET. SUCH TRANSACTIONS MAY BE EFFECTED ON THE NASDAQ NATIONAL MARKET, IN THE
OVER-THE-COUNTER MARKET OR OTHERWISE. SUCH STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE
DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.
 
                                        2
<PAGE>   4
 
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
     The following summary is qualified in its entirety by, and should be read
in conjunction with, the more detailed information and financial statements and
notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus. Unless otherwise
indicated, all information in this Prospectus assumes no exercise of the
over-allotment options granted to the Underwriters and has been adjusted to
reflect a five-for-one split of the Company's Common Stock effective on December
9, 1996 and the conversion of the Company's mandatorily redeemable convertible
preferred stock (the "Convertible Preferred Stock") into 73,315,740 shares of
Common Stock and the exercise of certain warrants to purchase 300,000 shares of
Convertible Preferred Stock which are convertible into 1,500,000 shares of
Common Stock upon the closing of the Offerings.
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
     CIENA Corporation ("CIENA" or the "Company") designs, manufactures and
sells dense wavelength division multiplexing ("DWDM") systems for long distance
fiberoptic telecommunications networks. CIENA's DWDM solution, the MultiWave
1600 system, alleviates capacity, or bandwidth, constraints in high traffic
fiberoptic routes without requiring the installation of new fiber. In addition,
the MultiWave 1600 system enables flexible provisioning of additional bandwidth
without requiring an upgrade of existing network transmission equipment. The
MultiWave 1600 system can increase the carrying capacity of a single optical
fiber 16 fold by allowing simultaneous transmission of up to 16 optical channels
per fiber. This permits fiber currently carrying signals at transmission speeds
of up to 2.5 gigabits per second ("Gb/s") to carry up to 40 Gb/s. CIENA's
MultiWave 1600 system includes optical transmission terminals, optical
amplifiers and network management software. CIENA's system is designed with an
open architecture that allows the MultiWave 1600 system to interoperate with
carriers' existing fiberoptic transmission systems having a broad range of
transmission speeds and signal formats.
 
     The Company believes it is a worldwide market leader in field deployment of
open architecture DWDM systems. CIENA's MultiWave 1600 system was introduced
into field trials in the long distance network of Sprint Corporation ("Sprint")
in May 1996 and LDDS WorldCom ("WorldCom") in August 1996. The MultiWave 1600
system began carrying live traffic in the Sprint network in October 1996. The
Company has a three-year non-exclusive supply agreement with Sprint which
expires in December 1998, a supply agreement with WorldCom which, subject to
certain conditions, is exclusive through December 1997 and an agreement to
supply Teleway Japan Corporation ("Teleway") with the Company's MultiWave 1600
system. Through October 31, 1996, the Company recorded $54.8 million in revenue,
all of which was derived from sales of the MultiWave 1600 system to Sprint. The
Company is actively seeking additional customers among other long distance
carriers in the worldwide telecommunications market.
 
     The Company was incorporated in Delaware in November 1992. The Company's
principal executive offices are located at 8530 Corridor Road, Savage, Maryland
20763, and its telephone number is (301) 317-5800.
 
                                 THE OFFERINGS
 
     The offering of 4,000,000 shares of Common Stock initially being offered in
the United States (the "U.S. Offering") and the concurrent offering of 1,000,000
shares of Common Stock initially being offered outside the United States (the
"International Offering") are collectively referred to herein as the
"Offerings". The closing of the International Offering is conditioned upon the
closing of the U.S. Offering and vice versa. See "Underwriting".
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                  <C>
Common Stock offered by the Company
  U.S. Offering...................................................   4,000,000 shares
  International Offering..........................................   1,000,000 shares
Common Stock to be outstanding after the Offerings(1).............   93,007,325 shares
Proposed Nasdaq National Market Symbol............................   "CIEN"
Use of Proceeds...................................................   General corporate
                                                                     purposes. See "Use of
                                                                     Proceeds".
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
(1) Excludes 11,707,960 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of options
    and certain warrants outstanding on October 31, 1996, at a weighted average
    exercise price of $.95 per share. See "Capitalization" and
    "Management -- Stock Plans".
 
                                        3
<PAGE>   5
 
                        SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION(1)
                     (in thousands, except per share data)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               FOR THE PERIOD
                                               FROM INCEPTION
                                             (NOVEMBER 2, 1992)         YEAR ENDED OCTOBER 31,
                                                  THROUGH          --------------------------------
                                              OCTOBER 31, 1993      1994       1995         1996
                                             ------------------    -------    -------    ----------
<S>                                          <C>                   <C>        <C>        <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenue...................................         $   --          $    --    $    --    $   54,838
Gross profit..............................             --               --         --        32,994
Operating expenses
     Research and development.............             --            1,287      6,361         8,922
     Selling and marketing................             --              295        481         3,780
     General and administrative...........            123              787        896         3,905
Income (loss) from operations.............           (123)          (2,369)    (7,738)       16,387
Net income (loss).........................         $ (123)         $(2,407)   $(7,629)   $   14,718
                                                   ======          =======    =======    ==========
Pro forma net income per common and common
  equivalent share(2).....................                                               $      .15
                                                                                         ==========
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           OCTOBER 31, 1996
                                                                       -------------------------
                                                                                    PRO FORMA
                                                                       ACTUAL     AS ADJUSTED(3)
                                                                       -------    --------------
                                                                                  (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                    <C>        <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash and cash equivalents...........................................   $22,557       $105,757
Working capital.....................................................    35,856        119,056
Total assets........................................................    67,301        150,501
Long-term debt, excluding current portion...........................     2,673          2,673
Mandatorily redeemable preferred stock..............................    40,404             --
Stockholders' equity................................................     4,970        128,574
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
(1) During the period from November 2, 1992 to October 31, 1995, CIENA was a
    development stage company. Planned principal operations commenced during
    fiscal year 1996.
 
(2) The pro forma weighted average common and common equivalent shares
    outstanding for the year ended October 31, 1996 was 99,107,000. Pro forma
    net income per common and common equivalent share is computed using the
    weighted average number of common and common equivalent shares outstanding.
    Weighted average common and common equivalent shares include Common Stock,
    stock options and warrants using the modified treasury stock method and the
    assumed conversion of all outstanding shares of Convertible Preferred Stock
    into Common Stock. See Note 1 of Notes to Financial Statements.
 
(3) As adjusted to reflect the exercise of certain outstanding warrants to
    purchase 300,000 shares of Convertible Preferred Stock which are convertible
    into 1,500,000 shares of Common Stock of the Company, the conversion upon
    the closing of the Offerings of all outstanding shares of Convertible
    Preferred Stock into 73,315,740 shares of Common Stock and the sale of
    Common Stock offered by the Company hereby (assuming an initial public
    offering price of $18.00) and the application of the estimated net proceeds
    therefrom.
 
                                        4
<PAGE>   6
 
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
     In addition to the other information in this Prospectus, prospective
investors should consider carefully the following risk factors in evaluating the
Company and its business before purchasing Common Stock in the Offerings.
 
CONCENTRATION OF POTENTIAL CUSTOMERS; DEPENDENCE ON MAJOR CUSTOMERS
 
     The Company has only three current customers and few potential customers,
consisting almost exclusively of long distance telecommunications carriers.
There are only a small number of long distance telecommunications carriers, and
the substantial capital requirements involved in the establishment of long
distance fiberoptic networks significantly limit additional entrants into this
market. The Company's business will for the foreseeable future be dependent on
this small number of existing and potential customers, and that number may
decrease if and as customers merge with or acquire one another. All of the
Company's revenue for the fiscal year ended October 31, 1996 was derived from
Sprint, and substantially all of the Company's revenue for fiscal 1997 is
expected to be derived from Sprint and WorldCom. WorldCom may terminate all or
any part of an outstanding purchase order upon the payment of a termination fee,
and the Company's agreements with WorldCom and Sprint do not require minimum
purchase commitments. There can be no assurance the Company will be able to
develop additional customers in the long distance telecommunications market.
Accordingly, the loss of any one of the Company's customers, or the reduction,
delay or cancellation of orders or a delay in shipment of the Company's products
to such customers, could materially and adversely affect the Company's business,
financial condition and results of operations. See "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations".
 
     The Company's dependence on sizable orders from very few customers makes
the relationship between the Company and each customer critically important to
the Company's business. While each customer relationship is typically structured
around a detailed, heavily negotiated contract, as the relationship evolves over
time, adjustments to such items as product specifications, laboratory and field
testing plans, customer forecasts and delivery timetables, and installation and
field support requirements may be required in response to customer demands and
expectations. The inability of the Company to manage its customer relationships
successfully would have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,
financial condition and results of operations.
 
RECENT PRODUCT INTRODUCTION
 
     The Company first began commercial shipments of its MultiWave 1600 system
in May 1996. The Company's first operational systems only began carrying live
traffic in October 1996 and therefore do not have a history of live traffic
operation over an extended period of time. If reliability, quality or network
monitoring problems should develop a number of material and adverse effects
could result, including manufacturing rework costs, high service and warranty
expense, high levels of product returns, delays in collecting accounts
receivable, reduced orders from existing customers and declining level of
interest from potential customers. The Company is aware of instances in which
installation and activation of certain MultiWave 1600 systems have been delayed
due to faulty components found in certain portions of these systems. Although
the Company maintains accruals for product warranties, there can be no assurance
that actual costs will not exceed these amounts. There is limited operating
history of open architecture wavelength division multiplexing technology in
fiberoptic networks, and in particular of MultiWave 1600 systems, and the
equipment must be handled with care by trained installers. Accordingly, the
Company expects there will be interruptions or delays from time to time in the
activation of the systems, particularly because the Company does not control all
aspects of the customer's installation and activation activities. If significant
interruptions or delays occur, or if their cause is not promptly identified,
diagnosed and resolved, confidence in the MultiWave 1600 system could be
undermined. An undermining of confidence in the MultiWave 1600 system would
materially and adversely affect the Company's customer relationships, business,
financial condition and results of operations.
 
                                        5
<PAGE>   7
 
MANAGEMENT OF EXPANSION
 
     The Company is experiencing rapid expansion in all areas of its operations,
particularly in manufacturing, and the Company anticipates that this expansion
will continue in the near future. Total personnel has grown from 49 on October
31, 1995 to 225 on October 31, 1996, with 125 of the 176 new employees devoted
to manufacturing. This expansion has placed strains on the managerial, financial
and personnel resources of the Company and will continue to do so. The rapid
pace and volume of new hiring could adversely affect the efficiency of the
Company's manufacturing process. Any delays or difficulties in the Company's
manufacturing process caused by these factors or others could make it difficult
for the Company to meet its customers' requirements. The Company is in the
process of substantially increasing its flow of materials, manufacturing
capacity, optical assembly, final assembly and final component module and system
test functions to respond to customer demand. The pace of the Company's
expansion, in combination with the complexity of the technology involved in the
manufacture of the Company's systems, demands an unusually high level of
managerial effectiveness in anticipating, planning, coordinating and meeting the
operational needs of the Company and the needs of the Company's customers for
quality, reliability, timely delivery and post-installation field support. Given
the small number of potential customers for the Company's systems, the adverse
effect on the Company resulting from a lack of effective management in any of
these areas will be magnified. The Company's key management employees have not
had previous experience in managing companies undergoing such rapid expansion.
Inability to manage the expansion of the Company's business could have a
material adverse effect on its business, financial condition and results of
operations. In addition, the Company's manufacturing expansion and related
capital expenditures are being made in anticipation of a level of customer
orders that has not been historically experienced by the Company and that may
not be achieved. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations".
 
DEPENDENCE ON A SINGLE PRODUCT -- THE MULTIWAVE 1600 SYSTEM
 
     The MultiWave 1600 system is the Company's only product and is focused
exclusively on providing additional bandwidth to long distance
telecommunications carriers. Accordingly, a softening or slowdown in demand for
the Company's product or for additional bandwidth by long distance
telecommunications carriers would materially and adversely affect the Company's
business, financial condition and results of operations. There can be no
assurance that the Company will be successful in developing any other products
or taking other steps to reduce the risk associated with any softening or
slowdown in the demand for additional bandwidth, nor is there any assurance the
Company will be able to leverage successfully its DWDM technology into other
network applications. Conversely, if the demand for additional bandwidth
accelerates, there is no assurance that the Company's MultiWave 1600 system will
deliver sufficient capacity as rapidly as needed, or that competing DWDM
products from other vendors offering higher capacity would not displace or
render obsolete the MultiWave 1600 system.
 
FLUCTUATION IN QUARTERLY AND ANNUAL RESULTS
 
     The Company's revenue and operating results may vary significantly from
quarter to quarter and from year to year as a result of a number of factors,
including the size and timing of orders, product mix and shipments of systems.
The timing of order placement, size of orders, satisfaction of contractual
customer acceptance criteria, as well as order delays or deferrals and shipment
delays and deferrals, may cause material fluctuations in revenue. Delivery of
new equipment for installation is also likely to be deferred during the high
telecommunications traffic periods in November and December so as not to risk
network reliability problems. The Company's expense levels in the future will be
partially based on its expectations of long term future revenue and as a result
net income in any quarterly period in which material orders are shipped or
delayed could vary significantly. Due to this likelihood of significant
quarterly fluctuation in operating results, the Company believes quarter-
to-quarter comparisons of its results of operations, particularly during the
next two to three years of
 
                                        6
<PAGE>   8
 
operations, may not necessarily be meaningful indicators of year-to-year
performance. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations".
 
LONG AND UNPREDICTABLE SALES CYCLES
 
     The Company expects that the period of time between initial customer
contact and an actual purchase order may span a year or more. In addition, even
when committed to proceed with deployment of equipment, long distance
telecommunications carriers typically undertake extensive and lengthy product
evaluation and factory acceptance and field testing of new equipment before
purchasing and installing any of it in their networks. Additionally, the
purchase of network equipment such as DWDM equipment is typically carried out by
network operators pursuant to multiyear purchasing programs which may increase
or decrease annually as the operators adjust their capital equipment budgets and
purchasing priorities. The Company's customers do not typically share
information on the duration or magnitude of planned purchasing programs, nor do
they consistently provide to the Company advance notice of contemplated changes
in their capital equipment budgets and purchasing priorities. These
uncertainties substantially complicate the Company's manufacturing planning.
Curtailment or termination of customer purchasing programs, decreases in
customer capital budgets or reduction in the purchasing priority assigned to
equipment such as DWDM equipment, particularly if significant and unanticipated
by the Company, could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,
financial condition and results of operations. Long distance carriers may also
encounter delays in their build out of new routes or in their installation of
new equipment in existing routes, with the result that orders for the MultiWave
1600 system may be delayed or deferred. Any delay or deferral of orders for the
MultiWave 1600 system would have a material adverse effect on the Company's
business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
COMPETITION
 
     The competition to achieve higher and more cost-effective bandwidth in the
global telecommunications industry is intense and is dominated by a small number
of very large companies with greater financial, technical and marketing
resources, greater manufacturing capacity and more established customer
relationships with network operators than the Company. Each of Lucent
Technologies Inc., formerly part of AT&T Corporation ("Lucent"), Alcatel Alsthom
Group ("Alcatel"), Northern Telecom Inc. ("Nortel"), NEC Corporation ("NEC"),
Pirelli SpA ("Pirelli"), Siemens AG ("Siemens") and ECI Telecom Ltd. ("ECI")
offer various forms of alternative transmission enhancing equipment and in some
cases are offering or have announced an intention to offer DWDM equipment. Such
competitors use their advantages in resources and alternative equipment in
different ways. For example, Lucent, Alcatel, Nortel, NEC and Siemens are
already providers of a full complement of switches, fiberoptic transmission
terminals and fiberoptic signal regenerators and thereby can position themselves
as vertically integrated, "one-stop shopping" solution providers to potential
customers. Further, in certain cases, competitors have offered the Company's
target customers, on an immediate delivery basis, off-the-shelf time division
multiplexing ("TDM") transmission equipment at comparatively lower prices, with
a promise to upgrade to DWDM or other improved equipment in the future. The
substantial system integration resources and manufacturing capability of the TDM
suppliers, in combination with any difference in timeliness of delivery, can be
important to long distance network operators. Finally, as and when these
competitors are able to offer DWDM systems in combination with their own
fiberoptic transmission terminals, they can be expected to press further on the
attractiveness of a "one-stop shopping" solution. The Company expects
competition in general to intensify substantially, especially over the next few
quarters, and further expects competition to be broadly based on varying
combinations of price, manufacturing capacity, timely delivery, system
reliability, service commitment and installed customer base, as well as on the
comprehensiveness of the system solution in meeting immediate network needs and
foreseeable scaleability requirements. There can be no assurance that the
Company will be able to compete successfully with its existing or new
competitors or that competitive pressures faced by the Company will not result
in lower prices for the Company's
 
                                        7
<PAGE>   9
 
products and otherwise materially and adversely affect its business, financial
condition and results of operations.
 
TECHNOLOGICAL CHANGE AND NEW PRODUCTS
 
     The Company expects that new technologies will emerge as competition in the
telecommunications industry increases and the need for higher and more cost
efficient bandwidth expands. The Company's ability to anticipate changes in
technology, industry standards, customer requirements and product offerings and
to develop and introduce new and enhanced products will be significant factors
in the Company's ability to remain a leader in the deployment of open
architecture DWDM systems. The market for telecommunications equipment is
characterized by substantial capital investment and diverse and competing
technologies such as fiberoptic, cable, wireless and satellite technologies. The
accelerating pace of deregulation in the telecommunications industry will likely
intensify the competition for improved technology. Many of the Company's
competitors have substantially greater financial, technical and marketing
resources and manufacturing capacity with which to compete for new technologies
and for market acceptance of their products. The introduction of new products
embodying new technologies or the emergence of new industry standards could
render the Company's existing product uncompetitive from a pricing standpoint,
obsolete or unmarketable. Any of these outcomes would have a material and
adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of
operations.
 
PROPRIETARY RIGHTS
 
     The Company relies on patents, contractual rights, trade secrets,
trademarks and copyrights to establish and protect its proprietary rights in its
product. While the Company does not expect that its proprietary rights in its
technology will prevent competitors from developing technologies and products
functionally similar to the Company's, the Company believes many aspects of its
DWDM technologies and know-how are proprietary, and intends to monitor closely
the DWDM products introduced by competitors for any infringement of the
Company's proprietary rights. Additionally, the Company expects that DWDM
technologies and know-how in general will become increasingly valuable
intellectual properties as the competition to achieve higher and more cost
effective bandwidth intensifies. The Company believes this increasing value in
an industry marked by a few very large competing suppliers represents a
competitive environment where intellectual property disputes are likely. Such
disputes may be initiated by competitors against the Company for tactical
purposes to gain competitive advantage or overcome competitive disadvantage,
even if the merits of a specific dispute are doubtful. As a result, in the
future, litigation may be necessary to enforce any patents issued or assigned to
the Company, to protect trademarks, trade secrets and other intellectual
property rights owned by the Company, to defend the Company against claimed
infringement of the rights of others and to determine the scope and validity of
the proprietary rights of others. Any litigation could be costly and a diversion
of management's attention, which could have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. Adverse
determinations in litigation could result in the loss of the Company's
proprietary rights, subject the Company to significant liabilities, require the
Company to seek licenses from third parties or prevent the Company from
manufacturing or selling its products, any of which could have a material
adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of
operations.
 
     The Company has received, and may receive in the future, notices from
holders of patents in the optical technology field that raise issues as to
possible infringement by the Company's products. Pirelli sent a notice in
December 1995 identifying eleven patents it possesses in the field of optical
communications. The Company believes the MultiWave 1600 system does not infringe
the patents cited in the notices received. However, questions of infringement in
the field of DWDM technologies involve highly technical and subjective analyses.
There can be no assurance that any such patent holders or others will not in the
future initiate legal proceedings against the Company or that, if any such
proceedings were initiated, the Company would be successful in defending against
these actions. Even if the Company is successful in defending against any such
actions, these actions
 
                                        8
<PAGE>   10
 
could have an adverse effect on existing and potential customer relationships
and therefore could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,
financial condition and results of operations. The Company has agreed to
indemnify Sprint, WorldCom and Teleway for liability that may be incurred in
connection with the infringement of a third party's intellectual property rights
and expects that it will be requested to agree to indemnify other potential
customers in the future. There can be no assurance that such indemnification
against alleged liability will not be required from the Company in the future.
 
     Patent applications in the United States are not publicly disclosed until
the patent issues. The Company anticipates that several competitors may have
patent applications in progress that, if issued, could relate to the Company's
products. If such patents were to issue, there can be no assurance that the
patent holders or licensees will not assert infringement claims against the
Company or that such claims will not be successful. The Company could incur
substantial costs in defending itself and its customers against any such claims,
regardless of the merits of such claims. Parties making such claims may be able
to obtain injunctive or other equitable relief which could effectively block the
Company's ability to sell its products, and each claim could result in an award
of substantial damages. In the event of a successful claim of infringement, the
Company and its customers may be required to obtain one or more licenses from
third parties. There can be no assurance that the Company or its customers could
obtain necessary licenses from third parties at a reasonable or acceptable cost
or at all.
 
     Substantial inventories of intellectual property are held by a few industry
participants, such as Bell Laboratories (now owned by Lucent) and major
universities and research laboratories. This concentration of intellectual
property in the hands of a few major entities also poses certain risks to the
Company in seeking to hire qualified personnel. The Company has on a few
occasions recruited such personnel from competitors. The Company has in the past
received letters from counsel to Lucent asserting that the hiring of their
personnel compromises Lucent's intellectual property. There can be no assurance
that other companies will not claim the misappropriation or infringement of
their intellectual property, particularly when and if employees of these
companies leave to work for the Company. To date, the Company has not
experienced litigation concerning the assertions by Lucent, and believes there
is no basis for claims against the Company. Nevertheless, there can be no
assurance that the Company will be able to avoid litigation in the future,
particularly if new employees join the Company after having worked for a
competing company. Such litigation could be very expensive to defend, regardless
of the merits of the claims.
 
DEPENDENCE ON SUPPLIERS
 
     Suppliers in the specialized, high technology sector of the optical
communications industry are generally not as plentiful or, in some cases, as
reliable, as suppliers in more mature industries. The Company is dependent on a
limited number of suppliers for components of the MultiWave 1600 system as well
as equipment used to manufacture the MultiWave 1600 system. The MultiWave 1600
system has over 600 components, and certain key optical and electronic
components are currently available only from a sole source, where the Company
has identified no other supplier for the component. While alternative suppliers
have been identified for certain other key optical and electronic components,
those alternative sources have not been qualified by the Company. The Company
has to date conducted its business with suppliers through the issuance of
conventional purchase orders against the Company's forecasted requirements. The
Company is seeking to negotiate long term supply agreements with key suppliers,
but currently has no such agreements. The Company has from time to time
experienced minor delays in the receipt of key components, and any future
difficulty in obtaining sufficient and timely delivery of them could result in
delays or reductions in product shipments which, in turn, could have a material
adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of
operations. In addition, the Company's strategy to have portions of its final
product assembled and, in certain cases, tested, by third parties involves
certain risks, including the potential absence of adequate capacity, the
unavailability of or interruptions in access to certain process technologies,
and reduced control over delivery sched-
 
                                        9
<PAGE>   11
 
ules, manufacturing yields, quality and costs. In the event that any significant
supplier or subcontractor were to become unable or unwilling to continue to
manufacture and/or test the Company's systems in required volumes, the Company
would have to identify and qualify acceptable replacements. This process could
also be lengthy and no assurance can be given that any additional sources would
become available to the Company on a timely basis. A key item of equipment used
to manufacture the MultiWave 1600 system is available only from a sole source. A
delay or reduction in component or equipment shipments, an increase in component
or equipment costs or a delay or increase in costs in the assembly and testing
of products by third party subcontractors could materially and adversely affect
the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
COMPETITORS AS SUPPLIERS
 
     Certain of the Company's component suppliers are both primary sources for
such components and major competitors in the market for system equipment. For
example, the Company buys certain key components from Lucent, Alcatel, Nortel,
NEC and Siemens, each of which offers optical communications systems and
equipment which are competitive with the Company's MultiWave 1600 system. Lucent
is the sole source of two integrated circuits and is one of two suppliers of
Erbium-doped fiber. Alcatel and Nortel are suppliers of lasers used in the
MultiWave 1600 system. NEC is a supplier of certain testing equipment. The
Company's business, financial condition and results of operations could be
materially and adversely affected if these supply relationships were to decline
in reliability or otherwise change in any manner adverse to the Company.
 
LIMITED OPERATING HISTORY; HISTORY OF LOSSES
 
     The Company was founded in November 1992 and introduced its MultiWave 1600
system in field trials in May 1996. Accordingly, the Company has only a limited
operating history upon which an evaluation of the Company, its product and
prospects can be based. The Company's prospects must be considered in light of
the risks, expenses and difficulties frequently encountered by companies in
their early stage of development, particularly companies in new and rapidly
evolving markets and companies experiencing rapid expansion in their operations.
To address these risks, the Company must, among other things, respond to
competitive developments, continue to attract, retain and motivate qualified
management and other employees, continue to upgrade its technologies and
commercialize products and services which incorporate such technologies and
achieve market acceptance for its MultiWave 1600 system. There can be no
assurance that the Company will be successful in addressing such risks. The
Company incurred net losses in each quarter from inception through the second
quarter of fiscal 1996. While the Company reported net income for fiscal 1996,
there can be no assurance that the Company will sustain profitability. See
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations".
 
DEPENDENCE ON KEY PERSONNEL
 
     The Company's success depends to a significant extent upon a number of key
technical and management employees. The loss of the services of any of the
Company's key employees, none of whom is bound to a term of employment by an
employment agreement, would have a material adverse effect on the Company. The
Company generally does not maintain insurance policies on the lives of such
employees. The Company's success will also depend in large part upon its ability
to attract and retain highly-skilled technical, managerial, sales and marketing
personnel, particularly those skilled and experienced with optical
communications equipment. Competition for such personnel is intense and there
can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in retaining its
existing key personnel and in attracting and retaining the personnel it
requires. Failure to attract and retain key personnel will have a material
adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of
operations.
 
                                       10
<PAGE>   12
 
DISCRETIONARY USE OF PROCEEDS
 
     The net proceeds to the Company from the Offerings, estimated at
approximately $82.6 million, will be used for general corporate purposes and
have not been designated for any particular purpose. Accordingly, the Company
will have broad discretion as to the application of such proceeds. See "Use of
Proceeds".
 
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
     Sales of substantial amounts of Common Stock in the public market after the
Offerings could adversely affect prevailing market prices for the Common Stock.
The 5,000,000 shares of Common Stock offered hereby will be freely tradeable
without restriction in the public market as of the date of this Prospectus.
Beginning 90 days after the date of this Prospectus, approximately        shares
will become eligible for sale in the public market, subject in some cases to the
volume and other restrictions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended (the "Securities Act"). Of these shares, holders of        shares and
options and warrants to purchase        shares are subject to lock-up
agreements. Shares covered by these lock-up agreements are subject to
restrictions on resale in the public market for a period of 180 days following
the date of this Prospectus, subject to release, directly or indirectly at the
discretion of the Representatives of the Underwriters. Upon the expiration of
the lock-up period, approximately        shares will become eligible for sale in
the public market subject in some cases to the volume and other restrictions of
Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The holders of approximately 74,815,680
shares of Common Stock are entitled to certain registration rights with respect
to such shares under the Securities Act. In addition, the Company intends to
file a registration statement under the Securities Act promptly following the
effective date of this Registration Statement to register all of the shares of
Common Stock issued or reserved for issuance upon the exercise of options issued
or that may be issued under the Company's Amended and Restated 1994 Stock Option
Plan and 1996 Outside Directors Stock Option Plan. As of October 31, 1996, there
were outstanding options for the purchase of 11,032,960 shares, of which options
for approximately 2,684,355 shares were vested. See "Management -- Stock Plans,"
"Underwriting" and "Shares Eligible for Future Sale".
 
NO PRIOR MARKET; POSSIBLE VOLATILITY OF STOCK PRICE
 
     Prior to the Offerings, there has been no public market for the Common
Stock of the Company. The initial public offering price will be determined by
negotiations among the Company and the Representatives of the Underwriters. See
"Underwriting" for a discussion of the factors to be considered in determining
the initial public offering price. There can be no assurance that an active
public market will develop or be sustained after the Offerings or that the
market price of the Common Stock will not decline below the public offering
price. Future announcements concerning the Company or its competitors, quarterly
variations in operating results, announcements of technological innovations, the
introduction of new products or changes in product pricing policies by the
Company or its competitors, proprietary rights or product liability litigation
or changes in earnings estimates by analysts could cause the market price of the
Common Stock to fluctuate substantially. In addition, stock prices for many
technology companies fluctuate widely for reasons which may be unrelated to
operating results. These fluctuations, as well as general economic, political
and market conditions such as recessions, international instabilities or
military conflicts, may materially and adversely affect the market price of the
Common Stock.
 
CONTROL BY EXISTING STOCKHOLDERS
 
     The Company's officers, directors and their affiliates will, in the
aggregate, beneficially own approximately 54.7% of the Company's outstanding
shares after the Offerings. As a result, these stockholders, if acting together,
would be able effectively to control substantially all matters requiring
approval by the stockholders of the Company, including the election of
directors. This ability may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change
in control of the Company, or causing
 
                                       11
<PAGE>   13
 
a change in control of the Company which may not be favored by the Company's
other stockholders.
 
EFFECT OF CERTAIN CHARTER, BYLAW AND OTHER PROVISIONS
 
     Certain provisions of the Company's Third Amended and Restated Certificate
of Incorporation, as amended (the "Certificate of Incorporation"), and bylaws
and certain other contractual provisions could have the effect of making it more
difficult for a third party to acquire, or of discouraging a third party from
attempting to acquire, control of the Company. Such provisions could limit the
price that certain investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of
the Company's Common Stock. Certain of these provisions allow the Company to
issue preferred stock with rights senior to those of the Common Stock without
any further vote or action by the stockholders, provide for a classified board
of directors, eliminate the right of the stockholders to call a special meeting
of stockholders, eliminate the right of stockholders to act by written consent,
and impose various procedural and other requirements which could make it
difficult for stockholders to effect certain corporate actions.
 
LITIGATION
 
     The Company and certain directors are defendants in a lawsuit recently
brought by entities controlled by a stockholder of the Company concerning
alleged entitlement to additional shares of Convertible Preferred Stock. See
"Business -- Legal Proceedings". No assurance can be given that this lawsuit
will not result in an adverse effect on the Company's business, financial
condition or results of operations.
 
IMMEDIATE AND SUBSTANTIAL DILUTION
 
     Purchasers of the Common Stock offered hereby will suffer immediate and
substantial dilution of $16.62 per share in the net tangible book value of the
Common Stock from the initial public offering price (at an assumed initial
public offering price of $18.00 per share). To the extent outstanding options to
purchase the Company's Common Stock are exercised, there will be further
dilution. See "Dilution".
 
                                       12
<PAGE>   14
 
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
     The principal purpose of the Offerings is to increase the Company's working
capital and equity base, create a public market for the Company's Common Stock,
facilitate future access to public capital markets and provide increased
visibility and credibility for the Company in its marketplace. The net proceeds
to the Company from the sale of the 5,000,000 shares of Common Stock offered by
the Company hereby are estimated to be approximately $82.6 million ($95.2
million if the over-allotment options are exercised in full) at an assumed
initial public offering price of $18.00 per share, after deducting the
underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses. The Company also expects
to receive additional proceeds of approximately $0.6 million from the exercise
of certain outstanding warrants to purchase 300,000 shares of Convertible
Preferred Stock which are convertible into 1,500,000 shares of Common Stock.
 
     The Company has no current plans for the net proceeds of the Offerings. The
Company intends to add the net proceeds from the Offerings and from the exercise
of warrants to working capital, where such proceeds will be available to support
general corporate purposes which are expected to include capital equipment
expenditures to support selling and marketing, manufacturing and product
development activities. A portion of the proceeds may also be used to acquire or
invest in complementary businesses or products or to obtain the right to use
complementary technologies. From time to time, in the ordinary course of
business, the Company evaluates potential acquisitions of such businesses,
products or technologies. However, the Company has no present understandings,
commitments or agreements with respect to any material acquisition of other
businesses, products or technologies. Pending use of the net proceeds for any
purposes, the Company intends to invest such funds in short-term,
interest-bearing, investment grade obligations.
 
                                DIVIDEND POLICY
 
     The Company has never paid or declared any cash dividends on its capital
stock. It is the present policy of the Company to retain earnings to finance the
growth and development of the business and, therefore, the Company does not
anticipate declaring or paying cash dividends on its Common Stock in the
foreseeable future. In addition, the Company's credit agreement with
Mercantile-Safe Deposit & Trust Company prohibits the Company from paying cash
dividends on its capital stock.
 
                                       13
<PAGE>   15
 
                                 CAPITALIZATION
 
     The following table sets forth the capitalization of the Company as of
October 31, 1996 (i) on an actual basis and (ii) as adjusted to reflect the
exercise of certain outstanding warrants to purchase 300,000 shares of
Convertible Preferred Stock which are convertible into 1,500,000 shares of
Common Stock of the Company, the conversion of all outstanding shares of
Convertible Preferred Stock into 73,315,740 shares of Common Stock upon the
closing of the Offerings and the sale of 5,000,000 shares of Common Stock
offered by the Company hereby (at an assumed initial public offering price of
$18.00 per share) and the application of the estimated net proceeds therefrom.
This table should be read in conjunction with the Company's financial statements
and notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            OCTOBER 31, 1996
                                                                         ----------------------
                                                                         ACTUAL     AS ADJUSTED
                                                                         -------    -----------
                                                                         (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                      <C>        <C>
Long-Term Debt........................................................   $ 2,673     $   2,673
Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, $.01 par value (the "Series A
  Preferred Stock"); 4,500,000 shares authorized, 3,590,157 shares
  issued and outstanding (actual); no shares authorized, issued and
  outstanding (as adjusted)(1)........................................     3,492            --
Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, $.01 par value (the "Series B
  Preferred Stock"); 8,000,000 shares authorized, 7,354,092 shares
  issued and outstanding (actual); no shares authorized, issued and
  outstanding (as adjusted)(1)........................................    10,962            --
Series C Convertible Preferred Stock, $.01 par value (the "Series C
  Preferred Stock"); 3,750,000 shares authorized, 3,718,899 shares
  issued and outstanding (actual); no shares authorized, issued and
  outstanding (as adjusted)(1)........................................    25,950            --
Stockholders' equity:
     Preferred Stock, $.01 par value; no shares authorized, issued and
      outstanding (actual); 20,000,000 shares authorized, no shares
      issued and outstanding (as adjusted)(2).........................        --            --
     Common Stock, $.01 par value, 180,000,000 shares authorized;
      13,191,585 shares issued and outstanding (actual); 93,007,325
      shares issued and outstanding (as adjusted)(2)(3)...............       132           930
     Additional paid-in capital.......................................       339       123,145
     Notes receivable from stockholders...............................       (60)          (60)
     Retained earnings................................................     4,559         4,559
                                                                         -------    ----------
Total stockholders' equity............................................     4,970       128,574
                                                                         -------    ----------
Total capitalization..................................................   $48,047     $ 131,247
                                                                         =======    ==========
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
(1) See Note 8 of Notes to Financial Statements.
 
(2) See Note 14 of Notes to Financial Statements.
 
(3) Excludes 19,426,505 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the
    Company's Amended and Restated 1994 Stock Option Plan, under which options
    to purchase 10,957,960 shares at a weighted average exercise price of $.96
    were outstanding as of October 31, 1996, and 750,000 shares reserved for
    issuance under the Company's 1996 Outside Directors Stock Option Plan, under
    which options to purchase 75,000 shares at a weighted average exercise price
    of $2.30 were outstanding as of October 31, 1996. Also excludes 675,000
    shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance pursuant to the exercise of
    warrants outstanding as of October 31, 1996. See "Management -- Stock Plans"
    and Note 9 of Notes to Financial Statements.
 
                                       14
<PAGE>   16
 
                                    DILUTION
 
     The pro forma net tangible book value of the Company as of October 31, 1996
was $46.0 million or approximately $.52 per share of Common Stock. Pro forma net
tangible book value per share represents the amount of the Company's pro forma
stockholders' equity, less intangible assets, divided by 88,007,325 pro forma
shares of Common Stock outstanding as of October 31, 1996. The preceding pro
forma information gives effect to (i) the conversion of the Company's
Convertible Preferred Stock into 73,315,740 shares of Common Stock and (ii) the
exercise of certain warrants to purchase 300,000 shares of Convertible Preferred
Stock which are convertible into 1,500,000 shares of Common Stock. Assuming the
sale by the Company of 5,000,000 shares of Common Stock offered hereby at an
assumed initial public offering price of $18.00 per share and receipt of the
estimated net proceeds therefrom, the pro forma adjusted net tangible book value
of the Company as of October 31, 1996 would have been approximately $128.6
million or $1.38 per share. This represents an immediate increase in such net
tangible book value of $.86 per share to existing stockholders and an immediate
dilution of $16.62 per share to new investors. The following table illustrates
this per share dilution:
 
<TABLE>
    <S>                                                                     <C>     <C>
    Assumed initial public offering price per share......................           $ 18.00
         Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of October 31,
          1996...........................................................   $.52
         Increase per share of Common Stock attributable to the
          Offerings......................................................    .86
                                                                            ----
    Pro forma net tangible book value per share after the Offerings......              1.38
                                                                                    -------
    Net tangible book value dilution per share to new investors..........           $ 16.62
                                                                                    =======
</TABLE>
 
     The following table summarizes, on a pro forma basis as of October 31,
1996, the total number of shares of Common Stock purchased from the Company, the
total consideration paid to the Company and the average price per share paid, by
existing stockholders and by new investors (at an assumed initial public
offering price of $18.00 per share and without giving effect to the underwriting
discount and estimated offering expenses):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            SHARES PURCHASED         TOTAL CONSIDERATION       AVERAGE
                                          ---------------------    -----------------------    PRICE PER
                                            NUMBER      PERCENT       AMOUNT       PERCENT      SHARE
                                          ----------    -------    ------------    -------    ---------
<S>                                       <C>           <C>        <C>             <C>        <C>
Existing stockholders(1)...............   88,007,325      94.6%    $ 41,416,000      31.5%     $   .47
New investors..........................    5,000,000       5.4       90,000,000      68.5      $ 18.00
                                          ----------    ------     ------------     ----- 
Total..................................   93,007,325     100.0%    $131,416,000     100.0%
                                          ==========    ======     ============     =====
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
(1) Excludes 19,426,505 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the
     Company's Amended and Restated 1994 Stock Option Plan, under which options
     to purchase 10,957,960 shares at a weighted average exercise price of $.96
     were outstanding as of October 31, 1996, and 750,000 shares reserved for
     issuance under the Company's 1996 Outside Directors Stock Option Plan,
     under which options to purchase 75,000 shares at a weighted average
     exercise price of $2.30 were outstanding as of October 31, 1996. Also
     excludes 675,000 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance pursuant to
     the exercise of warrants outstanding as of October 31, 1996. See
     "Management -- Stock Plans" and Note 9 of Notes to Financial Statements.
 
                                       15
<PAGE>   17
 
                            SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
 
     The following selected financial data as of October 31, 1995 and 1996 and
for the years ended October 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996 have been derived from the
audited financial statements of the Company included elsewhere in this
Prospectus. The selected financial data as of October 31, 1993 and 1994 and for
the period from inception (November 2, 1992) through October 31, 1993 have been
derived from the Company's accounting records.
 
     The data set forth below are qualified by reference to, and should be read
in conjunction with, the financial statements and notes thereto and
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations" thereof included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               FOR THE PERIOD
                                               FROM INCEPTION
                                             (NOVEMBER 2, 1992)        YEAR ENDED OCTOBER 31,(1)
                                                   THROUGH          --------------------------------
                                             OCTOBER 31, 1993(1)     1994       1995         1996
                                             -------------------    -------    -------    ----------
                                                      (IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                          <C>                    <C>        <C>        <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenue...................................          $  --           $    --    $    --    $   54,838
Cost of goods sold........................             --                --         --        21,844
                                                 --------           -------    -------    ----------
     Gross profit.........................             --                --         --        32,994
Operating expenses:
     Research and development.............             --             1,287      6,361         8,922
     Selling and marketing................             --               295        481         3,780
     General and administrative...........            123               787        896         3,905
                                                 --------           -------    -------    ----------
Total operating expenses..................            123             2,369      7,738        16,607
                                                 --------           -------    -------    ----------
Income (loss) from operations.............           (123)           (2,369)    (7,738)       16,387
Other income (expense), net...............             --               (38)       109           581
                                                 --------           -------    -------    ----------
Income (loss) before income taxes.........           (123)           (2,407)    (7,629)       16,968
Provision for income taxes................             --                --         --         2,250
                                                 --------           -------    -------    ----------
Net income (loss).........................          $(123)          $(2,407)   $(7,629)   $   14,718
                                                 ========           =======    =======    ==========
Pro forma net income per common and common
  equivalent share(2).....................                                                $      .15
                                                                                          ==========
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      OCTOBER 31,(1)
                                                           -------------------------------------
                                                           1993     1994       1995       1996
                                                           ----    -------    -------    -------
                                                             (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                        <C>     <C>        <C>        <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash and cash equivalents...............................   $ 10    $ 1,908    $ 5,032    $22,557
Working capital.........................................    (35)       932      3,069     35,856
Total assets............................................     13      2,497      7,383     67,301
Long-term debt, excluding current portion...............     --        392        856      2,673
Mandatorily redeemable preferred stock..................     --      3,492     14,454     40,404
Stockholders' equity (deficit)..........................    (35)    (2,388)    (9,930)     4,970
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
(1) The Company has a 52 or 53 week fiscal year which ends on the Saturday
    nearest to the last day of October in each year. For purposes of financial
    statement presentation, each fiscal year is described as having ended on
    October 31. Fiscal 1994 and 1995 comprised 52 weeks and fiscal 1996
    comprised 53 weeks.
 
(2) The pro forma weighted average common and common equivalent shares
    outstanding for the year ended October 31, 1996 was 99,107,000. Pro forma
    net income per common and common equivalent share is computed using the
    weighted average number of common and common equivalent shares outstanding.
    Weighted average common and common equivalent shares include Common Stock,
    stock options and warrants using the modified treasury stock method and the
    assumed conversion of all outstanding shares of Convertible Preferred Stock
    into Common Stock. See Note 1 of Notes to Financial Statements.
 
                                       16
<PAGE>   18
 
                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                 FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
     The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with
"Selected Financial Data" and the Company's financial statements and notes
thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus. The information in this
Prospectus contains certain forward-looking statements that involve risks and
uncertainties. The Company's actual results may differ materially from the
results discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that might cause
such a difference include, but are not limited to, those discussed in "Risk
Factors", "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations" and "Business" as well as those discussed elsewhere in
this Prospectus.
 
OVERVIEW
 
     CIENA was incorporated in November 1992. From incorporation through April
1994, the Company's principal objective was to secure sufficient equity
financing to enable the Company to commence product development efforts based on
its optical communications technology. The Company secured its initial round of
equity financing in April 1994.
 
     The engineering design and development efforts begun in April 1994 took on
greater product focus in early 1995 as the Company began working with Sprint to
refine the Company's design of its DWDM system to meet Sprint's requirements.
Satisfactory preliminary laboratory testing at Sprint in October 1995 led to the
execution of a three-year non-exclusive supply agreement in December 1995. The
agreement called for factory acceptance testing, followed by field testing,
prior to any obligation of Sprint to pay for any systems. The Company passed the
factory acceptance testing in April 1996, and shipped commercially deployable
systems for field testing in May 1996. Field testing was satisfactorily passed
in July 1996, and live traffic began being carried over the Company's MultiWave
1600 system in October 1996. The Company made initial contact with WorldCom in
February 1995 and WorldCom agreed in July 1996 to commence field testing of the
MultiWave 1600 system in August 1996. A supply agreement with WorldCom, which,
subject to certain conditions, is exclusive through December 1997, was signed in
September 1996. The Company also has shipped a MultiWave 1600 system for
Teleway's network in Japan.
 
     The Company recognizes product revenue in accordance with the shipping
terms specified. For transactions where the Company has yet to obtain customer
acceptance or has agreements pertaining to installation services, revenue is
deferred until no significant obligations remain. Revenue for installation
services is recognized as the services are performed. Amounts received in excess
of revenue recognized are recorded as deferred revenue. For distributor sales
where risks of ownership have not transferred, the Company recognizes revenue
when the product is shipped through to the end user. The Company's initial
recognition of revenue from Sprint occurred in the quarter ended July 31, 1996,
after notification by Sprint of satisfactory completion of field testing. All of
the Company's revenue of $54.8 million through October 31, 1996 was derived from
MultiWave 1600 system sales to Sprint.
 
     The Company is currently engaged in continued efforts to expand its
manufacturing capabilities. Approximately one-third of the Company's current
50,500 square foot facility in Savage, Maryland is used for manufacturing
operations; the Company intends to convert the entire facility to manufacturing
operations by April 30, 1997, while transferring other operating functions to an
approximately 96,000 square foot facility, approximately 10 miles from Savage,
near the Baltimore/Washington International Airport.
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
  FISCAL YEARS ENDED 1994, 1995 AND 1996
 
     For the fiscal years ended October 31, 1994 and 1995, the Company was in
the development stage, generated no revenue and had losses from operations of
$2.4 million and $7.7 million, respectively. By the end of fiscal year 1995, the
Company had begun to devote substantial resources to the development of
manufacturing capabilities and the expansion of its selling and marketing
efforts and general and administrative support infrastructure. The level of
expenditures increased toward the end of fiscal 1996, as increased demand for
the Company's MultiWave 1600 system required rapid expansion of manufacturing
capabilities and of technical and field support
 
                                       17
<PAGE>   19
 
staff. For the fiscal year ended October 31, 1996, the Company generated revenue
of $54.8 million, had gross profit of $33.0 million and incurred operating
expenses of $16.6 million.
 
  QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
     The tables below set forth the operating results and percentage of revenue
represented by certain items in the Company's statements of operations for each
of the four quarters in the fiscal year ended October 31, 1996. This information
is unaudited, but in the opinion of the Company reflects all adjustments
(consisting only of normal recurring adjustments) that the Company considers
necessary for a fair presentation of such information in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles. The results for any quarter are not
necessarily indicative of results for any future period. Operating results as a
percentage of revenue for the quarters ended January 31 and April 30, 1996 are
excluded due to the absence of revenue for those periods:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 FISCAL QUARTER ENDED
                                                                     --------------------------------------------
                                                                     JAN. 31,    APR. 30,    JUL. 31,    OCT. 31,
                                                                       1996        1996        1996        1996
                                                                     --------    --------    --------    --------
                                                                         (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                                  <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Revenue...........................................................   $     --    $     --    $ 16,923    $ 37,915
Cost of goods sold................................................         --          --       7,346      14,498
                                                                     --------    --------    --------    --------
    Gross profit..................................................         --          --       9,577      23,417
Operating expenses:
    Research and development......................................      2,473       1,746       1,964       2,739
    Selling and marketing.........................................        491         700       1,130       1,459
    General and administrative....................................        499         526       1,064       1,816
                                                                     --------    --------    --------    --------
        Total operating expenses..................................      3,463       2,972       4,158       6,014
                                                                     --------    --------    --------    --------
Income (loss) from operations.....................................     (3,463)     (2,972)      5,419      17,403
Other income (expense), net.......................................        129         237          75         140
                                                                     --------    --------    --------    --------
Income (loss) before income taxes.................................     (3,334)     (2,735)      5,494      17,543
Provision (benefit) for income taxes..............................         --          --      (4,600)      6,850
                                                                     --------    --------    --------    --------
Net income (loss).................................................   $ (3,334)   $ (2,735)   $ 10,094    $ 10,693
                                                                     ========    ========    ========    ========
Pro forma net income (loss) per common and common equivalent
  share...........................................................   $   (.03)   $   (.03)   $    .10    $    .11
                                                                     ========    ========    ========    ========
Pro forma weighted average common and common equivalent shares
  outstanding.....................................................     99,107      99,107      99,107      99,107
                                                                     ========    ========    ========    ========
 
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 FISCAL QUARTER ENDED
                                                                     --------------------------------------------
                                                                     JAN. 31,    APR. 30,    JUL. 31,    OCT. 31,
                                                                       1996        1996        1996        1996
                                                                     --------    --------    --------    --------
                                                                             (AS A PERCENTAGE OF REVENUE)
<S>                                                                  <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Revenue...........................................................         --          --       100.0%      100.0%
Cost of goods sold................................................         --          --        43.4        38.2
                                                                     --------    --------    --------    --------
    Gross profit..................................................         --          --        56.6        61.8
Operating expenses:
    Research and development......................................         --          --        11.6         7.2
    Selling and marketing.........................................         --          --         6.7         3.8
    General and administrative....................................         --          --         6.3         4.8
                                                                     --------    --------    --------    --------
        Total operating expenses..................................         --          --        24.6        15.8
                                                                     --------    --------    --------    --------
Income (loss) from operations.....................................         --          --        32.0        46.0
Other income (expense), net.......................................         --          --         0.4         0.3
                                                                     --------    --------    --------    --------
Income (loss) before income taxes.................................         --          --        32.4        46.3
Provision (benefit) for income taxes..............................         --          --       (27.2)       18.1
                                                                     --------    --------    --------    --------
Net income (loss).................................................         --          --        59.6%       28.2%
                                                                     ========    ========    ========    ========
</TABLE>
 
  THREE MONTHS ENDED JANUARY 31, 1996, APRIL 30, 1996, JULY 31, 1996 AND OCTOBER
31, 1996
 
     REVENUE.  The Company began shipping the MultiWave 1600 system for field
testing in May 1996 with customer acceptance by Sprint occurring in July 1996.
Revenue totalled $16.9 million for the quarter ended July 31, 1996. Revenue for
the quarter ended October 31, 1996 increased 124% over the previous quarter to
$37.9 million. The increase in revenue from quarter to quarter was due to the
increased sales to Sprint influenced by increases in the Company's manufacturing
capacity and customer confidence. While the Company achieved quarter to quarter
revenue growth
 
                                       18
<PAGE>   20
 
of 124% from the third to fourth quarters of fiscal 1996, the Company does not
expect to sustain this rate of sequential quarterly revenue growth in future
periods. See "Risk Factors".
 
     GROSS PROFIT.  Cost of goods sold consists of component costs, direct
compensation costs, warranty and other contractual obligations, royalties,
license fees and overhead related to the Company's manufacturing operations.
Gross margins were 56.6% and 61.8% for the quarters ended July 31, 1996 and
October 31, 1996, respectively. The increase in gross margin was affected by
fixed overhead costs being allocated over a larger revenue base and an
improvement in manufacturing efficiencies. The Company's gross margins in the
future may be affected by a number of factors, including competitive market
pricing, manufacturing volumes and efficiencies and fluctuations in component
costs. The Company's future gross margins may also be affected by the mix of
product features and configurations sold in a period as well as the extent of
services provided.
 
     RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT EXPENSES.  Research and development expenses
consist of compensation costs for research and development staff, depreciation
of test equipment, certain software development costs and prototype materials.
Research and development expenses fluctuated from $2.5 million for the quarter
ended January 31, 1996 to $1.7 million, $2.0 million and $2.7 million for the
quarters ended April 30, July 31 and October 31, 1996, respectively. First
quarter activity was attributable in part to selecting materials and equipment
while building prototype systems which in turn supported the development
activities for the second and third quarters. The fourth quarter development
expenditures of $2.7 million, which were significantly greater in absolute
dollars than the previous two quarters, were related to increased staffing
levels, outside consulting services and the purchase of prototype materials for
the development of the optical add/drop multiplexer. During the third and fourth
quarters, research and development expenses were 11.6% and 7.2% of revenue,
respectively. The decrease in research and development expenses as a percentage
of revenue from quarter to quarter was a function of the rapid revenue growth.
The Company expects that its research and development expenditures will
generally continue to increase in absolute dollars during fiscal 1997 to support
the continued development of new MultiWave features and products and develop
possible product cost reductions. The Company has expensed research and
development costs as incurred.
 
     SELLING AND MARKETING EXPENSES.  Selling and marketing expenses consist of
compensation costs for selling and marketing staff, certain pre-sales and
post-sales support, travel expenses, trade shows and other marketing programs.
Selling and marketing expenses increased from quarter to quarter during fiscal
year 1996. The costs incurred were $0.5 million, $0.7 million, $1.1 million and
$1.5 million for the quarters ended January 31, April 30, July 31, and October
31, 1996, respectively. The quarterly increases were primarily the result of
increased payroll costs reflecting the hiring of new employees for sales,
technical assistance and field support for the Company's customers. Other
factors contributing to the increases in the third and fourth quarters included
commissions earned and trade show participation. During the third and fourth
quarters, selling and marketing expenses were 6.7% and 3.8% of revenue,
respectively. The decrease in selling and marketing expenses as a percentage of
revenue was a function of the rapid revenue growth. The Company anticipates that
its selling and marketing expenses will increase in absolute dollars during
fiscal 1997 as additional personnel are hired and offices are opened to allow
the Company to pursue new market opportunities and service new customers.
 
     GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES.  General and administrative expenses
consist principally of expenses for finance, administration and general
management activities. The expenses totalled $0.5 million, $0.5 million, $1.1
million and $1.8 million for the quarters ended January 31, April 30, July 31,
and October 31, 1996, respectively. The increases in general and administrative
expenses in the third and fourth quarters compared to the first and second
quarters were primarily due to increased staffing. The Company also incurred
significant legal expenses in the fourth quarter of 1996 in connection with
certain litigation. The Company believes that its general and administrative
expenses will increase in fiscal 1997 as a result of the expansion of the
Company's
 
                                       19
<PAGE>   21
 
administrative staff required to support its expanding operations and an
increase in expenses associated with operating as a public company.
 
     OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE), NET.  Other income (expense), net, consists of
interest income earned on the Company's cash and cash equivalents, net of
interest expense associated with the Company's debt obligations. The Company
believes that other income (expense), net, will fluctuate from quarter to
quarter primarily depending upon the level of the Company's cash balances,
funding required for daily operations and the retirement of its debt
obligations. The Company believes that other income will increase in absolute
dollars in fiscal 1997 as a result of the investment of the net proceeds of the
Offerings.
 
     PROVISION (BENEFIT) FOR INCOME TAXES.  During fiscal years 1993 through
1995 and the first two quarters of fiscal 1996, a valuation allowance had been
recorded to offset the Company's net deferred tax assets, including the possible
future benefit from realization of tax operating loss carryforwards. The
recording of such valuation allowance was based upon management's determination
that realization of the net deferred tax assets was not "more likely than not"
(as defined in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, "Accounting
for Income Taxes"). During the third quarter of 1996, the Company received
product acceptance from its initial customer and started profitable operations,
at which time the Company fully reversed its previously established deferred tax
valuation allowance. The tax benefit of $4.6 million recorded in the third
quarter reflects the impact of such reversal. See Note 10 of Notes to Financial
Statements.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
     Since inception, the Company has financed its operations and capital
expenditures principally through the sale of Convertible Preferred Stock for
proceeds totalling $40.6 million and capital lease financing totalling $4.1
million. At the end of fiscal 1996, the Company's principal source of liquidity
was its cash of $22.6 million. In November 1996, the Company established an
unsecured $15.0 million bank revolving line of credit. Borrowings under this
line bear interest at the bank's prime rate. As of November 30, 1996, there were
no borrowings outstanding under the line of credit. The line of credit expires
in November 1997 and requires that the Company maintain certain financial ratios
and minimum profitability and tangible net worth. See Note 6 of Notes to
Financial Statements.
 
     Capital equipment expenditures from inception through October 31, 1996
totalled $11.7 million. These expenditures were primarily for test,
manufacturing and computer equipment. The Company expects additional capital
equipment expenditures to be made during fiscal 1997 to support selling and
marketing, manufacturing and product development activities. In addition, since
its inception the Company has used $2.4 million for the construction of
leasehold improvements and expects to use an additional $5.0 million of capital
in the construction of leasehold improvements for its new facility and the
conversion to full manufacturing of its current facility during fiscal 1997.
 
     The Company believes that the proceeds from the Offerings, combined with
its existing cash balance, its line of credit and the cash flows expected from
future operations, will be sufficient to meet the Company's capital requirements
for at least the next 18 to 24 months.
 
                                       20
<PAGE>   22
 
                                    BUSINESS
 
OVERVIEW
 
     CIENA designs, manufactures and sells DWDM systems for long distance
fiberoptic telecommunications networks. CIENA's DWDM solution, the MultiWave
1600 system, alleviates capacity, or bandwidth, constraints in high traffic
fiberoptic routes without requiring the installation of new fiber. In addition,
the MultiWave 1600 system enables flexible provisioning of additional bandwidth
without requiring an upgrade of existing network transmission equipment. The
MultiWave 1600 system can increase the carrying capacity of a single optical
fiber 16 fold by allowing simultaneous transmission of up to 16 optical channels
per fiber. This permits fiber currently carrying signals at transmission speeds
of up to 2.5 Gb/s to carry up to 40 Gb/s. CIENA's MultiWave 1600 system includes
optical transmission terminals, optical amplifiers and network management
software. CIENA's system is designed with an open architecture that allows the
MultiWave 1600 system to interoperate with carriers' existing fiberoptic
transmission systems having a broad range of transmission speeds and signal
formats.
 
     The Company believes it is a worldwide market leader in field deployment of
open architecture DWDM systems. CIENA's MultiWave 1600 system was introduced
into field trials in the long distance network of Sprint in May 1996 and
WorldCom in August 1996. The MultiWave 1600 system began carrying live traffic
in the Sprint network in October 1996. The Company has a three-year
non-exclusive supply agreement with Sprint which expires in December 1998, a
supply agreement with WorldCom which, subject to certain conditions, is
exclusive through December 1997 and an agreement to supply Teleway with the
Company's MultiWave 1600 system. Through October 31, 1996, the Company recorded
$54.8 million in revenue, all of which was derived from sales of the MultiWave
1600 system to Sprint. The Company is actively seeking additional customers
among other long distance carriers in the worldwide telecommunications market.
 
INDUSTRY BACKGROUND
 
     The four largest long distance carriers in the United States, AT&T
Corporation ("AT&T"), MCI Communications Inc. ("MCI"), Sprint and WorldCom, have
widely deployed fiberoptic cable forming the backbone of their long distance
networks. Growth in utilization of long distance networks has increased both the
type of traffic -- from voice alone to voice, data and video -- and the volume
of traffic carried over these fiberoptic networks. This growth in utilization
has been caused by factors such as:
 
          - increased use of office automation, distributed computing,
            electronic mail, facsimile transmission, electronic
            transaction processing, video conferencing, remote access
            telecommuting, local and wide area networking and the
            growing use of the Internet;
 
          - widespread deregulation of the telecommunications industry
            and the consequent increase in competition among, and
            lowering of prices by, service providers in the long
            distance market; and
 
          - development of high bandwidth, network access technologies,
            such as cable modems, hybrid fiber coaxial architectures
            and digital subscriber lines, that permit users to transmit
            and receive high volumes of information.
 
     Increased utilization creates transmission bottlenecks on heavily used
routes that were originally designed for significantly less traffic. Although
exact statistics are not available, the Company believes that this increase in
type and volume of utilization has caused some long distance telecommunications
carriers to handle traffic over certain long distance routes at or near the
maximum capacity of the existing installed fiber and electronic-based
transmission systems currently in use.
 
     The growth in demand for, and the resulting strains on, capacity of the
fiberoptic telecommunications networks have been coupled with an increasing need
for network reliability to support
 
                                       21
<PAGE>   23
 
mission critical data communications. As end-users become more dependent on
around-the-clock network availability, they become less tolerant of service
interruptions which can be caused by factors such as equipment failure, fiber
cuts or high traffic volume.
 
     This demand for greater reliability has led long distance carriers to adopt
"ring architecture" in which long distance routes are linked in a ring
configuration so that in the event of a fiberoptic cable cut or other equipment
failure between two points of the ring, the signal can be immediately redirected
through the reverse "protection path" of the ring. The service break associated
with a fiber cut or other equipment failure in a network using ring architecture
can be restored in approximately 50 milliseconds, which is essentially
unnoticeable by the consumer. However, many ring architectures now being
deployed demand twice as much fiber capacity (due to the need to maintain a
redundant alternative path to serve as a protection path for each fiber in use)
as non-ring based architectures. AT&T, Sprint and WorldCom have all announced an
intention to implement ring architecture for their networks, which will place
greater bandwidth demand on their existing fiberoptic networks.
 
     The shortage of bandwidth available in existing fiberoptic networks can be
addressed in several ways. One solution is to install additional fiberoptic
cable along existing routes or in new fiberoptic routes. However, the
installation of additional fiber, and particularly the creation of new
fiberoptic routes, is a costly and time-consuming process, involving extensive
negotiation and acquisition of necessary rights of way, as well as the actual
construction effort. The Company believes that the average cost of creating new
underground fiberoptic routes is approximately $43,400 per kilometer ($70,000
per mile). Another solution is to increase the transmission speed of the
installed systems. However, this approach is also costly. Existing long distance
telecommunications routes generally use TDM fiberoptic transmission terminals at
either end of the route to send and receive signals. Opto-electronic signal
regenerators ("regenerators") are then placed between terminals along the
fiberoptic cables, spaced at regular intervals of 35-50 kilometers
(approximately 22 to 31 miles). These regenerators process, amplify and re-time
the signal through a process that involves conversion of the optical signal to
electronic form and back to optical form. However, terminals and regenerators
are "bit-rate specific," meaning upgrade of a route segment to handle higher
transmission speeds requires replacement of all terminals and regenerators. A
large number of regenerators are needed on a route of significant length, and
any upgrade of a route segment using TDM technology would require a significant
investment in new equipment as well as significant installation costs.
 
     Certain types of existing fiber have been shown to display incompatibility
problems with very high speed TDM equipment. "Non-dispersion shifted" fiber
constitutes the majority of fiber installed in North America and Europe, while
"dispersion shifted" fiber has been popular in Japan. "Reduced dispersion" fiber
is a recent development that is beginning to see applications in some new fiber
installations. At lower transmission rates, such as 2.5 Gb/s, TDM-based
equipment is technically viable for use with these fiber types and widely
available commercially. As an upgrade to existing telecommunications links with
transmission rates below 2.5 Gb/s, TDM at 2.5 Gb/s can represent an alternative
incremental approach to the enhancement of transmission capacity. However, at
the 10 Gb/s transmission rate, transmission over non-dispersion shifted fiber
can result in significant impairments to and distortion of the signal.
 
     CIENA and others have observed that the potential for an alternative
technological solution to laying new fiber or upgrading capacity to higher
electronic transmission rates exists because the bandwidth intrinsic to existing
fiber is vastly underutilized. For example, transmission systems which use TDM
and transmit at 2.5 Gb/s use substantially less than one percent of the inherent
bandwidth of the fiber currently deployed in United States fiberoptic networks.
An optical multiplexing technology called wavelength division multiplexing
("WDM") has long been recognized for its potential to better utilize fiber
bandwidth by enabling the simultaneous transmission of multiple optical signals
on discrete channels on a single fiber. Until recently, however, technological
barriers have limited exploitation of the potential of WDM as a commercially
viable solution. DWDM is an
 
                                       22
<PAGE>   24
 
extension of WDM technology and refers to the simultaneous transmission of more
than four channels on a single fiber.
 
THE CIENA SOLUTION
 
     CIENA has deployed a DWDM system that enhances the transmission capacity of
a single optical fiber 16 fold, without requiring significant modification or
upgrade to transmission equipment. The MultiWave 1600 system includes terminals,
optical amplifiers and network management software that enable simultaneous
transmission of up to 16 optical channels on a single fiber at rates of up to
2.5 Gb/s per channel. The MultiWave 1600 system permits the transmission of
optical signals over routes of up to 600 kilometers (372 miles) without
opto-electronic regeneration. CIENA's implementation of DWDM technology
incorporates the following features:
 
     - OPEN ARCHITECTURE SYSTEM.  CIENA's system is designed with an open
       architecture that allows the MultiWave 1600 system to interoperate with
       carriers' existing fiberoptic transmission systems having a broad range
       of transmission speeds and signal formats. This approach is distinguished
       from a closed architecture system design pursued by companies that
       manufacture other telecommunications equipment and may seek to preserve
       the market for their network equipment.
 
     - MODULAR DESIGN.  The MultiWave 1600 system design is modular and allows
       capacity-specific configurations and the ability to add additional
       capacity through a modular upgrade. This enables a customer to select the
       number of channels to use in a particular fiber and preserves the
       customer's ability to respond quickly to increased demand for capacity
       without significant additional equipment purchases.
 
     - TACTICAL IMPLEMENTATION.  CIENA's MultiWave 1600 system can be tactically
       implemented on a route-by-route basis, providing relief on capacity
       constrained routes without mandating a network-wide architectural or
       transmission equipment change. In the context of new network
       construction, the Company believes that its ability to permit 40 Gb/s
       capacity per fiber, together with the elimination of multiple
       regenerators, make the MultiWave 1600 system cost-efficient.
 
     - SCALEABLE AMPLIFIERS.  The Company's optical amplifiers, when installed
       to accommodate 16 channels, do not need to be changed as channels are
       added or as transmission speeds are increased to up to 2.5 Gb/s. Unlike a
       TDM upgrade solution which involves replacement of all transmission
       equipment along a fiber route, a channel upgrade of a CIENA MultiWave
       1600 system involves no replacement of existing transmission equipment
       until all 16 channels are in service. Similarly, increases in
       transmission rates up to a maximum of 2.5 Gb/s do not require replacement
       of or modification to the optical amplifiers.
 
     - MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE.  CIENA's MultiWave 1600 system includes network
       management software enabling customers to receive early warnings of
       network problems and to manage and monitor network performance. The
       Company's commitment to providing standards compliant network management
       interfaces at all levels, from individual network elements to the element
       management system, affords rapid integration into existing
       telecommunication management operations. The Company provides standards
       compliant network management systems based upon Simple Network Management
       Protocol (SNMP), Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol (TCP/IP)
       and the International Telecommunications Union (ITU) Telecommunications
       Management Network (TMN) standards.
 
     - FIBER COMPATIBILITY.  The CIENA MultiWave 1600 system is compatible with
       dispersion shifted, reduced dispersion and non-dispersion shifted fiber.
       Non-dispersion shifted fiber constitutes the majority of fiber installed
       in North America and Europe.
 
     CIENA's MultiWave 1600 system is based upon the use of three core enabling
technologies that assist in overcoming many of the constraints that limited
commercial introduction of WDM technology: Erbium-doped fiber amplifiers
enabling the direct amplification of optical signals without the use of
electronic regenerators; in-fiber Bragg gratings enabling precise filtering of
multiple optical signals
 
                                       23
<PAGE>   25
 
in a single fiber; and network management software developed by the Company
permitting a customer to manage effectively the status and functions of the
CIENA MultiWave 1600 system in conjunction with the network operator's
management of other parts of its network.
 
CIENA'S STRATEGY
 
     The Company's strategy is to maintain and build upon its market leadership
in the deployment of DWDM systems. Important elements of the Company's strategy
include:
 
     - MAINTAIN LEADERSHIP IN DEPLOYMENT OF DWDM IN LONG DISTANCE NETWORKS.  The
       Company believes that the technological, operational and cost benefits of
       the Company's DWDM systems create competitive advantages for long
       distance telecommunications carriers worldwide. The Company also believes
       that achieving early widespread operational deployment of its systems in
       a particular carrier's network will provide CIENA significant competitive
       advantages with respect to additional DWDM deployments and channel
       upgrades within that network and will enhance its marketing to other
       carriers as a field proven supplier. The Company therefore intends to
       continue aggressively pursuing DWDM deployment opportunities among long
       distance carriers in the domestic and foreign long distance markets. The
       Company will focus its MultiWave product development efforts on expanding
       the current 16 channel capacity of the MultiWave 1600 system to 40
       channels while adding operational features designed to make MultiWave
       products as attractive and flexible as possible to long distance
       telecommunications carriers.
 
     - CONTINUE TO EMPHASIZE TECHNICAL SUPPORT AND CUSTOMER SERVICE.  The
       Company markets a technically advanced system to sophisticated customers.
       The nature of the Company's system and market require a high level of
       technical support and customer service. The Company expects to have
       full-time customer support offices in Kansas City, Kansas (to support
       Sprint), Tulsa, Oklahoma (to support WorldCom) and other selected
       locations where it develops significant customer relationships, to
       provide on-going support to its customers.
 
     - CONTINUE TO DEVELOP WORLD CLASS MANUFACTURING CAPABILITY.  The Company's
       system serves a mission critical role in its customers' networks. Quality
       assurance and manufacturing excellence are necessary for the Company to
       achieve success. CIENA believes it has developed and will continue to
       enhance a world class manufacturing capability. The Company invested $5.9
       million in capital improvements in fiscal 1996 and hired 125 employees in
       that year to increase manufacturing capacity and efficiency and improve
       manufacturing quality. The Company is working actively to achieve ISO
       9001 certification.
 
     - EXPAND SALES AND MARKETING EFFORTS.  The nature of the target customer
       base for MultiWave 1600 systems requires a focused sales effort on a
       customer-by-customer basis. The Company will continue to increase its
       sales and marketing efforts by focusing on the worldwide market of long
       distance carriers. In fiscal 1996, the Company increased its sales and
       marketing force by 12 persons. The Company will continue to strengthen
       its marketing programs and increase its international presence through
       both direct sales and international distributors.
 
     - LEVERAGE CORE COMPETENCIES IN FIBEROPTIC COMMUNICATIONS.  The Company
       expects to leverage the core competencies it has developed in the design,
       development, manufacturing and commercial introduction of the MultiWave
       1600 system by exploring other areas in the telecommunications market
       where these competencies can be used to solve related problems. This may
       take the form of new product development or may involve strategic
       alliances or acquisitions.
 
                                       24
<PAGE>   26
 
NETWORK ARCHITECTURE
 
     A CIENA MultiWave 1600 system is a combination of equipment and software
that is installed on a particular long distance route segment. A MultiWave 1600
system consists of one MultiWave terminal on each end of the route segment, one
or more MultiWave optical amplifiers along the route (depending on route length)
and CIENA's WaveWatcher network management software. The diagram below depicts
an operating configuration of a deployed MultiWave 1600 system in a four-fiber
ring architecture network configuration:
 
            [This diagram shows an outline of the United States with
             a four-fiber ring architecture network configuration.
             Depicted within the four-fiber ring architecture is a
                            MultiWave 1600 system.]
 
     The MultiWave terminal at one end of the route multiplexes the customer's
optical signals into as many as 16 discrete optical channels and transmits those
channels simultaneously on the outbound fiber of the fiber pair. A MultiWave
terminal at the other end of the route demultiplexes the inbound multichannel
signal into 16 individual signals that are directed to the customer's receivers.
Optical amplifiers placed along the route provide optical amplification of the
composite multichannel signal over long route lengths. The Company's WaveWatcher
software provides continuous network management capability by monitoring system
functions.
 
     The diagram below compares (i) traditional transmission equipment
configuration for a high traffic (16 signal) long distance route of 600
kilometers (372 miles), using TDM transmission terminals and regenerators with
(ii) the same high traffic (16 signal) long distance route configured with a
MultiWave 1600 system.
 
            [This diagram consists of two figures. The first figure
          shows a traditional TDM route configuration with fiberoptic
             transmission terminals at both ends of a 16-fiber pair
             route with 272 regenerators. The second figures shows
                the same route with the MultiWave 1600 system.]
 
     In the TDM configuration above, 16 fiber pairs, and a total of 272
regenerators, are needed to transport 16 channels over the route. Each
regenerator converts the channels from optical to electrical and back to optical
format at 35-50 kilometer (22 to 31 mile) intervals. In order to upgrade the
transmission capacity of the typical TDM network route, as shown forth above,
using traditional TDM technology, all the fiberoptic transmission terminals and
all 272 regenerators would need to be replaced. This process entails significant
equipment costs, requires rerouting of transmissions and can be time-consuming
and, potentially, an operational bottleneck. While the TDM configuration above
is typical, the actual number of regenerators may be less than depicted above.
 
     By contrast, as shown above, the same high traffic (16 signal)
long-distance route can be configured with a MultiWave 1600 system. The 272
regenerators are replaced with four MultiWave optical amplifiers and only one
fiber pair is required for transmission of 16 signals. As a result, 15 of the 16
fiber pairs that were previously used are freed for future use. The maintenance
costs associated with the 272 regenerators are eliminated and replaced by the
lower maintenance costs of four optical amplifiers. Because each regenerator
must be housed in a weather-protected, environmentally controlled shelter,
elimination of regenerator sites may also significantly lower operational costs.
Increasing the availability of a number of fiber pairs is especially significant
to carriers that have implemented or are planning to implement ring
architectures and those providing leased transmission capacity to other
operators.
 
THE MULTIWAVE 1600 SYSTEM
 
     A MultiWave 1600 system is installed in a discrete route segment defined at
each end by the presence of the customer's fiberoptic transmission terminals.
The MultiWave 1600 system features
 
                                       25
<PAGE>   27
 
an open architecture which interoperates with a broad range of models of
fiberoptic transmission terminals. The MultiWave 1600 system can be flexibly
configured based on the customer's capacity needs with up to 16 channels, and
the initial channel configuration, if less than 16 channels, can be supplemented
whenever additional capacity is needed. The modular design of the MultiWave 1600
system allows the network operator to add capacity without interrupting existing
MultiWave traffic.
 
     MULTIWAVE TERMINAL.  The CIENA MultiWave terminal is a modular DWDM
terminal which can multiplex and amplify signals from transmitters into 16
discrete optical channels for transmission over a pair of fibers to the other
MultiWave terminal and demultiplex the received multichannel signal into 16
individual signals. The MultiWave terminal functions in the same manner over a
broad range of transmission speeds, up to approximately 2.5 Gb/s per channel,
and operates without material modifications to existing fiberoptic transmission
systems. Each MultiWave terminal consists of up to two channel shelves (up to
eight channels per shelf) and a common equipment shelf. The MultiWave terminal
can transport over total route lengths of up to 600 kilometers (372 miles) at up
to 2.5 Gb/s per channel without regeneration or impairment of the signal.
 
     MULTIWAVE OPTICAL AMPLIFIER.  The CIENA MultiWave optical amplifier is a
modular Erbium-doped fiber amplifier that provides direct composite optical
amplification of the 16 optical channels carried by the MultiWave 1600 system. A
single MultiWave optical amplifier shelf is capable of amplifying the system's
entire 40 Gb/s capacity (16 channels times approximately 2.5 Gb/s per channel).
CIENA's MultiWave optical amplifiers take the place of the customer's existing
regenerators on routes of up to 600 kilometers (372 miles), and can be spaced as
much as 120 kilometers (74 miles) apart.
 
     WAVEWATCHER NETWORK MANAGEMENT SYSTEM.  WaveWatcher is the MultiWave 1600
system's integrated network management software package. The network element
manager uses a separate out-of-band optical service channel to communicate
network management information and provides a single view of multiple CIENA
systems through graphical user interfaces and supported operating system
interfaces. WaveWatcher has been designed to adhere to evolving open system
standards for network management software and operates on a UNIX platform.
WaveWatcher provides fault, performance, security and configuration management
of optical networking systems.
 
     The Company is also introducing an optical add/drop multiplexer to enable
carriers to reroute traffic to different geographic areas without requiring
extensive termination equipment. A network operator may optically remove up to
four channels from the composite signal at a point along a fiber route where the
optical add/drop multiplexer is installed. The installation of an additional
optical add/drop multiplexer at a different point along that route would enable
the network operator to reuse those channels. The optical add/drop multiplexer
also will provide optical amplification for up to 16 channels.
 
     A typical MultiWave 1600 system ranges in price from $500,000 to
$1,500,000, depending on such factors as customer needs for number of channels,
route length (which affects the number of optical amplifiers required), network
management software configuration and other negotiated terms and conditions. As
required, systems initially configured for less than 16 channels can be upgraded
to carry up to 16 channels at additional cost.
 
  PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT
 
     The Company expects the primary focus of its product development efforts
will be in the further enhancement and refinement of the MultiWave 1600 system.
The Company will focus its product development efforts on expanding the current
16 channel capacity of the MultiWave 1600 system to 40 channels while adding
operational features designed to make the Company's products attractive to a
wide range of network operators.
 
     The Company has developed core competencies in DWDM technology through the
design, development, manufacturing and commercial introduction of the MultiWave
1600 system. In the
 
                                       26
<PAGE>   28
 
future, the Company intends to migrate its core competencies in this area to
other segments of the telecommunications network. This migration may take the
form of new product development or may involve strategic alliances or
acquisitions.
 
     As of October 31, 1996, there were 38 persons working in the Company's
research and development area. The Company's research and development
expenditures were $1.3 million, $6.4 million and $8.9 million for fiscal 1994,
1995 and 1996, respectively.
 
CUSTOMERS
 
  SPRINT RELATIONSHIP
 
     In December 1995, the Company entered into a three-year supply agreement
with Sprint, with the option for Sprint to extend the term of the agreement for
an additional year. Prices for all equipment purchased by Sprint under the terms
of the supply agreement are fixed for the initial three-year term but the prices
charged to Sprint for any deliverable under the supply agreement will not at any
time be higher than the Company's final net price to any "similarly situated
customer". The supply agreement does not obligate Sprint to make any minimum
purchases from the Company. The agreement requires that the Company set up and
maintain, at the Company's expense, certain test facilities for a period of 10
years.
 
     The Company is obligated to provide software and equipment support until
December 2005 and must maintain two years of backwards compatibility for any
enhancements or upgrades to the software. The Company also warrants each
deliverable provided by the Company for 60 months from the date of delivery,
with Sprint having the right until December 2005 to purchase an unlimited number
of one-year extensions of any or all warranties. Upgrades are provided at no
cost to Sprint during the warranty or extended warranty periods. The supply
agreement contains penalties for failure to respond to various types of system
failures in a timely manner. The supply agreement with Sprint also provides
Sprint with a license to use, modify and enhance the Company's source code under
certain conditions.
 
  WORLDCOM RELATIONSHIP
 
     In September 1996, the Company entered into a supply agreement with
WorldCom. Pursuant to the terms of the supply agreement, upon the successful
completion of the field test, the Company will be the exclusive supplier of DWDM
systems for WorldCom through December 1997. The agreement does not require a
minimum purchase commitment; if WorldCom, however, does not purchase a certain
minimum amount of equipment, all prices for equipment purchased under the
agreement increase. WorldCom may terminate all or any part of an outstanding
purchase order upon the payment of a termination fee.
 
     The Company has granted to WorldCom, pursuant to the supply agreement, a
license to use certain software. The Company has also granted WorldCom the
option to purchase the source code for certain software at any time during the
term of the agreement for a one-time payment. If WorldCom exercises this option,
the Company has no further obligation to provide support or maintenance services
or to provide upgrades or enhancements with respect to this software.
 
     Under product and pricing attachments currently in effect, the Company
provides WorldCom with software upgrades at no charge for a period of 10 years
from installation and provides a five-year warranty for products.
 
  TELEWAY RELATIONSHIP
 
     The Company has entered into a two-year agreement with NISSHO Electronics
Corporation ("NISSHO") to act as a distributor of the Company's MultiWave 1600
system in Japan. Through NISSHO, the Company has shipped a MultiWave 1600 system
to Teleway.
 
                                       27
<PAGE>   29
 
  OTHER POTENTIAL CUSTOMER RELATIONSHIPS
 
     The Company is actively working to develop customer relationships with long
distance carriers worldwide. The Company has contacted other long distance
carriers and is responding to requests for proposals as well as engaging in
direct sales efforts.
 
     Under the Telecommunications Act of 1996, regional Bell operating companies
("RBOCs") are newly eligible to enter the long distance market once they have
met certain requirements for opening their local markets to competition. The
Company anticipates that one or more of the RBOCs will move into the long
distance market, although the timing of that move is uncertain, and the question
of how such a move will be implemented is unclear -- e.g., through the
establishment of owned network facilities, through the purchase of long distance
capacity from other long distance carriers, or through some combination of the
two. In the deregulated market, utility companies are also known to be exploring
the use of their existing rights of way to develop fiberoptic-based
telecommunications networks, although it is not possible to predict the pace or
scope of their efforts.
 
     Internationally, the market for DWDM systems is still developing. The
deregulation and competition which have characterized the United States long
distance market are much less pronounced in most international markets, and the
data communications applications which fuel the demand for high bandwidth
transmission systems in the United States are not as widely used in
international markets. The Company intends to concentrate its international
sales and marketing efforts in countries or regions where there is competition
among two or more long distance carriers, where there are significant bandwidth
constraints and where there is significant potential for near term growth in
telecommunications services.
 
SALES AND MARKETING
 
     The Company has organized its resources for the separate but coordinated
approach to United States customers and international customers. In the United
States market, a sales team, comprised of an account manager, systems engineers
and technical support and training personnel, is assigned responsibility for
each customer account, and for the coordination and pursuit of sales contacts.
In the international market, the Company currently pursues prospective customers
through direct sales efforts, as well as through distributors, independent
marketing representatives and independent sales consultants. The Company has
distributor or marketing representative arrangements covering Austria, Germany,
Italy and Switzerland in Europe, and the Republic of Korea and Japan in Asia.
The Company has additional representative support in the U.K., Belgium and
Brazil. The Company intends to establish a direct sales presence in Europe and
in Asia over the next 12 to 18 months.
 
     The Company's MultiWave 1600 systems require a relatively large investment,
and the Company's target customers in the long distance telecommunications
market -- where network capacity and reliability are critical -- are highly
demanding and technically sophisticated. There are only a small number of such
customers in any country or geographic market. Also, every network operator has
unique configuration requirements which impact the integration of DWDM systems
with existing transmission equipment. The convergence of these factors leads to
a very long sales cycle for the MultiWave 1600 system, often more than a year
between initial introduction to the Company and commitment to purchase, and has
further led CIENA to pursue sales efforts on a focused, customer-by-customer
basis.
 
     In support of its worldwide selling efforts, the Company conducts marketing
programs intended to position and promote its products within the
telecommunications industry. Marketing personnel coordinate the Company's
participation in trade shows and conduct media relations activities with trade
and general business publications.
 
                                       28
<PAGE>   30
 
COMPETITION
 
     The market for increased bandwidth is highly competitive, and the Company
expects the level of competition to increase in the future. In addition,
competition in the telecommunications equipment industry generally is intense,
particularly in that portion of the industry devoted to delivering higher and
more cost effective bandwidth throughout the telecommunications network.
However, the Company believes that its position as a leading supplier of open
architecture DWDM systems and the field-tested design and technology of its
product give it a current competitive advantage.
 
     The competition faced by the Company is dominated by a small number of very
large, usually multinational, vertically integrated companies, each of which has
substantially greater financial, technical and marketing resources, and greater
manufacturing capacity as well as more established customer relationships with
long distance carriers than the Company. Included among the Company's
competitors are Lucent, Nortel, Alcatel, NEC and Pirelli. Each of the Company's
major competitors are believed to be in various stages of development,
introduction or deployment of DWDM products directly competitive with the
Company's MultiWave system. Pirelli, in particular, is known to have deployed
open architecture WDM equipment and has announced the introduction of a
32-channel DWDM system. Lucent has an especially prominent role in the market
because of its historical affiliation with AT&T. Lucent has announced it is
supplying closed architecture DWDM system equipment to AT&T, and has announced
an intention to introduce in the near future an open architecture DWDM system.
Although Lucent's prior affiliation with AT&T may have inhibited its
relationships as a supplier to other carriers, the spin-off of Lucent into a
separate company may make it more attractive to potential customers as a
supplier.
 
     In addition to DWDM suppliers, traditional TDM-based transmission equipment
suppliers compete with the Company in the market for transmission capacity.
Lucent, Alcatel, Nortel, Fujitsu and NEC are already providers of a full
complement of such equipment. These and other competitors have introduced or are
expected to introduce equipment which will offer 10 Gb/s transmission
capability, and MCI has recently announced limited deployment of such equipment.
The viability of widescale deployment of 10 Gb/s TDM based equipment has yet to
be demonstrated. Because of the transmission rate employed, the 10 Gb/s TDM
equipment requires digital multiplexing circuits operating at microwave
frequencies, which can lead to instability. This can complicate reproducibility,
which may in turn result in delays in introduction and higher manufacturing
costs. More significantly, at the 10 Gb/s transmission rate, dispersion
distortion effects in the fiber can result in significant impairments and
limitations, particularly in transmission over non-dispersion shifted fiber,
which comprises most of the installed fiber in current long distance networks in
the United States. However, at lower rates, such as 2.5 Gb/s, TDM-based
equipment is technically viable and widely available commercially, and, as an
upgrade to existing lower transmission rate telecommunications links, can
represent an alternative incremental approach to the enhancement of transmission
capacity.
 
     Additionally, while the Company believes the open architecture of its
MultiWave 1600 system is attractive to some customers, certain of the Company's
competitors are able to offer more extensive TDM-based product lines under
closed architectures which may provide perceived network-wide cost and operating
efficiencies not available from the Company. For example, Lucent, Alcatel,
Nortel and NEC are already providers of a full complement of TDM terminals,
switches and regenerators, and thereby seek to position themselves as vertically
integrated, "one-stop shopping" solution providers to potential customers. The
Company expects competition in general to intensify substantially over the next
few quarters. The Company believes that competition is based on varying
combinations of price, manufacturing capacity, timely delivery, system
reliability and service commitment, installed customer base, as well as on the
comprehensiveness of the system solution in meeting immediate network needs and
foreseeable scaleability requirements. Further, in certain cases, competitors
have offered the Company's target customers on an immediate delivery basis, off
the shelf TDM transmission equipment at comparatively lower prices, with a
promise to upgrade to DWDM or other improved equipment in the future. While the
Company is ramping up its
 
                                       29
<PAGE>   31
 
manufacturing capability as rapidly as it believes prudent, the Company is not
currently able to offer MultiWave 1600 system delivery times of less than three
to four months. The substantial system integration resources and manufacturing
capability of the TDM competitors, in combination with any difference in
timeliness of delivery, can be important to long distance network operators for
whom a less significant increase in transmission capacity (as opposed to the
16-fold increase available through MultiWave) is acceptable. In addition, as and
when these competitors are able to offer DWDM systems in combination with their
own terminals, they can be expected to further emphasize the attractiveness of a
one-stop shopping solution.
 
MANUFACTURING
 
     The Company manufactures the in-fiber Bragg gratings and Erbium-doped fiber
amplifiers used in the MultiWave 1600 system, and conducts all optical assembly,
final assembly and final component, module and system test functions, at its
manufacturing facility in Savage, Maryland. The Company has invested
significantly in automated production capabilities and manufacturing process
improvements and expects to further enhance its manufacturing process with
additional production process control systems. However, certain critical
functions, including aspects of fiber splicing, require a highly skilled manual
work force, and the Company puts significant efforts into training and
maintaining the quality of its manufacturing work force. The Company is also
currently working towards obtaining an ISO 9001 certification, which it believes
will be a further competitive strength.
 
     Electronic board assemblies are currently subcontracted to third parties to
enable the Company to concentrate on its core manufacturing competencies in
gratings production and optical assembly capabilities. The Company has not
experienced any significant delays or material unanticipated costs resulting
from the use of subcontractors; however, such a strategy involves certain risks,
including the potential absence of adequate capacity, the unavailability of or
interruptions in access to certain process technologies, and reduced control
over delivery schedules, manufacturing yields, quality and costs. In the event
that any significant subcontractor were to become unable or unwilling to
continue to manufacture and/or test the Company's assemblies in required
volumes, the Company would have to identify and qualify acceptable replacements.
This qualification process could also be lengthy and no assurance can be given
that any additional sources would become available to the Company on a timely
basis. A delay or reduction in component shipments, or a delay or increase in
costs in the assembly and testing of products by third party subcontractors,
could materially and adversely affect the Company's business, financial
condition and results of operations.
 
     The Company's MultiWave 1600 system utilizes in excess of 600 parts, many
of which are customized for the Company. Component suppliers in the specialized,
high technology end of the optical communications industry are generally not as
plentiful or, in some cases, as reliable, as component suppliers in more mature
industries. Certain key optical and electronic components used in the Company's
MultiWave 1600 system are currently available only from sole sources. The
Company has from time to time experienced minor delays in the receipt of these
components, and any future difficulty in obtaining sufficient and timely
delivery of them could result in delays or reductions in product shipments
which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,
financial condition and results of operations. While alternative suppliers have
been identified for certain other key optical and electronic components, those
alternative sources have not been qualified. The time and expense involved in
qualifying each additional source are significant. Accordingly, the Company will
for the near term continue to be dependent on sole and single source suppliers
of certain key components. See "Risk Factors -- Dependence on Suppliers" and
"-- Competitors as Suppliers".
 
PATENTS AND OTHER INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS
 
     The Company has licensed certain key enabling technologies with respect to
the production of in-fiber Bragg gratings, utilized publicly available
technology associated with Erbium-doped fiber
 
                                       30
<PAGE>   32
 
amplifiers, and applied its design, engineering and manufacturing skills to
develop its MultiWave 1600 system. The Company also licenses from third parties
certain software components for its network management software. The Company has
applied for trademark registration for Ciena, MultiWave and WaveWatcher.
Opposition has been filed with the United States Patent and Trademark Office
with respect to the Company's registration of WaveWatcher. The Company also
relies on contractual rights, trade secrets and copyrights to establish and
protect its proprietary rights in its products.
 
     The Company intends to enforce vigorously its intellectual property rights
if infringement or misappropriation occurs. However, the Company does not expect
its proprietary rights in its technology will prevent competitors from
developing technologies and equipment functionally similar to the Company's.
 
     The Company's practice is to require its employees and consultants to
execute non-disclosure and proprietary rights agreements upon commencement of
employment or consulting arrangements with the Company. These agreements
acknowledge the Company's exclusive ownership of all intellectual property
developed by the individual during the course of his work with the Company and
require that all proprietary information disclosed to the individual will remain
confidential.
 
     As of December 4, 1996, the Company had received seven United States
patents, had received notice of allowance of two more, and had 16 pending patent
applications. The issued patents relate to (i) an optical monitoring channel for
WDM systems capable of surviving failure of an optical amplifier, (ii) an
in-fiber Bragg grating system for optical cable television systems that allows
the network operator to remove and insert different optical frequencies and
switch video signals on demand, (iii) a WDM optical communication system with
remodulators to carry multiple optical signals of different wavelengths
simultaneously, (iv) a WDM system that can be expanded with additional optical
signals, (v) an optical system which uses optical amplifiers with flattened gain
curves, (vi) a method for removing and inserting optical carriers in a WDM
system and (vii) an optical system with tunable in-fiber gratings. Allowed
patent applications relate to other aspects of in-fiber Bragg gratings
technology and other aspects of WDM system design. In addition, the Company
holds a non-exclusive license from General Instrument Corporation of Delaware
for a portfolio of 32 United States and foreign patents relating to optical
communications, primarily for video-on-demand applications. See "Risk
Factors -- Proprietary Rights".
 
EMPLOYEES
 
     As of October 31, 1996, the Company employed 225 persons, of whom 38 were
primarily engaged in research and development activities, 135 in manufacturing,
20 in sales, marketing, customer support and related activities and 32 in
administration. None of the Company's employees are currently represented by a
labor union. The Company considers its relations with its employees to be good.
 
FACILITIES
 
     The Company's principal executive offices, manufacturing and research and
development facilities are all located in Savage, Maryland and consist of
approximately 50,500 square feet under a lease that will expire in December
2001, absent exercise of a renewal option for an additional five years. The base
rent averages approximately $35,775 per month for the first six years. The
Company signed a lease in October 1996 for a facility approximately 10 miles
from Savage, near the Baltimore/Washington International Airport ("BWI"). This
facility consists of approximately 96,000 square feet, and is expected to be
suitable for occupancy by March 1997. Base rent is approximately $102,000 per
month, with annual rate increases each of the ten years of the initial lease
term, with a final year rate of approximately $126,000 per month. The Company
intends to convert substantially all of its current Savage, Maryland, facility
into a manufacturing facility (manufacturing
 
                                       31
<PAGE>   33
 
currently occupies approximately 19,000 of the 50,500 square feet at the Savage
facility), and relocate the corporate, sales and marketing and product
development functions to the BWI facility.
 
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
     Kevin Kimberlin and parties controlled by him (the "Kimberlin Parties") are
owners of Common Stock, Series A, Series B and Series C Preferred Stock and
certain warrants to purchase Series B Preferred Stock. On November 20, 1996, the
Kimberlin Parties filed suit in U.S. District Court for the Southern District of
New York against the Company, and certain directors of the Company, alleging
that the Kimberlin Parties were entitled to purchase additional shares of Series
C Preferred Stock at the time of the closing of the Series C Preferred Stock
financing, but were denied that opportunity by the defendants. The lawsuit
alleges that certain rights of first refusal existing under the Series B
Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement entitled the Kimberlin Parties to purchase
more shares of Series C Preferred Stock than were in fact purchased by them at
the time of the closing of the Series C financing in December 1995. The lawsuit
claims breach of contract, breach of fiduciary duty and violation of Securities
and Exchange Commission Rule 10b-5 by the defendants. The Kimberlin Parties seek
to recover unspecified actual and punitive damages.
 
     The number of shares to be purchased by each party to the Series C
Preferred Stock financing was communicated in writing to the Kimberlin Parties
in December 1995 prior to the Series C closing. Further, as permitted under the
Series B Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, the Series C Preferred Stock
Purchase Agreement expressly stated that all rights of first refusal referred to
in the lawsuit were waived. The required number of Series B investors, including
the Kimberlin Parties, signed the Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement
containing that waiver. In July 1996, the Kimberlin Parties reaffirmed to the
Company in writing that their beneficial ownership of shares did not include any
shares which they have subsequently claimed in the lawsuit they were entitled to
purchase. The Company believes that the Kimberlin Parties' claims, brought as
the Offerings were being prepared, are without merit and intends to defend
itself vigorously.
 
     The Company is not currently a party to any other legal proceedings.
 
                                       32
<PAGE>   34
 
                                   MANAGEMENT
 
DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
 
     The table below sets forth certain information concerning each of the
directors and executive officers of the Company:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
               NAME                   AGE                         POSITION
- -----------------------------------   ---    --------------------------------------------------
<S>                                   <C>    <C>
Patrick H. Nettles, Ph.D. .........   53     President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
David R. Huber, Ph.D. .............   46     Senior Vice President, Chief Scientist and
                                             Director
Steve W. Chaddick..................   45     Senior Vice President, Products and Technologies
Lawrence P. Huang..................   45     Senior Vice President, Sales and Marketing
Stephen B. Alexander...............   37     Vice President, Transport Products
Joseph R. Chinnici.................   42     Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial
                                             Officer
Mark Cummings......................   45     Vice President, Operations
W. Michael Fagen...................   41     Vice President, Business Development
G. Eric Georgatos..................   41     Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
Jesus Leon.........................   52     Vice President, Access Products
Rebecca K. Seidman.................   50     Vice President, Human Resources Development
Jon W. Bayless, Ph.D.(1)(2)........   56     Chairman of the Board of Directors
Harvey B. Cash.....................   58     Director
Clifford W. Higgerson(2)...........   57     Director
Billy B. Oliver(1).................   71     Director
Michael J. Zak(1)(2)...............   43     Director
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
(1) Member of the Compensation Committee
 
(2) Member of the Audit Committee
 
     PATRICK H. NETTLES, PH.D., has served as Chief Executive Officer of the
Company since February 1994, as President and Chief Executive Officer since
April 1994 and as Director since February 1994. From 1992 until 1994, Dr.
Nettles served as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of Blyth
Holdings Inc., a publicly-held supplier of client/server software. From late
1990 through 1992, Dr. Nettles was President and Chief Executive Officer of
Protocol Engines Inc., a development stage enterprise, formed as an outgrowth of
Silicon Graphics Inc., and targeted toward very large scale integration based
solutions for high-performance computer networking. From 1989 to 1992, Dr.
Nettles was Chief Financial Officer of Optilink, a venture start-up which was
acquired by DSC Communications. Dr. Nettles received his B.S. degree from the
Georgia Institute of Technology and his Ph.D. from the California Institute of
Technology.
 
     DAVID R. HUBER, PH.D., founded the Company in November 1992, served as
President from November 1992 until April 1994 and has served as Director since
November 1992. From April 1994 until September 1996 he served as Vice President
and Chief Technical Officer. Dr. Huber has served as Senior Vice President and
Chief Scientist since September 1996. From 1989 through 1992, Dr. Huber managed
the Lightwave Research and Development Program for the Jerrold Communications
Division of General Instruments. Dr. Huber holds a B.S. degree in physics from
Eastern Oregon State College and a Ph.D. degree in electrical engineering from
Brigham Young University.
 
     STEVE W. CHADDICK has served as Senior Vice President, Products and
Technologies since September 1996, and was previously Vice President of Product
Development for the Company since joining it in 1994. Prior to joining the
Company, Mr. Chaddick was Vice President of Engineering at AT&T Tridom, a
company he co-founded in 1983 and which was acquired by AT&T in 1988. AT&T
 
                                       33
<PAGE>   35
 
Tridom focused on the development of very small aperture satellite terminal
systems. Mr. Chaddick was responsible for all product development at AT&T
Tridom, including hardware, embedded systems software and network management
software. Mr. Chaddick received both his B.S. and M.S. degrees in electrical
engineering from the Georgia Institute of Technology.
 
     LAWRENCE P. HUANG has served as Senior Vice President, Sales and Marketing
of the Company since November 1996 and served as Vice President, Sales and
Marketing of the Company since joining it in April 1994. Prior to joining CIENA,
Mr. Huang was Vice President/General Manager and Vice President of Sales and
Marketing of AT&T Tridom, which he co-founded with Mr. Chaddick in 1983. Mr.
Huang holds a B.S. in industrial management from the Georgia Institute of
Technology and an M.B.A. from Georgia State University.
 
     STEPHEN B. ALEXANDER has served as Vice President, Transport Products since
September 1996, and was previously Director of Lightwave Systems at the Company
since joining it in 1994. From 1982 until joining the Company, he was employed
at MIT Lincoln Laboratory, where he last held the position of Assistant Leader
of the Optical Communications Technology Group. Mr. Alexander is an Associate
Editor for the Journal of Lightwave Technology and a General Chair of the
conference on Optical Fiber Communication (OFC) for 1997. He is author of the
tutorial text Optical Communication Receiver Design. Mr. Alexander received both
his B.S. and M.S. degrees in electrical engineering from the Georgia Institute
of Technology.
 
     JOSEPH R. CHINNICI joined the Company in February 1994 as Controller, and
became Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer in May 1995. From
1993 through 1994, Mr. Chinnici served as a financial consultant for Halston
Borghese Inc. From 1977 to 1993, Mr. Chinnici held a variety of accounting and
finance assignments for Playtex Apparel Inc. (now a division of Sara Lee
Corporation), ending this period as Director of Operations Accounting and
Financial Analysis. Mr. Chinnici holds a B.S. in accounting from Villanova
University and an M.B.A. from Southern Illinois University.
 
     MARK CUMMINGS joined the Company in May 1996 as Vice President,
Manufacturing and was promoted to Vice President, Operations in September 1996.
From 1985 to 1996, Mr. Cummings was Vice President, Operations for Cray
Communications, Inc., an international manufacturer of communications equipment.
From 1975 to 1985, Mr. Cummings was Manager of Manufacturing Engineering at
Taylor Instruments, and from 1973 to 1975, an Industrial Engineer at Siemens
Stromberg Carlson Inc. Mr. Cummings holds a B.S. in electronic technology from
the State University of New York at Buffalo, and is currently in the Masters
program in advanced manufacturing systems at the University of Maryland.
 
     W. MICHAEL FAGEN has served as Vice President, Business Development of the
Company since joining it in October 1995. From 1991 through 1995, Mr. Fagen
pursued advanced degree studies in international relations at George Washington
University, Washington, D.C. and Universidad Para la Paz, San Jose, Costa Rica.
Prior to 1991, Mr. Fagen served as Director of Sales for Telebit Corporation;
Director of Marketing and Strategic Account Development for Vitalink
Communications Corporation; National Account Manager for AT&T/Southern Bell; and
Marketing Representative for Major Accounts at IBM Corp. Mr. Fagen holds a B.A.
from The University of the South, an M.A. in international relations from La
Universidad Para la Paz and a Ph.D. in political science (pending) from the
George Washington University.
 
     G. ERIC GEORGATOS has served as the Company's Vice President, General
Counsel and Secretary since February 1996. From 1980 to 1995, Mr. Georgatos was
an attorney and member of Gray Cary Ware & Friedenrich, a Professional
Corporation, a law firm based in California, where he served as outside general
corporate counsel for a variety of emerging companies. Mr. Georgatos holds a
B.S. degree in business administration from the University of Southern
California and a J.D. from the University of California Los Angeles.
 
                                       34
<PAGE>   36
 
     JESUS LEON joined the Company in November 1996 as Vice President, Access
Products. From December 1995 to October 1996, Mr. Leon served as Vice President,
Engineering, for the Access Systems Division of Alcatel Standard Electrica, S.A.
("Alcatel Electrica"), a division of Alcatel Alsthom Group. Alcatel Electrica is
a leading global supplier of telecommunications equipment. Mr. Leon led Alcatel
Electrica's product development for all access products with responsibility for
over 1,200 engineers in Europe, Australia and South Africa. Mr. Leon served in
various positions with Alcatel Electrica from 1990-1991. Mr. Leon holds a
B.S.E.E. and M.E. from the University of Florida, an A.B.D. (all but doctoral
dissertation) from the Georgia Institute of Technology and an M.B.A. from
Georgia State University.
 
     REBECCA K. SEIDMAN joined the Company in April 1996 as Director of Human
Resources Development, and was promoted to Vice President, Human Resources
Development in June 1996. From 1984 until joining the Company, Ms. Seidman
served consecutively as Director of Marketing, Vice President, Administration,
and Principal of Walpert, Smullian & Blumenthal, P.A., a regional accounting and
consulting firm. Ms. Seidman is a Phi Beta Kappa graduate of Goucher College and
co-author of Total Quality Distribution, a book discussing practical
applications of Total Quality in the wholesale distribution industry.
 
     JON W. BAYLESS, PH.D. has been a Director of the Company since April 1994
and has served as Chairman of the Board of Directors since November 1996. Dr.
Bayless is a general partner of various venture capital funds associated with
Sevin Rosen Funds where, since 1981, he has focused on developing business
opportunities in the fields of telecommunications and computers. Mr. Bayless is
also the controlling stockholder and sole director of Jon W. Bayless, Inc., the
general partner of Atlantic Partners L.P., which is the general partner of Citi
Growth Fund L.P., a venture capital investment firm. Dr. Bayless currently
serves as a director of 3DX Technologies Inc. and of several private companies.
Dr. Bayless is also Chairman of the Board of Directors of Shared Resource
Exchange, Inc. Shared Resource Exchange, Inc. filed for reorganization under
Chapter 11 of the Federal Bankruptcy Code in August 1996. A plan under Chapter
11 has been approved. Dr. Bayless has held faculty positions at Southern
Methodist University, Virginia Polytechnic Institute, and the Catholic
University of America. He holds patents in the field of digital
telecommunications, and is a senior member of the Institute of Electronic
Engineers. Dr. Bayless earned his B.S. degree in electrical engineering at the
University of Oklahoma. He earned his M.S. degree in electrical engineering at
the University of Alabama, and his Ph.D. in electrical engineering at Arizona
State University.
 
     HARVEY B. CASH has been a Director of the Company since April 1994. Mr.
Cash is a general partner of InterWest Partners, a venture capital firm in Menlo
Park, California which he joined in 1985. Mr. Cash is Chairman of the Board of
Cyrix Corporation and serves on the board of directors of ProNet, Inc.,
Benchmarq, Microelectronics, Heritage Media Corporation, AMX Corporation, i(2)
Technologies Inc. and Aurora Electronics, Inc. He is also an advisor to Austin
Ventures. Mr. Cash received a B.S. in electrical engineering from Texas A&M
University and an M.B.A. from Western Michigan University.
 
     CLIFFORD W. HIGGERSON has been a Director of the Company since April 1994.
Mr. Higgerson has since 1991 been a general partner of Vanguard Venture
Partners, a venture capital firm specializing in high technology start-ups,
located in Palo Alto, California. Prior to joining Vanguard in July 1991, Mr.
Higgerson was the managing partner of Communications Ventures, Inc. and prior to
that was a Managing Partner of Hambrecht & Quist. Mr. Higgerson is also a
director of Advanced Fibre Communications and Digital Microwave Corp. Mr.
Higgerson earned his B.S. in electrical engineering from the University of
Illinois and an M.B.A. in finance from the University of California at Berkeley.
 
     BILLY B. OLIVER has been a Director of the Company since June 1996. Since
his retirement in 1985 after nearly 40 years of services at AT&T, Mr. Oliver has
worked as a self-employed communications consultant. During his last 15 years
with AT&T, he held the position of Vice President,
 
                                       35
<PAGE>   37
 
Engineering Planning and Design, where he was directly involved in and had
significant responsibility for the evolution of AT&T's long distance network
during that period. He was a co-recipient of the Alexander Graham Bell Medal for
the conception and implementation of Nonhierarchical Routing in AT&T's network.
Mr. Oliver is also a director of Digital Microwave Corp., Communications Network
Enhancement Inc. and Enterprise Network Services Inc. Mr. Oliver earned his
B.S.E.E. degree from North Carolina State University.
 
     MICHAEL J. ZAK has been a Director of the Company since December 1994. He
has been employed by Charles River Ventures of Boston, Massachusetts since 1991
and has been a general partner of Charles River Partnership VII and its related
entities since 1993. From 1986 through 1991, he was a founder and corporate
officer of Concord Communications, Inc., a manufacturer of data communications
systems. He is a director of ON Technology Corporation as well as five other
private companies. Mr. Zak has a B.S. degree in engineering from Cornell
University and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School.
 
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
 
     Upon the effective date of the Registration Statement of which this
Prospectus is a part, the Board of Directors will be divided into three classes.
Each class of Directors will consist of two or more Directors. At each annual
meeting of stockholders following the Offerings, one class of Directors will be
elected to a three-year term to succeed the Directors of the same class whose
terms are then expiring. The Class I Directors, whose terms will expire at the
1997 annual meeting of stockholders, will be Dr. Nettles and Mr. Bayless, the
Class II Directors, whose terms will expire at the 1998 annual meeting of
stockholders, will be Messrs. Zak and Cash, and the Class III Directors, whose
terms will expire at the 1999 annual meeting of stockholders, will be Messrs.
Oliver, Higgerson and Huber. See "Description of Capital Stock -- Delaware Law
and Certain Provisions of the Third Amended and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation".
 
     Officers are elected by and serve at the discretion of the Board of
Directors. There are no family relationships among the Directors or officers of
the Company.
 
COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
 
     The Company has established an Audit Committee of non-employee Directors to
make recommendations concerning the engagement of independent public
accountants, review the plans and results of the audit engagement with the
independent public accountants, review the independence of the independent
public accountants, consider the range of audit and non-audit fees and review
the adequacy of the Company's internal accounting controls. Dr. Bayless and
Messrs. Zak and Higgerson are the members of the Audit Committee. The Company
has established a Compensation Committee of non-employee Directors to determine
compensation for the Company's executive officers and to administer the
Company's Amended and Restated 1994 Stock Option Plan and the Management
Incentive Compensation Plan. Dr. Bayless and Messrs. Oliver and Zak are the
members of the Compensation Committee.
 
COMPENSATION OF BOARD OF DIRECTORS
 
     Members of the Board of Directors receive $2,500 for participation in each
meeting of the full Board of Directors and $1,250 for each committee meeting and
are reimbursed for out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with attendance
at meetings. The Company has adopted the 1996 Outside Directors Stock Option
Plan and, under such plan, non-employee Directors are eligible to receive stock
options in consideration for their services. See "-- Stock Plans" and "-- 1996
Outside Directors Stock Option Plan".
 
                                       36
<PAGE>   38
 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
     The following summary compensation table sets forth the compensation paid
by the Company during the fiscal year ended October 31, 1996 to the Company's
chief executive officer and each of the Company's four other executive officers
whose total compensation for services in all capacities to the Company exceeded
$100,000 during such year (the "Named Executive Officers").
 
                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      LONG-TERM
                                                                                     COMPENSATION
                                                                                     ------------
                                                         ANNUAL COMPENSATION          SECURITIES
                                                     ----------------------------     UNDERLYING
                                                     YEAR     SALARY      BONUS        OPTIONS
                                                     ----    --------    --------    ------------
<S>                                                  <C>     <C>         <C>         <C>
Patrick H. Nettles, Ph.D. ........................   1996    $174,000    $154,000       875,000
  President and Chief Executive Officer
David R. Huber, Ph.D. ............................   1996     153,000      98,000            --
  Senior Vice President and Chief Scientist
Steve W. Chaddick.................................   1996     132,000      87,000       312,500
  Senior Vice President, Products and Technologies
Lawrence P. Huang.................................   1996     132,000      87,000       312,500
  Senior Vice President, Sales and Marketing
Joseph R. Chinnici................................   1996     115,000      79,000        72,500
  Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial
  Officer
</TABLE>
 
OPTION GRANTS
 
     The following table provides information concerning grants of options to
purchase the Company's Common Stock made during the fiscal year ended October
31, 1996 to each of the Named Executive Officers:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   OPTION GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
                             ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                            PERCENT
                                              OF                                     POTENTIAL REALIZABLE
                                             TOTAL                                 VALUE AT ASSUMED ANNUAL
                             NUMBER OF      OPTIONS                                  RATES OF STOCK PRICE
                             SECURITIES     GRANTED                                APPRECIATION FOR OPTION
                             UNDERLYING    EMPLOYEES    EXERCISE                           TERM(3)
                              OPTIONS      IN FISCAL    PRICE PER    EXPIRATION    ------------------------
                             GRANTED(1)      1996       SHARE(2)        DATE           5%           10%
                             ----------    ---------    ---------    ----------    ----------    ----------
<S>                          <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>           <C>
Patrick H. Nettles,
  Ph.D. ..................     875,000        15.1%       $2.30         6/21/06    $1,266,000    $3,207,000
David R. Huber, Ph.D......          --          --           --              --            --            --
Steve W. Chaddick.........     312,500         5.4         2.30         6/21/06       452,000     1,146,000
Lawrence P. Huang.........     312,500         5.4         2.30         6/21/06       452,000     1,146,000
Joseph R. Chinnici........      72,500         1.3         2.30         6/21/06       105,000       266,000
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
(1) All options are immediately exercisable at the date of grant, but shares
    purchased upon exercise of options are subject to repurchase by the Company
    based upon a scheduled vesting period.
 
(2) All options were granted at an exercise price equal to the fair market value
    of the Company's Common Stock as determined by the Board of Directors of the
    Company on the date of grant. The Company's Common Stock was not publicly
    traded at the time of the option grants.
 
(3) Potential realizable values are net of exercise price, but before taxes
    associated with exercise. Amounts represent hypothetical gains that could be
    achieved for the respective options if exercised at the end of the option
    term. The assumed 5% and 10% rates of stock price
 
                                       37
<PAGE>   39
 
    appreciation are provided in accordance with rules of the United States
    Securities and Exchange Commission and do not represent the Company's
    estimate or projection of the future Common Stock price. Actual gains, if
    any, on stock option exercises are dependent on the future performance of
    the Common Stock, overall market conditions and the option holders'
    continued employment through the vesting period. This table does not take
    into account any appreciation in the price of the Common Stock from the date
    of grant to date. Assuming the fair market value of the Common Stock at the
    date of grant was the assumed initial public offering price of $18.00, the
    potential realizable value of these options (a) at a 5% assumed annual rate
    of stock price appreciation would be $23,643,000 for Dr. Nettles, $8,444,000
    for Mr. Chaddick, $8,444,000 for Mr. Huang and $1,959,000 for Mr. Chinnici
    and (b) at a 10% assumed annual rate of stock price appreciation would be
    $38,839,000 for Dr. Nettles, $13,871,000 for Mr. Chaddick, $13,871,000 for
    Mr. Huang and $3,218,000 for Mr. Chinnici.
 
AGGREGATED OPTION EXERCISES IN LAST FISCAL AND FISCAL YEAR-END OPTION VALUES
 
     The following table provides the specified information concerning
unexercised options held as of October 31, 1996 by the Named Executive Officers:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              NUMBER OF SECURITIES
                                             UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED      VALUE OF UNEXERCISED IN-THE-
                                                   OPTIONS AT                  MONEY OPTIONS AT
                                               OCTOBER 31, 1996(1)            OCTOBER 31, 1996(2)
                                           ---------------------------   -----------------------------
                                           EXERCISABLE  UNEXERCISABLE    EXERCISABLE    UNEXERCISABLE
                                           ---------    --------------   -----------    --------------
<S>                                        <C>          <C>              <C>            <C>
Patrick H. Nettles, Ph.D. ..............     875,000                --   $11,935,000                --
David R. Huber, Ph.D. ..................          --                --            --                --
Steve W. Chaddick.......................   1,312,500                --    20,180,000                --
Lawrence P. Huang.......................   1,312,500                --    20,180,000                --
Joseph R. Chinnici......................     322,500                --     4,968,000                --
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
(1) All options are immediately exercisable at the date of grant, but shares
    purchased upon exercise of options are subject to repurchase by the Company
    based upon a scheduled vesting period. None of the shares underlying options
    held by Dr. Nettles are vested and 562,500, 578,125 and 113,540 of the
    shares underlying options held by Messrs. Chaddick, Huang and Chinnici,
    respectively, are vested.
 
(2) Calculated on the basis of the fair market value of the underlying
    securities as of October 31, 1996 of $15.94 per share, as determined by the
    Company's Board of Directors, less the aggregate exercise price. The value
    of vested in-the-money options held by Dr. Nettles is zero and the value of
    vested in-the-money options for Messrs. Chaddick, Huang and Chinnici is
    $8,954,000, $9,203,000 and $1,807,000, respectively.
 
     No options to purchase the Company's Common Stock were exercised during the
fiscal year ended October 31, 1996 by the Named Executive Officers.
 
     No compensation intended to serve as incentive for performance to occur
over a period longer than one fiscal year was paid pursuant to a long-term
incentive plan during the last fiscal year to any of the Named Executive
Officers.
 
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS
 
     In April 1994, the Company entered into employment agreements with each of
Dr. Huber and Dr. Nettles. The employment agreements specify that Dr. Huber and
Dr. Nettles are employees at will. In the event that either of them is
terminated for cause, as defined in the employment agreements, he will receive a
severance payment equal to his monthly base salary until the earlier of the
expiration of six months or the commencement of employment with a person or
entity other than the Company.
 
                                       38
<PAGE>   40
 
MANAGEMENT INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN
 
     The Company has established a management incentive compensation plan (the
"Incentive Plan") pursuant to which management and non-management employees are
eligible to earn up to certain percentages of their base salary as additional
compensation, based upon the achievement of quarterly and annual objectives.
Under the Incentive Plan, the Chief Executive Officer of the Company may earn up
to 50% of his base salary, and Vice Presidents generally may earn up to 35% of
their base salaries, as additional compensation upon the achievement of certain
Company-wide objectives. Department directors and key managers are eligible to
earn up to 15% of their base salaries in additional compensation based on the
achievement of objectives which are specific to their functional department.
Managers and all other salaried employees are eligible to earn up to 7.5% of
their base salaries in additional compensation based on the achievement of
objectives which are specific to their functional department. The quarterly
objectives are determined on a quarter by quarter basis by the Board of
Directors in consultation with management, and address a wide variety of
activities with all functional areas of the Company based on the evolving needs
of the Company. Bonuses are payable quarterly and at year-end under the
Incentive Plan. In addition to amounts paid under the Incentive Plan during
fiscal year 1996, the Company paid additional bonuses to all employees in that
year.
 
STOCK PLANS
 
  AMENDED AND RESTATED 1994 STOCK OPTION PLAN
 
     A total of 20,050,000 shares of Common Stock are reserved for issuance
under the Company's Amended and Restated 1994 Stock Option Plan (the "Option
Plan"). At October 31, 1996, 259,345 shares of Common Stock subject to
repurchase by the Company had been issued upon exercise of options, 364,150
shares of Common Stock not subject to repurchase had been issued upon exercise
of options and 10,957,960 shares were subject to outstanding options at a
weighted average exercise price of $.96. Options may be granted to employees
(including officers), consultants, advisors and directors, although only
employees and directors and officers who are also employees may receive
"incentive stock options" intended to qualify for certain tax treatment. The
exercise price of nonqualified stock options must equal at least 85% of the fair
market value of the Common Stock as determined by the Board of Directors, and in
the case of incentive stock options must be no less than the fair market value
of the Common Stock as determined by the Board of Directors. These options are
immediately exercisable at the date of grant, but shares purchased upon exercise
of options are subject to repurchase by the Company based upon a scheduled
vesting period. Generally, shares underlying options vest over four years and
options must be exercised within ten years. The Option Plan provides for
accelerated vesting in the event of a change of control of the Company, provided
the subject options have been outstanding for at least 335 days. Furthermore, in
the event of a change in control, the surviving or acquiring company shall
either assume the Company's rights and obligations under outstanding stock
option agreements or substitute options for the acquiring corporation's stock
for the outstanding options.
 
  1996 OUTSIDE DIRECTORS STOCK OPTION PLAN
 
     A total of 750,000 shares of Common Stock have been reserved for issuance
under the 1996 Outside Directors Stock Option Plan (the "Directors Plan"). As of
October 31, 1996, options to purchase 75,000 shares have been granted under the
Directors Plan. The Directors Plan provides for the automatic granting of
nonqualified stock options to Directors of the Company who are not employees of
the Company (the "Outside Directors"). Under the Directors Plan, each current
Outside Director will automatically be granted an option to purchase 25,000
shares of Common Stock on the date of each annual meeting of stockholders after
the close of the Offerings, provided that the Outside Director continues to
serve in such capacity. Additionally, each new Outside Director will
automatically be granted an option to purchase 75,000 shares of Common Stock
upon assuming the office of Director. The exercise price of the options in all
cases will be equal to the fair
 
                                       39
<PAGE>   41
 
market value of the Common Stock on the date of grant. Initial grants vest over
a period of three years and annual grants vest in full on the first anniversary
of the date of grant. Options generally must be exercised within ten years.
 
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
 
     Dr. Bayless, Mr. Cash and Mr. Zak served during the fiscal year ended
October 31, 1996 as members of the Compensation Committee of the Board of
Directors. Dr. Bayless is an affiliate of Sevin Rosen Bayless Management Co.,
Sevin Rosen Fund IV L.P. and Sevin Rosen Fund V L.P. (collectively, the "Sevin
Rosen Entities"), Mr. Cash is a general partner of InterWest Management Partners
V, the general partner of InterWest Partners V, L.P., and of InterWest Investors
V, L.P. (collectively, "InterWest"), and Mr. Zak is a general partner of the
general partner of Charles River Partnership VII ("Charles River"). Although
each of Sevin Rosen, InterWest and Charles River is a stockholder of the Company
none of Mr. Cash, Mr. Zak or Dr. Bayless were at any time during the fiscal year
ended October 31, 1996, or at any other time, an officer or employee of the
Company. No member of the Compensation Committee of the Company serves as a
member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that
has one or more executive officers serving as a member of the Company's Board of
Directors or Compensation Committee. Mr. Cash is not a current member of the
Compensation Committee. See "Certain Transactions".
 
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION
 
     The Company's Certificate of Incorporation provides that a Director of the
Company shall not be personally liable for monetary damages to the Company or
its stockholders for a breach of fiduciary duty as a Director, except for
liability as a result of (i) a breach of the Director's duty of loyalty to the
Company or its stockholders, (ii) acts or omissions not in good faith or which
involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) an act
related to the unlawful stock repurchase or payment of a dividend under Section
174 of Delaware General Corporation Law and (iv) transactions from which the
Director derived an improper personal benefit. Such limitation of liability does
not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or
rescission.
 
     The Company's Certificate of Incorporation also authorizes the Company to
indemnify its officers, Directors and other agents, to the full extent permitted
under the Delaware General Corporation Law. The Company has entered into
separate indemnification agreements with its directors and certain officers
which may, in some cases, provide broader indemnification protection than the
specific indemnification provisions contained in the Delaware General
Corporation Law. The indemnification agreements require the Company, among other
things, to indemnify such officers and Directors against certain liabilities
that may arise by reason of their status or service as officers or Directors
(other than liabilities arising from willful misconduct of a culpable nature),
and to advance their expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against
them as to which they could be indemnified. In addition, these agreements extend
similar indemnification arrangements to stockholders whose representatives serve
as directors of the Company.
 
     At present, except for the Kimberlin litigation referred to above under
"Business -- Legal Proceedings," there is no pending litigation or proceeding
involving a Director, officer, employee or agent of the Company where
indemnification will be required or permitted. The Company is not aware of any
threatened litigation or proceeding which may result in a claim for such
indemnification. The Company expects to provide indemnification to its Directors
named in the Kimberlin litigation.
 
                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
 
STOCK SALES
 
     In April 1994, the Company issued and sold shares of Series A Preferred
Stock at a purchase price of $1.00 per share, in December 1994, the Company
issued and sold shares of Series B
 
                                       40
<PAGE>   42
 
Preferred Stock at a purchase price of $1.50 per share and in December 1995, the
Company issued and sold shares of Series C Preferred Stock at a purchase price
of $7.00 per share. The shares of Series A, B and C Preferred Stock were
initially convertible into one share of Common Stock, subject to adjustment. The
Company effected a five-for-one stock split on December 9, 1996, and each share
of Series A, B and C Preferred Stock will convert automatically into five shares
of Common Stock upon the closing of the Offerings. In connection with these
transactions, the Company also issued warrants to purchase Common Stock at an
exercise price of $.02 per share. These warrants have been exercised and the
shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise of the warrants are reflected in the
table below.
 
     The purchasers of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock,
Series C Preferred Stock and Common Stock included, among others, the following
directors, executive officers and holders of more than 5% of the Common Stock:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                NUMBER OF    NUMBER OF    NUMBER OF
                                                   NUMBER OF    SHARES OF    SHARES OF    SHARES OF
                                                   SHARES OF    SERIES A     SERIES B     SERIES C
                                                    COMMON      PREFERRED    PREFERRED    PREFERRED
                                                     STOCK        STOCK        STOCK        STOCK
                                                   ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------
                                                   (ADJUSTED
                                                   FOR FIVE-
                                                    FOR-ONE 
                                                    SPLIT)  
<S>                                                <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Bessemer Venture Partners III L.P., Quentin
  Corporation, BVP III Special Situations, L.P.
  and affiliated parties (collectively the
  "Bessemer Entities")(1).......................         --            --      700,000     447,143
Charles River(2)................................         --            --    1,500,000     250,000
InterWest(3)....................................    205,415     1,154,848      744,950     250,000
Japan Associated Finance Co., Ltd., JAFCO G-5
  Investment Enterprise Partnership, JAFCO R-
  1(A) Investment Enterprise Partnership, JAFCO
  R-1(B) Investment Enterprise Partnership and
  U.S. Information Technology (collectively the
  "JAFCO Entities")(4)..........................         --            --    1,000,000     171,429
Sevin Rosen Entities(5).........................    205,235     1,153,789      744,291     428,571
SVE Star Ventures Enterprises No. II Limited
  Partnership, SVE Star Ventures Enterprises No.
  III Limited Partnership, SVE Star Ventures
  Enterprises No. IIIA Limited Partnership, SVE
  Star Ventures Managementgesellschaft mbH Nr. 3
  & Co. Beteiligungs KG and SVE Star Ventures
  Managementgesellschaft mbH Nr. 3 (collectively
  the "Star Venture Entities")(6)...............         --            --    1,000,000     322,143
Vanguard IV, L.P.(7)............................    136,220       750,000      493,999     142,850
Kevin Kimberlin(8)..............................     76,560       421,520      426,733      72,533
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
(1) Includes (i) 580,446 shares of Series B Preferred Stock held by Bessemer
    Venture Partners III, L.P. ("Bessemer III"); 22,222 shares of Series B
    Preferred Stock held by BVP III Special Situations L.P. ("BVP") and 97,332
    shares of Series B Preferred Stock held by various individuals or entities
    who are employees of, or otherwise related to, these entities, and (ii)
    403,176 shares of Series C Preferred Stock held by Bessemer III, 9,523
    shares of Series C Preferred Stock held by BVP and 34,444 shares of Series C
    Preferred Stock held by various individuals or entities who are employees
    of, or otherwise related to, these entities.
 
                                       41
<PAGE>   43
 
(2) Michael J. Zak, an affiliate of Charles River, is a Director of the Company.
 
(3) Includes (i) 204,325 shares of Common Stock held by InterWest Partners V
    L.P. and 1,090 shares of Common Stock held by InterWest Investors V L.P.,
    (ii) 1,148,848 shares of Series A Preferred Stock held by InterWest Partners
    V L.P. and 6,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock held by InterWest
    Investors V L.P., (iii) 740,998 shares of Series B Preferred Stock held by
    InterWest Partners V L.P. and 3,952 shares of Series B Preferred Stock held
    by InterWest Investors V L.P. and (iv) 248,438 shares of Series C Preferred
    Stock held by InterWest Partners V L.P. and 1,562 shares of Series C
    Preferred Stock held by InterWest Investors V L.P. Harvey B. Cash, an
    affiliate of InterWest Partners V L.P., is a Director of the Company.
 
(4) Includes (i) 40,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock held by Japan
    Associated Finance Co., Ltd. ("JAFCO"); 82,712 shares of Series B Preferred
    Stock held by JAFCO G-5 Investment Enterprise Partnership ("JAFCO G-5");
    38,644 shares of Series B Preferred Stock held by JAFCO R-1(A) Investment
    Enterprise Partnership ("JAFCO R-1(A)"); 38,644 shares of Series B Preferred
    Stock held by JAFCO R-1(B) Investment Enterprise Partnership ("JAFCO
    R-1(B)") and 800,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock held by U.S.
    Information Technology Investment Enterprise Partnership ("USIT"), and (ii)
    6,857 shares of Series C Preferred Stock held by JAFCO; 14,179 shares of
    Series C Preferred Stock held by JAFCO G5; 6,625 shares of Series C
    Preferred Stock held by JAFCO R-1(A); 6,625 shares of Series C Preferred
    Stock held by JAFCO R-1(B) and 137,143 shares of Series C Preferred Stock
    held by USIT.
 
(5) Includes (i) 204,325 shares of Common Stock held by Sevin Rosen Fund IV L.P.
    and 910 shares of Common Stock held by Sevin Rosen Bayless Management Co.,
    (ii) 1,148,789 shares of Series A Preferred Stock held by Sevin Rosen Fund
    IV L.P. and 5,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock held by Sevin Rosen
    Bayless Management Co., (iii) 740,998 shares of Series B Preferred Stock
    held by Sevin Rosen Fund IV L.P. and 3,293 shares of Series B Preferred
    Stock held by Sevin Rosen Bayless Management Co. and (iv) 285,714 shares of
    Series C Preferred Stock held by Sevin Rosen Fund IV L.P. and 142,857 shares
    of Series C Preferred Stock held by Sevin Rosen Fund V L.P. Jon W. Bayless,
    an affiliate of the Sevin Rosen Entities, is a Director of the Company. Mr.
    Bayless disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares owned by each of the
    foregoing entities except to the extent of his proportional interest, if
    any.
 
(6) Includes (i) 256,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock held by SVE Star
    Ventures Enterprises No. II Limited Partnership ("Star Enterprises II");
    687,100 shares of Series B Preferred Stock held by SVE Star Ventures
    Enterprises No. III Limited Partnership ("Star Enterprises III") and 56,900
    shares of Series B Preferred Stock held by SVE Star Ventures Enterprises No.
    IIIA Limited Partnership ("Star Enterprises IIIA"); and (ii) 33,548 shares
    of Series C Preferred Stock held by Star Enterprises II; 90,026 shares of
    Series C Preferred Stock held by Star Enterprises III; 7,528 shares of
    Series C Preferred Stock held by Star Enterprises IIIA; 107,143 shares of
    Series C Preferred Stock held by SVE Star Ventures Managementgesellschaft
    mbH Nr. 3 & Co. Beteiligungs KG and 83,898 shares of Series C Preferred
    Stock held by SVE Star Ventures Managementgesellschaft mbH Nr. 3.
 
(7) Clifford W. Higgerson, an affiliate of Vanguard IV, L.P., is a Director of
    the Company.
 
(8) The shares beneficially owned by Kevin Kimberlin include shares of Kevin
    Kimberlin Partners L.P. and Spencer Trask Holdings.
 
     In April 1994, the Company sold 3,500,000 shares of Common Stock to Dr.
Nettles at a purchase price of $.02 per share pursuant to a Stock Purchase and
Stock Restriction Agreement dated April 9, 1994. In connection therewith, Dr.
Nettles issued a note to the Company in the amount of $63,000. The note was paid
in full in March 1995. Under the agreement, one quarter of the shares vested on
the first anniversary date of the agreement and the remaining shares vested
monthly at a rate of 1/48th per month. Until the shares are fully vested, they
are subject to certain restrictions
 
                                       42
<PAGE>   44
 
including forfeiture in the event employment is terminated, restrictions on
transferability and right of first refusal. As of October 31, 1996, 2,183,335 of
the shares were vested under the agreement.
 
     The Company believes that all transactions with affiliates described above
were made on terms no less favorable to the Company than could have been
obtained from unaffiliated third parties. All future transactions, including any
loans, between the Company and its officers, directors, principal stockholders
and their affiliates will be approved by a majority of the Board of Directors,
including a majority of the independent and disinterested Outside Directors, and
will continue to be on terms no less favorable to the Company than could be
obtained from unaffiliated third parties.
 
LITIGATION SETTLEMENT
 
     William K. Woodruff & Company, Inc. ("Woodruff") is participating in the
Offerings as one of the representatives of the U.S. Underwriters and the
International Underwriters as a result of the settlement of litigation
instituted by Woodruff in July 1996 against the Company and certain stockholders
of the Company. Under a 1994 agreement with the Company, Woodruff was granted a
right of first refusal for retention as an "investment banker" in any
transaction for which the Company intended to retain one or more investment
bankers, subject to certain qualifications, at a predetermined level of
compensation. The litigation brought by Woodruff sought to recover monetary,
declaratory and injunctive relief, including injunctive relief compelling the
Company to include Woodruff as a "co-manager" of the Company's initial public
offering under Woodruff's interpretation of the 1994 agreement. Under the terms
of the settlement, the Company has agreed to retain Woodruff as one of the
representatives of the underwriters of the Company's initial public offering,
granted Woodruff warrants to purchase 75,000 shares at an exercise price of
$4.00 per share, made a cash payment to Woodruff of $87,500, and agreed to
arrange for Woodruff to obtain a designated portion of the compensation to be
paid to the underwriters of the Company's initial public offering. The Company
entered into this settlement in order to avoid costly and potentially protracted
litigation over the questions of Woodruff's entitlement to compensation for, and
to participate as a "co-manager" in connection with, the Company's initial
public offering.
 
                                       43
<PAGE>   45
 
                             PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
 
     The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial
ownership of the Company's Common Stock as of November 30, 1996, and as adjusted
to reflect the sale of the shares offered hereby, (i) by each person who is
known by the Company to own beneficially more than 5% of the Company's Common
Stock, (ii) by each Director and Named Executive Officer, (iii) by all officers
and Directors as a group and (iv) by certain other holders.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                PERCENT OF OWNERSHIP
                                                           NUMBER OF SHARES    -----------------------
                                                             BENEFICIALLY      BEFORE THE    AFTER THE
     DIRECTORS, OFFICERS AND PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS            OWNED(1)        OFFERINGS     OFFERINGS
- --------------------------------------------------------   ----------------    ----------    ---------
<S>                                                        <C>                 <C>           <C>
Sevin Rosen Entities(2).................................      11,838,490          13.5%         12.7%
     Two Galleria Tower
     13455 Noel Road, Suite 1670
     Dallas, Texas 75240
InterWest(3)............................................      10,954,405          12.4          11.8
     3000 Sand Hill Road
     Building 3, Suite 255
     Menlo Park, CA 94025
Charles River(4)........................................       8,750,000          10.0           9.4
     c/o Charles River Ventures, Inc.
     1000 Winter Street, Suite 3300
     Waltham, MA 02154
Star Venture Entities
Meir Barel..............................................       6,610,715           7.5           7.1
     Possartstrasse G
     D-81679 Munich, Germany
JAFCO Entities..........................................       5,857,145           6.7           6.3
     c/o Japan Associated Finance Co., Ltd.
     Toshiba Bldg., 10F
     1-1-1, Shibaura, Minato-Ku
     Tokyo, Japan 105
Bessemer Entities.......................................       5,735,715           6.6           6.2
     1025 Old Country Road
     Suite 205
     Westbury, NY 11530
Vanguard IV, L.P.(5)....................................       7,070,465           8.0           7.6
     525 University Avenue
     Suite 600
     Palo Alto, CA 94301
Patrick H. Nettles(6)...................................       4,352,135           4.9           4.6
David R. Huber(7).......................................       6,187,950           7.0           6.7
Steve W. Chaddick(8)....................................       1,312,500           1.5           1.4
Lawrence P. Huang(9)....................................       1,312,500           1.5           1.4
Joseph R. Chinnici(10)..................................         322,500             *             *
Jon W. Bayless(11)......................................      11,838,490          13.4          12.7
Harvey B. Cash(12)......................................      10,954,405          12.4          11.8
Clifford W. Higgerson(13)...............................       7,070,465           8.0           7.6
Billy B. Oliver(14).....................................          75,000             *             *
Michael J. Zak(15)......................................       8,750,000          10.0           9.4
All officers and directors as a group (16
  persons)(16)..........................................      53,633,445          57.7          54.7
Kevin Kimberlin(17).....................................       4,680,490           5.3           5.0
Weiss, Peck & Greer Venture Capital Funds(18)...........       3,625,000           4.1           3.9
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
 *  Represents less than 1%.
 
                                       44
<PAGE>   46
 
 (1) The persons named in this table have sole voting and investment power with
     respect to all shares of Common Stock shown as beneficially owned by them,
     subject to community property laws where applicable and except as indicated
     in the other footnotes to this table. Beneficial ownership is determined in
     accordance with the rules of the United States Securities and Exchange
     Commission. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by a
     person and the percentage ownership of that person, shares of Common Stock
     subject to options or warrants held by that person that are currently
     exercisable or exercisable within 60 days after October 31, 1996 are deemed
     outstanding. Such shares, however, are not deemed outstanding for the
     purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.
 
 (2) Represents 11,081,830 shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by Sevin
     Rosen Fund IV L.P., 714,285 shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by
     Sevin Rosen Fund V L.P., and 42,375 shares beneficially owned by Sevin
     Rosen Bayless Management Company. Jon W. Bayless, a director of the
     Company, is a general partner of both SRB Associates IV L.P. the general
     partner of Sevin Rosen Fund IV L.P., and SRB Associates V L.P., the general
     partner of Sevin Rosen Fund V L.P., and is a principal of Sevin Rosen
     Bayless Management Company. Dr. Bayless disclaims beneficial ownership of
     the shares held by such entities except to the extent of his proportionate
     partnership interest therein.
 
 (3) Represents 10,895,745 shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by
     InterWest Partners V L.P., and 58,660 shares of Common Stock beneficially
     owned by InterWest Investors V L.P. Harvey B. Cash, a director of the
     Company, is a special limited partner of InterWest Management Partners V
     L.P., which is a general partner of InterWest Partners V L.P. Mr. Cash is
     also the general partner of InterWest Investors V L.P. Mr. Cash disclaims
     beneficial ownership of the shares held by such entities except to the
     extent of his proportionate partnership interest therein.
 
 (4) Michael J. Zak, a Director of the Company, is a general partner of the
     general partner of Charles River Partnership VII. Mr. Zak disclaims
     beneficial ownership of the shares held by such entity except to the extent
     of his proportionate partnership interest therein.
 
 (5) Clifford W. Higgerson, a Director of the Company, is a general partner of
     Vanguard IV, L.P. Mr. Higgerson disclaims beneficial ownership of the
     shares held by such entity except to the extent of his proportionate
     partnership interest therein.
 
 (6) Includes 875,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of options,
     all of which are subject to a right of repurchase by the Company. Also
     includes 2,383,387 shares of Common Stock, which are not subject to a right
     of repurchase by the Company.
 
 (7) Includes 1,200,000 shares of Common Stock held in trust by Dr. Huber's wife
     and 151,320 shares of Common Stock held by Mrs. Huber as custodian on
     behalf of their minor children.
 
 (8) Includes 1,312,500 shares issuable upon exercise of stock options, of which
     562,500 shares are not subject to a right of repurchase by the Company.
 
 (9) Includes 1,312,500 shares issuable upon exercise of stock options, of which
     578,125 shares are not subject to a right of repurchase by the Company.
 
(10) Includes 322,500 shares issuable upon exercise of stock options, of which
     113,540 shares are not subject to a right of repurchase by the Company.
 
(11) Represents 11,081,830 shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by Sevin
     Rosen Fund IV L.P., 714,285 shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by
     Sevin Rosen Fund V L.P., and 42,375 shares of Common Stock beneficially
     owned by Sevin Rosen Bayless Management Co., which Dr. Bayless may be
     deemed to beneficially own by virtue of his status as a general partner of
     both SRB Associates IV L.P., the general partner of Sevin Rosen Fund IV
     L.P., and SRB Associates V L.P., the general partner of Sevin Rosen Fund V
     L.P., and as a principal of Sevin Rosen Bayless Management Co. Dr. Bayless
     disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by such entities except
     to the extent of his proportionate partnership interest therein.
 
                                       45
<PAGE>   47
 
(12) Represents 10,895,745 shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by
     InterWest Partners V L.P., and 58,660 shares of Common Stock beneficially
     owned by InterWest Investors V L.P. Harvey B. Cash, a director of the
     Company, is a special limited partner of InterWest Management Partners V
     L.P., which is a general partner of InterWest Partners V L.P. Mr. Cash is
     also the general partner of InterWest Investors V L.P. Mr. Cash disclaims
     beneficial ownership of the shares held by such entities except to the
     extent of his proportionate partnership interest therein.
 
(13) Represents 7,070,465 shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by Vanguard
     IV, L.P., which Mr. Higgerson may be deemed to beneficially own by virtue
     of his status as a general partner of Vanguard IV, L.P. Mr. Higgerson
     disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by such entities except
     to the extent of his proportionate partnership interest therein.
 
(14) Includes 75,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of stock
     options granted pursuant to the 1996 Outside Directors Plan.
 
(15) Represents 8,750,000 shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by Charles
     River Partnership VII, which Mr. Zak may be deemed to beneficially own by
     virtue of his status as a general partner of Charles River Partnership VII.
     Mr. Zak disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by such entity
     except to the extent of his proportionate partnership interest therein.
 
(16) Includes 3,075,000 shares issuable upon exercise of stock options, of which
     1,867,715 shares are subject to a right of repurchase by the Company.
 
(17) Kevin Kimberlin provided initial equity capital during the formation of the
     Company. The shares beneficially owned by Kevin Kimberlin include shares of
     Kevin Kimberlin Partners L.P. and Spencer Trask Holdings. The address of
     Kevin Kimberlin is c/o Spencer Trask, 535 Madison Avenue, New York, New
     York 10022. See "Business -- Legal Proceedings".
 
(18) Represents 1,979,250 shares held of record by WPG Enterprise Fund II, L.P.
     and 1,645,750 shares held of record by Weiss, Peck & Greer Venture
     Associates III, L.P. The address of the funds is 555 California Street,
     Suite 3130, San Francisco, California 94104, Attention: Christopher J.
     Schaepe.
 
                                       46
<PAGE>   48
 
                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
     The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 180,000,000 shares
of Common Stock and 20,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $.01 per
share. Each outstanding share of Convertible Preferred Stock will be
automatically converted into five shares of Common Stock upon the closing of the
Offerings being made hereby. Upon such conversion, such Convertible Preferred
Stock will be canceled, retired and eliminated from the shares that the Company
is authorized to issue. The following summary of the Company's capital stock
does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and qualified in its entirety
by, the Certificate of Incorporation and bylaws of the Company that are included
as exhibits to the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus forms a part
and by the provisions of applicable law.
 
COMMON STOCK
 
     As of October 31, 1996, there were 86,507,325 shares of Common Stock
outstanding and held of record by 112 stockholders, as adjusted to reflect the
conversion of the outstanding shares of Convertible Preferred Stock into Common
Stock upon the closing of the Offerings. The holders of Common Stock are
entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a
vote of the holders of Common Stock. Subject to preferences applicable to any
outstanding preferred stock, holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive
ratably such dividends as may be declared by the Board of Directors out of funds
legally available therefor. In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or
winding up of the Company, the holders of Common Stock are entitled to share
ratably in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities and the liquidation
preference of any preferred stock. Holders of Common Stock have no preemptive or
subscription rights, and there are no redemption or conversion rights with
respect to such shares. All outstanding shares of Common Stock are fully paid
and non-assessable, and the shares of Common Stock to be issued upon completion
of the Offerings will be fully paid and non-assessable.
 
     As of October 31, 1996, there were warrants to purchase 675,000 shares of
Common Stock outstanding and warrants to purchase 300,000 shares of Convertible
Preferred Stock outstanding. The warrants to purchase Convertible Preferred
Stock expire unless exercised prior to the closing of the Offerings, and an
aggregate of 1,500,000 shares of Common Stock are issuable upon conversion of
such Convertible Preferred Stock.
 
UNDESIGNATED PREFERRED STOCK
 
     The Board of Directors has the authority, without action by the
stockholders, to designate and issue preferred stock in one or more series and
to designate the dividend rate, voting rights and other rights, preferences and
restrictions of each series any or all of which may be greater than the rights
of the Common Stock. It is not possible to state the actual effect of the
issuance of any shares of preferred stock upon the rights of holders of the
Common Stock until the Board of Directors determines the specific rights of the
holders of such preferred stock. However, the effects might include, among other
things, restricting dividends on the Common Stock, diluting the voting power of
the Common Stock, impairing the liquidation rights of the Common Stock and
delaying or preventing a change in control of the Company without further action
by the stockholders. The Company has no present plans to issue any shares of
preferred stock.
 
REGISTRATION RIGHTS
 
     Following the sale of the shares of Common Stock offered hereby, the
holders of 74,815,740 shares issuable upon conversion of the outstanding shares
of Convertible Preferred Stock or issued or issuable to certain holders of the
warrants, and certain shares held by certain founders of the Company and their
transferees will have certain rights to register those shares under the
Securities Act. These rights are provided under the terms of certain agreements
among the Company and the holders of such shares. Subject to certain limitations
in such agreements, the
 
                                       47
<PAGE>   49
 
holders of at least 25% of such shares may require, on two occasions, that the
Company use its best efforts to register such shares for public resale, subject
to certain limitations. If the Company registers any of its Common Stock either
for its own account or for the account of other security holders, the holders of
such shares are entitled to include their shares of Common Stock in the
registration, subject to the ability of the underwriters to limit the number of
shares included in the Offerings. The holders of such shares may also require
the Company on no more than one occasion every 12 months to register all or a
portion of their registrable securities on Form S-3 when use of such form
becomes available to the Company, provided, among other limitations, that the
proposed aggregate selling price is at least $500,000, and that the total number
of permitted demand registrations on Form S-3 is limited to six. All fees, costs
and expenses of registrations pursuant to Form S-1 (other than underwriting
discounts and commissions) will be borne by the Company. All expenses of demand
registrations pursuant to Form S-3 shall be borne by the holders.
 
DELAWARE LAW AND CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
 
     The Company is a Delaware corporation and subject to Section 203 of the
Delaware General Corporation Law ("DGCL"). In general, Section 203 of the DGCL
prevents an "interested stockholder" (defined generally as a person owning 15%
or more of a Delaware corporation's outstanding voting stock) from engaging in a
"business combination" (as defined) with a Delaware corporation for three years
following the date such person became an interested stockholder, subject to
certain exceptions such as the approval of the board of directors and of the
holders of at least two thirds of the outstanding shares of voting stock not
owned by the interested stockholder. The existence of this provision of law can
be expected to have the effect of discouraging hostile takeover attempts,
including attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the
shares of Common Stock held by stockholders.
 
     The Company's Certificate of Incorporation provides that following the date
of this Prospectus, the Board of Directors will be divided into three classes of
directors with each class serving a staggered three-year term. The
classification system of electing directors may tend to discourage a third party
from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of the
Company and may maintain the incumbency of the Board of Directors, as it
generally makes it more difficult for stockholders to replace a majority of the
directors. The Company's Certificate of Incorporation also eliminates, upon the
closing of the Offerings, the right of stockholders to act without a meeting and
does not provide for cumulative voting in the election of directors. These and
other provisions may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying
changes in control or management of the Company. The amendment of any of these
provisions would require approval by holders of 66 2/3% or more of the
outstanding Common Stock.
 
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
 
     The Transfer Agent and Registrar for the Common Stock is The First National
Bank of Boston.
 
                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
     Prior to the Offerings, there has been no public market for the Common
Stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of Common Stock in the public market
could adversely affect the market price of the Common Stock.
 
     Upon completion of the Offerings, the Company will have outstanding an
aggregate of 93,007,325 shares of Common Stock, assuming (i) the issuance of
5,000,000 shares of Common Stock in the Offerings, (ii) no exercise of the
Underwriters' over-allotment options and (iii) no exercise of options or
warrants to purchase Common Stock after October 31, 1996 except for 1,500,000
shares issuable upon exercise of warrants expiring at the close of the
Offerings. Of these shares, the 5,000,000 shares sold in the Offerings will be
freely tradable without restriction or further
 
                                       48
<PAGE>   50
 
registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares purchased by
"affiliates" of the Company as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the
Securities Act. Sales by affiliates will be subject to certain limitations and
restrictions described below. Beginning 90 days after the date of this
Prospectus, approximately      shares will become eligible for sale in the
public market subject in some cases to the volume and other restrictions of Rule
144 under the Securities Act.
 
     Of these shares, holders of      shares and options and warrants to
purchase      shares are subject to lock-up agreements. Shares covered by these
lock-up agreements are subject to restrictions on resale in the public market
for a period of 180 days following the date of this Prospectus, subject to
release, directly or indirectly, by the Representatives of the Underwriters.
 
     Upon expiration of the lock-up period,        shares will become eligible
for sale in the public market, subject in most cases to the limitations of Rule
144. The remaining        shares held by existing stockholders will become
eligible for sale at various times over a period of less than two years and
could be sold earlier if the holders exercise registration rights. In addition,
holders of stock options could exercise these options and sell certain of the
shares issued upon exercise as described below.
 
     As of October 31, 1996, there were a total of 10,957,960 shares of Common
Stock subject to outstanding options under the Amended and Restated 1994 Stock
Option Plan, 2,684,355 of which were vested. Promptly following these Offerings,
the Company intends to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the
Securities Act to register all of the shares of Common Stock issued or reserved
for future issuance under the Option Plan and the Directors Plan. On the date
180 days after the effective date of this Prospectus, a total of        shares
of Common Stock subject to outstanding options will be vested and exercisable.
After the effective date of the registration statement on Form S-8, shares
purchased upon exercise of options granted pursuant to the Option Plan or
Directors Plan generally would be available for resale in the public market.
 
     In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, a person (or persons
whose shares are aggregated) who has beneficially owned shares for at least two
years (including the holding period of any prior owner except an affiliate) is
entitled to sell in "broker's transactions" or to market makers, within any
three-month period commencing 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a
number of shares that does not exceed the greater of (i) one percent of the
number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding (approximately 930,000 shares
immediately after the Offerings) or (ii) generally, the average weekly trading
volume in the Common Stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the required
filing of a Form 144 with respect to such sale. Sales under Rule 144 are
generally subject to the availability of current public information about the
Company. Under Rule 144(k), a person who is not deemed to have been an affiliate
of the Company at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale, and who has
beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for a least three years
(including the holding period of any prior owner except an affiliate), is
entitled to sell such shares without having to comply with the manner of sale,
public information, volume limitation or notice filing provisions of Rule 144.
Under Rule 701 under the Securities Act, persons who purchase shares upon
exercise of options granted prior to the effective date of the Offerings are
entitled to sell such shares 90 days after the date of this Prospectus in
reliance on Rule 144, without having to comply with the holding period and
notice filing requirements of Rule 144 and, in the case of non-affiliates,
without having to comply with the public information, volume limitation or
notice filing provisions of Rule 144. The Commission has proposed to amend the
holding period required by Rule 144 to permit sales of "restricted securities"
after one year rather than two years and to permit "non-affiliates" to sell
without restrictions, pursuant to Rule 144(k), after a holding period of two
years (including the holding period of any prior owner except an affiliate). If
such proposed amendment is adopted, restricted securities would become freely
tradable (subject to any applicable contractual restrictions) at correspondingly
earlier dates.
 
                                       49
<PAGE>   51
 
                 CERTAIN U.S. TAX CONSIDERATIONS APPLICABLE TO
                      NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF THE COMMON STOCK
 
     The following is a general discussion of certain U.S. federal income and
estate tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of Common Stock by a
person that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is a non-resident alien
individual, a foreign corporation, a foreign partnership or a foreign estate or
trust as defined in the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the
"Code") (a "non-U.S. holder"). This discussion does not consider specific facts
and circumstances that may be relevant to a particular non-U.S. holder's tax
position and does not deal with all aspects of United States federal income and
estate taxation that may be relevant to non-U.S. holders, or with U.S. state and
local or non-U.S. tax consequences. Furthermore, the following discussion is
based on provisions of the Code, existing and proposed regulations promulgated
thereunder, and administrative and judicial interpretations thereof as of the
date hereof, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive
effect. Each prospective non-U.S. holder is urged to consult a tax adviser with
respect to the U.S. federal tax consequences of holding and disposing of Common
Stock, as well as any tax consequences that may arise under the laws of any U.S.
state, municipality or other taxing jurisdiction.
 
     An individual may, among other ways, be deemed to be a resident alien (as
opposed to a non-resident alien) with respect to any calendar year by virtue of
being present in the United States on at least 31 days in such calendar year and
for an aggregate of at least 183 days during the current calendar year and the
two preceding calendar years (counting for such purposes all of the days present
in the current year, one-third of the days present in the immediately preceding
year, and one-sixth of the days present in the second preceding year). Resident
aliens are subject to U.S. federal tax as if they were U.S. citizens.
 
  DIVIDENDS
 
     As described above, the Company does not expect to pay dividends. In the
event the Company does pay dividends, dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder of
Common Stock will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a rate
of 30% of the gross amount of the dividend or such lower rate as may be
specified by an applicable income tax treaty, unless the dividends are
effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business by the non-U.S.
holder within the United States. Dividends that are effectively connected with
such holder's conduct of a trade or business in the United States are subject to
U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at applicable graduated individual
or corporate rates, and are not generally subject to withholding, if the holder
complies with certain certification and disclosure requirement. Any such
effectively connected dividends received by a foreign corporation may also,
under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional "branch profits tax" at
a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax
treaty.
 
     Dividends paid to an address outside the United States are presumed to be
paid to a resident of the country of address (unless the payer has knowledge to
the contrary) for purposes of the withholdings discussed above and for purposes
of determining the applicability of a tax treaty rate. Under proposed U.S.
Treasury regulations that are proposed to be effective for distributions after
1997 (the "Proposed Regulations") however, a non-U.S. holder of Common Stock who
wishes to claim the benefit of an applicable treaty rate would be required to
satisfy applicable certification requirements. The Proposed Regulations include
special rules that apply to dividends paid to foreign partnerships. It is not
certain whether, or in what form, the Proposed Regulations will be adopted as
final regulations.
 
     A non-U.S. holder of Common Stock that is eligible for a reduced rate of
U.S. withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any
excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for refund with the U.S.
Internal Revenue Service.
 
                                       50
<PAGE>   52
 
  GAIN ON DISPOSITION OF COMMON STOCK
 
     A non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax
in respect of gain recognized on a disposition of Common Stock unless (i) the
gain is effectively connected with a trade or business of the non-U.S. holder in
the United States or, if a tax treaty applies, is attributable to a permanent
establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States, (ii) in
the case of a non-U.S. holder who is an individual and holds the Common Stock as
a capital asset, such holder is present in the United States for 183 or more
days in the taxable year of the sale and certain other conditions are met, or
(iii) the Company is or has been a "U.S. real property holding corporation" for
federal income tax purposes at any time during the five-year period ending on
the date of the disposition. The Company believes that it has not been and it is
not a "U.S. real property holding corporation" for U.S. federal income tax
purposes and does not currently anticipate becoming a "U.S. real property
holding corporation." If an individual non-U.S. holder falls under clause (i)
above, he or she will be taxed on his or her net gain derived from the sale at
regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates. If an individual non-U.S.
holder falls under clause (ii) above, he or she will be subject to a flat 30%
tax on the net gain derived from the sale which gain may be offset by U.S.
capital losses. If a non-U.S. holder that is a foreign corporation falls under
clause (i) above, it will be taxed on its gain at regular graduated U.S. federal
income tax rates and, in addition, may be subject to the branch profits tax
equal to 30% of its "effectively connected earnings and profits" within the
meaning of the Code for the taxable year, as adjusted for certain items, or at
such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.
 
  FEDERAL ESTATE TAXES
 
     Common Stock owned or treated as owned by a non-U.S. holder at the time of
death, or Common Stock of which the non-U.S. holder made certain in lifetime
transfers, will be included in such holder's gross estate for U.S. federal
estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.
 
  U.S. INFORMATION REPORTING REQUIREMENTS AND BACKUP WITHHOLDING TAX
 
     The Company must report annually to the U.S. Internal Revenue Service and
to each non-U.S. holder the amount of dividends paid to such holder and the tax
withheld with respect to such dividends, regardless of whether withholding was
required. Copies of the information returns reporting such dividends and
withholding may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in
which the non-U.S. holder resides under the provisions of an applicable income
tax treaty.
 
     Under current law, backup withholding (which generally is a withholding tax
imposed at the rate of 31% on certain payments to persons that fail to furnish
certain information under the U.S. information reporting requirements) will
generally not apply to dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder at an address outside
the United States unless such non-U.S. holder is engaged in a trade or business
in the United States or unless the payer has knowledge that the payee is a U.S.
person. Under the Proposed Regulations, however, dividend payments generally
will be subject to backup withholding unless applicable certification
requirements are satisfied.
 
     In general, backup withholding and information reporting will not apply to
a payment of the proceeds of a sale of Common Stock to or through a foreign
office of a broker. If, however, such broker is, for U.S. federal income tax
purposes, a U.S. person, a controlled foreign corporation, or a foreign person
that derives 50% of more of its gross income for certain periods form the
conduct of a trade or business in the United States, such payments will not be
subject to backup withholding but will be subject to information reporting,
unless (1) such broker has documentary evidence in its records that the
beneficial owner is a non-U.S. holder and certain other conditions are met, or
(2) the beneficial owner otherwise establishes an exemption.
 
     Payment to or through a U.S. office of a broker of the proceeds of a sale
of Common Stock is generally subject to both backup withholding and information
reporting unless the beneficial owner
 
                                       51
<PAGE>   53
 
certifies under penalties of perjury that it is a non-U.S. holder, or otherwise
establishes an exemption.
 
     Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a
refund or a credit against such holder's U.S. federal income tax liability
provided the required information is furnished to the U.S. Internal Revenue
Service.
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
     Certain legal matters with respect to the shares of Common Stock offered
hereby will be passed upon for the Company by Hogan & Hartson L.L.P., Baltimore,
Maryland and for the Underwriters by Hale and Dorr, Washington, D.C.
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
     The financial statements as of October 31, 1996 and 1995 and for each of
the three fiscal years in the period ended October 31, 1996 included in this
Prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of Price Waterhouse
LLP, independent accountants, given on the authority of said firm as experts in
auditing and accounting.
 
                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
     The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a
Registration Statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the
Common Stock offered hereby. This Prospectus, which constitutes a part of the
Registration Statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the
Registration Statement, certain items of which are contained in exhibits to the
Registration Statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the
Commission. For further information with respect to the Company and the Common
Stock offered hereby, reference is made to the Registration Statement, including
the exhibits thereto. Statements made in this Prospectus concerning the contents
of any document referred to herein are not necessarily complete. With respect to
each such document filed with the Commission as an exhibit to the Registration
Statement, reference is made to the copy of such documents filed as exhibits to
the Registration Statement for a more complete description of the matter
involved, and each such document shall be deemed qualified in its entirety by
such reference. The Registration Statement, including the exhibits thereto, as
well as other information filed with the Commission, may be inspected without
charge at the Commission's principal office at 450 Fifth Street, N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20549 and at the Commission's regional offices at 500 West
Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661 and Seven World Trade
Center, Suite 1300, New York, New York 10048. Copies of all or any part thereof
may be obtained from the Commission upon the payment of certain fees prescribed
by the Commission. The Commission also maintains a World Wide Web site that
contains reports, proxy statements and other information regarding registrants,
including the Company, that file such information electronically with the
Commission. The address of the Commission's Web site is http://www.sec.gov.
 
                                       52
<PAGE>   54
 
                               CIENA CORPORATION
 
                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                      <C>
Report of Independent Accountants.....................................................   F-2
Balance Sheets as of October 31, 1995 and 1996........................................   F-3
Statements of Operations for the years ended October 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996..........   F-4
Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity (Deficit) for the years ended October
  31, 1994, 1995 and 1996.............................................................   F-5
Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended October 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996..........   F-6
Notes to Financial Statements.........................................................   F-7
</TABLE>
 
                                       F-1
<PAGE>   55
 
                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
To the Board of Directors and
Stockholders of CIENA Corporation
 
In our opinion, the accompanying balance sheets and the related statements of
operations, of cash flows and of changes in stockholders' equity (deficit)
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of CIENA
Corporation at October 31, 1996 and 1995, and the results of its operations and
its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended October 31, 1996,
in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. These financial
statements are the responsibility of the Company's management; our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with
generally accepted auditing standards which require that we plan and perform the
audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements,
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We
believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for the opinion expressed
above.
 
PRICE WATERHOUSE LLP
Falls Church, VA
November 27, 1996, except as to Note 14,
which is as of December 10, 1996
 
                                       F-2
<PAGE>   56
 
                               CIENA CORPORATION
                                 BALANCE SHEETS
                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                   PRO FORMA
                                                                                                                  STOCKHOLDERS'
                                                                                              OCTOBER 31,          EQUITY AT
                                                                                         ---------------------    OCTOBER 31,
                                                                                           1995         1996          1996
                                                                                         ---------    --------    ------------
                                                                                                                  (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                                      <C>          <C>         <C>
                                                ASSETS
Current assets:
    Cash and cash equivalents.........................................................   $   5,032    $ 22,557
    Accounts receivable (net of allowance of $--).....................................           8      16,759
    Inventories, net..................................................................          --      13,228
    Deferred income taxes.............................................................          --       1,834
    Prepaid expenses and other........................................................          22         634
                                                                                         ---------    --------
             Total current assets.....................................................       5,062      55,012
Equipment, furniture and fixtures, net................................................       2,239      11,863
Other assets..........................................................................          82         426
                                                                                         ---------    --------
         Total assets.................................................................   $   7,383    $ 67,301
                                                                                         =========    ========
LIABILITIES, MANDATORILY REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
Current liabilities:
    Current installments of capital lease obligations.................................   $     368    $    960
    Current maturities of notes payable...............................................          --          69
    Accounts payable..................................................................         541       6,278
    Accrued liabilities...............................................................       1,084       5,242
    Income taxes payable..............................................................          --       3,342
    Deferred revenue..................................................................          --       3,265
                                                                                         ---------    --------
             Total current liabilities................................................       1,993      19,156
Capital lease obligations, less current installments..................................         856       2,186
Notes payable, less current maturities................................................          --         487
Deferred rent.........................................................................          10          98
                                                                                         ---------    --------
             Total liabilities........................................................       2,859      21,927
Commitments and contingencies.........................................................          --          --
Mandatorily redeemable preferred stock -- par value $.01, 16,250,000 shares
  authorized:
    Series A -- 4,500,000 shares authorized; 3,542,520 and 3,590,157 shares issued and
     outstanding; zero outstanding pro forma..........................................       3,492       3,492      $     --
    Series B -- 8,000,000 shares authorized; 7,354,092 shares issued and outstanding;
     zero outstanding pro forma.......................................................      10,962      10,962            --
    Series C -- 3,750,000 shares authorized; 3,718,899 shares issued and outstanding;
     zero outstanding pro forma.......................................................          --      25,950            --
Stockholders' equity (deficit):
    Preferred stock -- par value $.01; 20,000,000 shares authorized; zero shares
     issued and outstanding; zero outstanding pro forma...............................          --          --            --
    Common stock -- par value $.01; 180,000,000 shares authorized; 11,935,415 and
     13,191,585 shares issued and outstanding; 86,507,325 outstanding pro forma.......         119         132           865
    Additional paid-in capital........................................................         110         339        40,010
    Notes receivable from stockholders................................................          --         (60)          (60)
    Retained earnings (deficit).......................................................     (10,159)      4,559         4,559
                                                                                         ---------    --------      --------  
             Total stockholders' equity (deficit).....................................      (9,930)      4,970      $ 45,374
                                                                                         ---------    --------      --------  
         Total liabilities, mandatorily redeemable preferred stock and stockholders'
          equity (deficit)............................................................   $   7,383    $ 67,301
                                                                                         =========    ========
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements
 
                                       F-3
<PAGE>   57
 
                               CIENA CORPORATION
 
                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     YEAR ENDED OCTOBER 31,
                                                                  -----------------------------
                                                                   1994       1995       1996
                                                                  -------    -------    -------
<S>                                                               <C>        <C>        <C>
Revenue........................................................   $    --    $    --    $54,838
Cost of goods sold.............................................        --         --     21,844
                                                                  -------    -------    -------
     Gross profit..............................................        --         --     32,994
                                                                  -------    -------    -------
Operating expenses:
     Research and development..................................     1,287      6,361      8,922
     Selling and marketing.....................................       295        481      3,780
     General and administrative................................       787        896      3,905
                                                                  -------    -------    -------
          Total operating expenses.............................     2,369      7,738     16,607
                                                                  -------    -------    -------
Income (loss) from operations..................................    (2,369)    (7,738)    16,387
Interest and other income (expense), net.......................       (36)       195        877
Interest expense...............................................        (2)       (86)      (296)
                                                                  -------    -------    -------
Income (loss) before income taxes..............................    (2,407)    (7,629)    16,968
Provision for income taxes.....................................        --         --      2,250
                                                                  -------    -------    -------
Net income (loss)..............................................   $(2,407)   $(7,629)   $14,718
                                                                  =======    =======    =======
Pro forma net income per common and common equivalent
  share........................................................                         $   .15
                                                                                        =======
Pro forma weighted average common and common equivalent shares
  outstanding..................................................                          99,107
                                                                                        =======
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                       F-4
<PAGE>   58
 
                               CIENA CORPORATION
 
            STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
              FOR THE YEARS ENDED OCTOBER 31, 1994, 1995 AND 1996
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             NOTES                       TOTAL
                                  COMMON STOCK                             RECEIVABLE     RETAINED    STOCKHOLDERS'
                              ---------------------      ADDITIONAL           FROM        EARNINGS       EQUITY
                                SHARES       AMOUNT    PAID-IN-CAPITAL    STOCKHOLDERS    (DEFICIT)    (DEFICIT)
                              -----------    ------    ---------------    ------------    --------    ------------
<S>                           <C>            <C>       <C>                <C>             <C>         <C>
BALANCE AT OCTOBER 31,
  1993.....................     7,066,665     $ 71          $  17             $ --        $  (123)      $    (35)
Issuance of common stock...     3,750,000       37             39              (65)            --             11
Payment of expenses by
  stockholder..............            --       --             43               --             --             43
Net loss...................            --       --             --               --         (2,407)        (2,407)
                              -----------    ------        ------           ------        --------    ------------
BALANCE AT OCTOBER 31,
  1994.....................    10,816,665      108             99              (65)        (2,530)        (2,388)
Exercise of warrants.......     1,075,000       11             11               --             --             22
Exercise of stock
  options..................        43,750       --             --               --             --             --
Repayment of receivables
  from stockholders........            --       --             --               65             --             65
Net loss...................            --       --             --               --         (7,629)        (7,629)
                              -----------    ------        ------           ------        --------    ------------
BALANCE AT OCTOBER 31,
  1995.....................    11,935,415      119            110               --        (10,159)        (9,930)
Exercise of warrants.......       676,425        7             --               --             --              7
Exercise of stock
  options..................       579,745        6             71              (60)            --             17
Compensation cost of stock
  options..................            --       --              2               --             --              2
Issuance of warrants for
  settlement of certain
  equity rights............            --       --            156               --             --            156
Net income.................            --       --             --               --         14,718         14,718
                              -----------    ------        ------           ------        --------    ------------
BALANCE AT OCTOBER 31,
  1996.....................    13,191,585     $132          $ 339             $(60)       $ 4,559       $  4,970
                                =========    ======    ============       ==========      =======     ==========
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                       F-5
<PAGE>   59
 
                               CIENA CORPORATION
 
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          YEAR ENDED OCTOBER 31,
                                                                     ---------------------------------
                                                                       1994        1995        1996
                                                                     --------    --------    ---------
<S>                                                                  <C>         <C>         <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
    Net income (loss).............................................   $ (2,407)   $ (7,629)   $  14,718
    Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash (used
       in) provided by operating activities:
         Non-cash charges from equity transactions................         75          --          158
         Write down of leasehold improvements.....................         --          --          883
         Depreciation and amortization............................         25         355        1,007
         Provision for inventory excess and obsolescence..........         --          --        1,937
         Accrued interest on notes receivable from stockholders...         (2)         --           (2)
         Provision for warranty and other contractual
           obligations............................................         --          --        1,584
         Changes in assets and liabilities:
              (Increase) decrease in accounts receivable..........          4          (8)     (16,751)
              Increase in prepaid expenses and other..............         (2)        (16)        (612)
              Increase in inventories.............................         --          --      (15,165)
              Increase in deferred income taxes...................         --          --       (1,834)
              Increase in other assets............................        (26)        (56)        (343)
              Increase in accounts payable and accruals...........        820         757        8,311
              Increase in income taxes payable....................         --          --        3,342
              Increase (decrease) in deferred revenue and deferred
                rent..............................................         21         (11)       3,353
                                                                     --------    --------    ---------
         Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities......     (1,492)     (6,608)         586
                                                                     --------    --------    ---------
Cash flows from investing activities:
    Additions to equipment, furniture and fixtures................       (585)     (2,036)     (11,514)
                                                                     --------    --------    ---------
         Net cash used in investing activities....................       (585)     (2,036)     (11,514)
                                                                     --------    --------    ---------
Cash flows from financing activities:
    Proceeds from notes payable...................................         --          --          556
    Proceeds from bridge loan.....................................        200          --           --
    Repayment of bridge loan......................................       (200)         --           --
    Net proceeds from issuance of or subscription to mandatorily
       redeemable preferred stock.................................      3,460      10,962       25,950
    Proceeds from issuance of common stock and warrants...........         11          22           24
    Repayment of notes receivable from stockholders...............         --          65           --
    Proceeds from lease financing activities......................        504         944        2,564
    Principal payments on capital lease obligations...............         --        (225)        (641)
                                                                     --------    --------    ---------
         Net cash provided by financing activities................      3,975      11,768       28,453
                                                                     --------    --------    ---------
         Net increase in cash and cash equivalents................      1,898       3,124       17,525
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year....................         10       1,908        5,032
                                                                     --------    --------    ---------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year..........................   $  1,908    $  5,032    $  22,557
                                                                      =======     =======     ========
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
Cash paid during the year for:
    Interest......................................................   $      2    $     86    $     296
                                                                      =======     =======     ========
    Income taxes..................................................   $     --    $     --    $     742
                                                                      =======     =======     ========
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF NON-CASH FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Issuance of common stock for notes receivable from stockholders...   $     65    $     --    $      60
                                                                      =======     =======     ========
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                       F-6
<PAGE>   60
 
                               CIENA CORPORATION
 
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
(1) THE COMPANY AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
  Description of Business
 
     CIENA Corporation (the "Company" or "CIENA"), a Delaware corporation, was
incorporated on November 2, 1992 as HydraLite Incorporated. Subsequently, the
Company changed its name to Cedrus Corporation and then to CIENA Corporation.
The Company designs, manufactures and sells dense wavelength division
multiplexing systems for long distance fiberoptic telecommunications networks.
During the period from November 2, 1992 to October 31, 1995, CIENA was a
development stage company as defined in Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 7, "Development Stage Enterprises". Planned principal operations
commenced during fiscal 1996 and, accordingly, CIENA is no longer considered a
development stage company.
 
     During fiscal 1996, all of the Company's revenue was attributable to a
single product and to a single customer. Additionally, the Company's access to
certain raw materials is dependent upon single and sole source suppliers.
 
  Fiscal Year
 
     The Company has a 52 or 53 week fiscal year which ends on the Saturday
nearest to the last day of October in each year (November 2, 1996; October 28,
1995; and October 29, 1994). For purposes of financial statement presentation,
each fiscal year is described as having ended on October 31. Fiscal 1994 and
1995 comprised 52 weeks and fiscal 1996 comprised 53 weeks.
 
  Use of Estimates
 
     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires the Company to make estimates, judgments
and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue
and expenses, together with amounts disclosed in the related notes to the
financial statements. Particularly sensitive estimates include reserves for
warranty and other contractual obligations and for excess and obsolete
inventories. Actual results could differ from the recorded estimates.
 
  Pro Forma Stockholders' Equity
 
     CIENA anticipates filing an initial registration statement with the
Securities and Exchange Commission. If the contemplated Offerings are
consummated under the terms presently anticipated, each share of the Mandatorily
Redeemable Series A, B, and C Preferred Stock (collectively, the "Convertible
Preferred Stock") will convert into five shares of the Company's Common Stock.
Pro forma stockholders' equity as of October 31, 1996 reflects the anticipated
conversion of the Convertible Preferred Stock into Common Stock.
 
  Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
     The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with original
maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents. The Company's entire
cash and cash equivalents balance at October 31, 1996 was on deposit with one
financial institution, which represents a concentration of credit risk as
defined under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 105, "Disclosure
of Information about Financial Instruments with Off-Balance-Sheet Risk and
Financial Instruments with Concentrations of Credit Risk". The majority of the
Company's cash equivalents are invested in overnight repurchase agreements,
which are secured by the U.S. Government.
 
                                       F-7
<PAGE>   61
 
                               CIENA CORPORATION
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
(1) THE COMPANY AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES -- (CONTINUED)

  Inventories
 
     Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market, with cost determined
on the first-in, first-out basis. The Company records a provision for excess and
obsolete inventory whenever such an impairment has been identified.
 
  Equipment, Furniture and Fixtures
 
     Equipment, furniture and fixtures are recorded at cost. Depreciation and
amortization are computed using the straight-line method over useful lives of
2-5 years for equipment, furniture and fixtures and of 6-10 years for leasehold
improvements.
 
  Revenue Recognition
 
     The Company recognizes product revenue in accordance with the shipping
terms specified. For transactions where the Company has yet to obtain customer
acceptance or has agreements pertaining to installation services, revenue is
deferred until no significant obligations remain. Revenue for installation
services is recognized as the services are performed. Amounts received in excess
of revenue recognized are included as deferred revenue in the accompanying
balance sheets. For distributor sales where risks of ownership have not
transferred, the Company recognizes revenue when the product is shipped through
to the end user.
 
     During fiscal 1996, all of the Company's revenue and related trade accounts
receivable were derived from one customer, which is headquartered within the
United States.
 
  Revenue-Related Accruals
 
     The Company provides for the estimated costs to fulfill customer warranty
and other contractual obligations upon the recognition of the related revenue.
Such reserves are determined based upon actual warranty cost experience,
estimates of component failure rates, and management's industry experience. The
Company's contractual sales arrangements generally do not permit the right of
return of product by the customer.
 
  Research and Development
 
     The Company charges all research and development costs to expense as
incurred.
 
  Income Taxes
 
     The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 109 (SFAS No. 109), "Accounting for Income
Taxes". SFAS No. 109 is an asset and liability approach that requires the
recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax
consequences attributable to differences between the carrying amounts of assets
and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and their respective tax bases,
and for operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. In estimating future tax
consequences, SFAS No. 109 generally considers all expected future events other
than the enactment of changes in tax laws or rates. A valuation allowance is
recorded if it is "more likely than not" that some portion or all of a deferred
tax asset will not be realized.
 
                                       F-8
<PAGE>   62
 
                               CIENA CORPORATION
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
(1) THE COMPANY AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES -- (CONTINUED)

  Computation of Pro Forma Net Income per Share
 
     Pro forma net income per common and common equivalent share is computed
using the weighted average number of common and common equivalent shares
outstanding. Weighted average common and common equivalent shares include Common
Stock, stock options and warrants using the modified treasury stock method and
the assumed conversion of all outstanding shares of Convertible Preferred Stock
into Common Stock. Since the conversion of the Convertible Preferred Stock has a
significant effect on the earnings per share calculation, historical loss per
share has not been calculated on the basis that it is irrelevant.
 
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission,
Common Stock, stock options, warrants and Convertible Preferred Stock issued by
the Company during the twelve months immediately preceding the filing of an
initial registration statement and through the effective date of such
registration statement have been included in the calculation of the weighted
average shares outstanding using the modified treasury stock method based on the
estimated initial public offering price.
 
  Software Development Costs
 
     Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 86, "Accounting for the
Costs of Computer Software to be Sold, Leased or Otherwise Marketed", requires
the capitalization of certain software development costs incurred subsequent to
the date technological feasibility is established and prior to the date the
product is generally available for sale. The capitalized cost is then amortized
over the estimated product life. The Company defines technological feasibility
as being attained at the time a working model is completed. To date, the period
between achieving technological feasibility and the general availability of such
software has been short and software development costs qualifying for
capitalization have been insignificant. Accordingly, the Company has not
capitalized any software development costs.
 
  Accounting for Stock Options
 
     In October 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement
of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (SFAS No. 123), "Accounting for
Stock-Based Compensation". The Company's adoption of SFAS No. 123 in fiscal 1997
will not have any effect on the Company's financial condition or results of
operations, as the Company intends to continue to measure compensation cost of
stock options granted to employees using the intrinsic value method provided by
Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to
Employees".
 
(2) INVENTORIES
 
     Inventories are comprised of the following (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           OCTOBER 31,
                                                                              1996
                                                                           -----------
        <S>                                                                <C>
        Raw materials...................................................     $ 8,585
        Work-in-process.................................................       3,629
        Finished goods..................................................       2,951
                                                                             -------  
                                                                              15,165
        Less reserve for excess and obsolescence........................      (1,937)
                                                                             -------  
                                                                             $13,228
                                                                             =======
</TABLE>
 
                                       F-9
<PAGE>   63
 
                               CIENA CORPORATION
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
(3) EQUIPMENT, FURNITURE AND FIXTURES
 
     Equipment, furniture and fixtures are comprised of the following (in
thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        OCTOBER 31,
                                                                    -------------------
                                                                     1995        1996
                                                                    -------    --------
        <S>                                                         <C>        <C>
        Equipment, furniture and fixtures........................   $ 2,077    $ 11,647
        Leasehold improvements...................................       133       1,141
                                                                    -------    --------
                                                                      2,210      12,788
        Accumulated depreciation and amortization................      (381)     (1,388)
        Construction-in-progress.................................       410         463
                                                                    -------    --------
                                                                    $ 2,239    $ 11,863
                                                                     ======    ========
</TABLE>
 
     In September 1994 and October 1995, the Company entered into separate
master lease agreements to lease certain furniture and equipment. The Company
may lease up to a maximum total of $4.5 million of furniture and equipment under
these agreements, of which $4.1 million had been utilized as of October 31,
1996. Lease terms range from 36 to 48 months. In accordance with Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 13, "Accounting for Leases", the related
leases have been recorded as capital lease transactions.
 
     Furniture and equipment with a cost of $1,541,000 and $4,105,000 and
accumulated depreciation of $311,000 and $1,080,000 have been accounted for as
capital lease assets at October 31, 1995 and 1996, respectively. The Company has
the option to purchase the assets at the end of the lease term.
 
(4) ACCRUED LIABILITIES
 
     Accrued liabilities are comprised of the following (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             OCTOBER 31,
                                                                          ------------------
                                                                           1995       1996
                                                                          -------    -------
    <S>                                                                   <C>        <C>
    Warranty and other contractual obligations.........................   $    --    $ 1,584
    Accrued compensation...............................................       434      2,314
    Unbilled construction-in-progress and leasehold improvements.......       411         50
    Other..............................................................       239      1,294
                                                                          -------    -------
                                                                          $ 1,084    $ 5,242
                                                                           ======     ======
</TABLE>
 
(5) CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS
 
     Capital lease obligations are summarized as follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           OCTOBER 31,
                                                                              1996
                                                                           -----------
        <S>                                                                <C>
        Capital lease obligations, secured by related assets, payable in
          monthly installments including interest at rates ranging from
          8.72% to 13.15% through June 2000.............................     $ 3,146
             Less current installments..................................        (960)
                                                                           -----------
             Long-term capital lease obligations........................     $ 2,186
                                                                           =========
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-10
<PAGE>   64
 
                               CIENA CORPORATION
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
(5) CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS -- (CONTINUED)

     Future minimum capital lease payments at October 31, 1996 are as follows
(in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
        <S>                                                                   <C>
        Fiscal year ending October 31,
                  1997.....................................................   $ 1,288
                  1998.....................................................     1,202
                  1999.....................................................       942
                  2000.....................................................       377
                                                                              -------
                                                                                3,809
        Less amounts representing interest.................................      (663)
                                                                              -------
                                                                              $ 3,146
                                                                              =======
</TABLE>
 
(6) LINE OF CREDIT
 
     In November 1996, the Company entered into an unsecured line of credit
agreement with a bank, which provides for borrowings of up to $15,000,000.
Interest on borrowings is set at the bank's prime rate (at November 20, 1996 the
rate was 8.25%). Among other provisions, the Company is required to maintain
certain financial covenants, principally certain minimum working capital levels
and monthly profitability levels. The line of credit agreement also prohibits
the Company from paying cash dividends on its capital stock, and expires in
November 1997.
 
(7) NOTES PAYABLE
 
     In June 1996, the Company borrowed $556,000 from the Maryland Economic
Development Corporation for construction of leasehold improvements and executed
promissory notes of $500,000 and $56,000 with annual interest rates of 6.63% and
3.00%, respectively. Initial interest payments on the notes are due three and
six months following the date of disbursement with quarterly principal payments
commencing on March 31, 1997. The Company provided $56,000 on deposit in escrow
as collateral towards the notes and has recorded such amount as a component of
other assets in the accompanying balance sheet.
 
     The notes payable are due as follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
        <S>                                                                     <C>
        Fiscal year ending October 31,
                  1997.......................................................   $  69
                  1998.......................................................     153
                  1999.......................................................     104
                  2000.......................................................     111
                  2001.......................................................     119
                                                                                -----
                                                                                $ 556
                                                                                =====
</TABLE>
 
(8) MANDATORILY REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK
 
     Each holder of Convertible Preferred Stock is entitled to vote on all
matters on an as if converted basis. Dividends, if declared by the Board of
Directors, are $.06, $.1275 and $.56 per share for the Series A, Series B and
Series C Preferred Stock, respectively. No dividends have been declared through
fiscal 1996. Subsequent to December 1, 2001, Series A dividends accrue on a
quarterly basis and become cumulative. Upon liquidation, holders of the Series
A, Series B and
 
                                      F-11
<PAGE>   65
 
                               CIENA CORPORATION
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
(8) MANDATORILY REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK -- (CONTINUED)

Series C Preferred Stock are entitled to receive $1.00, $1.50 and $7.00 per
share, respectively, as adjusted for certain defined recapitalization events,
plus accrued dividends, if any.
 
     Holders of Convertible Preferred Stock may convert each of their shares
into five shares of common stock at any time. Each outstanding share of
Convertible Preferred Stock will be automatically converted into five shares of
Common Stock upon (1) the consummation of the Offerings contemplated by the
Company in its anticipated initial registration statement, or (2) the
affirmative vote of the holders of record of (a) 67% of the outstanding shares
of all series of Convertible Preferred Stock, voting together as one class to
that effect, and (b) 85% of the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock,
voting separately as a class. Each outstanding share of Convertible Preferred
Stock is mandatorily redeemable by the Company at the greater of purchase price
or fair value upon the affirmative vote of holders of 72% of the outstanding
shares for each individual series. A total of 50% of any such redemption is to
be paid seven years from original issuance and 50% eight years from original
issuance. The accompanying financial statements do not reflect any accretion to
redemption value, because such accretion is not meaningful in light of the
contemplated Offerings and the related expected conversion of all Convertible
Preferred Stock to Common Stock.
 
     During February 1994, the Company received a two month $200,000 bridge loan
from two investors that subsequently purchased Series A Preferred Stock shares
in April 1994. These two investors received warrants to purchase 50,000 shares
of Series A Preferred Stock at either an exercise price of $1.00 per share or at
a reduced share quantity for a cashless exercise price. The fair value of these
warrants was determined to be immaterial on the date of grant and therefore no
charge was recorded. In September 1996, warrants to purchase 50,000 of these
shares were exercised and exchanged in a cashless exercise for 47,637 shares.
 
     The following is a summary of the Company's Convertible Preferred Stock
activity (dollars in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              SERIES A                SERIES B                SERIES C
                                           PREFERRED STOCK        PREFERRED STOCK         PREFERRED STOCK
                                         -------------------    --------------------    --------------------
                                          SHARES      AMOUNT     SHARES      AMOUNT      SHARES      AMOUNT
                                         ---------    ------    ---------    -------    ---------    -------
<S>                                      <C>         <C>        <C>          <C>        <C>          <C>
Balance at October 31, 1993...........          --   $   --            --    $    --           --    $    --
Issued................................   3,542,520    3,543            --         --           --         --
Costs associated with issuance........          --      (51)           --         --           --         --
                                         ---------   -------    ---------    -------    ---------    -------
Balance at October 31, 1994...........   3,542,520    3,492            --         --           --         --
Issued................................          --       --     7,354,092     11,031           --         --
Costs associated with issuance........          --       --            --        (69)          --         --
                                         ---------   ------     ---------    -------    ---------    -------
Balance at October 31, 1995...........   3,542,520    3,492     7,354,092     10,962           --         --
Issued................................      47,637       --            --         --    3,718,899     26,032
Costs associated with issuance........          --       --            --         --           --        (82)
                                         ---------   ------     ---------    -------    ---------    -------
Balance at October 31, 1996...........   3,590,157   $3,492     7,354,092    $10,962    3,718,899    $25,950
                                         =========   ======     =========    =======    =========    =======
</TABLE>
 
(9) STOCK OPTIONS AND WARRANTS
 
  Stock Warrants
 
     In January 1993, the Company issued a fully paid option to acquire up to
five percent of the Company's outstanding shares of Common Stock after exercise.
This option was issued in connection with the license of certain technologies
described in Note 11. This option was redeemed
 
                                      F-12
<PAGE>   66
 
                               CIENA CORPORATION
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
(9) STOCK OPTIONS AND WARRANTS -- (CONTINUED)
for 643,090 shares in early January 1996. As the fair value of these warrants
was determined to be immaterial at the date of issuance, no charge to research
and development expense was recorded.
 
     In connection with the master lease agreement discussed in Note 5, the
Company issued in September 1994, for $600, a warrant to the lessor to acquire
600,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock at an exercise price of $0.20 per
share. As the fair value of these warrants was determined to be immaterial at
the date of issuance, no charge was recorded by the Company.
 
     In connection with the 1994 equity offerings, the Company issued warrants
to investment bankers to purchase 1,075,000 shares of Common Stock at an
exercise price of $0.02 and 150,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock at an
exercise price of $1.00 per share. No charge was recorded relative to these
warrants as their fair value was determined to be immaterial. The warrants for
the purchase of 1,075,000 shares of Common Stock were exercised in December 1994
for a $21,500 purchase price. During 1995, the warrants to purchase 150,000
shares of Series A Preferred Stock at $1.00 per share were canceled in exchange
for the Company granting options to purchase 300,000 shares of Series B
Preferred Stock at $2.00 per share.
 
     During August 1996, in connection with the settlement of litigation
involving a dispute over certain rights awarded from the April 1994 equity
offerings of Series A Preferred Stock, the Company issued, for $150, a warrant
to an investor to acquire 75,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock at an
exercise price of $4.00 per share. The Company recorded approximately $156,000
in expense for the fair value of the warrant when granted.
 
  Stock Incentive Plans
 
     The Company has an Amended and Restated 1994 Stock Option Plan (the "1994
Plan"). Under the 1994 Plan, 20,050,000 shares of the Company's authorized but
unissued Common Stock are reserved for options issuable to employees. These
options are immediately exercisable upon grant, and both the options and the
shares issuable upon exercise of the options generally vest to the employee over
a four year period. The Company has the right to repurchase any exercised and
non-vested shares at the original purchase price from the employees upon
termination of employment. In June 1996 the Company approved the 1996 Outside
Directors Stock Option Plan (the "1996 Plan"). Under the 1996 Plan, 750,000
shares of the Company's authorized but unissued Common Stock are reserved for
options issuable to outside members of the Company's Board of Directors. These
options vest to the director over periods from one to three years, depending on
the type of option granted, and are exercisable once vested. Under the 1994 Plan
and the 1996 Plan, options may be incentive stock options or non-statutory
options, and the exercise price for each option shall be established by the
Board of Directors provided, however, that the exercise price per share shall
not be not less than the fair market value for incentive stock options and not
less than
 
                                      F-13
<PAGE>   67
 
                               CIENA CORPORATION
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
(9) STOCK OPTIONS AND WARRANTS -- (CONTINUED)

85% of fair market value for non-statutory stock options. Following is a summary
of the Company's stock option and warrant activity:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    NUMBER OF SHARES (IN THOUSANDS)
                                              -------------------------------------------
                                                                     PREFERRED   PREFERRED
                                                 COMMON STOCK         STOCK       STOCK       EXERCISE
                                              -------------------    SERIES A    SERIES B      PRICE
                                              OPTIONS    WARRANTS    WARRANTS    WARRANTS    PER SHARE
                                              -------    --------    --------    --------    ----------
<S>                                           <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Balance at October 31, 1993................        --        386         --          --      $.00-  .10
     Granted...............................     3,560      1,916        200          --       .00- 1.00
                                              -------    --------    ------      ------      ----------
Balance at October 31, 1994................     3,560      2,302        200          --       .00- 1.00
     Granted...............................     3,856         49         --         300       .00- 2.00
     Exercised.............................       (44)    (1,075)        --          --             .02
     Canceled..............................      (431)        --       (150)         --       .02- 1.00
                                              -------    --------    ------      ------      ----------
Balance at October 31, 1995................     6,941      1,276         50         300       .00- 2.00
     Granted...............................     5,851         75         --          --       .06-15.94
     Exercised.............................      (579)      (676)       (48)         --       .00- 1.52
     Canceled..............................    (1,180)        --         (2)         --       .03- 3.69
                                              -------    --------    ------      ------      ----------
Balance at October 31, 1996................    11,033        675         --         300      $.02-15.94
                                               ======    =======     ======      ======      ==========
</TABLE>
 
     All of the outstanding warrants above are currently exercisable, except the
Common Stock warrant for 75,000 shares granted to an investor in August 1996.
This warrant becomes exercisable in August 1997. Approximately 3.3 million of
the total outstanding options and warrants were vested at October 31, 1996.
 
(10) INCOME TAXES
 
     In fiscal 1996, the provision for income taxes consists of the following
(in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
        <S>                                                                  <C>
        Current:
             Federal......................................................   $  3,452
             State........................................................        632
                                                                             --------
                                                                                4,084
                                                                             --------
        Deferred:
             Federal......................................................     (1,690)
             State........................................................       (144)
                                                                             --------
                                                                               (1,834)
                                                                             --------
                                                                             $  2,250
                                                                             ========
</TABLE>
 
     In fiscal 1994 and 1995, the tax provision was comprised primarily of a tax
benefit of approximately $960,000 and $3.1 million, respectively, which was
offset by valuation allowance of the same amount.
 
     In fiscal 1994 and 1995, the tax provision differed from the expected tax
benefit, computed by applying the U.S. federal statutory rate of 35% to the loss
before income taxes, principally due to the effect of increases in the valuation
allowance. In fiscal 1996, the tax provision reconciles to the
 
                                      F-14
<PAGE>   68
 
                               CIENA CORPORATION
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
(10) INCOME TAXES -- (CONTINUED)

amount computed by multiplying income before income taxes by the U.S. federal
statutory rate of 35% as follows:
 
<TABLE>
        <S>                                                                    <C>
        Provision at statutory rate.........................................     35.0%
        Reversal of valuation allowance.....................................    (24.3)
        State taxes, net of federal benefit.................................      2.9
        Current tax credits.................................................     (1.1)
        Other...............................................................      0.8
                                                                                 ----
                                                                                 13.3%
                                                                                 ====
</TABLE>
 
     The components of deferred tax assets were as follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        OCTOBER 31,
                                                                    -------------------
                                                                      1995       1996
                                                                    --------    -------
        <S>                                                         <C>         <C>
        Reserve for excess and obsolete inventories..............   $     --    $   736
        Accrued warranty and other contractual obligations.......         --        602
        Start-up costs deferred for tax purposes.................        496        379
        Other accrued expenses not deducted for tax..............         --        114
        Accrual to cash basis adjustments........................        689         --
        Net operating loss carryforward..........................      2,814         --
        Other....................................................         51          3
                                                                    --------    -------
             Gross deferred tax assets...........................      4,050      1,834
             Valuation allowance.................................     (4,050)        --
                                                                    --------    -------
                  Net deferred tax asset.........................   $     --    $ 1,834
                                                                    ========    =======
</TABLE>
 
     The increase in the valuation allowance during fiscal 1995 was primarily
attributable to the increase in net operating losses. The reversal of the
valuation allowance during the third quarter of fiscal 1996 was attributable to
the receipt of product acceptance by the Company from its initial customer and
the start of profitable operations during that period. In assessing the
realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is "more
likely than not" (as defined under SFAS No. 109) that some portion or all of the
deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred
tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the
periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management
considers projected future taxable income and tax planning strategies in making
this assessment. Based upon their evaluation of the evidence relating to net
deferred tax assets at October 31, 1995, management determined that realization
was not "more likely than not" and, accordingly, established a valuation
allowance of $4.1 million.
 
(11) LICENSE AGREEMENT
 
     The Company has an exclusive agreement to license certain technologies
which requires a 7.5% royalty on sales of products using the licensed
technologies or certain minimum annual requirements. To date, the Company has
incurred only the minimum annual royalty fees of $50,000 and $100,000 for the
years ended October 31, 1995 and 1996, respectively. The Company may terminate
the agreement upon notice to the licensor and would be liable for any payments
accrued or owed prior to such termination.
 
                                      F-15
<PAGE>   69
 
                               CIENA CORPORATION
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
(12) EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
 
     In January 1995, the Company adopted a 401(k) defined contribution profit
sharing plan. The plan covers all full-time employees who are at least 21 years
of age, have completed three months of service and are not covered by a
collective bargaining agreement where retirement benefits are subject to good
faith bargaining. Participants may contribute up to 15% of pretax compensation,
subject to certain limitations. The Company may make discretionary annual profit
sharing contributions of up to the lesser of $30,000 or 25% of each
participant's compensation. The Company has made no profit sharing contributions
to date.
 
(13) COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
  Operating Lease Commitments
 
     The Company has certain minimum obligations under noncancelable operating
leases expiring on various dates through 2006 for equipment and facilities.
Future annual minimum rental commitments under noncancelable operating leases at
October 31, 1996 are as follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
        <S>                                                                  <C>
        Fiscal Year Ending
        ------------------------------------------------------------------
        1997..............................................................   $  1,487
        1998..............................................................      1,816
        1999..............................................................      1,807
        2000..............................................................      1,796
        2001..............................................................      1,796
        Thereafter........................................................      7,245
                                                                             --------
                                                                             $ 15,947
                                                                             ========
</TABLE>
 
     Rental expense for fiscal 1994, 1995 and 1996 was approximately $42,000,
$111,000 and $602,000, respectively.
 
  Litigation
 
     In November 1996, a stockholder and entities controlled by that stockholder
(the "plaintiffs") who provided initial equity capital during the formation of
the Company and participated in the Series C Preferred Stock financing, filed
suit against the Company and certain directors of the Company (the
"defendants"). This suit alleges that the plaintiffs were entitled by the terms
of an agreement with the Company to purchase approximately 230,000 shares of
additional Series C Preferred Stock, at $7.00 per share, at the time of the
closing of the Series C Preferred Stock financing, but were denied that
opportunity by the defendants. The plaintiffs seek to recover unspecified actual
and punitive damages. The Company believes that the plaintiffs' claims are
without merit and intends to defend itself vigorously. However, due to the very
early stage of this matter, it is not possible to determine what impact, if any,
the outcome of this litigation might have on the financial condition, results of
operations or cash flows of the Company.
 
     The Company has agreed to indemnify its customer for liability incurred in
connection with the infringement of a third-party's intellectual property
rights. Although the Company has not received notice from its customer advising
the Company of any alleged infringement of a third-party's intellectual property
rights, there can be no assurance that such indemnification of alleged liability
will not be required from the Company in the future.
 
     Substantial inventories of intellectual property are held by a few industry
participants and major universities and research laboratories. The Company has
on a few occasions hired personnel from
 
                                      F-16
<PAGE>   70
 
                               CIENA CORPORATION
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
(13) COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES -- (CONTINUED)

such parties. The Company has in the past received letters from legal counsel to
one such party, asserting that the hiring of their personnel involves a
compromise of that party's intellectual properties. The Company disagrees with
such assertions and, if any formal claim were to be filed, the Company would
vigorously defend itself. Such litigation could be very expensive to defend,
regardless of the merits of any possible claim.
 
(14) SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
 
     On November 22, 1996, the Company's Board of Directors approved the
following effective on December 9, 1996: (i) a five-for-one stock split of the
Company's Common Stock; (ii) an increase in the number of Common Stock
authorized from 112,500,000 to 180,000,000; (iii) an increase in the number of
shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Convertible Preferred
Stock from one-for-one to five-for-one, and (iv) the authorization of 20,000,000
shares of undesignated Preferred Stock. All references to the number of shares
authorized, issued and outstanding, the Preferred Stock to Common Stock
conversion factor and per share information for all periods presented have been
adjusted to give effect to the aforementioned stock split and share
authorizations.
 
     On December 10, 1996, the Company's Board of Directors authorized
management of the Company to file a registration statement with the Securities
and Exchange Commission for the initial public offering of its common stock. The
Company plans to issue 5,000,000 shares at an estimated initial public offering
price of between $17 and $19 per share.
 
                                      F-17
<PAGE>   71
 
                                  UNDERWRITING
 
     Subject to the terms and conditions of the Underwriting Agreement, the
Company has agreed to sell to each of the U.S. Underwriters named below, and
each of such U.S. Underwriters, for whom Goldman, Sachs & Co., Alex. Brown &
Sons Incorporated, Wessels, Arnold & Henderson, L.L.C. and William K. Woodruff &
Company are acting as representatives, has severally agreed to purchase from the
Company, the respective number of shares of Common Stock set forth opposite its
name below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  NUMBER OF
                                                                                  SHARES OF
                                 UNDERWRITER                                     COMMON STOCK
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------   ------------
<S>                                                                              <C>
Goldman, Sachs & Co. .........................................................
Alex. Brown & Sons Incorporated...............................................
Wessels, Arnold & Henderson, L.L.C. ..........................................
William K. Woodruff & Company.................................................
                                                                                   ---------
          Total...............................................................     4,000,000
                                                                                   =========
</TABLE>
 
     Under the terms and conditions of the Underwriting Agreement, the U.S.
Underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares offered hereby,
if any are taken.
 
     The U.S. Underwriters propose to offer the shares of Common Stock in part
directly to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the
cover page of this Prospectus and in part to certain securities dealers at such
price less a concession of $     per share. The U.S. Underwriters may allow, and
such dealers may reallow, a concession not in excess of $     per share to
certain brokers and dealers. After the shares of Common Stock are released for
sale to the public, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to
time be varied by the representatives.
 
     The Company has entered into an underwriting agreement (the "International
Underwriting Agreement") with the underwriters of the international offering
(the "International Underwriters") providing for the concurrent offer and sale
of 1,000,000 shares of Common Stock in an international offering outside the
United States. The offering price and aggregate underwriting discounts and
commissions per share for the two offerings are identical. The closing of the
offering made hereby is a condition to the closing of the international
offering, and vice versa. The representatives of the International Underwriters
are Goldman Sachs International, Alex. Brown & Sons Incorporated, Wessels,
Arnold & Henderson, L.L.C. and William K. Woodruff & Company.
 
     Pursuant to an Agreement between the U.S. and International Underwriting
Syndicates (the "Agreement Between") relating to the two offerings, each of the
U.S. Underwriters named herein has agreed that, as a part of the distribution of
the shares offered hereby and subject to certain exceptions, it will offer, sell
or deliver the shares of Common Stock, directly or indirectly, only in the
United States of America (including the States and the District of Columbia),
its territories, its possessions and other areas subject to its jurisdiction
(the "United States") and to U.S. persons, which term shall mean, for purposes
of this paragraph: (a) any individual who is a resident of the United States or
(b) any corporation, partnership or other entity organized in or under the laws
of the United States or any political subdivision thereof and whose office most
directly involved with the purchase is located in the United States. Each of the
International Underwriters has agreed pursuant to the Agreement Between that, as
part of the distribution of the shares offered as a part of the international
offering, and subject to certain exceptions, it will (i) not, directly or
indirectly, offer, sell or deliver shares of Common Stock (a) in the United
States or to any U.S. persons or (b) to any person whom it believes intends to
reoffer, resell or deliver the shares in the United States or to any
 
                                       U-1
<PAGE>   72
 
U.S. persons, and (ii) cause any dealer to whom it may sell such shares at any
concession to agree to observe a similar restriction.
 
     Pursuant to the Agreement Between, sales may be made between the U.S.
Underwriters and the International Underwriters of such number of shares of
Common Stock as may be mutually agreed. The price of any shares so sold shall be
the initial public offering price, less an amount not greater than the selling
concession.
 
     The Company has granted the U.S. Underwriters an option exercisable for 30
days after the date of this Prospectus to purchase up to an aggregate of 600,000
additional shares of Common Stock solely to cover over-allotments, if any. If
the U.S. Underwriters exercise their over-allotment option, the U.S.
Underwriters have severally agreed, subject to certain conditions, to purchase
approximately the same percentage thereof that the number of shares to be
purchased by each of them, as shown in the foregoing table, bears to the
4,000,000 shares of Common Stock offered. The Company has granted the
International Underwriters a similar option to purchase up to an aggregate of
150,000 additional shares of Common Stock.
 
     The Company, optionholders, warrantholders and certain stockholders of the
Company have agreed that, during the period beginning from the date of this
Prospectus and continuing to and including the date 180 days after the date of
the Prospectus, they will not offer, sell, contract to sell or otherwise dispose
of any securities of the Company (other than pursuant to employee stock option
plans existing, or on the conversion or exchange of convertible or exchangeable
securities outstanding, on the date of this Prospectus) which are substantially
similar to the shares of the Common Stock or which are convertible into or
exchangeable for securities which are substantially similar to the shares of
Common Stock without the prior written consent of the Representatives, except
for the shares of Common Stock offered in connection with the concurrent U.S.
and international offerings.
 
     The representatives of the Underwriters have informed the Company that they
do not expect sales to accounts over which the Underwriters exercise
discretionary authority to exceed five percent of the total number of shares of
Common Stock offered by them.
 
     Prior to the Offerings, there has been no public market for the shares. The
initial public offering price will be negotiated between the Company and the
representatives of the U.S. Underwriters and the International Underwriters.
Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering
price of the Common Stock, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be
the Company's historical performance, estimates of the business potential and
earnings prospects of the Company, an assessment of the Company's management and
the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of
companies in related businesses.
 
     Under the terms of a settlement agreement with the Company entered into in
August 1996, the Company has (i) agreed to retain Woodruff as one of the
representatives of the United States Underwriters and the International
Underwriters, (ii) granted Woodruff warrants to purchase 75,000 shares at a
purchase price of $4.00 per share and (iii) made a cash payment to Woodruff of
$87,500. See "Certain Transactions -- Litigation Settlement".
 
     Application will be made for quotation of the Common Stock on the Nasdaq
National Market under the symbol "CIEN".
 
     The Company has agreed to indemnify the Underwriters against certain
liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.
 
                                       U-2
<PAGE>   73
 
     This Prospectus may be used by underwriters and dealers in connection with
offers and sales of the Common Stock, including shares initially sold in the
international offering, to persons located in the United States.
 
                                       U-3
<PAGE>   74
 
                        [This diagram shows pictures of
                       various employees of the Company]
<PAGE>   75
 
- ----------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------
 
     NO PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY
REPRESENTATIONS OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS, AND, IF GIVEN OR
MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN
AUTHORIZED. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY ANY SECURITIES OTHER THAN THE SECURITIES TO
WHICH IT RELATES OR AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY SUCH
SECURITIES IN ANY CIRCUMSTANCES IN WHICH SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION IS UNLAWFUL.
NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER
ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT THERE HAS BEEN NO CHANGE IN THE
AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY SINCE THE DATE HEREOF OR THAT THE INFORMATION CONTAINED
HEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT TO ITS DATE.
 
                          ----------------------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            PAGE
                                            ----
<S>                                         <C>
Prospectus Summary.......................     3
Risk Factors.............................     5
Use of Proceeds..........................    13
Dividend Policy..........................    13
Capitalization...........................    14
Dilution.................................    15
Selected Financial Data..................    16
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
  Financial Condition and Results of
  Operations.............................    17
Business.................................    21
Management...............................    33
Certain Transactions.....................    40
Principal Stockholders...................    44
Description of Capital Stock.............    47
Shares Eligible for Future Sale..........    48
Certain U.S. Tax Considerations
  Applicable to Non-U.S. Holders of the
  Common Stock...........................    50
Legal Matters............................    52
Experts..................................    52
Additional Information...................    52
Index to Financial Statements............   F-1
Underwriting.............................   U-1
</TABLE>
 
     THROUGH AND INCLUDING           , 1997 (THE 25TH DAY AFTER THE DATE OF THIS
PROSPECTUS), ALL DEALERS EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE COMMON STOCK, WHETHER OR
NOT PARTICIPATING IN THIS DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS.
THIS IS IN ADDITION TO THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS WHEN
ACTING AS UNDERWRITERS AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR
SUBSCRIPTIONS.
 
- ----------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------
                                5,000,000 SHARES
 
                               CIENA CORPORATION
                                  COMMON STOCK
                           (PAR VALUE $.01 PER SHARE)
                            ------------------------
 
                                     [LOGO]
 
                            ------------------------
 
                              GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.
 
                               ALEX. BROWN & SONS
                                  INCORPORATED
 
                          WESSELS, ARNOLD & HENDERSON
 
                         WILLIAM K. WOODRUFF & COMPANY
                      REPRESENTATIVES OF THE UNDERWRITERS
 
- ----------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>   76
 
                                    PART II
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 13.  OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION
 
     The following table sets forth all fees and expenses, other than the
underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by the Registrant in connection
with the sale of the Common Stock being registered. All amounts shown are
estimates except for the registration fee and the NASD filing fee.
 
<TABLE>
        <S>                                                               <C>
        SEC registration fee...........................................   $    33,107
        NASD filing fee................................................        11,425
        Nasdaq National Market listing fee.............................        30,000
        Blue sky qualification fees and expenses.......................        10,000
        Printing and engraving expenses................................       190,000
        Legal fees and expenses........................................       500,000
        Accounting fees and expenses...................................       300,000
        Transfer agent and registrar fees..............................        25,000
        Miscellaneous..................................................           468
                                                                          -----------
             Total.....................................................   $ 1,100,000
                                                                           ==========
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
* To be supplied by amendment.
 
ITEM 14.  INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
 
     Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law permits indemnification
of officers, directors and other corporate agents under certain circumstances
and subject to certain limitations. The Registrant's Third Amended and Restated
Certificate of Incorporation and bylaws provide that the Registrant shall
indemnify its directors, officers, employees and agents to the full extent
permitted by Delaware General Corporation Law, including in circumstances in
which indemnification is otherwise discretionary under Delaware law. In
addition, the Registrant has entered into separate indemnification agreements
with its directors, officers and certain employees which require the Registrant,
among other things, to indemnify them against certain liabilities which may
arise by reason of their status or service (other than liabilities arising from
willful misconduct of a culpable nature) and to maintain directors' and
officers' liability insurance, if available on reasonable terms. The Registrant
intends to obtain directors' and officers' liability insurance with up to $10
million coverage per occurrence.
 
     These indemnification provisions and the indemnification agreement to be
entered into between the Registrant and its officers and directors may be
sufficiently broad to permit indemnification of the Registrant's officers and
directors for liabilities (including reimbursement of expenses incurred) arising
under the Securities Act.
 
     The Underwriting Agreements filed as Exhibits 1.1 and 1.2 to this
Registration Statement provide for indemnification by the Underwriters of the
Registrant and its officers and directors for certain liabilities arising under
the Securities Act, or otherwise.
 
ITEM 15.  RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES
 
     Since December 1993, the Registrant has sold and issued the following
unregistered securities (stated after giving effect to a 1,333.33-for-1 stock
split in April 1994 and a five-for-one stock split effective on December 9,
1996).
 
(1)  In April 1994, the Registrant sold 3,332,520 shares of Series A Preferred
     Stock for an aggregate price of $3,332,520.
 
                                      II-1
<PAGE>   77
 
(2)  In April 1994, the Registrant sold 3,500,000 shares of Common Stock for an
     aggregate price of $70,000.
 
(3)  In August 1994, the Registrant sold 210,000 shares of Series A Preferred
     Stock for an aggregate price of $210,000.
 
(4)  In October 1994, the Registrant sold 250,000 shares of Common Stock for an
     aggregate price of $5,000.
 
(5)  In December 1994, the Registrant sold 1,075,000 shares of Common Stock upon
     exercise of a warrant for an aggregate price of $21,500.
 
(6)  In December 1994, the Registrant sold 7,354,092 shares of Series B
     Preferred Stock for an aggregate price of $11,031,138.
 
(7)  In December 1995, the Registrant sold 3,718,899 shares of Series C
     Preferred Stock for an aggregate price of $26,032,293.
 
(8)  In December 1995, the Registrant sold 33,335 shares of Common Stock upon
     exercise of a warrant for an aggregate price of $3,300.
 
(9)  In January 1996, the Registrant sold 643,090 shares of Common Stock upon
     exercise of a warrant granted in consideration for the license of certain
     technologies.
 
(10) In September 1996, the Registrant sold 23,789 shares of Series A Preferred
     Stock upon a cashless exercise of a warrant.
 
(11) In September 1996, the Registrant sold 23,848 shares of Series A Preferred
     Stock upon a cashless exercise of a warrant.
 
(12) From December 1, 1993 through October 31, 1996, the Registrant has sold an
     aggregate of 623,495 shares for an aggregate consideration of $82,268 upon
     exercise of stock options granted pursuant to the Registrant's Amended and
     Restated 1994 Stock Option Plan.
 
     The issuances described above were deemed to be exempt from registration
under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act as
transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering. In addition, certain
issuances described in Paragraph 13 were deemed exempt from registration under
the Securities Act in reliance on Rule 701 promulgated thereunder as
transactions pursuant to compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to
compensation. The recipients of securities in each such transaction represented
their intention to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a
view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof and appropriate
legends were affixed to the share certificates and other instruments issued in
such transactions. All recipients either received adequate information about the
Registrant or had access, through employment or other relationships, to such
information. Effective upon the completion of the Offerings being registered
hereby, all of the issued and outstanding shares of the Company's Convertible
Preferred Stock will automatically convert into 73,315,740 shares of the
Company's Common Stock. The Registrant will rely upon the exemption from
registration contained in Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act.
 
ITEM 16.  EXHIBITS
 
     (a) Exhibits.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER                                           DESCRIPTION
- ------          -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>             <S>
  1.1           Form of U.S. Underwriting Agreement
  1.2           Form of International Underwriting Agreement
  3.1           Certificate of Amendment to Third Restated Certificate of Incorporation
  3.2           Third Restated Certificate of Incorporation
</TABLE>
 
                                      II-2
<PAGE>   78
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER                                           DESCRIPTION
- ------          -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>             <S>
 3.3            Amended and Restated Bylaws
 4.1*           Specimen Stock Certificate
 5.1*           Opinion of Hogan & Hartson L.L.P.
10.1            Form of Indemnification Agreement for Directors and Officers
10.2            Amended and Restated 1994 Stock Option Plan
10.3            Form of Employee Stock Option Agreements
10.4            1996 Outside Directors Stock Option Plan
10.5            Forms of 1996 Outside Directors Stock Option Agreement
10.6            Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated December 20, 1995
10.7            Lease Agreement dated October 5, 1995 between the Company and CS Corridor-32
                Limited Partnership
10.8+           Purchase Agreement Between Sprint/United Management Company and the Company
                dated December 14, 1995
10.9+           Basic Purchase Agreement between WorldCom Network Services, Inc. and the
                Company dated September 19, 1996
10.10           Settlement Agreement and Mutual Release, between the Company and William K.
                Woodruff & Company, dated August 26, 1996
10.11           Warrant, dated August 21, 1996, granted by the Company to William K. Woodruff
                & Company
10.12           Employment Agreement dated April 9, 1994 between the Company and David Huber
10.13           Employment Agreement dated April 9, 1994 between the Company and Patrick
                Nettles
10.14           Lease Agreement dated November 1, 1996 by and between the Company and Aetna
                Life Insurance Company
10.15           Revolving Note and Business Loan Agreement dated November 25, 1996 between
                the Company and Mercantile-Safe Deposit & Trust Company
23.1*           Consent of Hogan & Hartson L.L.P. (included in Exhibit 5.1)
23.2            Consent of Independent Accountants
27.1            Financial Data Schedule
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
* To be filed by amendment.
 
+ Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to certain portions of
  these exhibits in reliance on Rule 406 under the Securities Act of 1933, as
  amended.
 
(b) Financial Statement Schedules
 
     Schedules have been omitted because the information required to be set
     forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or
     notes thereto.
 
ITEM 17.  UNDERTAKINGS
 
     The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the Underwriters
at the closing specified in the Underwriting Agreements certificates in such
denominations and registered in such names as required by the Underwriters to
permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
 
     Insofar as indemnification by the Registrant for liabilities arising under
the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling
persons of the Registrant pursuant to the provisions referenced in Item 14 of
this Registration Statement or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that
in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is
against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is, therefore,
unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such
liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or
paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the Registrant in the
successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered hereunder, the Registrant will,
 
                                      II-3
<PAGE>   79
 
unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling
precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether
such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the
Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
 
     The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:
 
          (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities
     Act, the information omitted from the form of Prospectus filed as part of
     this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a
     form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or
     (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this
     Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective; and
 
          (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities
     Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of Prospectus shall
     be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities
     offered therein, and the offering of such securities at the time shall be
     deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
                                      II-4
<PAGE>   80
 
                                   SIGNATURES
 
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant
has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Savage, County of Howard,
State of Maryland, on the 12th day of December, 1996.
 
                                          CIENA CORPORATION
 
                                          By: /s/ Patrick H. Nettles
                                             -----------------------------------
                                              Patrick H. Nettles
                                             President, Chief Executive Officer
                                             and Director
                                             (Principal Executive Officer)
 
                               POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
     KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENT, that each person whose signature appears
below constitutes and appoints Patrick H. Nettles, Joseph R. Chinnici and G.
Eric Georgatos, and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact
and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, from such person
and in each person's name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign
any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to the Registration
Statement, any Registration Statement relating to this Registration Statement
under Rule 462 and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other
documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission,
granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, full power and authority to do
and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done as
fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person,
hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or
any of them, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this Registration
Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the
date indicated.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
               SIGNATURES                              TITLE                       DATE
- ----------------------------------------   ------------------------------   ------------------
<S>                                        <C>                              <C>
         /s/ Patrick H. Nettles            President, Chief Executive        December 12, 1996
- ----------------------------------------   Officer and Director
              Patrick H. Nettles           (Principal Executive Officer)

         /s/ Joseph R. Chinnici            Vice President, Finance and       December 12, 1996
- ----------------------------------------   Chief Financial Officer
              Joseph R. Chinnici           (Principal Financial Officer)

         /s/ Andrew C. Petrik              Controller and Treasurer          December 12, 1996
- ----------------------------------------   (Principal Accounting Officer)
              Andrew C. Petrik

         /s/ Jon W. Bayless                Director                          December 12, 1996
- ----------------------------------------
              Jon W. Bayless

         /s/ Harvey B. Cash                Director                          December 12, 1996
- ----------------------------------------
              Harvey B. Cash
</TABLE>
 
                                      II-5
<PAGE>   81
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
               SIGNATURES                              TITLE                       DATE
- ----------------------------------------   ------------------------------   ------------------
<S>                                        <C>                              <C>
         /s/ Clifford W. Higgerson         Director                          December 12, 1996
- ----------------------------------------
             Clifford W. Higgerson

         /s/ Billy B. Oliver               Director                          December 12, 1996
- ----------------------------------------
             Billy B. Oliver

         /s/ Michael J. Zak                Director                          December 12, 1996
- ----------------------------------------
             Michael J. Zak

         /s/ David R. Huber, Ph.D.         Director                          December 12, 1996
- ----------------------------------------
             David R. Huber, Ph.D.
</TABLE>
 
                                      II-6
<PAGE>   82
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER                                        DESCRIPTION
- ------          -----------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>             <S>                                                                       <C>
  1.1           Form of U.S. Underwriting Agreement
  1.2           Form of International Underwriting Agreement
  3.1           Certificate of Amendment to Third Restated Certificate of Incorporation
  3.2           Third Restated Certificate of Incorporation
  3.3           Amended and Restated Bylaws
  4.1*          Specimen Stock Certificate
  5.1*          Opinion of Hogan & Hartson L.L.P.
 10.1           Form of Indemnification Agreement for Directors and Officers
 10.2           Amended and Restated 1994 Stock Option Plan
 10.3           Forms of Employee Stock Option Agreements
 10.4           1996 Outside Directors Stock Option Plan
 10.5           Forms of 1996 Outside Directors Stock Option Agreement
 10.6           Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated December 20, 1995
 10.7           Lease Agreement dated October 5, 1995 between the Company and CS
                Corridor-32 Limited Partnership
 10.8+          Purchase Agreement Between Sprint/United Management Company and the
                Company dated December 14, 1995
 10.9+          Basic Purchase Agreement between WorldCom Network Services, Inc. and
                the Company dated September 19, 1996
 10.10          Settlement Agreement and Mutual Release, between the Company and
                William K. Woodruff & Company, dated August 26, 1996
 10.11          Warrant, dated August 21, 1996, granted by the Company to William K.
                Woodruff & Company
 10.12          Employment Agreement dated April 9, 1994 between the Company and David
                Huber
 10.13          Employment Agreement dated April 9, 1994 between the Company and
                Patrick Nettles
 10.14          Lease Agreement dated November 1, 1996 by and between the Company and
                Aetna Life Insurance Company
 10.15          Revolving Note and Business Loan Agreement dated November 25, 1996
                between the Company and Mercantile-Safe Deposit & Trust Company
 23.1*          Consent of Hogan & Hartson L.L.P. (included in Exhibit 5.1)
 23.2           Consent of Independent Accountants
 27.1           Financial Data Schedule
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
* To be filed by amendment.
 
+ Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to certain portions of
  these exhibits in reliance on Rule 406 under the Securities Act of 1933, as
  amended.

<PAGE>   1


                               CIENA CORPORATION

                     COMMON STOCK, PAR VALUE $.01 PER SHARE

                                 -------------

                             UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT
                                 (U.S. VERSION)




                                                         _________________, 1997

Goldman, Sachs & Co.,
Alex. Brown & Sons Incorporated,
Wessels, Arnold & Henderson, L.L.C.,
William K. Woodruff & Company,
  As representatives of the several
   Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto,
c/o Goldman, Sachs & Co.,
85 Broad Street,
New York, New York 10004

Ladies and Gentlemen:

                 CIENA Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"),
proposes, subject to the terms and conditions stated herein, to issue and sell
to the Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto (the "Underwriters") an
aggregate of 4,000,000 shares (the "Firm Shares") and, at the election of the
Underwriters, up to 600,000 additional shares (the "Optional Shares") of Common
Stock, par value $.01 per share ("Stock"), of the Company (the Firm Shares and
the Optional Shares that the Underwriters elect to purchase pursuant to Section
2 hereof being collectively called the "Shares").

                 It is understood and agreed to by all parties that the Company
is concurrently entering into an agreement (the "International Underwriting
Agreement") providing for the sale by the Company of up to a total of 1,150,000
shares of Stock (the "International Shares"), including the over-allotment
option thereunder, through arrangements with certain underwriters outside the
United States (the "International Underwriters"), for whom Goldman Sachs
International, Alex. Brown & Sons Incorporated, Wessels, Arnold & Henderson,
L.L.C. and William K. Woodruff & Company are acting as lead managers.  Anything
herein or therein to the contrary notwithstanding, the respective closings

<PAGE>   2

under this Agreement and the International Agreement are hereby expressly made
conditional on one another.  The Underwriters hereunder and the International
Underwriters are simultaneously entering into an Agreement between U.S. and
International Underwriting Syndicates (the "Agreement between Syndicates")
which provides, among other things, for the transfer of shares of Stock between
the two syndicates.  Two forms of prospectus are to be used in connection with
the offering and sale of shares of Stock contemplated by the foregoing, one
relating to the Shares hereunder and the other relating to the International
Shares.  The latter form of prospectus will be identical to the former except
for certain substitute pages.  Except as used in Sections 2, 3, 4, 9 and 11
herein, and except as the context may otherwise require, references hereinafter
to the Shares shall include all the shares of Stock which may be sold pursuant
to either this Agreement or the International Underwriting Agreement, and
references herein to any prospectus whether in preliminary or final form, and
whether as amended or supplemented, shall include both the U.S. and the
international versions thereof.

                 1.  The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with,
each of the Underwriters that:

                             (a)           A registration statement on Form S-1
                 (File No. 333-_________) (the "Initial Registration
                 Statement") in respect of the Shares has been filed with the
                 Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission"); the
                 Initial Registration Statement and any post-effective
                 amendment thereto, each in the form heretofore delivered to
                 you, and, excluding exhibits thereto, to you for each of the
                 other Underwriters, have been declared effective by the
                 Commission in such form; other than a registration statement,
                 if any, increasing the size of the offering (a "Rule 462(b)
                 Registration Statement"), filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under
                 the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"), which will
                 become effective upon filing, no other document with respect
                 to the Initial Registration Statement has heretofore been
                 filed with the Commission; and no stop order suspending the
                 effectiveness of the Initial Registration Statement, any
                 post-effective amendment thereto or the Rule 462(b)
                 Registration Statement, if any, has been issued and no
                 proceeding for that purpose has been initiated or threatened
                 by the Commission (any preliminary prospectus included in the
                 Initial Registration Statement or filed with the Commission
                 pursuant to Rule 424(a) of the rules and regulations of the
                 Commission under the Act, is hereinafter called a "Preliminary
                 Prospectus"; the various parts of the Initial Registration
                 Statement and the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any,
                 including all exhibits thereto and including the information
                 contained in the form of final prospectus filed with the
                 Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act in accordance
                 with Section 5(a) hereof and deemed by virtue of Rule 430A
                 under the Act to be part of the Initial Registration Statement
                 at the time it was declared effective, each as amended at the
                 time such part of the registration statement became effective
                 or such part of the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if
                 any, became or hereafter becomes effective, are hereinafter
                 collectively called the "Registration Statement"; and such
                 final prospectus, in the form first filed pursuant to Rule
                 424(b) under the Act, is hereinafter called the "Prospectus").

                             (b)           No order preventing or suspending
                 the use of any Preliminary Prospectus has been issued by the
                 Commission, and each Preliminary Prospectus, at the time of
                 filing thereof, conformed in all material respects to the
                 requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations of the
                 Commission thereunder, and did not contain an untrue statement
                 of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required
                 to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
                 therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they
                 were made, not misleading; provided, however, that this
                 representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements
                 or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with
                 information furnished in writing to the Company by an
                 Underwriter through Goldman, Sachs
<PAGE>   3
                  & Co. expressly for use therein;

                             (c)           The Registration Statement conforms,
                 and the Prospectus and any further amendments or supplements
                 to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus will conform,
                 in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and
                 the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and do
                 not and will not, as of the applicable effective date as to
                 the Registration Statement and any amendment thereto and as of
                 the applicable filing date as to the Prospectus and any
                 amendment or supplement thereto, contain an untrue statement
                 of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required
                 to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
                 therein not misleading; provided, however, that this
                 representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements
                 or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with
                 information furnished in writing to the Company by an
                 Underwriter through Goldman, Sachs & Co. expressly for use
                 therein;

                             (d)           The Company has not sustained since
                 the date of the latest audited financial statements included
                 in the Prospectus any material loss or interference with its
                 business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity,
                 whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute
                 or court or governmental action, order or decree, otherwise
                 than as set forth or contemplated in the Prospectus; and,
                 since the respective dates as of which information is given in
                 the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, there has not
                 been any change in the capital stock or long-term debt of the
                 Company or any material adverse change, or any development
                 reasonably likely to result in a prospective material adverse
                 change, in or affecting the general affairs, management,
                 financial position, stockholders' equity or results of
                 operations of the Company, otherwise than as set forth or
                 contemplated in the Prospectus;

                             (e)           The Company does not own any real
                 property and has good and marketable title to all personal
                 property owned by it, in each case free and clear of all
                 liens, encumbrances and defects except such as are described
                 in the Prospectus or such as do not materially affect the
                 value of such property and do not interfere with the use made
                 and proposed to be made of such property by the Company; and
                 any real property and buildings held under lease by the
                 Company are held by it under valid, subsisting and enforceable
                 leases with such exceptions as are not material and do not
                 interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such
                 property and buildings by the Company;

                             (f)           The Company has been duly
                 incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation in good
                 standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, with power
                 and authority (corporate and other) to own its properties and
                 conduct its business as described in the Prospectus, and has
                 been duly qualified as a foreign corporation for the
                 transaction of business and is in good standing under the laws
                 of each other jurisdiction in which it owns or leases
                 properties or conducts any business so as to require such
                 qualification, or is subject to no material liability or
                 disability by reason of the failure to be so qualified in any
                 such jurisdiction;

                             (g)           The Company has an authorized
                 capitalization as set forth in the
<PAGE>   4
                 Prospectus, and all of the issued shares of capital stock of
                 the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued,
                 are fully paid and non-assessable, conform to the description
                 of the Stock contained in the Prospectus and were not issued
                 in violation of or subject to any preemptive rights or other
                 rights to subscribe for or purchase any securities; except as
                 disclosed in or contemplated by the Prospectus and the
                 financial statements of the Company, and the related notes
                 thereto, included in the Prospectus, the Company  does not
                 have any outstanding options to purchase, or any preemptive
                 rights or other rights to subscribe for or to purchase, any
                 securities or obligations convertible into, or any contracts
                 or commitments to issue or sell, shares of its capital stock
                 or any such options, rights, convertible securities or
                 obligations; and the description of the Company's stock
                 option, stock bonus and other stock plans or arrangements, and
                 the options or other rights granted and exercised thereunder,
                 set forth in the Prospectus accurately and fairly presents the
                 information required to be shown with respect to such plans,
                 arrangements, options and rights.

                             (h)           The Shares to be issued and sold by
                 the Company to the Underwriters hereunder and under the
                 International Underwriting Agreement have been duly and
                 validly authorized and, when issued and delivered against
                 payment therefor as provided herein and in the International
                 Underwriting Agreement, will be duly and validly issued and
                 fully paid and non-assessable and will conform to the
                 description of the Stock contained in the Prospectus; no
                 preemptive rights or other rights to subscribe for or purchase
                 exist with respect to the issuance and sale of the Shares by
                 the Company pursuant to this Agreement and the International
                 Underwriting Agreement; and no stockholder of the Company has
                 any right which has not been waived to require the Company to
                 register the sale of any shares owned by such stockholder
                 under the Act in the public offering contemplated by this
                 Agreement and the International Underwriting Agreement.

                             (i)           The issue and sale of the Shares by
                 the Company hereunder and under the International Underwriting
                 Agreement and the compliance by the Company with all of the
                 provisions of this Agreement and the International
                 Underwriting Agreement and the consummation of the
                 transactions herein and therein contemplated will not conflict
                 with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or
                 provisions of, or constitute a default under, any indenture,
                 mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or
                 instrument to which the Company is a party or by which the
                 Company is bound or to which any of the property or assets of
                 the Company is subject, nor will such action result in any
                 violation of the provisions of the Certificate of
                 Incorporation or By-laws of the Company or any statute or any
                 order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency
                 or body having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its
                 properties; and no consent, approval, authorization, order,
                 registration or qualification of or with any such court or
                 governmental agency or body is required for the issue and sale
                 of the Shares or the consummation by the Company of the
                 transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the
                 International Underwriting Agreement, except the registration
                 under the Act of the Shares and such consents, approvals,
                 authorizations, registrations or qualifications as may be
                 required under state or foreign securities or Blue Sky laws in
                 connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by
                 the Underwriters and the International Underwriters;

                             (j)           The Company is not in violation of
                 its Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws or in default in
                 any material respect in the performance or observance of any
                 obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any
                 indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, lease or
                 other agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by
                 which it or any of its properties may be bound;
<PAGE>   5
                             (k)           The statements set forth in the
                 Prospectus under the caption "Description of Capital Stock",
                 insofar as they purport to constitute a summary of the terms
                 of the Stock are accurate and complete in all material
                 respects;

                             (l)           Other than as set forth or
                 contemplated in the Prospectus, there are no legal or
                 governmental proceedings pending to which the Company a party
                 or of which any property of the Company is the subject which,
                 if determined adversely to the Company, would individually or
                 in the aggregate have a material adverse effect on the current
                 or future consolidated financial position, stockholders'
                 equity or results of operations of the Company; and, other
                 than as set forth or contemplated in the Prospectus, to the
                 best of the Company's knowledge, no such proceedings are
                 threatened or contemplated by governmental authorities or
                 threatened by others;

                             (m)           The Company is not and, after giving
                 effect to the offering and sale of the Shares, will not be an
                 "investment company" or an entity "controlled" by an
                 "investment company", as such terms are defined in the
                 Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "Investment
                 Company Act");

                             (n)           Price Waterhouse LLP, who have
                 certified certain financial statements of the Company, are
                 independent public accountants as required by the Act and the
                 rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder;

                             (o)           The Company has no subsidiaries and
                 does not own or control, directly or indirectly, shares
                 of capital stock of any other corporation or any interest in
                 any partnership, joint venture, or other non-corporate
                 business entity or enterprise;
        
                             (p)           Other than as set forth or
                 contemplated in the Prospectus, the Company has sufficient
                 interests or rights in all patents, patent licenses,
                 trademarks, servicemarks, trade names, copyrights, trade
                 secrets, information, proprietary rights and processes
                 ("Intellectual Property") necessary for its business as now
                 conducted and, to the Company's knowledge, necessary in
                 connection with the products and services under development
                 and described in the Prospectus, without any conflict with or
                 infringement of the interests or rights of others; except as
                 disclosed in the Prospectus, the Company is not aware of
                 material outstanding options, licenses or agreements of any
                 kind relating to the Intellectual Property, and, except as
                 disclosed in the Prospectus, the Company is not a party to or
                 bound by any options licenses or agreements with respect to
                 the Intellectual Property of any other person or entity; none
                 of the technology employed by the Company has been obtained or
                 is being used by the Company in violation of any contractual
                 fiduciary obligation binding on the Company or any of its
                 executive officers or, to the Company's knowledge, any of its
                 employees or otherwise in violation of the rights of any
                 person; except as disclosed in the Prospectus, neither of the
                 Company nor any of its employees have received any written or,
                 to the Company's knowledge, oral communications alleging that
                 the Company has violated, infringed or conflicted with (and
                 knows of no such violation, infringement or conflict) or, by
                 conducting its business as proposed, would violate, infringe
                 or conflict with (and knows of no such violation, infringement
                 or conflict) any of the Intellectual Property of any other
                 person or

<PAGE>   6
                 entity; neither the execution nor delivery of this
                 Agreement, nor the operation of the Company's business by the
                 employees of the Company, nor the conduct of the Company's
                 business as proposed, will result in a breach or violation of
                 the terms, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a
                 default under, any material contract, covenant or instrument
                 known to the Company under which any of such employees is now
                 obligated; and the Company has taken and will maintain
                 reasonable measures to prevent the unauthorized dissemination
                 or publication of its confidential information and, to the
                 extent contractually required to do so, the confidential
                 information of third parties in its possession;

                             (q)           The Company maintains insurance of
                 the types and in the amounts generally deemed adequate for its
                 business, including, but not limited to, insurance covering
                 real and personal property owned or leased by the Company
                 against theft, damage, destruction, acts of vandalism and all
                 other risks customarily insured against, all of which
                 insurance is in full force and effect;

                             (r)           There are no contracts, other
                 documents or other agreements required to be described in the
                 Registration Statement or to be filed as exhibits to the
                 Registration Statement by the Act or by the rules and
                 regulations thereunder which have not been described or filed
                 as required; the contracts so described in the Prospectus are
                 in full force and effect on the date hereof; and neither the
                 Company nor, to the best of the Company's knowledge, any other
                 party is in breach of or default in any material respect under
                 any of such contracts;

                             (s)           The Company has not been advised,
                 and has no reason to believe, that it is not conducting
                 business in compliance with all applicable laws, rules and
                 regulations of the jurisdictions in which it is conducting
                 business, including, without limitation, all applicable local,
                 state and federal environmental laws and regulations; except
                 where failure to be so in compliance would not materially
                 adversely affect the condition (financial or otherwise),
                 business, results of operations or prospects of the Company;
                 and

                             (t)           The Company has obtained from the
                 persons and entities listed on _________ hereto the binding
                 agreement of each such person and entity that during the
                 period beginning from the date hereof and continuing to and
                 including the date 180 days after the date of the Prospectus,
                 not to offer, sell, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of
                 any securities of the Company that are substantially similar
                 to the Shares, including but not limited to any securities
                 that are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that
                 represent the right to receive, Stock or any such
                 substantially similar securities (other than pursuant to
                 employee or director stock option plans existing on, or upon
                 the conversion, exercise or exchange of convertible,
                 exercisable or exchangeable securities outstanding as of, the
                 date of this Agreement), without the Company's prior written
                 consent, which consent in no instance has been given or agreed
                 to be given and which consent in any instance will be given or
                 agreed to be given without your prior written consent.

                 2.  Subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, (a)
the Company agrees to issue and sell to each of the Underwriters, and each of
the Underwriters agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the
Company, at a purchase price per share of $_____________ the number of Firm
Shares set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule I hereto and
(b) in the event and to the extent that the Underwriters shall exercise the
election to purchase Optional Shares as provided below, the Company agrees to
issue and sell to each of the Underwriters, and each of the Underwriters
agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company, at the
purchase price per share set forth in clause (a) of this Section 2, that
portion of the number of Optional Shares as to
<PAGE>   7
which such election shall have been exercised (to be adjusted by you so as to
eliminate fractional shares) determined by multiplying such number of Optional
Shares by a fraction, the numerator of which is the maximum number of Optional
Shares which such Underwriter is entitled to purchase as set forth opposite the
name of such Underwriter in Schedule I hereto and the denominator of which is
the maximum number of Optional Shares that all of the Underwriters are entitled
to purchase hereunder.

                 The Company hereby grants to the Underwriters the right to
purchase at their election up to 600,000 Optional Shares, at the purchase price
per share set forth in the paragraph above, for the sole purpose of covering
over-allotments in the sale of the Firm Shares.  Any such election to purchase
Optional Shares may be exercised only by written notice from you to the
Company, given within a period of 30 calendar days after the date of this
Agreement, setting forth the aggregate number of Optional Shares to be
purchased and the date on which such Optional Shares are to be delivered, as
determined by you but in no event earlier than the First Time of Delivery (as
defined in Section 4 hereof) or, unless you and the Company otherwise agree in
writing, earlier than two or later than ten business days after the date of
such notice.

                 3.  Upon the authorization by you of the release of the Firm
Shares, the several Underwriters propose to offer the Firm Shares for sale upon
the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus.

                 4.  (a)  The Shares to be purchased by each Underwriter
                 hereunder, in definitive form, and in such authorized
                 denominations and registered in such names as Goldman, Sachs &
                 Co. may request upon at least forty-eight hours' prior notice
                 to the Company, shall be delivered by or on behalf of the
                 Company to Goldman, Sachs & Co., for the account of such
                 Underwriter, against payment by or on behalf of such
                 Underwriter of the purchase price therefor by certified or
                 official bank check or checks, payable to the order of the
                 Company in Federal (same day) funds.  The Company will cause
                 the certificates representing the Shares to be made available
                 for checking and packaging at least twenty-four hours prior to
                 the Time of Delivery (as defined below) with respect thereto
                 at the office of Goldman, Sachs & Co., 85 Broad Street, New
                 York, New York 10004 (the "Designated Office").  The time and
                 date of such delivery and payment shall be, with respect to
                 the Firm Shares, 9:30 a.m., New York City time, on
                 ............., 1997 or such other time and date as Goldman,
                 Sachs & Co. and the Company may agree upon in writing, and,
                 with respect to the Optional Shares, 9:30 a.m., New York time,
                 on the date specified by Goldman, Sachs & Co.  in the written
                 notice given by Goldman, Sachs & Co. of the Underwriters'
                 election to purchase such Optional Shares, or such other time
                 and date as Goldman, Sachs & Co. and the Company may agree
                 upon in writing.  Such time and date for delivery of the Firm
                 Shares is herein called the "First Time of Delivery", such
                 time and date for delivery of the Optional Shares, if not the
                 First Time of Delivery, is herein called the "Second Time of
                 Delivery", and each such time and date for delivery is herein
                 called a "Time of Delivery".

                             (b)    The documents to be delivered at each Time
                 of Delivery by or on behalf of the parties hereto pursuant to
                 Section 7 hereof, including the cross receipt for the Shares
                 and any additional documents requested by the Underwriters
                 pursuant to Section 7(k)
<PAGE>   8
                 hereof, will be delivered at the offices of Hale and Dorr, The
                 Willard Building, 1455 Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W., Washington,
                 D.C. 20004 (the "Closing Location"), and the Shares will be
                 delivered at the Designated Office, all at such Time of
                 Delivery.  A meeting will be held at the Closing Location at
                 4:00 p.m., New York City time, on the New York Business Day
                 next preceding such Time of Delivery, at which meeting the
                 final drafts of the documents to be delivered pursuant to the
                 preceding sentence will be available for review by the parties
                 hereto.  For the purposes of this Section 4, "New York
                 Business Day" shall mean each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday,
                 Thursday and Friday which is not a day on which banking
                 institutions in New York are generally authorized or obligated
                 by law or executive order to close.

                 5.  The Company agrees with each of the Underwriters:

                             (a)    To prepare the Prospectus in a form
                 approved by you and to file such Prospectus pursuant to Rule
                 424(b) under the Act not later than the Commission's close of
                 business on the second business day following the execution
                 and delivery of this Agreement, or, if applicable, such
                 earlier time as may be required by Rule 430A(a)(3) under the
                 Act; to make no further amendment or any supplement to the
                 Registration Statement or Prospectus which shall be
                 disapproved by you promptly after reasonable notice thereof;
                 to advise you, promptly after it receives notice thereof, of
                 the time when any amendment to the Registration Statement has
                 been filed or becomes effective or any supplement to the
                 Prospectus or any amended Prospectus has been filed and to
                 furnish you with copies thereof; to advise you, promptly after
                 it receives notice thereof, of the issuance by the Commission
                 of any stop order or of any order preventing or suspending the
                 use of any Preliminary Prospectus or prospectus, of the
                 suspension of the qualification of the Shares for offering or
                 sale in any jurisdiction, of the initiation or threatening of
                 any proceeding for any such purpose, or of any request by the
                 Commission for the amending or supplementing of the
                 Registration Statement or Prospectus or for additional
                 information; and, in the event of the issuance of any stop
                 order or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any
                 Preliminary Prospectus or prospectus or suspending any such
                 qualification, promptly to use its best efforts to obtain the
                 withdrawal of such order;

                             (b)    Promptly from time to time to take such
                 action as you may reasonably request to qualify the Shares for
                 offering and sale under the securities laws of such
                 jurisdictions as you may request and to comply with such laws
                 so as to permit the continuance of sales and dealings therein
                 in such jurisdictions for as long as may be necessary to
                 complete the distribution of the Shares, provided that in
                 connection therewith the Company shall not be required to
                 qualify as a foreign corporation or to file a general consent
                 to service of process in any jurisdiction;

                             (c)    Prior to 10:00 a.m., New York time, on the
                 New York Business Day next succeeding the date of this
                 Agreement and from time to time, to furnish the Underwriters
                 with copies of the Prospectus in New York City in such
                 quantities as you may from time to time reasonably request,
                 and, if the delivery of a prospectus is required at any time
                 prior to the expiration of nine months after the time of issue
                 of the Prospectus in connection with the offering or sale of
                 the Shares and if at such time any event shall have occurred
                 as a result of which the Prospectus as then amended or
                 supplemented would include an untrue statement of a material
                 fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to
                 make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances
                 under which they were made when such Prospectus is delivered,
                 not misleading, or, if for any other reason it shall be
                 necessary during such period to amend or supplement the
                 Prospectus in order to comply
<PAGE>   9
                 with the Act, to notify you and upon your request to prepare
                 and furnish without charge to each Underwriter and to any
                 dealer in securities as many copies as you may from time to
                 time reasonably request of an amended Prospectus or a
                 supplement to the Prospectus which will correct such statement
                 or omission or effect such compliance, and in case any
                 Underwriter is required to deliver a prospectus in connection
                 with sales of any of the Shares at any time nine months or
                 more after the time of issue of the Prospectus, upon your
                 request but at the expense of such Underwriter, to prepare and
                 deliver to such Underwriter as many copies as you may request
                 of an amended or supplemented Prospectus complying with
                 Section 10(a)(3) of the Act;

                             (d)  If the Company elects to rely upon Rule
                 462(b), the Company shall file a Rule 462(b) Registration
                 Statement with the Commission in compliance with Rule 462(b)
                 by 10:00 p.m., Washington D.C. time, on the date of this
                 Agreement, and the Company shall at the time of filing of
                 either pay to the Commission the filing fee for the Rule
                 462(b) Registration Statement or give irrevocable instructions
                 for the payment of such fee pursuant to Rule 111(b) under the
                 Act;

                             (e)    To make generally available to its
                 securityholders as soon as practicable, but in any event not
                 later than eighteen months after the effective date of the
                 Registration Statement (as defined in Rule 158(c) under the
                 Act), an earning statement of the Company and its subsidiaries
                 (which need not be audited) complying with Section 11(a) of
                 the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder (including,
                 at the option of the Company, Rule 158);

                             (f)    During the period beginning from the date
                 hereof and continuing to and including the date 180 days after
                 the date of the Prospectus, not to offer, sell, contract to
                 sell or otherwise dispose of, except as provided hereunder and
                 under the International Underwriting Agreement, any securities
                 of the Company that are substantially similar to the Shares,
                 including but not limited to any securities that are
                 convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the
                 right to receive, Stock or any such substantially similar
                 securities (other than pursuant to employee or director stock
                 option plans existing on, or upon the conversion, exercise or
                 exchange of convertible, exercisable or exchangeable
                 securities outstanding as of, the date of this Agreement),
                 without your prior written consent;

                             (g)    To furnish to its stockholders as soon as
                 practicable after the end of each fiscal year an annual report
                 (including a balance sheet and statements of income,
                 stockholders' equity and cash flows of the Company and its
                 consolidated subsidiaries certified by independent public
                 accountants) and, as soon as practicable after the end of each
                 of the first three quarters of each fiscal year (beginning
                 with the fiscal quarter ending after the effective date of the
                 Registration Statement), consolidated summary financial
                 information of the Company and its subsidiaries for such
                 quarter in reasonable detail;

                             (h)    During a period of five years from the
                 effective date of the Registration Statement, to furnish to
                 you copies of all reports or other communications (financial
                 or other) furnished to stockholders, and to deliver to you (i)
                 as soon as they are available,
<PAGE>   10
                 copies of any reports and financial statements furnished to or
                 filed with the Commission or any national securities exchange
                 on which any class of securities of the Company is listed; and
                 (ii) such additional information concerning the business and
                 financial condition of the Company as you may from time to
                 time reasonably request (such financial statements to be on a
                 consolidated basis to the extent the accounts of the Company
                 and its subsidiaries are consolidated in reports furnished to
                 its stockholders generally or to the Commission);

                             (i)    To use the net proceeds received by it from
                 the sale of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement and the
                 International Underwriting Agreement in the manner specified
                 in the Prospectus under the caption "Use of Proceeds";

                             (j)    To use its best efforts to list for
                 quotation the Shares on the Nasdaq National Market ("NASDAQ");
                 and

                             (k)    During the period beginning from the date
                 hereof and continuing to and including the date 180 days after
                 the date of the Prospectus, not to allow or agree to allow any
                 person or entity referred to in clause (t) of Section 1 to
                 offer, sell, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of any
                 securities of the Company that are substantially similar to
                 the Shares, including but not limited to any securities that
                 are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent
                 the right to receive, Stock or any such substantially similar
                 securities (other than pursuant to employee or director stock
                 option plans existing on, or upon the conversion, exercise or
                 exchange of convertible, exercisable or exchangeable
                 securities outstanding as of, the date of this Agreement),
                 without your prior written consent.

                 6.  The Company covenants and agrees with the several
Underwriters that the Company will pay or cause to be paid the following: (i)
the fees, disbursements and expenses of the Company's counsel and accountants
in connection with the registration of the Shares under the Act and all other
expenses in connection with the preparation, printing and filing of the
Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus and
amendments and supplements thereto and the mailing and delivering of copies
thereof to the Underwriters and dealers; (ii) the cost of printing or producing
any Agreement among Underwriters, this Agreement, the International
Underwriting Agreement, the Agreement between Syndicates, the Selling
Agreement, closing documents (including compilations thereof)  and any other
documents in connection with the offering, purchase, sale and delivery of the
Shares; (iii) all expenses in connection with the qualification of the Shares
for offering and sale under state securities laws as provided in Section 5(b)
hereof, including the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in
connection with such qualification and in connection with the Blue Sky survey;
(iv) all fees and expenses in connection with listing the Shares on NASDAQ; (v)
the filing fees incident to, and the fees and disbursements of Hale and Dorr,
as counsel for the Underwriters in connection with, securing any required
review by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. of the terms of
the sale of the Shares; (vi) the cost of preparing stock certificates; (vii)
the cost and charges of any transfer agent or registrar; and (viii) all other
costs and expenses incident to the performance of its obligations hereunder
which are not otherwise specifically provided for in this Section.  It is
understood, however, that, except as provided in this Section, and Sections 8
and 11 hereof, the Underwriters will pay all of their own costs and expenses,
including the fees of their counsel, stock transfer taxes on resale of any of
the Shares by them, and any advertising expenses connected with any offers they
may make.

                 7.  The obligations of the Underwriters hereunder, as to the
Shares to be delivered at each Time of Delivery, shall be subject, in their
discretion, to the condition that all representations and warranties and other
statements of the Company herein are, at and as of such Time of Delivery, true
and correct, the condition that the Company shall have performed all of its
obligations hereunder
<PAGE>   11
theretofore to be performed, and the following additional conditions:

                             (a)    The Prospectus shall have been filed with
                 the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) within the applicable
                 time period prescribed for such filing by the rules and
                 regulations under the Act and in accordance with Section 5(a)
                 hereof; no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the
                 Registration Statement or any part thereof shall have been
                 issued and no proceeding for that purpose shall have been
                 initiated or threatened by the Commission; and all requests
                 for additional information on the part of the Commission shall
                 have been complied with to your reasonable satisfaction; if
                 the Company has elected to rely upon Rule 462(b), the Rule
                 462(b) Registration Statement shall have become effective by
                 10:00 p.m., Washington, D.C. time, on the date of this
                 Agreement;

                             (b)    Hale and Dorr, counsel for the
                 Underwriters, shall have furnished to you such opinion or
                 opinions (a draft of such opinion is attached as Annex II(a)
                 hereto), dated such Time of Delivery, with respect to the
                 matters covered in paragraphs (i), (ii), (vi), (viii) and
                 (xii) of subsection (c) below as well as such other related
                 matters as you may reasonably request, and such counsel shall
                 have received such papers and information as they may
                 reasonably request to enable them to pass upon such matters;

                             (c)    Hogan & Hartson L.L.P, counsel for the
                 Company, shall have furnished to you their written opinion (a
                 draft of such opinion is attached as Annex II(b) hereto),
                 dated such Time of Delivery, in form and substance
                 satisfactory to you, to the effect that:

                                    (i)     The Company was incorporated and is
                 validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the
                 laws of the State of Delaware as of the date specified in such
                 opinion, with corporate power and corporate authority to own
                 its properties and conduct its business as described in the
                 Prospectus;

                                    (ii)    The Company has authorized capital
                 stock as set forth in the Prospectus, and all of the issued
                 shares of capital stock of the Company (including the Shares
                 being delivered at such Time of Delivery) have been duly and
                 validly authorized, and are validly issued, fully paid and
                 nonassessable; and the Shares in all material respects conform
                 to the description of the Stock contained in the Prospectus;

                                    (iii)   The Company has been duly qualified
                 as a foreign corporation for the transaction of business and
                 is in good standing under the laws of the State of Maryland;

                                    (iv)    Nothing has come to the attention
                 of such counsel that causes it to believe  real property and
                 buildings held under lease by the Company are not held by it
                 under valid leases with such exceptions as are not material
                 and do not interfere with the use made and proposed to be made
                 of such property and buildings by the Company;

                                    (v)     This Agreement and the
                 International Underwriting Agreement have been duly
                 authorized, executed and delivered by the Company;
<PAGE>   12
                                    (vi)    The issue and sale of the Shares
                 being delivered at such Time of Delivery by the Company and
                 the compliance by the Company with all of the provisions of
                 this Agreement and the International Underwriting Agreement as
                 of such Time of Delivery and the consummation as of such Time
                 of Delivery of the transactions herein and therein
                 contemplated do not conflict with or result in a breach or
                 violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute
                 a default under, any agreement or instrument filed as an
                 exhibit to the Registration Statement, nor will such action
                 result in any violation of the provisions of the Certificate
                 of Incorporation or By-laws of the Company or any statute,
                 order, rule or regulation known to such counsel of any court
                 or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the
                 Company or any of its properties;

                                    (vii)   No consent, approval,
                 authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with
                 any such court or governmental agency or body having
                 jurisdiction over the Company or any of its properties is
                 required for the issue and sale of the Shares or the
                 consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated
                 by this Agreement and the International Underwriting Agreement
                 as of the Time of Delivery, except the registration under the
                 Act of the Shares, and such consents, approvals,
                 authorizations, registrations or qualifications as may be
                 required under state or foreign securities or Blue Sky laws in
                 connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by
                 the Underwriters and the International Underwriters;

                                    (viii)  The statements set forth in the
                 Prospectus under the caption "Description of Capital Stock",
                 insofar as they purport to constitute a summary of the terms
                 of the Stock, under the caption "Certain U.S.  Tax
                 Considerations Applicable to Non-U.S. Holders of the Common
                 Stock", insofar as they purport to describe the provisions of
                 the laws referred to therein, are accurate in all material
                 respects;

                                    (ix)    The Company is not an "investment
                 company" as such term is defined in the Investment Company
                 Act;

                                    (x)     To the best of such counsel's
                 knowledge, the Company has not issued any outstanding
                 securities convertible into or exchangeable for, or
                 outstanding options, warrants or other rights to purchase or
                 to subscribe for any shares or other securities of the
                 Company, except as described in the Prospectus;

                                    (xi)    No holder of outstanding shares of
                 capital stock of the Company has (i) any statutory preemptive
                 right under the Delaware General Corporation Law or, (ii) to
                 such counsel's knowledge and except as has been waived, 
                 any contractual right to subscribe for any shares of
                 capital stock of the Company (including the Shares being
                 delivered at such Time of Delivery) (except that no opinion
                 need be expressed with respect to the specific matters that
                 are the subject of the legal proceedings disclosed in the
                 Prospectus under the caption "Business--Legal Proceedings") or
                 to have any common stock or other securities of the Company
                 included in the Registration Statement or the right, as a
                 result of the filing of the Registration Statement, to require
                 registration of any shares of Common Stock or other securities
                 of the Company; and

                                    (xii)   The Registration Statement and the
                 Prospectus and any further amendments and supplements thereto
                 made by the Company prior to such Time of Delivery (other than
                 the financial statements and notes thereto, financial
                 schedules and other financial data included therein, as to
                 which such counsel need express no opinion) comply as to form
                 in all material respects with the requirements of the Act and
                 the rules and
<PAGE>   13
                 regulations thereunder.

                 In addition to the matters set forth above, such letter shall
                 also contain statements of such counsel to the effect that (i)
                 to such counsel's knowledge and other than as set forth in the
                 Prospectus, there are no legal or governmental proceedings
                 pending to which the Company is a party or of which any
                 property of the Company is the subject which, if determined
                 adversely to the Company could reasonably be expected
                 individually or in the aggregate to have a material adverse
                 effect on the financial condition or results of operations of
                 the Company, and, to such counsel's knowledge, no such
                 proceedings are threatened by governmental authorities or
                 threatened by others; (ii) while such counsel are not passing
                 upon and do not assume responsibility for, the accuracy,
                 completeness or fairness of the Registration Statement or the
                 Prospectus, except for those statements referred to in the
                 opinion in subsection (viii) of this Section 7(c), or any
                 further amendment or supplement thereto, based upon the
                 procedures referred to in such letter no facts have come to
                 the attention of such counsel which lead them to believe that,
                 as of its effective date, the Registration Statement or any
                 further amendment thereto made by the Company prior to such
                 Time of Delivery (other than the financial statements and
                 notes thereto, financial schedules and other financial data
                 included therein, as to which such counsel need express no
                 opinion) contained an untrue statement of a material fact or
                 omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein
                 or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or
                 that, as of its date, the Prospectus or any further amendment
                 or supplement thereto made by the Company prior to such Time
                 of Delivery (other than the financial statements and notes
                 thereto, financial schedules and other financial data included
                 therein, as to which such counsel need express no opinion)
                 contained an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to
                 state a material fact necessary to make the statements
                 therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they
                 were made, not misleading or that, as of such Time of
                 Delivery, the Prospectus or any further amendment or
                 supplement thereto made by the Company prior to such Time of
                 Delivery (other than the financial statements and notes
                 thereto, schedules and other financial data included therein,
                 as to which such counsel need express no opinion) contains an
                 untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a
                 material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the
                 light of the circumstances under which they were made, not
                 misleading; and (iii) they do not know of any amendment to the
                 Registration Statement required to be filed or of any
                 contracts or other documents of a character required to be
                 filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement or required
                 to be described in the Registration Statement or the
                 Prospectus which are not filed or described as required.

                  In rendering such opinion, such counsel may state that they
express no opinion as to the laws of any jurisdiction other than the Federal
laws of the United States, the laws of the State of Maryland, the contract law
of the State of New York and the General Corporation Law of the State of
Delaware.

                             (d)  Gray Cary Ware & Friedenrich, special patent 
                 counsel for the Company, shall have furnished its written
                 opinion to the Company, dated on or before such Time 
                 of Delivery,
<PAGE>   14
                 with respect to certain patent law matters.

                             (e)    The Vice President and General Counsel of
                 the Company shall have furnished to you his written opinion (a
                 draft of such opinion is attached as Annex II(c) hereto),
                 dated such Time of Delivery, in form and substance
                 satisfactory to you, to the effect that:

                                    (i)     The Company is not in violation of
                 its Certificate of Incorporation or, in any material respect,
                 its By-Laws; and

                                    (ii)     To such counsel's knowledge and 
                 other than as described in the Prospectus, there are no legal 
                 or governmental proceedings pending to which the Company is a
                 party or of which any property of the Company is the subject;
                 and, to such counsel's knowledge, no such proceedings are
                 threatened by governmental authorities or by others.

                             (f)    On the date of the Prospectus at a time
                 prior to the execution of this Agreement, at 9:30 a.m., New
                 York City time, on the effective date of any post-effective
                 amendment to the Registration Statement filed subsequent to
                 the date of this Agreement and also at each Time of Delivery,
                 Price Waterhouse LLP shall have furnished to you a letter or
                 letters, dated the respective dates of delivery thereof, in
                 form and substance satisfactory to you, to the effect set
                 forth in Annex I hereto (the executed copy of the letter
                 delivered prior to the execution of this Agreement is attached
                 as Annex I(a) hereto and a draft of the form of letter to be
                 delivered on the effective date of any post-effective
                 amendment to the Registration Statement and as of each Time of
                 Delivery is attached as Annex I(b) hereto;

                             (g)  (i)  The Company shall not have sustained
                 since the date of the latest audited financial statements
                 included in the Prospectus any loss or interference with its
                 business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity,
                 whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute
                 or court or governmental action, order or decree, otherwise
                 than as set forth or contemplated in the Prospectus, and (ii)
                 since the respective dates as of which information is given in
                 the Prospectus there shall not have been any change in the
                 capital stock or long-term debt of the Company or any change,
                 or any development reasonably likely to result in a
                 prospective change, in or affecting the general affairs,
                 management, financial position, stockholders' equity or
                 results of operations of the Company, otherwise than as set
                 forth or contemplated in the Prospectus, the effect of which,
                 in any such case described in Clause (i) or (ii), is in the
                 judgment of the Representatives so material and adverse as to
                 make it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the
                 public offering or the delivery of the Shares being delivered
                 at such Time of Delivery on the terms and in the manner
                 contemplated in the Prospectus;

                             (h)    On or after the date hereof there shall not
                 have occurred any of the following: (i) a suspension or
                 material limitation in trading in securities generally on the
                 New York Stock Exchange or on NASDAQ; (ii) a suspension or
                 material limitation in trading in the Company's securities on
                 NASDAQ; (iii) a general moratorium on commercial banking
                 activities declared by either Federal, New York State or
                 Maryland State authorities; or (iv) the outbreak or escalation
                 of hostilities involving the United States or the declaration
                 by the United States of a national emergency or war, if the
                 effect of any such event specified in this Clause (iv) in the
                 judgment of the Representatives makes it impracticable or
                 inadvisable
<PAGE>   15
                 to proceed with the public offering or the delivery of the
                 Shares being delivered at such Time of Delivery on the terms
                 and in the manner contemplated in the Prospectus;

                             (i)    The Shares to be sold at such Time of
                 Delivery shall have been duly approved for quotation on
                 NASDAQ;

                             (j)     The Company has obtained and delivered to
                 the Underwriters executed copies of an agreement from
                 ___________________________________, substantially to the
                 effect set forth in Subsection 5(f) hereof in form and
                 substance satisfactory to you;

                             (k)    The Company shall have complied with the
                 provisions of Section 5(c) hereof with respect to furnishing
                 of Prospectuses on the New York Business Day next succeeding
                 the date of this Agreement; and

                             (l)    The Company shall have furnished or caused
                 to be furnished to you at such Time of Delivery certificates
                 of officers of the Company satisfactory to you as to the
                 accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company
                 herein at and as of such Time of Delivery, as to the
                 performance by the Company of all of its obligations hereunder
                 to be performed at or prior to such Time of Delivery, as to
                 the matters set forth in subsections (a) and (g) of this
                 Section and as to such other matters as you may reasonably
                 request.

                 8.          (a)    The Company will indemnify and hold
                 harmless each Underwriter against any losses, claims, damages
                 or liabilities, joint or several, to which such Underwriter
                 may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as
                 such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in
                 respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue
                 statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact
                 contained in any Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration
                 Statement or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement
                 thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or
                 alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to
                 be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein
                 not misleading, and will reimburse each Underwriter for any
                 legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such
                 Underwriter in connection with investigating or defending any
                 such action or claim as such expenses are incurred; provided,
                 however, that the Company shall not be liable in any such case
                 to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability
                 arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged
                 untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in any
                 Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement or the
                 Prospectus or any such amendment or supplement in reliance
                 upon and in conformity with written information furnished to
                 the Company by any Underwriter through Goldman, Sachs & Co.
                 expressly for use therein.

                             (b)    Each Underwriter will indemnify and hold
                 harmless the Company against any losses, claims, damages or
                 liabilities to which the Company may become subject, under the
                 Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or
                 liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or
                 are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement
                 of a material fact contained in any Preliminary Prospectus,
                 the Registration Statement or the
<PAGE>   16
                 Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise
                 out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to
                 state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or
                 necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in
                 each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such
                 untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or
                 alleged omission was made in any Preliminary Prospectus, the
                 Registration Statement or the Prospectus or any such amendment
                 or supplement in reliance upon and in conformity with written
                 information furnished to the Company by such Underwriter
                 through Goldman, Sachs & Co. expressly for use therein; and
                 will reimburse the Company for any legal or other expenses
                 reasonably incurred by the Company in connection with
                 investigating or defending any such action or claim as such
                 expenses are incurred.

                             (c)    Promptly after receipt by an indemnified
                 party under subsection (a) or (b) above of notice of the
                 commencement of any action, such indemnified party shall, if a
                 claim in respect thereof is to be made against the
                 indemnifying party under such subsection, notify the
                 indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof; but
                 the omission so to notify the indemnifying party shall not
                 relieve it from any liability which it may have to any
                 indemnified party otherwise than under such subsection.  In
                 case any such action shall be brought against any indemnified
                 party and it shall notify the indemnifying party of the
                 commencement thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled
                 to participate therein and, to the extent that it shall wish,
                 jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified,
                 to assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to
                 such indemnified party (who shall not, except with the consent
                 of the indemnified party, be counsel to the indemnifying
                 party), and, after notice from the indemnifying party to such
                 indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense
                 thereof, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such
                 indemnified party under such subsection for any legal expenses
                 of other counsel or any other expenses, in each case
                 subsequently incurred by such indemnified party, in connection
                 with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of
                 investigation.  No indemnifying party shall, without the
                 written consent of the indemnified party, effect the
                 settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of any
                 judgment with respect to, any pending or threatened action or
                 claim in respect of which indemnification or contribution may
                 be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified party is
                 an actual or potential party to such action or claim) unless
                 such settlement, compromise or judgment (i) includes an
                 unconditional release of the indemnified party from all
                 liability arising out of such action or claim and (ii) does
                 not include a statement as to or an admission of fault,
                 culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of any
                 indemnified party.

                             (d)    If the indemnification provided for in this
                 Section 8 is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless
                 an indemnified party under subsection (a) or (b) above in
                 respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or
                 actions in respect thereof) referred to therein, then each
                 indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or
                 payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses,
                 claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof)
                 in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative
                 benefits received by
<PAGE>   17
                 the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other
                 from the offering of the Shares.  If, however, the allocation
                 provided by the immediately preceding sentence is not
                 permitted by applicable law or if the indemnified party failed
                 to give the notice required under subsection (c) above, then
                 each indemnifying party shall contribute to such amount paid
                 or payable by such indemnified party in such proportion as is
                 appropriate to reflect not only such relative benefits but
                 also the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and the
                 Underwriters on the other in connection with the statements or
                 omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or
                 liabilities (or actions in respect thereof), as well as any
                 other relevant equitable considerations.  The relative
                 benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the
                 Underwriters on the other shall be deemed to be in the same
                 proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering of the
                 Shares purchased under this Agreement (before deducting
                 expenses) received by the Company bear to the total
                 underwriting discounts and commissions received by the
                 Underwriters with respect to the Shares purchased under this
                 Agreement, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover
                 page of the Prospectus. The relative fault shall be determined
                 by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or
                 alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or
                 alleged omission to state a material fact relates to
                 information supplied by the Company on the one hand or the
                 Underwriters on the other and the parties' relative intent,
                 knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or
                 prevent such statement or omission.  The Company and the
                 Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if
                 contributions pursuant to this subsection (d) were determined
                 by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated
                 as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of
                 allocation which does not take account of the equitable
                 considerations referred to above in this subsection (d).  The
                 amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of
                 the losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in
                 respect thereof) referred to above in this subsection (d)
                 shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses
                 reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection
                 with investigating or defending any such action or claim.
                 Notwithstanding the provisions of this subsection (d), no
                 Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in
                 excess of the amount by which the total price at which the
                 Shares underwritten by it and distributed to the public were
                 offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages which
                 such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason
                 of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or
                 alleged omission.  No person guilty of fraudulent
                 misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the
                 Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was
                 not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.  The
                 Underwriters' obligations in this subsection (d) to contribute
                 are several in proportion to their respective underwriting
                 obligations and not joint.

                             (e)    The obligations of the Company under this
                 Section 8 shall be in addition to any liability which the
                 Company may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same
                 terms and conditions, to each person, if any, who controls any
                 Underwriter within the meaning of the Act; and the obligations
                 of the Underwriters under this Section 8 shall be in addition
                 to any liability which the respective Underwriters may
                 otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and
                 conditions, to each officer and director of the Company and to
                 each person, if any, who controls the Company within the
                 meaning of the Act.

                 9.          (a)    If any Underwriter shall default in its
                 obligation to purchase the Shares which it has agreed to
                 purchase hereunder at a Time of Delivery, you may in your
                 discretion arrange for you or another party or other parties
                 to purchase such Shares on the terms contained herein.  If
                 within thirty-six hours after such default by any Underwriter
                 you do not arrange for the purchase of such Shares, then the
                 Company shall be entitled to a further period of thirty-six
                 hours within which to procure another party or other parties
                 satisfactory to you to purchase such Shares on such terms.  In
                 the event that, within the respective prescribed periods, you
                 notify the Company that you have so arranged for the purchase
                 of such Shares, or the Company notifies you that it has so
                 arranged for the purchase of such
<PAGE>   18
                 Shares, you or the Company shall have the right to postpone
                 such Time of Delivery for a period of not more than seven
                 days, in order to effect whatever changes may thereby be made
                 necessary in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or
                 in any other documents or arrangements, and the Company agrees
                 to file promptly any amendments to the Registration Statement
                 or the Prospectus which in your opinion may thereby be made
                 necessary.  The term "Underwriter" as used in this Agreement
                 shall include any person substituted under this Section with
                 like effect as if such person had originally been a party to
                 this Agreement with respect to such Shares.

                             (b)    If, after giving effect to any arrangements
                 for the purchase of the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or
                 Underwriters by you and the Company as provided in subsection
                 (a) above, the aggregate number of such Shares which remains
                 unpurchased does not exceed one-eleventh of the aggregate
                 number of all the Shares to be purchased at such Time of
                 Delivery, then the Company shall have the right to require
                 each non-defaulting Underwriter to purchase the number of
                 Shares which such Underwriter agreed to purchase hereunder at
                 such Time of Delivery and, in addition, to require each
                 non-defaulting Underwriter to purchase its pro rata share
                 (based on the number of Shares which such Underwriter agreed
                 to purchase hereunder) of the Shares of such defaulting
                 Underwriter or Underwriters for which such arrangements have
                 not been made; but nothing herein shall relieve a defaulting
                 Underwriter from liability for its default.

                             (c)    If, after giving effect to any arrangements
                 for the purchase of the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or
                 Underwriters by you and the Company as provided in subsection
                 (a) above, the aggregate number of such Shares which remains
                 unpurchased exceeds one-eleventh of the aggregate number of
                 all the Shares to be purchased at such Time of Delivery, or if
                 the Company shall not exercise the right described in
                 subsection (b) above to require non-defaulting Underwriters to
                 purchase Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters,
                 then this Agreement (or, with respect to the Second Time of
                 Delivery, the obligations of the Underwriters to purchase and
                 of the Company to sell the Optional Shares) shall thereupon
                 terminate, without liability on the part of any non-defaulting
                 Underwriter or the Company, except for the expenses to be
                 borne by the Company and the Underwriters as provided in
                 Section 6 hereof and the indemnity and contribution agreements
                 in Section 8 hereof; but nothing herein shall relieve a
                 defaulting Underwriter from liability for its default.

                 10.  The respective indemnities, agreements, representations,
warranties and other statements of the Company and the several Underwriters, as
set forth in this Agreement or made by or on behalf of them, respectively,
pursuant to this Agreement, shall remain in full force and effect, regardless
of any investigation (or any statement as to the results thereof) made by or on
behalf of any Underwriter or any controlling person of any Underwriter, or the
Company, or any officer or director or controlling person of the Company, and
shall survive delivery of and payment for the Shares.

                 11.  If this Agreement shall be terminated pursuant to Section
9 hereof, the Company shall not then be under any liability to any Underwriter
except as provided in Sections 6 and 8 hereof; but, if for any other reason,
any Shares are not delivered by or on behalf of the Company as provided herein,
the Company will reimburse the Underwriters through you for all out-of-pocket
expenses approved in writing by you, including fees and disbursements of
counsel, reasonably incurred by the Underwriters in making preparations for the
purchase, sale and delivery of the Shares not so delivered, but the Company
shall then be under no further liability to any Underwriter in respect of the
Shares not so delivered except as provided in Sections 6 and 8 hereof.

                 12.  In all dealings hereunder, you shall act on behalf of
each of the Underwriters, and the
<PAGE>   19
parties hereto shall be entitled to act and rely upon any statement, request,
notice or agreement on behalf of any Underwriter made or given by you jointly
or by Goldman, Sachs & Co. on behalf of you as the representatives.

                 All statements, requests, notices and agreements hereunder
shall be in writing, and if to the Underwriters shall be delivered or sent by
mail, telex or facsimile transmission to you as the representatives in care of
Goldman, Sachs & Co., 85 Broad Street, New York, New York  10004, Attention:
Registration Department; and if to the Company shall be delivered or sent by
mail, telex or facsimile transmission to the address of the Company set forth
in the Registration Statement, Attention: Secretary; provided, however, that
any notice to an Underwriter pursuant to Section 8(c) hereof shall be delivered
or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to such Underwriter at its
address set forth in its Underwriters' Questionnaire, or telex constituting
such Questionnaire, which address will be supplied to the Company by you upon
request.  Any such statements, requests, notices or agreements shall take
effect at the time of receipt thereof.

                 13.  This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure solely to
the benefit of, the Underwriters, the Company and, to the extent provided in
Sections 8 and 10 hereof, the officers and directors of the Company and each
person who controls the Company or any Underwriter, and their respective heirs,
executors, administrators, successors and assigns, and no other person shall
acquire or have any right under or by virtue of this Agreement.  No purchaser
of any of the Shares from any Underwriter shall be deemed a successor or assign
by reason merely of such purchase.

                 14.  Time shall be of the essence of this Agreement.  As used
herein, the term "business day" shall mean any day when the Commission's office
in Washington, D.C., is open for business.

                 15.  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

                 16.  This Agreement may be executed by any one or more of the
parties hereto in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to
be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the
same instrument.
<PAGE>   20
                 If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding,
please sign and return to us one for the Company and for each of the
Representatives plus one for each counsel counterparts hereof, and upon the
acceptance hereof by you, on behalf of each of the Underwriters, this letter
and such acceptance hereof shall constitute a binding agreement between each of
the Underwriters and the Company.  It is understood that your acceptance of
this letter on behalf of each of the Underwriters is pursuant to the authority
set forth in a form of Agreement among Underwriters (U.S. Version), the form of
which shall be submitted to the Company for examination upon request, but
without warranty on your part as to the authority of the signers thereof.


                                           Very truly yours,
                                           
                                           CIENA Corporation
                                           
                                           
                                           By:                                
                                                ------------------------------
                                                Patrick H. Nettles
                                                President
Accepted as of the date hereof:            
                                           
Goldman, Sachs & Co.                       
Alex. Brown & Sons Incorporated            
Wessels, Arnold & Henderson, L.L.C.        
William K. Woodruff & Company              
                                           
                                           
                                           
By:                                        
     -----------------------------         
         (Goldman, Sachs & Co.)            

On behalf of each of the Underwriters

<PAGE>   21
                                   SCHEDULE I


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                      NUMBER OF OPTIONAL
                                                                                                      SHARES TO BE
                                                                         TOTAL NUMBER OF              PURCHASED IF
                                                                         FIRM SHARES                  MAXIMUM OPTION
                                                                         TO BE PURCHASED              EXERCISED        
                                                                         ---------------              -----------------

                 UNDERWRITER
                 -----------
<S>                                                                      <C>                          <C>
Goldman, Sachs & Co.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 
Alex. Brown & Sons Incorporated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wessels, Arnold & Henderson, L.L.C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 
William K. Woodruff & Company . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .





                                                                                                                   
                                                                         -------------                -------------

               Total  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                                                  
                                                                         =============                =============
</TABLE>
<PAGE>   22
                                                                         ANNEX I

                         DESCRIPTION OF COMFORT LETTER

     Pursuant to Section 7(e) of the Underwriting Agreement, the accountants
shall furnish letters to the Underwriters to the effect that:

                      (i)         They are independent certified public
                 accountants with respect to the Company within the meaning of
                 the Act and the applicable published rules and regulations
                 thereunder;

                      (ii)        In their opinion, the financial statements
                 and any supplementary financial information and schedules
                 (and, if applicable, financial forecasts and/or pro forma
                 financial information) examined by them and included in the
                 Prospectus or the Registration Statement comply as to form in
                 all material respects with the applicable accounting
                 requirements of the Act and the related published rules and
                 regulations thereunder; and, if applicable, they have made a
                 review in accordance with standards established by the
                 American Institute of Certified Public Accountants of the
                 unaudited consolidated interim financial statements, selected
                 financial data, pro forma financial information, financial
                 forecasts and/or condensed financial statements derived from
                 audited financial statements of the Company for the periods
                 specified in such letter, as indicated in their reports
                 thereon, copies of which have been furnished separately to the
                 representatives of the Underwriters (the "Representatives")
                 and are attached hereto;

                      (iii)       They have made a review in accordance with
                 standards established by the American Institute of Certified
                 Public Accountants of the unaudited condensed consolidated
                 statements of income, consolidated balance sheets and
                 consolidated statements of cash flows included in the
                 Prospectus as indicated in their reports thereon copies of
                 which are attached hereto and on the basis of specified
                 procedures including inquiries of officials of the Company who
                 have responsibility for financial and accounting matters
                 regarding whether the unaudited condensed consolidated
                 financial statements referred to in paragraph (vi)(A)(i) below
                 comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable
                 accounting requirements of the Act and the related published
                 rules and regulations, nothing came to their attention that
                 caused them to believe that the unaudited condensed
                 consolidated financial statements do not comply as to form in
                 all material respects with the applicable accounting
                 requirements of the Act and the related published rules and
                 regulations;

                      (iv)        The unaudited selected financial information
                 with respect to the consolidated results of operations and
                 financial position of the Company for the five most recent
                 fiscal years included in the Prospectus agrees with the
                 corresponding amounts (after restatements where applicable) in
                 the audited consolidated financial statements for such five
                 fiscal years;

                      (v)         They have compared the information in the
                 Prospectus under selected captions with the disclosure
                 requirements of Regulation S-K and on the basis of limited
                 procedures specified in such letter nothing came to their
                 attention as a result of the foregoing procedures that caused
                 them to believe that this information does not conform in all
                 material respects with the disclosure requirements of Items
                 301, 302, 402 and 503(d), respectively, of Regulation S-K;
<PAGE>   23
                      (vi)        On the basis of limited procedures, not
                 constituting an examination in accordance with generally
                 accepted auditing standards, consisting of a reading of the
                 unaudited financial statements and other information referred
                 to below, a reading of the latest available interim financial
                 statements of the Company, inspection of the minute books of
                 the Company and its subsidiaries since the date of the latest
                 audited financial statements included in the Prospectus,
                 inquiries of officials of the Company responsible for
                 financial and accounting matters and such other inquiries and
                 procedures as may be specified in such letter, nothing came to
                 their attention that caused them to believe that:

                           (A)    (i) the unaudited consolidated statements of
                 income, consolidated balance sheets and consolidated
                 statements of cash flows included in the Prospectus do not
                 comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable
                 accounting requirements of the Act and the related published
                 rules and regulations, or (ii) any material modifications
                 should be made to the unaudited condensed consolidated
                 statements of income, consolidated balance sheets and
                 consolidated statements of cash flows included in the
                 Prospectus for them to be in conformity with generally
                 accepted accounting principles;

                           (B)    any other unaudited income statement data and
                 balance sheet items included in the Prospectus do not agree
                 with the corresponding items in the unaudited consolidated
                 financial statements from which such data and items were
                 derived, and any such unaudited data and items were not
                 determined on a basis substantially consistent with the basis
                 for the corresponding amounts in the audited consolidated
                 financial statements included in the Prospectus;

                           (C)    the unaudited financial statements which were
                 not included in the Prospectus but from which were derived any
                 unaudited condensed financial statements referred to in Clause
                 (A) and any unaudited income statement data and balance sheet
                 items included in the Prospectus and referred to in Clause (B)
                 were not determined on a basis substantially consistent with
                 the basis for the audited consolidated financial statements
                 included in the Prospectus;

                           (D)    any unaudited pro forma consolidated
                 condensed financial statements included in the Prospectus do
                 not comply as to form in all material respects with the
                 applicable accounting requirements of the Act and the
                 published rules and regulations thereunder or the pro forma
                 adjustments have not been properly applied to the historical
                 amounts in the compilation of those statements;

                           (E)    as of a specified date not more than five
                 days prior to the date of such letter, there have been any
                 changes in the consolidated capital stock (other than
                 issuances of capital stock upon exercise of options and stock
                 appreciation rights, upon earn-outs of performance shares and
                 upon conversions of convertible securities, in each case which
                 were outstanding on the date of the latest financial
                 statements included in the Prospectus) or any increase in the
                 consolidated long-term debt of the Company, or any decreases
                 in consolidated net current assets or stockholders' equity or
                 other items specified by the Representatives, or any increases
                 in any items specified by the Representatives, in each case as
                 compared with amounts shown in the latest balance sheet
                 included in the Prospectus, except in each case for changes,
                 increases or decreases which the Prospectus discloses have
                 occurred or may occur or which are described in such letter;
                 and

                           (F)    for the period from the date of the latest
                 financial statements included in the Prospectus to the
                 specified date referred to in Clause (E) there were any
                 decreases in
<PAGE>   24
                 consolidated net revenues or operating profit or the total or
                 per share amounts of consolidated net income or other items
                 specified by the Representatives, or any increases in any
                 items specified by the Representatives, in each case as
                 compared with the comparable period of the preceding year and
                 with any other period of corresponding length specified by the
                 Representatives, except in each case for decreases or
                 increases which the Prospectus discloses have occurred or may
                 occur or which are described in such letter; and

                      (vii)       In addition to the examination referred to in
                 their report(s) included in the Prospectus and the limited
                 procedures, inspection of minute books, inquiries and other
                 procedures referred to in paragraphs (iii) and (vi) above,
                 they have carried out certain specified procedures, not
                 constituting an examination in accordance with generally
                 accepted auditing standards, with respect to certain amounts,
                 percentages and financial information specified by the
                 Representatives, which are derived from the general accounting
                 records of the Company, which appear in the Prospectus, or in
                 Part II of, or in exhibits and schedules to, the Registration
                 Statement specified by the Representatives, and have compared
                 certain of such amounts, percentages and financial information
                 with the accounting records of the Company and have found them
                 to be in agreement.
<PAGE>   25
                                                                      ANNEX I(a)

         COMFORT LETTER DELIVERED PRIOR TO EXECUTION OF THIS AGREEMENT
<PAGE>   26

                                                                      ANNEX I(b)

                             UPDATED COMFORT LETTER
<PAGE>   27
                                                                     ANNEX II(a)


                        OPINION OF UNDERWRITERS COUNSEL
<PAGE>   28
                                                                     ANNEX II(b)


                           OPINION OF COMPANY COUNSEL
<PAGE>   29
                                                                     ANNEX II(c)


                          OPINION OF GENERAL COUNSEL

<PAGE>   1
                                                                     EXHIBIT 1.2





                               CIENA CORPORATION

                     COMMON STOCK, PAR VALUE $.01 PER SHARE

                                 -------------


                             UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT
                            (INTERNATIONAL VERSION)



                                                                          , 1997
                                                    ----------------------

Goldman Sachs International,
Alex. Brown & Sons Incorporated,
Wessels, Arnold & Henderson, L.L.C.,
William K. Woodruff & Company,
  As representatives of the several Underwriters
   named in Schedule I hereto,
c/o Goldman Sachs International,
Peterborough Court,
133 Fleet Street,
London EC4A 2BB, England.

Ladies and Gentlemen:

                 CIENA Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"),
proposes, subject to the terms and conditions stated herein, to issue and sell
to the Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto (the "Underwriters") an
aggregate of 1,000,000 shares (the "Firm Shares") and, at the election of the
Underwriters, up to 150,000 additional shares (the "Optional Shares") of Common
Stock, par value $.01 per share (the "Stock"), of the Company (the Firm Shares
and the Optional Shares which the Underwriters elect to purchase pursuant to
Section 2 hereof being collectively called the "Shares").

                 It is understood and agreed to by all parties that the Company
is concurrently entering into an agreement, a copy of which is attached hereto
(the "U.S. Underwriting Agreement"), providing for the offering by the Company
of up to a total of 4,600,000 shares of Stock (the "U.S. Shares") including the
over-allotment option thereunder through arrangements with certain underwriters
in the United States (the "U.S. Underwriters"), for whom Goldman, Sachs & Co.,
Alex. Brown & Sons Incorporated, Wessels, Arnold & Henderson, L.L.C. and
William K. Woodruff & Company are acting as representatives. Anything herein
and therein to the contrary notwithstanding, the respective closings under this
Agreement and the U.S. Underwriting Agreement are hereby expressly made
conditional on one another.  The Underwriters hereunder and the U.S.
Underwriters are simultaneously entering into an Agreement between U.S. and
International Underwriting Syndicates (the "Agreement between Syndicates")
which provides, among other things, for the transfer of shares of Stock between
the two syndicates and for consultation by the Lead Managers hereunder with
Goldman, Sachs & Co. prior to exercising the rights of the Underwriters under
Section 7 hereof.  Two forms of prospectus are to be used in connection with
the offering and sale of shares of Stock contemplated by the foregoing, one
relating to the Shares hereunder and the other relating to the U.S. Shares.
The latter form of prospectus will be identical to the former except for
certain substitute
<PAGE>   2
pages.  Except as used in Sections 2, 3, 4, 9 and 11 herein, and except as the
context may otherwise require, references hereinafter to the Shares shall
include all of the shares of Stock which may be sold pursuant to either this
Agreement or the U.S. Underwriting Agreement, and references herein to any
prospectus whether in preliminary or final form, and whether as amended or
supplemented, shall include both of the U.S. and the international versions
thereof.

                 In addition, this Agreement incorporates by reference certain
provisions from the U.S. Underwriting Agreement (including the related
definitions of terms, which are also used elsewhere herein) and, for purposes
of applying the same, references (whether in these precise words or their
equivalent) in the incorporated provisions to the "Underwriters" shall be to
the Underwriters hereunder, to the "Shares" shall be to the Shares hereunder as
just defined, to "this Agreement" (meaning therein the U.S. Underwriting
Agreement) shall be to this Agreement (except where this Agreement is already
referred to or as the context may otherwise require) and to the representatives
of the Underwriters or to Goldman, Sachs & Co. shall be to the addressees of
this Agreement and to Goldman Sachs International ("GSI"), and, in general, all
such provisions and defined terms shall be applied mutatis mutandis as if the
incorporated provisions were set forth in full herein having regard to their
context in this Agreement as opposed to the U.S. Underwriting Agreement.

                 1.            The Company hereby makes with the Underwriters
the same representations, warranties and agreements as are set forth in Section
1 of the U.S. Underwriting Agreement, which Section is incorporated herein by
this reference.

                 2.            Subject to the terms and conditions herein set
forth, (a) the Company agrees to issue and sell to each of the Underwriters,
and each of the Underwriters agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase
from the Company, at a purchase price per share of $______, the number of Firm
Shares set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule I hereto and
(b) in the event and to the extent that the Underwriters shall exercise the
election to purchase Optional Shares as provided below, the Company agrees to
issue and sell to each of the Underwriters, and each of the Underwriters
agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company, at the
purchase price per share set forth in clause (a) of this Section 2, that
portion of the number of Optional Shares as to which such election shall have
been exercised (to be adjusted by you so as to eliminate fractional shares)
determined by multiplying such number of Optional Shares by a fraction the
numerator of which is the maximum number of Optional Shares which such
Underwriter is entitled to purchase as set forth opposite the name of such
Underwriter in Schedule I hereto and the denominator of which is the maximum
number of Optional Shares that all of the Underwriters are entitled to purchase
hereunder.

                 The Company hereby grants to the Underwriters the right to
purchase at their election up to 150,000 Optional Shares, at the purchase price
per share set forth in the paragraph above, for the sole purpose of covering
over-allotments in the sale of the Firm Shares.  Any such election to purchase
Optional Shares may be exercised only by written notice from you to the
Company, given within a period of 30 calendar days after the date of this
Agreement, setting forth the aggregate number of Optional Shares to be
purchased and the date on which such Optional Shares are to be delivered, as
determined by you but in no event earlier than the First Time of Delivery (as
defined in Section 4 hereof) or, unless you and the Company otherwise agree in
writing, earlier than two or later than ten business days after the date of
such notice.

                 3.            Upon the authorization by GSI of the release of
the Firm Shares, the several Underwriters propose to offer the Firm Shares for
sale upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus and in the forms
of Agreement among Underwriters (International Version) and Selling Agreements,
which have been previously submitted to the Company by you.  Each Underwriter
hereby





                                      -2-
<PAGE>   3
makes to and with the Company the representations and agreements of such
Underwriter as a member of the selling group contained in Sections 3(d) and
3(e) of the form of Selling Agreements.

                 4.            (a) The Shares to be purchased by each
Underwriter hereunder, in definitive form, and in such authorized denominations
and registered in such names as GSI may request upon at least forty-eight
hours' prior notice to the Company shall be delivered by or on behalf of the
Company to GSI, for the account of such Underwriter, against payment by or on
behalf of such Underwriter of the purchase price therefor by certified or
official bank check or checks, payable to the order of the Company in Federal
(same day) funds. The Company will cause the certificates representing the
Shares to be made available for checking and packaging at least twenty-four
hours prior to the Time of Delivery (as defined below) with respect thereto at
the office of GSI, 85 Broad Street, New York, New York 10004 (the "Designated
Office").  The time and date of such delivery and payment shall be, with
respect to the Firm Shares, 9:30 a.m., New York City time, on ____________,
1997 or such other time and date as GSI and the Company may agree upon in
writing, and, with respect to the Optional Shares, 9:30 a.m., New York City
time, on the date specified by GSI in the written notice given by GSI of the
Underwriters' election to purchase such Optional Shares, or such other time and
date as GSI and the Company may agree upon in writing.  Such time and date for
delivery of the Firm Shares is herein called the "First Time of Delivery", such
time and date for delivery of the Optional Shares, if not the First Time of
Delivery, is herein called the "Second Time of Delivery", and each such time
and date for delivery is herein called a "Time of Delivery".

                               (b)   The documents to be delivered at each Time
of Delivery by or on behalf of the parties hereto pursuant to Section 7 of the
U.S. Underwriting Agreement, including the cross receipt for the Shares and any
additional documents requested by the Underwriters pursuant to Section 7(k) of
the U.S. Underwriting Agreement hereof, will be delivered at the offices of
Hale and Dorr, The Willard Building, 1455 Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20004 (the "Closing Location"), and the Shares will be
delivered at the Designated Office, all at such Time of Delivery.  A meeting
will be held at the Closing Location at 4:00 p.m., New York City time, on the
New York Business Day next preceding such Time of Delivery, at which meeting
the final drafts of the documents to be delivered pursuant to the preceding
sentence will be available for review by the parties hereto.  For the purposes
of this Section 4, "New York Business Day" shall mean each Monday, Tuesday,
Wednesday, Thursday and Friday which is not a day on which banking institutions
in New York are generally authorized or obligated by law or executive order to
close.

                 5.            The Company hereby makes to the Underwriters the
same agreements as are set forth in Section 5 of the U.S. Underwriting
Agreement, which Section is incorporated herein by this reference.

                 6.            The Company and the Underwriters hereby agree
with respect to certain expenses on the same terms as are set forth in Section
6 of the U.S. Underwriting Agreement, which Section is incorporated herein by
this reference.

                 7.            Subject to the provisions of the Agreement
between Syndicates, the obligations of the Underwriters hereunder shall be
subject, in their discretion, at each Time of Delivery, to the condition that
all representations and warranties and other statements of the Company herein
are, at and as of such Time of Delivery, true and correct, the condition that
the Company shall have performed all of its obligations hereunder theretofore
to be performed, and additional conditions identical to those set forth in
Section 7 of the U.S. Underwriting Agreement, which Section is incorporated
herein by this reference.

                 8.            (a)   The Company will indemnify and hold
harmless each Underwriter against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities,
joint or several, to which such Underwriter may become subject, under the Act
or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or
actions in respect





                                      -3-
<PAGE>   4
thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue
statement of a material fact contained in any Preliminary Prospectus, the
Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement
thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to
state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to
make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse each Underwriter
for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Underwriter in
connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such
expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the Company shall not be liable
in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability
arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement
or omission or alleged omission made in any Preliminary Prospectus, the
Registration Statement or the Prospectus or any such amendment or supplement in
reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the
Company by any Underwriter through GSI expressly for use therein.

                               (b)   Each Underwriter will indemnify and hold
harmless the Company against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to
which the Company may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as
such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof)
arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement
of a material fact contained in any Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration
Statement or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise
out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a
material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent,
that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged
omission was made in any Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement or
Prospectus or any such amendment or supplement in reliance upon and in
conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such
Underwriter through GSI expressly for use therein; and will reimburse the
Company for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company in
connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such
expenses are incurred.

                               (c)   Promptly after receipt by an indemnified
party under subsection (a) or (b) above of notice of the commencement of any
action, such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be
made against the indemnifying party under such subsection, notify the
indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof; but the omission so
to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which
it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under such subsection.  In
case any such action shall be brought against any indemnified party and it
shall notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the
indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent
that it shall wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly
notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to such
indemnified party (who shall not, except with the consent of the indemnified
party, be counsel to the indemnifying party), and, after notice from the
indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the
defense thereof, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified
party under such subsection for any legal expenses of other counsel or any
other expenses, in each case subsequently incurred by such indemnified party,
in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of
investigation.  No indemnifying party shall, without the written consent of the
indemnified party, effect the settlement or compromise of, or consent to the
entry of any judgment with respect to, any pending or threatened action or
claim in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought
hereunder (whether or not the indemnified party is an actual or potential party
to such action or claim) unless such settlement, compromise or judgment (i)
includes an unconditional release of the indemnified party from all liability
arising out of such action or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to
or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of
any indemnified party.

                               (d)   If the indemnification provided for in
this Section 8 is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an
indemnified party under subsection (a) or (b) above in respect of any losses,
claims,





                                      -4-
<PAGE>   5
damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to therein,
then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by
such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or
liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) in such proportion as is
appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company on the one
hand and the Underwriters on the other from the offering of the Shares.  If,
however, the allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence is not
permitted by applicable law or if the indemnified party failed to give the
notice required under subsection (c) above, then each indemnifying party shall
contribute to such amount paid or payable by such indemnified party in such
proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative benefits but
also the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on
the other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such
losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof), as well
as any other relevant equitable considerations.  The relative benefits received
by the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other shall be
deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering
of the Shares purchased under this Agreement (before deducting expenses)
received by the Company bear to the total underwriting discounts and
commissions received by the Underwriters with respect to the Shares purchased
under this Agreement, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover page
of the Prospectus relating to such Shares. The relative fault shall be
determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged
untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to
state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company on the one
hand or the Underwriters on the other and the parties' relative intent,
knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such
statement or omission.  The Company and the Underwriters agree that it would
not be just and equitable if contributions pursuant to this subsection (d) were
determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one
entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not
take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this
subsection (d).  The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result
of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof)
referred to above in this subsection (d) shall be deemed to include any legal
or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection
with investigating or defending any such action or claim.  Notwithstanding the
provisions of this subsection (d), no Underwriter shall be required to
contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which
the Shares underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the
public exceeds the amount of any damages which such Underwriter has otherwise
been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or
omission or alleged omission.  No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation
(within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to
contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent
misrepresentation. The Underwriters' obligations in this subsection (d) to
contribute are several in proportion to their respective underwriting
obligations and not joint.

                               (e)   The obligations of the Company under this
Section 8 shall be in addition to any liability which the Company may otherwise
have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each person, if
any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of the Act; and the
obligations of the Underwriters under this Section 8 shall be in addition to
any liability which the respective Underwriters may otherwise have and shall
extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each officer and director of the
Company and to each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning
of the Act.

                 9.            (a)   If any Underwriter shall default in its
obligation to purchase the Shares which it has agreed to purchase hereunder at
a Time of Delivery, you may in your discretion arrange for you or another party
or other parties to purchase such Shares on the terms contained herein.  If
within thirty-six hours after such default by any Underwriter you do not
arrange for the purchase of such Shares, then the Company shall be entitled to
a further period of thirty-six hours within which to procure another party or
other parties satisfactory to you to purchase such Shares on such terms. In the
event that, within the respective prescribed periods, you notify the Company
that you have so arranged for the purchase of such





                                      -5-
<PAGE>   6
Shares, or the Company notifies you that it has so arranged for the purchase of
such Shares, you or the Company shall have the right to postpone such Time of
Delivery for a period of not more than seven days, in order to effect whatever
changes may thereby be made necessary in the Registration Statement or the
Prospectus, or in any other documents or arrangements, and the Company agrees
to file promptly any amendments to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus
which in your opinion may thereby be made necessary.  The term "Underwriter" as
used in this Agreement shall include any person substituted under this Section
with like effect as if such person had originally been a party to this
Agreement with respect to such Shares.

                               (b)   If, after giving effect to any
arrangements for the purchase of the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or
Underwriters by you and the Company as provided in subsection (a) above, the
aggregate number of such Shares which remains unpurchased does not exceed
one-eleventh of the aggregate number of all the Shares to be purchased at such
Time of Delivery, then the Company shall have the right to require each
non-defaulting Underwriter to purchase the number of shares which such
Underwriter agreed to purchase hereunder at such Time of Delivery and, in
addition, to require each non-defaulting Underwriter to purchase its pro rata
share (based on the number of Shares which such Underwriter agreed to purchase
hereunder) of the Shares of such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters for
which such arrangements have not been made; but nothing herein shall relieve a
defaulting Underwriter from liability for its default.

                               (c)   If, after giving effect to any
arrangements for the purchase of the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or
Underwriters by you and the Company as provided in subsection (a) above, the
aggregate number of such Shares which remains unpurchased exceeds one-eleventh
of the aggregate number of all the Shares to be purchased at such Time of
Delivery, or if the Company shall not exercise the right described in
subsection (b) above to require non-defaulting Underwriters to purchase Shares
of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters, then this Agreement (or, with
respect to the Second Time of Delivery, the obligation of the Underwriters to
purchase and of the Company to sell the Optional Shares) shall thereupon
terminate, without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter or
the Company, except for the expenses to be borne by the Company and the
Underwriters as provided in Section 6 hereof and the indemnity and contribution
agreements in Section 8 hereof; but nothing herein shall relieve a defaulting
Underwriter from liability for its default.

                 10.           The respective indemnities, agreements,
representations, warranties and other statements of the Company and the several
Underwriters, as set forth in this Agreement or made by or on behalf of them,
respectively, pursuant to this Agreement, shall remain in full force and
effect, regardless of any investigation (or any statement as to the results
thereof) made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or any controlling person of
any Underwriter, or the Company, or any officer or director or controlling
person of the Company, and shall survive delivery of and payment for the
Shares.

                 11.           If this Agreement shall be terminated pursuant
to Section 9 hereof, the Company shall not then be under any liability to any
Underwriter except as provided in Section 6 and Section 8 hereof, but, if for
any other reason any Shares are not delivered by or on behalf of the Company as
provided herein, the Company will reimburse the Underwriters through GSI for
all out-of-pocket expenses approved in writing by GSI, including fees and
disbursements of counsel, reasonably incurred by the Underwriters in making
preparations for the purchase, sale and delivery of the Shares not so
delivered, but the Company shall then be under no further liability to any
Underwriter in respect of the Shares not so delivered except as provided in
Sections 6 and 8 hereof.

                 12.           In all dealings hereunder, you shall act on
behalf of each of the Underwriters, and the parties hereto shall be entitled to
act and rely upon any statement, request, notice or agreement on behalf





                                      -6-
<PAGE>   7
of any Underwriter made or given by you jointly or by GSI on behalf of you as
the representatives of the Underwriters.

                 All statements, requests, notices and agreements hereunder
shall be in writing, and if to the Underwriters shall be delivered or sent by
mail, telex or facsimile transmission to the Underwriters in care of GSI,
Peterborough Court, 133 Fleet Street, London EC4A 2BB, England, Attention:
Equity Capital Markets, Telex No. 94012165, facsimile transmission No. (071)
774-1550; and if to the Company shall be delivered or sent by registered mail,
telex or facsimile transmission to the address of the Company set forth in the
Registration Statement, Attention: Secretary; provided, however, that any
notice to an Underwriter pursuant to Section 8(c) hereof shall be delivered or
sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to such Underwriter at its
address set forth in its Underwriters' Questionnaire, or telex constituting
such Questionnaire, which address will be supplied to the Company by GSI upon
request.  Any such statements, requests, notices or agreements shall take
effect upon receipt thereof.

                 13.           This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure
solely to the benefit of, the Underwriters, the Company and, to the extent
provided in Sections 8 and 10 hereof, the officers and directors of the Company
and each person who controls the Company or any Underwriter, and their
respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, and no
other person shall acquire or have any right under or by virtue of this
Agreement. No purchaser of any of the Shares from any Underwriter shall be
deemed a successor or assign by reason merely of such purchase.

                 14.           Time shall be of the essence of this Agreement.

                 15.           THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND
CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, UNITED STATES
OF AMERICA.

                 16.           This Agreement may be executed by any one or
more of the parties hereto in any number of counterparts, each of which shall
be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together
constitute one and the same instrument.





                                      -7-
<PAGE>   8
                 If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding,
please sign and return to us one for the Company and one for each of the
Co-Lead Managers or Lead Managing Underwriters plus one for each counsel
counterparts hereof, and upon the acceptance hereof by you, on behalf of each
of the Underwriters, this letter and such acceptance hereof shall constitute a
binding agreement among each of the Underwriters and the Company.  It is
understood that your acceptance of this letter on behalf of each of the
Underwriters is pursuant to the authority set forth in a form of Agreement
among Underwriters (International Version), the form of which shall be
furnished to the Company for examination upon request, but without warranty on
your part as to the authority of the signers thereof.

                                           Very truly yours,

                                           CIENA Corporation


                                           By:                               
                                               -----------------------------
                                               Patrick H. Nettles
                                               President

Accepted as of the date hereof:

Goldman Sachs International
Alex. Brown & Sons Incorporated
Wessels, Arnold & Henderson, L.L.C.
William K. Woodruff & Company

By: Goldman Sachs International


By:
   ------------------------------------
          (Attorney-in-fact)

On behalf of each of the Underwriters





                                      -8-
<PAGE>   9
                                   SCHEDULE I


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                      NUMBER OF OPTIONAL
                                                                                                      SHARES TO BE
                                                                         TOTAL NUMBER OF              PURCHASED IF
                                                                         FIRM SHARES                  MAXIMUM OPTION
                 UNDERWRITER                                             TO BE PURCHASED              EXERCISED        
                 -----------                                             ---------------              -----------------
<S>                                                                      <C>                          <C>
Goldman Sachs International . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Alex. Brown & Sons Incorporated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wessels, Arnold & Henderson, L.L.C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
William K. Woodruff & Company . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .





                                                                         -------------                -------------

               Total  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        =============                =============


</TABLE>




                                      -9-

<PAGE>   1
                                                                     EXHIBIT 3.1


                                CERTIFICATE OF
            AMENDMENT TO THIRD RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
                                       OF
                               CIENA CORPORATION


It is hereby certified that:

         l.      The present name of the corporation is CIENA CORPORATION (the
"Corporation").  The Corporation was originally incorporated under the name
"Hyrdralite Incorporated", and the date of filing of the original Certificate
of Incorporation of the Corporation with the Secretary of State of the State of
Delaware is November 2, 1992.  A Restated Certificate of Incorporation was
filed thereafter on April 8, 1994 (the "First Restated Certificate"); a Second
Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed thereafter on December 20, 1994
(the "Second Restated Certificate"); and a Third Restated Certificate of
Incorporation was filed thereafter on December 20, 1995 (the "Third Restated
Certificate").

         2.      The Third Restated Certificate is hereby amended to (i)
increase the authorized capital stock of the Corporation and effect a split up
outstanding shares of Common Stock, (ii) establish a classified Board of
Directors effective with the Corporation becoming a public company, with three
classes serving staggered three year terms, and each class consisting of two or
more directors, (iii) eliminate stockholder action by written consent, and (iv)
specify the terms under which a special meeting of stockholders may be called.

         3.      This amendment has been duly adopted by the stockholders of
the Corporation in accordance with the provisions of Sections 228 and 242 of 
the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
<PAGE>   2
The first paragraph of Article FOURTH is hereby replaced in its entirety with
the following:

         The Corporation shall have the authority to issue two (2) classes of
shares to be designated respectively "Preferred Stock" and "Common Stock".  The
total number of shares of stock that the Corporation shall have the authority
to issue is Two Hundred Million (200,000,000) shares of capital stock, par
value $0.01 per share.  The total number of shares of Preferred Stock that the
Corporation shall have authority to issue is Twenty Million (20,000,000), par
value $0.01 per share.  The total number of shares of Common Stock which the
Corporation shall have the authority to issue is One Hundred Eighty Million
(180,000,000), par value $0.01 per share.  Effective with the filing of this
Amendment, each issued share of Common Stock of the Corporation, $0.01 par
value, shall be changed and reclassified into five shares of Common Stock,
$0.01 par value.

Articles SIXTH and SEVENTH of the Third Restated Certificate are hereby
replaced in their entirety with the following:

         SIXTH:  The following provisions are inserted for purposes of the
management of the business and conduct of the affairs of the Corporation and
for creating, defining, limiting and regulating the powers of the Corporation
and its directors and stockholders:

         (a)(l)  The number of directors shall initially be set at seven (7)
and, thereafter, shall be fixed from time to time exclusively by the Board of
Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of
authorized directors (whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously
authorized directorships at the time any such resolution is presented to the
Board for adoption).  Prior to the effectiveness of the first registration
statement filed by the Company under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
the directors shall be elected at each annual meeting with a term to expire at
the next annual meeting of stockholders.  Upon the effectiveness of the first
registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
"IPO Date"), the directors shall be divided into three classes consisting of
two or more directors each with the term of office of the first class (Class I)
to expire at the first annual meeting of stockholders following the IPO Date;
the term of office of the second class (Class II) to expire at the second
annual meeting following the IPO Date; the term of office of the third class
(Class III) to expire at the third annual meeting following the IPO Date; and
thereafter for each such term to expire at each third succeeding annual meeting
of stockholders after such election.  The initial allocation of existing
directors among the classes shall be made by
<PAGE>   3
determination of the Board of Directors.  Subject to the rights of the holders
of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, a vacancy resulting from the
removal of a director by the stockholders as provided in Article SIXTH, Section
C below may be filled at a special meeting of the stockholders held for that
purpose.  All directors shall hold office until the expiration of the term for
which elected, and until their respective successors are elected, except in the
case of the death, resignation, or removal of any director.

         (2)     Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of
Preferred Stock then outstanding, newly created directorships resulting from
any increase in the authorized number of directors or any vacancies in the
Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation or other cause (other than
removal from office by a vote of the stockholders) may be filled only by a
majority vote of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, and
directors so chosen shall hold office for a term expiring at the next annual
meeting of stockholders at which the term of office of the class to which they
have been elected expires, and until their respective successors are elected,
except in the case of the death, resignation or removal of any director.  No
decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall
shorten the term of any incumbent director.

         (3)     Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of
Preferred Stock then outstanding, any directors, or the entire Board of
Directors, may be removed from office at any time, with or without cause, but
only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the
voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of capital stock of the
Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting
together as a single class.  Vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from
such removal may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office,
though less than a quorum, or by the stockholders as provided in Article SIXTH,
Section (a)(1) above.  Directors so chosen shall hold office for a term
expiring at the next annual meeting of stockholders at which the term of office
of the class to which they have been elected expires, and until their
respective successors are elected, except in the case of the death, resignation
or removal of any director.

         (b)     The election of directors may be conducted in any manner
approved by the stockholders at the time when the election is held and need not
be by ballot.

         (c)     All corporate powers and authority of the Corporation (except
as at the time otherwise provided by law, by this Certificate of Incorporation,
as restated from time to time, or by the bylaws) shall be vested in and
exercised by the Board of Directors.

         (d)     From and after the IPO Date, any action required or permitted
to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly
called
<PAGE>   4
annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation and may not be
effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders.

         (e)     Special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be
called only (1) by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a
majority of the total number of authorized directors (whether or not there
exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at the time any such
resolution is presented to the Board for adoption) or (2) by the holders of not
less than ten percent (10%) of all of the shares entitled to cast votes at the
meeting.

         (f)     The Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend
or repeal bylaws of the Corporation.  Any adoption, amendment or repeal of
bylaws of the Corporation by the Board of Directors shall require the approval
of a majority of the total number of authorized directors (whether or not there
exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at the time any
resolution providing for adoption, amendment or repeal is presented to the
Board).  The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend or repeal the
bylaws of the Corporation.  Any adoption, amendment or repeal of bylaws of the
Corporation by the stockholders shall require, in addition to any vote of the
holders of any class or series of stock of the Corporation required by law or
by this Certificate of Incorporation, the affirmative vote of the holders of at
least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the voting power of all of
the then outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to
vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

         SEVENTH:         The Corporation reserves the right to amend or repeal
any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation in the manner
prescribed by the laws of the State of Delaware and all rights conferred upon
stockholders are granted subject to this reservation; provided, however, that,
notwithstanding any other provision of law which might otherwise permit a
lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any vote required by law or by this
Certificate of Incorporation, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least
66-2/3% of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of the
capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of
directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend or
repeal Articles SIXTH, SEVENTH, EIGHTH and NINTH.
<PAGE>   5
         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned do execute this Certificate and
affirm and acknowledge, under penalties of perjury, that this Certificate and
the signatures thereon are their act and deed and that the facts stated herein
are true, this 6 day of ,1996.

                                             /s/ PATRICK H. NETTLES
                                           -----------------------------------
                                           Patrick H. Nettles,
                                           President


Attest:



/s/ ERIC GEORGATOS
- ------------------------
Eric Georgatos
Secretary

<PAGE>   1
                                                                     EXHIBIT 3.2


                  THIRD RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

                                       OF

                               CIENA CORPORATION



It is hereby certified that:

1.   The present name of the corporation is CIENA CORPORATION  ("the
corporation").  The Corporation was originally  incorporated under the name
"Hydralite Incorporated" , and the date of filing of the original Certificate
of Incorporation of the Corporation with the Secretary of the State of Delaware
is November 2, 1992.  A restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed
thereafter on April 8, 1994 (the First Restated Certificate of Incorporation")
, and a Second Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed thereafter  on
December 20, 1994 (the Second Restated Certificate of Incorporation").

2.   The Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is hereby amended by
(I) creating a new series of Preferred Stock, to be designated as "Convertible
Preferred Stock, Series C"  (ii) changing the terms of the Preferred Stock to
reflect the creation of the new series;  and (iii) making certain other changes
and modifications to the Certificate of Incorporation.

3.   The provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, as
herein amended, are hereby restated and integrated into the single instrument
that is herein set forth , and that is entitled "Third Reinstated Certificate
of Incorporation of CIENA CORPORATION"   without any further amendments other
than the amendments herein certified and without any discrepancy between the
provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation as heretofore amended and
supplemented, and the provisions of the said single instrument hereinafter set
forth.

4.   The amendments and the reinstatement of the Third Restated Certificate of
Incorporation herein certified have been duly adopted by the stockholders of
the Corporation in accordance with the provisions of sections 228, 242 and 245
of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
<PAGE>   2
FIRST: The name of the Corporation is CIENA Corporation ( "The Corporation").

SECOND:  The address of the Corporation's registered office in the State of
Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, in the city of Wilmington, County of New
Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation
Trust Company.

THIRD:  The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is
to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized
under the General Corporation Law.

FOURTH:  The Corporation shall have the authority to  issue two (2) classes of
shares to be designated respectively, "Preferred Stock" and "Common Stock".
The total number of shares of stock that the Corporation shall have the
authority to issue is Thirty -Eight Million Seven Hundred Forty Thousand
(38,750,000)  shares of capital stock, par value $.01 per share.  The total
number of shares of Common Stock which the Corporation shall have the authority
to issue is Twenty-Two million Five Hundred Thousand (22,500,000), par value
$.01 per share.

The Preferred Stock authorized by this Certificate of Incorporation may be
issued from time to time in one or more series.  The Board of Directors is
hereby authorized, within the limitations and restrictions stated in this Third
Restated Certificate of Incorporation , to fix or alter the dividend rights,
dividend rate, conversion rights, voting rights, rights and terms of redemption
including sinking fund provisions, the redemption price or prices, the
liquidation preferences and other preferences, powers, rights, qualifications,
limitations and restrictions of any wholly unissued class or series of
Preferred Stock (not including any Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred
Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, as defined in Article Fifth Below) and the
number of shares constituting  any such series and the designation thereof, or
any of them.

The Board of Directors is further authorized to increase or decrease the number
of shares of any series of Preferred Stock, the number of which was fixed by
it, subsequent to the issue of shares of that series, but not below the number
of shares of such series then outstanding, subject to the limitations and
restrictions stated in the resolutions of the Board of Directors originally
fixing the number  of shares of such series.  In case the number of shares of
any series shall be so decreased, the shares constituting such decrease shall
resume the status which they had prior to the adoption of the resolution
originally fixing the number of shares of such series.

FIFTH:  Four Million Five Hundred Thousand (4,500,000) shares of the Preferred
Stock are hereby constituted as Convertible Preferred Stock, Series A ( "Series
A Preferred Stock").  Eight Million (8,000,000) shares of the  Preferred Stock
are hereby constituted as Convertible Preferred Stock , Series B ("Series B
Preferred Stock").  Three Million Seven Hundred Fifty Thousand (3,750,000)
shares of the Preferred Stock are hereby constituted as convertible Preferred
Stock Series C (" Series C Preferred Stock").  The Series A Preferred Stock,
the Series B Preferred Stock and the Series C Preferred Stock
<PAGE>   3
are collectively referred to hereinafter as the Convertible Preferred Stock.
The relative preferences, powers, rights, qualifications, limitations and
restrictions in respect of the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred
Stock, and the Series C Preferred Stock and the Common Stock are as follows:

Voting Rights:

(I) Each holder of shares of Convertible Preferred Stock shall be entitled to
vote on all matters and, except as otherwise expressly provided herein, shall
be entitled to the number of votes equal to the largest whole number of shares
of Common Stock into which such shares of Convertible Preferred Stock could be
converted, pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (d) hereof, on the record
date for the determination of the stockholders entitled to vote on such matters
or, if no such record date is established, in accordance with Delaware law.

(ii)  Each holder of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for
each share of Convertible Preferred Stock held and no holder of Convertible
Preferred Stock shall be entitled to cumulate its votes by giving one candidate
more than one vote per share.  These special and exclusive voting rights of the
holders of Convertible Preferred Stock contained in this subparagraph (iii) may
be exercised either at a special meeting of the holders  of Convertible
Preferred Stock called as provided below, or at any annual or special meeting
of the stockholders of the Corporation, or by written consent of such holders
in lieu of a meeting.  The directors to be elected pursuant to this
subparagraph (iii) shall serve for a term extending from the date of their
election and qualification and until the time of the next succeeding annual
meeting of stockholders and until their successors have been duly elected and
qualified.

If at any time any directorship to be filled by the holders of the Convertible
Preferred Stock pursuant to this subparagraph (iii) becomes vacant, the
secretary of the Corporation shall, upon the written request of the holders of
record of shares representing at least 25% of the voting  power of Convertible
Preferred Stock then outstanding, call a special meeting of the holders of the
Convertible Preferred Stock for the purpose of electing a director to fill such
vacancy.  Such meeting shall be held at the earliest practicable date at such
place as is specified in the By-Laws of the Corporation.  If such meeting shall
not be called by the Secretary of the Corporation within ten days after
personal service of said written request upon him or her, then the holders of
record shares representing at least 25% of the voting power of the Convertible
Preferred Stock then outstanding may designate in writing one of their number
to call such meeting at the expense of the Corporation, and such meeting may be
called by such persons so designated upon the notice required for annual
meetings of stockholders and shall be held at such specified place.  Any holder
of Convertible Preferred stock so designated shall have access to the stock
books of the Corporation for the purpose of calling a meeting of the
stockholders pursuant to these provisions.
<PAGE>   4
At any meeting held for the purpose of electing directors at which the holders
of the Convertible Preferred stock shall have the special and exclusive rights
to elect directors as provided in the subparagraph (iii), the presence, in
person or by proxy, of the holders of record of shares representing a majority
of the voting power of the Convertible Preferred Stock then outstanding shall
be required to constitute a quorum of the Convertible Preferred Stock for such
election.  In the absence of such a quorum, the holders of record of shares
representing a majority of the voting power of the Convertible preferred Stock
present, in person or by proxy, shall have the power to adjourn the meeting for
the election of directors through no notice other than announcement at the
meeting.

A vacancy in any directorship to be elected by the holders of the Convertible
Preferred Stock pursuant to this subparagraph (iii), may be filled only by (a)
vote of the holders of a majority in holding power of the Convertible Preferred
Stock, acting  separately as one class, or (b) written consent in lieu of a
meeting the holders of a majority in voting power of the Convertible Preferred
Stock, acting separately as one class.

Any director elected pursuant to this subparagraph (iii) may be removed after
the aforesaid term of office, either with or without cause, by, and only by,
the affirmative vote of the holders of the Convertible  Preferred stock given
either at a special meeting of such stockholders duly called for that purpose
or pursuant to a written consent of such stockholders.

(b)  Dividend Rights.  (I)  Each issued and outstanding share of Convertible
Preferred Stock shall entitle the  holder of record thereof to receive, when,
as and if declared by the Board of Directors, out of any funds legally
available therefor,  dividends in cash at the annual rate per share of (A)  Six
Cents ($0.06) for Series A Preferred Stock, (B) Twelve and Seventy Five One
Hundredths Cents ($0.1275) for Series B Preferred Stock and (C) Fifty-Six Cents
($0.56) for Series C Preferred Stock (or such greater amount per share as such
Convertible Preferred stock would be entitled to receive if such Convertible
Preferred Stock were converted to Common Stock), as adjusted for stock splits,
stock dividends, recapitalizations, reclassifications and similar events
(together herein referred to as "Recapitalization Events"),  payable as the
Board of Directors may from time to time determine.  Dividends and distribution
( other than those paid solely in Common Stock or Preferred stock other than
Convertible Preferred Stock respectively) may be paid, or declared and set
aside for payment, upon shares of Common stock or Preferred Stock other than
Convertible Preferred Stock in any calendar year only if dividends shall have
been paid, or declared and set aside for payment, on account of all shares of
Convertible Preferred Stock then issued and outstanding, at the aforesaid rate
for the calendar year.  Except as herein set forth, the Board of Directors of
the Corporation is under no obligation to pay dividends and the dividend
preferences granted herein to shares of Convertible Preferred Stock shall apply
only at such time as the Board of Directors may in its discretion decide to pay
or declare and set aside for payment of any dividends on any shares of capital
stock of the Corporation.
<PAGE>   5
(ii)  Until December 1, 2001, the right to dividend upon the issued and
outstanding shares of Convertible preferred Stock shall be non-cumulative and
shall not be deemed to accrue, whether dividends are earned or whether there be
funds legally available therefor, unless and until said dividends shall have
been declared by the Board of Directors.  If until December 1, 2001, the
Corporation pays dividends upon the Convertible Preferred stock that are less
than the dividend preference on the Convertible Preferred Stock pursuant to the
subsection (b) (I) hereof, dividends shall be distributed ratably among the
holders of Convertible Preferred stock based upon the amounts of their
respective dividend preferences.

(iii)  From and after December 1, 2001, the right to dividends among the issued
and outstanding shares of Convertible Preferred Stock shall be cumulative so
that such rights shall be deemed to accrue, on a quarterly basis, from and
after December 1, 2001, whether earned, or whether there be funds legally
available therefor, or whether said dividends shall have been declared .  If
such dividends in respect of any period beginning December 1, 2001, shall not
have been declared and either paid or a sum sufficient for the payment thereof
set aside in full, the deficiency shall first be fully paid on the Convertible
Preferred Stock, before any dividend or other distribution ( other than those
payable solely in Common Stock or Preferred Stock other than Convertible
Preferred Stock, respectively) may be paid or declared on shares of Common
Stock or Preferred Stock other than Convertible Preferred Stock.  Any accrued
and unpaid dividends on the Convertible Preferred stock shall in any event be
paid upon conversion of the Convertible Preferred stock, in cash or in Common
stock at its then fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board
of Directors of the Corporation.  If at any time from and after December 1,
2001, the Corporation pays dividends upon the Convertible Preferred Stock that
are less than the total dividends then accrued but unpaid for the Convertible
Preferred stock, such dividends shall be distributed ratably among the holders
of Convertible Preferred Stock based upon the aggregate accrued but unpaid
dividends on the shares of Convertible Preferred Stock held by each such
holder.  Any accumulation of dividends on the shares of Convertible Preferred
stock shall not bear interest.

(iv)  The restrictions on dividends and distributions with respect to shares of
Common Stock and of Preferred stock other than Convertible Preferred Stock set
forth in this paragraph (b) are in addition to, and not in derogation of, the
other restrictions on such dividends and distributions set forth herein.

(c)  Liquidation Rights.  (I)  In the event of a voluntary or involuntary
liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation (a "Liquidation"),
the holders of record of share of the Series C Preferred Stock shall be
entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any assets
of the Corporation to the holders of Common Stock or any Preferred Stock other
than Series C Preferred stock by reason of their ownership thereof, out of the
assets of the Corporation legally available therefor, Seven Dollars ($7.00) per
share of Series C Preferred Stock ("The Original Series C Issue Price"), as
adjusted for recapitalization events pursuant to subsections (d) (iv)  (B) (F),
as appropriate, plus a further amount per share equal to dividends, if any, (A)
then declared
<PAGE>   6
and unpaid on account of shares of Series C Preferred Stock and (B) whether or
not declared, then accrued in accordance with the provisions of subparagraph
(b) (iii) hereof, before any payment shall be made or any assets distributed to
the holders of Common or any Preferred stock other than Series C Preferred
Stock.  If upon any liquidation, the assets available for distribution among
the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to permit
payment to such holders of the full preferential amounts aforesaid, then such
assets shall be distributed ratably among the holders of Series C Preferred
Stock.

(ii)  After payment to the holders of record of the shares of Series C
Preferred Stock of the full amounts set forth in the preceding subparagraph
(I), the holders of record of shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall be
entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any assets
of the Corporation to the holders of Common Stock or any Preferred Stock other
than series C Preferred Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, out of the
assets of the Corporation legally available therefor, One Dollar and Fifty
Cents ($1.50) per share of series B Preferred Stock ("The Original Series B
Issue Price") , as adjusted for recapitalization Events pursuant to subsections
(d) (iv) (E) (F), as appropriate, plus a further amount per share equal to
dividends, if any, (A) then declared and unpaid on account of shares of Series
B Preferred Stock and (B) whether or not declared, then accrued in accordance
with the provisions of subparagraph (b) (iii) hereof, before any payment shall
be made or any assets distributed to the holders of shares of Common Stock or
any Preferred Stock other than Series C Preferred Stock.  If, upon any
liquidation after payment shall have been made to all holders of record of
Series C Preferred Stock of the full amounts to which such holders shall be
entitled pursuant to subparagraph (c) (I) hereof, the assets available for
distribution among the holders of the series B Preferred stock  shall be
insufficient to permit payment to such holders of the full amounts aforesaid,
then such assets shall bee distributed ratably among the holders of Series B
Preferred stock.

(iii)   After payment to the holders of record of the shares of Series C
Preferred Stock  and Series B Preferred Stock of the full amounts set forth in
the preceding subparagraphs (I) and (ii), respectively, the holders of record
of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and
in preference to any distribution of any assets of the Corporation to the
holders of Common Stock or any Preferred Stock other than series C Preferred
Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, out of the assets of the
Corporation legally available therefor, One Dollar ($1.00) per share of series
A Preferred Stock ("The Original Series A Issue Price") , as adjusted for
recapitalization Events pursuant to subsections (d) (iv) (B) (F), as
appropriate, plus a further amount per share equal to dividends, if any, (A)
then declared and unpaid on account of shares of Series A Preferred Stock and
(B) whether or not declared, then accrued in accordance with the provisions of
subparagraph (b) (iii) hereof, before any payment shall be made or any assets
distributed to the holders of shares of Common Stock or any Preferred Stock
other than Series C Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock.  If, upon any
liquidation after payment shall have been made to all holders of record of
Series C Preferred Stock  and Series b Preferred Stock of the full amounts to
which such holders shall be entitled pursuant to
<PAGE>   7
subparagraph (c) (i) and (c) (ii) hereof, the assets available for distribution
among the holders of the series B Preferred stock shall be insufficient to
permit payment to such holders of the full amounts aforesaid, then such assets
shall bee distributed ratably among the holders of Series A Preferred stock.

(iv)  After payment to the holders of record of the shares of the Convertible
Preferred stock of the amounts set forth in the preceding subparagraphs (I),
(ii) and (iii), the remaining assets of the Corporation available for
distribution shall be distributed in like amounts per share to the holders of
record of the Corporation's stock, each share of Preferred Stock being treated
as the number of shares of Common Stock ( giving effect to fractional shares)
into which it could then be converted for such purpose; provided, however,

(A)  That if the assets and the funds thus distributed would be sufficient to
permit the payment to the holders of Series C Preferred Stock of an amount in
excess of Seven Dollars ($7.00) per share of Series C Preferred Stock ( as
adjusted for Recapitalization Events), plus (2) whether or not declared
dividends then accrued in accordance with subparagraph (b) (iii) hereof, then
the holders of Series C Preferred Stock shall be entitled to the full amounts
otherwise payable to them pursuant to the preceding provisions, but shall not
be entitled to share in the remaining assets and funds of the Corporation in
excess of Fourteen dollars ($14.00) per share of series C Preferred stock ( as
adjusted for Recapitalization Events) plus (2) whether or not declared
dividends then accrued in accordance with subparagraph (b) (iii) hereof;

(B)  that if the assets and the funds thus distributed would be sufficient to
permit the payment to the holders of Series B Preferred stock of an amount in
excess of One Dollar and Fifty Cents ($1.50) per share of Series B Preferred
Stock ( as adjusted for Recapitalization Events) plus (2) whether or not
declared, dividends then accrued in accordance with subparagraph (b) (iii)
hereof, then the holders of series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to the
full amounts otherwise payable to them pursuant to the preceding provisions,
but shall not be entitled to share in the remaining assets and funds of the
Corporation in excess of (1) Three Dollars ($3.00) per share of Series B
Preferred Stock ( as adjusted for Recapitalization Events) plus (2) whether or
not declared, dividends then accrued in accordance with subparagraph (b) (iii)
hereof, and

(C)  that if the assets and the funds thus distributed would be sufficient to
permit the payment to the holders of Series A Preferred stock of an amount in
excess of One Dollar  ($1.00) per share of Series A Preferred Stock ( as
adjusted for Recapitalization Events) plus (2) whether or not declared,
dividends then accrued in accordance with subparagraph (b) (iii) hereof, then
the holders of series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to the full amounts
otherwise payable to them pursuant to the preceding provisions, but shall not
be entitled to share in the remaining assets and funds of the Corporation in
excess of (1) Two and Fifty Cents ($2.50) per share of Series A Preferred Stock
( as adjusted for Recapitalization Events) plus (2) whether or not declared,
dividends then accrued in accordance with subparagraph (b) (iii) hereof.
<PAGE>   8
(iv)  Any acquisition of the Corporation by means of merger or other form of
corporate reorganization in which the shareholders of the Corporation
immediately before the closing of such transaction do not, by virtue of shares
issued in the transaction, own a majority of the outstanding shares of the
surviving corporation, or a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of
the Corporation, shall each be deemed a Liquidation within the meaning of this
paragraph (c) and shall entitle the holders of the Corporation's stock to
receive at the closing in cash, securities or other property as determined in
good faith by the Board of Directors, amounts as specified in subparagraphs (c)
(I) - (c) (iii) above.

(d)  Conversion Rights.  The holders of the Convertible Preferred Stock shall
have conversion rights ("The Conversion Rights") as follows:

(I)  Right to Convert.   Each holder of record of shares of Convertible
Preferred stock may, at any time, upon surrender to the Corporation of the
Certificates therefor at the principal office of the Corporation or at such
other place as the Corporation shall designate, convert all or any part of such
holder's shares of Convertible Preferred Stock into such number of fully paid
and non-assessable shares of Common Stock of the Corporation (as such Common
Stock shall then be constituted) equal to the product of (A) the number of
shares of Convertible Preferred Stock which such holder shall then surrender to
the Corporation, multiplied by (B) the number determined by dividing (1) One
Dollar ($1.00) for Series A Preferred Stock, One Dollar and Fifty Cents ($1.50)
for Series B Preferred Stock and Seven Dollars ($7.00) for Series C Preferred
Stock by (2) the Conversion Price (as hereinafter defined) per share for the
respective series of Convertible Preferred Stock in effect at the time of
conversion.  Promptly following surrender of such certificates, the holder
shall be entitled to receive certificates evidencing the number of shares of
Common Stock into which such shares of Convertible Preferred Stock are
converted.


(ii)  Automatic Conversion.

(A) All outstanding shares of Convertible Preferred Stock shall be deemed
automatically  converted into such number of shares of Common Stock as are
determined in accordance with subparagraph (d) (I) hereof upon (1) the
consummation of a firm commitment underwritten public offering of the
securities of the Corporation pursuant to a registration statement filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933,
as amended, where the aggregate proceeds to the Corporation resulting from the
sale of such securities (before deduction of underwriting discounts and
expenses of sale) is not less than $15,000,000 and the per share sales price of
such securities before such deductions is not less than Twelve Dollars
($12.00), as adjusted for Recapitalization Events, or (2) the affirmative vote
of the holders of record of (a) sixty-seven percent(67%) in interest of the
outstanding shares of Convertible Preferred Stock, voting together as one class
to that effect, and (b) eighty-five percent (85% in interest of the
<PAGE>   9
outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock voting separately as a class
(either such event being hereinafter referred to as an "Automatic Conversion
Event").

(B)  In addition to the Automatic Conversion Event set forth in subsection (9A)
above, if any holder of Convertible Preferred stock or holder of a warrant,
option or other right to acquire Convertible Preferred Stock (either such
holder being hereinafter referred to as a "Holder") ( by itself or together
with affiliated persons or entities which affiliation shall include (1) any
venture fund related to a Holder by virtue of having at least two (2) common
individuals who are officers, employees, directors, or partners of the entities
that are general partners or managers of such venture funds or (2) any partner
of such venture fund; any such person or entity, hereinafter an 'Affiliate")
fails to [participate in any particular financing by the Corporation consisting
of a bridge loan for a term not in excess of one year or the offering of
Convertible Securities (as herein defined) (an "Additional Offering"), by
acquiring in such Additional Offering  such portion of the principal amount of
the financing or such number of shares as shall equal the product of the
principal amount of the bridge loan or the number of shares actually offered in
the Additional Offering to all Holders, multiplied by a fraction:  (x) the
numerator of which is the number of shares of Convertible Preferred Stock of
each series held by such Holder ( by itself or together with any Affiliate),
which number shall include the number of shares of Convertible Preferred Stock
issuable to such holder upon exercise of any warrants held by such holder that
are exercisable for shares of Convertible Preferred Stock ( "Warrant Shares") ,
at the time of such Additional  Offering, and (y) the denominator of which is
the total number of shares of the Convertible Preferred Stock of each series
then outstanding, including all Warrant Shares, in each case determined on the
basis of the number of shares of Common Stock into which such shares of
Convertible Preferred Stock would be convertible at the Conversion Price for
such shares of Convertible Preferred stock that would be in effect immediately
after the transaction ( the "Converted Shares"), assuming all Holders purchased
their respective pro rata shares in such transaction or participated in the
bridge loan financing ("the Pro Rata Share"), then to the extent of the
percentage of the Pro Rata Share not so acquired by the Holder ( or by an
Affiliate of such Holder) ("Refused Percentage) the number of outstanding
shares of such Holder's Convertible Preferred Stock including for this purpose
all warrant Shares) determined by multiplying the Refused Percentage by all
outstanding shares of such Holder's Convertible Preferred Stock ( including for
this purpose all warrant Shares) ("Converted Percentage")  shall be
automatically converted into such number of fully paid and non-assessable
shares of Common Stock of the Corporation (as such Common Stock shall then be
constituted) equal to the product of (x) the Converted Shares multiplied by (y)
the number determined by dividing (1) One dollar ($1.00) for Series A Preferred
Stock, One Dollar and Fifty Cents ($1.50) for Series B Preferred stock and
Seven Dollars ($7.00) for Series C Preferred stock by (2) the Initial
Conversion Price (as defined) (subject to adjustments as provided in
subsections (d) (iv) (B) - (F), but without giving any effect to adjustments
pursuant to subsection (d) (iv) (A) per share for the Convertible Preferred
Stock (such event being hereinafter referred to as an "Additional Automatic
Conversion Event");  provided, however, that the number of shares to be offered
in the Additional Offering to all Holders shall be determined in good faith by
the
<PAGE>   10
Board of Directors and, if the Additional Offering consists of bridge notes
convertible into securities or Convertible Securities at an Effective Price
greater than $1.00 per share for Series A Preferred Stock, $1.50 per share for
Series B Preferred Stock, or $7.00 per share for Series C Preferred Stock (as
adjusted for Recapitalization Events), the Additional Offering shall be
required, in the reasonable business judgment of the Board of Directors, as a
condition to the Corporation's ability to secure financing from one or more
third parties.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term  "Additional Automatic
Conversion Event" shall not include any "Deferred Closing" under Section 2.3 of
that certain Preferred stock Purchase Agreement relating to the Series B
Preferred Stock dated as of December 22, 1994 or any failure to participate in
a financing when pursuant to a written request by the Company, the holder of
shares of Convertible Preferred Stock agrees in writing to waive such holder's
right of first refusal with respect to such financing.

(C)  On or after the date of occurrence of an Automatic Conversion Event or an
Additional Automatic Conversion Event, and in any event within 10 days after
receipt of notice, by mail, postage prepaid from the Corporation of the
occurrence of such Event, each holder of record of shares of Convertible
Preferred Stock Subject to such event shall surrender such Holder's
certificates evidencing such holder's shares of Convertible Preferred Stock at
the principal office of the Corporation at such other place as the Corporation
shall designate, and shall thereupon be entitled to receive certificate
evidencing the number of shares of Common Stock into which such shares of
Convertible Preferred Stock are converted.  On the date of the occurrence of an
Automatic Conversion Event or an Additional Automatic Conversion Event, each
Holder of record of shares of Convertible Preferred Stock subject to such event
shall be deemed to be the holder of record of the Common Stock issuable upon
such conversion, notwithstanding that the certificate representing such shares
of convertible Preferred Stock shall not have been surrendered at the office of
the Corporation, that notice from the Corporation shall not have been received
by any holder of record of shares of Convertible Preferred Stock, or that the
certificate evidencing such shares of common stock shall not then be actually
delivered to such holder.

(iii)  For purposes of this Certificate of Incorporation:


"Additional Shares of Common Stock"  shall mean all shares of Common Stock
issued (or, pursuant to this paragraph (d), deemed to be issued) by the
Corporation;  other than shares of Common Stock issued or issuable:

(AA)  upon conversion of shares of Preferred Stock;

(BB)  to officers, directors or employees of, or consultants to, the
Corporation pursuant to a stock grant or sale or option plan or other employee
stock incentive program approved by the Board of  Directors, provided that such
shares shall not exceed 2,110,000 in the aggregate without the approval of
members constituting at least 81% of the Board of
<PAGE>   11
Directors of the Corporation ( or at least 81% of the compensation Committee of
the Board of Directors, if such Committee has been constituted);

(CC)  in connection with an acquisition or joint venture by the Corporation, or
to consultants, lenders or equipment lessors of the Corporation, in each case
as approved by the Board of Directors, or

(DD)  as a dividend or distribution on Preferred Stock.


"Conversion Price"  shall mean, with respect to each series of Convertible
Preferred Stock, the price at which the shares of the Common Stock shall be
deliverable upon conversion of shares of such series of Convertible Preferred
Stock as adjusted from time to time as herein provided.  The initial Conversion
Price per share for shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be the Original
Series A Issue Price.  The Initial Conversion Price per share for shares of
Series B Preferred Stock shall be the Original Series B Issue Price.  The
initial Conversion Price per share for shares of Series C Preferred Stock shall
be the Original Series C Issue Price.  The Conversion Price shall be subject to
adjustment as herein provided.

"Convertible Securities"  shall mean any evidences of indebtedness, shares or
securities, in each case convertible into, or exchangeable for Additional
Shares of Common Stock.

"Effective Price"  of Additional Shares of Common Stock shall mean the quotient
determined by dividing the total number of additional Shares of Common Stock
issued or sold, or deemed to have been issued or sold by the Corporation under
the subparagraph (d) (iv) (A), into the aggregate consideration received or
deemed to have been received by the Corporation for such issue under
subparagraph (d) (iv) (A)."

"Issuance Date"  shall mean the actual initial date of issuance of shares of
each series of Convertible Preferred Stock."

"Options"  shall mean rights, options or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or
otherwise acquire Additional Shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities."

"Original Issue Price"  shall mean, with respect to any share of Convertible
Preferred Stock, the price at which such share shall have been issued on the
Issuance Date.

(iv)  Adjustments to Conversion Price for Diluting Issues.

(A)  Sale of Shares below Conversion Price.

(1)  If at any time or from time to time after the Issuance Date, the
Corporation issues or sells, or is deemed by the express provisions of this
subparagraph (d) (iv) (A) to have issued or sold, Additional Shares of Common
Stock, for an Effective Price less than the
<PAGE>   12
Initial Conversion Price (as adjusted for Recapitalization  events)  of any
series of Preferred Stock, then and in each such case the then existing
Conversion Price for such series of Convertible Preferred Stock shall be
reduced, as of the opening of business on the date of such issue or sale, to
the effective price of such issuance or sale.

(2)  For the purpose of making any adjustment required under thus subparagraph
(d) (iv) (A), the consideration received by the Corporation for any issue or
sale of securities shall (a) to the extent it consists of cash be computed at
the gross amount of cash received by the Corporation before deduction of any
expenses payable by the Corporation and any underwriting or similar
commissions, compensation or concessions paid or allowed by the Corporation in
connection with such issue or sale, (b) to the extent it consists of property
other than cash, be computed at the fair market value of that property as
determined in good faith by the Board of Directors and (c) if Additional Shares
of Common Stock, Convertible Securities or rights or options to purchase either
additional shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities are issued or sold
together with other stock or securities or other assets of the Corporation for
a consideration which covers both, be computed (as provided in clauses (a) and
(b) above) as the portion of the consideration so received that may be
reasonably determined in good faith by the Board of directors to be allocable
to such Additional Shares of Common Stock, Convertible Securities or rights or
options.

(3)  For the purpose of the adjustment required under the subparagraph (d) (iv)
(A), if at any time or from time to time after the Issuance Date for any series
of Convertible Preferred stock, the Corporation issues or sells any Options or
Convertible Securities, or increases the number of shares of Common Stock for
which any option may be exercised or into which any Convertible Securities may
convert (other than options or rights exercisable for or convertible into
shares of common stock referred to in clause (BB) of the definition  of
Additional Shares of Common Stock), then in each case the Corporation shall be
deemed to have issued at the time of the issuance of such Options or
Convertible Securities, or at the time of the increase in the number of shares
of Common Stock for which such Options or Convertible Securities may be
exercised, the  maximum number of additional shares of common Stock ( as set
forth in the instruments relating thereto, giving effect to any provision
contained therein for a subsequent upward adjustment of such number)  issuable
upon exercise or conversion thereof and to have received as consideration for
the issuance of such shares an amount equal to the total amount of the
consideration, if any, received by the Corporation for the issuance of such
Options or Convertible securities, or for the increase in the number of shares
of Common Stock for which such Options or Common Stock may be exercised plus,
in the case off such Options, the minimum amounts of consideration, if any ( as
set forth in the instruments relating thereto, giving effect to any provision
contained therein for a subsequent downward adjustment of such consideration),
payable to the Corporation upon the exercise  of such Options and , in the case
of Convertible Securities, the minimum amounts of consideration, if any,
payable to the Corporation ( other than by cancellation of liabilities or
obligations evidenced by such Convertible securities which were deemed to have
been received by the Corporation on issuance of such convertible Securities.
No
<PAGE>   13
further adjustment of the Conversion Price, adjusted upon the issuance of such
Options or Convertible securities, shall be made as a result of the actual
issuance of Additional Shares of common stock on the exercise of any such
Options or the conversion of any such Convertible securities; provided,
however, that if any such Options or the conversion privilege represented by
any such Convertible Securities shall expire without having been exercised, or
are exercised for a lesser number of Additional Shares of Common Stock or with
a greater consideration paid to the Corporation than was previously deemed to
be issued or received by the Corporation, the Conversion Price adjusted upon
the issuance of such options or Convertible Securities ( or an increase in the
number of shares of Common Stock for which they may be exercised) shall be
readjusted to the Conversion Price which would have been in effect had an
adjustment been made on the basis that the only Additional Shares of Common
Stock so issued were the Additional Shares o common Stock, if any, actually
issued or sold on the exercise of such Options or rights of conversion of such
convertible Securities, and such Additional Shares of Common Stock, if any,
were issued or sold for the consideration actually received by the Corporation
upon such exercise, plus consideration, if any, actually received by the
Corporation for the granting of all such Options, whether or not exercised,
plus the consideration received for issuing or selling the Convertible
Securities actually converted plus the consideration, if any, actually received
by the Corporation ( other than by cancellation of liabilities or obligations
evidenced by such Convertible Securities which were deemed to have been
received by the Corporation on issuance of such Convertible Securities) on the
conversion of such Convertible Securities; and provided further, however, that
if any such Options or Convertible securities by their terms provide, with the
passage of time or otherwise, for any increase or decrease in the consideration
payable to the Corporation, or decrease or increase in the number of shares of
Common Stock or Convertible Securities issuable, upon the exercise, conversion,
or exchange thereof, the Conversion Price for each series of Convertible
Preferred Stock computed upon the original issue thereof ( or upon the
occurrence of a record date with respect thereto), and any subsequent
adjustments based thereon, shall, upon any such increase or decrease becoming
effective, be recomputed to reflect such increase or decrease insofar as it
affects such Options or the rights of conversion or exchange under such
Convertible securities (provided, however, that no such adjustment of the
Conversion price for a series of  Convertible Preferred Stock shall affect
Common Stock previously issued upon conversion of such series of Convertible
Preferred Stock).

(4)  In each case of an adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price or
the number of shares of Common Stock or other securities issuable upon
conversion expense, shall cause the  chief financial officer of the Corporation
to compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the provisions
hereof and prepare a certificate showing such adjustment or readjustment , and
shall mail such certificate, by first class mail, postage prepaid, to each
registered holder of Convertible Preferred Stock at the holder's address as
shown in the Corporation's books.  The certificate shall et forth such
adjustment or readjustment, showing in detail the facts upon which such
adjustment or readjustment is based, including a statement of (a) the
consideration received or deemed to be received by the Corporation for any
Additional Shares of Common Stock issued or
<PAGE>   14
sold or deemed to have been issued or sold, (b) the Conversion Price for each
series of Convertible Preferred Stock at the time in effect, (c) the number of
Additional Shares of Common Stock and (d) the type and amount, if any, of other
property which at the time would be received upon conversion of such
Convertible Preferred Stock.

(5)  Except as expressly provided herein, no adjustment in the Conversion Price
of any share of Convertible Preferred Stock shall be made in respect of the
issue of additional Shares of Common Stock unless the consideration per share
for such Additional Shares of Common Stock issued or deemed to be issued by t
he Corporation is less than the Conversion Price in effect on the date of, and
immediately prior to, such issue, for such share of Convertible Preferred
stock.

(b)  Adjustment for Stock Splits and Combinations.
If the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Issuance Date
effects a subdivision of the outstanding Common Stock, the Conversion Price for
each series of convertible preferred Stock then in effect immediately before
that subdivision shall be proportionately decreased, and conversely, if the
Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Issuance Date combines
the outstanding shares of Common Stock, the Conversion Price for each series of
Convertible Preferred Stock then in effect immediately before the combination
shall be proportionately increased.  Any adjustment under this subparagraph (d)
(iv) (B) shall become effective at the close of business on the date of the
subdivision or combination becomes effective.

(C)  Adjustment for Certain Dividends and Distributions.
In the event the Corporation at any time, or form time to time after the
Issuance Date makes, or fixes a record date for the determination of holders of
Common Stock entitled to  receive, a dividend or other distribution payable in
Additional Shares of Common Stock or in any right to acquire Common Stock for
no consideration, then and in each such event the Conversion Price for each
series of Convertible Preferred Stock then in effect shall be decreased as of
the time of such issuance or, in the event such a record date is fixed, as of
the close of business on such record date, by multiplying the Conversion Price
for the series of Convertible Preferred Stock then in effect by a fraction (a)
the numerator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and
outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of
business on such record date, and (b) the denominator of which shall be the
total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately
prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date
plus the number of shares of Common Stock issuable in payment of such dividend
or distribution; provided however, that if such record date is fixed and such
dividend is not fully paid or if such distribution is not made on the date so
fixed, the Conversion Price for each such series of Convertible Preferred Stock
shall be recomputed accordingly as of the close of business on such record date
and thereafter the Conversion Price for each series of Convertible Preferred
Stock shall be adjusted pursuant to this subparagraph (d) (iv) (C) as of the
time of actual payment of such dividends or distributions.
<PAGE>   15
(D)  Adjustment for other Dividends and Distributions.
In the event that the Corporation at ant time or form time to time after the
Issuance Date makes, or fixes a record date for the determination of holders of
Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable in
securities to the Corporation other than shares of Common Stock, then in each
such event provision shall be made so that the holder of Convertible Preferred
Stock shall receive upon conversion thereof, in addition to the number of
shares of Common Stock receivable thereupon, the amount of securities of the
Corporation which they would have received had their Convertible Preferred
stock been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event and had they
thereafter, during the period from the date of such event and including the
date of conversion retained such securities receivable by them as aforesaid
during such period, subject to all other adjustments called for during such
period under this paragraph (d) with respect to the rights of the holders of
the Convertible Preferred Stock.

(E)  Adjustment for Reclassification, Exchange and Substitution.
If the Common Stock Issuable upon the conversion of Convertible Preferred Stock
is changed into the same or a different number of share of any other class or
classes of stock, whether by recapitalization, reclassificatioon or  otherwise
( other than a subdivision or combination of shares, or stock dividend or a
recapitalization, reclassification or otherwise,  ( otheer than a subdivision
or combination of shares, or stock dividend or a recapitalization provided for
elsewhere in this paragraph (d)), then and in any such event each holder of
Convertible Preferred Stock shall have the rioght thereafter to convert such
stock into the kind and amount of stock and other securities and property
receivable upon such recapitalization, reclassification  or other change, by
holders of the number of shares of Common Stock into which such shares of
Convertible oreferred stock would have been converted immeediately prior to
such recapitalization, reclassification  or change, all subject to further
adjustment as provided herein.

(F) Reorganizations.
If at any time or form time to time there is a capital reorganization of the
Common Stock ( other than a recapitalization, subdivision, combination,
reclassification or exchange of shares provided for elsewhere in this paragraph
(d)), then, aas a part of such reorganization, provision shall be made so that
the holders of Convertible Preferred Stock shall thereafter be entitled to
receive upon conversion of Preferred Stock, the number of shares of stock or
otheeer securities or property of the Corporation to which a holder of Common
Stock deliverable upon conversion would have been entitled on such capital
roerganization.  In any such case, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the
application of the provisions of this paragraph (d) with respect to the right s
of the holders of the Convertible Preferred Stock after the reorganization to
the end that the provision of this paragraph (d) ( including adjustment of the
Conversion Price for each series of Convertible Preferred stock then in effect
and number osf shares purchaaseable upon conversion of Convertible preferred
Stock) shall be applicable after that event and be as nearly equivalent to the
provisions hereof as may be practicable.

(v) No impairment.
<PAGE>   16
The Corporation will not, by amendment of this Certificate of Incorporation or
through any reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, mergewr,
dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid
or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of hte terms to be
observed or performed hereunder by the Corporation but will at all times in
good faith assist in the carrying out of all the provisions of this paragraph
(d) and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in
order to protect the Conversion Rights of the holders of Convertible Preferred
Stock against dilution or other impairment.  The Corporation shall at all times
reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued Common Stock the
full number of shares of Common Stock deliverable  upon the conversion of all
the theen outstanding shares of Convertible Preferred stock and shall take all
such action and obtain all such permits or orders as may be necessary to enable
the Corporation lawfully to issue such Common Stock upon the conversion of
Convertible Preferred stock.

(vi) Notices of Record Date.
In the event of any taking by the Corporation of a record of the holders of any
class of securities for the purpose of determi ning the holders thereof who are
entitled to receive any dividend ( other than a cash dividend which is the same
as cash dividends paid in previous quarters) or other distribution, the
Corporation shall mail to each holder of Convertible Preferred Stock at least
twenty (20) days prior to the date specified therein, a notice specifying the
date on which any such record is to be takes for the purpose of such dividend
or distribution.

(e)  Redemption.
The Convertible Preferred Stock shall, at the election of the holders of
Convertible Preferred Stock, voting together as one class, be redeeemed by the
Corporation in two equal installments in accordance with the following
provisions:

(I)  Election to Redeem.   The Corporation shall redeem the Convertible
Preferred Stock at the times, and pursuant to the terms, set forth below, if
the Corporation receives written certification (the "Redemption Certificae")
that holders of no less than seventy-two percent (72%) of the then outstanding
shares of Convertible Preferred Stock (the "Electing Holders"), voting together
as one class, have elected in favor of redemption ( the "Redemption Election").
The Redemption Certificate shall be signed by the Electing  Holders and shall
be deliverd to the Corporation at its principal office.

(ii)  Redemption Price.  The onvertible Preferred stock shall be redeemed by
the Corporation paying in cash, out of funds legally available therefor, an
amount eqiual to (A) the greater of (1) One Dollar  ($1.00) per share for
Series A Preferred Stock, One Dollar and Fifty Cents ($1.50) per share for
Series B Preferred Stock or Seven Dollars ($7.00) per share for Series C
Preferred Stock (adjusted for any recapitalization events with respect to such
shares) and (2) for each series of Convertible Preferred Stock, the fair market
value per share as of a date within forty-five (45) days after receipt by the
Corporation of the Redemption Certificate, determined as sset forth below, plus
(B) a further amount per share equal to dividends, if any, (1) then declared
and unpaid on
<PAGE>   17
account of the respective series of Convertible Preferred stock and (2) whether
or not declared, then accrued on the respective series of Convertible Preferred
stock in accordance with the provisions of subparagraph (b) (iii) hereof to and
including the date fixed for redemption( the "Redemption Price").  The
Redemption Price for each series of Convertible Preferred Stock shall be
applicable both to elective and mandatory redemptions pursuant to the
provisions of this section.  The fair market value of the Convertible Preferred
Stock shall be determined as follows:  The Board of Directors shall determine
the fair market value of each share of each series of convertible Preferred
Stock;  provided, however, that (A) if the board of Directors determines that
the fair market value of each share of (1) series A Preferred stock is greater
than One Dollar ($1.00), (2) Series B Preferred Stock is greater than One
Dollar and Fifty Cents ($1.50) or (3) Series C Preferred Stock is greater than
Seven Dollars ($7.00) ( adjusted for any recapitalization eveents with respect
to such shares) , the Corporation shall promptly give the stockholders notice
thereof and the holders of a majority of the Corporation's then outstanding
Common Stock shall have the right to contest any of these determinations, or
both if applicable, by giving notice thereof to the Corporation within fifteen
(15) days of the receipt of the Corporation's notice, and in such event the
fair market value of the respective series of Convertible Preferred Stock shall
be determined by an independent appraiser paid by the Corporation and mutually
acceptable to the Corporation, the holders of a majority of the Common Stock
and the holders of a majority of the then outstandingConvertible Preferred
stock of the respective sseries to which such appraisal relates, or (B) if the
holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of such series of
Convertible Preferred stock contests the determination of the Board of
Directors, then the fair market value of such series of Convertible Preferred
Stock shall be determined by an independent appraiser mutually acceptable to a
majority of disinterested directors and holders of a majority of the then
outstanding shares of such series of Convertible Preferred Stock. In the event
that the holders of a majority of the shares of a series of Convertible
Preferred Stock contest the board of directors fair market value determination,
the cost of appraisal shall be borne as follows:

(A) if the fair market value determined by the independent appraiser is less or
equal to ninety percent (90%) of the fair market value as determined by the
Board of Directors, then the cost of appraisal shall be borne by the holders of
the respective sseries of Convertible Preferred Stock pro rata based on the
number of shares held;

(B)  if the fair market value determined by the appraiser is equal to or
greater than one hundred and ten percent (110%) of the fair market value as
determined by the Board of Directors, the cost of appraisal shall be borne by
the Corporation; and

(C)  if the fair market value as determined by the independent appraiser is
between ninety and one-hundred and ten percent (90 - 110%) of the fair market
value as determined by the Board ofDirectors, then the cost of appraisal shall
be borne 50% by the Corporation and 50% by the holders of the respective series
of Convertible Preferred Stock, with each holder paying a pro rata portion of
such cost based on the number of shares held.
<PAGE>   18
(iii)  Mandatory Redemption;  Two Installments.
The Redemption Election constitutes an election in favor of a mandatory
redemption of all shares of Convertible Preferred Stock.  Each of Series A,
Series B and Series C Preferred Stock shall be redeemed in two equal
installments, with the Corporation redeeming 50% of each holder's shares of
each such series of Convertible Preferred Stock in the first installment and
the remaining shares of each such series of Convertible Preferred stock in the
second installment.  Subject to the Corporation having funds legally available,
the closing of the first installment with respect to each of Series A, Series B
and Series C shall occur on or about the seventh anniversary of the initial
issuance of the respective series of Convertible Preferred stock (with respect
to each series, the "Firest Redemption date") and the closing of the second
installment shall take place on or about the eighth anniversary of the initial
issuance of the respective series of Convertible Preferred Stock ( with respect
to each series, the "Second Redemption Date").  If the Corporation shall not
have sufficient funds legally available for redeeming Convertible Preferred
Stock at the First Redemption Date or the Second Redemption Date of any series,
respectively, the Corporation sghall redeem a pro rata portion of each holder's
shares of such series of Convertible Preferred Stock out of the funds legally
available therefor and shall redeem the remaining shares to have been redeemed
in such installment as soon as practicable after the Corporation has funds
legally available therefor.  If after either the  First Redemtion Date or the
Second Redemption Date of any series of Convertible Preferred Stock, any shares
of such series of Convertible Preferred Stock are outstanding that the
Corporation was required to redeem on such Redemption Date (the "Delayed
Redemption Shares"), the Corporation shall not pat dividends or other
distributions or make any other payments on Common Stock or any Preferred Stock
other than the series of Convertible Preferred Stock of which the delayed
redemption shares are a pert until the Delayed Redemption Shares have been
redeemed for the Redemption Price.

(iv)  Redemption Notice.
If the Redemption Election has been received, the Corporation shall mail,
postage prepaid, not less than thirty (30) days nor more than sixty (60) days
prior to the  First and Second Redemption Dates, written notice thereof (the
"Redemption Notice") , to each holder of record of the Convertible Preferred
Stock, at its post office address last shown on the records of the
Corporation.Each such Redemption Notice shall state:

(A)  The number of shares of Convertible Preferred Stock held by the holder
that th e Corporation shall redeem on the Redemption Date specified in the
Redemption Notice;

(B)  The Redemption Date and Redemption Price;

(C)  The date upon which the holder's conversion rights ( as set forth in
paragraph (d) above) as to such shares terminate, which termination shall be
five days before the Redemption Date;  and
<PAGE>   19
(D)  That the holder is to surrender to the Corporation, in the manner and at
the place designated, its certificate or certificates representing the shares
of Convertible Preferred Stock to be redeemed.

(v)  Surrender of Certificates;  Payment.
On or before each Redemption Date, each holder of shares of Convertible
Preferred Stock to be redeemed on such Redemption Date, unless such holder has
exercised its right to convert the shares aas provided in paragraph (d)
hereeof, shall surrender the certificate or certificates representing such
shares to the Corporation, in the manner and at hre place designated in the
Redemption Notice, and thereupon the Redemption Price for such shares shall be
payable to the order of the person whose name appears on such certificate or
certificates as the owner thereof, and each surrendered certificate shall be
cancelled and retired.  In the event that fewer than all the shares represented
by such certificate are redeemed, a new certificate representing them shall be
issued forthwith.

(vi)  Rights Subsequent to Redemption.
If the Redemption Notice shall have been duly given, and if on each Redemption
Date the Redemption Price thereafter is either paid or made available for
payment throughthe deposit arrangement specified in subparagraph (vii) below,
then notwithstanding the certificates evidencing any of the shares of
Convertible Preferred Stock so called for redemption shall not have been
surrendered, the dividends with respect to such shares shall cease to accrue
after the Redemption Date and all rights with respect to such shares shall
forthwith terminate after the Redemption Date, except only the right of the
holders to receive the redemption Price without interest upon their surrender
of their certificate or certificates therefor.

(vii)  Deposit of Funds.
On or prior to each Redemption Date, the Corporation shall deposit as a trust
company, having a capital and surplus of at least $100,000,000, a sum equal to
the aggregate Redemption Price of all shares of Preferred stock called for
redemption on such Redemption Date and not yet redeemed or converted, with
irrevocable instructions and authority to the bank or trust company to pay, on
and after each such Redemption Date, the Redemption Price to the respective
holders upon the surrender of their share certificates.   From and after the
date of such deposit (but not prior to each Redemption Date), the shares so
called for redemption on such Redemption Date shall be redeemed.  The deposit
shall constitute full payment of the shares of their holders, and from and after
each Redemption Date the shares redeemed on such Redemption Date shall be
deemed to be no longer outstanding, and the holders thereof shall cease to be
stockholders with respect to such shares and shall have no rights with respect
thereto except the rights to receive, from the bank or trust company, payment
of the Redemption Price of the shares, without interest, upon surrender of their
certificates therefor.  Any funds so deposited and unclaimed at the end of
one year from the Second Redemption Date shall be released or repaid to the
Corporation, after which the holders of shares called for redemption shall be
entitled to receive payment of the Redemption Price only from the Corporation.

(f)  Protective Provisions.  So long as any shares of any series of Convertible
Preferred Stock are outstanding and subject to any additional voting rights 
required by applicable law, the Corporation shall not, without the affirmative 
vote of the holders of record of sixty-seven percent (67%) of the outstanding 
shares of each of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series
C Preferred Stock, each series voting separately as a class:


(i)   Amend, repeal or modify any provision of, or add any provision to, the 
Corporation's Certificate of Incorporation or By-Laws if such action would 
alter or change the rights, preferences, privileges or powers of, or the 
restrictions provided for the benefit of, such series of Convertible Preferred
Stock so as to affect such series of Convertible Preferred Stock adversely;
 
(ii)  Authorize, create or issue any additional shares of such series of 
Convertible Preferred Stock, or authorize or create shares of any class or
series of stock having any preference or priority as to dividends, redemption or
assets superior to or on a parity with any such preference or priority of such
series Convertible Preferred Stock, or authorize, create or issue shares of any
class or series or any bonds, debentures, notes or other obligations convertible
into or exchangeable for, or having optional rights to purchase, any shares of
the Corporation having any such preference or priority; 



(iii) Reclassify the shares of Common Stock or any Preferred Stock other than 
the Convertible Preferred Stock as to dividends, redemption or assets into 
shares of such series of Convertible Preferred Stock or into shares having any 
preference or priority as to dividends or assets
<PAGE>   20
superior to or on a parity with that of such series of Convertible Preferred 
Stock;

(iv)  Set aside or apply any monies for the purchase, redemption, retirement, 
or other acquisition or liquidation of the shares of Common Stock or any 
Preferred Stock other than the Convertible Preferred Stock; or

(v)  Increase the number of members of the Board of Directors without a 
proportional increase in the number of members to be elected exclusively by the
Convertible Preferred Stock as provided in subparagraph (a) (iii) (any fraction
rounded up to increase the number of members elected exclusively by the
Convertible Preferred Stock).

SIXTH:  The following provisions are inserted for purposes of the management 
of the business and conduct of the affairs of the Corporation and for creating,
defining, limiting and regulating the powers of the Corporation and its 
directors and stockholders:

(a)  The number of directors of the Corporation shall be fixed and may be 
altered from time to time in the manner provided in the By-Laws, and vacancies 
in the Board of Directors and newly created directorships resulting from any 
increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled, and directors 
may be removed, as provided in the By-Laws and this Third Restated
Certificate of Incorporation.

(b)  The election of directors may be conducted in any manner approved by the 
stockholders at the time when the election is held and need not be by ballot.

(c)  All corporate power and authority of the Corporation (except as at the 
time otherwise provided by law, by this Third Restated Certificate of
Incorporation or by the By-Laws) shall be vested in and exercised by the Board
of Directors.

(d)  The Board of Directors shall have the power without the assent or vote of 
the stockholders to adopt, amend, alter or repeal the By-Laws unless the 
By-Laws or this Third Restated Certification of Incorporation otherwise
provide.

SEVENTH:  The Corporation reserves the right to amend or repeal any provision
contained in this Certificate of Incorporation in the manner now or hereafter
prescribed by the laws of the State of Delaware, and all rights herein

<PAGE>   21
conferred upon stockholders or directors are granted subject to this
reservation. 

          EIGHTH:  To the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General
Corporation Law, no director of the Corporation shall have personal liability to
the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary
duty as a director, provided that nothing in this article shall eliminate or
limit the liability of a director (i) for any breach of the director's duty of
loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not
in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of
law, (iii) under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or (iv)
for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal
benefit.  In the event the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended after the
date hereof so as to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting
the liability of directors of the Corporation, the liability of the directors
shall thereupon be eliminated or limited to the maximum extent permitted by the
Delaware General Corporation Law, as so amended from time to time.

          NINTH:  The Corporation shall indemnify any person:

          (a)  who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any
threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil,
criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the
right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a
director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at
the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of
another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise,
against expenses (including attorney's fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid
in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with
such action, suit or proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a
manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best
interests of the Corporation, and with respect to any criminal action or
proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.
The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order,
settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent,
shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good
faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not
opposed to the best interests of the Corporation or, with respect to any
criminal action or proceeding, that the person had reasonable cause to believe
such person's action was unlawful, or
<PAGE>   22





          (b) who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any
threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the
Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such
person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or
is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer,
employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or
other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and
reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement
of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or
she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the
Corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any
claim, issue or matters as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be
liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of
Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine
upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all
the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to
indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court
shall deem proper.

          To the extent that a director, officer, employee or agent of the
Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any
action, suit or proceeding referred to in paragraph (a) and (b), or in defense
of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against
expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such
person in connection therewith.  The rights conferred on any director of the
Corporation under this Article Ninth shall inure to the benefit of any entity
that is affiliated with such director and that is a stockholder of the
Corporation.

          Any indemnification under paragraph (a) and (b) (unless ordered by a
court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specified
case upon a determination that indemnification of the director, officer,
employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because such person has met
the applicable standard of conduct set forth in paragraph (a) and (b).  Such
determination shall be made (1) by the board of directors of a majority vote
of the quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to such action, suit
or proceeding, or (2) if such quorum is not obtainable, or, even if obtainable
a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in
a written opinion, or (3) by the stockholders.

          Expenses incurred by an officer or director in defending a civil or
criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the Corporation in advance of
the final
<PAGE>   23

disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking
by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall
ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by
the Corporation as authorized in this Article Ninth.  Such expenses incurred by
other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if
any, as the board of directors deems appropriate.

          The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by or granted
pursuant to this Article Ninth shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights
to which one seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled
under any by-law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or
otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in
another capacity while holding such office.

          The Corporation may purchase and maintain, insurance on behalf of any
person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation,
or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer,
employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or
other enterprise against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred
by him or her in such capacity or arising our of his or her status as such,
whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person
against such liability under the provisions of this Article Ninth.

          For purposes of this Article Ninth, references to "the Corporation"
shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent
corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a
consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would
have the power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees
or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or
agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of
such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of
another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise,
shall stand in the same position under this Article Ninth with respect to the
resulting or surviving corporation as he or she would have with respect to such
constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

          For purpose of the Article Ninth, references to "other enterprises"
shall include employee benefit plans; references to "fines" shall include any
excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and
references to "serving at the request of the Corporation" shall include any
service as a director,
<PAGE>   24


officer, employee or agent of the Corporation that imposes duties on, or
involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to
an employee benefit plan, its participants, or beneficiaries; and a person who
acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in
the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan
shall be deemed to have acted in a manner "not opposed to the best interests of
the Corporation" as referred to in this Article Ninth.

          The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or
granted pursuant to, this Article Ninth shall continue as to a person who has
ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the
benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned do execute this Certificate and
affirm and acknowledge, under penalties of perjury, that this Certificate are
their act and deed and that the facts stated herein are true, this 20th day of
December, 1995. 


                                /s/ PATRICK H. NETTLES
                                ------------------------
                                Patrick H. Nettles
                                President


Attest:


/s/ PHILLIP L. SPECTOR
- ----------------------
Phillip L. Spector
Secretary

<PAGE>   1
                                                                     EXHIBIT 3.3


                          AMENDED AND RESTATED BY-LAWS

                                       OF

                             HYDRALITE INCORPORATED


                                   ARTICLE I

                                  STOCKHOLDERS

                 SECTION 1.  Annual Meeting.  The annual meeting of the
stockholders of the Corporation shall be held on such date, at such time and at
such place within or without the State of Delaware as may be designated by the
Board of Directors, for the purpose of electing Directors and for the
transaction of such other business as may be properly brought before the
meeting.

                 SECTION 2.  Special Meetings.  Except as otherwise provided in
the Certificate of Incorporation, a special meeting of the stockholders of the
Corporation may be called at any time by the Board of Directors or the
President and shall be called by the President or the Secretary at the request
in writing of stockholders holding together at least twenty-five percent of the
number of shares of stock outstanding and entitled to vote at such meeting.
Any special meeting of the stockholders shall be held on such date, at such
time and at such place within or without the State of Delaware as the Board of
Directors or the officer calling the meeting may designate.  At a special
meeting of the stockholders, no business shall be transacted and no corporate
action shall be taken other than that stated in the notice of the meeting
unless all of the stockholders are present in person or by proxy, in which case
any and all business may be transacted at the meeting even though the meeting
is held without notice.

                 SECTION 3.  Notice of Meetings.  Except as otherwise provided
in these
<PAGE>   2
By-Laws or by law, a written notice of each meeting of the stockholders shall
be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date
of the meeting to each stockholder of the Corporation entitled to vote at such
meeting at his address as it appears on the records of the Corporation.  The
notice shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting and, in the case of
a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.

                 SECTION 4.  Quorum.  At any meeting of the stockholders, the
holders of a majority in number of the total outstanding shares of stock of the
Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting, present in person or represented
by proxy, shall constitute a quorum of the stockholders for all purposes,
unless the representation of a larger number of shares shall be required by
law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws, in which case the
representation of the number of shares so required shall constitute a quorum;
provided that at any meeting of the stockholders at which the holders of any
class of stock of the Corporation shall be entitled to vote separately as a
class, the holders of a majority in number of the total outstanding shares of
such class, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a
quorum for purposes of such class vote unless the representation of a larger
number of shares of such class shall be required by law, by the Certificate of
Incorporation or by these By-Laws.

                 SECTION 5.  Adjourned Meetings.  Whether or not a quorum shall
be present in person or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the
holders of a majority in number of the shares of stock of the Corporation
present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote at such meeting
may adjourn from time to time; provided, however, that if the holders of any
class of stock of the Corporation are entitled to vote separately as a class





                                      -2-
<PAGE>   3
upon any matter at such meeting, any adjournment of the meeting in respect of
action by such class upon such matter shall be determined by the holders of a
majority of the shares of such class present in person or represented by proxy
and entitled to vote at such meeting.  When a meeting is adjourned to another
time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time
and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is
taken.  At the adjourned meeting the stockholders, or the holders of any class
of stock entitled to vote separately as a class, as the case may be, may
transact any business which might have been transacted by them at the original
meeting.  If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the
adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of
the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to
vote at the adjourned meeting.

                 SECTION 6.  Organization.  The President or, in his absence, a
Vice President shall call all meetings of the stockholders to order, and shall
act as Chairman of such meetings.  In the absence of the President and all of
the Vice Presidents, the holders of a majority in number of the shares of stock
of the Corporation present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to
vote at such meeting shall elect a Chairman.

                 The Secretary of the Corporation shall act as Secretary of all
meetings of the stockholders; but in the absence of the Secretary, the Chairman
may appoint any person to act as Secretary of the meeting.  It shall be the
duty of the Secretary to prepare and make, at least ten days before every
meeting of stockholders, a complete list of stockholders entitled to vote at
such meeting, arranged in alphabetical order and showing the address of each
stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each
stockholder.  Such list shall be open,





                                      -3-
<PAGE>   4
either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place
shall be specified in the notice of the meeting or, if not so specified, at the
place where the meeting is to be held, for the ten days next preceding the
meeting, to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the
meeting, during ordinary business hours, and shall be produced and kept at the
time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof and subject to the
inspection of any stockholder who may be present.

                 SECTION 7.  Voting.  Except as otherwise provided in the
Certificate of Incorporation or by law, each stockholder shall be entitled to
one vote for each share of the capital stock of the Corporation registered in
the name of such stockholder upon the books of the Corporation.  Each
stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent
or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize
another person or persons to act for him by proxy, but no such proxy shall be
voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides
for a longer period.  When directed by the presiding officer or upon the demand
of any stockholder, the vote upon any matter before a meeting of stockholders
shall be by ballot.  Except as otherwise provided by law or by the Certificate
of Incorporation, Directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast
at a meeting of stockholders by the stockholders entitled to vote in the
election and, whenever any corporate action other than the election of
Directors is to be taken, it shall be authorized by a majority of the votes
cast at a meeting of stockholders by the stockholders entitled to vote thereon.

                 Shares of the capital stock of the Corporation belonging to
the Corporation or to another corporation, if a majority of the shares entitled
to vote in the election of directors of





                                      -4-
<PAGE>   5
such other corporation is held, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation,
shall neither be entitled to vote nor be counted for quorum purposes.

                 SECTION 8.  Inspectors.  When required by law or directed by
the presiding officer, but not otherwise, the polls shall be opened and closed,
the proxies and ballots shall be received and taken in charge, and all
questions touching the qualification of voters, the validity of proxies and the
acceptance or rejection of votes shall be decided at any meeting of the
stockholders by one or more Inspectors who may be appointed by the Board of
Directors before the meeting, or if not so appointed, shall be appointed by the
presiding officer at the meeting.  If any person so appointed fails to appear
or act, the vacancy may be filled by appointment in like manner.

                 SECTION 9.  Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting.  To
the fullest extent permitted by law, any action required to be taken or which
may be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders of the
Corporation, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a
vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be
signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum
number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a
meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.
Prompt notice of the taking of any such corporate action without a meeting by
less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who
have not so consented in writing.





                                      -5-
<PAGE>   6
                                   ARTICLE II

                               BOARD OF DIRECTORS

                 SECTION 1.  Number and Term of Office.  The business and
affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of a
Board of not less than five nor more than seven Directors, who need not be
stockholders of the Corporation.  The Directors shall, except as hereinafter
otherwise provided for filling vacancies, be elected at the annual meeting of
stockholders, and shall hold office until their respective successors are
elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation or removal.  The
initial number of Directors constituting the Board shall be five.  The number
of Directors may be altered from time to time by amendment of these By-Laws or
by resolution of the Board of Directors, subject to the provisions of the
Corporation's Certificate of Incorporation.

                 SECTION 2.  Removal, Vacancies and Additional Directors.  The
stockholders may, at any special meeting the notice of which shall state that
it is called for that purpose, remove, with or without cause, any Director and
fill the vacancy; provided that whenever any Director shall have been elected
by the holders of any class of stock of the Corporation voting separately as a
class under the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, such Director
may be removed and the vacancy filled only by the holders of that class of
stock voting separately as a class.  Vacancies caused by any such removal and
not filled by the stockholders at the meeting at which such removal shall have
been made, or any vacancy caused by the death or resignation of any Director or
for any other reason, and any newly created directorship resulting from any
increase in the authorized number of Directors, may be filled by the
affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors then in office, although less
than a





                                      -6-
<PAGE>   7
quorum, and any Director so elected to fill any such vacancy or newly created
directorship shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified or
until his earlier resignation or removal.

                 When one or more Directors shall resign effective at a future
date, a majority of the Directors then in office, including those who have so
resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon
to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective,
and each Director so chosen shall hold office as herein provided in connection
with the filling of other vacancies.

                 SECTION 3.  Place of Meeting.  The Board of Directors may hold
its meetings in such place or places in the State of Delaware or outside the
State of Delaware as the Board from time to time shall determine.

                 SECTION 4.  Regular Meetings.  Regular meetings of the Board
of Directors shall be held monthly at the offices of the Corporation, or at
such other place as the Board may determine.  No notice shall be required for
any regular meeting of the Board of Directors; but a copy of every resolution
fixing or changing the time or place of regular meetings shall be mailed to
every Director at least five days before the first meeting held in pursuance
thereof.

                 SECTION 5.  Special Meetings.  Special meetings of the Board
of Directors shall be held whenever called by direction of the President, or by
any two of the Directors then in office.

                 Notice of the day, hour and place of holding of each special
meeting shall be given by mailing the same at least two days before the meeting
or by causing the same to be transmitted by telegraph, cable or wireless at
least one day before the meeting to each





                                      -7-
<PAGE>   8
Director.  Unless otherwise indicated in the notice thereof, any and all
business other than an amendment of these By-Laws may be transacted at any
special meeting, and an amendment of these By-Laws may be acted upon if the
notice of the meeting shall have stated that the amendment of these By-Laws is
one of the purposes of the meeting.  At any meeting at which every Director
shall be present, even though without any notice, any business may be
transacted, including the amendment of these By-Laws.

                 SECTION 6.  Quorum.  Subject to the provisions of Section 2 of
this Article II, a majority of the members of the Board of Directors in office
(but in no case less than one-third of the total number of Directors) shall
constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the vote of the
majority of the Directors present at any meeting of the Board of Directors at
which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors.  If at
any meeting of the Board there is less than a quorum present, a majority of
those present may adjourn the meeting from time to time.

                 SECTION 7.  Organization.  A Chairman shall be elected from
the Directors present to preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors.
The Secretary of the Corporation shall act as Secretary of all meetings of the
Directors; but in the absence of the Secretary, the Chairman may appoint any
person to act as Secretary of the meeting.

                 SECTION 8.  Committees.  The Board of Directors may, by
resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more
committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the Directors of the
Corporation.  The Board may designate one or more Directors as alternate
members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at
any meeting of the committee.  In the absence or disqualification of a





                                      -8-
<PAGE>   9
member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and
not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum,
may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the
meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.  Any such
committee, to the extent provided by resolution passed by a majority of the
whole Board, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the
Board of Directors in the management of the business and the affairs of the
Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all
papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or
authority in reference to amending the Certificate of Incorporation, adopting
an agreement of merger or consolidation, recommending to the stockholders the
sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the Corporation's
property and assets, recommending to the stockholders a dissolution of the
Corporation or a revocation of a dissolution, or amending these By-Laws; and
unless such resolution, these By-Laws, or the Certificate of Incorporation
expressly so provide, no such committee shall have the power or authority to
declare a dividend or to authorize the issuance of stock.

                 SECTION 9.  Conference Telephone Meetings.  Unless otherwise
restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws, the members
of the Board of Directors or any committee designated by the Board, may
participate in a meeting of the Board or such committee, as the case may be, by
means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of
which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such
participation shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

                 SECTION 10.  Consent of Directors or Committee in Lieu of
Meeting.  Unless





                                      -9-
<PAGE>   10
otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws,
any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of
Directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all
members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in
writing and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings
of the Board or committee, as the case may be.

                 SECTION 11.  Compensation.  The amount, if any, that each
Director shall be entitled to receive as compensation for his services as such
shall be fixed from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors;
provided that only independent directors may receive compensation for services
as a director of the Corporation.  Directors shall not be entitled to receive
reimbursement from the Corporation for expenses in connection with their
attendance at any meeting of the Board of Directors.

                                  ARTICLE III

                                    OFFICERS

                 SECTION 1.  Officers.  The officers of the Corporation shall
be a President, one or more Vice Presidents, a Secretary and a Treasurer, and
such additional officers, if any, as shall be elected by the Board of Directors
pursuant to the provisions of Section 6 of this Article III.  The President,
one or more Vice Presidents, the Secretary and the Treasurer shall be elected
by the Board of Directors at its first meeting after each annual meeting of the
stockholders.  The failure to hold such election shall not of itself terminate
the term of office of any officer.  All officers shall hold office at the
pleasure of the Board of Directors.  Any officer may resign at any time upon
written notice to the Corporation.  Officers may, but need not, be Directors.
Any number of offices may be held by the same person.





                                      -10-
<PAGE>   11
                 All officers, agents and employees shall be subject to
removal, with or without cause, at any time by the Board of Directors.  The
removal of an officer without cause shall be without prejudice to his contract
rights, if any.  The election or appointment of an officer shall not of itself
create contract rights.  All agents and employees other than officers elected
by the Board of Directors shall also be subject to removal, with or without
cause, at any time by the officers appointing them.

                 Any vacancy caused by the death of any officer, his
resignation, his removal, or otherwise, may be filled by the Board of
Directors, and any officer so elected shall hold office at the pleasure of the
Board of Directors.

                 In addition to the powers and duties of the officers of the
Corporation as set forth in these By-Laws, the officers shall have such
authority and shall perform such duties as from time to time may be determined
by the Board of Directors.

                 SECTION 2.  Powers and Duties of the President.  Unless
otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, the President shall be the
chief executive officer of the Corporation and, subject to the control of the
Board of Directors, shall have general charge and control of all its business
and affairs and shall perform all duties incident to the office of President.
He shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and at all meetings of the
Board of Directors and shall have such other powers and perform such other
duties as may from time to time be assigned to him by these By-Laws or by the
Board of Directors.

                 SECTION 3.  Powers and Duties of the Vice Presidents.  Each
Vice President shall perform all duties incident to the office of Vice
President and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may
from time to time be assigned to him by these





                                      -11-
<PAGE>   12
By-Laws or by the Board of Directors or the President.

                 SECTION 4.  Powers and Duties of the Secretary.  The Secretary
shall keep the minutes of all meetings of the Board of Directors and the
minutes of all meetings of the stockholders in books provided for that purpose;
he shall attend to the giving or serving of all notices of the Corporation; he
shall have custody of the corporate seal of the Corporation and shall affix the
same to such documents and other papers as the Board of Directors or the
President shall authorize and direct; he shall have charge of the stock
certificate books, transfer books and stock ledgers and such other books and
papers as the Board of Directors or the President shall direct, all of which
shall at all reasonable times be open to the examination of any Director, upon
application, at the office of the Corporation during business hours; and he
shall perform all duties incident to the office of Secretary and shall also
have such other powers and shall perform such other duties as may from time to
time be assigned to him by these By-Laws or the Board of Directors or the
President.

                 SECTION 5.  Powers and Duties of the Treasurer.  The Treasurer
shall have custody of, and when proper shall pay out, disburse or otherwise
dispose of, all funds and securities of the Corporation which may have come
into his hands; he may endorse on behalf of the Corporation for collection
checks, notes and other obligations and shall deposit the same to the credit of
the Corporation in such bank or banks or depositary or depositaries as the
Board of Directors may designate; he shall sign all receipts and vouchers for
payments made to the Corporation; he shall enter or cause to be entered
regularly in the books of the Corporation kept for the purpose full and
accurate accounts of all moneys received or paid or otherwise disposed of by
him and whenever required by the Board of Directors or the





                                      -12-
<PAGE>   13
President shall render statements of such accounts; he shall, at all reasonable
times, exhibit his books and accounts to any Director of the Corporation upon
application at the office of the Corporation during business hours; and he
shall perform all duties incident to the office of Treasurer and shall also
have such other powers and shall perform such other duties as may from time to
time be assigned to him by these By-Laws or by the Board of Directors or the
President.

                 SECTION 6.  Additional Officers.  The Board of Directors may
from time to time elect such other officers (who may but need not be
Directors), including a Controller, Chief Financial Officer, a Chief Technical
Officer and one or more Assistant Treasurers, Assistant Secretaries and
Assistant Controllers, as the Board may deem advisable, and such officers shall
have such authority and shall perform such duties as may from time to time be
assigned to them by the Board of Directors or the President.

                 The Board of Directors may from time to time by resolution
delegate to any Assistant Treasurer or Assistant Treasurers any of the powers
or duties herein assigned to the Treasurer; and may similarly delegate to any
Assistant Secretary or Assistant Secretaries any of the powers or duties herein
assigned to the Secretary.

                 SECTION 7.  Giving of Bond by Officers.  All officers of the
Corporation, if required to do so by the Board of Directors, shall furnish
bonds to the Corporation for the faithful performance of their duties, in such
penalties and with such conditions and security as the Board shall require.

                 SECTION 8.  Voting Upon Stocks.  Unless otherwise ordered by
the Board of Directors, the President or any Vice President shall have full
power and authority on behalf of





                                      -13-
<PAGE>   14
the Corporation to attend and to act and to vote, or in the name of the
Corporation to execute proxies to vote, at any meetings of stockholders of any
corporation in which the Corporation may hold stock, and at any such meetings
shall possess and may exercise, in person or by proxy, any and all rights,
powers and privileges incident to the ownership of such stock.  The Board of
Directors may from time to time, by resolution, confer like powers upon any
other person or persons.

                 SECTION 9.  Compensation of Officers.  The officers of the
Corporation shall be entitled to receive such compensation for their services
as shall from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors (or the
Compensation Committee of the Board, if one exists).

                                   ARTICLE IV

                             STOCK-SEAL-FISCAL YEAR

                 SECTION 1.  Certificates For Shares of Stock.  The
certificates for shares of stock of the Corporation shall be in such form, not
inconsistent with the Certificate of Incorporation, as shall be approved by the
Board of Directors.  All certificates shall be signed by the President or a
Vice President and by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or the Treasurer
or an Assistant Treasurer, and shall not be valid unless so signed.

                 In case any officer or officers who shall have signed any such
certificate or certificates shall cease to be such officer or officers of the
Corporation, whether because of death, resignation or otherwise, before such
certificate or certificates shall have been delivered by the Corporation, such
certificate or certificates may nevertheless be issued and delivered as though
the person or persons who signed such certificate or certificates had not
ceased to be





                                      -14-
<PAGE>   15
such officer or officers of the Corporation.

                 All certificates for shares of stock shall be consecutively
numbered as the same are issued.  The name of the person owning the shares
represented thereby with the number of such shares and the date of issue
thereof shall be entered on the books of the Corporation.

                 Except as hereinafter provided, all certificates surrendered
to the Corporation for transfer shall be cancelled, and no new certificates
shall be issued until former certificates for the same number of shares have
been surrendered and cancelled.

                 SECTION 2.  Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates.  Whenever
a person owning a certificate for shares of stock of the Corporation alleges
that it has been lost, stolen or destroyed, he shall file in the office of the
Corporation an affidavit setting forth, to the best of his knowledge and
belief, the time, place and circumstances of the loss, theft or destruction,
and, if required by the Board of Directors, a bond of indemnity or other
indemnification sufficient in the opinion of the Board of Directors to
indemnify the Corporation and its agents against any claim that may be made
against it or them on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any
such certificate or the issuance of a new certificate in replacement therefor.
Thereupon the Corporation may cause to be issued to such person a new
certificate in replacement for the certificate alleged to have been lost,
stolen or destroyed.  Upon the stub of every new certificate so issued shall be
noted  the fact of such issue and the number, date and the name of the
registered owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate in lieu of which
the new certificate is issued.

                 SECTION 3.  Transfer of Shares.  Shares of stock of the
Corporation shall be transferred on the books of the Corporation by the holder
thereof, in person or by his attorney





                                      -15-
<PAGE>   16
duly authorized in writing, upon surrender and cancellation of certificates for
the number of shares of stock to be transferred, except as provided in the
preceding section.

                 SECTION 4.  Regulations.  The Board of Directors shall have
power and authority to make such rules and regulations as it may deem expedient
concerning the issue, transfer and registration of certificates for shares of
stock of the Corporation.

                 SECTION 5.  Record Date.  In order that the Corporation may
determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of
stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate
action in writing without a meeting or entitled to receive payment of any
dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to
exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock
or for the purpose of any other lawful action, as the case may be, the Board of
Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than
sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, nor
more than sixty (60) days prior to any other action.

                 If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining
stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders
shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which
notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day
next preceding the day on which the meeting is held; the record date for
determining stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in
writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is
necessary, shall be the day on which the first written consent is expressed;
and the record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be
at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the
resolution relating thereto.  A determination of stockholders of record





                                      -16-
<PAGE>   17
entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to
any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors
may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

                 SECTION 6.  Dividends.  Subject to the provisions of the
Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors shall have power to
declare and pay dividends upon shares of stock of the Corporation, but only out
of funds available for the payment of dividends as provided by law.

                 Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation,
any dividends declared upon the stock of the Corporation shall be payable on
such date or dates as the Board  of Directors shall determine.  If the date
fixed for the payment of any dividend shall in any year fall upon a legal
holiday, then the dividend payable on such date shall be paid on the next day
not a legal holiday.

                 SECTION 7.  Corporate Seal.  The Board of Directors shall
provide a suitable seal, containing the name of the Corporation, which seal
shall be kept in the custody of the Secretary.  A duplicate of the seal may be
kept and be used by any officer of the Corporation designated by the Board or
the President.

                 SECTION 8.  Fiscal Year.  The fiscal year of the Corporation
shall be such fiscal year as the Board of Directors from time to time by
resolution shall determine.





                                      -17-
<PAGE>   18
                                   ARTICLE V

                            MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

                 SECTION 1.  Checks, Notes, etc.  All checks, drafts, bills of
exchange, acceptances, notes or other obligations or orders for the payment of
money shall be signed and, if so required by the Board of Directors,
countersigned by such officers of the Corporation and/or other persons as shall
from time to time be designated by the Board of Directors or pursuant to
authority delegated by the Board.

                 Checks, drafts, bills of exchange, acceptances, notes,
obligations and orders for the payment of money made payable to  the
Corporation may be endorsed for deposit to the credit of the Corporation with a
duly authorized depositary by the Treasurer and/or such other officers or
persons as shall from time to time be designated by the Treasurer.

                 SECTION 2.  Loans.  No loans and no renewals of any loans
shall be contracted on behalf of the Corporation except as authorized by the
Board of Directors.  When authorized so to do, any officer or agent of the
Corporation may effect loans and advances for the Corporation from any bank,
trust company or other institution or from any firm, corporation or individual,
and for such loans and advances may make, execute and deliver promissory notes,
bonds or other evidences of indebtedness of the Corporation.  When authorized
so to do, any officer or agent of the Corporation may pledge, hypothecate or
transfer, as security for the payment of any and all loans, advances,
indebtedness and liabilities of the Corporation, any and all stocks, securities
and other personal property at any time held by the Corporation, and to that
end may endorse, assign and deliver the same.  Such authority may be general or
confined to specific instances.





                                      -18-
<PAGE>   19
                 SECTION 3.  Waivers of Notice.  Whenever any notice whatever
is required to be given by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these
By-Laws to any person or persons, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the
person or persons entitled to the notice, whether before or after the time
stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.  The attendance of any
person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except
when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the
beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business on the ground that
the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

                 SECTION 4.  Offices Outside of Delaware.  Except as otherwise
required by the laws of the State of Delaware, the Corporation may have an
office or offices and keep its books, documents and papers outside of the State
of Delaware at such place or places as from time to time may be determined by
the Board of Directors or the President.

                 SECTION 5.  Indemnification of Directors, Officers and
Employees.  The Corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by
applicable law from time to time in effect, indemnify any and all persons who
may serve or who have served at any time as Directors or officers of the
Corporation, or who at the request of the Corporation may serve or at any time
have served as Directors or officers of another corporation (including
subsidiaries of the Corporation) or of any partnership, joint venture, trust or
other enterprise, from and against any and all of the expenses, liabilities or
other matters referred to in or covered by said law.  Such indemnification
shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a Director or officer and
shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a
person.  The Corporation may also indemnify any and all other persons whom it
shall have power to





                                      -19-
<PAGE>   20
indemnify under any applicable law from time to time in effect to the extent
authorized by the Board of Directors and permitted by such law.  The
indemnification provided by this Article shall not be deemed exclusive of any
other rights to which any person may be entitled under any provision of the
Certificate of Incorporation, other By-law, agreement, vote of stockholders or
disinterested Directors, or otherwise, both as to action in his official
capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.

                 For purposes of this Section 5, the term "Corporation" shall
include constituent corporations referred to in Subsection (h) of the Section
145 of the General Corporation Law (or any similar provision of applicable law
at the time in effect).

                 SECTION 6.  Voting as Stockholder.  Unless otherwise
determined by resolution of the Board of Directors, the President or any Vice
President shall have full power and authority on behalf of the Corporation to
attend any meeting of stockholders of any corporation in which the Corporation
may hold stock, and to act, vote (or execute proxies to vote) and exercise in
person or by proxy all other rights, powers and privileges incident to the
ownership of such stock.  Such officers acting on behalf of the Corporation
shall have full power and authority to execute any instrument expressing
consent to or dissent from any action of any such corporation without a
meeting.  The Board of Directors may by resolution from time to time confer
such power and authority upon any other person or persons.

                 SECTION 7.  Construction.  In the event of any conflict
between the provisions of these By-laws as in effect from time to time and the
provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation as in effect
from time to time, the provisions of such Certificate of Incorporation shall be
controlling.





                                      -20-
<PAGE>   21
                                   ARTICLE VI

                                   AMENDMENTS

                 These By-Laws and any amendment thereof may be altered,
amended or repealed, or new By-Laws may be adopted, by the Board of Directors
at any regular or special meeting by the affirmative vote of a majority of all
of the members of the Board, provided in the case of any special meeting at
which all of the members of the Board are not present, that the notice of  such
meeting shall have stated that the amendment of these By-Laws was one of the
purposes of the meeting; but these By-Laws and any amendment thereof, including
the By-Laws adopted by the Board of Directors, may be altered, amended or
repealed and other By-Laws may be adopted by the holders of a majority of the
total outstanding stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at any annual
meeting or at any special meeting, provided, in the case of any special
meeting, that notice of such proposed alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption
is included in the notice of the meeting.





                                      -21-

<PAGE>   1
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.1


                           INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT


                 AGREEMENT, made this th day of     , 19  , between CIENA
 Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and (the "Indemnitee"),
 with respect to the following facts:

                 A.    Fulfilling the potential of the Company requires the
attraction and retention of qualified and capable directors, officers,
employees, agents and fiduciaries; and

                 B.    The Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company
(the "Restated Certificate of Incorporation") requires the Company to indemnify
and advance expenses to its directors and officers to the fullest extent
authorized by law and allows the Company to indemnify employees and agents to
the fullest extent authorized by law; and

                 C.    Historically, basic protection against undue risk of
personal liability of directors and officers has been provided through
insurance coverage providing reasonable protection at reasonable cost; and

                 D.    The Company's current stage of development is such that
it is presently uncertain whether, and to what extent, directors' and officers'
liability insurance is or will continue to be available to the Company at a
reasonable cost for the protection of Indemnitee; and

                 E.    It is the policy of the Company to indemnify its
directors and officers so as to provide them with the maximum possible
protection permitted by law; and

                 F.    In recognition of Indemnitee's need for protection
against personal liability in order to induce Indemnitee to serve or continue
to serve the Company in an effective manner, and, in the case of directors and
officers, to supplement or replace directors' and officers' liability insurance
coverage, if any, obtained by the Company, and in part to provide Indemnitee
with specific contractual assurance that the protection promised by the
Restated Certificate of Incorporation will be available to Indemnitee
(regardless of, among other things, any amendment to or revocation of the
Restated Certificate of Incorporation or any change in the composition of the
Company's Board of Directors or any acquisition transaction relating to the
Company), the Company, with the prior approval of the Company's stockholders,
wishes to provide the Indemnitee with the benefits contemplated by this
Agreement; and

                 G.    As a result of the provision of such benefits Indemnitee
has agreed to serve or to continue to serve the Company;

                 NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto do hereby agree as follows:

                       1.     Definitions.  The following terms, as used
herein, shall have the following respective meanings:

                              a.  An Affiliate:  of a specified Person is a
Person who directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls
or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Person specified.
The term Associate used to indicate a relationship with any Person shall mean
(i) any corporation or organization (other than the Company or a Subsidiary) of
which such Person is an officer or partner or is, directly, or indirectly, the
Beneficial Owner of ten (10) percent or more of any
<PAGE>   2
class of Equity Securities, (ii) any trust or other estate in which such Person
has a substantial beneficial interest or as to which such Person serves as
trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity (other than an Employee Plan
Trustee), (iii) any Relative of such Person, or (iv) any officer or director of
any corporation controlling or controlled by such Person.

                              b.  Beneficial Ownership:  shall be determined,
and a Person shall be the Beneficial Owner of all securities which such Person
is deemed to own beneficially, pursuant to Rule13d-3 of the General Rules and
Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (or any
successor rule or statutory provision), or, if said Rule13d-3 shall be
rescinded and there shall be no successor rule or statutory provision thereto,
pursuant to said Rule 13d-3 as in effect on April 26, 1996; provided, however,
that a Person shall, in any event, also be deemed to be the Beneficial Owner of
any Voting Shares:  (A) of which such Person or any of its Affiliates or
Associates is, directly or indirectly, the Beneficial Owner, or (B) of which
such Person or any of its Affiliates or Associates has (i) the right to acquire
(whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of
time), pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding or upon the
exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants, or options, or
otherwise, or (ii) sole or shared voting or investment power with respect
thereto pursuant to any agreement, arrangement, understanding, relationship or
otherwise (but shall not be deemed to be the Beneficial Owner of any Voting
Shares solely by reason of a revocable proxy granted for a particular meeting
of stockholders, pursuant to a public solicitation of proxies for such meeting,
with respect to shares of which neither such Person nor any such Affiliate or
Associate is otherwise deemed the Beneficial Owner), or (C) of which any other
Person is, directly or indirectly, the Beneficial Owner if such first mentioned
Person or any of its Affiliates or Associates acts with such other Person as a
partnership, syndicate or other group pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or
understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of any
shares of capital stock of the Company; and provided further, however, that (i)
no director or officer of the Company, nor any Associate or Affiliate of any
such director or officer, shall, solely by reason of any or all of such
directors and officers acting in their capacities as such, be deemed for any
purposes hereof, to be the Beneficial Owner of any Voting Shares of which any
other such director or officer (or any Associate or Affiliate thereof) is the
Beneficial Owner and (ii) no trustee of an employee stock ownership or similar
plan of the Company or any Subsidiary ("Employee Plan Trustee") or any
Associate or Affiliate of any such Trustee, shall, solely by reason of being an
Employee Plan Trustee or Associate or Affiliate of an Employee Plan Trustee, be
deemed for any purposes hereof to be the Beneficial Owner of any Voting Shares
held by or under any such plan.

                              c.  A Change in Control:  shall be deemed to have
occurred if (A) any Person (other than (i) the Company or any Subsidiary, (ii)
any pension, profit sharing, employee stock ownership or other employee benefit
plan of the Company or any Subsidiary or any trustee of or fiduciary with
respect to any such plan when acting in such capacity, or (iii) any Person who
is as of April 26, 1996 the Beneficial Owner of 20% or more of the total voting
power of the Voting Shares) is or becomes, after the date of this Agreement,
the Beneficial Owner of 20% or more of the total voting power of the Voting
Shares, (B) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the
beginning of such period constitute the Board of Directors of the Company and
any new director whose election or appointment by the Board of Directors or
nomination or recommendation for election by the Company's stockholders was
approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in
office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose
election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any
reason to constitute a majority thereof, (C) the stockholders of the Company
approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation,
other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the Voting Shares of
the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent
(either by remaining





                                                                               2
<PAGE>   3
outstanding or by being converted into Voting Shares of the surviving entity)
at least 80% of the total voting power represented by the Voting Shares of the
Company or such surviving entity outstanding, or the stockholders of the
Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement
for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the
Company's assets, or (D) a change in control of a nature that would be required
to be reported in response to Item5(f) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14
promulgated under the Securities Act of 1934, as amended, as in effect on April
26, 1996.

                              d.  Claim:  means any threatened, pending or
completed action, suit, arbitration or proceeding, or any inquiry or
investigation, whether brought by or in the right of the Company or otherwise,
that Indemnitee in good faith believes might lead to the institution of any
such action, suit, arbitration or proceeding, whether civil, criminal,
administrative, investigative or other, or any appeal therefrom.

                              e.  Equity Security:  shall have the meaning
given to such term under Rule 3a11-1 of the General Rules and Regulations under
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as in effect on April 26, 1996.

                              f.  D&O Insurance:  means any valid directors'
and officers' liability insurance policy maintained by the Company for the
benefit of the Indemnitee, if any.

                              g.  Determination:  means a determination, and
"Determined" means a matter which has been determined based on the facts known
at the time, by:  (i)  a majority vote of a quorum of disinterested directors,
or (ii) if such a quorum is not obtainable, or even if obtainable, if a quorum
of disinterested directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in a
written opinion, or, in the event there has been a Change in Control, by the
Special Independent Counsel (in a written opinion) selected by Indemnitee as
set forth in Section 6, or (iii) a majority of the disinterested stockholders
of the Company, or (iv) a final adjudication by a court of competent
jurisdiction.

                              h.  Excluded Claim:  means any payment for Losses
or Expenses in connection with any Claim:  (i) based upon or attributable to
Indemnitee gaining in fact any personal profit or personal advantage to which
Indemnitee is not entitled; or (ii) for the return by Indemnitee of any
remuneration paid to Indemnitee without the previous approval of the
stockholders of the Company which is illegal; or (iii) for an accounting of
profits in fact made from the purchase or sale by Indemnitee of securities of
the Company within the meaning of Section16 of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended, or similar provisions of any state law; or (iv) resulting
from Indemnitee's knowingly fraudulent, dishonest or willful misconduct; or (v)
the payment of which by the Company under this Agreement is not permitted by
applicable law.

                              i.  Expenses:  means any reasonable expenses
incurred by Indemnitee as a result of a Claim or Claims made against Indemnitee
for Indemnifiable Events including, without limitation, attorneys' fees and all
other costs, expenses and obligations paid or incurred in connection with
investigating, defending, being a witness in or participating in (including on
appeal), or preparing to defend, be a witness in or participate in any Claim
relating to any Indemnifiable Event.

                              j.  Fines:  means any fine, penalty or, with
respect to an employee benefit plan, any excise tax or penalty assessed with
respect thereto.





                                                                               3
<PAGE>   4
                              k.  Indemnifiable Event:  means any event or
occurrence, occurring prior to or after the date of this Agreement, related to
the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee, trustee,
agent or fiduciary of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the
Company as a director, officer, employee, trustee, agent or fiduciary of
another corporation, partnership, joint venture, employee benefit plan, trust
or other enterprise, or by reason of anything done or not done by Indemnitee,
including, but not limited to, any breach of duty, neglect, error,
misstatement, misleading statement, omission, or other act done or wrongfully
attempted by Indemnitee, or any of the foregoing alleged by any claimant, in
any such capacity.

                              l.  Losses:  means any amounts or sums which
Indemnitee is legally obligated to pay as a result of a Claim or Claims made
against Indemnitee for Indemnifiable Events including, without limitation,
damages, judgments and sums or amounts paid in settlement of a Claim or Claims,
and Fines.

                              m.  Person:  means any individual, partnership,
corporation, business trust, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated
association, joint venture, governmental authority or other entity of whatever
nature.

                              n.  Potential Change in Control:  shall be deemed
to have occurred if (A) the Company enters into an agreement, the consummation
of which would result in the occurrence of a Change in Control; (B) any Person
(including the Company) publicly announces an intention to take or to consider
taking actions which if consummated would constitute a Change in Control; (C)
any Person (other than (i) the Company or any Subsidiary, (ii) any pension,
profit sharing, employee stock ownership or other employee benefit plan of the
Company or any Subsidiary or any trustee of or fiduciary with respect to any
such plan when acting in such capacity, or (iii) any Person who is as of April
26, 1996 the Beneficial Owner of 20% or more of the total voting power of the
Voting Shares), who is or becomes the Beneficial Owner of 9.5% or more of the
total voting power of the Voting Shares, increases his Beneficial Ownership of
such voting power by 5% or more over the percentage so owned by such Person on
the date hereof; or (D) the Board of Directors adopts a resolution to the
effect that, for purposes of this Agreement, a Potential Change in Control has
occurred.

                              o.  Relative:  means a Person's spouse, parents,
children, siblings, mothers- and father-in-law, sons-and daughters-in-law, and
brothers- and sisters-in-law.

                              p.  Reviewing Party:  means any appropriate
person or body consisting of a member or members of the Company's Board of
Directors or any other person or body appointed by the Board (including the
Special Independent Counsel referred to in Section 6) who is not a party to the
particular Claim for which Indemnitee is seeking indemnification.

                              q.  Subsidiary:  means any corporation of which a
majority of any class of Equity Security is owned, directly or indirectly, by
the Company.

                              r.  Trust:  means the trust established pursuant
to Section 7 hereof.

                              s.  Voting Shares:  means any issued and
outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company entitled to vote generally
in the election of directors.

                       2.     Basic Indemnification Agreement.  In
consideration of, and as an inducement to, the Indemnitee rendering valuable
services to the Company, the Company agrees that in





                                                                               4
<PAGE>   5
the event Indemnitee is or becomes a party to or witness or other participant
in, or is threatened to be made a party to or witness or other participant in,
a Claim by reason of (or arising in part out of) an Indemnifiable Event, the
Company will indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent authorized by law,
against any and all Expenses and Losses (including all interest, assessments
and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such
Expenses and Losses) of such Claim, whether or not such Claim proceeds to
judgment or is settled or otherwise is brought to a final disposition, subject
in each case, to the further provisions of this Agreement.

                       3.     Limitations on Indemnification.  Notwithstanding
the provisions of Section 2, Indemnitee shall not be indemnified and held
harmless from any Losses or Expenses (a) which have been Determined, as
provided herein, to constitute an Excluded Claim; (b) to the extent Indemnitee
is indemnified by the Company and has actually received payment pursuant to the
Restated Certificate of Incorporation, D&O Insurance, or otherwise; or (c)
other than pursuant to the last sentence of Section 4(d) or Section 14, in
connection with any Claim initiated by Indemnitee, unless the Company has
joined in or the Board of Directors has authorized such Claim.

                       4.     Indemnification Procedures.

                              a.  Promptly after receipt by Indemnitee of
notice of any Claim, Indemnitee shall, if indemnification with respect thereto
may be sought from the Company under this Agreement, notify the Company of the
commencement thereof and Indemnitee agrees further not to make any admission or
effect any settlement with respect to such Claim without the consent of the
Company, except any Claim with respect to which the Indemnitee has undertaken
the defense in accordance with the second to last sentence of Section 4(d).

                              b.  If, at the time of the receipt of such
notice, the Company has D&O Insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt
notice of the commencement of Claim to the insurers in accordance with the
procedures set forth in the respective policies.  The Company shall thereafter
take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf
of Indemnitee, all Losses and Expenses payable as a result of such Claim.

                              c.  To the extent the Company does not, at the
time of the Claim have applicable D&O Insurance, or if a Determination is made
that any Expenses arising out of such Claim will not be payable under the D&O
Insurance then in effect, the Company shall be obligated to pay the Expenses of
any Claim in advance of the final disposition thereof and the Company, if
appropriate, shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Claim, with
counsel satisfactory to Indemnitee, upon the delivery to Indemnitee of written
notice of its election so to do.  After delivery of such notice, the Company
will not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any legal or other
Expenses subsequently incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with such
defense other than reasonable Expenses of investigation; provided that
Indemnitee shall have the right to employ its counsel in such Claim but the
fees and expenses of such counsel incurred after delivery of notice from the
Company of its assumption of such defense shall be at the Indemnitee's expense;
provided further that if:  (i) the employment of counsel by Indemnitee has been
previously authorized by the Company; (ii) Indemnitee shall have reasonably
concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between the Company and
Indemnitee in the conduct of any such defense; or (iii) the Company shall not,
in fact, have employed counsel to assume the defense of such action, the
reasonable fees and expenses of counsel shall be at the expense of the Company.





                                                                               5
<PAGE>   6
                              d.  All payments on account of the Company's
indemnification obligations under this Agreement shall be made within sixty
(60) days of Indemnitee's written request therefor unless a Determination is
made that the Claims giving rise to Indemnitee's request are Excluded Claims or
otherwise not payable under this Agreement, provided that all payments on
account of the Company's obligation to pay Expenses under Section 4(c) of this
Agreement prior to the final disposition of any Claim shall be made within 20
days of Indemnitee's written request therefor and such obligation shall not be
subject to any such Determination but shall be subject to Section 4(e) of this
Agreement.  In the event the Company takes the position that the Indemnitee is
not entitled to indemnification in connection with the proposed settlement of
any Claim, the Indemnitee shall have the right at its own expense to undertake
defense of any such Claim, insofar as such proceeding involves Claims against
the Indemnitee, by written notice given to the Company within 10 days after the
Company has notified the Indemnitee in writing of its contention that the
Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification.  If it is subsequently
determined in connection with such proceeding that the Indemnifiable Events are
not Excluded Claims and that the Indemnitee, therefore, is entitled to be
indemnified under the provisions of Section 2 hereof, the Company shall
promptly indemnify the Indemnitee.

                              e.  Indemnitee hereby expressly undertakes and
agrees to reimburse the Company for all Losses and Expenses paid by the Company
in connection with any Claim against Indemnitee in the event and only to the
extent that a Determination shall have been made by a court of competent
jurisdiction in a decision from which there is no further right to appeal that
Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company for such Losses and
Expenses because the Claim is an Excluded Claim or because Indemnitee is
otherwise not entitled to payment under this Agreement.

                       5.     Settlement.  The Company shall have no obligation
to indemnify Indemnitee under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement
of any Claim effected without the Company's prior written consent.  The Company
shall not settle any Claim in which it takes the position that Indemnitee is
not entitled to indemnification in connection with such settlement without the
consent of the Indemnitee, nor shall the Company settle any Claim in any manner
which would impose any Fine or any obligation on Indemnitee, without
Indemnitee's written consent.  Neither the Company nor Indemnitee shall
unreasonably withhold their consent to any proposed settlement.

                       6.     Change in Control; Extraordinary Transactions.
The Company and Indemnitee agree that if there is a Change in Control of the
Company (other than a Change in Control which has been approved by a majority
of the Company's Board of Directors who were directors immediately prior to
such Change in Control) then all Determinations thereafter with respect to the
rights of Indemnitee to be paid Losses and Expenses under this Agreement shall
be made only by a special independent counsel (the "Special Independent
Counsel") selected by Indemnitee and approved by the Company (which approval
shall not be unreasonably withheld) or by a court of competent jurisdiction.
The Company shall pay the reasonable fees of such Special Independent Counsel
and shall indemnify such Special Independent Counsel against any and all
reasonable expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees), claims, liabilities
and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement
pursuant hereto.

                 The Company covenants and agrees that, in the event of a
Change in Control of the sort set forth in clause (b) of Section 1(c), the
Company will use its best efforts (a) to have the obligations of the Company
under this Agreement including, but not limited to those under Section 7,
expressly assumed by the surviving, purchasing or succeeding entity, or (b)
otherwise to adequately provide for





                                                                               6
<PAGE>   7
the satisfaction of the Company's obligations under this Agreement, in a manner
reasonably acceptable to the Indemnitee.

                       7.     Establishment of Trust.  In the event of a
Potential Change in Control, the Company shall, upon written request by
Indemnitee, create a trust (the "Trust") for the benefit of the Indemnitee and
from time to time upon written request of Indemnitee shall fund the Trust in an
amount sufficient to satisfy any and all Losses and Expenses which are actually
paid or which Indemnitee reasonably determines from time to time may be payable
by the Company under this Agreement.  The amount or amounts to be deposited in
the Trust pursuant to the foregoing funding obligation shall be determined by
the Reviewing Party, in any case in which the Special Independent Counsel is
involved.  The terms of the Trust shall provide that upon a Change in Control:
(i) the Trust shall not be revoked or the principal thereof invaded without the
written consent of the Indemnitee; (ii) the trustee of the Trust shall advance,
within twenty days of a request by the Indemnitee, any and all Expenses to the
Indemnitee (and the Indemnitee hereby agrees to reimburse the Trust under the
circumstances under which the Indemnitee would be required to reimburse the
Company under Section 4(e) of this Agreement); (iii) the Company shall continue
to fund the Trust from time to time in accordance with the funding obligations
set forth above; (iv) the trustee of the Trust shall promptly pay to the
Indemnitee all Losses and Expenses for which the Indemnitee shall be entitled
to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement; and (v) all unexpended funds in
the Trust shall revert to the Company upon a final determination by a court of
competent jurisdiction in a final decision from which there is no further right
of appeal that the Indemnitee has been fully indemnified under the terms of
this Agreement.  The Trustee of the Trust shall be chosen by the Indemnitee.

                       8.     No Presumption.  For purposes of this Agreement,
the termination of any Claim by judgment, order, settlement (whether with or
without court approval) or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere, or
its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that Indemnitee did
not meet any particular standard of conduct or have any particular belief or
that a court has determined that indemnification is not permitted by applicable
law.

                       9.     Non-exclusivity, Etc.  The rights of the
Indemnitee hereunder shall be in addition to any other rights Indemnitee may
have under the Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the Company's By-laws,
the Delaware General Corporation Law, any vote of stockholders or disinterested
directors or otherwise, both as to action in the Indemnitee's official capacity
and as to action in any other capacity by holding such office, and shall
continue after the Indemnitee ceases to serve the Company as a director,
officer, employee, agent or fiduciary, for so long as the Indemnitee shall be
subject to any Claim by reason of (or arising in part out of) an Indemnifiable
Event.  To the extent that a change in the Delaware General Corporation Law
(whether by statute or judicial decision) permits greater indemnification by
agreement than would be afforded currently under the Restated Certificate of
Incorporation and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that
Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by
such change.

                       10.    Liability Insurance.  To the extent the Company
maintains an insurance policy or policies providing directors' and officers'
liability insurance, Indemnitee, if an officer or director of the Company,
shall be covered by such policy or policies, in accordance with its or their
terms, to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any director or
officer of the Company.

                       11.    Subrogation.  In the event of payment under this
Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all
of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required
and shall do everything that may be necessary to secure such rights,





                                                                               7
<PAGE>   8
including the execution of such documents necessary to enable the Company
effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.

                       12.    Partial Indemnity, Etc.  If Indemnitee is
entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the
Company for some or a portion of the Expenses and Losses of a Claim but not,
however, for all of the total amount thereof, the Company shall nevertheless
indemnify Indemnitee for the portion thereof to which Indemnitee is entitled.
Moreover, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent
that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of
any or all Claims relating in whole or in part to any Indemnifiable Event or in
defense of any issue or matter therein, including dismissal without prejudice,
Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses incurred in connection
therewith.  In connection with any Determination as to whether Indemnitee is
entitled to be indemnified hereunder the burden of proof shall be on the
Company to establish that Indemnitee is not so entitled.

                       13.    Liability of Company.  The Indemnitee agrees that
neither the stockholders nor the directors nor any officer, employee,
representative or agent of the Company shall be personally liable for the
satisfaction of the Company's obligations under this Agreement and the
Indemnitee shall look solely to the assets of the Company for satisfaction of
any claims hereunder.

                       14.    Enforcement.

                              Indemnitee's right to indemnification and other
rights under this Agreement shall be specifically enforceable by Indemnitee
only in the state or Federal courts of the States of Delaware or Maryland and
shall be enforceable notwithstanding any adverse Determination by the Company's
Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, the Special Independent Counsel
or the Company's stockholders and no such Determination shall create a
presumption that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified hereunder.  In
any such action the Company shall have the burden of proving that
indemnification is not required under this Agreement.

                              In the event that any action is instituted by
Indemnitee under this Agreement, or to enforce or interpret any of the terms of
this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid all court costs and
reasonable expenses, including reasonable counsel fees, incurred by Indemnitee
with respect to such action, unless the court determines that each of the
material assertions made by Indemnitee as a basis for such action were not made
in good faith or were frivolous.

                       15.    Severability.  In the event that any provision of
this Agreement is determined by a court to require the Company to do or to fail
to do an act which is in violation of applicable law, such provision (including
any provision within a single section, paragraph or sentence) shall be limited
or modified in its application to the minimum extent necessary to avoid a
violation of law, and, as so limited or modified, such provision and the
balance of this Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with their terms
to the fullest extent permitted by law.

                       16.    Governing Law.  This Agreement shall be governed
by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware
applicable to agreements made and to be performed entirely within such State.

                       17.    Consent to Jurisdiction.  The Company and the
Indemnitee each hereby irrevocably consent to the jurisdiction of the courts of
the States of Delaware and Maryland for all purposes in connection with any
action or proceeding which arises out of or relates to this Agreement





                                                                               8
<PAGE>   9
and agree that any action instituted under this Agreement shall be brought only
in the state and Federal courts of the States of Delaware and Maryland.

                       18.    Notices.  All notices, or other communications
required or permitted hereunder shall be sufficiently given for all purposes if
in writing and personally delivered, telegraphed, telexed, sent by facsimile
transmission or sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested,
with postage prepaid addressed as follows, or to such other address as the
parties shall have given notice of pursuant hereto:

                                  If to the Company, to:

                                  CIENA Corporation
                                  8530 Corridor Road
                                  Savage, Maryland  20763
                                  Attention:   Vice President and
                                               General Counsel

                                  If to the Indemnitee, to:

                                  -------------------------------

                                  -------------------------------


                       19.    Counterparts.  This Agreement may be signed in
counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which, when taken
together, shall constitute one and the same instrument.

                       20.    Successors and Assigns.  This Agreement shall be
(i) binding upon all successors and assigns of the Company, including any
direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to
all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company, and (ii)
shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of any successors and assigns,
heirs, and personal or legal representatives of Indemnitee.





                                                                               9
<PAGE>   10
                 21.          Amendment; Waiver.  No amendment, modification,
termination or cancellation of this Agreement shall be effective unless made in
a writing signed by each of the parties hereto.  No waiver of any of the
provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver  of
any other provision hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver
constitute a continuing waiver.


                 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and Indemnitee have executed
this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.


ATTEST:                           CIENA Corporation

[Corporate Seal]

By:                               By:                         
   -----------------------           -----------------------
   Title:                            Title:



WITNESS:


- --------------------------        --------------------------
                                           Indemnitee





                                                                              10

<PAGE>   1
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.2


                               CIENA CORPORATION

                  AMENDED AND RESTATED 1994 STOCK OPTION PLAN


            1.    Establishment and Purpose.

                 (a)     Establishment.    The CIENA CORPORATION Amended and
Restated 1994 Employee Stock Option Plan was adopted effective August _, 1994
(the "PLAN") .

                 (b)     Purpose. The purpose of the Plan is to attract, retain
and reward persons providing services to Ciena Corporation. a Delaware
corporation, and any successor corporation thereto (collectively referred to as
the "Company"). and any present or future parent and/or subsidiary corporations
of such corporation (all of which along with the Company being individually
referred to as a "PARTICIPATING COMPANY" and collectively referred to as THE
"PARTICIPATING COMPANY GROUP"). and to motivate such persons to contribute to
the growth and profits of the Participating Company Group in the future. For
purposes of the Plan, a parent corporation and a subsidiary corporation shall
be as defined in Sections 424(e) and 424(f) of the Internal Revenue Code of
1986. as amended (the "Code").

            2.   Administration.

                 (a)     Administration bv Board and/or Committee. The Plan
shall be administered by the Board of Directors of the Company (the "BOARD")
and/or by a duly appointed committee of the Board having sucl1 powers as shall
be specified by the Board. Any subsequent references herein to the Board shall
also mean the committee if such committee has been appointed and, unless the
powers of the committee have been specifically limited, the committee shall
have all of the powers of the Board granted herein. including.  without
limitation. the power to tenninate or amend the Plan at any time. subject to
the temas of the Plan and any applicable limitations imposed by law. All
questions of interpretation of the Plan or of any options granted under the
Plan (an "Option") shall be detennined by the Board, and such determinations
shall be final and binding UpOl1 all persons having an interest in the Plan
and/or any Option.

                 (b) Options Authorized. Options may be either incentive stock
options as defined in Section 422 of the Code ("INCENTIVE STOCK OPTIONS") or
non-statutory stock options.

                 (c) Authority of Officers. Any officer of a Participating
Company shall have the authority to act on behalf of the Company with respect
to any matter. right. obligation, or election which is the responsibility of or
which is allocated to the Company herein, provided the officer has apparent
authority with respect to such matter,right, obligation, or election.

                 (d) Disinterested Administration. With respect to the
participation in the Plan of officers or directors of the Company subject to
Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange
Act"), the Plan shall be administered by the Board in compliance with the
"disinterested administration" requirement of Rule 16b-3. as promulgated under
the Exchange Act and amended from time to time or any successor rule or
regulation ("Rule 16b-3").
<PAGE>   2
            3. Eligibility

                 (a) Eligible Persons. Options may be granted only to employees
(including officers) and directors of the Participating Company Group or to
individuals who are rendering services as consultants, advisors, or other
independent contractors to the Participating Company Group. The Board shall, in
its sole discretion, determine which persons shall be granted Options (an
"Optionee"). Eligible persons may be granted more than one (l) Option.

                 (b) Directors Serving on Committee. If a committee of the
Board has been established to administer the Plan in compliance with the
"disinterested administration" requirement of Rule 16b-3, no member of such
committee, while a member, shall be eligible to be granted an Option.

                 (c) Restrictions on Option Grants. A director of a
Participating Company may only be granted a nonstatutory stock option unless
the director is also an employee of the Participating Company Group. An
individual who is rendering services as a consultant, advisor, or other
independent contractor may only be granted a non-statutory stock option.

            4. Shares Subject to Option. 

Options shall be for the purchase of shares of the authorized but unissued 
common stock or treasury shares of common stock of the Company (the "Stock"), 
subject to adjustment as provided in paragraph 10 below. The maximum number of 
shares of Stock which may be issued under the Plan shall be Eight Hundred 
Sixty Thousand (860,000) shares. In the event that any outstanding Option for 
any reason expires or is terminated or canceled and/or shares of Stock subject 
to repurchase are repurchased by the Company, the shares allocable to the 
unexercised portion of such Option. Or such repurchased shares, may again be 
subject to an Option grant. Notwithstanding the foregoing any such shares 
shall be made subject to a new Option only if the grant of such new Option and 
the issuance of such shares pursuant to such new Option would not cause the 
Plan or any Option granted under the Plan to contravene Rule 16b-3.

            5. Time for Granting Options. 

All Options shall be granted, if at all, within ten (10) years from the earlier
of the date the Plan is adopted by the Board or the date the Plan approved by 
the stockholders of the Company.

            6. Terms Conditions and Form of Options. 

Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board shall determine for each 
Option (which need not be identical) the number of shares of Stock for which 
the Option shall be granted, the exercise price of the Option, the timing and 
terms of exercisability and vesting of the Option, the time of expiration of 
the Option, the effect of the Optionee's termination of employment or service, 
whether the Option is to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option or as a 
non-statutory stock option, the method for satisfaction of any tax withholding 
obligation arising in connection with Option, including by the withholding or 
delivery of shares of stock, and all other terms and conditions of the Option 
not inconsistent with the Plan. Options granted pursuant to the Plan shall be 
evidenced by written agreements specifying the number of shares of Stock 
covered thereby, in such form as the Board shall from time to time establish, 
which agreements may incorporate all or any of the terms of the Plan by 
reference and shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and
conditions:

                 (a) Exercise Price. The exercise price for each Option shall
be established in the sole discretion of the Board; provided, however, that (i)
the exercise price per share for an Incentive Stock Option shall be not less
than the fair market value, as determined by the Board, of a share of
<PAGE>   3
Stock on the date of the granting of the Option; (ii) the exercise price per
share for a non-statutory stock option shall not be less than eighty-five
percent (85%) of the fair market value, as determined by the Board, of a share
of Stock on the date of the granting of the Option; and (iii) no Incentive
Stock Option granted to an Optionee who at the time the Option is granted owns
stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power
of all classes of stock of a Participating Company within the meaning of
Section 422(b)(6) of the Code (a "Ten Percent Owner Optionee") shall have an
exercise price per share less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the fair
market value, as determined by the Board, of a share of Stock on the date of
the granting of the Option. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option (whether
an Incentive Stock Option or a non-statutory stock option) may be granted with
an exercise price lower than the minimum exercise price set forth above if such
Option is granted pursuant to an assumption or substitution for another option
in a manner qualifying with the provisions of Section 424(a) of the Code.

          (b)      Exercise Period of Options. The Board shall have the power 
to set,  including by amendment of an Option, the time or times within which
each  Option shall be exercisable or the event or events upon the occurrence of 
which all or a portion of each Option shall be exercisable and the term of 
each Option; provided, however, that (i) no Option shall be exercisable after 
the expiration of ten (10) years after the date such Option is granted, and 
(ii) no Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Owner Optionee shall 
be exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years after the date such 
Option is granted.

          (c) Payment of Exercise Price.

                   (i)      Forms of Payment Authorized. Payment of the 
exercise price for the number of shares of Stock being purchased pursuant to
any Option shall be made (1) in cash, by check, or cash equivalent, (2) by
tender to the Company of shares of the Company's stock owned by the Optionee
having a fair market value, as determined by the Board (but without regard to
any restrictions on transferability applicable to such stock by reason of
federal or state securities laws or agreements with an underwriter for the
Company), not less than the exercise price, (3) by the Optionee's recourse
promissory note in a form approved by the Company, (4) by the assignment of
the proceeds of a sale of some or all of the shares being acquired upon the
exercise of the Option (including, without limitation, through an exercise
complying with the provisions of Regulation T as promulgated from time to time
by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), or (5) by any
combination thereof. The Board may at any time or from time to time grant
Options which do not permit all of the foregoing forms of consideration to be
used in payment of the exercise price and/or which otherwise restrict one or
more forms of consideration.

                   (ii)     Tender of Company Stock. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, an Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company of shares of
the Company's stock to the extent such tender of stock would constitute a
violation of the provisions of any law, regulation and/or agreement restricting
the redemption of the Company's stock or, if in the opinion of Company counsel,
might impair the ability of purchasers of stock from the Company from taking
full advantage of the provisions of Section 1202 of the Code relating to
capital gains treatment of stock issued by the Company. Unless otherwise
provided by the Board, an Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company
of shares of the Company's stock unless such shares of the Company's stock
either have been owned by the Optionee for more than six (6) months or were not
acquired, directly or indirectly, from the Company.
<PAGE>   4
                   (iii)      Promissorv Notes. No promissory note shall
be permitted if an exercise using a promissory note would be a violation of any
law. Any permitted promissory note shall be due and payable not more than four
(4) years after the Option is exercised, and interest shall be payable at least
annually and be at least equal to the minimum interest rate necessary to avoid
imputed interest pursuant to all applicable sections of the Code. The Board
shall have the authority to permit or require the Optionee to secure any
promissory note used to exercise an Option with the shares of Stock acquired on
exercise of the Option and/or with other collateral acceptable to the Company.
Unless otherwise provided by the Board, in the event the Company at any time is
subject to the regulations promulgated by the Board of Governors of the Federal
Reserve System or any other governmental entity affecting the extension of
credit in connection with the Company's securities, any promissory note shall
comply with such applicable regulations, and the Optionee shall pay the unpaid
principal and accrued interest, if any, to the extent necessary to comply with
such applicable regulations.

                   (iv)       Assignment of Proceeds of Sale. The Company 
reserves, at any and all times, the right, in the Company's sole and absolute
discretion, to establish. decline to approve and/or terminate any program
and/or procedures for the exercise of Options by means of an assignment of the
proceeds of a sale of some or all of the shares of Stock to be acquired upon
such exercise.


        7. Standard Forms of Stock Option Agreement.

                 (a)      Incentive Stock Options. Unless otherwise provided
for by the Board at the time an Option is granted, an Option designated as an
"Incentive Stock Option" shall comply with and be subject to the terms and
conditions set forth in the form of incentive stock option agreement attached
hereto as Exhibit A and incorporated herein by reference.

                 (b)      Non-statutory Stock Options. Unless otherwise
provided for by the Board at the time an Option is granted, an Option
designated as a "Non-statutory Stock Option" shall comply with and be subject
to the terms and conditions set forth in the forms of non-statutory stock
option agreement attached hereto as Exhibit B and incorporated herein by
reference.

                 (c)      Standard Term for Options. Unless otherwise provided
for by the Board in the grant of an Option, any Option granted hereunder shall
be exercisable for a term of [ten (10)] years.

            8. Authority to Vary Terms. 

The Board shall have the authority from time to time to vary the terms of 
either of the standard forms of Stock Option Agreement described in paragraph 
7 above either in connection with the grant or amendment of an individual 
Option or in connection with the authorization of a new standard form or 
forrns: provided, however, that the terms and conditions of such revised or 
amended standard form or forms of stock option agreement shall be in 
accordance with the terms of the Plan. Such authority shall include, but not 
by way of limitation, the authority to grant Options which are not immediately 
exercisable.

            9. Fair Market Value Limitation. 

To the extent that the aggregate fair market value (determined at the time the 
Option is granted) of stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are 
exercisable by an Optionee for the first time during any calendar year (under 
all stock option plans of the Company, including the Plan) exceeds One Hundred 
Thousand Dollars ($100,000), such Options shall be treated as non-statutory 
stock options. This paragraph shall be applied by taking Incentive Stock 
Options into account in the order in which they were granted.
<PAGE>   5
            10. Effect of Change in Stock Subject to Plan. 

Appropriate adjustments shall be made in the number and class of shares of 
Stock subject to the Plan and to any outstanding Options and in the exercise 
price of any outstanding Options in the event of a stock dividend, stock split,
reverse stock split, recapitalization, combination, reclassificationt or like 
change in the capital structure of the Company.

In the event a majority of the shares which are of the same class as the shares
that are subject to outstanding Options are exchanged for, converted into, or
otherwise become (whether or not pursuant to a Transfer of Control (as defined
below)) shares of another corporation (the "New Shares"), the Company may
unilaterally amend the outstanding Options to provide that such Options are
exercisable for New Shares In the event of any such amendment, the number of
shares and the exercise price of the outstanding Options shall be adjusted in a
fair and equitable manner.

            11. Transfer of Control. 

A "TRANSFER OF CONTROL" shall be deemed to have occurred in the event any of 
the following occurs with respect to the Company.

                 (a)      the direct or indirect sale or exchange by the
stockholders of the Company of all or substantially all of the stock of the
Company where the stockholders of the Company before such sale or exchange do
not retain, directly or indirectly, at least a majority of the beneficial
interest in the voting stock of the Acquiring Corporation as defined below
after such sale or exchange;

                 (b)      a merger or consolidation where the stockholders of
the Company before such merger or consolidation do not retain, directly or
indirectly, at least a majority of the beneficial interest in the voting stock
of the Acquiring Corporation as defined below after such merger or
consolidation;

                 (c)      the sale, exchange, or transfer of all or
substantially all of the assets of the Company (other than a sale, exchange, or
transfer to one (1) or more subsidiary corporations (as defined in paragraph 1
above) of the Company); or

                 (d)      a liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

         Thirty (30) days prior the proposed effective date of any Transfer of
Control. each Optionee under a stock option agreement outstanding for 335 days
or more shall be credited, as of the proposed effective date of the Transfer of
Control, and if still employed by the Company on that date, with 100% of such
shares, for purposes of determining the percentage of shares which shall be
immediately exercisable and/or fully vested under each such stock option
agreement. Other options, except as set forth below, shall not be affected.

         Furthermore, in the event of a Transfer of Control, the surviving,
continuing successor, or purchasing corporation or parent corporation thereof,
as the case may be (the "Acquiring Corporation"), shall either assume the
Company's rights and obligations under outstanding stock option agreements or
substitute options for the Acquiring Corporation's stock for such outstanding
Options. In the event the Acquiring Corporation elects not to assume or
substitute for such outstanding Options in connection with the Transfer of
Control. any unexercisable and/or unvested shares subject to such outstanding
stock option agreements shall be immediately exercisable and fully vested as of
the date thirty (30) days prior to the proposed effective date of the Transfer
of
<PAGE>   6
Control. The exercise and/or vesting of any Option that was permissible solely
by reason of this paragraph 11 shall be conditioned upon the consummation of
the Transfer of Control. Any Options which are neither assumed or substituted
for by the Acquiring Corporation in connection with the Transfer of Control nor
exercised as of the date of the Transfer of Control shall terminate and cease
to be outstanding effective as of the date of the Transfer of Control.

            12. Provision of Information. Each Optionee shall be given access
to information concerning the Company equivalent to that information generally
made available to the Company's common stockholders generally.

            13. Options Non-Transferable. During the lifetime of the Optionee,
the Option shall be exercisable only by the Optionee.  No Option shall be
assignable or transferable by the Optionee, except by will or by the laws of
descent and distribution.

            14. Termination or Amendment of Plan or Options. The Board,
including any duly appointed committee of the Board, may terminate or amend the
Plan or any Option at any time; provided, however, that without the approval of
the Company's stockholders, there shall be (a) no increase in the total number
of shares of Stock covered by the Plan (except by operation of the provisions
of paragraph 10 above), (b) no change in the class eligible to receive
Incentive Stock Options and (c) no expansion in the class eligible to receive
non-statutory stock options. In addition to the foregoing, the approval of the
Company's stockholders shall be sought for any amendment to the Plan for which
the Board deems stockholder approval necessary in order to comply with Rule
16b-3. In any event, no amendment may adversely affect any then outstanding
Option or any unexercised portion thereof, without the consent of the Optionee,
unless such amendment is required to enable an Option designated as an
Incentive Stock Option to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned Assistant Secretary of
the Company certifies that the foregoing Ciena Corporation Amended and Restated
1994 Stock Option Plan was duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the
Company on the ___ day of August, 1994.


                              /s/ DAVID R. HOBER
                             ------------------------------------
                                  Secretary
<PAGE>   7





                                   EXHIBIT A

                                STANDARD FORM OF
                               CIENA CORPORATION
                            IMMEDIATELY EXERCISABLE
                        INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

<PAGE>   1
                                                               EXHIBIT 10.3




THE SECURITY REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAS BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT
AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION
THEREOF.  NO SUCH SALE OR DISPOSITION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE
REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO
THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF
1933.



                               CIENA CORPORATION

                        INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT


                 THIS INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT (the "OPTION AGREEMENT")
is made and entered into as of {date}, by and between Ciena Corporation, a
Delaware corporation (the "COMPANY"), and {employee} (the "OPTIONEE").

                 The Company granted to the Optionee an option to purchase
certain shares of common stock of the Company, in the manner and subject to the
provisions of this Option Agreement (the "OPTION").  If the Optionee (and the
Optionee's spouse, if married) does not execute and return the Option Agreement
to the Company within sixty (60) days of the date first written above, the
Option shall terminate and be without further force and effect.

                 1.       Definitions:

                          (a)     "DATE OF OPTION GRANT" shall mean the date
set forth on Exhibit A annexed hereto and made a part hereof.

                          (b)     "NUMBER OF OPTION SHARES" shall mean the
number of shares of common stock of the Company set forth on Exhibit A as
adjusted from time to time pursuant to paragraph 9 below.

                          (c)     "EXERCISE PRICE" shall mean the price per
share set forth on Exhibit A as adjusted from time to time pursuant to
paragraph 9 below.

                          (d)     "INITIAL EXERCISE DATE" shall be the Initial
Vesting Date.

                          (e)     "INITIAL VESTING DATE" shall be the last day
of the calendar month in which occurs the date one (1) year after the date set
forth on Exhibit A.
<PAGE>   2
                          (f)     Determination of "VESTED PERCENTAGE":

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     Vested Percentage
                                                                                     -----------------
                                  <S>                                                    <C>
                                  Prior to Initial Vesting Date                                 0%

                                  On Initial Vesting Date, provided                            25%
                                  the Optionee is continuously
                                  employed by a Participating
                                  Company from the Date of Option
                                  Grant until the Initial Vesting Date

                                  Plus
                                  ----

                                  For each full month of the                                2.084%
                                  Optionee's continuous employment
                                  by a Participating Company from
                                  the Initial Vesting Date

                                  In no event shall the Vested
                                  Percentage exceed 100%
</TABLE>

                          (g)     "OPTION TERM DATE" shall mean the date ten
(10) years after the Date of Option Grant.

                          (h)     "CODE" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code
of 1986, as amended.

                          (i)     "COMPANY" shall mean Ciena Corporation, a
Delaware corporation, and any successor corporation thereto.

                          (j)     "PARTICIPATING COMPANY" shall mean (i) the
Company and (ii) any present or future parent and/or subsidiary corporation of
the Company while such corporation is a parent or subsidiary of the Company.
For purposes of this Option Agreement, a parent corporation and a subsidiary
corporation shall be as defined in sections 424(e) and 424(f) of the Code.

                          (k)     "PARTICIPATING COMPANY GROUP" shall mean at
any point in time all corporations collectively which are then a Participating
Company.

                          (l)     "PLAN" shall mean the Ciena Corporation 1994
Stock Option Plan.

                          (m)     On any given date, the number of "VESTED
SHARES" shall be equal to the Number of Option Shares multiplied by the Vested
Percentage determined as of such date pursuant to paragraph 1(f) above and
rounded down to the nearest whole share.  On





                                      -2-
<PAGE>   3
such date, the number of UNVESTED SHARES shall be equal to the Number of Option
Shares reduced by the number of Vested Shares determined as of such date.

                 2.       Status of the Option.  This Option is intended to be
an incentive stock option as described in section 422 of the Code, but the
Company does not represent or warrant that this Option qualifies as such.  The
Optionee should consult with the Optionee's own tax advisors regarding the tax
effects of this Option and the requirements necessary to obtain favorable
income tax treatment under section 422 of the Code, including, but not limited
to, holding period requirements.

                 3.       Administration.  All questions of interpretation
concerning this Option Agreement shall be determined by the Board of Directors
of the Company (the "BOARD") and/or by a duly appointed committee of the Board
having such powers as shall be specified by the Board.  Any subsequent
references herein to the Board shall also mean the committee if such committee
has been appointed and, unless the powers of the committee have been
specifically limited, the committee shall have all of the powers of the Board
granted in the Plan, including, without limitation, the power to terminate or
amend the Plan at any time, subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable
limitations imposed by law.  All determinations by the Board shall be final and
binding upon all persons having an interest in the Option.  Any officer of a
Participating Company shall have the authority to act on behalf of the Company
with respect to any matter, right, obligation, or election which is the
responsibility of or which is allocated to the Company herein, provided the
officer has apparent authority with respect to such matter, right, obligation,
or election.

                 4.       Exercise of the Option.

                          (a)     Right to Exercise.  The Option shall be first
exercisable on and after the Initial Vesting Date, and then only to the extent
vested.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as provided in paragraph 16, the
aggregate fair market value of the stock with respect to which the Optionee may
exercise the Option for the first time during any calendar year, together with
any other incentive stock options which are exercisable for the first time
during any such year, as determined in accordance with section 422(d) of the
Code, shall not exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000).  Such
limitation on exercise described in section 422(d) of the Code shall be
referred to in this Option Agreement as the "$100,000 EXERCISE LIMITATION".
Furthermore, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Option may be exercised only in
multiples of one hundred (100) shares unless all shares subject to the Option
are being exercised; provided, however, that the foregoing restriction shall
not apply so as to prevent an exercise (i) following the Optionee's termination
of employment as set forth in paragraph 7 below or (ii) during the thirty (30)
day periods immediately preceding and following an Ownership Change as defined
in paragraph 8 below.  In addition to the foregoing, in the event that the
adoption of the Plan or any amendment of the Plan is subject to the approval of
the Company's stockholders in order for the Option to comply with the
requirements of Rule 16b-3, promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended (the "EXCHANGE ACT"), the Option shall not be exercisable
prior to such stockholder





                                      -3-
<PAGE>   4
approval if the Optionee is subject to Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act,
unless the Board, in its sole discretion, approves the exercise of the Option
prior to such stockholder approval.

                          (b)     Method of Exercise.  Exercise of the Option
must be by written notice to the Company which must state the election to
exercise the Option, the number of shares for which the Option is being
exercised and such other representations and agreements as to the Optionee's
investment intent with respect to such shares as may be required pursuant to
the provisions of this Option Agreement.  The written notice must be signed by
the Optionee and must be delivered in person, by certified or registered mail,
return receipt requested, or by facsimile transmission, to the Chief Financial
Officer of the Company, or other authorized representative of the Participating
Company Group, prior to the termination of the Option as set forth in paragraph
6 below, accompanied by (i) full payment of the exercise price for the number
of shares being purchased and (ii) an executed copy, if required herein, of the
then current forms of escrow and security agreements referenced below.

                          (c)     Payment of Exercise Price.

                                  (i)      Forms of Payment Authorized.
Payment of the exercise price for the number of shares for which the Option is
being exercised shall be made

                                        (A)     in cash, by check, or cash
equivalent;

                                        (B)     by tender to the Company of
shares of the Company's common stock owned by the Optionee having a fair market
value, as determined by the Board, not less than the exercise price, which
either have been owned by the Optionee for more than six (6) months or were not
acquired, directly or indirectly, from the Company;

                                        (C)     if expressly authorized by the
Company at the time of Option exercise, in its sole discretion, by the
Optionee's recourse promissory note in a form approved by the Company;

                                        (D)     by Immediate Sales Proceeds, as
defined below;

                                        (E)     by any combination of the
foregoing.

                                  (ii)     Tender of Company Stock.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Option may not be exercised by tender to the
Company of shares of the Company's common stock to the extent such tender of
stock would constitute a violation of the provisions of any law, regulation
and/or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company's common stock or,
if in the opinion of Company counsel, might impair the ability of purchasers of
stock from the Company from taking full advantage of the provisions of Section
1202 of the Code relating to capital gains treatment of stock issued by the
Company.  Unless otherwise provided by the Board, an Option may not be
exercised by tender to the Company of shares of the Company's common stock
unless such shares of the Company's





                                      -4-
<PAGE>   5
stock either have been owned by the Optionee for more than six (6) months or
were not acquired, directly or indirectly, from the Company.

                                  (iii)    Promissory Note.  Unless otherwise
specified by the Board at the time the Option is granted, a promissory note
permitted in accordance with clause (c)(i)(C) above shall not exceed the amount
permitted by law to be paid by a promissory note and shall be a full recourse
note in a form satisfactory to the Company, with principal payable four (4)
years after the date the Option is exercised.  Interest on the principal
balance of the promissory note shall be payable in annual installments at the
minimum interest rate necessary to avoid imputed interest pursuant to all
applicable sections of the Code.  Such recourse promissory note shall be
secured by the shares of stock acquired pursuant to the then current form of
security agreement as approved by the Company.  In the event the Company at any
time is subject to the regulations promulgated by the Board of Governors of the
Federal Reserve System or any other governmental entity affecting the extension
of credit in connection with the Company's securities, any promissory note
shall comply with such applicable regulations, and the Optionee shall pay the
unpaid principal and accrued interest, if any, to the extent necessary to
comply with such applicable regulations.  Except as the Company in its sole
discretion shall determine, the Optionee shall pay the unpaid principal balance
of the promissory note and any accrued interest thereon upon termination of the
Optionee's employment with the Participating Company Group for any reason, with
or without cause.

                                  (iv)     Immediate Sales Proceeds.
"IMMEDIATE SALES PROCEEDS" shall mean the assignment in form acceptable to the
Company of the proceeds of a sale of some or all of the shares acquired upon
the exercise of the Option pursuant to a program and/or procedure approved by
the Company (including, without limitation, through an exercise complying with
the provisions of Regulation T as promulgated from time to time by the  Board
of Governors of the Federal Reserve System).  The Company reserves, at any and
all times, the right, in the Company's sole and absolute discretion, to decline
to approve any such program and/or procedure.

                          (d)     Tax Withholding.  At the time the Option is
exercised, in whole or in part, or at any time thereafter as requested by the
Company, the Optionee hereby authorizes payroll withholding and otherwise
agrees to make adequate provision for foreign, federal and state tax
withholding obligations of the Company, if any, which arise in connection with
the Option, including, without limitation, obligations arising upon (i) the
exercise, in whole or in part, of the Option, (ii) the transfer, in whole or in
part, of any shares acquired on exercise of the Option, or (iii) the operation
of any law or regulation providing for the imputation of interest, or (iv) the
lapsing of any restriction with respect to any shares acquired on exercise  of
the Option.  The Optionee is cautioned that the Option is not exercisable
unless the Company's withholding obligations are satisfied.  Accordingly, the
Optionee may not be able to exercise the Option when desired even though the
Option is vested and the Company shall have no obligation to issue a
certificate for such shares.





                                      -5-
<PAGE>   6
                          (e)     Certificate Registration.  Except in the
event the exercise price is paid by Immediate Sales Proceeds, the certificate
or certificates for the shares as to which the Option is exercised shall be
registered in the name of the Optionee, or, if applicable, the heirs of the
Optionee.

                          (f)     Restrictions of Grant of the Option and
Issuance of Shares.  The grant of the Option and the issuance of the shares
upon exercise of the Option shall be subject to compliance with all applicable
requirements of federal, state or foreign law with respect to such securities.
The Option may not be exercised if the issuance of shares upon such exercise
would constitute a violation of any applicable federal, state, or foreign
securities laws or other law or regulations.  In addition, the Option may not
be exercised unless (i) a registration statement under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended (the "SECURITIES ACT"), shall at the time of exercise of the
Option be in effect with respect to the shares issuable upon exercise of the
Option or (ii) in the opinion of legal counsel to the Company, the shares
issuable upon exercise of the Option may be issued in accordance with the terms
of an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities
Act.  THE OPTIONEE IS CAUTIONED THAT THE OPTION MAY NOT BE EXERCISABLE UNLESS
THE FOREGOING CONDITIONS ARE SATISFIED.  ACCORDINGLY, THE OPTIONEE MAY NOT BE
ABLE TO EXERCISE THE OPTION WHEN DESIRED EVEN THOUGH THE OPTION IS VESTED.
Questions concerning this restriction should be directed to the Chief Financial
Officer of the Company.  As a condition to the exercise of the Option, the
Company may require the Optionee to satisfy any qualifications that may be
necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance with any applicable law or
regulation and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as
may be requested by the Company.

                          (g)     Fractional Shares.  The Company shall not be
required to issue fractional shares upon the exercise of the Option.

                 5.       Non-Transferability of the Option; Non-Alienation of
Benefits.  The Option may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee only
by the Optionee and may not be assigned or transferred in any manner except by
will or by the laws of descent and distribution.  Following the death of the
Optionee, the Option, to the extent unexercised and vested to the Optionee on
the date of death, may be exercised by the Optionee's legal representative or
by any person empowered to do so under the deceased Optionee's will or under
the then applicable laws of descent and distribution.

                 Except with the prior written consent of the Company, subject
to the foregoing, or as otherwise provided herein, no right or benefit under
this Option Agreement shall be subject to anticipation, alienation, sale,
assignment, pledge, encumbrance or charge,  and any attempt to anticipate,
alienate, sell, assign, pledge, encumber or charge the same without such
consent, if applicable, shall be void.  Except with such consent, no right or
benefit under this Option Agreement shall in any manner be liable for or
subject to the debts, contacts, liabilities or torts of the person entitled to
such benefit.  Except to the extent previously approved by the Company in
writing, or as otherwise provided herein, if the Optionee should become
bankrupt or attempt to anticipate, alienate, sell, assign, pledge, encumber or
charge any right or benefit





                                      -6-
<PAGE>   7
hereunder, then such right or benefit shall cease and terminate, and in such
event, the Company may hold or apply the same or any part thereof for the
benefit of the Optionee, the Optionee's spouse, children or other dependents,
or any of them, in such manner and in such proportion as the Company may in its
sole determination deem proper.

                 6.       Termination of the Option.  The Option shall
terminate and may no longer be exercised on the first to occur of (a) the
Option Term Date as defined above, (b) the last date for exercising the Option
following termination of employment as described in paragraph 7 below, or (c) a
Transfer of Control to the extent provided in paragraph 8 below.

                 7.       Termination of Employment.

                          (a)     Termination Other Than by Death or
Disability.  Except as otherwise provided below, if the Optionee ceases to be
an employee of the Participating Company Group for any reason, except death or
disability within the meaning of section 422(c) of the Code, the Option, to the
extent unexercised and exercisable by the Optionee on the date on which the
Optionee ceased to be an employee, may be exercised by the Optionee within
thirty (30) days after the date on which the Optionee's employment terminated,
but in any event no later than the Option Term Date.

                          (b)     Termination by Death or Disability.  Except
as otherwise provided below, if the Optionee's employment with the Company is
terminated because of the death or disability of the Optionee within the
meaning of section 422(c) of the Code, the Option, to the extent unexercised
and exercisable by the Optionee on the date on which the Optionee ceased to be
an employee, may be exercised by the Optionee (or the Optionee's legal
representative) at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months from
the date on which the Optionee's employment terminated, but in any event no
later than the Option Term Date.  The Optionee's employment shall be deemed to
have terminated on account of death if the Optionee dies within three (3)
months after the Optionee's termination of employment.

                          (c)     Limitations on Exercise After Termination.
Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs 7(a) and (b), the Option may not
be exercised after the Optionee's termination of employment if the shares to be
acquired on exercise of the Option would be Unvested Shares as that term is
defined in paragraph 11 below.  Except as provided in this paragraph 7, the
Option shall terminate and may not be exercised after the Optionee ceases to be
an employee of the Participating Company Group.  Furthermore, the Board may at
any time after the Optionee's termination of employment cancel the Option with
respect to all or a portion of the shares otherwise remaining exercisable under
the Option, if the Company finds or has found that the Optionee:

                                  (i)      Engaged in willful, deliberate or
gross misconduct toward the Company;

                                  (ii)     Has violated the terms of any
confidentiality agreement or obligation between the Optionee and the Company;
or





                                      -7-
<PAGE>   8
                                  (iii)    Has accepted employment with an
entity which the Company determines is in a business that could result in
compromising any confidentiality agreement or obligation between the Optionee
and the Company.

                          (d)     Employee and Termination of Employment
Defined.  For purposes of this paragraph 7, the term "employee" shall mean any
person, including officers and directors, employed by a Participating Company
or performing services for a Participating Company as a director, consultant,
advisor or other independent contractor.  For purposes of this paragraph 7, the
Optionee's employment shall be deemed to have terminated if the Optionee ceases
to be employed by a Participating Company (whether upon an actual termination
of employment or upon the Optionee's employer ceasing to be a Participating
Company).  The Optionee's employment shall not be deemed to have terminated
merely because of a change in the capacity in which the Optionee serves as an
employee, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the
Optionee's service as an employee.  (THE OPTIONEE IS CAUTIONED THAT IF THE
OPTION IS EXERCISED MORE THAN THREE (3) MONTHS AFTER THE DATE ON WHICH THE
OPTIONEE'S EMPLOYMENT (OTHER THAN AS A DIRECTOR, CONSULTANT, ADVISOR OR OTHER
INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR) TERMINATED, THE OPTION MAY CEASE TO BE AN INCENTIVE
STOCK OPTION.  THE OPTIONEE SHOULD CONSULT WITH THE OPTIONEE'S OWN TAX ADVISORS
AS TO THE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF ANY SUCH DELAYED EXERCISE.)

                          (e)     Extension if Exercise Prevented by Law.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the exercise of the Option within the
applicable time periods set forth above is prevented by the provisions of
paragraph 4(f) above, the Option shall remain exercisable until three (3)
months after the date the Optionee is notified by the Company that the Option
is exercisable, but in any event no later than the Option Term Date.  The
Company makes no representation as to the tax consequences of any such delayed
exercise.  The Optionee should consult with the Optionee's own tax advisors as
to the tax consequences to the Optionee of any such delayed exercise.

                          (f)     Extension if Optionee Subject to Section
16(b).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the exercise of the Option within the
applicable time periods set forth above would subject the Optionee to suit
under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, the Option shall remain exercisable
until the earliest to occur of (i) the tenth (10th) day following the date on
which the Optionee would no longer be subject to such suit, (ii) the one
hundred and ninetieth (190th) day after the Optionee's termination of
employment, or (iii) the Option Term Date.  The Company makes no representation
as to the tax consequences of any such delayed exercise.  The Optionee should
consult with the Optionee's own tax advisors as to the tax consequences to the
Optionee of any such delayed exercise.

                          (g)     Leave of Absence.         For purposes
hereof, the Optionee's employment with the Participating Company Group shall
not be deemed to terminate if the Optionee takes any military leave, sick
leave, or other bona fide leave of absence approved by





                                      -8-
<PAGE>   9
the Company of ninety (90) days or  less.  In the event of a leave in excess of
ninety (90) days, the Optionee's employment shall be deemed to terminate on the
ninety-first (91st) day of the leave unless the Optionee's right to re
employment with the Participating Company Group remains guaranteed by statute
or contract.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise designated by the
Company (or required by law) a leave of absence shall not be treated as
employment for purposes of determining the Optionee's Vested Percentage.

                 8.       A "Transfer of Control"

                          (a)     A "TRANSFER OF CONTROL" shall be deemed to
have occurred in the event any of the events described in Paragraph 11 of the
Plan occurs with respect to the Company.

                          (b)     In the event of Transfer of Control, the
surviving, continuing, successor, or purchasing corporation or parent
corporation thereof, as the case may be (the "ACQUIRING CORPORATION"), shall
either assume the Company's rights and obligations under this Option Agreement
or substitute an option for the Acquiring Corporation's stock for the Option.
In the event the Acquiring Corporation elects not to assume the Company's
rights and obligations under this Option Agreement or substitute an option for
the Acquiring Corporation's stock for the Option, all shares subject to this
Option Agreement shall become Vested Shares (as defined in paragraph 11(b)
below) effective as of the date thirty (30) days prior to the Proposed
Effective Date.

                          (c)     The exercise and/or vesting of any shares
that was permissible solely by reason of this paragraph 8 shall be conditioned
upon the consummation of the Transfer of Control.  The Option shall terminate
and cease to be outstanding effective upon the Transfer of Control to the
extent that the Option is neither assumed or substituted for by the Acquiring
Corporation in connection with the Transfer of Control nor exercised as of the
date of the Transfer of Control.

                 9.       Effect of Change in Stock Subject to the Option.
Appropriate adjustments shall be made in the number, exercise price and class
of shares of stock subject to the Option in the event of a stock dividend,
stock split, reverse stock split, recapitalization, combination,
reclassification, or like change in the capital structure of the Company.  In
the event a majority of the shares which are of the same class as the shares
that are subject to the Option are exchanged for, converted into, or otherwise
become (whether or not pursuant to an Ownership Change) shares of another
corporation (the "NEW SHARES"), the Company may unilaterally amend the Option
to provide that the Option is exercisable for New Shares.  In the event of any
such amendment, the number of shares and the exercise price shall be adjusted
in a fair and equitable manner.

                 10.      Rights as a Stockholder or Employee. The Optionee
shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares covered by the
Option until the date of the issuance of a certificate or certificates for the
shares for which the Option has been exercised.  No adjustment shall be made
for dividends or distributions or other rights for which the record





                                      -9-
<PAGE>   10
date is prior to the date such certificate or certificates are issued, except
as provided in paragraph 9 above.  Nothing in the Option shall confer upon the
Optionee any right to continue in the employ of a Participating Company or
interfere in any way with any right of the Participating Company Group to
terminate the Optionee's employment at any time.

                 11.      Right of First Refusal.

                          (a)     Right of First Refusal.     Except as
provided in paragraph 11(g) below, in the event the Optionee proposes to sell,
pledge, or otherwise transfer any Vested Shares (the "TRANSFER SHARES") to any
person or entity, including, without limitation, any stockholder of the
Participating Company Group, the Company shall have the right to repurchase the
Transfer Shares under the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this
paragraph 12 (the "RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL").

                          (b)     Notice of Proposed Transfer.     Prior to any
proposed transfer of the Transfer Shares, the Optionee shall give a written
notice (the "TRANSFER NOTICE") to the Company describing fully the proposed
transfer, including the number of Transfer Shares, the name and address of the
proposed transferee (the "PROPOSED TRANSFEREE") and, if the transfer is
voluntary, the proposed transfer price and containing such information
necessary  to show the bona fide nature of the proposed transfer.  In the event
of a bona fide gift or involuntary transfer, the proposed transfer price shall
be deemed to be the fair market value of the Transfer Shares as determined by
the Company in good faith.  In the event the  Optionee proposes to transfer any
Transfer Shares to more than one (1) Proposed Transferee, the Optionee shall
provide a separate Transfer Notice for the proposed transfer to each Proposed
Transferee.  The Transfer Notice shall be signed by both the Optionee and the
Proposed Transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of the Optionee
and the Proposed Transferee for the transfer of the Transfer Shares to the
Proposed Transferee subject only to the Right of First Refusal.

                          (c)     Bona Fide Transfer.       In the event that
the Company shall determine that the information provided by the Optionee in
the Transfer Notice is insufficient to establish the bona fide nature of a
proposed voluntary transfer, the Company shall give the Optionee written notice
of the Optionee's failure to comply with the procedure described in this
paragraph 12 and the Optionee shall have no right to transfer the Transfer
Shares without first complying with the procedure described in this paragraph
12.  The Optionee shall not be permitted to transfer the Transfer Shares if the
proposed transfer is not bona fide.

                          (d)     Exercise of Right of First Refusal.        In
the event the proposed transfer is deemed to be bona fide, the Company shall
have the right to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Transfer Shares
(except as the Company and the Optionee otherwise  agree) at the purchase price
and on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice by delivery to the Optionee
of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within thirty (30) days
after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company.  The Company's
exercise or failure to exercise the Right of First Refusal with respect to any
proposed transfer described in a Transfer Notice shall not affect the Company's
right to exercise the Right of First Refusal  with respect to any proposed
transfer described in any other Transfer Notice, whether or not





                                      -10-
<PAGE>   11
such other Transfer Notice is issued by the Optionee or issued by a person
other than the Optionee with respect to a proposed transfer to the same
Proposed Transferee.  If the Company exercises the Right of First Refusal, the
Company and the Optionee shall thereupon consummate the sale of the Transfer
Shares to the Company on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within
sixty (60) days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company
(unless a longer period is offered by the Proposed Transferee); provided,
however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provides for the payment for the
Transfer Shares by the present value cash equivalent of the consideration
described in the Transfer Notice as reasonably determined by the Company.  For
purposes of the foregoing, cancellation of any indebtedness of the Optionee to
any Participating Company shall be treated as payment to the Optionee in cash
to the extent of the unpaid principal and any accrued interest canceled.

                          (e)     Failure to Exercise Right of First Refusal.
If the Company fails to exercise the Right of First Refusal in full within the
period specified in paragraph 11(d) above, the Optionee may conclude a transfer
to the Proposed Transferee of the Transfer Shares on the terms and conditions
described in the Transfer Notice, provided such transfer occurs not later than
ninety (90) days following delivery to the Company of the Transfer Notice.  The
Company shall have the right to demand further assurances from the Optionee and
the Proposed Transferee (in a form satisfactory to the Company) that the
transfer of the Transfer Shares was actually carried out on the terms and
conditions described in the Transfer Notice.  No Transfer Shares shall be
transferred on the books of the Company until the Company has received such
assurances, if so demanded, and has approved the proposed transfer as bona
fide.  Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those
described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer
by the Optionee, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall
require compliance by the Optionee with the procedure described in this
paragraph 11.

                          (f)     Transferees of Transfer Shares.     All
transferees of the Transfer Shares or any interest therein, other than the
Company, shall be required as a condition of such transfer to agree in writing
(in a form satisfactory to the Company) that such transferee shall receive and
hold such Transfer Shares or interests subject to the provisions of this
paragraph 11 providing for the Right of First Refusal with respect to any
subsequent transfer.  Any sale or transfer of any shares acquired upon exercise
of the Option shall be void unless the provisions of this paragraph 11 are met.

                          (g)     Transfers Not Subject to Right of First
Refusal.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Right of First Refusal shall not
apply to any transfer or exchange of the shares acquired pursuant to the
exercise of the Option if such transfer or exchange is in connection with an
Ownership Change.  If the consideration received pursuant to such transfer or
exchange consists of stock of a Participating Company, such consideration shall
remain subject to the Right of First Refusal unless the provisions of paragraph
11(i) below result in a termination of the Right of First Refusal.
Furthermore, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Right of First Refusal shall
not apply to a transfer of Transfer Shares to the Optionee's ancestors,
descendants, or spouse or to a trustee solely for the benefit of the Optionee
or Optionee's ancestors, descendants, or spouse, or to a charitable
institution;





                                      -11-
<PAGE>   12
provided, however, that such transferee shall agree in writing (in a form
satisfactory to the Company) to take the stock subject to all the terms and
conditions of this paragraph 12 providing for a Right of First Refusal with
respect to any subsequent transfer.

                          (h)     Assignment of Right of First Refusal.   The
Company shall have the right to assign the Right of First Refusal at any time,
whether or not the Optionee has attempted a transfer, to one (1) or more
persons as may be selected by the Company.

                          (i)     Early Termination of Right of First Refusal.
The other provisions of this paragraph 11 notwithstanding, the Right of First
Refusal shall terminate, and be of no further force and effect, upon (i) the
occurrence of a Transfer of Control, unless the surviving, continuing,
successor, or purchasing corporation or parent corporation thereof, as the case
may be, assumes the Company's rights and obligations under the Plan, or (ii)
the existence of a public market for the class of shares subject to the Right
of First  Refusal.  A "public market" shall be deemed to exist if (x) such
stock is listed on a national securities exchange (as that term is used in the
Exchange Act) or (y) such is traded on the over-the-counter market and prices
therefor are published daily on business days in a recognized financial
journal.

                 12.      Escrow.

                          (a)     Establishment of Escrow.     To ensure that
shares subject to the Right of First Refusal and/or security for any promissory
note will be available for purchase, the Company may require the Optionee to
deposit the certificate or certificates evidencing the shares which the
Optionee purchases upon exercise of the Option with the Company or other escrow
agent designated by the Company under the terms and conditions of escrow and
security agreements approved by the Company.  If the Company does not require
such deposit as a condition of exercise of the Option, or if the Company
releases the certificate or certificates from escrow prior to the lapsing of
all such restrictions and/or security interest, the Company reserves the right
at any time to require the Optionee to so deposit the certificates in escrow.
The Company shall bear the expenses of the escrow.

                          (b)     Delivery of Shares to Optionee.     As soon
as practicable after the expiration of the Right of First Refusal, and after
full repayment on any promissory note secured by the shares in escrow, the
escrow agent shall deliver to the Optionee the shares no longer subject to such
restrictions and no longer security for any promissory note.

                          (c)     Notices and Payments.     In the event the
shares held in escrow are subject to the Company's exercise of the Right of
First Refusal, the notices required to be given to the Optionee shall be given
to the escrow agent any payment required to be given to the Optionee shall be
given to the escrow agent.  Within thirty (30) days after payment by the
Company, the escrow agent shall deliver the shares which the Company has
purchased to the Company and shall deliver the payment received from the
Company to the Optionee.





                                      -12-
<PAGE>   13
                 13.      Stock Dividends Subject to Option Agreement.     If,
from time to time, there is any stock dividend, stock split, or other change in
the character or amount of any of the outstanding stock of the corporation the
stock of which is subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement, then in
such event any and all new, substituted or additional securities to which the
Optionee is entitled by reason of the Optionee's ownership of the shares
acquired upon exercise of the Option shall be immediately subject to the Right
of First Refusal, and/or any security interest held by the Company with the
same force and effect as the shares subject to the Right of First Refusal, and
such security interest immediately before such event.

                 14.      Notice of Sales Upon Disqualifying Disposition.
The Optionee shall dispose of the shares acquired pursuant to the Option only
in accordance with the provisions of this Option Agreement.  In addition, the
Optionee shall promptly notify the Chief Financial Officer of the Company if
the Optionee disposes of any of the shares acquired pursuant to the Option
within one (1) year from the date the Optionee exercises all or part of the
Option or within two (2) years of the date of grant of the Option.  Until such
time as the Optionee disposes of such shares in a manner consistent with the
provisions of this Option Agreement, the Optionee shall hold all shares
acquired pursuant to the Option in the Optionee's name (and not in the name of
any nominee) for the one-year period immediately after exercise of the Option
and the two-year period immediately after grant of the Option.  At any time
during the one-year or two-year periods set forth above, the Company may place
a legend or legends on any certificate or certificates representing shares
acquired pursuant to the Option requesting the transfer agent for the Company's
stock to notify the Company of any such transfers.  The obligation of the
Optionee to notify the Company of any such transfer shall continue
notwithstanding that a legend has been placed on the certificate or
certificates pursuant to the preceding sentence.

                 15.      Legends.         The Company may at any time place
legends referencing the Right of First Refusal set forth in paragraph 11 above,
and any applicable federal, state or foreign securities law restrictions on all
certificates representing shares of stock subject to the provisions of this
Option Agreement.  The Optionee shall, at the request of the Company, promptly
present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares acquired
pursuant to the Option in the possession of the Optionee in order to carry out
the provisions of this paragraph.  Unless otherwise specified by the Company,
legends placed on such certificates may include, but shall not be limited to,
the following:

                          (a)     "THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE
HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY
NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS THERE IS AN EFFECTIVE
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SUCH ACT COVERING SUCH SECURITIES, THE SALE IS
MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144 OR RULE 701 UNDER THE ACT, OR THE COMPANY
RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL FOR THE HOLDER OF THESE SECURITIES REASONABLY
SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, STATING THAT SUCH SALE, TRANSFER, ASSIGNMENT OR
HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM





                                      -13-
<PAGE>   14
THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF SUCH ACT."

                          (b)     "THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE
ARE SUBJECT TO A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL OPTION IN FAVOR OF THE CORPORATION OR
ITS ASSIGNEE SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE CORPORATION AND THE
REGISTERED HOLDER OR SUCH HOLDER'S PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST, A COPY OF WHICH IS
ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THIS CORPORATION."

                          (c)     "THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE
WERE ISSUED BY THE  CORPORATION TO THE REGISTERED HOLDER UPON EXERCISE OF AN
INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AS DEFINED IN SECTION 422 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE
OF 1986, AS AMENDED ("ISO").  IN ORDER TO OBTAIN THE PREFERENTIAL TAX TREATMENT
AFFORDED TO ISOs, THE SHARES SHOULD NOT BE TRANSFERRED PRIOR TO TWO YEARS AFTER
GRANT OF THE ISO AND ONE YEAR AFTER EXERCISE OF THE ISO.  SHOULD THE REGISTERED
HOLDER ELECT TO TRANSFER ANY OF THE SHARES PRIOR THERETO AND FOREGO ISO TAX
TREATMENT, THE TRANSFER AGENT FOR THE SHARES SHALL NOTIFY THE CORPORATION
IMMEDIATELY.  THE REGISTERED HOLDER SHALL HOLD ALL SHARES PURCHASED UNDER THE
INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION IN THE REGISTERED HOLDER'S NAME (AND NOT IN THE NAME OF
ANY NOMINEE) PRIOR TO THIS DATE OR UNTIL TRANSFERRED AS DESCRIBED ABOVE."

                 16.      Initial Public Offering. The Optionee hereby agrees
that in the event of an initial public offering of stock made by the Company
pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act,
the Optionee shall not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, hypothecate,
grant any option to purchase or make any short sale of, or otherwise dispose of
any shares of stock of the Company or any rights to acquire stock of the
Company for such period of time from and after the effective date of such
registration statement as    may be established by the underwriter for such
initial public offering; provided, however,   that such period of time shall
not exceed two hundred seventy (270) days from the effective date of the
registration statement to be filed in connection with such initial public
offering.  The foregoing limitation shall not apply to shares registered in the
initial public offering under the Securities Act.  The Optionee shall be
subject to this paragraph provided and only if the officers and directors of
the Company are also subject to similar arrangements.

                 17.      Binding Effect.  This Option Agreement shall inure to
the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective
heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

                 18.      Termination or Amendment.  The Board, including any 
duly appointed committee of the Board, may terminate or amend the Plan and /or
the Option at any time; provided, however, that no such termination or
amendment may adversely affect the Option or





                                      -14-
<PAGE>   15
any unexercised portion hereof without the consent of the Optionee unless such
amendment is required to enable the Option to qualify as an Incentive Stock
Option.

                 19.      Integrated Agreement.    This Option Agreement
constitutes the entire understanding and agreement of the Optionee and the
Participating Company Group with respect to the subject matter contained
herein, and there are no agreement, understandings, restrictions,
representations, or warranties among the Optionee and the Company other than
those as set forth or provided for herein.  To the extent contemplated herein,
the provisions of this Option Agreement shall survive any exercise of the
Option and shall remain in full force and effect.

                 20.      Applicable Law.  This Option Agreement shall be
governed by the laws of the State of Delaware as such laws are applied to
agreements between Delaware residents entered into and to be performed entirely
within the State of Delaware.


                                        CIENA CORPORATION


                                        By:
                                           -----------------------------

                                        Title:   Vice President, Finance
                                                 Chief Financial Officer





                                      -15-
<PAGE>   16
                 The Optionee represents that the Optionee is familiar with the
terms and provisions of this Option Agreement, including the Right of First
Refusal set forth in paragraph 11 and hereby accepts the Option subject to all
of the terms and provisions thereof.  The Optionee hereby agrees to accept as
binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Board
upon any questions arising under this Option Agreement.  The undersigned
acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan.



                                         OPTIONEE

Date:                                    
     --------------------                ----------------------------


                 The undersigned, being the spouse of the above-named Optionee,
does hereby acknowledge that the undersigned has read and is familiar with the
provisions of the above Option Agreement, and the undersigned hereby agrees
thereto and joins therein to the extent, if any, that the agreement and joiner
of the undersigned may be necessary.



                                         OPTIONEE

Date:                      
     --------------------                ----------------------------





                                      -16-
<PAGE>   17
                                   EXHIBIT A
                                       TO
                             STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT


                 (a)      "Date of Option Grant" shall mean {grant date}.

                 (b)      "Number of Option Shares" shall mean {shares} shares
of common stock of the Company.

                 (c)      "Exercise Price" shall mean {price} per share.

                 (d)      "Initial Vesting Date" shall be the last day of the
calendar month in which occurs the date one (1) year after the following date:
{vesting_date}.





                                      -17-
<PAGE>   18



THE SECURITY REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAS BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT
AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION
THEREOF.  NO SUCH SALE OR DISPOSITION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE
REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO
THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF
1933.




                               CIENA CORPORATION

                            IMMEDIATELY EXERCISABLE

                      NON-STATUTORY STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT



THIS IMMEDIATELY EXERCISABLE NON-STATUTORY STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT (the "Option
Agreement") is made and entered into as of ___________, 199___, by and between
CIENA Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and
___________________________ (the "Optionee").

         The Company granted to the Optionee an option to purchase certain
shares of common stock of the Company, in the manner and subject to the
provisions of this Option Agreement (the "Option").  If the Optionee (and the
Optionee's spouse, if married) does not execute and return this Option
Agreement to the Company within sixty (60) days of the date first written
above, the Option shall terminate and be without further force and effect.

         1.      Definitions:

                 (a)      "DATE OF OPTION GRANT" shall mean the date set forth
on Exhibit A annexed hereto and made a part hereof.

                 (b)      "NUMBER OF OPTION SHARES" shall mean the number of
shares of common stock of the Company set forth on Exhibit A as adjusted from
time to time pursuant to paragraph 9 below.

                 (c)      "EXERCISE PRICE" shall mean the price per share set
forth on Exhibit A as adjusted from time to time pursuant to paragraph 9 below.

                 (d)      "INITIAL EXERCISE DATE" shall be the Date of Option
Grant.
<PAGE>   19
                 (e)      "INITIAL VESTING DATE" shall be the last day of the
calendar month in which occurs the date one (1) year after (check one):

                 ____     the Date of Option Grant.

                 ____     _______________ (specify other date).

                 (f)      Determination of "VESTED PERCENTAGE":


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                  Vested Ratio
                                                                                                                  ------------
                                   <S>                                                                                  <C> 
                                   Prior to Initial Vesting Date                                                          0

                                   On Initial Vesting Date, provided the Optionee is                                     25%
                                   continuously employed by a Participating Company from the
                                   Date of Option Grant until the Initial Vesting Date

                                   Plus
                                   ----

                                   For each full month of the Optionee's continuous                                   2.084%
                                   employment by a Participating Company from the
                                   Initial Vesting Date

                                   In no event shall the Vested Percentage exceed
                                   100%.
</TABLE>

                 (g)      "OPTION TERM DATE" shall mean the date ten (10) years
after the Date of Option Grant.

                 (h)      "CODE" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,
as amended.

                 (i)      "COMPANY" shall mean CIENA Corporation, a Delaware
corporation, or any successor corporation thereto.

                 (j)      "PARTICIPATING COMPANY" shall mean (i) the Company
and (ii) any present or future parent and/or subsidiary corporation of the
Company while such corporation is a parent or subsidiary of the Company.  For
purposes of this Option Agreement, a parent corporation and a subsidiary
corporation shall be as defined in sections 424(e) and 424(f) of the Code.

                 (k)      "PARTICIPATING COMPANY GROUP" shall mean at any point
in time all corporations collectively which are then a Participating Company.

                 (l)      "PLAN" shall mean the CIENA Corporation 1994 Stock
Option Plan.





                                       2
<PAGE>   20
         2.      Status of the Option.  This Option is intended to be a
non-statutory stock option and shall not be treated as an incentive stock
option as described in section 422 of the Code.

         3.      Administration.  All questions of interpretation concerning
this Option Agreement shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the
Company (the "Board") and/or by a duly appointed committee of the Board having
such powers as shall be specified by the Board.  Any subsequent references
herein to the Board shall also mean the committee if such committee has been
appointed and, unless the powers of the committee have been specifically
limited, the committee shall have all of the powers of the Board granted in the
Plan, including, without limitation, the power to terminate or amend the Plan
at any time, subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable limitations
imposed by law.  All determinations by the Board shall be final and binding
upon all persons having an interest in the Option.  Any officer of a
Participating Company shall have the authority to act on behalf of the Company
with respect to any matter, right, obligation, or election which is the
responsibility of or which is allocated to the Company herein, provided the
officer has apparent authority with respect to such matter, right, obligation,
or election.

         4.      Exercise of the Option.

                 (a)      Right to Exercise. The Option shall be immediately
exercisable in its entirety on and after the Initial Exercise Date subject to
the Optionee's agreement that any shares purchased upon exercise are subject to
the Company's repurchase rights set forth in paragraph 11 and paragraph 12
below.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Option may be exercised only in
multiples of one hundred (100) shares unless all shares subject to the Option
are being exercised; provided, however, that the foregoing restriction shall
not apply so as to prevent an exercise (i) following the Optionee's termination
of employment as set forth in paragraph 7 below or (ii) during the thirty (30)
day periods immediately preceding and following an Ownership Change as defined
in paragraph 8 below.  In addition to the foregoing, in the event that the
adoption of the Plan or any amendment of the Plan is subject to the approval of
the Company's stockholders in order for the Option to comply with the
requirements of Rule 16b-3, promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), the Option shall not be exercisable
prior to such stockholder approval if the Optionee is subject to Section 16(b)
of the Exchange Act, unless the Board, in its sole discretion, approves the
exercise of the Option prior to such stockholder approval.

                 (b)      Method of Exercise.  Exercise of the Option must be
by written notice to the Company which must state the election to exercise the
Option, the number of shares for which the Option is being exercised and such
other representations and agreements as to the Optionee's investment intent
with respect to such shares as may be required pursuant to the provisions of
this Option Agreement.  The written notice must be signed by the Optionee and
must be delivered in person, by certified or registered mail, return receipt
requested, or by confirmed facsimile transmission, to the Chief Financial
Officer of the Company, or other authorized representative of the Participating
Company Group, prior to the termination of the Option as set forth in paragraph
6 below, accompanied by (i) full payment of the exercise price





                                       3
<PAGE>   21
for the number of shares being purchased and (ii) an executed copy, if required
herein, of the then current forms of escrow and security agreements referenced
below.

                 (c)      Payment of Exercise Price.

                          (i)     Forms of Payment Authorized.  Payment of the
exercise price for the number of shares for which the Option is being exercised
shall be made

                                  (A)      in cash, by check, or cash
equivalent;

                                  (B)      by tender to the Company of shares
of the Company's common stock owned by the Optionee having a fair market value,
as determined by the Board, not less than the exercise price, which either have
been owned by the Optionee for more than six (6) months or were not acquired,
directly or indirectly, from the Company;

                                  (C)      if expressly authorized by the
Company at the time of Option exercise, in its sole discretion, by the
Optionee's recourse promissory note in a form approved by the Company;

                                  (D)      by Immediate Sales Proceeds, as
defined below;

                                  (E)      by any combination of the foregoing.

                          (ii)    Tender of Company Stock.  Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company of shares
of the Company's common stock to the extent such tender of stock would
constitute a violation of the provisions of any law, regulation and/or
agreement restricting the redemption of the Company's common stock.

                          (iii)   Promissory Note.  Unless otherwise specified
by the Board at the time the Option is granted, a promissory note permitted in
accordance with clause (c)(i)(C) above shall not exceed the amount permitted by
law to be paid by a promissory note and shall be a full recourse note in a form
satisfactory to the Company, with principal payable four (4) years after the
date the Option is exercised.  Interest on the principal balance of the
promissory note shall be payable in annual installments at the minimum interest
rate necessary to avoid imputed interest pursuant to all applicable sections of
the Code.  Such recourse promissory note shall be secured by the shares of
stock acquired pursuant to the then current form of security agreement as
approved by the Company.  In the event the Company at any time is subject to
the regulations promulgated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve
System or any other governmental entity affecting the extension of credit in
connection with the Company's securities, any promissory note shall comply with
such applicable regulations, and the Optionee shall pay the unpaid principal
and accrued interest, if any, to the extent necessary to comply with such
applicable regulations.  Except as the Company in its sole discretion shall
determine, the Optionee shall pay the unpaid principal balance of the
promissory note and any accrued interest thereon upon termination of the
Optionee's employment with the Participating Company Group for any reason, with
or without cause.





                                       4
<PAGE>   22
                          (iv)    Immediate Sales Proceeds.  "IMMEDIATE SALES
PROCEEDS" shall mean the assignment in form acceptable to the Company of the
proceeds of a sale of some or all of the shares acquired upon the exercise of
the Option pursuant to a program and/or procedure approved by the Company
(including, without limitation, through an exercise complying with the
provisions of Regulation T as promulgated from time to time by the Board of
Governors of the Federal Reserve System).  The Company reserves, at any and all
times, the right, in the Company's sole and absolute discretion, to decline to
approve any such program and/or procedure.

                 (d)      Tax Withholding.  At the time the Option is
exercised, in whole or in part, or at any time thereafter as requested by the
Company, the Optionee hereby authorizes payroll withholding and otherwise
agrees to make adequate provision for foreign, federal and state tax
withholding obligations of the Company, if any, which arise in connection with
the Option, including, without limitation, obligations arising upon (i) the
exercise, in whole or in part, of the Option, (ii) the transfer, in whole or in
part, of any shares acquired on exercise of the Option, or (iii) the operation
of any law or regulation providing for the imputation of interest, or (iv) the
lapsing of any restriction with respect to any shares acquired on exercise of
the Option.  The Optionee is cautioned that the Option is not exercisable
unless the Company's withholding obligations are satisfied.  Accordingly, the
Optionee may not be able to exercise the Option when desired even though the
Option is vested and the Company shall have no obligation to issue a
certificate for such shares.

                 (e)      Certificate Registration.  Except in the event the
exercise price is paid by Immediate Sales Proceeds, the certificate or
certificates for the shares as to which the Option is exercised shall be
registered in the name of the Optionee, or, if applicable, the heirs of the
Optionee.

                 (f)      Restrictions on Grant of the Option and Issuance of
Shares.  The grant of the Option and the issuance of shares upon exercise of
the Option shall be subject to compliance with all applicable requirements of
federal, state or foreign law with respect to such securities.  The Option may
not be exercised if the issuance of shares upon such exercise would constitute
a violation of any applicable federal, state or foreign securities laws or
other law or regulations.  In addition, the Option may not be exercised unless
(i) a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
"SECURITIES ACT"), shall at the time of exercise of the Option be in effect
with respect to the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option, or (ii) in the
opinion of legal counsel to the Company, the shares issuable upon exercise of
the Option may be issued in accordance with the terms of an applicable
exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.  THE
OPTIONEE IS CAUTIONED THAT THE OPTION MAY NOT BE EXERCISABLE UNLESS THE
FOREGOING CONDITIONS ARE SATISFIED.  ACCORDINGLY, THE OPTIONEE MAY NOT BE ABLE
TO EXERCISE THE OPTION WHEN DESIRED EVEN THOUGH THE OPTION IS VESTED.
Questions concerning this restriction should be directed to the Chief Financial
Officer of the Company.  As a condition to the exercise of the Option, the
Company may require the Optionee to satisfy any qualifications that may be
necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance with any applicable law or
regulation, and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as
may be requested by the Company.





                                       5
<PAGE>   23
                 (g)      Fractional Shares.  The Company shall not be required
to issue fractional shares upon the exercise of the Option.

         5.      Non-Transferability of the Option; Non-Alienation of Benefits.
The Option may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee only by the
Optionee and may not be assigned or transferred in any manner except by will or
by the laws of descent and distribution.  Following the death of the Optionee,
the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable by the Optionee on the
date of death, may be exercised by the Optionee's legal representative or by
any person empowered to do so under the deceased Optionee's will or under the
then applicable laws of descent and distribution.

                 Except with the prior written consent of the Company, subject
to the foregoing, or as otherwise provided herein, no right or benefit under
this Option Agreement shall be subject to anticipation, alienation, sale,
assignment, pledge, encumbrance or charge, and any attempt to anticipate,
alienate, sell, assign, pledge, encumber or charge the same without such
consent, if applicable, shall be void.  Except with such consent, no right or
benefit under this Option Agreement shall in any manner be liable for or
subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities or torts of the person entitled to
such benefit.  Except to the extent previously approved by the Company in
writing, or as otherwise provided herein, if the Optionee should become
bankrupt or attempt to anticipate, alienate, sell, assign, pledge, encumber or
charge any right or benefit hereunder, then such right or benefit shall cease
and terminate, and in such event, the Company may hold or apply the same or any
part thereof for the benefit of the Optionee, the Optionee's spouse, children
or other dependents, or any of them, in such manner and in such proportion as
the Company may in its sole determination deem proper.

         6.      Termination of the Option.  The Option shall terminate and may
no longer be exercised on the first to occur of (a) the Option Term Date as
defined above, (b) the last date for exercising the Option following
termination of employment as described in paragraph 7 below, or (c) a Transfer
of Control to the extent provided in paragraph 8 below.

         7.      Termination of Employment.

                 (a)      Termination Other Than by Death or Disability.
Except as otherwise provided below, if the Optionee ceases to be an employee of
the Participating Company Group for any reason, except death or disability
within the meaning of section 422(c) of the Code, the Option, to the extent
unexercised and exercisable by the Optionee on the date on which the Optionee
ceased to be an employee, may be exercised by the Optionee within thirty (30)
days after the date on which the Optionee's employment terminated, but in any
event no later than the Option Term date.

                 (b)      Termination by Death or Disability.  Except as
otherwise provided below, if the Optionee's employment with the Company is
terminated because of the death or disability of the Optionee within the
meaning of section 422(c) of the Code, the Option, to the extent unexercised
and exercisable by the Optionee on the date on which the Optionee ceased to be
an employee, may be exercised by the Optionee (or the Optionee's legal
representative) at any time





                                       6
<PAGE>   24
prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months from the date on which the
Optionee's employment terminated, but in any event no later than the Option
Term Date.  The Optionee's employment shall be deemed to have terminated on
account of death if the Optionee dies within three (3) months after the
Optionee's termination of employment.

                 (c)      Limitations on Exercise After Termination.
Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs 7(a) and (b), the Option may not
be exercised after the Optionee's termination of employment if the shares to be
acquired on exercise of the Option would be Unvested Shares as that term is
defined in paragraph 11 below.  Except as provided in this paragraph 7, the
Option shall terminate and may not be exercised after the Optionee ceases to be
an employee of the Participating Company Group.  Furthermore, the Board may at
any time after the Optionee's termination of employment cancel the Option with
respect to all or a portion of the shares otherwise remaining exercisable under
the Option, if the Company finds or has found that the Optionee:

                          (i)     Engaged in willful, deliberate or gross
misconduct toward the Company;

                          (ii)    Has violated the terms of any confidentiality
agreement or obligation between the Optionee and the Company; or

                          (iii)   Has accepted employment with an entity which
the Company determines is in a business that could result in compromising any
confidentiality agreement or obligation between the Optionee and the Company.

                 (d)      Employee and Termination of Employment Defined.  For
purposes of this paragraph 7, the term "EMPLOYEE" shall mean any person,
including officers and directors, employed by a Participating Company or
performing services for a Participating Company as a director, consultant,
advisor or other independent contractor.  For purposes of this paragraph 7, the
Optionee's employment shall be deemed to have terminated if the Optionee ceases
to be employed by a Participating Company (whether upon an actual termination
of employment or upon the Optionee's employer ceasing to be a Participating
Company).  The Optionee's employment shall not be deemed to have terminated
merely because of a change in the capacity in which the Optionee serves as an
employee, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the
Optionee's service as an employee.

                 (e)      Extension if Exercise Prevented by Law.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the exercise of the Option within the
applicable time periods set forth above is prevented by the provisions of
paragraph 4(f) above, the Option shall remain exercisable until three (3)
months after the date the Optionee is notified by the Company that the Option
is exercisable, but in any event no later than the Option Term Date.

                 (f)      Extension if Optionee Subject to Section 16(b).
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the exercise of the Option within the
applicable time periods set forth above would subject the Optionee to suit
under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, the Option shall remain exercisable
until the earliest to occur of (i) the tenth (10th) day following the date on
which the





                                       7
<PAGE>   25
Optionee would no longer be subject to such suit, (ii) the one hundred and
ninetieth (190th) day after the Optionee's termination of employment, or (iii)
the Option Term Date.

                 (g)      Leave of Absence.  For purposes hereof, the
Optionee's employment with the Participating Company Group shall not be deemed
to terminate if the Optionee takes any military leave, sick leave, or other
bona fide leave of absence approved by the Company of ninety (90) days or less.
In the event of a leave in excess of ninety (90) days, the Optionee's
employment shall be deemed to terminate on the ninety-first (91st) day of the
leave unless the Optionee's right to reemployment with the Participating
Company Group remains guaranteed by statute or contract.  Notwithstanding the
foregoing, unless otherwise designated by the Company (or required by law) a
leave of absence shall not be treated as employment for purposes of determining
the Optionee's Vested Percentage.

         8.      A Transfer of Control.

                 (a)      A "TRANSFER OF CONTROL" shall be deemed to have
occurred in the event any of the events described in paragraph 11 of the Plan
occurs with respect to the Company.

                 (b)      In the event of a Transfer of Control, the surviving,
continuing, successor, or purchasing corporation or parent corporation thereof,
as the case may be (the "ACQUIRING CORPORATION"), shall either assume the
Company's rights and obligations under this Option Agreement or substitute an
option for the Acquiring Corporation's stock for the Option.  In the event the
Acquiring Corporation elects not to assume the Company's rights and obligations
under this Option Agreement or substitute an option for the Acquiring
Corporation's stock for the Option, all shares subject to this Option Agreement
shall become Vested Shares (as defined in paragraph 11(b) below) effective as
of the date thirty (30) days prior to the Proposed Effective Date.

                  (c)     The exercise and/or vesting of any shares that was
permissible solely by reason of this paragraph 8 shall be conditioned upon the
consummation of the Transfer of Control.  The Option shall terminate and cease
to be outstanding effective upon the Transfer of Control to the extent that the
Option is neither assumed or substituted for by the Acquiring Corporation in
connection with the Transfer of Control nor exercised as of the date of the
Transfer of Control.

         9.      Effect of Change in Stock Subject to the Option.  

Appropriate adjustments shall be made in the number, exercise price, and class 
of shares of stock subject to the Option in the event of a stock dividend, 
stock split, reverse stock split, recapitalization, combination, 
reclassification, or like change in the capital structure of the Company.  In 
the event a majority of the shares which are of the same class as the shares 
that are subject to the Option are exchanged for, converted into, or otherwise 
become (whether or not pursuant to an Ownership Change) shares of another 
corporation (the "NEW SHARES"), the Company may unilaterally amend the Option 
to provide that the Option is exercisable for New Shares.  In the event of any 
such amendment, the number of shares and the exercise price shall be adjusted 
in a fair and equitable manner.





                                       8
<PAGE>   26
         10.     Rights as a Stockholder or Employee.  

The Optionee shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares 
covered by the Option until the date of the issuance of a certificate or 
certificates for the shares for which the Option has been exercised.  No 
adjustment shall be made for dividends or distributions or other rights for 
which the record date is prior to the date such certificate or certificates 
are issued, except as provided in paragraph 9 above.  Nothing in the Option 
shall confer upon the Optionee any right to continue in the employ of a 
Participating Company or interfere in any way with any right of the 
Participating Company Group to terminate the Optionee's employment at any time.

         11.     Unvested Share Repurchase Option.

                 (a)      Unvested Share Repurchase Option.  In the event the
Optionee's employment with the Participating Company Group is terminated for
any reason, with or without cause, or if the Optionee or the Optionee's legal
representative attempts to sell, exchange, transfer, pledge, or otherwise
dispose of (other than pursuant to an Ownership Change) any shares acquired
upon exercise of the Option which exceed the Optionee's Vested Shares as
defined in paragraph 11(b) below (the "UNVESTED SHARES"), the Company shall
have the right to repurchase the Unvested Shares under the terms and subject to
the conditions set forth in this paragraph 11 (the "UNVESTED SHARE REPURCHASE
OPTION").

                 (b)      Vested Shares and Unvested Shares Defined.  On any
given date, the number of "VESTED SHARES" shall be equal to the Number of
Option Shares multiplied by the Vested Percentage determined as of such date
pursuant to paragraph 1(f) above and rounded down to the nearest whole share.
On such date, the number of Unvested Shares shall be equal to the Number of
Option Shares reduced by the number of Vested Shares determined as of such
date.

                 (c)      Exercise of Unvested Share Repurchase Option.  The
Company may exercise the Unvested Share Repurchase Option by written notice to
the Optionee within six (6) months after (i) such termination of employment (or
exercise of the Option, if later), or (ii) the Company has received notice of
the attempted disposition.  If the Company fails to give notice within such six
(6) month period, the Unvested Share Repurchase Option shall terminate unless
the Company and the Optionee have extended the time for the exercise of the
Unvested Share Repurchase Option.  The Unvested Share Repurchase Option must be
exercised, if at all, for all of the Unvested Shares, except as the Company and
the Optionee otherwise agree.

                 (d)      Payment for Shares and Return of Shares.  Payment by
the Company to the Optionee shall be made in cash within thirty (30) days after
the date of the mailing of the written notice of exercise of the Unvested Share
Repurchase Option.  For purposes of the foregoing, cancellation of any
indebtedness of the Optionee to any Participating Company shall be treated as
payment to the Optionee in cash to the extent of the unpaid principal and any
accrued interest canceled.  The purchase price per share being repurchased by
the Company shall be an amount equal to the Optionee's original cost per share,
as adjusted pursuant to paragraph 9 above (the "REPURCHASE PRICE").  The shares
being repurchased shall be delivered to the Company by the Optionee at the same
time as the delivery of the Repurchase Price to the Optionee.





                                       9
<PAGE>   27
                 (e)      Assignment of Unvested Share Repurchase Option.  The
Company shall have the right to assign the Unvested Share Repurchase Option at
any time, whether or not such option is then exercisable, to one (1) or more
persons as may be selected by the Company.

                 (f)      Ownership Change.  In the event of an Ownership
Change, any and all new, substituted or additional securities or other property
to which the Optionee is entitled by reason of his or her ownership of Unvested
Shares, determined after application of paragraph 8 above, shall be immediately
subject to the Unvested Share Repurchase Option and included in the terms
"shares" and "Unvested Shares" for all purposes of the Unvested Share
Repurchase Option with the same force and effect as the Unvested Shares
immediately prior to the Ownership Change.  While the aggregate Repurchase
Price shall remain the same after such Ownership Change, the Repurchase Price
per Unvested Share upon exercise of the Unvested Share Repurchase Option
following such Ownership Change shall be appropriately adjusted.  For purposes
of determining the Vested Percentage following an Ownership Change, credited
service shall include (i) all service with any corporation which is a
Participating Company at the time the services are rendered, whether or not
such corporation is a Participating Company both before and after the event
constituting the Ownership Change, and (ii) any additional service credited
pursuant to paragraph 8(c).

         12.     Right of First Refusal.

                 (a)      Right of First Refusal.  Except as provided in
paragraph 12(g) below, in the event the Optionee proposes to sell, pledge, or
otherwise transfer any Vested Shares (the "TRANSFER SHARES") to any person or
entity, including, without limitation, any stockholder of the Participating
Company Group, the Company shall have the right to repurchase the Transfer
Shares under the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this
paragraph 12 (the "RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL").

                 (b)      Notice of Proposed Transfer.  Prior to any proposed
transfer of the Transfer Shares, the Optionee shall give a written notice (the
"TRANSFER NOTICE") to the  Company describing fully the proposed transfer,
including the number of Transfer Shares, the name and address of the proposed
transferee (the "PROPOSED TRANSFEREE") and, if the transfer is voluntary, the
proposed transfer price and containing such information necessary to show the
bona fide nature of the proposed transfer.  In the event of a bona fide gift or
involuntary transfer, the proposed transfer price shall be deemed to be the
fair market value of the Transfer Shares as determined by the Company in good
faith.  In the event the Optionee proposes to transfer any Transfer Shares to
more than one (1) Proposed Transferee, the Optionee shall provide a separate
Transfer Notice for the proposed transfer to each Proposed Transferee.  The
Transfer Notice shall be signed by both the Optionee and the Proposed
Transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of the Optionee and the
Proposed Transferee for the transfer of the Transfer Shares to the Proposed
Transferee subject only to the Right of First Refusal.

                 (c)      Bona Fide Transfer.  In the event that the Company
shall determine that the information provided by the Optionee in the Transfer
Notice is insufficient to establish the bona fide nature of a proposed
voluntary transfer, the Company shall give the Optionee written





                                       10
<PAGE>   28
notice of the Optionee's failure to comply with the procedure described in this
paragraph 12 and the Optionee shall have no right to transfer the Transfer
Shares without first complying with the procedure described in this paragraph
12.  The Optionee shall not be permitted to transfer the Transfer Shares if the
proposed transfer is not bona fide.

                 (d)      Exercise of Right of First Refusal.  In the event the
proposed transfer is deemed to be bona fide, the Company shall have the right
to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Transfer Shares (except as the
Company and the Optionee otherwise agree) at the purchase price and on the
terms set forth in the Transfer Notice by delivery to the Optionee of a notice
of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within thirty (30) days after the
date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company.  The Company's exercise
or failure to exercise the Right of First Refusal with respect to any proposed
transfer described in a Transfer Notice shall not affect the Company's right to
exercise the Right of First Refusal with respect to any proposed transfer
described in any other Transfer Notice, whether or not such other Transfer
Notice is issued by the Optionee or issued by a person other than the Optionee
with respect to a proposed transfer to the same Proposed Transferee.  If the
Company exercises the Right of First Refusal, the Company and the Optionee
shall thereupon consummate the sale of the Transfer Shares to the Company on
the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within sixty (60) days after the
date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company (unless a longer period is
offered by the Proposed Transferee); provided, however, that in the event the
Transfer Notice provides for the payment for the Transfer Shares other than in
cash, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Transfer Shares by
the present value cash equivalent of the consideration described in the
Transfer Notice as reasonably determined by the Company.  For purposes of the
foregoing, cancellation of any indebtedness of the Optionee to any
Participating Company shall be treated as payment to the Optionee in cash to
the extent of the unpaid principal and any accrued interest canceled.

                 (e)      Failure to Exercise Right of First Refusal.  If the
Company fails to exercise the Right of First Refusal in full within the period
specified in paragraph 12(d) above, the Optionee may conclude a transfer to the
Proposed Transferee of the Transfer Shares on the terms and conditions
described in the Transfer Notice, provided such transfer occurs not later than
ninety (90) days following delivery to the Company of the Transfer Notice.  The
Company shall have the right to demand further assurances from the Optionee and
the Proposed Transferee (in a form satisfactory to the Company) that the
transfer of the Transfer Shares was actually carried out on the terms and
conditions described in the Transfer Notice.  No Transfer Shares shall be
transferred on the books of the Company until the Company has received such
assurances, if so demanded, and has approved the proposed transfer as bona
fide.  Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those
described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer
by the Optionee, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall
require compliance by the Optionee with the procedure described in this
paragraph 12.

                 (f)      Transferees of Transfer Shares.  All transferees of
the Transfer Shares or any interest therein, other than the Company, shall be
required as a condition of such transfer to agree in writing (in a form
satisfactory to the Company) that such transferee shall receive and hold such
Transfer Shares or interests subject to the provisions of this paragraph 12
providing for the Right of First Refusal with respect to any subsequent
transfer.  Any sale or transfer of any





                                       11
<PAGE>   29
shares acquired upon exercise of the Option shall be void unless the provisions
of this paragraph 12 are met.

                 (g)      Transfers Not Subject to Right of First Refusal.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Right of First Refusal shall not apply to
any transfer or exchange of the shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of the
Option if such transfer or exchange is in connection with an Ownership Change.
If the consideration received pursuant to such transfer or exchange consists of
stock of a Participating Company, such consideration shall remain subject to
the Right of First Refusal unless the provisions of paragraph 12(i) below
result in a termination of the Right of First Refusal.  Furthermore,
notwithstanding the foregoing, the Right of First Refusal shall not apply to a
transfer of Transfer Shares to the Optionee's ancestors, descendants, or spouse
or to a trustee solely for the benefit of the Optionee or the Optionee's
ancestors, descendants, or spouse, or to a charitable institution; provided,
however, that such transferee shall agree in writing (in a form satisfactory to
the Company) to take the stock subject to all the terms and conditions of this
paragraph 12 providing for a Right of First Refusal with respect to any
subsequent transfer.

                 (h)      Assignment of Right of First Refusal.  The Company
shall have the right to assign the Right of First Refusal at any time, whether
or not the Optionee has attempted a transfer, to one (1) or more persons as may
be selected by the Company.

                 (i)      Early Termination of Right of First Refusal.  The
other provisions of this paragraph 12 notwithstanding, the Right of First
Refusal shall terminate, and be of no further force and effect, upon (i) the
occurrence of a Transfer of Control, unless the surviving, continuing,
successor, or purchasing corporation or parent corporation thereof, as the case
may be, assumes the Company's rights and obligations under the Plan, or (ii)
the existence of a public market for the class of shares subject to the Right
of First Refusal.  A "public market" shall be deemed to exist if (x) such stock
is listed on a national securities exchange (as that term is used in the
Exchange Act), or (y) such stock is traded on the over-the-counter market and
prices therefor are published daily on business days in a recognized financial
journal.

         13.     Escrow.

                 (a)      Establishment of Escrow.  To ensure that shares
subject to the Unvested Share Repurchase Option, the Right of First Refusal
and/or security for any promissory note will be available for repurchase, the
Company may require the Optionee to deposit the certificate or certificates
evidencing the shares which the Optionee purchases upon exercise of the Option
with the Company or other escrow agent designated by the Company under the
terms and conditions of escrow and security agreements approved by the Company.
If the Company does not require such deposit as a condition of exercise of the
Option, or if the Company releases the certificate or certificates from escrow
prior to the lapsing of all such restrictions and/or security interest, the
Company reserves the right at any time to require the Optionee to so deposit
the certificate or certificates in escrow.  The Company shall bear the expenses
of the escrow.

                 (b)      Delivery of Shares to Optionee.  As soon as
practicable after the expiration of the Unvested Share Repurchase Option and
the Right of First Refusal, and after full repayment





                                       12
<PAGE>   30
on any promissory note secured by the shares in escrow, the escrow agent shall
deliver to the Optionee the shares no longer subject to such restrictions and
no longer security for any promissory note.

                 (c)      Notices and Payments.  In the event the shares held
in escrow are subject to the Company's exercise of the Unvested Share
Repurchase Option or the Right of First Refusal, the notices required to be
given to the Optionee shall be given to the escrow agent and any payment
required to be given to the Optionee shall be given to the escrow agent.
Within thirty (30) days after payment by the Company, the escrow agent shall
deliver the shares which the Company has purchased to the Company and shall
deliver the payment received from the Company to the Optionee.

         14.     Stock Dividends Subject to Option Agreement.  

If, from time to time, there is any stock dividend, stock split, or other 
change in the character or amount of any of the outstanding stock of the 
corporation the stock of which is subject to the provisions of this Option 
Agreement, then in such event any and all new, substituted or additional 
securities to which the Optionee is entitled by reason of the Optionee's 
ownership of the shares acquired upon exercise of the Option shall be 
immediately subject to the Unvested Share Repurchase Option, the Right of 
First Refusal, and/or any security interest held by the Company with the same 
force and effect as the shares subject to the Unvested Share Repurchase Option,
the Right of First Refusal, and such security interest immediately before such 
event.

         15.     Legends.  

The Company may at any time place legends referencing the Unvested Share 
Repurchase Option set forth in paragraph 11 above, the Right of First Refusal 
set forth in paragraph 12 above, and any applicable federal, state or foreign 
securities law restrictions on all certificates representing shares of stock 
subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement.  The Optionee shall, at 
the request of the Company, promptly present to the Company any and all 
certificates representing shares acquired pursuant to the Option in the 
possession of the Optionee in order to carry out the provisions of this 
paragraph.  Unless otherwise specified by the Company, legends placed on such 
certificates may include, but shall not be limited to, the following:

                 (a)      "THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE
NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT
BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS THERE IS AN EFFECTIVE
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SUCH ACT COVERING SUCH SECURITIES, THE SALE IS
MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144 OR RULE 701 UNDER THE ACT, OR THE COMPANY
RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL FOR THE HOLDER OF THESE SECURITIES REASONABLY
SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, STATING THAT SUCH SALE, TRANSFER, ASSIGNMENT OR
HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY
REQUIREMENTS OF SUCH ACT."

                 (b)      "THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE
SUBJECT TO AN UNVESTED SHARE REPURCHASE OPTION IN FAVOR OF THE CORPORATION OR
ITS ASSIGNEE SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE





                                       13
<PAGE>   31
CORPORATION AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER, OR SUCH HOLDER'S PREDECESSOR IN
INTEREST, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THIS
CORPORATION."

                 (c)      "THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE

SUBJECT TO A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL OPTION IN FAVOR OF THE CORPORATION OR ITS
ASSIGNEE SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE CORPORATION AND THE REGISTERED
HOLDER, OR SUCH HOLDER'S PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE AT
THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THIS CORPORATION."

         16.     Initial Public Offering.   

The Optionee hereby agrees that in the event of an initial public offering of 
stock made by the Company pursuant to an effective registration statement 
filed under the Securities Act, the Optionee shall not offer, sell, contract 
to sell, pledge, hypothecate, grant any option to purchase or make any short 
sale of, or otherwise dispose of any shares of stock of the Company or any 
rights to acquire stock of the Company for such period of time from and after 
the effective date of such registration statement as may be established by the 
underwriter for such initial public offering; provided, however, that such 
period of time shall not exceed two hundred seventy (270) days from the 
effective date of the registration statement to be filed in connection with 
such initial public offering.  The foregoing limitation shall not apply to 
shares registered in the initial public offering under the Securities Act.  
The Optionee shall be subject to this paragraph provided and only if the 
officers and directors of the Company are also subject to similar arrangements.

         17.     Binding Effect.  

This Option Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the 
parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, administrators,
successors and assigns.

         18.     Termination or Amendment.  

The Board, including any duly appointed committee of the Board, may terminate 
or amend the Plan and/or the Option at any time; provided, however, that no 
such termination or amendment may adversely affect the Option or any 
unexercised portion hereof without the consent of the Optionee.

         19.     Integrated Agreement.  

This Option Agreement constitutes the entire understanding and agreement of 
the Optionee and the Participating Company Group with respect to the subject 
matter contained herein, and there are no agreements, understandings, 
restrictions, representations, or warranties among the Optionee and the 
Company other than those as set forth or provided for herein.  To the extent 
contemplated herein, the provisions of this Option Agreement shall survive any 
exercise of the Option and shall remain in full force and effect.

         20.     Applicable Law.  

This Option Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Maryland 
as such laws are applied to agreements between Maryland residents entered into 
and to be performed entirely within the State of Maryland.





                                       14
<PAGE>   32
                                        CIENA CORPORATION



                                        By:
                                           ---------------------------------


                                        Title: Vice President, Finance
                                               Chief Financial Officer
        

         The Optionee represents that the Optionee is familiar with the terms
and provisions of this Option Agreement including the Unvested Share Repurchase
Option set forth in paragraph 11 and the Right of First Refusal set forth in
paragraph 12 and hereby accepts the Option subject to all of the terms and
provisions thereof.  The Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding,
conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Board upon any
questions arising under this Option Agreement.  The undersigned acknowledges
receipt of a copy of the Plan.


                                        OPTIONEE



Date:
      ------------------------          --------------------------


         The undersigned, being the spouse of the above-named Optionee, does
hereby acknowledge that the undersigned has read and is familiar with the
provisions of the above Option Agreement, and the undersigned hereby agrees
thereto and joins therein to the extent, if any, that the agreement and joinder
of the undersigned may be necessary.


                                        OPTIONEE



Date:
     -------------------------          --------------------------




                                       15
<PAGE>   33
                                   EXHIBIT A
                                       TO
                             STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT


                 (a)      "Date of Option Grant" shall mean {grant_date}.

                 (b)      "Number of Option Shares" shall mean {shares} shares
of common stock of the Company.

                 (c)      "Exercise Price" shall mean {price} per share.

                 (d)      "Initial Vesting Date" shall be the last day of the
calendar month in which occurs the date one (1) year after the following date:
{vesting_date}.





                                       16

<PAGE>   1


                               CIENA CORPORATION

                    1996 OUTSIDE DIRECTORS STOCK OPTION PLAN


         1.      ESTABLISHMENT, PURPOSE AND TERM OF PLAN.

                 1.1      ESTABLISHMENT.  The Ciena Corporation 1996 Outside
Directors Stock Option Plan (the "Plan") is hereby established effective as of
June 21, 1996 (the "Effective Date").

                 1.2      PURPOSE.  The purpose of the Plan is to advance the
interests of the Participating Company Group and its stockholders by providing
an incentive to attract and retain highly qualified persons to serve as Outside
Directors of the Company and by creating additional incentive for Outside
Directors to promote the growth and profitability of the Participating Company
Group.

                 1.3      TERM OF PLAN.  The Plan shall continue in effect
until the earlier of its termination by the Board or the date on which all of
the shares of Stock available for issuance under the Plan have been issued and
all restrictions on such shares under the terms of the Plan and the agreements
evidencing Options granted under the Plan have lapsed.

         2.      DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION.

                 2.1      DEFINITIONS.  Whenever used herein, the following
terms shall have their respective meanings set forth below:

                          (a)     "BOARD" means the Board of Directors of the
Company.  If one or more Committees have been appointed by the Board to
administer the Plan, "Board" also means such Committee(s).

                          (b)     "CODE" means the Internal Revenue Code of
1986, as amended, and any applicable regulations promulgated thereunder.

                          (c)     "COMMITTEE" means a committee of the Board
duly appointed to administer the Plan and having such powers as shall be
specified by the Board.  Unless the powers of the Committee have been
specifically limited, the Committee shall have all of the powers of the Board
granted herein, including, without limitation, the power to amend or terminate
the Plan at any time, subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable
limitations imposed by law.




                                      1

<PAGE>   2
                          (d)     "COMPANY" means Ciena Corporation, a
Delaware corporation, or any successor corporation thereto.

                          (e)     "CONSULTANT" means any person, including an
advisor, engaged by a Participating Company to render services other than as an
Employee or a Director.

                          (f)     "DIRECTOR" means a member of the Board or the
board of directors of any other Participating Company.

                          (g)     "EMPLOYEE" means any person treated as an
employee (including an officer or a Director who is also treated as an
employee) in the records of a Participating Company; provided, however, that
neither service as a Director nor payment of a director's fee shall be
sufficient to constitute employment for purposes of the Plan.

                          (h)     "EXCHANGE ACT" means the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended.

                          (i)     "FAIR MARKET VALUE" means, as of any date, if
there is then a public market for the Stock, the closing price of the Stock (or
the mean of the closing bid and asked prices of the Stock if the Stock is so
reported instead) as reported on the National Association of Securities Dealers
Automated Quotation ("NASDAQ") System, the NASDAQ National Market System or
such other national or regional securities exchange or market system
constituting the primary market for the Stock.  If the relevant date does not
fall on a day on which the Stock is trading on NASDAQ, the NASDAQ National
Market System or other national or regional securities exchange or market
system, the date on which the Fair Market Value shall be established shall be
the last day on which the Stock was so traded prior to the relevant date.  If
there is then no public market for the Stock, the Fair Market Value on any
relevant date shall be as determined by the Board without regard to any
restriction other than a restriction which, by its terms, will never lapse.

                          (j)     "OPTION" means a right to purchase Stock
(subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.2) pursuant to the terms and
conditions of the Plan.

                          (k)     "OPTIONEE" means a person who has been
granted one or more Options.

                          (l)     "OPTION AGREEMENT" means a written agreement
between the Company and an Optionee setting forth the terms, conditions and
restrictions of the Option granted to the Optionee.





                                       2
<PAGE>   3
                          (m)     "OUTSIDE DIRECTOR" means a Director of the
Company who is not an Employee.

                          (n)     "PARENT CORPORATION" means any present or
future "parent corporation" of the Company, as defined in Section 424(e) of the
Code.

                          (o)     "PARTICIPATING COMPANY" means the Company or
any Parent Corporation or Subsidiary Corporation.

                          (p)     "PARTICIPATING COMPANY GROUP" means, at any
point in time, all corporations collectively which are then Participating
Companies.

                          (q)     "RULE 16B-3" means Rule 16b-3 as promulgated
under the Exchange Act, as amended from time to time, or any successor rule or
regulation.

                          (r)     "SERVICE" means the Optionee's service with
the Participating Company Group, whether in the capacity of an Employee, a
Director or a Consultant.  The Optionee's Service shall not be deemed to have
terminated merely because of a change in the capacity in which the Optionee
renders Service to the Participating Company Group or a change in the
Participating Company for which the Optionee renders such Service, provided
that there is no interruption or termination of the Optionee's Service.  The
Optionee's Service shall be deemed to have terminated either upon an actual
termination of Service or upon the corporation for which the Optionee performs
Service ceasing to be a Participating Company.

                          (s)     "STOCK" means the common stock, par value
$0.01, of the Company, as adjusted from time to time in accordance with Section
4.2.

                          (t)     "SUBSIDIARY CORPORATION" means any present or
future "subsidiary corporation" of the Company, as defined in Section 424(f) of
the Code.

                 2.2      CONSTRUCTION.  Captions and titles contained herein
are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of
any provision of the Plan.  Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the
singular shall include the plural, the plural shall include the singular, and
use of the term "or" shall include the conjunctive as well as the disjunctive.





                                       3
<PAGE>   4
         3.      ADMINISTRATION.

                 3.1      ADMINISTRATION BY THE BOARD.  The Plan shall be
administered by the Board, including any duly appointed Committee of the Board.
All questions of interpretation of the Plan or of any Option shall be
determined by the Board, and such determinations shall be final and binding
upon all persons having an interest in the Plan or such Option.  Any officer of
a Participating Company shall have the authority to act on behalf of the
Company with respect to any matter, right, obligation, determination or
election which is the responsibility of or which is allocated to the Company
herein, provided the officer has apparent authority with respect to such
matter, right, obligation, determination or election.

                 3.2      LIMITATIONS ON AUTHORITY OF THE BOARD.
Notwithstanding any other provision herein to the contrary, the Board shall
have no authority, discretion, or power to select the Outside Directors who
will receive Options, to set the exercise price of the Options, to determine
the number of shares of Stock to be subject to an Option or the time at which
an Option shall be granted, to establish the duration of an Option, or to alter
any other terms or conditions specified in the Plan, except in the sense of
administering the Plan subject to the provisions of the Plan.

         4.      SHARES SUBJECT TO PLAN.

                 4.1      MAXIMUM NUMBER OF SHARES ISSUABLE.  Subject to
adjustment as provided in Section 4.2, the maximum aggregate number of shares
of Stock that may be issued under the Plan shall be ONE HUNDRED FIFTY THOUSAND
(150,000) and shall consist of authorized but unissued shares or reacquired
shares of Stock or any combination thereof.  If an outstanding Option for any
reason expires or is terminated or canceled or shares of Stock acquired,
subject to repurchase, upon the exercise of an Option are repurchased by the
Company, the shares of Stock allocable to the unexercised portion of such
Option, or such repurchased shares of Stock, shall again be available for
issuance under the Plan.

                 4.2      ADJUSTMENTS FOR CHANGES IN CAPITAL STRUCTURE.  In the
event of any stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split,
recapitalization, combination, reclassification or similar change in the
capital structure of the Company, appropriate adjustments shall be made in the
number and class of shares subject to the Plan, to the "Initial Option" and
"Annual Option" (as defined in Section 6.1), and to any outstanding Options,
and in the exercise price of any outstanding Options.  If a majority of the
shares which are of the same class as the shares that are subject to
outstanding Options are exchanged for, converted into, or otherwise become
(whether or not pursuant to an "Ownership Change Event" as defined in Section
8.1) shares of another corporation (the "New Shares"), the Board may
unilaterally amend the outstanding Options to provide that such Options are
exercisable for New Shares.  In the event of any such amendment,





                                       4
<PAGE>   5
the number of shares subject to, and the exercise price of, the outstanding
Options shall be adjusted in a fair and equitable manner as determined by the
Board, in its sole discretion.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any fractional
share resulting from an adjustment pursuant to this Section 4.2 shall be
rounded down to the nearest whole number, and in no event may the exercise
price of any Option be decreased to an amount less than the par value, if any,
of the stock subject to the Option.

         5.      ELIGIBILITY AND TYPE OF OPTIONS.

                 5.1      PERSONS ELIGIBLE FOR OPTIONS.  An Option shall be
granted only to a person who, at the time of grant, is an Outside Director.

                 5.2      OPTIONS AUTHORIZED.  Options shall be nonstatutory
stock options; that is, options which are not treated as incentive stock
options within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code.

         6.      TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS.  Options shall be evidenced
by Option Agreements specifying the number of shares of Stock covered thereby,
in such form as the Board shall from time to time establish.  Option Agreements
may incorporate all or any of the terms of the Plan by reference and shall
comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions:

                 6.1      AUTOMATIC GRANT OF OPTIONS.  Subject to execution by
an Outside Director of the appropriate Option Agreement, Options shall be
granted automatically and without further action of the Board, as follows:

                          (a)     INITIAL OPTION.  Each person who (i) is
elected an Outside Director on the Effective Date, or (ii) first becomes an
Outside Director after the Effective Date shall be granted an Option to
purchase FIFTEEN THOUSAND (15,000) shares of Stock on the Effective Date or the
date he or she first becomes an Outside Director, respectively (an "Initial
Option").  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, an Initial Option
shall not be granted to a Director of the Company who previously did not
qualify as an Outside Director but subsequently becomes an Outside Director as
a result of the termination of his or her status as an Employee.

                          (b)     ANNUAL OPTION.  Effective after the Company
has a class of its securities registered under the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended, each Outside Director (including any Director of the Company
who previously did not qualify as an Outside Director but who subsequently
becomes an Outside Director) shall be granted, on the date immediately
following the date of each annual meeting of the stockholders of the Company
(an "Annual Meeting") following which such person remains an Outside Director,
an Option to purchase FIVE THOUSAND (5,000) shares of Stock (an "Annual
Option").  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the number of shares that





                                       5
<PAGE>   6
may be purchased under an Annual Option by an Outside Director who has not
served continuously as a Director of the Company for at least twelve (12)
months as of the date immediately following the date of such Annual Meeting
shall be FIVE THOUSAND (5,000) times a fraction, the numerator of which is the
number of complete months the Outside Director has continuously served as a
Director of the Company as of the date immediately following the Annual Meeting
and the denominator of which is twelve (12).

                          (c)     RIGHT TO DECLINE OPTION.  Notwithstanding the
foregoing, any person may elect not to receive an Option by delivering written
notice of such election to the Board no later than the day prior to the date
such Option would otherwise be granted.  A person so declining an Option shall
receive no payment or other consideration in lieu of such declined Option.  A
person who has declined an Option may revoke such election by delivering
written notice of such revocation to the Board no later than the day prior to
the date such Option would be granted pursuant to Section 6.1(a) or (b), as the
case may be.

                 6.2      DISCRETION TO VARY OPTION SIZE.  Notwithstanding any
provision of the Plan to the contrary, the Board may, in its sole discretion,
increase or decrease the number of shares of Stock that would otherwise be
subject to one or more Initial Options or Annual Options to be granted pursuant
to Section 6.1 if, at the time of such exercise of discretion, (a) the
"disinterested administration" provisions contained in paragraph (c)(2)(i) of
Rule 16b-3 are no longer applicable to any employee benefit plan maintained by
a Participating Company and (b) the exercise of such discretion would not
otherwise preclude any transaction in an equity security of the Company by an
officer or Director of a Participating Company from being exempt from Section
16(b) of the Exchange Act pursuant to Rule 16b-3.

                 6.3      EXERCISE PRICE.  The exercise price per share of
Stock subject to an Option shall be the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock
on the date the Option is granted.

                 6.4      EXERCISE PERIOD.  Each Option shall terminate and
cease to be exercisable on the date ten (10) years after the date of grant of
the Option unless earlier terminated pursuant to the terms of the Plan or the
Option Agreement.





                                       6
<PAGE>   7
                 6.5      RIGHT TO EXERCISE OPTIONS.

                          (a)     INITIAL OPTION.  Except as otherwise provided
in the Plan or in the Option Agreement, an Initial Option shall (i) first
become exercisable on the date which is one (1) year after the date on which
the Initial Option was granted (the "Initial Option Vesting Date"); and (ii) be
exercisable on and after the Initial Option Vesting Date and prior to the
termination thereof in an amount equal to the number of shares of Stock
initially subject to the Initial Option multiplied by the Vested Ratio as set
forth below, less the number of shares previously acquired upon exercise
thereof.  The Vested Ratio described in the preceding sentence shall be
determined as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                Vested Ratio
                                                                ------------
          <S>                                                       <C>

          Prior to Initial Option Vesting Date                       0

          On Initial Option Vesting Date,                            1/3
          provided the Optionee's Service
          is continuous from the date of grant
          of the Initial Option until the
          Initial Option Vesting Date

          Plus
          ----

          For each full year of                                      1/3
          of the Optionee's continuous
          Service from the Initial Option
          Vesting Date until the Vested
          Ratio equals 1/1, an additional
</TABLE>

                          (b)     ANNUAL OPTION.  Each Annual Option grant
shall be exercisable in full one year after the date of grant of such Annual
Option.

                 6.6      PAYMENT OF EXERCISE PRICE.

                          (a)     FORMS OF CONSIDERATION AUTHORIZED.  Except as
otherwise provided below, payment of the exercise price for the number of
shares of Stock being purchased pursuant to any Option shall be made (i) in
cash, by check, or cash equivalent, (ii) by tender to the Company of shares of
Stock owned by the Optionee having a Fair Market Value not less than the
exercise price, (iii) by the assignment of the proceeds of a sale or loan with
respect to some or all of the shares being acquired upon the exercise of the
Option (including, without limitation, through an exercise complying with the
provisions of Regulation T as promulgated from time to time by the Board of





                                       7
<PAGE>   8
Governors of the Federal Reserve System) (a "Cashless Exercise"), or (iv) by
any combination thereof.

                          (b)     TENDER OF STOCK.  Notwithstanding the
foregoing, an Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company of shares of
Stock to the extent such tender of Stock would constitute a violation of the
provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of
the Company's stock.  Unless otherwise provided by the Board, an Option may not
be exercised by tender to the Company of shares of Stock unless such shares
either have been owned by the Optionee for more than six (6) months or were not
acquired, directly or indirectly, from the Company.

                          (c)     CASHLESS EXERCISE.  The Company reserves, at
any and all times, the right, in the Company's sole and absolute discretion, to
establish, decline to approve or terminate any program or procedures for the
exercise of Options by means of a Cashless Exercise.

                 6.7      TAX WITHHOLDING.  The Company shall have the right,
but not the obligation, to deduct from the shares of Stock issuable upon the
exercise of an Option, or to accept from the Optionee the tender of, a number
of whole shares of Stock having a Fair Market Value equal to all or any part of
the federal, state, local and foreign taxes, if any, required by law to be
withheld by the Participating Company Group with respect to such Option or the
shares acquired upon exercise thereof.  Alternatively or in addition, in its
sole discretion, the Company shall have the right to require the Optionee to
make adequate provision for any such tax withholding obligations of the
Participating Company Group arising in connection with the Option or the shares
acquired upon exercise thereof.  The Company shall have no obligation to
deliver shares of Stock until the Participating Company Group's tax withholding
obligations have been satisfied.

         7.      STANDARD FORM OF OPTION AGREEMENT.

                 7.1      INITIAL OPTION.  Unless otherwise provided for by the
Board at the time an Initial Option is granted, each Initial Option shall
comply with and be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the form of
Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement for Outside Directors (Initial Option)
adopted by the Board concurrently with its adoption of the Plan and as amended
from time to time.

                 7.2      ANNUAL OPTION.  Unless otherwise provided for by the
Board at the time an Annual Option is granted, each Annual Option shall comply
with and be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the form of
Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement for Outside Directors (Annual Option)
adopted by the Board concurrently with its adoption of the Plan and as amended
from time to time.





                                       8
<PAGE>   9
                 7.3      AUTHORITY TO VARY TERMS.  Subject to the limitations
set forth in Section 3.2, the Board shall have the authority from time to time
to vary the terms of any of the standard forms of Option Agreement described in
this Section 7 either in connection with the grant or amendment of an
individual Option or in connection with the authorization of a new standard
form or forms; provided, however, that the terms and conditions of any such
new, revised or amended standard form or forms of Option Agreement are not
inconsistent with the terms of the Plan.  Such authority shall include, but not
by way of limitation, the authority to grant Options which are immediately
exercisable subject to the Company's right to repurchase any unvested shares of
Stock acquired by the Optionee upon the exercise of an Option in the event such
Optionee's Service is terminated for any reason.  In no event, however, shall
the Board be permitted to vary the terms of any standard form of Option
Agreement if such change would cause the Plan to cease to qualify as a formula
plan pursuant to Rule 16b-3 at any such time as any class of equity security of
the Company is registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act.

         8.      TRANSFER OF CONTROL.  A "TRANSFER OF CONTROL" shall be deemed
to have occurred in the event any of the following occurs with respect to the
Company.

                          (a)     the direct or indirect sale or exchange by
the stockholders of the Company of all or substantially all of the stock of the
Company where the stockholders of the Company before such sale or exchange do
not retain, directly or indirectly, at least a majority of the beneficial
interest in the voting stock of the Acquiring Corporation as defined below
after such sale or exchange;

                          (b)     a merger or consolidation where the
stockholders of the Company before such merger or consolidation do not retain,
directly or indirectly, at least a majority of the beneficial interest in the
voting stock of the Acquiring Corporation as defined below after such merger or
consolidation;

                          (c)     the sale, exchange, or transfer of all or
substantially all of the assets of the Company (other than a sale, exchange, or
transfer to one (1) or more subsidiary corporations (as defined in paragraph 1
above) of the Company); or

                          (d)     a liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

                 Thirty (30) days prior the proposed effective date of any
Transfer of Control, each Optionee under a stock option agreement outstanding
for 335 days or more shall be credited, as of the proposed effective date of
the Transfer of Control, and if still serving as a director of the Company on
that date, with 100% of such shares, for purposes of determining the percentage
of shares which shall be immediately





                                       9
<PAGE>   10
exercisable and/or fully vested under each such stock option agreement.  Other
options, except as set forth below, shall not be affected.

                 Furthermore, in the event of a Transfer of Control, the
surviving, continuing, successor, or purchasing corporation or parent
corporation thereof, as the case may be (the "ACQUIRING CORPORATION"), shall
either assume the Company's rights and obligations under outstanding stock
option agreements or substitute options for the Acquiring Corporation's stock
for such outstanding Options.  In the event the Acquiring Corporation elects
not to assume or substitute for such outstanding Options in connection with the
Transfer of Control, any unexercisable and/or unvested shares subject to such
outstanding stock option agreements shall be immediately exercisable and fully
vested as of the date thirty (30) days prior to the proposed effective date of
the Transfer of Control.  The exercise and/or vesting of any Option that was
permissible solely by reason of this paragraph 8 shall be conditioned upon the
consummation of the Transfer of Control.  Any Options which are neither assumed
or substituted for by the Acquiring Corporation in connection with the Transfer
of Control nor exercised as of the date of the Transfer of Control shall
terminate and cease to be outstanding effective as of the date of the Transfer
of Control.

         9.      NONTRANSFERABILITY OF OPTIONS.  During the lifetime of the
Optionee, an Option shall be exercisable only by the Optionee or the Optionee's
guardian or legal representative.  No Option shall be assignable or
transferable by the Optionee, except by will or by the laws of descent and
distribution.

         10.     INDEMNIFICATION.  In addition to such other rights of
indemnification as they may have as members of the Board or officers or
employees of the Participating Company Group, members of the Board and any
officers or employees of the Participating Company Group to whom authority to
act for the Board is delegated shall be indemnified by the Company against all
reasonable expenses, including attorneys' fees, actually and necessarily
incurred in connection with the defense of any action, suit or proceeding, or
in connection with any appeal therein, to which they or any of them may be a
party by reason of any action taken or failure to act under or in connection
with the Plan, or any right granted hereunder, and against all amounts paid by
them in settlement thereof (provided such settlement is approved by independent
legal counsel selected by the Company) or paid by them in satisfaction of a
judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding, except in relation to matters
as to which it shall be adjudged in such action, suit or proceeding that such
person is liable for gross negligence, bad faith or intentional misconduct in
duties; provided, however, that within sixty (60) days after the institution of
such action, suit or proceeding, such person shall offer to the Company, in
writing, the opportunity at its own expense to handle and defend the same.





                                       10
<PAGE>   11
         11.     TERMINATION OR AMENDMENT OF PLAN.  The Board may terminate or
amend the Plan at any time.  However, subject to changes in the law or other
legal requirements that would permit otherwise, without the approval of the
Company's stockholders, there shall be (a) no increase in the total number of
shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan (except by operation of the
provisions of Section 4.2), and (b) no expansion in the class of persons
eligible to receive Options.  Furthermore, to the extent required by Rule
16b-3, provisions of the Plan addressing eligibility to participate in the Plan
and the amount, price and timing of Options shall not be amended more than once
every six (6) months, other than to comport with changes in the Code, the
Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or the rules
thereunder.  In any event, no termination or amendment of the Plan may
adversely affect any then outstanding Option, or any unexercised portion
thereof, without the consent of the Optionee, unless such termination or
amendment is necessary to comply with any applicable law or government
regulation.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned Secretary of the Company certifies
that the foregoing Ciena Corporation 1996 Outside Directors Stock Option Plan
was duly adopted by the Board on June 21, 1996.



                                        Secretary


                                           /s/ G. ERIC GEORGATOS
                                        --------------------------------



                                       11

<PAGE>   1
                                STANDARD FORM OF

                               CIENA CORPORATION

                      NONSTATUTORY STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

                             FOR OUTSIDE DIRECTORS

                                (INITIAL OPTION)





<PAGE>   2
                                STANDARD FORM OF

                               CIENA CORPORATION

                      NONSTATUTORY STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

                             FOR OUTSIDE DIRECTORS

                                (INITIAL OPTION)


     THIS NONSTATUTORY STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT FOR OUTSIDE DIRECTORS (INITIAL
OPTIONS) (the "Option Agreement") is made and entered into as of _________,
199_, by and between Ciena Corporation and _______________ (the "Optionee")

     The Company has granted to the Optionee an option to purchase certain
shares of Stock, upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Option
Agreement (the "Option").

     A.   DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION.

          1.   DEFINITIONS.  Whenever used herein, the following terms shall
               have their respective meanings set forth below:

               a.   "DATE OF OPTION GRANT" means ______ ,199_.

               b.   "NUMBER OF OPTION SHARES" means ______________ (____)
shares of Stock (the number of shared set forth in Section 6.1(a) of the Plan),
as adjusted from time to time pursuant to Section I.

               c.   "EXERCISE PRICE" means $______ per share of Stock, as
adjusted from time to time pursuant to Section I.

               d.   "INITIAL EXERCISE DATE" means the Initial Vesting Date.

               e.   "INITIAL VESTING DATE" means the date occurring one (1)
year after the Date of Option Grant.

               f.   "VESTED RATIO" means, on any relevant date, the ratio
determined as follows:





<PAGE>   3

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         Vested Ratio
                                         ------------
     <S>                                      <C>

     Prior to Initial Vesting Date            0

     On Initial Vesting Date, provided        1/3
     the Optionee's Service is
     continuous from the Date of
     Option Grant until the Initial
     Vesting Date

     Plus
     ----

     For each full year of the                1/3
     Optionee's continuous Service
     from the Initial Vesting Date until
     the Vested Ratio equals 1/1, an
     additional
</TABLE>

               g.   "OPTION EXPIRATION DATE" means the date ten (10) years
after the Date of Option Grant

               h.   "BOARD" means the Board of Directors of the Company. If one
or more Committees have been appointed by the Board to administer the Plan,
"Board" shall also mean such Committee(s).

               i.   "CODE" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended,
and any applicable regulations promulgated thereunder.

               j.   "COMMITTEE" means a committee of the Board duly appointed
to administer the Plan and having such powers as shall be specified by the
Board. Unless the powers of the Committee have been specifically limited, the
Committee shall have all of the powers of the Board granted in the Plan,
including, without limitation, the power to amend or terminate the Plan at any
time, subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable limitations imposed
by law.

               k.   "COMPANY" means Ciena Corporation a Delaware corporation,
or any successor corporation thereto.

               l.   "CONSULTANT" means any person, including an advisor,
engaged by a Participating Company to render services other than as an Employee
or a Director.

               m.   "DIRECTOR" means a member of the Board or the board of
directors of any other Participating Company.

               n.   "DISABILITY" means the permanent and total disability of
the Optionee within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.





                                       2
<PAGE>   4
               o.   "EMPLOYEE" means the person treated as an employee
(including an officer or a Director who is also treated as an employee) in the
records of a Participating Company; provided, however, that neither service as
a Director nor payment of a director's fee shall be sufficient to constitute
employment for purposes of the Plan.

               p.   "EXCHANGE ACT" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended.

               q.   "FAIR MARKET VALUE" means, as of any date, if there is then
a public market for the Stock, the closing price of the Stock (or the mean of
the closing bid and asked prices of the Stock if the Stock is so reported
instead) as reported on the National Association of Securities Dealers
Automated Quotation ("NASDAQ") System, the NASDAQ National Market System or
such other national or regional securities exchange or market system
constituting the primary market for the Stock.  If the relevant date does not
fall on a day on which the Stock is trading on NASDAQ, the NASDAQ National
Market System or other national or regional securities exchange or market
system, the date on which the Fair Market Value shall be established shall be
the last day on which the Stock was so traded prior to the relevant date.  If
there is then no public market for the Stock, the Fair Market Value on any
relevant date shall be as determined by the Board without regard to any
restriction other than a restriction which, by its terms, will never lapse.

               r.   "PARENT CORPORATION" means any present or future "parent
corporation" of the Company, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

               s.   "PARTICIPATING COMPANY" means the Company or any Parent
Corporation or Subsidiary Corporation.

               t.   "PARTICIPATING COMPANY GROUP" means, at any point in time,
all corporations collectively which are then Participating Companies.

               u.   "PLAN" means the Ciena Corporation 1996 Outside Directors 
Stock Option Plan.

               v.   "RULE 16B-3" means Rule 16b-3 as promulgated under the
Exchange Act, as amended from time to time, or any successor rule or
regulation.

               w.   "SECURITIES ACT" means the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended.

               x.   "SERVICE" means the Optionee's service with the
Participating Company Group, whether in the capacity of an Employee, a Director
or a Consultant.  The Optionee's Service shall not be deemed to have terminated





                                       3
<PAGE>   5
merely because of a change in the capacity in which the Optionee renders
Service to the Participating Company Group or a change in the Participating
Company for which the Optionee renders such Service, provided that there is no
interruption or termination of the Optionee's Service.  The Optionee's Service
shall be deemed to have terminated either upon an actual termination of Service
or upon the corporation for which the Optionee performs Service ceasing to be a
Participating Company.

               y.   "STOCK" means the common stock, par value $0.01, of the
Company, as adjusted from time to time in accordance with Section I.

               z.   "SUBSIDIARY CORPORATION" means any present or future
"subsidiary corporation" of the Company, as defined in Section 424(f) of the
Code.

          2.   CONSTRUCTION.  Captions and titles contained herein are for
convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any
provision of this Option Agreement.  Except when otherwise indicated by the
context, the singular shall include the plural, the plural shall include the
singular, and the term "or" shall include the conjunctive as well as the
disjunctive.

     B.   TAX STATUS OF THE OPTION.  This Option is intended to be a
nonstatutory stock option and shall not be treated as an incentive stock option
within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code.

     C.   ADMINISTRATION.  All questions of interpretation concerning this
Option Agreement shall be determined by the Board, including any duly appointed
Committee of the Board.  All determinations by the Board shall be final and
binding upon all persons having an interest in the Option.  Any officer of a
Participating Company shall have the authority to act on behalf of the Company
with respect to any matter, right, obligation, or election which is the
responsibility of or which is allocated to the Company herein, provided the
officer has apparent authority with respect to such matter, right, obligation,
or election.

     D.   EXERCISE OF THE OPTION.

          1.   RIGHT TO EXERCISE.

               a.   Except as otherwise provide herein, the Option, shall be
exercisable on and after the Initial Exercise Date and prior to the termination
of the Option (as provided in Section F) in an amount not to exceed the Number
of Option Shares multiplied by the Vested Ratio less the number of shares
previously acquired upon exercise of the Option.  In no event shall the Option
be exercisable for more shares than the Number of Option Shares.

               b.   Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the
adoption of the Plan or any amendment of the Plan is subject to the approval of
the





                                       4
<PAGE>   6
Company's stockholders in order for the Plan or the grant of the Option to
comply with the requirements of Rule 16b-3, the Option shall not be exercisable
prior to such stockholder approval.

          2.   METHOD OF EXERCISE.  Exercise of the Option shall be by written
notice to the Company which must state the election to exercise the Option, the
number of whole shares of Stock for which the Option is being exercised and
such other representations and agreements as to the Optionee's investment
intent with respect to such shares as may be required pursuant to the
provisions of this Option Agreement.  The written notice must be signed by the
Optionee and must be delivered in person, by certified or registered mail,
return receipt requested, by confirmed facsimile transmission, or by such other
means as the Company may permit, to the Chief Financial Officer of the Company,
or other authorized representative of the Participating Company Group, prior to
the termination of the Option as set forth in Section F, accompanied by full
payment of the aggregate Exercise Price for the number of shares of Stock being
purchased.  The Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the
Company of such written notice and the aggregate Exercise Price.

          3.   PAYMENT OF EXERCISE PRICE.

               a.   FORMS OF CONSIDERATION AUTHORIZED.  Except as otherwise
provided below, payment of the aggregate Exercise Price for the number of
shares of Stock for which the Option is being exercised shall be made (i) in
cash, by check, or cash equivalent, (ii) by tender to the Company of whole
shares of Stock owned by the Optionee having a Fair Market Value not less than
the aggregate Exercise Price, (iii) by means of a Cashless Exercise, as defined
in Section D.3(c), or (iv) by any combination of the foregoing.

               b.   TENDER OF STOCK.  Notwithstanding for foregoing, he Option
may not be exercised by tender to the Company of shares of Stock to the extent
such tender of Stock would constitute a violation of the provisions of any law,
regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company's stock.  The
Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company of shares of Stock unless
such shares either have been owned by the Optionee for more than six (6) months
or were not acquired, directly or indirectly, from the Company.

               c.   CASHLESS EXERCISE.  A "Cashless Exercise" means the
assignment in a form acceptable to the Company of the proceeds of a sale or
loan with respect to some or all of the shares of Stock acquired upon the
exercise of the Option pursuant to a program or procedure approved by the
Company (including, without limitation, through an exercise complying with the
provisions of Regulation T as promulgated from time to time by the Board of
Governors of the Federal Reserve System).  The Company reserves, at any and all
times, the right, in the





                                       5
<PAGE>   7
Company's sole and absolute discretion, to decline to approve or terminate any
such program or procedure.

          4.   TAX WITHHOLDING.  At the time the Option is exercised, in whole
or in part, or at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, the Optionee
agrees to make adequate provision for any sums required to satisfy the federal,
state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Participating
Company Group, if any, which arise in connection with the Option, including,
without limitation, obligations arising upon (i) the exercise, in whole or in
part, of the Option, (ii) the transfer, in whole or in part, of any shares
acquired upon exercise of the Option, or (iii) the lapsing of any restriction
with respect to any shares acquired upon exercise of the Option.

          5.   CERTIFICATE REGISTRATION.  Except in the event the Exercise
Price is paid by means of a Cashless Exercise, the certificate for the shares
as to which the Option is exercised shall be registered in the name of the
Optionee, or, if applicable, the heirs of the Optionee.

          6.   RESTRICTIONS ON GRANT OF THE OPTION AND ISSUANCE OF SHARES.  The
grant of the Option and the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise of the
Option shall be subject to compliance with all applicable requirements of
federal, state or foreign law with respect to compliance with all applicable
requirements of federal, state or foreign law with respect to such securities.
The Option may not be exercised if the issuance of shares of Stock upon
exercise would constitute a violation of any applicable federal, state or
foreign securities laws or other law or regulations or the requirements of any
stock exchange or market system upon which the Stock may not be listed.  In
addition, the Option may not be exercised unless (i) a registration statement
under the Securities Act shall at the time of exercise of the Option be in
effect with respect to the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option or (ii)
in the opinion of legal counsel to the Company, the shares issuable upon
exercise of the Option may be issued in accordance with the terms of an
application exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.
THE OPTIONEE IS CAUTIONED THAT THE OPTION MAY NOT BE EXERCISED UNLESS THE
FOREGOING CONDITIONS ARE SATISFIED.  ACCORDINGLY, THE OPTIONEE MAY NOT BE ABLE
TO EXERCISE THE OPTION WHEN DESIRED EVEN THOUGH THE OPTION IS VESTED.  The
inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction
the authority, if any, deemed by the Company's legal counsel to be necessary to
the lawful issuance and sale of any shares subject to the Option shall relieve
the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such
shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.  As a
condition to the exercise of the Option, the Company may require the Optionee
to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence
compliance with any applicable law or regulation and to make any representation
or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested by the Company.





                                       6
<PAGE>   8
          7.   FRACTIONAL SHARES.  The Company shall not be required to issue
fractional shares upon the exercise of the Option.

     E.   NONTRANSFERABILITY OF THE OPTION.  The Option may be exercised during
the lifetime of the Optionee only by the Optionee or the Optionee's guardian or
legal representative and may be not be assigned or transferred in any manner
except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.  Following the death
of the Optionee, the Option, to the extent provided in Section G, may be
exercised by the Optionee's legal representative or by any person empowered to
do so under the deceased Optionee's will or under the then applicable laws of
descent and distribution.

     F.   TERMINATION OF THE OPTION.  The Option shall terminate and may no
longer be exercised on the first to occur of (a) the Option Expiration Date,
(b) the last date for exercising the Option following termination of the
Optionee's Service as described in Section G, or (c) a Transfer of Control to
the extent provided in Section H.

     G.   EFFECT OF TERMINATION OF SERVICE.

          1.   OPTION EXERCISABILITY.

               a.   DISABILITY.  If the Optionee's Service with the
Participating Company Group is terminated because of the Disability of the
Optionee, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable on the date on
which the Optionee's Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee (or
the Optionee's guardian or legal representative) at any time prior to the
expiration of twelve (12) months after the date on which the Optionee's Service
terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

               b.   DEATH.  If the Optionee's Service with the Participating
company Group is terminated because of the death of the Optionee, the Option,
to the extent unexercised and exercisable on the date on which the Optionee's
Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee's legal representative or
other person who acquired to right to exercise the Option by reason of the
Optionee's death at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months
after the date on which the Optionee's Service terminated, but in any event no
later than the Option Expiration Date.  The Optionee's Service shall be deemed
to have terminated on account of death if the Optionee dies within three (3)
months after the Optionee's termination of Service.

               c.   OTHER TERMINATION OF SERVICE.  If the Optionee's Service
with the Participating Company Group terminates for any reason, except
Disability or death, the Option, to the extent unexercised or exercisable by
the Optionee on the date on which the Optionee's Service terminated, may be
exercised





                                       7
<PAGE>   9
by the Optionee within three (3) months after the date on which the Optionee's
Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

          2.   EXTENSION IF EXERCISE PREVENTED BY LAW.  Notwithstanding the
foregoing, if the exercise of the Option within the applicable time periods set
forth in Section G.1 is prevented by the provisions of Section D.6, the Option
shall remain exercisable until three (3) months after the date the Optionee is
notified by the Company that the Option is exercisable, but in any event no
later than the Option Expiration Date.

          3.   EXTENSION IF OPTIONEE SUBJECT TO SECTION 16(B).  Notwithstanding
the foregoing, if a sale, within the applicable time periods set forth in
Section G.1, of shares acquired upon the exercise of the Option would subject
the Optionee to suit under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, the Option shall
remain exercisable until the earliest to occur of (i) the tenth (10th) day
following the date on which a sale of such shares by the Optionee would no
longer be subject to such suit, (ii) the one hundred and ninetieth (190th) day
after the Optionee's termination of Service, or (iii) the Option Expiration
Date.

     H.   TRANSFER OF CONTROL.  A "TRANSFER OF CONTROL" shall be deemed to have
occurred in the event any of the foregoing occurs with respect to the Company.

               (a)  the direct or indirect sale or exchange by the stockholders
of the Company of all or substantially all of the stock of the Company where
the stockholders of the Company before such sale or exchange do not retain,
directly or indirectly, at least a majority of the beneficial interest in the
voting stock of the Acquiring Corporation as defined below after such sale or
exchange;

               (b)  a merger or consolidation where the stockholders of the
Company before such merger or consolidation do not retain, directly or
indirectly, at least a majority of the beneficial interest in the voting stock
of the Acquiring Corporation as defined below after such merger or
consolidation;

               (c)  the sale, exchange, or transfer of all or substantially all
of the assets of the Company (other than a sale, exchange, or transfer to one
(1) or more subsidiary corporations (as defined in paragraph A.1 above) of the
Company); or

               (d)  a liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

          Thirty (30) days prior the proposed effective date of any Transfer
of Control, each Optionee under a stock option agreement outstanding for 335
days or more shall be credited, as of the proposed effective date of the
Transfer of Control, and if still serving as a director of the Company on that
date, with 100% of such shares, for purposes of determining the percentage of
shares which shall be





                                       8
<PAGE>   10
immediately exercisable and/or fully vested under each such stock option
agreement.  Other options, except as set forth below, shall not be affected.

          Furthermore, in the event of a Transfer of Control, the surviving,
continuing, successor, or purchasing corporation or parent corporation thereof,
as the case may be (the "ACQUIRING CORPORATION"), shall either assume the
Company's rights and obligations under outstanding stock option agreements or
substitute options for the Acquiring Corporation's stock for such outstanding
Options.  In the event the Acquiring Corporation elects not to assume or
substitute for such outstanding Options in connection with the Transfer of
Control, any unexercisable and/or unvested shares subject to such outstanding
stock option agreements shall be immediately exercisable and fully vested as of
the date thirty (30) days prior to the proposed effective date of the Transfer
of Control.  The exercise and/or vesting of any Option that was permissible
solely by reason of this paragraph H shall be conditioned upon the consummation
of the Transfer of Control.  Any Options which are neither assumed or
substituted for by the Acquiring Corporation in connection with the Transfer of
Control nor exercised as of the date of the Transfer of Control shall terminate
and cease to be outstanding effective as of the date of the Transfer of
Control.


     I.   ADJUSTMENTS FOR CHANGES IN CAPITAL STRUCTURE.  In the event of any
stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, recapitalization,
combination, reclassification, or similar change in the capital structure of
the Company, appropriate adjustments shall be made in the number, Exercise
Price and class of shares of stock subject to the Option.  If a majority of the
shares which are of the same class as the shares that are subject to the Option
are exchanged for, converted into, or otherwise become (whether or not pursuant
to an Ownership Change Event) shares of another corporation (the "New Shares"),
the Board may unilaterally amend the Option to provide that the Option is
exercisable for New Shares.  In the event of any such amendment, the Number of
Option Shares and the Exercise price shall be adjusted in a fair and equitable
manner, as determined by the Board, in its sole discretion.  Notwithstanding
the foregoing, any fractional share resulting from an adjustment pursuant to
this Section I shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number, and in no
event may the Exercise Price be decreased to an amount less than the par value,
if any, of the stock subject to the Option.

     J.   RIGHTS AS A STOCKHOLDER.  The Optionee shall have no rights as a
stockholder with respect to any shares covered by the Option until the date of
the issuance of a certificate for the shares for which the Option has been
exercised (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or
of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company).  No adjustment shall be
made for dividends, distributions or other rights for which the record date is
prior to the date such certificate is issued, except as provided in Section I.





                                       9
<PAGE>   11
     K.   LEGENDS.  The Company may at any time place legends referencing any
applicable federal, state or foreign securities law restrictions on all
certificates representing shares of stock subject to the provisions of this
Option Agreement.  The Optionee shall, at the request of the Company, promptly
present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares acquired
pursuant to the Option in the possession of the Optionee in order to carry out
the provisions of this Section.

     L.   BINDING EFFECT.  Subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth
herein, this Option Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon
the parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, administrators,
successors and assigns.

     M.   TERMINATION OR AMENDMENT.  The Board may terminate or amend the Plan
or the Option at any time; provided, however, that no such termination or
amendment may adversely affect the Option or any unexercised portion hereof
without the consent of the Optionee unless such termination or amendment is
necessary to comply with any applicable law or government regulation.  No
amendment or addition to this Option Agreement shall be effective unless in
writing.

     N.   INTEGRATED AGREEMENT.  This Option Agreement constitutes the entire
understanding and agreement of the Optionee and the Participating Company Group
with respect to the subject matter contained herein, and there are no
agreements, understandings, restrictions, representations, or warranties among
the Optionee and the Participating Company Group with respect to such subject
matter other than those as set forth or provided for herein.  To the extent
contemplated herein, the provisions of this Option Agreement shall survive any
exercise of the Option and shall remain in full force and effect.





                                       10
<PAGE>   12
     O.   APPLICABLE LAW.  This Option Agreement shall be governed by the laws
of the State of Maryland as such laws are applied to agreements between
Maryland residents entered into and to be performed entirely within the State
of Maryland.


                                              CIENA CORPORATION



                                              By:
                                                 ------------------------------

                                              Title:
                                                    ---------------------------


     The Optionee represents that the Optionee is familiar with the terms and
provisions of this Option Agreement and hereby accepts the Option subject to
all of the terms and provisions thereof.  The Optionee hereby agrees to accept
as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Board
upon any questions arising under this Option Agreement.


                                              OPTIONEE



Date:
     ---------------------------------------------------------




                                       11
<PAGE>   13

                              STANDARD FORM OF

                              CIENA CORPORATION

                     NONSTATUTORY STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

                            FOR OUTSIDE DIRECTORS

                               (ANNUAL OPTION)





<PAGE>   14
                               CIENA CORPORATION

                      NONSTATUTORY STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

                             FOR OUTSIDE DIRECTORS

                                (ANNUAL OPTION)



          THIS NONSTATUTORY STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT FOR OUTSIDE DIRECTORS
(INITIAL OPTION) (the "Option Agreement") is made and entered into as of
__________, 199__, by and between Ciena Corporation and _____________________
(the "Optionee").

          The Company has granted to the Optionee an option to purchase certain
shares of Stock, upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Option
Agreement (the "Option").

     A.   DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION.

          1.   DEFINITIONS.  Whenever used herein, the following terms shall
have their respective meanings set forth below:

               a. "DATE OF OPTION GRANT" means __________,199 __.

               b. "NUMBER OF OPTION SHARES" means __________ (_____) shares of
Stock (the number of shares set forth in Section 6.1(a) of the Plan), as
adjusted from time to time pursuant to Section I.

               c. "EXERCISE PRICE" means $________ per share of Stock, as
adjusted from time to time pursuant to Section I.

               d. "INITIAL EXERCISE DATE" means the Initial Vesting Date.

               e. "INITIAL VESTING DATE" means the date occurring one (1) year
after the Date of Option Grant.

               f. "VESTED RATIO" means, on any relevant date, the ratio
determined as follows:





                                       1
<PAGE>   15
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        Vested Ratio
                                                        ------------
               <S>                                          <C>
               Prior to Initial Vesting Date                0

               On Initial Vesting Date, provided            1/3
               the Optionee's Service is
               continuous from the Date of
               Option Grant until the Initial
               Vesting Date

               Plus
               ----

               For each full year of the                     1/3
               Optionee's continuous Service
               from the Initial Vesting Date until
               the Vested Ratio equals 1/1, an
               additional
</TABLE>

               g.   "OPTION EXPIRATION DATE" means the date ten (10) years
after the Date of Option Grant.

               h.   "BOARD" means the Board of Directors of the Company.  If
one or more Committees have been appointed by the Board to administer the Plan,
"Board" shall also mean such Committee(s).

               i.   "CODE" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended,
and any applicable regulations promulgated thereunder.

               j.   "COMMITTEE" means a committee of the Board duly appointed
to administer the Plan and having such powers as shall be specified by the
Board.  Unless the powers of the Committee have been specifically limited, the
Committee shall have all of the powers of the Board granted in the Plan,
including, without limitation, the power to amend or terminate the Plan at any
time, subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable limitations imposed
by law.

               k.   "COMPANY" means Ciena Corporation, a Delaware corporation,
or any successor corporation thereto.

               l.   "CONSULTANT" means any person, including an advisor,
engaged by a Participating Company to render services other than as an
Employee or a Director.

               m.   "DIRECTOR" means a member of the Board or of the board of
directors of any other Participating Company.

               n.   "DISABILITY" means the permanent and total disability of
the Optionee within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.





                                       2
<PAGE>   16
               o.   "EMPLOYEE" means any person treated as an employee
(including an officer or a Director who is also treated as an employee) in the
records of a Participating Company; provided, however, that neither service as
a Director nor payment of a director's fee shall be sufficient to constitute
employment for purposes of the Plan.

               p.   "EXCHANGE ACT" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended.

               q.   "FAIR MARKET VALUE" means, as of any date, if there is then
a public market for the Stock, the closing price of the Stock (or the mean of
the closing bid and asked prices of the Stock if the Stock is so reported
instead) as reported on the National Association of Securities Dealers
Automated Quotation ("NASDAQ") System, the NASDAQ National Market System or
such other national or regional securities exchange or market system
constituting the primary market for the Stock.  If the relevant date does not
fall on a day on which the Stock is trading on NASDAQ, the NASDAQ National
Market System or other national or regional securities exchange or market
system, the date on which the Fair Market Value shall be established shall be
the last day on which the Stock was so traded prior to the relevant date.  If
there is then no public market for the Stock, the Fair Market Value on any
relevant date shall be as determined by the Board without regard to any
restriction other than a restriction which, by its terms, will never lapse.

               r.   "PARENT CORPORATION" means any present or future "parent
corporation" of the Company, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

               s.   "PARTICIPATING COMPANY" means the Company or any Parent
Corporation or Subsidiary Corporation.

               t.   "PARTICIPATING COMPANY GROUP" means, at any point in time,
all corporations collectively which are then Participating Companies.

               u.   "PLAN" means the Ciena Corporation 1996 Outside Directors
Stock Option Plan.

               v.   "RULE 16b-3" means Rule 16b-3 as promulgated under the
Exchange Act, as amended from time to time, or any successor rule or
regulation.

               w.   "SECURITIES ACT" means the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended.

               x.   "SERVICE" means the Optionee's service with the
Participating Company Group, whether in the capacity of an Employee, a Director
or a Consultant.  The Optionee's Service shall not be deemed to have terminated
merely because of a change in the capacity in which the Optionee renders
Service to





                                       3
<PAGE>   17
the Participating Company Group or a change in the Participating Company for
which the Optionee renders such Service, provided that there is no interruption
or termination of the Optionee's Service.  The Optionee's Service shall be
deemed to have terminated either upon an actual termination of Service or upon
the corporation for which the Optionee performs Service ceasing to be a
Participating Company.

               y.   "STOCK" means the common stock, par value $0.01, of the
Company, as adjusted from time to time in accordance with Section I.

               z.   "SUBSIDIARY CORPORATION" means any present or future
"subsidiary corporation" of the Company, as defined in Section 424(f) of the
Code.
          2.   CONSTRUCTION.  Captions and titles contained herein are for
convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any
provision of this Option Agreement.  Except when otherwise indicated by the
context, the singular shall include the plural, the plural shall include the
singular, and the term "or" shall include the conjunctive as well as the
disjunctive.

     B.   TAX STATUS OF THE OPTION.  This Option is intended to be a
nonstatutory stock option and shall not be treated as an incentive stock option
within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code.

     C.   ADMINISTRATION.  All questions of interpretation concerning this
Option Agreement shall be determined by the Board, including any duly appointed
Committee of the Board.  All determinations by the Board shall be final and
binding upon all persons having an interest in the Option.  Any officer of a
Participating Company shall have the authority to act on behalf of the Company
with respect to any matter, right, obligation, or election which is the
responsibility of or which is allocated to the Company herein, provided the
officer has apparent authority with respect to such matter right obligation or
election.

     D.   EXERCISE OF THE OPTION.

          1.   RIGHT TO EXERCISE.

               a.   Except as otherwise provided herein, the Option shall be
exercisable on and after the Initial Exercise Date and prior to the termination
of the Option (as provided in Section F) in an amount not to exceed the Number
of Option Shares multiplied by the Vested Ratio less the number of shares
previously acquired upon exercise of the Option.  In no event shall the Option
be exercisable for more shares than the Number of Option Shares.

               b.   Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the
adoption of the Plan or any amendment of the Plan is subject to the approval of
the Company's stockholders in order for the Plan or the grant of the Option to
comply





                                       4
<PAGE>   18
with the requirements of Rule 16b-3, the Option shall not be exercisable prior
to such stockholder approval.

          2.   METHOD OF EXERCISE.  Exercise of the Option shall be by written
notice to the Company which must state the election to exercise the Option, the
number of whole shares of Stock for which the Option is being exercised and
such other representations and agreements as to the Optionee's investment
intent with respect to such shares as may be required pursuant to the
provisions of this Option Agreement.  The written notice must be signed by the
Optionee and must be delivered in person, by certified or registered mail,
return receipt requested, by confirmed facsimile transmission, or by such other
means as the Company may permit, to the Chief Financial Officer of the Company,
or other authorized representative of the Participating Company Group, prior to
the termination of the Option as set forth in Section F, accompanied by full
payment of the aggregate Exercise Price for the number of shares of Stock being
purchased.  The Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the
Company of such written notice and the aggregate Exercise Price.

          3.   PAYMENT OF EXERCISE PRICE

               a.   FORMS OF CONSIDERATION AUTHORIZED.  Except as otherwise
provided below, payment of the aggregate Exercise Price for the number of
shares of Stock for which the Option is being exercised shall be made (i) in
cash, by check, or cash equivalent, (ii) by tender to the Company of whole
shares of Stock owned by the Optionee having a Fair Market Value not less than
the aggregate Exercise Price, (iii) by means of a Cashless Exercise, as defined
in Section D.3(c), or (iv) by any combination of the foregoing.




                                       5
<PAGE>   19
               b.   TENDER OF STOCK.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Option
may not be exercised by tender to the Company of shares of Stock to the extent
such tender of Stock would constitute a violation of the provisions of any law,
regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company's stock.  The
Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company of shares of Stock unless
such shares either have been owned by the Optionee for more than six (6) months
or were not acquired, directly or indirectly, from the Company.

               c.   CASHLESS EXERCISE.  A "Cashless Exercise" means the
assignment in a form acceptable to the Company of the proceeds of a sale or
loan with respect to some or all of the shares of Stock acquired upon the
exercise of the Option pursuant to a program or procedure approved by the
Company (including, without limitation, through an exercise complying with the
provisions of Regulation T as promulgated from time to time by the Board of
Governors of the Federal Reserve System).  The Company reserves, at any and all
times, the right, in the Company's sole and absolute discretion, to decline to
approve or terminate any such program or procedure.

          4.   TAX WITHHOLDING.  At the time the Option is exercised, in whole
or in part, or at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, the





                                       6
<PAGE>   20
Optionee agrees to make adequate provision for any sums required to satisfy the
federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the
Participating Company Group, if any, which arise in connection with the Option,
including , without limitation, obligations arising upon (i) the exercise, in
whole or in part, of the Option, (ii) the transfer, in whole or in part, of any
shares acquired upon exercise of the Option or (iii) the lapsing of any
restriction with respect to any shares acquired upon exercise of the Option.

          5.   CERTIFICATE REGISTRATION.  Except in the event the Exercise
Price is paid by means of a Cashless Exercise, the certificate for the shares
as to which the Option is exercised shall be registered in the name of the
Optionee, or, if applicable, the heirs of the Optionee.

          6.   RESTRICTIONS ON GRANT OF THE OPTION AND ISSUANCE OF SHARES.  The
grant of the Option and the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise of the
Option shall be subject to compliance with all applicable requirements of
federal, state or foreign law with respect to such securities.  The Option may
not be exercised if the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise would
constitute a violation of any applicable federal, state or foreign securities
laws or other law or regulations or the requirements of any stock exchange or
market system upon which the Stock may then be listed.  In addition, the Option
may not be exercised unless (i) a registration statement under the Securities
Act shall at the time of exercise of the Option be in effect with respect to
the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option or (ii) in the opinion of legal
counsel to the Company, the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option may be
issued in accordance with the terms of an applicable exemption from the
registration requirements of the Securities Act.  THE OPTIONEE IS CAUTIONED
THAT THE OPTION MAY NOT BE EXERCISED UNLESS THE FOREGOING CONDITIONS ARE
SATISFIED.  ACCORDINGLY, THE OPTIONEE MAY NOT BE A ABLE TO EXERCISE THE OPTION
WHEN DESIRED EVEN THOUGH THE OPTION IS VESTED.  The inability of the Company to
obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority, if any,
deemed by the Company's legal counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance
and sale of any shares subject to the Option shall relieve the Company of any
liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such shares as to which
such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.  As a condition to the
exercise of the Option, the Company may require the Optionee to satisfy any
qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance
with any applicable law or regulation and to make any representation or
warranty with respect thereto as may be requested by the Company.

          7.   FRACTIONAL SHARES.  The Company shall not be required to issue
fractional shares upon the exercise of the Option.

     E.   NONTRANSFERABILITY OF THE OPTION.  The Option may be exercised during
the lifetime of the Optionee only by the Optionee or the Optionee's guardian





                                       7
<PAGE>   21
or legal representative and may not be assigned or transferred in any manner
except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.  Following the death
of the Optionee, the Option, to the extent provided in Section G, may be
exercised by the Optionee's legal representative or by any person empowered to
do so under the deceased Optionee's will or under the then applicable laws of
descent and distribution.

     F.   TERMINATION OF THE OPTION.  The Option shall terminate and may no
longer be exercised on the first to occur of (a) the Option Expiration Date,
(b) the last date for exercising the Option following termination of the
Optionee's Service as described in Section G, or (c) a Transfer of Control to
the extent provided in Section H.

     G.   EFFECT OF TERMINATION OF SERVICE.

          1.   OPTION EXERCISABILITY.

               a.   DISABILITY.  If the Optionee's Service with the
Participating Company Group is terminated because of the Disability of the
Optionee, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable on the date on
which the Optionee's Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee (or
the Optionee's guardian or legal representative) at any time prior to the
expiration of twelve (12) months after the date on which the Optionee's Service
terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

               b.   DEATH.  If the Optionee's Service with the Participating
Company Group is terminated because of the death of the Optionee, the Option,
to the extent unexercised and exercisable on the date on which the Optionee's
Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee's legal representative or
other person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by reason of the
Optionee's death at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months
after the date on which the Optionee's Service terminated, but in any event no
later than the Option Expiration Date.  The Optionee's Service shall be deemed
to have terminated on account of death if the Optionee dies within three (3)
months after the Optionee's termination of Service.

               c.   OTHER TERMINATION OF SERVICE.  If the Optionee's Service
with the Participating Company Group terminates for any reason, except
Disability or death, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable by
the Optionee on the date on which the Optionee's Service terminated, may be
exercised by the Optionee within three (3) months after the date on which the
Optionee's Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option
Expiration Date.

          2.   EXTENSION IF EXERCISE PREVENTED BY LAW.  Notwithstanding the
foregoing, if the exercise of the Option within the applicable time periods set
forth in Section G.1 is prevented by the provisions of Section D.6, the Option
shall





                                       8
<PAGE>   22
remain exercisable until three (3) months after the date the Optionee is
notified by the Company that the Option is exercisable, but in any event no
later than the Option Expiration Date.

          3.   EXTENSION IF OPTIONEE SUBJECT TO SECTION 16(B).  Notwithstanding
the foregoing, if a sale, within the applicable time periods set forth in
Section G.1, of shares acquired upon the exercise of the Option would subject
the Optionee to suit under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, the Option shall
remain exercisable until the earliest to occur of (i) the tenth (10th) day
following the date on which a sale of such shares by the Optionee would no
longer be subject to such suit, (ii) the one hundred and ninetieth (190th) day
after the Optionee's termination of Service, or (iii) the Option Expiration
Date.

     H.   TRANSFER OF CONTROL.  A "TRANSFER OF CONTROL" shall be deemed to have
occurred in the event any of the following occurs with respect to the Company.

                    (a)  the direct or indirect sale or exchange by the
stockholders of the Company of all or substantially all of the stock of the
company where the stockholders of the Company before such sale or exchange do
not retain, directly or indirectly, at least a majority of the beneficial
interest in the voting stock of the Acquiring Corporation as defined below
after such sale or exchange;

                    (b)  a merger or consolidation where the stockholders of
the Company before such merger or consolidation do not retain, directly or
indirectly, at least a majority of the beneficial interest in the voting stock
of the Acquiring Corporation as defined below after such member or
consolidation;

                    (c)  the sale, exchange, or transfer of all or
substantially all of the assets of the Company (other than a sale, exchange, or
transfer to one (1) or more subsidiary corporations (as defined in paragraph
A.1 above) of the Company); or

                    (d)  a liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

               Thirty (30) days prior the proposed effective date of any
Transfer of Control, each Optionee under a stock option agreement outstanding
for 335 days or more shall be credited, as of the proposed effective date of
the Transfer of Control, and if still serving as a director of the Company on
that date, with 100% of such shares, for purposes of determining the percentage
of shares which shall be immediately exercisable and/or fully vested under each
such stock option agreement.  Other options, except as set forth below, shall
not be affected.

               Furthermore, in the event of a Transfer of Control, the
surviving, continuing, successor, or purchasing corporation or parent
corporation thereof, as the case may be (the "ACQUIRING CORPORATION"), shall
either assume the Company's rights and obligations under outstanding stock
option agreements or





                                       9
<PAGE>   23
substitute options for the Acquiring Corporation's stock for such outstanding
Options.  In the event the Acquiring Corporation elects not to assume or
substitute for such outstanding Options in connection with the Transfer of
Control, any unexercisable and/or unvested shares subject to such outstanding
stock option agreements shall be immediately exercisable and fully vested as of
the date thirty (30) days prior to the proposed effective date of the Transfer
of Control.  The exercise and/or vesting or any Option that was permissible
solely by reason of this paragraph H shall be conditioned upon the consummation
of the Transfer of Control.  Any Options which are neither assumed or
substituted for by the Acquiring Corporation in connection with the Transfer of
Control nor exercised as of the date of the Transfer of Control shall terminate
and cease to be outstanding effective as of the date of the Transfer of
Control.

     I.   ADJUSTMENTS FOR CHANGES IN CAPITAL STRUCTURE.  In the event of any
stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, recapitalization, combination,
reclassification, or similar change in the capital structure of the Company,
appropriate adjustments shall be made in the number, Exercise Price and class
of shares of stock subject to the Option.  If a majority of the shares which
are of the same class as the shares that are subject to the Option are
exchanged for, converted into, or otherwise become (whether or not pursuant to
an Ownership Change Event) shares of another corporation (the "New Shares"),
the Board may unilaterally amend the Option to provide that the Option is
exercisable for New Shares.  In the event of any such amendment, the Number of
Option Shares and the Exercise Price shall be adjusted in a fair and equitable
manner, as determined by the Board, in its sole discretion.  Notwithstanding
the foregoing, any fractional share resulting from an adjustment pursuant to
this Section I shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number, and in no
event may the Exercise Price be decreased to an amount less than the par value,
if any, of the stock subject to the Option.

     J.   RIGHTS AS A STOCKHOLDER.  The Optionee shall have no rights as a
stockholder with respect to any shares covered by the Option until the date of
the issuance of a certificate for the shares for which the Option has been
exercised (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or
of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company).  No adjustment shall be
made for dividends, distributions or other rights for which the record date is
prior to the date such certificate is issued, except as provided in Section I.

     K.   LEGENDS.  The Company may at any time place legends referencing any
applicable federal, state or foreign securities law restrictions on all
certificates representing shares of stock subject to the provisions of this
Option Agreement.  The Optionee shall, at the request of the Company, promptly
present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares acquired
pursuant to the Option in the possession of the Optionee in order to carry out
the provisions of this Section.





                                       10
<PAGE>   24
     L.   BINDING EFFECT.  Subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth
herein, this Option Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon
the parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, administrators,
successors and assigns.

     M.   TERMINATION OR AMENDMENT.  The Board may terminate or amend the Plan
or the Option at any time; provided, however, that no such termination or
amendment may adversely affect the Option or any unexercised portion hereof
without the consent of the Optionee unless such termination or amendment is
necessary to comply with any applicable law or government regulation.  No
amendment or addition to this Option Agreement shall be effective unless in
writing.

     N.   INTEGRATED AGREEMENT.  This Option Agreement constitutes the entire
understanding and agreement of the Optionee and the Participating Company Group
with respect to the subject matter contained herein, and there are no
agreements, understandings, restrictions, representations, or warranties among
the Optionee and the Participating Company Group with respect to such subject
matter other than those as set forth or provided for herein.  To the extent
contemplated herein, the provisions of this Option Agreement shall survive any
exercise of the Option and shall remain in full force and effect.

     O.   APPLICABLE LAW.  This Option Agreement shall be governed by the laws
of the State of Maryland as such laws are applied to agreements between
Maryland residents entered into and to be performed entirely within the State
of Maryland.



                                         CIENA CORPORATION



                                         By:
                                            ------------------------------

                                         Title:
                                               ---------------------------

          The Optionee represents that the Optionee is familiar with the terms
and provisions of this Option Agreement and hereby accepts the Option subject
to all of the terms and provisions thereof.  The Optionee hereby agrees to
accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the
Board upon any questions arising under this Option Agreement.





                                       11
<PAGE>   25
                                  OPTIONEE





     Date:
          ------------------------------------------------------------------




                                     12

<PAGE>   1

                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.6


                                CIENA CORPORATION

                       PREFERRED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT


                          DATED AS OF DECEMBER 20, 1995



   

<PAGE>   2


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

1.    Purchase and Sale................................................2
2.    Closing of Purchase and Sale.....................................2
      2.1   Closing; Closing Date......................................2
      2.2   Transactions at Closing....................................2
3.    Representations and Warranties of the Company....................2
      3.1   Organization, Standing and Qualification...................2
      3.2   Capitalization.............................................2
      3.3   Validity of Stock..........................................4
      3.4   Subsidiaries...............................................4
      3.5   Financial Statements.......................................4
      3.6   Authorization; Approvals.................................. 6
      3.7   No Conflict with Other Instruments........................ 6
      3.8   Labor Agreements and Actions.............................. 6
      3.9   Title to Properties; Liens and Encumbrances............... 7
      3.10  Compliance with Other Instruments......................... 7
      3.11  Patents, Trademarks and Other Intangible
            Assets.................................................... 8
      3.12  Taxes.....................................................10
      3.13  Contracts.................................................10
      3.14  Litigation................................................11
      3.15  Private Offering..........................................11
      3.16  Full Disclosure...........................................11
      3.17  Fees and Commissions......................................12
      3.18  Interested Party Transactions.............................12
      3.19  ERISA.....................................................12
      3.20  Section 83(b) Elections...................................13
      3.21  Company Transactions......................................13
      3.22  Permits...................................................13
      3.23  Insurance.................................................13
      3.24  Certain Tax-Related Provisions............................14
      3.25  Environmental Matters.....................................14
4.    Representations, Warranties and Covenants of the
      Purchasers......................................................15
      4.1   Authorization.............................................15
      4.2   Investment Representations................................16
      4.3   Investment Experience; Access to Information............. 16
      4.4   Absence of Registration...................................16
      4.5   Restrictions on Transfer..................................17
      4.6   Transfer Instructions.....................................17
      4.7   Economic Risk.............................................17
      4.8   Fees and Commissions......................................17




<PAGE>   3
                                     -ii-

5.    Conditions to Closing of the Purchasers.........................18
      5.1   Representations and Warranties............................18
      5.2   Performance...............................................18
      5.3   Consents, etc.............................................18
      5.4   Compliance Certificates...................................18
      5.5   Proceedings and Documents.................................18
      5.6   Co-Sale Agreement.........................................18
      5.7   Composition of Board of Directors.........................19
      5.8   Opinion of Counsel........................................19
6.    Conditions to Closing of Company................................19
7.    Affirmative Covenants...........................................19
      7.1   Inspection; Business Reports; Annual
            Operating Plan............................................19
      7.2   Accounting................................................20
      7.3   Monthly and Annual Financial Statements...................20
      7.4   Projections; Budgets; Reports.............................21
      7.5   Use of Proceeds...........................................22
      7.6   Public Information........................................22
      7.7   Insurance.................................................22
      7.8   Employee Stock Options....................................22
      7.9   Confidentiality...........................................23
      7.10  Right of First Refusal....................................24
      7.11  Maintenance of Existence and Properties, etc..............27
      7.12  Termination of Covenants..................................27
8.    Registration....................................................27
      8.1   Definitions...............................................27
      8.2   Required Registration.....................................29
      8.3   Registration Procedures...................................30
      8.4   Limitations on Required Registrations.....................31
      8.5   Incidental Registration...................................33
      8.6   Limitations on Incidental Registration....................34
      8.7   Designation of Underwriter................................35
      8.8   Form S-3..................................................35
      8.9   Cooperation by Prospective Sellers........................36
      8.10  Expenses of Registration..................................37
      8.11  Indemnification...........................................38
      8.12  Rights That May Be Granted to Subsequent
            Investors.................................................41
      8.13  Transfer of Registration Rights.......................... 42
      8.14  "Stand-Off" Agreement.....................................42
      8.15  Delay of Registration.....................................42
9.    Negative Covenants..............................................42
10.   Board of Directors..............................................44


<PAGE>   4
                                    -iii-
11.   Expenses........................................................46
12.   Survival of Agreements..........................................46
13.   Notices.........................................................46
14.   Modifications; Waiver...........................................48
15.   Exculpation Among Purchasers....................................49
16.   Entire Agreement................................................49
17.   Successors and Assigns..........................................50
18.   Enforcement.....................................................51
19.   Prior Agreements............................................... 51
20.   Execution and Counterparts..................................... 52
21.   Governing Law and Severability................................. 52
22.   Headings....................................................... 52



                                    Schedules

3.1   -     Organization, Standing and Qualification
3.2   -     Security Holders of the Company
3.4   -     Joint Venture, Partnership, or Similar Arrangement
3.5   -     Exceptions of the Financial Statements and List of
            Liabilities
3.7   -     Conflicts with Other Instruments
3.8   -     List of Officers and Employees
3.9   -     Real and Personal property of the Company
3.10  -     Non-Compliance
3.11  -     Patents, Trademarks and Other Intangible Assets of
            the Company
3.12  -     Taxes
3.13  -     Contracts
3.14  -     Litigation
3.17  -     Fees and Commissions
3.23  -     Insurance
3.25  -     Environmental Matters


                                    Exhibits

A     -     Form of Third Restated Certificate of
            Incorporation
B     -     Form of Proprietary Information, Inventions and
            Non-Solicitation Agreement
C     -     Form of Amended and Restated Co-Sale Agreement

<PAGE>   5

                                     -iv-

D     -     Form of Opinion of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton &
            Garrison





   

<PAGE>   6


                       PREFERRED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

      AGREEMENT, dated as of December 20, 1995, among (a) CIENA Corporation, a
Delaware corporation (the "Company"), with an office at 8530 Corridor Road,
Savage, Maryland 20763, (b) the parties identified as Purchasers on Schedule 1
hereto (individually, a "Purchaser" and collectively, the "Purchasers"), (c)
solely for the purposes of Sections 7 through 10, 13, and 17 through 22, the
parties identified as prior investors on Schedule 2.1 hereto (the "Series A
Investors"), (d) solely for the purposes of Sections 7 through 10, 13, and 17
through 22, the parties identified as prior investors on Schedule 2.2 hereto
(the "Series B Investors," together with the Series A Investors, "Prior
Investors" and, together with the Series A Investors and the Purchasers, the
"Investors"), and (e) solely for the purposes of Sections 8, 10, and 17 through
22 hereof, David Huber and Patrick Nettles (collectively, the "Key Employees").

                              W I T N E S S E T H :

      WHEREAS, the Purchasers desire to purchase shares of Convertible Preferred
Stock, Series C, par value $.01 per share (the "Series C Preferred"), of the
Company, having the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions set forth
in the Company's Third Restated Certificate of Incorporation in the form
attached hereto as Exhibit A (the "Third Restated Certificate") and incorporated
herein by reference, and the Company desires to sell to the Purchasers shares of
Series C Preferred;

      WHEREAS, the Series A Investors are parties to a Preferred Stock Purchase
Agreement, dated as of April 9, 1994, as amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto,
dated as of July 28, 1994 (as so amended, the "Series A Agreement"), among the
Company, the Series A Investors and, as to certain provisions therein, the Key
Employees;

      WHEREAS, the Series B Investors are parties to a Preferred Stock Purchase
Agreement, dated as of December 22, 1994, as amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto,
dated as of January 31, 1995, and by Amendment No. 2 thereto, dated as of June
23, 1995 (as amended, the "Series B Agreement" and, together with the Series A
Agreement, the "Prior Agreements"), 


<PAGE>   7
                                     -2-

among the Company, the Prior Investors and, as to certain provisions therein,
the Key Employees;

      WHEREAS, the Prior Investors who are parties to this Agreement and the Key
Employees desire to amend the Prior Agreements in the manner set forth in this
Agreement;

      NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

      1. PURCHASE AND SALE. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, on the
Closing Date (as hereinafter defined) the Company will sell to the Purchasers,
and the Purchasers will purchase from the Company, an aggregate of up to
3,750,000 shares of Series C Preferred (the "Shares"), each Purchaser to
purchase the number of Shares set forth in the first column opposite such
Purchaser's name on Schedule 1 annexed hereto, at a purchase price of $7.00 per
share on the Closing Date as is specified on Schedule 1.

      2.    CLOSING OF PURCHASE AND SALE.

            2.1 CLOSING; CLOSING DATE. The purchase and sale of the Shares
      pursuant to Section 1 shall take place at a closing (the "Closing") at the
      offices of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison, 1615 L Street, N.W.,
      Suite 1300, Washington, D.C. 20036, or at such other place as may be
      agreed upon by the Company and the Purchasers, at 11:00 a.m. Eastern
      Standard Time on December 21, 1995, or at such other time as may be agreed
      upon by the Company and the Purchasers (the "Closing Date").

            2.2 TRANSACTIONS AT CLOSING. At the Closing, the Company shall
      deliver to each Purchaser one or more certificates representing the Shares
      being purchased hereunder at the Closing, against delivery by the
      Purchaser of a wire transfer of immediately available funds or a certified
      check in the amount of the purchase price therefor.

      3. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY. The Company represents
and warrants that:


<PAGE>   8

                                     -3-

            3.1 ORGANIZATION, STANDING AND QUALIFICATION. The Company is a
      corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under
      the laws of the State of Delaware and has full corporate power and
      authority to own, lease and operate its property and assets and to conduct
      its business as proposed to be conducted by it. The Company has all
      requisite corporate power and authority to enter into and perform its
      obligations under this Agreement and to carry out the transactions
      contemplated by this Agreement. Except as set forth in Schedule 3.1, the
      Company is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation and is
      in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the nature of its business
      and its ownership or leasing of property require that the Company become
      so qualified.

            3.2 CAPITALIZATION. The authorized capital stock of the Company, as
      of the Closing Date, will consist of (a) 16,250,000 shares of preferred
      stock, of which (i) 3,750,000 shares are designated Series C Preferred,
      none of which are issued or outstanding as of the date of this Agreement;
      (ii) 8,000,000 shares are designated Series B Preferred (the "Series B
      Preferred"), 7,354,092 of which are issued and outstanding as of the date
      of this Agreement and 300,000 of which are reserved for issuance upon
      exercise of outstanding warrants; (iii) 4,500,000 shares are designated
      Series A Preferred (the "Series A Preferred"; together with Series B
      Preferred and Series C Preferred, the "Preferred Shares"), 3,542,520 of
      which are issued and outstanding as of the date of this Agreement, and
      170,000 of which are reserved for issuance upon exercise of outstanding
      warrants; and (b) 22,500,000 shares of Common Stock, of which (i)
      2,437,083 shares are issued and outstanding as of the date of this
      Agreement; (ii) up to 3,750,000 shares are reserved for issuance upon
      conversion of the Series C Preferred; (iii) up to 8,000,000 shares are
      reserved for issuance upon conversion of the Series B Preferred; (iv) up
      to 4,500,000 shares are reserved for


<PAGE>   9
                                     -4-

      issuance upon conversion of the Series A Preferred; (v) up to 470,000
      shares are reserved for issuance upon exercise of outstanding warrants to
      purchase Series B Preferred or Series A Preferred; (vi) 125,636 shares are
      reserved for issuance upon exercise of an option granted by the Company to
      GI Corporation; (vii) 2,051,250 shares are reserved for issuance pursuant
      to employee stock purchase and/or option ownership plans that have been or
      will be adopted by the Company for key employees; and (viii) 6,667 shares
      are reserved for issuance upon exercise of an outstanding warrant for
      Common Stock held by Kim Larsen (all of which in clauses (i) through
      (viii) are referred to collectively as the "Reserved Shares"). The list
      set forth in Schedule 3.2 hereto is a complete and correct list of all
      security holders of the Company, showing their holdings of issued and
      outstanding Company securities (including options) as of the date of this
      Agreement. The outstanding shares of Common Stock, Series A Preferred and
      Series B Preferred are duly authorized and validly issued in accordance
      with applicable law (including federal and state securities laws), and are
      fully paid and non-assessable. Except as set forth in this Agreement and
      the Prior Agreements, holders of shares of the Company's capital stock
      have no preemptive rights. Except for the transactions contemplated by
      this Agreement and the Prior Agreements and as set forth on Schedule 3.2
      hereto, there are (a) no outstanding warrants, options, convertible
      securities or rights to subscribe for or purchase any capital stock or
      other securities from the Company, (b) no voting trusts or voting
      agreements among, or irrevocable proxies executed by, stockholders of the
      Company, (c) no existing rights of stockholders to require the Company to
      register any securities of the Company or to participate with the Company
      in any registration by the Company of its securities, (d) no agreements
      among stockholders providing for the purchase or sale of the Company's
      capital stock and (e) no obligations (contingent or otherwise) of the
      Company to purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any shares of its capital
      stock or any interest therein or to pay any dividend or make any other
      distribution in respect thereof.

            3.3 VALIDITY OF STOCK. The Series C Preferred, when issued, sold,
      and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, will be duly
      and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable. The shares of Common


<PAGE>   10
                                     -5-

      Stock issuable upon conversion of the Series C Preferred have been duly
      authorized and reserved for issuance by all necessary corporate action and
      when issued and delivered in accordance with the terms of the Third
      Restated Certificate, will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and
      non-assessable.

            3.4 SUBSIDIARIES. The Company does not own or control, directly or
      indirectly, any other corporation, partnership, association or business
      entity. Except as set forth in Schedule 3.4, the Company is not a
      participant in any joint venture, partnership, or similar arrangement.

            3.5 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. Schedule 3.5 contains the Company's: (i)
      unaudited balance sheet as of November 30, 1995 (the "Balance Sheet"),
      (ii) unaudited statements of income (loss) for the eleven-month period
      then ended (the "Statements of Income"), and (iii) audited financial
      statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 1994 (the "Audited
      Financial Statements") (all of which in (i), (ii) and (iii) are
      collectively referred to as the "Financial Statements"). Except as
      described in Schedule 3.5, the Financial Statements are true and correct
      in all material respects, are in accordance with the books and records of
      the Company and have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted
      accounting principles ("GAAP") consistently applied, and fairly and
      accurately present in all material respects the financial position of the
      Company as of such dates and the results of its operations for the periods
      then ended, provided that the Financial Statements may not contain all
      footnotes required by GAAP and the Balance Sheet and Statements of Income
      are subject to normal year-end audit adjustments. Except as described in
      Schedule 3.5, the Company has no liabilities, debts or obligations,
      whether accrued, absolute or contingent totalling in each case in excess
      of $15,000. Since November 30, 1995, except as contemplated by this
      Agreement or as set forth on Schedule 3.5, the Company has been operated
      in the ordinary and usual course of business, and there has not been:

<PAGE>   11
                                     -6-

            (i) any change in the (x) assets, liabilities, condition (financial
      or otherwise) or business of the Company from that reflected in the
      Balance Sheet, other than those incurred in the ordinary and usual course
      of business, or (y) trend of operating results of the Company from that
      reflected in the Statements of Income;

            (ii) any damage, destruction or loss, whether or not covered by
      insurance, materially and adversely affecting the assets, properties,
      condition (financial or otherwise), operating results, prospects or
      business of the Company (as such business is presently conducted and as it
      is proposed to be conducted) as set forth in the Ciena Corporation
      1996-1998 Business Plan dated October 16, 1995 (the "Operating Plan");

            (iii) any waiver by the Company of a valuable right or of a material
      debt owed to it;

            (iv) any satisfaction or discharge of any lien, claim or encumbrance
      or payment of any obligation by the Company, except in the ordinary course
      of business and that is not individually or in the aggregate adverse to
      the assets, properties, condition (financial or otherwise), operating
      results or business of the Company (as such business is presently
      conducted and as it is proposed to be conducted);

            (v) any change or amendment to a material contract or arrangement by
      which the Company or any of its assets or properties is bound or subject;

            (vi) any material change in any compensation arrangement or
      agreement with any employee;

            (vii) any loans made by the Company to its employees, officers, or
      directors other than travel advances made in the ordinary course of
      business;

            (viii) any sale, transfer or lease of, except in the ordinary course
      of business, or mortgage or pledge or imposition of lien on, any of the
      Company's assets; or


<PAGE>   12
                                     -7-

            (ix) to the Company's knowledge, any other event or condition of any
      character that would materially adversely affect the assets, properties,
      condition (financial or otherwise), operating results, prospects or
      business of the Company (as such business is presently conducted and as it
      is proposed to be conducted).

            3.6 AUTHORIZATION; APPROVALS. All corporate action on the part of
      the Company necessary for the authorization, execution, delivery, and
      performance of all its obligations under this Agreement and for the
      authorization, issuance, and delivery of the Series C Preferred being sold
      under this Agreement and of the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of
      the Preferred Shares has been (or will be) taken prior to the Closing
      Date. This Agreement, when executed and delivered by or on behalf of the
      Company, shall constitute the valid and legally binding obligation of the
      Company, legally enforceable against the Company in accordance with its
      terms. The Company has obtained or will obtain prior to the Closing Date
      all necessary consents, authorizations, approvals and orders, and has made
      all registrations, qualifications, designations, declarations or filings
      with all federal, state, or other relevant governmental authorities
      required on the part of the Company in connection with the consummation of
      the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except for those federal
      and/or state securities law filings that are required under applicable law
      to be filed after the Closing.

            3.7 NO CONFLICT WITH OTHER INSTRUMENTS. The execution, delivery and
      performance of the Agreement and the conduct of the Company's business as
      described in the Operating Plan will not result in any violation of, be in
      conflict with, or constitute a default under any terms or provision of (i)
      the Third Restated Certificate or By-laws; (ii) any judgment, decree or
      order to which the Company is a party; (iii) any agreement, contract,
      understanding, indenture or other instrument to which the Company is a
      party, the effect of which would give rise to a material adverse effect on
      the Company; or (iv) any statute, rule or governmental regulation
      applicable to the Company. The Company waives any right under the 



<PAGE>   13
                                     -8-

      Third Restated Certificate to treat any transaction contemplated by this
      Agreement as an Additional Automatic Conversion Event.

            3.8 LABOR AGREEMENTS AND ACTIONS. The Company is not bound by or
      subject to (and none of its assets or properties is bound by or subject
      to) any written or oral, express or implied, contract, commitment or
      arrangement with any labor union, and no labor union has requested or, to
      the best knowledge of the Company, has sought to represent any of the
      employees, representatives or agents of the Company. There is no strike or
      other 

      

<PAGE>   14
                                        -9-

      labor dispute involving the Company pending, or to the best knowledge
      of the Company threatened, which could have a material adverse effect on
      the assets, properties, condition (financial or otherwise), operating
      results, prospects or business of the Company (as such business is
      presently conducted and as it is proposed to be conducted), nor is the
      Company aware of any labor organization activity involving its employees.
      The Company is not aware that any officer or key employee, or that any
      group of key employees, intends to terminate such person's employment
      with the Company, nor does the Company have a present intention to
      terminate the employment of any of the foregoing persons. The employment
      of each officer and employee of the Company is terminable at the will of
      the Company. Schedule 3.8 hereto sets forth the name of and annual rate
      of compensation (including salary, bonuses and other compensation)
      payable for the current year to each (i) officer and (ii) employee who is
      paid an annual salary greater than $100,000.

            3.9 TITLE TO PROPERTIES; LIENS AND ENCUMBRANCES. Set forth on
      Schedule 3.9 hereto is a list of all of the real property, capital assets
      and intellectual property owned, leased or licensed to or by the Company,
      excluding items with an original cost (or in the case of intellectual
      property a fair market value) of less than $1,000. In the case of leased
      or licensed property, complete and correct copies of all leases and
      licenses have been furnished to counsel to the Purchasers. Except as set
      forth on Schedule 3.9 and Schedule 3.11 hereto, (i) the Company has good
      and marketable title to all of the properties and assets, both real and
      personal, tangible and intangible, that it purports to own, including the
      properties and assets reflected on the Balance Sheet, and they are not
      subject to any mortgage, pledge, lien, security interest, conditional sale
      agreement, encumbrance or charge except routine statutory liens securing
      liabilities not yet due and payable and minor liens, encumbrances,
      restrictions, exceptions, reservations, limitations and other
      imperfections which do not materially detract from the value of the
      specific asset affected or the present use of such asset; and (ii) 
      
<PAGE>   15
                                     -10-

      the Company is not in default or in breach of any material provision of
      its leases or licenses and holds a valid leasehold or licensed interest in
      the property it leases or that is licensed to it.

            3.10 COMPLIANCE WITH OTHER INSTRUMENTS. The Company is not in
      default (a) under its Third Restated Certificate or its By-laws or, in any
      material respect, under any material note, indenture, mortgage, lease,
      agreement, contract, purchase order or other instrument, document or
      agreement to which the Company is a party or by which it or any of its
      property is bound or affected or (b) with respect to any order, writ,
      injunction or decree of any court or any federal, state, municipal or
      other governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency or
      instrumentality, domestic or foreign, which default, in any such case,
      would materially and adversely affect or in the future is reasonably
      likely to materially and adversely affect the Company's business,
      prospects, condition (financial or otherwise), affairs, operations or
      assets. To the best of the Company's knowledge, no third party is in
      material default under any material agreement, contract or other
      instrument, document or agreement to which the Company is a party or by
      which it or any of its property is affected.

            3.11 PATENTS, TRADEMARKS AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS. (a) Schedule
      3.11 hereto is a true and complete list and summary description of all
      patents, patent applications, trademarks, service marks, trade names and
      copyrights, and licenses and rights to the foregoing presently owned or
      held by the Company, none of which is in dispute or in any conflict with
      the right of any other person or entity except as indicated on Schedule
      3.11. Except as set forth in Schedule 3.11, the Company to the best of its
      knowledge (i) owns or has the right to use, free and clear of all liens,
      claims and restrictions, all patents, trademarks, service marks, trade
      names and copyrights, and licenses and rights with respect to the
      foregoing, used and sufficient for use in the conduct of its business as
      now conducted and proposed to be conducted as described in the Operating
      Plan without infringing upon or otherwise acting adversely to the 


<PAGE>   16
                                     -11-

      right or claimed right of any person, corporation or other entity under or
      with respect to any of the foregoing and (ii) is not obligated or under
      any liability whatsoever to make any payments by way of royalties, fees or
      otherwise to any owner or licensee of, or other claimant to, any patent,
      trademark, service mark, trade name, copyright or other intangible asset,
      with respect to the use thereof or in connection with the conduct of its
      business or otherwise.

            (b) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.11, the Company owns and/or
      has the unrestricted right to use all trade secrets, including know-how,
      inventions, designs, processes, works of authorship, computer programs
      (with the exception of normal software purchased and sold as such) and
      technical data and information (collectively herein "intellectual
      property") required for or incident to the development, manufacture,
      operation and sale of all products and services sold or proposed to be
      sold by the Company, to the best of its knowledge free and clear of and
      without violating any right, lien, or claim of others, including without
      limitation, former employees and former employers of its past and present
      employees.

            (c) The Company has taken security measures to protect the secrecy,
      confidentiality and value of all the Company's intellectual property,
      which measures are reasonable and customary in the industry in which it
      intends to operate. Each of the Company's employees and other persons who,
      either alone or in concert with others, developed, invented, discovered,
      derived, programmed or designed the Company's intellectual property, or
      who has knowledge of or access to information about the Company's
      intellectual property, has entered into a written agreement with the
      Company in the form of Exhibit B hereto, (i) providing that the
      intellectual property and other information are proprietary to the Company
      and are not to be divulged or misused and (ii) transferring to the
      Company, without any further consideration being given therefor by the
      Company, all of such employee's or other person's right, title and
      interest in and to such intellectual property and other information and to
      all patents, trademarks, 

<PAGE>   17
                                     -12-

      service marks, trade names, copyrights, licenses and rights with respect
      to such intellectual property and information.

            (d) The Company has not received any communications alleging that
      the Company has violated or by conducting its business as proposed, would
      violate any of the patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names,
      copyrights or trade secrets or other proprietary rights of any other
      person or entity. The Company is not aware that any of its employees is
      obligated under any contract (including licenses, covenants or commitments
      of any nature) or other agreement, or subject to any judgment, decree or
      order of any court or administrative agency, that would interfere with the
      use of his best efforts to promote the interests of the Company or that
      would conflict with the Company's business as proposed to be conducted.
      Neither the execution nor delivery of this Agreement, nor the carrying on
      of the Company's business by the employees of the Company, nor the conduct
      of the Company's business as proposed, will, to the Company's knowledge,
      conflict with or result in a breach of the terms, conditions or provisions
      of, or constitute a default under, any contract, covenant or instrument
      under which any of such employees is now obligated. The Company does not
      believe it is or will be necessary to utilize any inventions of any of its
      employees (or people it currently intends to hire) made prior to their
      employment by the Company other than those that have been assigned to, or
      licensed by the Company, as described in Schedule 3.11.

            3.12 TAXES. The Company has accurately prepared and timely filed all
      federal income and payroll tax returns and filings and all state and
      municipal tax returns that are required to be filed by it (the "Tax
      Returns") and has paid or made provision for the payment of all amounts
      due pursuant to such returns. The Tax Returns are true and complete in all
      material respects.  None of the Tax Returns have been audited by the
      Internal Revenue Service or any state taxing authority, as the case may
      be, the Company has not been advised that any of such Tax Returns will be
      so audited, and there are no waivers in effect of 


<PAGE>   18

                                     -13-

      the applicable statute of limitations for any period. No deficiency
      assessment or proposed adjustment of federal income taxes or state or
      municipal taxes of the Company is pending and the Company has no knowledge
      of any proposed liability for any tax to be imposed. The Company has not
      elected pursuant to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the
      "Code"), to be treated as an S corporation or a collapsible corporation
      pursuant to Section 1362(a) or Section 341(f) of the Code, nor has it made
      any other elections pursuant to the Code (other than elections that
      related solely to methods of accounting, depreciation or amortization)
      that would have a material effect on the Company, its financial condition,
      its business as presently conducted or proposed to be conducted or any of
      its properties or material assets.

            3.13 CONTRACTS. Schedule 3.13 contains a true and complete list of
      all contracts and agreements to which the Company is a party or by which
      its property is bound. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.13 hereto, the
      Company has no employment or consulting contracts, deferred compensation
      agreements or bonus, incentive, profit-sharing, or pension plans currently
      in force and effect, or any understanding with respect to any of the
      foregoing. Schedule 3.13 hereto also lists all employment, non-competition
      and confidentiality agreements (i) between the Company and any employee or
      consultant of the Company or any other entity and (ii) to the Company's
      best knowledge between any employee of the Company and any former employer
      or person for whom such employee or consultant performed consulting or
      other services. All of the contracts listed on Schedule 3.13 and on other
      Schedules hereto are in full force and effect, and the Company, or to the
      best of the Company's knowledge any other party, is not in default under
      any of them, nor does any event or condition exist which after notice or
      lapse of time or both would constitute a material default thereunder. The
      Company has delivered to the Purchasers true, correct and complete copies
      of each contract and agreement listed on Schedule 3.13.

            3.14 LITIGATION.  No action, proceeding or governmental inquiry or
      investigation is pending or to  

<PAGE>   19
                                     -14-

      the best knowledge of the Company threatened against the Company or any of
      its officers, directors or employees (in their capacity as such) or any of
      the Company's properties before any court, arbitration board or tribunal
      or administrative or other governmental agency, nor is the Company aware
      that there is any basis for the foregoing. The foregoing includes, without
      limiting its generality, actions pending or known to the Company to be
      threatened involving the prior employment of any of the Company's
      employees or use by any of them in connection with the Company's business
      of any information, property or techniques allegedly proprietary to any of
      their former employers. The Company is not a party to or subject to the
      provisions of any order, writ, injunction, judgment or decree of any court
      or governmental agency or instrumentality. There is no action, suit,
      proceeding or investigation by the Company currently pending or that the
      Company intends to initiate.

            3.15 PRIVATE OFFERING. The Company agrees that neither the Company
      nor anyone acting on its behalf has offered or will offer any securities
      of the Company or any part thereof or any similar securities for issuance
      or sale to, or solicit any offer to acquire any of the same from, anyone
      so as to make the issuance and sale of the Series C Preferred not exempt
      from the registration requirements of Section 5 of the Securities Act of
      1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"). None of the shares of the
      Company's capital stock issued and outstanding has been offered or sold in
      such a manner as to make the issuance and sale of such shares not exempt
      from such registration requirements, and all such shares of capital stock
      have been offered and sold in compliance with all applicable federal and
      state securities laws.

            3.16 FULL DISCLOSURE. Neither this Agreement nor any certificates
      made or delivered in connection herewith contains any untrue statement of
      a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the
      statements herein or therein not misleading, in view of the circumstances
      in which they were made, provided, however, that the Company makes no
      representation or warranty with respect to any projections, other than
      that any such 

<PAGE>   20
                                     -15-

      projections were prepared in good faith and that the Company reasonably
      believes there is a reasonable basis for such projections. There is no
      material fact known to the Company relating to the business, prospects,
      condition (financial or otherwise), affairs, operations, or assets of the
      Company that has not been disclosed to the Purchasers in writing by the
      Company.

            3.17 FEES AND COMMISSIONS. The Company has not retained, or
      otherwise authorized to act, any finder, broker, agent, financial advisor
      or other intermediary (collectively "Intermediary") in connection with the
      transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Company shall
      indemnify and hold harmless the Purchasers from liability for any
      compensation to any Intermediary retained or otherwise authorized to act
      by, or on behalf of, the Company, and the fees and expenses of defending
      against such liability or alleged liability.

            3.18 INTERESTED PARTY TRANSACTIONS. No officer, director or
      stockholder of the Company or any "affiliate" or "associate" (as these
      terms are defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act) of any
      such person or entity or the Company has or has had, either directly or
      indirectly, (a) an interest in any person or entity which (i) furnishes or
      sells services or products which are furnished or sold or are proposed to
      be furnished or sold by the Company, or (ii) purchases from or sells or
      furnishes to the Company any goods or services, or (b) except as set forth
      on Schedule 3.13, a beneficial interest in any contract or agreement to
      which the Company is a party or by which it may be bound or affected.
      Except as set forth on Schedule 3.13 hereto, there are no existing
      material arrangements or proposed material transactions between the
      Company and any officer, director, or holder of more than 5% of the
      capital stock of the Company, or any affiliate or associate of any such
      person.

            3.19 ERISA. Except as set forth in Schedule 3.19, the Company does
      not maintain, sponsor, or contribute to any program or arrangement that is
      an "employee pension benefit plan," an "employee welfare benefit plan," or
      a 

<PAGE>   21
                                     -16-

      "multiemployer plan", as those terms are defined in Sections 3(2), 3(1),
      and 3(37) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
      amended. Except as listed in Schedule 3.13, the Company does not maintain
      or contribute to any material incentive or benefit arrangements for its
      employees. All incentive or benefit arrangements listed in Schedule 3.13
      are, and have heretofore been, operated in compliance, in all material
      respects, with the terms of such arrangements and with the requirements
      prescribed by any and all applicable laws.

            3.20 SECTION 83(b) ELECTIONS. Except as set forth in Schedule 3.20,
      to the best of the Company's knowledge, all elections and notices
      permitted by Section 83(b) of the Code, and any analogous provisions of
      applicable state tax laws have been timely filed by all individuals who
      have purchased shares of the Company's Common Stock other than pursuant to
      any stock option plans of the Company. The Company makes no representation
      or warranty regarding the content or accuracy of any such election or
      notice.

            3.21 COMPANY TRANSACTIONS. The Company has not engaged in the past
      eleven (11) months in any discussion (i) with any representative of any
      corporation or corporations regarding the merger of the Company with or
      into any such corporation or corporations, (ii) with any corporation,
      partnership, association or other business entity or any individual
      regarding the sale, conveyance or disposition of all or substantially all
      of the assets of the Company or a transaction or series of related
      transactions in which more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of
      the Company is disposed of, or (iii) regarding any other form of
      liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company.

            3.22 PERMITS. The Company has all franchises, permits, licenses, and
      any similar authority necessary for the conduct of its business as now
      being conducted by it, the lack of which could materially and adversely
      affect the business, properties, prospects, or financial condition of the
      Company, and the Company believes it can 

<PAGE>   22
                                     -17-

      obtain, without undue burden or expense, any similar authority for the
      conduct of its business as planned to be conducted. The Company is not in
      default in any material respect under any of such franchises, permits,
      licenses, or other similar authority.

            3.23 INSURANCE.(i) The Company has in full force and effect life
      insurance upon the lives of the Key Employees in a minimum amount of
      $1,000,000 each, with the proceeds payable to the Company, (ii) the
      Company has in full force and effect fire and casualty insurance policies,
      with extended coverage, sufficient in amount (subject to reasonable
      deductibles) to allow it to replace any of its properties that might be
      damaged or destroyed, (iii) the Company has in full force and effect
      liability and umbrella liability insurance policies sufficient in amount
      (subject to reasonable deductibles) to cover all reasonably foreseeable
      liability claims that may be made against the Company and the expenses
      thereof, (iv) no claims under any of such policies of insurance are

   

<PAGE>   23
                                     -18-

      pending or have been denied, and (v) no notices of cancellation regarding
      any of such policies have been received by the Company.

            3.24 CERTAIN TAX-RELATED PROVISIONS. The Company has not made any
      purchase of its capital stock within the one (1) year period preceding the
      Closing Date and the Company covenants and agrees with the Purchasers that
      the Company will not within the one (1) year period following the Closing
      Date make any purchase of its capital stock that would result in the
      shares of Series C Preferred issued and sold pursuant to this Agreement
      not being treated as "qualified business stock" within the meaning of
      Subpart B, Section 13113 of the 1993 Tax Reform Act, without the prior
      written approval of the holders of at least fifty percent (50%) of the
      Series C Preferred. The Company agrees to submit such reports to the
      Commissioner of Internal Revenue and to the Purchasers as the Commissioner
      may require to carry out the purposes of such provisions.

            3.25 ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS. Except as set forth in Schedule 3.25:

                  (a) Neither the Company, nor, to the knowledge of the Company
      without investigation other than as set forth on Schedule 3.25, any
      operator of its past or present properties is in material violation, or
      alleged material violation, of any judgment, decree, order, law, license,
      rule or regulation pertaining to environmental matters, including without
      limitation the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, as amended, the
      Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of
      1980, as amended ("CERCLA"), and the Superfund Amendments and
      Reauthorization Act of 1986, as amended (hereinafter "Environmental
      Laws").

                  (b) The Company has not received notice from any third party
      including without limitation any governmental authority, (i) that the
      Company or any predecessor in interest has been identified by the
      Environmental Protection Agency ("EPA") as a potentially responsible party
      under CERCLA with respect to a site 

<PAGE>   24
                                     -19-

      listed on the National Priorities List, 40 C.F.R. Part 300 Appendix B
      (1986); (ii) that a material quantity of hazardous materials or substances
      regulated by any Environmental Laws ("Hazardous Substances") which either
      the Company or any predecessor in interest has generated, transported or
      disposed of have been found at any site at which a remedial investigation,
      removal or other response action pursuant to any Environmental Law has
      been ordered or conducted; or (iii) that the Company is or shall be a
      named party to any claim, action or administrative proceeding arising out
      of any third party's incurrence of costs or damages in connection with the
      release of Hazardous Substances.

                  (c) No portion of the property owned, leased or controlled by
      the Company has been used by the Company or, to the knowledge of the
      Company without investigation other than as set forth on Schedule 3.25, by
      any past or present owners or operators of its properties for the
      handling, manufacturing, processing, storage or disposal of Hazardous
      Substances in a manner that would materially violate applicable
      Environmental Laws. In the course of any activities conducted by the
      Company or, to the knowledge of the Company without investigation other
      than as set forth on Schedule 3.25, by any past or present owners or
      operators of its properties, no Hazardous Substances have been generated
      or are being used on such properties in a manner that would materially
      violate applicable Environmental Laws. There have been no releases or
      threatened releases of Hazardous Substances by the Company or, to the
      knowledge of the Company without investigation other than as set forth on
      Schedule 3.25, by any past or present owners or operators of its
      properties on, upon, into or from such properties of the Company, which
      releases would have a material adverse effect on the value of such
      properties, any adjacent properties or the environment. Any Hazardous
      Substances that have been generated by the Company or, to the knowledge of
      the Company without investigation other than as set forth on Schedule
      3.25, by any past or present owners or operators of its properties on such
      properties of the Company, have been transported offsite only by carriers
      having an identification number issued by the 

<PAGE>   25
                                     -20-

      EPA and treated or disposed of only by treatment or disposal facilities
      maintaining valid permits as required under applicable Environmental Laws,
      which transporters and facilities have been and are, to the best of the
      Company's knowledge, operating in compliance with such permits and
      applicable Environmental Laws.

      4. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS OF THE PURCHASERS. Each
Purchaser, severally and not jointly, represents and warrants that:

            4.1 AUTHORIZATION. It has full power and authority to enter into and
      to perform this Agreement in accordance with its terms. This Agreement has
      been duly executed and delivered by it and constitutes its valid and
      legally binding obligation.

            4.2 INVESTMENT REPRESENTATIONS. It is acquiring the Shares for its
      own account, for investment purposes and not with a view to, or for sale
      in connection with, any distribution of such Shares or any part thereof.

            4.3 INVESTMENT EXPERIENCE; ACCESS TO INFORMATION. It (a) is an
      "accredited investor" as that term is defined in Rule 501(a) promulgated
      under the Securities Act, (b) is an investor experienced in the evaluation
      of businesses similar to the Company, (c) is able to fend for itself in
      the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (d) has such knowledge
      and experience in financial, business and investment matters as to be
      capable of evaluating the merits and risks of this investment, (e) has the
      ability to bear the economic risks of this investment, (f) was not
      organized or reorganized for the specific purpose of acquiring the Shares
      purchased by it, and (g) has been afforded prior to the Closing Date the
      opportunity to ask questions of, and to receive answers from, the Company
      and to obtain any additional information, to the extent the Company has
      such information or could have acquired it without unreasonable effort or
      expense, all as necessary for the Purchaser to make an informed investment
      decision with respect to the purchase of the Shares. The foregoing,
      however, does not limit or modify the representations and 

<PAGE>   26
                                     -21-

      warranties of the Company in Section 3 of this Agreement or the right of
      such Purchaser to rely thereon.

            4.4 ABSENCE OF REGISTRATION. It understands that:

            (a) The Shares to be sold and issued hereunder (and the Common Stock
      to which such shares may be converted) are unregistered and may be
      required to be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered
      under the Securities Act, or an exemption from such registration is
      available.

            (b) Except as provided in Section 8, the Company is under no
      obligation to file a registration statement with the Securities and
      Exchange Commission (the "Commission") with respect to the Shares (or the
      Common Stock to which such shares may be converted).

            (c) Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act ("Rule 144"),
      which provides for certain limited sales of unregistered securities, is
      not presently available with respect to the Shares (or the Common Stock to
      which such shares may be converted), and the Company is under no
      obligation to make Rule 144 available except as otherwise provided in
      Section 7.6.

            4.5 RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER. (a) It will not offer, sell, pledge,
      hypothecate, or otherwise dispose of the Shares (or the Common Stock to
      which such shares may be converted) unless such offer, sale, pledge,
      hypothecation or other disposition is (i) registered under the Securities
      Act, or (ii) in compliance with an opinion of counsel to the Purchaser,
      delivered to the Company and reasonably acceptable to the Company, to the
      effect that such offer, sale, pledge, hypothecation or other disposition
      thereof does not violate the Securities Act, and (b) the certificate(s)
      representing the Shares (and any Common Stock to which such shares may be
      converted) shall bear a legend stating in substance:

            THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE
            SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR
            OTHERWISE 

<PAGE>   27
                                     -22-

            TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED
            UNDER SAID ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE
            SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR
            TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION DOES NOT VIOLATE THE PROVISIONS
            THEREOF.

            Upon request of a holder of Series C Preferred, the Company shall
      remove the legend set forth above from the certificates evidencing such
      Shares, or issue to such holder new certificates therefor free of such
      legend, if with such request the Company shall have received an opinion of
      counsel selected by the holder and reasonably satisfactory to the Company,
      in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to the
      effect that such Shares are not required by the Securities Act to continue
      to bear the legend.

            4.6 TRANSFER INSTRUCTIONS. It agrees that the Company may provide
      for appropriate transfer instructions to implement the provisions of
      Section 4.5 hereof.

            4.7 ECONOMIC RISK. It understands that it must bear the economic
      risk of the investment represented by the purchase of Shares for an
      indefinite period.

            4.8 FEES AND COMMISSIONS. It represents and warrants that it has not
      retained, or otherwise authorized to act, any Intermediary in connection
      with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and agrees to
      indemnify and hold harmless the Company from liability for any
      compensation to any Intermediary retained or otherwise authorized to act
      by, or on behalf of, the Purchaser and the fees and expenses of defending
      against such liability or alleged liability.

      5. CONDITIONS TO CLOSING OF THE PURCHASERS. The obligation of each
Purchaser on the Closing Date to purchase the Shares to be purchased under this
Agreement on the Closing Date by it shall be subject to each of the following
conditions precedent, any one or more of which may be waived by Purchasers
purchasing at least 66-2/3% of the Shares to be purchased at the Closing:

<PAGE>   28
                                     -23-

            5.1 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. The representations and
      warranties made by the Company herein shall be true and accurate on and as
      of the Closing Date as if made on such Date, except to the extent that
      such representations and warranties are made as of a specified date, in
      which case such representations and warranties shall be true in all
      material respects as of the specified date.

            5.2 PERFORMANCE. The Company shall have performed and complied with
      all agreements and conditions contained herein or in other ancillary
      documents incident to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement
      required to be performed or complied with by it prior to or at the Closing
      Date.

            5.3 CONSENTS, ETC. The Company shall have secured all permits,
      consents and authorizations that shall be necessary or required lawfully
      prior to the Closing to consummate this Agreement and to issue the Shares
      to be purchased by each Purchaser at the Closing, and the Third Restated
      Certificate shall have been duly filed with the Secretary of State of the
      State of Delaware.

            5.4 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATES. The Company shall have delivered to the
      Purchasers or their representative at the Closing an Officer's Certificate
      to the effect that all conditions specified in Sections 5.1 through 5.3
      have been fulfilled.

            5.5 PROCEEDINGS AND DOCUMENTS. All corporate and other proceedings
      in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and all
      documents and instruments incident to such transactions shall be
      reasonably satisfactory in substance and form to the Purchasers and their
      counsel, and the Purchasers and their counsel shall have received all such
      counterpart originals or certified or other copies of such documents as
      the Purchasers or their counsel may reasonably request.

            5.6 CO-SALE AGREEMENT. Each of the Key Employees, the Prior
      Investors and the Company shall have entered

   
<PAGE>   29
                                     -24-

      into a Co-Sale Agreement with the Purchasers, substantially in the form
      annexed hereto as Exhibit C.

            5.7 COMPOSITION OF BOARD OF DIRECTORS. The Board of Directors shall
      consist of seven members, initially including: Berry Cash, Jon W. Bayless,
      Patrick Nettles, David Huber, Clifford Higgerson, and Michael J. Zak. The
      seventh Board seat shall be filled in accordance with Section 10(a) of
      this Agreement.

            5.8 OPINION OF COUNSEL. The Company shall have delivered to the
      Purchasers the opinion of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison,
      counsel to the Company, in the form annexed hereto as Exhibit D.

      6. CONDITIONS TO CLOSING OF COMPANY. The obligation of the Company on the
Closing Date to issue and sell the Shares to be purchased under this Agreement
on the Closing Date shall be subject to the representations and warranties made
by the Purchasers herein being true and accurate on and as of the Closing Date
as if made on such Date, except to the extent that such representations and
warranties are made as of a specified date, in which case such representations
and warranties shall be true in all material respects as of the specified date.

      7. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS.

            7.1 INSPECTION; BUSINESS REPORTS; ANNUAL OPERATING PLAN. The Company
      covenants and agrees that, for so long as an Investor (together with its
      affiliates) holds at least (a) 100,000 shares of Series C Preferred and/or
      Common Stock issued upon conversion of Series C Preferred, or (b) 750,000
      of the Preferred Shares and/or Common Stock issued upon conversion of
      Preferred Shares, other than shares of Common Stock issued upon an
      Additional Automatic Conversion Event (as defined in Article Fifth,
      Section (d)(ii)(B) of the Third Restated Certificate) (the "Investor
      Shares"), as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends,
      recapitalizations, reclassifications and similar events (together herein
      called "Recapitalization Events"):


<PAGE>   30
                                     -25-

            (a) the Company will permit any authorized representatives of any
      such Investor free and full access at normal business hours and upon
      advance notification to all of the books, records, personnel and
      properties of the Company, for any purpose whatsoever, subject to Section
      7.9 hereof;

            (b) the Company shall provide to all such Investors by December 31,
      1995, and by December 31 of each fiscal year thereafter, an operating
      plan, setting forth the operational and strategic plans of the Company for
      the coming fiscal year; and

            (c) any such Investor shall be entitled to have one designee attend
      (but not to vote at) meetings of the Board of Directors (and business
      discussions immediately prior to such meetings) as an observer, provided
      that such designee shall not be entitled to be present at those portions
      of any such meetings in which the Board of Directors will be discussing
      issues that are competitive with the business of the Investor, such
      determination to be made in the Board's good faith business judgment.

      7.2 ACCOUNTING. The Company will maintain and cause each of its
Subsidiaries (other than inactive Subsidiaries) to maintain a system of
accounting established and administered in accordance with GAAP
consistently applied, and will set aside on its books and cause each of
its operating Subsidiaries to set aside on its books all such proper
reserves as shall be required by GAAP. For purposes of this Agreement,
"Subsidiary" means any corporation or entity at least a majority of whose
voting securities are at the time owned by the Company, or by one or more
Subsidiaries, or by the Company and one or more Subsidiaries.

      7.3 MONTHLY AND ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. The Company will deliver to
each Investor holding at least (i) 100,000 shares of Series C Preferred and/or
Common Stock issued upon conversion of Series C Preferred, or (ii) 750,000
Investor Shares:


<PAGE>   31
                                     -26-

            (a) within 30 business days after the end of each calendar month, an
      unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries
      as at the end of each such month and unaudited consolidated statements of
      (i) income and (ii) cash flow of the Company and its Subsidiaries for each
      such month and for the period from the beginning of the current fiscal
      year to the end of such month. Such financial statements shall be in
      reasonable detail and certified by the chief financial officer of the
      Company that such financial statements were prepared in accordance with
      GAAP (subject to (x) there being no footnotes contained therein and (y)
      changes resulting from year-end audit adjustments), applied on a basis
      consistent (except as otherwise disclosed therein and consented to by a
      majority of the Board of Directors) with that of preceding periods, and
      except as otherwise stated therein, shall present fairly the financial
      position of the Company as of their date; and

            (b) within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company,
      a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the
      end of such year and statements of income and statements of cash flow of
      the Company and its Subsidiaries for such year, setting forth in each case
      in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in
      reasonable detail and accompanied by the opinion thereon of a firm of
      independent public accountants of nationally recognized standing, which
      opinion shall state that such balance sheet and statements of income and
      cash flow have been prepared in accordance with GAAP applied on a basis
      consistent with that of the preceding fiscal year (except as otherwise
      approved by the Board of Directors), and present fairly and accurately the
      financial position of the Company as of their date, and that the audit by
      such accountants in connection with such financial statements has been
      made in accordance with GAAP.

            7.4 PROJECTIONS; BUDGETS; REPORTS. The Company will deliver, upon
      request, to each Investor (together with its affiliates) that holds at
      least 100,000 shares 

<PAGE>   32
                                     -27-

      of Series C Preferred and/or 750,000 Investor Shares, as adjusted for
      Recapitalization Events:

            (a) within the first 45 days after the beginning of each fiscal
      year, projections of the statements referred to in paragraph (a) of
      Section 7.3 of this Agreement for each month in such year;

            (b) within the first 30 days after the beginning of each fiscal
      quarter, revised projections of the statements referred to in paragraph
      (a) of Section 7.3 of this Agreement.

            (c) at least 30 days prior to the beginning of each fiscal year, a
      budget for such fiscal year, substantially in the form of the prior budget
      delivered to the Investors, setting forth in detail reasonably acceptable
      to the Investors the Company's budget for such fiscal year; provided,
      however, that the Company will deliver the budget for 1996 by January 30,
      1996;

            (d) promptly upon the filing thereof, reports and statements filed
      by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries with the Commission (or any
      governmental authority succeeding to any of its functions) or with any
      securities exchange; and

            (e) with reasonable promptness, such other information and data with
      respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries as from time to time may
      be reasonably requested.

            7.5 USE OF PROCEEDS. The Company shall use the proceeds from the
      sale of the Shares in order to fund operating losses and working capital
      requirements.

            7.6 PUBLIC INFORMATION. At any time and from time to time after the
      earlier of the close of business on such date as (a) a registration
      statement filed by the Company under the Securities Act becomes effective,
      (b) the Company registers a class of securities under Section 12 of the
      Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any federal statute or
      code which is a successor thereto 

<PAGE>   33
                                     -28-

      (the "Exchange Act"), or (c) the Company issues an offering circular
      meeting the requirements of Regulation A under the Securities Act, the
      Company shall undertake to make publicly available and available to the
      Holders (as hereinafter defined in Section 8), pursuant to Rule 144, such
      information as is necessary to enable the Holders to make sales of
      Registrable Stock (as hereinafter defined in Section 8) pursuant to that
      Rule. The Company shall comply with the current public information
      requirements of Rule 144 and shall furnish thereafter to any Holder, upon
      request, a written statement executed by the Company as to the steps it
      has taken to so comply.

            7.7 INSURANCE. The Company will maintain life insurance upon the
      lives of the Key Employees in a minimum amount of $1,000,000 each, with
      the proceeds payable to the Company, unless the Board of Directors
      determines that such insurance is no longer required to protect the
      interests of the Company. The Company also shall obtain and keep in effect
      so long as the Board of Directors deems advisable, term life insurance on
      the lives of such other employees as, and in the principal amounts as, the
      Board of Directors shall determine, in each case with proceeds payable to
      the Company. The Company will keep and maintain in full force and effect
      fire, casualty and umbrella liability insurance policies, with extended
      coverage, reasonably sufficient in amount to allow it to replace any of
      its properties that might be damaged or destroyed or pay reasonably
      foreseeable liabilities to which it may be subject.

            7.8 EMPLOYEE STOCK OPTIONS. From and after the date of this
      Agreement, except as specifically approved by the Company's Board of
      Directors, all shares of Common Stock and all options granted by the
      Company to employees, consultants, officers and non-investor directors for
      shares of Common Stock (a) shall, until an IPO (as defined in Section
      7.12), be subject to a right of first refusal in favor of the Company, (b)
      shall vest over a four-year period as follows: (i) 1/4 at the end of the
      twelfth calendar month following the commencement of such person's
      employment or other retention, and (ii) 

<PAGE>   34
                                     -29-

      1/48 at the end of each month for the next 36 months of such employment or
      other retention, and shall be subject to the right of the Company to
      repurchase any non-vested stock at the price paid by the employee prior to
      full vesting; provided that upon a sale of the Company (whether pursuant
      to a stock or asset transaction) or a merger of the Company with and into
      another company (unless the Company is the surviving corporation), all
      non-vested shares shall immediately become vested and (c) shall be subject
      to a restriction against transfer of non-vested stock, other than to a
      family trust. The rights of the Company in (a) and (b) hereof are
      assignable by the Company, subject to the approval of a majority of the
      Board of Directors, except that any assignment pursuant to Section 7.10(e)
      hereof shall not require Board approval.

            7.9 CONFIDENTIALITY. Any information provided pursuant to Sections
      7.1, 7.3 and 7.4 shall be used by each Investor solely in furtherance of
      its interests as an investor in the Company, and each Investor shall
      (except as otherwise required by law) maintain the confidentiality of all
      confidential information of the Company obtained under said sections,
      provided that (a) the Company makes an appropriate designation of any such
      confidential information, and (b) any other term of this Agreement to the
      contrary notwithstanding, the Company shall not be obligated to disclose
      any information under such Sections, the disclosure of which it believes
      in good faith would be detrimental to the business of the Company, except
      that nothing in this clause (b) will limit in any way the obligation of
      the Company and its officers to fully disclose the business affairs of the
      Company to the members of the Board of Directors that have entered into
      confidentiality agreements for the benefit of the Company. The term
      "confidential information" shall not include such information that (i) is
      or becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a
      disclosure by an Investor or its agents, representatives or employees
      in violation of its obligations hereunder; (ii) is or becomes available
      to an Investor on a non-confidential basis from a source (other than the
      Company or one of its directors, officers, 
<PAGE>   35
                                     -30-

      agents, representatives or employees) that is not prohibited from
      disclosing such information by a legal, contractual or fiduciary
      obligation; or (iii) was known to an Investor on a non-confidential basis
      prior to its disclosure to such Investor by the Company.

            In the event that an Investor, or anyone to whom an Investor
      transmits any confidential information, becomes legally compelled to
      disclose any confidential information, such person will provide the
      Company with prompt notice so that it may seek a protective order or other
      appropriate remedy and/or waive compliance with the provisions of this
      Section 7.9. In the event that such protective order or other remedy is
      not obtained, or the Company waives compliance with the provisions of this
      Section 7.9, the Investor will furnish only that portion of the
      confidential information that it is advised by counsel is legally required
      and will exercise its reasonable efforts to obtain reliable assurance that
      confidential treatment will be accorded the confidential information.

            7.10 RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL. The Company hereby grants to each
      Investor the right of first refusal to purchase, pro-rata, all (or any
      part) of (x) New Securities (as defined in Section 7.10(a) below) that the
      Company may, from time to time, propose to sell and issue and (y) Employee
      Stock (as defined in Section 7.10(d) below) that the Company is entitled
      to, but shall not, repurchase from an employee. The Investor's pro rata
      share shall be the ratio of the number of Preferred Shares then held by
      the Investor as of the date of the Rights Notice (as defined in Section
      7.10(b)) or the Repurchase Notice (as defined in Section 7.10(e)), as the
      case may be, to the sum of the total number of Preferred Shares then held
      by all Investors (including for this purpose permitted transferees of the
      Investor pursuant to Section 7.10(f) hereof) as of such date. This right
      of first refusal shall be subject to the following provisions:

            (a) "New Securities" shall mean any Common Stock or preferred shares
      of any kind of the Company, whether now 

<PAGE>   36
                                     -31-

      or hereafter authorized, and rights, options, or warrants to purchase said
      Common Stock or preferred shares, and securities of any type whatsoever
      that are, or may become, convertible into said Common Stock or preferred
      shares; provided, however, that "New Securities" shall not include (i)
      securities issuable with respect to the Preferred Shares issued on or
      prior to the date hereof and shares of Series C Preferred issued
      hereunder; (ii) securities issuable upon exercise of warrants, options and
      rights issued prior to the date hereof and Common Stock issuable upon
      conversion of any securities issued under this clause (ii); (iii)
      securities offered to the public pursuant to a registration statement
      filed under the Securities Act; (iv) securities issued in connection with
      the acquisition of another corporation, business entity or line of
      business of another business entity by the Company by merger,
      consolidation, purchase of all or substantially all of the assets, or
      other reorganization as a result of which the Company owns not less than
      fifty-one percent (51%) of the voting power of such corporation; (v)
      shares of the Company's Common Stock or preferred shares issued in
      connection with any Recapitalization Event by the Company; (vi) securities
      authorized by the Company's Board of Directors to be issued in connection
      with the leasing or acquisition of assets by the Company or supply
      arrangements for the Company; (vii) options, warrants or rights issued
      pursuant to employee stock purchase and/or stock ownership plans that have
      been or will be adopted by the Company for Key Employees; (viii)
      securities reserved, not to exceed 2,110,000 shares of Common Stock, under
      employee stock option or purchase plans, or securities to be issued to
      consultants of the Company or in connection with an acquisition or the
      formation of a joint venture, in each case as approved by the Board of
      Directors; or (ix) securities issued pursuant to Section 18 hereof.

            (b) If the Company proposes to issue New Securities, it shall give
      the Investors written notice (the "Rights Notice") of its intention,
      describing the New Securities, the price, the general terms upon which the
      Company proposes to issue them, and the number of shares that the Investor
      has the right to purchase under 

<PAGE>   37
                                     -32-

      this Section 7.10. Each Investor (including for this purpose any permitted
      transferee of an Investor under Section 7.10(f) hereof) shall have
      twenty-five (25) days from delivery of the Rights Notice to agree to
      purchase (i) all or any part of its pro-rata share of such New Securities
      and (ii) all or any part of the pro-rata share of any other Investor to
      the extent that such other Investor does not elect to purchase its full
      pro-rata share, in each case for the price and upon the general terms
      specified in the Rights Notice, by giving written notice to the Company
      setting forth the quantity of New Securities to be purchased. If the
      Investors who elect to purchase their full pro-rata shares also elect to
      purchase in the aggregate more than 100% of the New Securities, such New
      Securities shall be sold to such Investors in accordance with their
      respective pro-rata shares.

            (c) If the Investors fail to exercise in full the right of first
      refusal within the period or periods specified in Section 7.10(b), the
      Company shall have one hundred twenty (120) days after delivery of the
      Rights Notice to sell the unsold New Securities at a price and upon
      general terms no more favorable to the purchasers thereof than specified
      in the Company's notice. If the Company has not sold the New Securities
      within said one hundred twenty (120) day period the Company shall not
      thereafter issue or sell any New Securities without first offering such
      securities to the Investors in the manner provided above.

            (d) "Employee Stock" shall mean any Common Stock of the Company,
      whether now or hereafter authorized, that the Company has issued or sold
      to an employee pursuant to an employee stock purchase, option or benefit
      plan, agreement or other offering or arrangement, including, without
      limitation, all shares sold by the Company to employees of the Company
      subject to agreements of restriction by the Company and all Reserved
      Shares described in Section 3.2(b).

            (e) If the Company has the right to repurchase any Employee Stock
      from any employee for any reason, 

<PAGE>   38
                                     -33-

      including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the
      termination of such employee's employment, and if it shall not repurchase
      all of the shares of such Employee Stock, it shall promptly give each
      Investor written notice (the "Repurchase Notice") of the Investor's right
      to repurchase, describing the Employee Stock, the price, the general terms
      upon which such Employee Stock is available for repurchase, and the number
      of shares that the Investor has the right to purchase under this Section
      7.10. Each Investor shall have fifteen (15) days from delivery of any such
      notice in accordance with Section 13 to agree to purchase (i) all or any
      part of its pro-rata share of such Employee Stock and (ii) all or any part
      of the pro-rata share of any other Investor (including, for this purpose,
      any assignee of an Investor's rights of first refusal under Section
      7.10(f) hereof) to the extent that such other Investor does not elect to
      purchase his full pro-rata share, in each case for the price and upon the
      general terms specified in the notice by giving written notice to the
      Company setting forth the quantity of Employee Stock to be purchased. If
      the Investors who elect to purchase their full pro-rata shares also elect
      to purchase in the aggregate more than 100% of the Employee Stock, such
      Employee Stock shall be sold to such Investors in accordance with their
      respective pro-rata shares.

            (f) The rights of first refusal described in this Section 7.10 are
      nonassignable except to an affiliate of each Investor or any of such
      Investor's beneficial owners, including without limitation partners of a
      general or limited partnership, shareholders of a corporation, and
      beneficiaries of a trust (a "Beneficial Owner"). Each Investor shall be
      entitled to apportion the rights of first refusal hereby granted among
      itself and its affiliates and Beneficial Owners in such proportions as it
      deems appropriate.

            7.11 MAINTENANCE OF EXISTENCE AND PROPERTIES, ETC.. The Company
      will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to (a) maintain its
      corporate existence, rights, governmental approvals and franchises
      necessary to the conduct of its business, (b) keep its properties in good

<PAGE>   39
                                     -34-

      repair, working order and condition, reasonable wear and tear excepted,
      (c) give appropriate notice of events of default pursuant to any
      agreements of the Company, (d) enter into transactions with "affiliates"
      or "associates" (as those terms are defined in Rule 405 promulgated under
      the Securities Act) only on fair and reasonable terms and (e) promptly pay
      and discharge, or cause to be paid and discharged, when due and payable,
      all lawful taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed
      upon the income, profits, property or business of the Company or any
      Subsidiary; provided, however, that any such tax, assessment, charge or
      levy need not be paid if the validity thereof shall at the time be
      contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and provided further
      that, unless otherwise approved by the Board of Directors, the Company
      will pay all such taxes, assessments, charges or levies forthwith upon the
      commencement of proceedings to foreclose any lien which may have attached
      as security therefor.

            7.12 TERMINATION OF COVENANTS. The covenants set forth in Sections
      7.1 through 7.4, 7.10 and 7.11 shall terminate and be of no further force
      or effect on the consummation of the first firm commitment underwritten
      public offering of securities of the Company pursuant to a registration
      statement filed by the Company under the Securities Act (an "IPO") or with
      respect to shares of Common Stock held by an Investor that have been
      issued upon conversion of Preferred Shares pursuant to an Additional
      Automatic Conversion Event (as defined in Article Fifth, Section
      (d)(ii)(B) of the Third Restated Certificate).

      8. REGISTRATION. The following provisions govern the registration of
Common Stock:

            8.1 DEFINITIONS. As used herein, the following terms have the
      following meanings:

            Forms S-1, S-2 and S-3: The forms so designated, promulgated by the
            Commission for registration of securities under the Securities Act,
            and any forms

<PAGE>   40
                                     -35-

            succeeding to the functions of such forms, whether or not bearing
            the same designation.

            Holder: A holder of Registrable Stock (subject to Section 8.13
            hereof), provided that anyone who acquires any Registrable Stock in
            a distribution pursuant to a registration statement filed by the
            Company under the Securities Act shall not thereby be deemed to be a
            "Holder".

            Key Employees: The Key Employees and certain employees of the
            Company designated by a majority of the Board of Directors from time
            to time as "Key Employees"; provided that in no event shall a person
            be considered a Key Employee if such person is no longer employed by
            the Company.

            "Register", "registered" and "registration" refer to a registration
            effected by filing a registration statement in compliance with the
            Securities Act and the declaration or ordering by the Commission of
            effectiveness of such registration statement.

            Registrable Stock: All shares of Common Stock issued or issuable
            upon conversion of the Preferred Shares (other than shares converted
            pursuant to an Additional Automatic Conversion Event) or held by a
            person to whom registration rights have been transferred pursuant to
            the provisions of this Section 8, all shares of Common Stock issued
            by the Company in respect of such shares and all shares of Common
            Stock that the Investors may hereafter purchase pursuant to their
            rights of first refusal or otherwise, or Common Stock issued on
            conversion or exercise of securities so purchased.

            Required Demand Amount: 51% of the Registrable Stock then
            outstanding, in the case of the first registration effected pursuant
            to Section 8.2, and 25% of the Registrable Stock then outstanding,
            in the case of the second registration effected pursuant to Section
            8.2.


<PAGE>   41

                                     -36-

            Subject Stock: All Registrable Stock held by the Investors or by a
            person to whom registration rights have been transferred pursuant to
            this Section 8, and the shares of Common Stock held by the Key
            Employees. Subject Stock shall not include shares acquired in a
            distribution pursuant to a registration statement filed by the
            Company under the Securities Act.

            8.2 REQUIRED REGISTRATION. (a) If (i) the holder or holders of an
      aggregate of at least the Required Demand Amount propose to dispose of at
      least 20% of the then outstanding Registrable Stock (such holder or
      holders being herein called the "Initiating Holders"), and (ii) such
      disposition may not, in the opinion of such Initiating Holders, be
      effected in the public marketplace (as opposed to a private transaction
      under the Securities Act) on equally favorable net terms to the Initiating
      Holders without registration of such shares under the Securities Act, the
      Initiating Holders may request the Company in writing to effect such
      registration, stating the number of shares of Registrable Stock to be
      disposed of by such Initiating Holders (which, in the aggregate, shall be
      not less than 20% of the then outstanding Registrable Stock) and the
      intended method of disposition. Upon receipt of such request, the Company
      will give prompt written notice thereof to all other Holders whereupon
      such other Holders shall give written notice to the Company within 20 days
      after the date of the Company's notice (the "Notice Period") if they
      propose to dispose of any shares of Registrable Stock pursuant to such
      registration, stating the number of shares of Registrable Stock to be
      disposed of by such Holder or Holders and the intended method of
      disposition.

            (b) The Key Employees may register securities for sale for their own
      account in the registration requested pursuant to this Section 8.2,
      subject to limitations on the number of shares which may be imposed by the
      underwriter as set forth in Section 8.4(d) below. At the time the Company
      shall give the notice to Holders required by Section 8.2(a), it shall also
      give the same notice to the Key Employees whereupon each Key Employee

<PAGE>   42

                                     -37-

      shall give written notice to the Company within the Notice Period if such
      Key Employee proposes to dispose of any shares of Common Stock held by him
      or her pursuant to such registration, stating the number of shares of
      Common Stock to be disposed of by such Key Employee and the intended
      method of disposition.

            (c) The Company will use its best efforts to effect promptly after
      the Notice Period the registration under the Securities Act of all shares
      of Subject Stock specified in the requests of the Initiating Holders, the
      requests of the other Holders and the requests of the Key Employees,
      subject, however, to the limitations set forth in Section 8.4.

            8.3 REGISTRATION PROCEDURES. Whenever the Company is required by the
      provisions of this Section 8 to use its best efforts to effect promptly
      the registration of shares of Registrable Stock, the Company will:

            (a) prepare and file with the Commission a registration statement
      with respect to such shares and use its best efforts to cause such
      registration statement to become and remain effective as provided herein;

            (b) prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and
      supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in
      connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such registration
      statement effective and current and to comply with the provisions of the
      Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all shares covered by
      such registration statement, including such amendments and supplements as
      may be necessary to reflect the intended method of disposition from time
      to time of the prospective seller or sellers of such shares, but for no
      longer than one hundred twenty (120) days subsequent to the effective date
      of such registration in the case of a registration statement on Form S-1
      or S-2 and for no longer than ninety (90) days in the case of a
      registration statement on Form S-3;

            (c) furnish to each prospective seller such number of copies of a
      prospectus, including a preliminary

<PAGE>   43
                                     -38-

      prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and
      such other documents, as such seller may reasonably request in order to
      facilitate the public sale or other disposition of the shares owned by
      such seller;

            (d) use its best efforts to register or qualify the shares covered
      by such registration statement under such other securities or blue sky or
      other applicable laws of such jurisdiction within the United States as
      each prospective seller shall reasonably request, to enable such seller to
      consummate the public sale or other disposition in such jurisdictions of
      the shares owned by such seller; provided, however, that in no event shall
      the Company be obligated to qualify to do business in any jurisdiction
      where it is not at the time so qualified or to take any action which would
      subject it to service of process in suits other than those arising out of
      the offer or sale of the Subject Stock covered by such registration
      statement in any jurisdiction where it is not at the time so subject;

            (e) furnish to each prospective seller (i) a signed counterpart,
      addressed to the prospective sellers, of an opinion of counsel for the
      Company, dated the effective date of the registration statement, covering
      substantially the same matters with respect to the registration statement
      (and the prospectus included therein) as are customarily covered (at the
      time of such registration) in opinions of issuer's counsel delivered to
      the underwriters in underwritten public offerings of securities, and (ii)
      a letter dated such date, from the independent certified public
      accountants of the Company, in form and substance as is customarily given
      by independent certified public accountants to underwriters in an
      underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and
      to the Holders requesting registration of Registrable Stock;

            (f) in the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and
      perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and
      customary form, with the managing underwriter of such offering; each
      Holder 

<PAGE>   44
                                     -39-

      participating in such underwriting shall also enter into and perform its
      obligations under such an agreement;

            (g) notify each Holder of Registrable Stock covered by such
      registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is
      required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any
      event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration
      statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material
      fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or
      necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of
      the circumstances then existing; and

            (h) apply for listing and use its best efforts to list the
      Registrable Stock being registered on any national securities exchange on
      which a class of the Company's equity securities are listed or, if the
      Company does not have a class of equity securities listed on a national
      securities exchange, apply for qualification and use its best efforts to
      qualify the Registrable Stock being registered for inclusion on the
      automated quotation system of the National Association of Securities
      Dealers, Inc. or on a national securities exchange.

            8.4 LIMITATIONS ON REQUIRED REGISTRATIONS. (a) The Company shall not
      be required to effect more than two registrations on behalf of the
      Investors pursuant to Section 8.2.

            (b) The Company shall not be required to cause a registration
      requested pursuant to Section 8.2 to become effective prior to the earlier
      of (i) December 1, 1998 and (ii) the expiration of six (6) months after
      the effective date of the first registration statement initiated by the
      Company (other than a registration effected solely to implement an
      employee benefit plan or a transaction to which Rule 145 of the Commission
      is applicable).

            (c) The Company shall not register securities for sale for its own
      account in any registration requested pursuant to Section 8.2 unless
      permitted to do so by the 

<PAGE>   45
                                     -40-

      written consent of Holders who hold at least 51% of the Registrable Stock
      as to which registration has been requested. The Company may not cause any
      other registration of securities for sale for its own account (other than
      a registration effected solely to implement an employee benefit plan) to
      be initiated after a registration requested pursuant to Section 8.2,
      unless such other registration becomes effective at least 120 days after
      the effective date of any registration requested pursuant to Section 8.2.

            (d) Whenever a requested registration is for an underwritten
      offering, only shares which are to be included in the underwriting may be
      included in the registration. Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections
      8.2(b) and 8.4(c), if the underwriter determines that (i) marketing
      factors require a limitation of the total number of shares to be
      underwritten or a limitation of the total number of shares of the Key
      Employees to be underwritten, or (ii) the offering price per share would
      be reduced by the inclusion of the shares of the Key Employees and/or the
      Company, then the number of shares to be included in the registration and
      underwriting shall first be allocated among all Holders who indicated to
      the Company their decision to distribute any of their Registrable Stock
      through such underwriting, in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to the
      respective numbers of shares of Registrable Stock owned by such Holders at
      the time of filing the registration statement, then to the Key Employees
      who have indicated to the Company their decision to distribute any of
      their Subject Stock through such underwriting, in proportion, as nearly as
      practicable, to the respective numbers of shares of Subject Stock owned by
      the Key Employees at the time of filing of the registration statement, and
      the remainder, if any, to the Company; provided, however, that if the
      underwriter determines that marketing factors require a limitation of the
      number of shares of the Key Employees to be underwritten or that the
      offering price per share would be reduced by the inclusion of the shares
      of the Key Employees, then the number of shares of the Key Employees that
      may be so included shall be reduced, or eliminated from registration, as
      the underwriter shall

<PAGE>   46
                                     -41-

      advise. No stock excluded from the underwriting by reason of the
      underwriter's marketing limitation shall be included in such registration.
      If any Holder, Key Employee or the Company disapproves of any such
      underwriting, such person may elect to withdraw therefrom by written
      notice to the Initiating Holders and the underwriter. The securities so
      withdrawn from such underwriting shall also be withdrawn from such
      registration.

            (e) The Company shall not be required to effect a registration
      pursuant to Section 8.2 unless the proposed disposition of shares of
      Subject Stock has an aggregate expected offering price (before deduction
      of underwriting discounts and expenses of sale) of not less than
      $5,000,000.

            (f) If at the time of any request to register Registrable Stock
      pursuant to Section 8.2 hereof, the Company is engaged, or has fixed plans
      to engage within 90 days of the time of the request, in a registered
      public offering as to which the Holders may include such Stock pursuant to
      Section 8.5 hereof or is engaged in any other activity which, in the good
      faith determination of the Company's Board of Directors, would be
      adversely affected by the requested registration to the material detriment
      of the Company, then the Company may at its option direct that such
      request be delayed for a period not in excess of six months from the
      effective date of such offering, or the date of commencement of such other
      material activity, as the case may be, such right to delay a request to be
      exercised by the Company not more than once while the rights set forth in
      Section 8.2 are in effect.

            (g) The registration rights granted under Section 8.2 shall
      terminate as to any Holder or permissible transferees or assignee of such
      rights if such person (i) holds one percent (1%) or less of the
      outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company and (ii) would be
      permitted to sell all of the Subject Stock held by it pursuant to Rule
      144(k).

<PAGE>   47
                                     -42-

            8.5 INCIDENTAL REGISTRATION. If the Company at any time proposes to
      register any of its securities under the Securities Act (other than a
      registration effected solely to implement an employee benefit plan or a
      transaction to which Rule 145 of the Commission is applicable), it will
      each such time give prompt written notice to all Holders and to the Key
      Employees of its intention so to do. Upon the written request of a Holder
      or Holders or a Key Employee or Key Employees given within 20 days after
      receipt of any such notice (stating the number of shares of Subject Stock
      to be disposed of by such Holder or Holders or such Key Employee or Key
      Employees and the intended method of disposition), the Company will use
      its best efforts to cause all such shares of Subject Stock intended to be
      disposed of, the Holders or the Key Employees owners of which shall have
      requested registration thereof, to be registered under the Securities Act
      so as to permit the disposition (in accordance with the methods in said
      request) by such Holder or Holders or such Key Employee or Key Employees
      of the shares so registered, subject, however, to the limitations set
      forth in Section 8.6.

            8.6 LIMITATIONS ON INCIDENTAL REGISTRATION. If the registration of
      which the Company gives notice pursuant to Section 8.5 is for an
      underwritten offering, only securities that are to be included in the
      underwriting may be included in the registration. Notwithstanding any
      provision of Section 8.5, if the underwriter determines that marketing
      factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten,
      the underwriter may eliminate or reduce the number of shares of Subject
      Stock to be included in the registration and underwriting. The Company
      shall so advise all Holders and the Key Employees (except those Holders
      and Key Employees who have not indicated to the Company their decision to
      distribute any of their Subject Stock through such underwriting), and the
      number of shares of Subject Stock that may be included in the registration
      and underwriting shall be allocated among such Holders and Key Employees
      in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to the respective amounts of
      Subject Stock owned by such Holders and Key Employees at the time of
      filing the registration

<PAGE>   48
                                     -43-

      statement. No Subject Stock excluded from the underwriting by reason of
      the underwriter's marketing limitation shall be included in such
      registration. If any Holder or Key Employee disapproves of any such
      underwriting, such person may elect to withdraw therefrom by written
      notice to the Company and the underwriter. The Subject Stock and/or other
      securities so withdrawn from such underwriting shall also be withdrawn
      from such registration. The registration rights granted under Section 8.5
      shall terminate as to any Key Employee or Holder or permissible
      transferees or assignee of such rights if such person (a) holds one
      percent (1%) or less of the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the
      Company and (b) would be permitted to sell all of the Subject Stock held
      by him pursuant to Rule 144(k).

            8.7 DESIGNATION OF UNDERWRITER. (a) In the case of any registration
      effected pursuant to Section 8.2 or 8.8, a majority in interest of the
      requesting Holders shall have the right to designate the managing
      underwriter(s) in any underwritten offering.

            (b) In the case of any registration initiated by the Company, the
      Company shall have the right to designate the managing underwriter in any
      underwritten offering.

            8.8 FORM S-3. (a) The Company shall register its Common Stock under
      the Exchange Act as soon as legally permissible following the effective
      date of the first registration of any securities of the Company on Form
      S-1 and the Company shall thereafter file all reports and effect all
      qualifications and compliances as would permit or facilitate the sale and
      distribution of its stock on Form S-3. After the Company has qualified for
      the use of Form S-3, the Holders shall have the right to request up to six
      (6) registrations on Form S-3 (such requests shall be in writing and shall
      state the number of shares of Registrable Stock to be disposed of and the
      intended method of disposition) subject only to the following:

            (i)   The Company shall not be required to effect a registration
                  pursuant to this Section 8.8 

<PAGE>   49
                                     -44-

                  unless the Holder or Holders requesting registration propose
                  to dispose of shares of Registrable Stock having an aggregate
                  expected public offering price (before deduction of
                  underwriting discounts and expenses of sale) of at least
                  $500,000.

            (ii)  The Company shall not be required to effect a registration
                  pursuant to this Section 8.8 more frequently than once during
                  any twelve-month period.

      The Company shall give prompt written notice to all Holders and Key
      Employees of the receipt of a request for registration pursuant to this
      Section 8.8 and shall provide a reasonable opportunity for other Holders
      and Key Employees to participate in the registration, provided that if the
      registration is for an underwritten offering, the terms of paragraph (d)
      of Section 8.4 shall apply to all participants in such offering. Subject
      to the foregoing, the Company will use its best efforts to effect promptly
      the registration of all shares of Subject Stock on Form S-3 to the extent
      requested by the Holder or Holders thereof or by a Key Employee.

            (b) The registration rights granted under this Section 8.8 shall
      terminate as to any Holder or permissible transferees or assignee of such
      rights if such person (a) holds one percent (1%) or less of the
      outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company and (b) would be
      permitted to sell all of the Subject Stock held by it pursuant to Rule
      144(k).

            8.9 COOPERATION BY PROSPECTIVE SELLERS. (a) Each prospective seller
      of Subject Stock, and each underwriter designated by a majority in
      interest of the requesting Holders, will furnish to the Company such
      information as the Company may reasonably require from such seller or
      underwriter in connection with the registration statement (and the
      prospectus included therein).

            (b) Failure of a prospective seller of Subject Stock to furnish the
      information and agreements described 

<PAGE>   50
                                     -45-

      in this Section 8.9 shall (i) with respect to registration rights under
      Section 8.2, terminate such prospective seller's registration rights, and
      (ii) with respect to registration rights under Section 8.5, terminate such
      prospective seller's registration rights with respect to the registration
      at issue. However, such failure shall not affect the obligations of the
      Company under this Section 8 to remaining sellers who furnish such
      information and agreements unless, in the reasonable opinion of counsel to
      the Company or the underwriters, such failure impairs or may impair the
      viability of the offering or the legality of the registration statement or
      the underlying offering.

            (c) The Holders and the Key Employees holding shares included in the
      registration statement will not (until further notice) effect sales
      thereof after receipt of telegraphic or written notice from the Company to
      suspend sales to permit the Company to correct or update a registration
      statement or prospectus; but the obligations of the Company with respect
      to maintaining any registration statement current and effective shall be
      extended by a period of days equal to the period such suspension is in
      effect unless (i) such extension would result in the Company's inability
      to use the financial statements in the registration statement initially
      filed pursuant to the Holder or Holders' request and (ii) such correction
      or update did not result from the Company's acts or failures to act.

            At the end of the period during which the Company is obligated to
      keep the registration statement current and effective as described in
      paragraph (b) of Section 8.3 (and any extensions thereof required by the
      preceding sentence), the Holders and the Key Employees holding shares
      included in the registration statement shall discontinue sales of shares
      pursuant to such registration statement upon receipt of notice from the
      Company of its intention to remove from registration the shares covered by
      such registration statement which remain unsold, and such Holders and Key
      Employees shall notify the Company of the number of shares registered
      which remain unsold immediately upon receipt of such notice from the
      Company.

<PAGE>   51
                                     -46-

            8.10 EXPENSES OF REGISTRATION. (a) All expenses incurred in
      effecting any registration pursuant to Sections 8.2 and 8.5 including,
      without limitation, all registration and filing fees, printing expenses,
      expenses of compliance with blue sky laws, fees and disbursements of
      counsel for the Company, expenses, fees and disbursements of one special
      counsel retained by the Holders and/or the Key Employees not to exceed
      $10,000, and expenses of any audits incidental to or required by any such
      registration, shall be borne by the Company, except (i) that all expenses,
      fees and disbursements of any additional counsel retained by the Holders
      and/or the Key Employees, and all underwriting discounts and commissions
      shall be borne by the Holders of and the Key Employees holding the
      securities registered pursuant to such registration, pro rata according to
      the quantity of their securities so registered; (ii) the Company shall not
      be required to pay for any expenses of any registration proceeding begun
      pursuant to Section 8.2 if the registration request is subsequently
      withdrawn at the unilateral written request, not concurred in by the
      Company, of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be
      registered (in which case all participating Holders shall bear such
      expenses), unless the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities
      agree to forfeit their right to one demand registration pursuant to
      Section 8.2; provided, however, that if immediately prior to the time of
      such withdrawal, the Holders have learned of a materially adverse change
      in the condition, business or prospects of the Company from that known to
      the Holders at the time of their request, then the Holders shall not be
      required to pay any of such expenses and shall retain their rights
      pursuant to Section 8.2; and (iii) with respect to registrations
      effectuated under Section 8.2, the Company shall be required to pay
      expenses only in respect of the first two such registrations.

            (b) All expenses incurred in effecting any registration pursuant to
      Section 8.8, including without limitation all registration and filing
      fees, printing expenses, expenses of compliance with blue sky laws, fees
      and disbursements of counsel for the Company, expenses,


<PAGE>   52
                                     -47-

      fees and disbursements of special counsel retained by the Holders and/or
      the Key Employees, all underwriting discounts and commissions, and
      expenses of any audits incidental to or required by any such registration,
      shall be borne by the Holders of, and the Key Employees holding, the
      securities registered pursuant to such registration, pro rata according to
      the quantity of their securities so registered.

            8.11 INDEMNIFICATION. (a) To the extent permitted by law, the
      Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Holder and Key Employee
      requesting or joining in a registration, each agent, officer and director
      of such Holders, each person controlling (within the meaning of Section 15
      of the Securities Act) such Holder and each underwriter and selling broker
      of the securities so registered (collectively, "Indemnitees") against all
      claims, losses, damages and liabilities (or actions in respect thereof)
      arising out of or based on any untrue statement (or alleged untrue
      statement) of a material fact contained in any prospectus, offering
      circular or other document incident to any registration, qualification or
      compliance (or in any related registration statement, notification or the
      like) or any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material
      fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
      therein not misleading, or any violation (or alleged violation) by the
      Company of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or state securities laws
      or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the
      Exchange Act or a state securities law, in each case applicable to the
      Company, and will reimburse each such Indemnitee for any legal and any
      other fees and expenses reasonably incurred in connection with
      investigating or defending any such claim, loss, damage, liability or
      action, provided, however, that the Company will not be liable to any
      Indemnitee in any such case to the extent that any such claim, loss,
      damage or liability is caused by any untrue statement or omission so made
      in strict conformity with written information furnished to the Company by
      an instrument duly executed by such Indemnitee and stated to be
      specifically for use therein and except that the foregoing indemnity
      agreement 
<PAGE>   53
                                     -48-

      is subject to the condition that, insofar as it relates to any such untrue
      statement (or alleged untrue statement) or omission (or alleged omission)
      made in the preliminary prospectus but eliminated or remedied in the
      amended prospectus on file with the Commission at the time the
      registration statement becomes effective or in the amended prospectus
      filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) (the "Final
      Prospectus"), such indemnity agreement shall not inure to the benefit of
      any underwriter, or any Indemnitee if there is no underwriter, if a copy
      of the Final Prospectus was not furnished to the person or entity
      asserting the loss, liability, claim or damage at or prior to the time
      such furnishing is required by the Securities Act; provided, further, that
      this indemnity shall not be deemed to relieve any underwriter of any of
      its due diligence obligations; provided, further, that the indemnity
      agreement contained in this subsection 8.11(a) shall not apply to amounts
      paid in settlement of any such claim, loss, damage, liability or action if
      such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company, which
      consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

            (b) To the extent permitted by law, each Holder and each Key
      Employee requesting or joining in a registration and each underwriter and
      selling broker of the securities so registered will indemnify and hold
      harmless the Company and its officers and directors and each person, if
      any, who controls any thereof within the meaning of Section 15 of the
      Securities Act and their respective successors against all claims, losses,
      damages and liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arising out of or
      based on any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material
      fact contained in any prospectus, offering circular or other document
      incident to any registration, qualification or compliance (or in any
      related registration statement, notification or the like) or any omission
      (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be
      stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading
      and will reimburse the Company and each other person indemnified pursuant
      to this paragraph (b) for any legal and any other fees and expenses
      reasonably incurred in 

<PAGE>   54
                                     -49-

      connection with investigating or defending any such claim, loss, damage,
      liability or action, provided, however, that this paragraph (b) shall
      apply only if (and only to the extent that) such statement or omission was
      made in reliance upon and in strict conformity with written information
      (including, without limitation, written negative responses to inquiries)
      furnished to the Company by an instrument duly executed by such Holder,
      Key Employee, underwriter or selling broker and stated to be specifically
      for use in such prospectus, offering circular or other document (or
      related registration statement, notification or the like) or any amendment
      or supplement thereto; and except that the foregoing indemnity agreement
      is subject to the condition that, insofar as it relates to any such untrue
      statement (or alleged untrue statement) or omission (or alleged omission)
      made in the preliminary prospectus but eliminated or remedied in the
      amended prospectus on file with the Commission at the time the
      registration statement becomes effective or in the Final Prospectus, such
      indemnity agreement shall not inure to the benefit of (i) the Company and
      (ii) any underwriter, Holder or Key Employee, if there is no underwriter,
      if a copy of the Final Prospectus was not furnished to the person or
      entity asserting the loss, liability, claim or damage at or prior to the
      time such furnishing is required by the Securities Act; provided, further,
      that this indemnity shall not be deemed to relieve any underwriter of any
      of its due diligence obligations; provided, further, that the indemnity
      agreement contained in this subsection 8.11(b) shall not apply to amounts
      paid in settlement of any such claim, loss, damage, liability or action if
      such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder, Key
      Employee or underwriter, as the case may be, which consent shall not be
      unreasonably withheld; and provided, further, that the obligations of such
      Holders or Key Employees shall be limited to an amount equal to the net
      proceeds received by such Holder or Key Employee from the sale of Subject
      Stock in such offering as contemplated herein, unless such claim, loss,
      damage, liability or action resulted from such Holder's or Key Employee's
      intentional fraudulent misconduct.


<PAGE>   55
                                     -50-

            (c) Each party entitled to indemnification hereunder (the
      "indemnified party") shall give notice to the party required to provide
      indemnification (the "indemnifying party") promptly after such indemnified
      party has actual knowledge of any claim as to which indemnity may be
      sought, and shall permit the indemnifying party (at its expense) to assume
      the defense of any claim or any litigation resulting therefrom, provided
      that counsel for the indemnifying party, who shall conduct the defense of
      such claim or litigation, shall be reasonably satisfactory to the
      indemnified party, and the indemnified party may participate in such
      defense at such party's expense, and provided further that the omission by
      any indemnified party to give notice as provided herein shall not relieve
      the indemnifying party of its obligations under this Section 8.11 except
      to the extent that the omission results in a failure of actual notice to
      the indemnifying party and such indemnifying party is damaged as a result
      of the failure to give notice. No indemnifying party, in the defense of
      any such claim or litigation, shall consent, except with the consent of
      each indemnified party, to entry of any judgment or enter into any
      settlement which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the
      giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such indemnified party of a release
      from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation.

            (d) The reimbursement required by this Section 8.11 shall be made by
      periodic payments during the course of the investigation or defense, as
      and when bills are received or expenses incurred.

            (e) The obligation of the Company under this Section 8.11 shall
      survive the redemption, if any, of the Preferred Shares, and the
      completion of any offering of Subject Stock in a registration statement
      under this Section 8, or otherwise.

            8.12 RIGHTS THAT MAY BE GRANTED TO SUBSEQUENT INVESTORS. (a) Within
      the limitations prescribed by this paragraph (a), but not otherwise, the
      Company may grant to subsequent investors in the Company rights of

<PAGE>   56
                                     -51-

      incidental registration (such as those provided in Section 8.5). Such
      rights may only pertain to shares of Common Stock, including shares of
      Common Stock into which any other securities may be converted. Such rights
      may be granted with respect to (i) registrations actually requested by
      Initiating Holders pursuant to Section 8.2, but only in respect of that
      portion of any such registration as remains after inclusion of all
      Registrable Stock requested by Holders but before inclusion of any Subject
      Stock requested by the Key Employees and (ii) registrations initiated by
      the Company, but only in respect of that portion of such registration as
      remains after inclusion of all Subject Stock. With respect to
      registrations which are for underwritten public offerings, the number of
      shares held by subsequent investors that may be included in the
      underwriting shall be allocated as specified in clauses (i) and (ii) of
      the third sentence of this paragraph (a). Shares not included in such
      underwriting shall not be registered.

            (b) The Company may not grant to subsequent investors in the Company
      rights of registration upon request (such as those provided in Sections
      8.2 and 8.8) unless (i) such rights are limited to shares of Common Stock,
      (ii) all Holders and the Key Employees are given enforceable contractual
      rights to participate in registrations requested by such subsequent
      investors (but subordinate to the rights of priority of registration set
      forth in Sections 8.4(d) and 8.6), such participation to be on a pro-rata
      basis, and subject to the limitations, described in the final three
      sentences of paragraph (a) of this Section 8.12, (iii) such rights shall
      not become effective prior to 90 days after the effective date of the
      first registration pursuant to Section 8.2 and (iv) such rights shall not
      be more favorable than those granted to the Holders.

            8.13 TRANSFER OF REGISTRATION RIGHTS. The registration rights
      granted to the Investors under this Section 8 may be transferred but only
      to (i) a transferee who shall acquire not less than 500,000 shares of
      Registrable Stock, as adjusted for Recapitalization 

<PAGE>   57
                                     -52-

      Events, (ii) affiliates of the Investors, (iii) Beneficial Owners, and
      (iv) spouses, ancestors, lineal descendants, and siblings (and lineal
      descendants and siblings of such spouses who acquire Registrable Stock by
      gift, will or intestate succession) if all such transferees or assignees
      agree in writing to appoint a single representative as their attorney in
      fact for the purpose of receiving any notices and exercising their rights
      under this Section 8.

            8.14 "STAND-OFF" AGREEMENT. In consideration for the Company
      performing its obligations under this Section 8, each Investor and each
      Key Employee severally agrees for such period of time (not to exceed 270
      days) as is determined by the underwriters managing any underwritten
      offering of the Company's securities (the "Managing Underwriter") from the
      effective date of any registration (other than a registration effected
      solely to implement an employee benefit plan) of securities of the Company
      (upon request of the Company or of the Managing Underwriter) not to sell,
      make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or
      otherwise dispose of any Subject Stock or any other stock of the Company
      held by each Investor or Key Employee, other than shares of Subject Stock
      included in the registration, without the prior written consent of the
      Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, provided that all
      officers and directors of the Company and each holder of more than 2% of
      the outstanding Common Stock shall enter into similar agreements.

            8.15 DELAY OF REGISTRATION. The Investors and the Key Employees
      shall have no right to take any action to restrain, enjoin, or otherwise
      delay any registration as the result of any controversy that might arise
      with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 8.

      9. NEGATIVE COVENANTS. (a) So long as not less than 500,000 Preferred
Shares (as adjusted for Recapitalization Events) are outstanding, the Company
shall not, without the affirmative vote of the holders of record of at least 51%
of

<PAGE>   58
                                     -53-

the outstanding Preferred Shares, voting together as one class:

            (i) declare or pay any dividends or make any other distributions on
      shares of Common Stock;

            (ii) repurchase, or permit any corporation, firm or entity under its
      control (a "Controlled Entity") to repurchase any shares of Series C
      Preferred, Series B Preferred, Series A Preferred or Common Stock (other
      than Employee Stock or redemptions effected upon the terms contained in
      the Third Restated Certificate);

            (iii) make, or permit any Controlled Entity to make, any investments
      in, loans, advances, capital contributions, or transfers of property to
      any person or entity (other than to the Company, a wholly-owned subsidiary
      of the Company or to their respective employees in the ordinary course of
      business as advances against salary, as employee expense advances or to
      enable such employees to either purchase Employee Stock or exercise
      options for Common Stock issued to them pursuant to stock option plans by
      giving a promissory note therefor);

            (iv) create, incur, assume, guaranty or become liable for, or permit
      any Controlled Entity to create, incur, assume, guaranty or become liable
      for, any Indebtedness other than (A) current liabilities of the Company
      not incurred through the borrowing of money or the obtaining of credit
      except credit on an open account customarily extended; (B) Indebtedness in
      respect of taxes or other governmental charges not yet due and payable or
      being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings; (C)
      refinancings of the Indebtedness listed in Schedule 3.5 in a principal
      amount not exceeding the outstanding principal and accrued interest on
      such Indebtedness; and (D) Indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course of
      business in connection with the acquisition by the Company after the date
      hereof of any personal property of the Company, provided that the amount
      of such Indebtedness in respect of any such acquisition shall not exceed
      $3,000,000 without the 

<PAGE>   59
                                     -54-

      consent of at least 66-2/3% of the Board of Directors (for purposes of
      this subparagraph (a)(iv), Indebtedness shall include all obligations,
      contingent or otherwise, that in accordance with GAAP should be classified
      as liabilities on the balance sheet of the Company);

            (v) engage in any business other than the business engaged in at the
      Closing Date, or provided for in the Operating Plan, or liquidate or
      wind-up its business or its assets;

            (vi) merge with or consolidate into any corporation, firm or entity,
      or sell, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its
      assets unless the Company is the surviving or acquiring entity;

            (vii) mortgage or pledge, or create a security interest in, or
      permit any Controlled Entity to mortgage, pledge or create a security
      interest in, all or substantially all of the property of the Company or
      such Controlled Entity, unless unanimously approved by the entire Board of
      Directors of the Company; or

            (ix) own, or permit any Controlled Entity to own, any stock or other
      securities of any Controlled Entity or other corporation, partnership or
      entity unless it is wholly owned by the Company, except certificates of
      deposit, high quality commercial paper, United States government
      securities and other short-term, high quality liquid investment grade
      securities.

            10. BOARD OF DIRECTORS. (a) The Investors and the Key Employees (in
      respect of the designations in clause (iv) below) shall act in all
      capacities and vote the shares of stock of the Company now or hereafter
      owned or controlled by them so as to cause and maintain the election to
      the Board of Directors of (i) one designee of the holders of a majority in
      interest of the Series C Preferred, voting as a single class, which
      designee shall be a designee of Weiss, Peck & Greer (the "WP&G Designee"),
      subject to the approval of the remaining directors, which approval shall
      not be unreasonably withheld, and which WP&G Designee Weiss, Peck & Greer
      may

<PAGE>   60
                                     -55-

      at any time and from time to time, in its sole discretion, remove; (ii)
      one designee of the holders of a majority in interest of the Series B
      Preferred, voting as a single class, which designee shall be a designee of
      Charles River Partnership VII; (iii) three designees of the holders of a
      majority in interest of the Series A Preferred, voting as a single class;
      and (iv) David Huber and Patrick Nettles. Weiss, Peck & Greer agrees to
      act with reasonable promptness to propose as a replacement of the initial
      WP&G Designee an outside director of recognized standing in the industry
      in which the Company operates, and thereafter, with respect to nominations
      of any subsequent WP&G Designees, to propose for consideration only
      candidates satisfying this same qualification criterion.

            (b) The Investors and Key Employees shall act in all capacities
      and/or vote the shares of stock of the Company now or hereafter owned or
      controlled by them so as to maintain the number of directors on the Board
      of Directors to be limited to seven members.

            (c) Each certificate for shares of capital stock of the Company
      owned by an Investor or Key Employee shall bear thereon substantially the
      following legend:

            "THE STOCK REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE IS SUBJECT TO THE TERMS
            OF A PREFERRED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT DATED AS OF DECEMBER 20,
            1995 WITH RESPECT TO THE VOTING OF THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS
            CERTIFICATE, OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, WHICH MAY BE EXAMINED AT THE
            OFFICES OF THE COMPANY."

            (d) Until the earlier of (i) the fifth anniversary of the date of
      this Agreement and (ii) the consummation by the Company of an IPO, neither
      Key Employee shall offer, sell, transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate or
      otherwise dispose of in the aggregate, in one or more transactions, more
      than 10% of the shares of Common Stock owned by such Key Employee at the
      date of this Agreement (and without giving effect to any of the
      transactions contemplated hereby) without the prior consent of the Board
      of Directors, provided this provision shall not 


<PAGE>   61
                                     -56-

      apply to any transactions exempted from the Amended and Restated Co-Sale
      Agreement of even date herewith pursuant to Section 2.05(a)(i)or (iv).

            (e) Each party shall act in all capacities to cause any transferee
      of the shares of its stock in the Company to assume the obligations of its
      or his transferor hereunder.

            (f) Any designee of any holder or holders of the Company's stock who
      shall serve as a member of the Board shall have full authority to exercise
      his discretion and business judgment to perform his duty as Director and
      shall incur no special obligation or liability to any of such holders as a
      result of such exercise. No party shall have any claim against any such
      designee, or the holder or holders who selected such designee, with regard
      to such selection. The Company shall take all actions as may be necessary
      to cause the Company to indemnify the members of the Board of Directors to
      the fullest extent permitted under applicable law.

            (g) The provisions of this Section 10 shall continue in effect until
      the earlier of (i) an Automatic Conversion Event (as defined in the Third
      Restated Certificate) or (ii) ten years from the date hereof.

      11. EXPENSES. The Company will pay (a) all the costs and expenses of the
reproduction of this Agreement, of all agreements and documents referred to
herein and of the certificates for the Shares; (b) all taxes (if any) payable
with respect to this Agreement and the issuance of the Shares; (c) all costs of
complying with the securities or Blue Sky laws of any jurisdiction with respect
to the offering or sale of the Shares; (d) the cost of delivering to such
address as each Purchaser shall specify the certificates for the Shares
purchased by each such Purchaser; (e) the reasonable fees of special counsel for
the Purchasers, not to exceed $17,500 plus actual expenses and disbursements, in
connection with the subject matter of this Agreement and the transactions
contemplated hereby (other than events described in Section 8 hereof) and
payable at the Closing Date; and (f) the fees and expenses incurred with respect
to any amendments to this 


<PAGE>   62
                                     -57-

Agreement or the Third Restated Certificate proposed by the Company (whether or
not the same become effective).

      12. SURVIVAL OF AGREEMENTS. All representations and warranties contained
herein or made in writing by or on behalf of the Company in connection with the
transactions contemplated hereby shall survive the execution and delivery of
this Agreement (despite any investigation at any time made by the Purchasers or
on their behalf) for a period of thirty-six months, and all agreement and
covenants contained herein or made in writing by or on behalf of the Company in
connection with the transactions contemplated hereby shall survive the execution
and delivery of this Agreement (despite any investigation at any time made by
the Investors or on their behalf). All statements contained in any certificate
or other instrument executed and delivered by the Company or its duly authorized
officers or representatives pursuant hereto in connection with the transactions
contemplated hereby shall be deemed representations by the Company hereunder.

      13. NOTICES. All notices, requests, consents and other communications
herein (except as stated in the last sentence of this Section 13) shall be in
writing and shall be deemed to be delivered (i) on the date delivered, if
personally delivered or transmitted via facsimile with return confirmation of
such transmission; (ii) on the business day after the date sent, if sent by
recognized overnight courier service and (iii) on the fifth day after the date
sent, if mailed by first-class certified mail, postage prepaid and return
receipt requested, as follows:

            (a)   If to the Company:
                  CIENA Corporation
                  8530 Corridor Road
                  Savage, Maryland  20763
                  Attention:  Patrick Nettles, President
                  Facsimile:  (301) 317-5441

                  with a copy to:

                  Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison
                  1615 L Street, N.W., Suite 1300
                  Washington, D.C. 20036-5694

<PAGE>   63
                                     -58-

                  Attention: Phillip L. Spector, Esq.
                  Facsimile: (202) 223-7420

            (b) If to the Investors, at their respective addresses set forth in
      Schedules 1, 2.1 and 2.2 hereto; with a copy to:

                  Venture Law Group
                  2800 Sand Hill Road
                  Menlo Park, CA 94025
                  Attention: Mark B. Weeks, Esq.
                  Facsimile: (415) 854-1121

                  and

                  SVM Star Ventures Management GmSbH
                  Leopoldstrasse 28A
                  80802 Munich
                  Federal Republic of Germany
                  Facsimile: 49-89-381-70555

                  and

                  Leeway & Co.
                  State Street Bank and Trust Company
                  Master Trust Division
                  One Monarch Drive
                  Willard Building, 6th Floor, W6C
                  North Quincy, MA  02171
                  Attn:  William M. Mahoney
                  Facsimile:  (617) 847-2308

                  and

                  Leeway & Co.
                  c/o ATTIMCO
                  One Oak Way
                  Berkeley Heights, New Jersey 07922
                  Attn: Paul D. Fetsch
                        Investment Management
                        Organization
                  Facsimile:  (908) 771-9614

<PAGE>   64
                                     -59-

                  and

                  Leeway & Co.
                  c/o Actuarial Sciences Associates, Inc.
                  295 North Maple Avenue
                  Basking Ridge, New Jersey 07920
                  Attn: Clarin Schwartz, Esq.
                  Facsimile: (908) 953-8360

                  and

                  Ropes & Gray
                  One International Place
                  Boston, Massachusetts 02110-2624
                  Attn: Arthur G. Siler, Esq.
                  Facsimile: (617) 951-7050

or such other addresses as each of the parties hereto may provide from time to
time in writing to the other parties. The financial statements and other reports
required by Section 7 may be mailed by first-class regular mail.

      14. MODIFICATIONS; WAIVER. (a) Except as set forth in Section 14(b),
neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof may be changed, waived,
discharged or terminated orally or in writing, except that any provision of this
Agreement may be amended and the observance of any such provision may be waived
(either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or
prospectively) with (but only with) the written consent of (i) the Company, (ii)
except for modifications of Sections 7 through 10, 13 and 17 through 22, the
holders of at least 67% of the outstanding shares of the Preferred Shares
(excluding from both the numerator and denominator of the fraction from which
such percentage is derived all shares theretofore disposed of by the Investors
or their Transferees pursuant to one or more registration statements under the
Securities Act or pursuant to Rule 144 or otherwise) acting together as a single
class, (iii) in the case of any modification of Sections 7 through 10, 13 and 17
through 22, the holders of at least 67% of the Investor Shares (excluding from
both the numerator and denominator of the fracton from which such percentage is
derived all shares therefore disposed of by the Investors or their Transferees



<PAGE>   65
                                     -60-

pursuant to one or more registration statements under the Securities Act or
pursuant to Rule 144 or otherwise) acting together as a single class, (iv) in
the event of any modification of Section 8, Investors holding at least 67% of
the Registrable Stock (with any shares of Preferred Shares voting as the number
of shares of Common Stock into which they are then convertible) then held by the
Investors, and (v) in the event the Key Employees' registration rights in
Section 8 are modified, waived or terminated, the holders of at least 51% of the
aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding as of the date of such
modification, waiver or termination that are held by the Key Employees who at
such time are stockholders of the Company; provided that this Section 14 may not
be modified or amended without the written consent of all the parties hereto;
and provided, further, that the Board of Directors shall be permitted to grant
to any officer of the Company registration rights that are the equivalent of the
Key Employees' registration rights and the granting of such officer registration
rights shall not be deemed a modification of the Key Employees' registration
rights, for purposes of this Section 14(a) if granted with the approval of a
majority of the Board of Directors.

      (b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 14(a),
the Board of Directors of the Company may, from time to time, designate
additional employees of the Company as "Key Employees," as such term is used in
this Agreement. Each person so designated shall execute all such documents as
shall be necessary so that he or she shall be considered a "Key Employee" within
the meaning of this Agreement, and thereafter, all references to "Key Employees"
in this Agreement shall be deemed to include such designee; provided that in no
event shall a person be considered a Key Employee if such person is no longer
employed by the Company.

      15. EXCULPATION AMONG PURCHASERS. Each Purchaser acknowledges that it is
not relying upon any statements or instruments made or issued by any person,
firm or corporation, other than the Company and its officers, directors and
agents, in making its decision to invest in the Company. Each Purchaser agrees
that no other Purchaser nor the respective controlling persons, officers,
directors, partners, agents, or employees of any Purchaser shall be liable to
such Purchaser


<PAGE>   66
                                     -61-

for any action heretofore or hereafter taken or omitted to be taken by any of
them in connection with the Preferred Shares (and Common Stock issued upon
conversion thereof).

      16. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement, together with the schedules and
exhibits attached hereto and made a part hereof, contains the entire agreement
between the parties with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby, and
supersedes all negotiations, agreements, representations, warranties,
commitments, whether in writing or oral, prior to the date hereof.

      17. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.

            (a) Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, all of
      the terms of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit
      of and be enforceable by the respective successors and transferees of the
      parties hereto, except that the rights set forth in Sections 7.1, 7.3 and
      7.4 hereof may be assigned but only

                  (i) to an assignee who shall acquire not less than 100,000
            Investor Shares or not less than 100,000 shares of Series C
            Preferred, as adjusted for Recapitalization Events; or

                           (ii) in connection with the distribution by a holder
                  of Investor Shares to a Beneficial Owner who holds at least
                  100,000 shares of Series C Investor Shares or Registrable
                  Stock or not less than 100,000 shares of Series C Preferred,
                  that has been distributed to it, as adjusted for
                  Recapitalization Events.

            (b) Any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary
      notwithstanding, but at all times subject to the provisions of Sections
      4.5(a) and (b) hereof, any of the STAR Purchasers (as defined in Schedule
      1) shall be entitled to transfer its shares and to freely assign all of
      its rights under this Agreement to any legal entity 

<PAGE>   67
                                     -62-

      that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with any of
      the STAR Purchasers, or that is managed by the Manager (as defined below),
      and such shares shall remain subject to the provisions of this Agreement.
      For purposes of this Section 17(b), the "Manager" means the entity that
      makes investment decisions for any of the STAR Purchasers, or any entity
      that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such
      entity. For all purposes under this Agreement, the STAR Purchasers and any
      permitted transferee of any such STAR Purchaser shall be deemed together
      to be a single purchaser. Any other provision of this Agreement to the
      contrary notwithstanding, Leeway & Co. shall be entitled to transfer its
      shares and to freely assign all of its rights under this Agreement to any
      successor trustee or nominee or successor by reorganization of a qualified
      pension trust.

      18. ENFORCEMENT. (a) Remedies at Law or in Equity. If the Company shall
default in any of its obligations under this Agreement or if any representation
or warranty made by or on behalf of the Company in this Agreement or in any
certificate, report or other instrument delivered under or pursuant to any term
hereof shall be untrue or misleading in any material respect as of the date of
this Agreement or as of the date it was made, furnished or delivered, the
Purchasers or the Investors, as appropriate, may proceed to protect and enforce
their rights by suit in equity or action at law, whether for the specific
performance of any term contained in this Agreement or the Third Restated
Certificate, injunction against the breach of any such term or in furtherance of
the exercise of any power granted in this Agreement or the Third Restated
Certificate, or to enforce any other legal or equitable right of such Investors
or to take any one or more of such actions. In the event the Purchasers or the
Investors bring such an action against the Company, the prevailing party in such
dispute shall be entitled to recover from the losing party all fees, costs and
expenses of enforcing any right or asserting any defense of such prevailing
party under or with respect to this Agreement or the Third Restated Certificate,
including without limitation such reasonable fees and expenses of attorneys and
accountants, which shall include, without limitation, all fees, costs and
expenses of appeals.

<PAGE>   68
                                     -63-

            (b) Remedies Cumulative; Waiver. No remedy referred to herein is
intended to be exclusive, but each shall be cumulative and in addition to any
other remedy referred to above or otherwise available to the Purchasers or the
Investors at law or in equity. No express or implied waiver by the Purchasers or
the Investors of any default shall be a waiver of any future or subsequent
default, unless otherwise specified. The failure or delay of the Purchasers or
the Investors in exercising any rights granted them hereunder shall not
constitute a waiver of any such right and any single or partial exercise of any
particular right by the Purchasers or the Investors shall not exhaust the same
or constitute a waiver of any other right provided herein.

      19. PRIOR AGREEMENTS. Sections 7 through 10, 13, and 17 through 21 of the
Series A Agreement and Sections 7 through 10, 13 and 17 through 22 of the Series
B Agreement are hereby replaced in their entirety by Sections 7 through 10, 13,
and 17 through 22 of this Agreement, respectively. Except as amended and
modified hereby, the Prior Agreements shall continue in full force and effect in
accordance with their respective terms. By execution of this Agreement, (a) the
Prior Investors and the Key Employees hereby consent to the amendment of the
Prior Agreements as contemplated herein, and (b) the Prior Investors waive the
rights of first refusal under Section 7.10 of the Prior Agreements in respect of
the issuances of Series C Preferred hereunder, such waiver to be effective on
behalf of all the Investors referred to in the Prior Agreements pursuant to
Section 14 thereof.

      20. EXECUTION AND COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in any
number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be
deemed an original, and all such counterparts together shall constitute one
instrument. Each party shall receive a duplicate original of the counterpart
copy or copies executed by it and by the Company.

      21. GOVERNING LAW AND SEVERABILITY. Except for matters directly in the
purview of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, this Agreement
shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of
New York, without regard to principles of conflicts of law. In the event any
provision of this Agreement or the application



<PAGE>   69
                                     -64-

of any such provision to any party shall be held by a court of competent
jurisdiction to be contrary to law, the remaining provisions of this agreement
shall remain in full force and effect.

      22. HEADINGS. The descriptive headings of the Sections hereof and the
Schedules and Exhibits hereto are inserted for convenience only and do not
constitute a part of this Agreement.


                  [Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]




<PAGE>   70
                                     -65-


      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement by
their duly authorized officers as of the date first above written.

KEY EMPLOYEES:

  /s/ PATRICK NETTLES
- -----------------------------
      Patrick Nettles

  /s/ DAVID HUBER
- -----------------------------
      David Huber



THE COMPANY:

CIENA CORPORATION


By: /s/ PATRICK NETTLES
    -------------------------
        Patrick Nettles
        President


INVESTORS:

OSHKIM LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

By:
    -------------------------
        Name:
        Title:

    /s/ L.J. SEVIN
- ------------------------------
        L.J. Sevin


SEVIN ROSEN BAYLESS
MANAGEMENT CO.

By: /s/ JOHN V. JAGGERS
    -------------------------
        John V. Jaggers
        Vice President


<PAGE>   71
                                     -66-



SEVIN ROSEN MANAGEMENT CO.

By: /s/ JOHN V. JAGGERS
    -------------------------
      John V. Jaggers
      Vice President


SEVIN ROSEN FUND IV

By:   SRB Associates IV L.P., its General Partner

      By: /s/ JOHN V. JAGGERS
          ---------------------------
            John V. Jaggers
            General Partner


SEVIN ROSEN FUND IV, L.P.

By:   SRB ASSOCIATES IV L.P.,its General Partner

      By:/s/ JOHN V. JAGGERS
         ----------------------------
            John V. Jaggers
            General Partner


SVM STAR VENTURES MANAGEMENTGESELLSCHAFT MBH NR. 3

By: /s/ MEIR BAREL
    -------------------------
      Dr. Meir Barel
      Managing Partner


SVE STAR VENTURES NO. II, III, IIIA, RESPECTIVELY

By:   SVM Star Ventures Managementgesellschaft mbH Nr. 3
      Managing Partner

      By:/s/ MEIR BAREL
         ----------------------------
            Dr. Meir Barel
            Managing Partner

<PAGE>   72
                                     -67-

SVM STAR VENTURES MANAGEMENTGESELLSCHAFT MBH NR. 3 & CO.
BETEILIGUNGS KG

By:  SVM Star Ventures Managementgesellschaft mbH Nr. 3
      Managing Partner

      By: /s/ DR. MEIR BAREL
         ----------------------------
              Dr. Meir Barel
              Managing Partner






CHARLES RIVER PARTNERSHIP VII

By: /s/ MICHAEL ZAK
    -------------------------
        Michael Zak, General Partner


INTERWEST MANAGEMENT PARTNERS V

By:  /s/ W.J. HAWLEY
    -------------------------
        General Partner


INTERWEST PARTNERS V

By:  InterWest Management Partners V,
      General Partner

      By: /s/ W.J. HAWLEY
         ----------------------------
            General Partner

<PAGE>   73
                                     -68-

INTERWEST INVESTORS V

By: /s/ W.J. HAWLEY
    -------------------------
      General Partner

  /s/ THOMAS ASCHENBRENNER
- -----------------------------
      Thomas Aschenbrenner


UVCC FUND II

By:   Arete Ventures, Inc.,
      General Partner

      By: /s/ WILLIAM T. HEFLIN
         ----------------------------
              William T. Heflin
              Vice President


UVCC II PARALLEL FUND, L.P.

By:   Arete Ventures, Inc.,
      General Partner

      By: /s/ WILLIAM T. HEFLIN
         ----------------------------
              William T. Heflin
              Vice President


JAPAN ASSOCIATED FINANCE CO., LTD.

By:      /s/ MASAKI YOSHIDA
    -------------------------
      Name:  Masaki Yoshida
      Title: President

<PAGE>   74
                                     -69-

JAFCO R-1 (A) INVESTMENT ENTERPRISE PARTNERSHIP

By:      /s/ M. YOSHIDA
    --------------------------
      Name:  Masaki Yoshida
      Title: President, Japan Associated Finance Co., Ltd.


JAFCO R-1 (B) INVESTMENT ENTERPRISE PARTNERSHIP

By:      /s/ M. YOSHIDA
    --------------------------
      Name:  Masaki Yoshida
      Title: President


JAFCO G-5 INVESTMENT ENTERPRISE PARTNERSHIP

By:      /s/ M. YOSHIDA
    --------------------------
      Name:  Masaki Yoshida
      Title: President


U.S.INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY INVESTMENT ENTERPRISE PARTNERSHIP

By:      /s/ M. YOSHIDA
    --------------------------
      Name:  Masaki Yoshida
      Title: President


VANGUARD VENTURE PARTNERS

By:      /s/ CLIFFORD H. HIGGERSON
    --------------------------
      Name:  Clifford Higgerson
      Title: General Partner

VANGUARD IV, L.P.


By:      /s/ CLIFFORD H. HIGGERSON
    --------------------------
      Name:  Clifford Higgerson
      Title: General Partner

<PAGE>   75
                                     -70-

INVESTMENT ADVISERS, INC.

By:      /s/ NOEL P. RAHN
    --------------------------
      Name:  Noel P. Rahn
      Title: Chief Executive Officer


GIBRALTAR TRUST

By:      /s/ JOSHUA RICH
    --------------------------
      Joshua Ruch
      Attorney-in-fact for Trustee


WA & H INVESTMENT, L.L.C.

By:   Wessels, Arnold, & Henderson Group, L.L.C.

By:      /s/ KENNETH J. WESSELS
    --------------------------
      Kenneth J. Wessels
      President/CEO


DOMINION VENTURES

By:      /s/ RANDOLPH D. VERNON
    --------------------------
      Name:  Randolph D. Vernon
      Title: Vice President


TECHNOPARTNERS

By:      /s/ MIKE ORSAK
    --------------------------
      Name:  Mike Orsak
      Title: Partner


WEISS, PECK & GREER

By:      /s/ CHRISTOPHER J. SCHAEPE
    --------------------------
      Name:  Christopher J. Schaepe
      Title: Venture Partner


   

<PAGE>   76
                                     -71-

TEKNOINVEST MANAGEMENT A.S.

By:  /s/ BJORN BYORN
    --------------------------
      Name:  Bjorn Byorn
      Title: Managing Director


MOSVOLD FARSUND A.S.

By:  /s/ BJORN BYORN
    --------------------------
      Name:  Bjorn Byorn
      Title: Attorney-In-Fact


LEEWAY & CO.

By:  /s/ JOHN MUIR
    --------------------------
      Name:  John Muir
      Title: Assistant Secretary


COWEN INVESTMENT PARTNERS XXIII

By:  /s/ DAVID R. SARUS
    --------------------------
      Name:  David R. Sarus
      Title: Managing Director


HARVEY B. CASH SELF-DIRECTED IRA

By:  /s/ HARVEY B. CASH
    --------------------------
      Harvey B. Cash


HARVEY B. CASH

By:  /s/ HARVEY B. CASH
    --------------------------
      Harvey B. Cash
      Executor/Trustee


MAHUMA, N.V.

By:  /s/ BENJAMIN O'SULLIVAN
    --------------------------
      Name:  Benjamin O'Sullivan
      Title: Attorney-In-Fact


   

<PAGE>   77
                                     -72-

BESSEMER VENTURE PARTNERS III, L.P.

By:   Deer III & Co., General Partner

      By: /s/ ROBERT BUESCHER
         ----------------------, Partner



BELISARIUS CORPORATION

By:      /s/ ROBERT BUESCHER
    --------------------------
      Name:  Robert Buescher
      Title: 


QUENTIN CORPORATION

By:      /s/ ROBERT BUESCHER
    --------------------------
      Name:  Robert Buescher
      Title: 


BVP III SPECIAL SITUATIONS, L.P.

By:   Deer III & Co., General Partner

      By: /s/ ROBERT BUSECHER
         ----------------------, Partner



ROBERT H. BUESCHER

- ------------------------------


* /s/ ROBERT H. BUESCHER
 -----------------------------
      Robert H. Buescher
      Atty-in-fact, for those so marked

<PAGE>   78
                                     -73-

CHRISTOPHER GABRIELI

*/s/ ROBERT H. BUESCHER
 -----------------------------


GABRIELI FAMILY FOUNDATION

*/s/ ROBERT H. BUESCHER
 -----------------------------


NEILL H. BROWNSTEIN


*/s/ ROBERT H. BUESCHER
 -----------------------------



FELDA G. HARDYMON

*/s/ ROBERT H. BUESCHER
 -----------------------------


MICHAEL I. BARACH

*/s/ ROBERT H. BUESCHER
 -----------------------------



THOMAS F. RUHM

*/s/ ROBERT H. BUESCHER
 -----------------------------



RICHARD R. DAVIS

*/s/ ROBERT H. BUESCHER
 -----------------------------


WARD W. WOODS

*/s/ ROBERT H. BUESCHER
 -----------------------------

<PAGE>   79
                                     -74-

ROBERT D. LINDSAY

*/s/ ROBERT H. BUESCHER
 -----------------------------



BARBARA M. HENAGAN

*/s/ ROBERT H. BUESCHER
 -----------------------------

/s/ JAN LUKENS
- ------------------------------
      Jan Lukens

/s/ STEPHEN L. DOMENIK
- ------------------------------
      Stephen L. Domenik

/s/ DIETRICH ERDMANN
- ------------------------------
      Dietrich Erdmann

/s/ FREDERIC A. RUBINSTEIN
- -----------------------------
      Frederic A. Rubinstein

/s/ EDWIN A . ALLBRITTON
- ------------------------------
      Edwin A. Allbritton

/s/ CHRIS APPLE
- ------------------------------
      C. Chris Apple

/s/ DAVID BELLET
- ------------------------------
      FBO David Bellet

/s/ STEVEN FINN
- ------------------------------
      Steven Finn


<PAGE>   80
                                     -75-
/s/ GERARDO ROSENKRANZ
- ------------------------------
      Gerardo Rosenkranz

/s/ KEVIN KIMBERLIN
- ------------------------------
      Kevin Kimberlin

/s/ SETH HARRISON
- ------------------------------
      Seth Harrison




<PAGE>   81
                                     -76-

*/s/ ROBERT H. BUESCHER
 -----------------------------
      Robert H. Buescher
      Atty-in-fact, for those so marked



RODNEY A. COHEN

*/s/ ROBERT H. BUESCHER
 -----------------------------



ADAM P. GODFREY

*/s/ ROBERT H. BUESCHER
 -----------------------------



ROBERT J. RORISTON

*/s/ ROBERT H. BUESCHER
 -----------------------------


RUSSELL D. STERNLICHT

*/s/ ROBERT H. BUESCHER
 -----------------------------




   

<PAGE>   82
                                     -77-

KEVIN KIMBERLIN PARTNERS, L.P.

By: /s/ KEVIN KIMBERLIN
    -------------------------
      Kevin Kimberlin
      General Partner




<PAGE>   83

                                      
  
                                 SCHEDULE 3.2
                       SECURITY HOLDERS OF THE COMPANY
                                      
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                                                        Series A         Series B
                                     Common         Common Stock       Series A         Preferred       Series B        Preferred
                                     Stock           Warrants,         Preferred        Warrants,       Preferred       Warrants,
                                    Issued &         Options &         Issued &        Options and      Issued &         Options
Stockholder                       Outstanding          Rights         Outstanding        Rights        Outstanding      and Rights
- -----------                       -----------          ------         -----------        ------        -----------     -----------
<S>                                <C>                <C> 
David Huber                        1,209,590(1)

James R. & Margaret M. Huber           6,000

Braden Huber                           7,000

Davis Christopher Huber                7,000

Alyssa Nicole Huber                    7,000

Brock Larson Huber                     7,000

Kim Larsen                            13,817              6,667

Patrick Nettles                      695,427(2)

Celeste Baker                         10,000

Alan Nettles                          10,000

Garrett Baker                         10,000

Management (other)*                                   1,851,250

Gary P. Johnson                        8,750
</TABLE>

- -------------- 

(1) 300,054 of these shares remain subject to vesting, at the rate of 1/48th of
    1,200,000 shares per month, so long as Dr. Huber is still employed by the
    Company.

(2) 408,352 of these shares remain subject to vesting, at the rate of 1/48th of
    such shares per month thereafter, so long as Dr. Nettles is still employed
    by the Company.

   

<PAGE>   84



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          Series A                      Series B
                                        Common        Common Stock        Series A        Preferred       Series B      Preferred
                                        Stock           Warrants,         Preferred       Warrants,      Preferred      Warrants,
                                        Issued &        Options &         Issued &       Options and      Issued &       Options
Stockholder                           Outstanding         Rights         Outstanding       Rights        Outstanding    and Rights
- -----------                           -----------         ------         -----------       ------        -----------   -----------
<S>                                     <C>             <C>              <C>                <C>          <C>             <C> 
General Instrument                                       125,636(3)

Kevin Kimberlin Partners, L.P.                                             221,520

Kevin Kimberlin                         15,312                             200,000                         131,733       250,000

Spencer Trask Holdings Inc.                                                                                               45,000

Laura M. MacNamara                                                                                                         5,000

Sevin Rosen Fund IV                     40,865                           1,125,000          25,000         740,998

SRB Management Company                     182                               5,000                           3,293

InterWest Partners Fund V               40,865                           1,125,000                         740,998

InterWest Investors V                      218                               6,000          25,000           3,952

Vanguard Venture Partners               27,244                             750,000

Vanguard IV, L.P.                                                                                          493,999

Dominion Ventures                                                                          120,000

Thomas Aschenbrenner                    55,449(4)                          100,000                          65,866

Chris Apple                                182                               5,000                           3,293

Seth Harrison                              182                               5,000                           3,293

Charles River Partnership VII                                                                            1,500,000

- --------
</TABLE>
(3) This number is subject to further adjustment upon any issuance of additional
    common stock, so that it will continue to represent 5% of issued and
    outstanding common stock, up to January 11, 1996.

(4) 31,943 of these shares remain subject to vesting, at the rate of 1/36th of
    50,000 shares per month, so long as Mr. Aschenbrenner is still retained as a
    consultant to the Company.

   
                                       -2-

<PAGE>   85


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                       Series A                          Series B
                                         Common       Common Stock      Series A       Preferred       Series B         Preferred
                                         Stock         Warrants,        Preferred      Warrants,       Preferred        Warrants,
                                        Issued &       Options &        Issued &      Options and      Issued &          Options
Stockholder                           Outstanding        Rights        Outstanding      Rights        Outstanding       and Rights
- -----------                           -----------        ------        -----------      ------        -----------      -----------
<S>                                       <C>                                                          <C>    
SVE Star Ventures Enterprises                                                                          256,000
No. II Limited Partnership

SVE Star Ventures Enterprises                                                                          687,100
No. III Limited Partnership

SVE Star Ventures Enterprises                                                                           56,900
No. IIIA Limited Partnership

William K. Woodruff III                   82,577

William K. Woodruff &                     31,637
Company Inc. Profit Sharing
Trust

Jack N. Greenman                          12,826

William K. Barnard                         6,413

Andrew W. May                              3,420

Cass G. Caspary                            3,420

Jeffrey R. Ohl                             2,138

John Wallace                              49,700

Darren B. vonBehren                          855

Lawrence N. Goldstein                        428

J. Scott Blome                                86

Barton W. Stuck                           21,500

Investment Advisors, Inc.                                                                              333,333

UVCC Fund II                                                                                           250,000

UVCC II Parallel Fund, L.P.                                                                            250,000

</TABLE>

   
                                       -3-

<PAGE>   86


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                                       Series A                         Series B
                                         Common       Common Stock      Series A       Preferred       Series B         Preferred
                                         Stock         Warrants,        Preferred      Warrants,       Preferred        Warrants,
                                        Issued &       Options &        Issued &      Options and      Issued &          Options
Stockholder                           Outstanding        Rights        Outstanding      Rights        Outstanding       and Rights
- -----------                           -----------        ------        -----------      ------        -----------      -----------
<S>                                                                                                     <C>   
Edwin A. Allbritton                                                                                     16,667

Mahuma N.V. (Rosenkranz)                                                                                33,333

FBO David Bellet                                                                                        50,000

Frederic A. Rubinstein                                                                                  16,667

Steven Finn                                                                                             16,667

Neili. H. Brownstein                                                                                     6,667

Robert H. Buescher                                                                                       3,000

Felda G. Hardymon                                                                                       23,666(5)

Christopher Gabrieli                                                                                    33,333

Gabrieli Family Foundation                                                                               3,333

Michael I. Barach                                                                                        3,333

Richard R. Davis                                                                                         6,667

Barbara M. Henagan                                                                                       3,333

Robert D. Lindsay                                                                                        3,333

Thomas F. Ruhm                                                                                             667

Ward W. Woods, Jr.                                                                                      10,000

BVP III Special Situations L.P.                                                                         22,222

- --------
</TABLE>

(5) Mr. Hardymon has initiated a transfer of certain of his Series B Preferred
    Shares to the following Bessemer employes: David J. Cowan (5,333 shares);
    Samantha Chen (1,333 shares); Gautam A. Prakash (2,667 shares); John K.
    Rodakis (2,000 shares); and Robi L. Soni (2,333 shares).

   
                                       -4-

<PAGE>   87



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                                       Series A                         Series B
                                         Common       Common Stock      Series A       Preferred       Series B         Preferred
                                         Stock         Warrants,        Preferred      Warrants,       Preferred        Warrants,
                                        Issued &       Options &        Issued &      Options and      Issued &          Options
Stockholder                           Outstanding        Rights        Outstanding      Rights        Outstanding       and Rights
- -----------                           -----------        ------        -----------      ------        -----------      -----------
<S>                                      <C>                                                           <C>
Bessemer Venture Partners III                                                                          580,446
L.P.

Japan Associated Finance Co.,                                                                           40,000
Ltd.

JAFCO G-5 Investment                                                                                    82,712
Enterprise Partnership

JAFCO R-1 (A) Investment                                                                                38,644
Enterprise Partnership

JAFCO R-1 (B) Investment                                                                                38,644
Enterprise Partnership

U.S. Information Technology                                                                            800,000
Investment Enterprise
Partnership

Michael Fagan                            50,000

</TABLE>

   
                                       -5-

<PAGE>   88



                                      Schedule 1


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    Shares to be
                                    Purchased at
Purchaser's Name and Address          Closing       Purchase Price
- ----------------------------          -------       --------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                   <C>              <C>       
InterWest Partners V                  248,438          $1,739,066
3000 Sand Hill Road
Building 3, Suite 255
Menlo Park, CA  94025
Facsimile: (415) 854-4706
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
InterWest Investors V                 1,562            10,934
3000 Sand Hill Road
Building 3, Suite 255
Menlo Park, CA  94025
Facsimile: (415) 854-4706
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Harvey B. Cash                        14,500           101,500
Self-Directed IRA
Two Galleria Tower
13455 Noel Road
Suite 1670, LB-5
Dallas, Texas  75240
Phone: (214) 392-7279
Facsimile: (214) 490-6349
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sevin Rosen Fund IV L.P.              285,714          1,999,998
c/o Sevin Rosen Management Co.
Two Galleria Tower
13455 Noel Road
Suite 1670, LB-5
Dallas, Texas  75240
Facsimile:  (214) 702-1103
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sevin Rosen Fund V L.P.               142,857          999,999
c/o Sevin Rosen Management Co.
Two Galleria Tower
13455 Noel Road
Suite 1670, LB-5
Dallas, Texas  75240
Facsimile:  (214) 960-1749
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
<PAGE>   89
                                                                               2


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    Shares to be
                                    Purchased at
Purchaser's Name and Address          Closing       Purchase Price
- ----------------------------          -------       --------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                   <C>              <C>    
Sevin Rosen Bayless                   714              4,998
Management Company
Two Galleria Tower
13455 Noel Road
Suite 1670, LB-5
Dallas, Texas  75240
Facsimile:  (214) 960-1749
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
L.J. Sevin                            25,000           175,000
c/o Sevin Rosen Management Co.
Two Galleria Tower
13455 Noel Road
Suite 1670, LB-5
Dallas, Texas  75240
Facsimile:  (214) 960-1749
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Dietrich Erdmann                      25,000           175,000
c/o Sevin Rosen Management Co.
Malstrasse 18
6052 Hergiswie, NW
Switzerland
Facsimile:  011-4141-951372
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Harvey Cash Trust                     14,286           100,002
Two Galleria Tower
13455 Noel Road
Suite 1670, LB-5
Dallas, Texas  75240
Facsimile:  (214) 392-7279
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Stephen L. Domenik                    6,429            45,003
Sevin Rosen Funds
550 Lytton Avenue
Suite 200
Palo Alto, CA  94301
Phone: (415) 326-0550
Facsimile: (415) 326-0707
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

<PAGE>   90
                                                                               3

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    Shares to be
                                    Purchased at
Purchaser's Name and Address          Closing       Purchase Price
- ----------------------------          -------       --------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                   <C>              <C>      
Charles River Partnership VII         250,000          1,750,000
c/o Charles River Ventures
10 Post Office Square
Suite 1330
Boston, Massachusetts  02109
Phone:  (617) 292-7717
Facsimile:  (617) 292-7718
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Vanguard IV L.P.                      142,850          999,950
525 University Avenue
Suite 600
Palo Alto, California  94301
Phone:  (415) 321-2900
Facsimile:  (415) 321-2902
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
SVM Star Ventures                     83,898           587,286
Managementgesellschaft mbH Nr.
3
Possartstr. 9
D-81679 Munchen
Germany
Facsimile: (011) 49-89-41-
943-030
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
SVE Star Ventures Enterprises         33,548           234,836
No. II
Limited Partnership
Possartstr. 9
D-81679 Munchen
Germany
Facsimile: (011) 49-89-41-
943-030
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
SVE Star Ventures Enterprises         90,026           630,182
No. III
Limited Partnership
Possartstr. 9
D-81679 Munchen
Germany
Facsimile: (011) 49-89-41-
943-030
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

<PAGE>   91
                                                                               4
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    Shares to be
                                    Purchased at
Purchaser's Name and Address          Closing       Purchase Price
- ----------------------------          -------       --------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                   <C>              <C>   
SVE Star Ventures Enterprises         7,528            52,696
No. IIIA
Limited Partnership
Possartstr. 9
D-81679 Munchen
Germany
Facsimile: (011) 49-89-41-
943-030
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
SVM Star Ventures                     107,143          750,001
Managementgesellschaft mbH Nr.
3 & Co. Beteiligungs KG
Possartstr. 9
D-81679 Munchen
Germany
Facsimile: (011) 49-89-41-
943-030
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Techno Partners                       3,571            24,997
555 California Street, #4380
San Francisco, California 94104
Telephone:  (415) 788-0706
Facsimile:  (415) 788-0709
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Japan Associated Finance Co.,         6,857            47,999
Ltd.
c/o JAFCO American Ventures
555 California Street, #4380
San Francisco, CA  94104
Phone:  (415) 788-0706
Facsimile:  (415) 788-0709
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
JAFCO G-5 Investment                  14,179           99,253
Enterprise Partnership
c/o JAFCO American Ventures
555 California Street, #4380
San Francisco, CA  94104
Phone:  (415) 788-0706
Facsimile:  (415) 788-0709
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


<PAGE>   92
                                                                               5
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    Shares to be
                                    Purchased at
Purchaser's Name and Address          Closing       Purchase Price
- ----------------------------          -------       --------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                   <C>              <C>   
JAFCO R-1(A) Investment               6,625            46,375
Enterprise Partnership
c/o JAFCO American Ventures
555 California Street, #4380
San Francisco, CA  94104
Phone:  (415) 788-0706
Facsimile:  (415) 788-0709
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
JAFCO R-1(B) Investment               6,625            46,375
Enterprise Partnership
c/o JAFCO American Ventures
555 California Street, #4380
San Francisco, CA  94104
Phone:  (415) 788-0706
Facsimile:  (415) 788-0709
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
U.S. Information Technology           137,143          960,001
Investment Enterprise Partnership
c/o JAFCO American Ventures
555 California Street, #4380
San Francisco, CA  94104
Phone:  (415) 788-0706
Facsimile:  (415) 788-0709
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Neill Brownstein                      1,428            9,996
c/o Bessemer Venture Partners
1025 Old Country Road
Suite 205
Westbury, NY 11590
Phone: (516) 997-2300
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Robert H. Buescher                    1,000            7,000
c/o Bessemer Venture Partners
1025 Old Country Road
Suite 205
Westbury, NY 11590
Phone: (516) 997-2300
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

<PAGE>   93
                                                                               6
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    Shares to be
                                    Purchased at
Purchaser's Name and Address          Closing       Purchase Price
- ----------------------------          -------       --------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                   <C>              <C>   
G. Felda Hardymon                     3,000            21,000
c/o Bessemer Venture Partners
1025 Old Country Road
Suite 205
Westbury, NY 11590
Phone: (516) 997-2300
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Michael I. Barach                     1,430            10,010
c/o Bessemer Venture Partners
1025 Old Country Road
Suite 205
Westbury, NY 11590
Phone: (516) 997-2300
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Rodney A. Cohen                       358              2,506
c/o Bessemer Venture Partners
1025 Old Country Road
Suite 205
Westbury, NY 11590
Phone: (516) 997-2300
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Richard R. Davis                      1,333            9,331
c/o Bessemer Venture Partners
1025 Old Country Road
Suite 205
Westbury, NY 11590
Phone: (516) 997-2300
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Adam P. Godfrey                       430              3,010
c/o Bessemer Venture Partners
1025 Old Country Road
Suite 205
Westbury, NY 11590
Phone: (516) 997-2300
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Barbara M. Henagan                    1,000            7,000
c/o Bessemer Venture Partners
1025 Old Country Road
Suite 205
Westbury, NY 11590
Phone: (516) 997-2300
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

<PAGE>   94
                                                                               7
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    Shares to be
                                    Purchased at
Purchaser's Name and Address          Closing       Purchase Price
- ----------------------------          -------       --------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                   <C>              <C>  
Belisarius Corporation                1,000            7,000
c/o Bessemer Venture Partners
1025 Old Country Road
Suite 205
Westbury, NY 11590
Phone: (516) 997-2300
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Robert J. Roriston                    300              2,100
c/o Bessemer Venture Partners
1025 Old Country Road
Suite 205
Westbury, NY 11590
Phone: (516) 997-2300
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Thomas F. Ruhm                        300              2,100
c/o Bessemer Venture Partners
1025 Old Country Road
Suite 205
Westbury, NY 11590
Phone: (516) 997-2300
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Quentin Corporation                   1,429            10,003
c/o Bessemer Venture Partners
1025 Old Country Road
Suite 205
Westbury, NY 11590
Phone: (516) 997-2300
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
BVP III Special Situations L.P.       9,523            66,661
1025 Old Country Road
Suite 205
Westbury, NY 11590
Phone: (516) 997-2300
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bessemer Venture                      410,326          2,872,282
Partners III L.P.
1025 Old Country Road
Suite 205
Westbury, NY  11590
Telephone:  (516) 997-2300
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

<PAGE>   95
                                                                               8

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    Shares to be
                                    Purchased at
Purchaser's Name and Address          Closing       Purchase Price
- ----------------------------          -------       --------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                   <C>              <C>    
Kevin Kimberlin                       72,533           507,731
c/o Spencer Trask Securities, Inc.
535 Madison Avenue
18th Floor
New York, New York  10022
Facsimile:  (212) 751-3483
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
UVCC Fund II                          32,775           229,425
Arete Ventures, Inc.
Suite 1040
6110 Executive Boulevard
Rockville, Maryland  20852
Phone:  (301) 881-2555
Facsimile:  (301) 770-2877
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
UVCC II Parallel Fund, L.P.           32,775           229,425
Arete Ventures, Inc.
Suite 1040
6110 Executive Boulevard
Rockville, Maryland  20852
Phone:  (301) 881-2555
facsimile:  (301) 770-2877
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Investment Advisers, Inc.             43,701           305,907
3800 First Bank Place
601 Second Avenue
Minneapolis, Minnesota  55402
Facsimile:  (612) 376-2616
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Thomas Aschenbrenner                  21,745           152,215
6016 Oakcrest
Dallas, Texas  75248
Facsimile:   (214) 931-2495
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
FBO David Bellet                      6,555            45,885
c/o Crown Advisors Ltd.
The Lincoln Building
60 East 42nd Street
Suite 3405
New York, New York  10165
Facsimile:  (212) 808-9073
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

<PAGE>   96
                                                                              9


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    Shares to be
                                    Purchased at
Purchaser's Name and Address          Closing       Purchase Price
- ----------------------------          -------       --------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                   <C>              <C>   
Mahuma, N.V.                          4,370            30,590
Holtzman, Wise & Sheppard
1271 Avenue of the Americas
Suite 4500
New York, New York   10020
Facsimile:  (212) 554-8181
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Frederic A. Rubinstein                2,185            15,295
Kelley, Drye & Warren
101 Park Avenue
New York,
New York  10178-0002
Facsimile:  (212) 808-7897
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Edwin A. Allbritton                   2,185            15,295
c/o Allbritton Capital
Management Assoc. Inc.
One Galleria Tower
13355 Noel Road
Suite 1375, LB 71
Dallas, Texas  75240-6615
Facsimile:  (214) 661-8108
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Steven G. Finn                        2,185            15,295
2 Barry Drive
Framingham,
Massachusetts  01701
Facsimile:  (617) 258-8553
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Chris Apple                        1,087            7,609
3460 Lotus Drive, Suite 123
Plano, Texas 75075
Phone:  (214) 612-5136
Facsimile: (214) 612-5198
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Dominion Ventures                     25,596           179,172
44 Montgomery Street,
Suite 4200
San Francisco, CA 94104
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
 

<PAGE>   97
                                                                              10
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    Shares to be
                                    Purchased at
Purchaser's Name and Address          Closing       Purchase Price
- ----------------------------          -------       --------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                   <C>              <C>      
WPG Enterprise Fund II, L.P.          725,000          5,075,000
555 California Street
Suite 4760
San Francisco, CA  94104
Phone: (415) 854-5381
Facsimile: (415) 989-5108
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Technoinvest Management A.S.          8,286            58,002
Eiken Industripark
Gamleveien #32
N-1394 Horten
Norway
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mosvold Farsund A.S.                  135,714          949,998
Gamleveien #32
P.O. Box 1004
N-1394 Horten
Norway
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Leeway & Co.                          285,714          1,999,998
State Street Bank and Trust
Company
Master Trust Division
One Monarch Drive
Willard Building, 6th Floor, W6C
North Quincy,
Massachusetts  02171
Facsimile:  (617) 847-2308
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Gilbraltar Trust                      142,857          999,999
Rho Management
767 5th Avenue, 43rd Floor
New York, New York  10053
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cowen Investment Partners             36,000           252,000
XXIII
Financial Square
30th Floor
New York, NY  10005
Phone: (212) 495-6830
Facsimile: (212) 495-8436
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


<PAGE>   98
                                                                              11

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    Shares to be
                                    Purchased at
Purchaser's Name and Address          Closing       Purchase Price
- ----------------------------          -------       --------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                   <C>              <C>    
Jan Lukens                            14,286           100,002
1761 Friar Tuck Road
Atlanta, Georgia  30309
Phone: (404) 876-0806
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
WA & H Investment, L.L.C.             36,000           252,000
901 Marquette Street
Suite 2700
Minneapolis, MN  55402
Phone: (612) 373-6203
Facsimile: (612) 373-6285
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


<PAGE>   1
                                                                           CIENA


                       C&S CORRIDOR-32 LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

                                LEASE AGREEGMENT

                                CIENA CORPORATION

                                  COVER LETTER

                                                         DATED: October 5, 1995

     This Lease Agreement (the "Lease") is made between C&S CORRIDOR-32 LIMITED
PARTNERSHIP ("Landlord") and CIENA CORPORATION ("Tenant"), and consists of this
Cover Letter, the attached General Terms and Conditions of the Lease Agreement,
and any exhibits and/or riders hereto. For purposes of this Lease, the following
terms, when used in the attached General Terms and Conditions, shall have the
meaning set forth below.

1.  THE PARTIES

    A.  Tenant:  CIENA CORPORATION, a Delaware Corporation

    B.  Tenant's Current Address

             1340-C Ashton Road

             Hanover, MD 21076

    C.  Tenant's Address and Contact at the Premises

             Name:              Joseph R. Chinnici, CFO

             Address:           8530 Corridor Road

                                Savage, MD 21076

    D.  Landlord                C&S Corridor-32 Limited Partnership

    E.  Landlord's Address:
                                2200 Broening Highway, Suite 110
                                Baltimore, Maryland 21224
                                (410) 631-7100  FAX (410) 633-0236

    F.  Landlord's Representative:      Mr. John Knauff

    G.  Managing Agent:         Creaney & Smith Properties, Inc.

    2.  DESCRIPTION OF PREMISES:

        A.    Premises:         50,550 gross square feet, being the entirety of
                                the Building, along with parking spaces more
                                particularly described on the plans by Hoffmann
                                dated September 28, 1995 for the Premises and
                                landscaped areas around the Building, all as
                                shown on Exhibit A.

        B.    Building:         The building located at 8530 Corridor Road,
                                Savage, MD 21076.

                                                    Ciena Cover Letter - Page 1


<PAGE>   2


                                                                          CIENA


        C.    Real Property:    The Building and Lot C-2 as shown on the plat
                                entitled Corridor Industrial Park, Section 1,
                                Parcels C-2, C-3, C-4, a Resubdivision of Parcel
                                C-1, Sheet 1 of 1," which plat is recorded among
                                the Land Records of Howard County, Maryland, as
                                Plat No. 6013, the lot upon which the Building
                                is situated, together with the non-exclusive
                                access rights reflected on such plat as more
                                particularly described in Exhibit G attached
                                hereto and made a part hereof. Lot C-2 contains
                                approximately 4.115 acres, more or less.

        D.    Project           Corridor 32 Business Center

        E.    Permitted Uses:   office, research, manufacturing and storage, and
                                uses incidental thereto

        F.    Project Covenants:   The Project covenants of record are available
                                   for inspection in the offices of the 
                                   Landlord.

    3.  TERM:

        A.    Term:   An initial term of six (6) years; one five-year renewal 
                      option

        B.    Commencement Date:   January 1, 1996 (as same may be adjusted
                                   pursuant to the provisions of Section 7.4 of
                                   the Lease).

        C.    Estimated Commencement Date:   January 1, 1996
              Estimated Expiration Date:     December 31, 2001

    4.  RENT:

        A.    Total Basic Rent Schedule:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      Monthly
                                     Rate Per          Gross        Installment       Period
                      Period         Square Ft       Square Ft      of Basic Rent     Total
                      ------         ---------       ---------      -------------     -----
    <S>                <C>             <C>            <C>           <C>             <C>        
    Months              1-12           $9.00          38,850*       $29,137.50      $349,650.00
    Months             13-24           8.57           50,550         36,118.75      433,425.00
    Months             25-36           8.57           50,550         36,118.75      433,425.00
    Months             37-48           8.92           50,550         37,575.67      450,908.00
    Months             49-60           8.98           50,550         37,848.67      454,184.00
    Months             61-72           8.98           50,550         37,848.67      454,184.00
</TABLE>

     *Although Tenant will have access to and use of the entire Building, Tenant
will not be obligated to pay Basic Rent on the 11,700 square feet portion of the
Building (the "Unfinished Space") for the first twelve months of the Lease Term.

        B.     Total Basic rent:    Two Million Five Hundred Seventy-five
                                    Thousand Seven Hundred Seventy-six Dollars
                                    ($2,575,776.00)

        C.     Advance Rent:        Five Thousand Nine Hundred Sixty-four
                                    Dollars and Thirteen Cents ($5,964.13)
                                    representing a portion of the Monthly
                                    Installment of Basic Rent for the first
                                    month of the Term. Tenant and Landlord agree
                                    that upon execution of the Lease Tenant's
                                    initial deposit currently held in escrow in
                                    the amount of $42,082.88 shall be applied
                                    first to the Security Deposit and 


                                                     Ciena Cover Letter - Page 2


<PAGE>   3
                                                                           CIENA
                                     the balance to Advance Rent. 


        D.     Security Deposit:        Thirty-six Thousand One Hundred Eighteen
                                     Dollars and Seventy-five Cents ($36,118.75)

        E.     Rent Commencement Date:  Commencement Date (estimated January 1,
                                     1996)

    5.  RENT ADJUSTMENTS:

        A.     Proportionate Share:  one hundred percent (100%).

        B.     Insurance Base Year:  Ends November 30, 1996.

        C.     Tax Base Year:        Ends June 30, 1997.

        D.     Common Area Expenses: complete passthrough

        E.     Additional Services Expenses:  complete passthrough

    6.  MISCELLANEOUS:

        A.     Broker:   Creaney & Smith Properties, Inc. and Casey and
                         Associates, Inc./Oncor International

        B.     Exhibits: This Lease includes the following Exhibits:

                      Exhibit A - Premises
                      Exhibit B - Schematic Floor Plan
                      Construction Outline Specifications
                             Exhibit C-1 - Tenant's Work
                             Exhibit C-2 - Landlord's Work
                      Exhibit D - Common Area Expenses 
                      Exhibit E - Additional Services Expenses 
                      Exhibit F - Expansion 
                      Exhibit G - Plat of Lot C-2 
                      Exhibit H - Landlord's Lien Waiver 
                      Schedule 1 - Interval Cleaning Specifications

        C.     Riders:This Lease includes the following Riders:

                      Rider 1 - Renewal Option
                      Rider 2 - Exclusions

        D.     Tenant Improvements:

                      Subject to the other provisions of this Lease, Tenant
                      accepts the Premises together with the improvements to be
                      constructed by Landlord in the Premises. These
                      improvements are designated on the "Schematic Floor Plan"
                      approved by Tenant and attached hereto as Exhibit B, and
                      the "Construction Outline Specifications" approved by
                      Tenant and attached hereto as Exhibits C-1 and C-2. Tenant
                      shall pay Landlord the cost of all Tenant's Work,
                      identified on Exhibit C-1, and the cost of any mutually
                      agreed additional improvements (collectively, the "TI
                      Work"). Landlord shall not incur any costs for which
                      Tenant shall be 

                                                     Ciena Cover Letter - Page 3
<PAGE>   4


                                                                           CIENA

                         liable hereunder until the Tenant has approved such
                         costs, which approval shall not be unreasonably
                         withheld, conditioned or delayed, or unless otherwise
                         agreed between the parties. Landlord shall contribute
                         Three Thousand Eight Hundred and Fifty Dollars
                         ($3,850.00) toward said costs, as Landlord's
                         reimbursement to Tenant for preparation of preliminary
                         space planning by Tenant's architect. Payment for the
                         TI Work shall be made within ten (10) days after
                         receipt of an invoice from Landlord, which invoice
                         shall also include such supporting material as Tenant
                         may reasonably request. The invoices shall e submitted
                         as follows: (1) for 50% of the TI Work when 50% is
                         completed; (2) for 40% of the TI Work on the Completion
                         Date; and (3) the balance following substantial
                         completion of any punchlist items.


WITNESS/ATTEST:                                LANDLORD:

                                      C & S Corridor-32 Limited Partnership
 
                                      By: Creaney & Smith Properties, Inc.,
                                                 Managing Agent


                                      By /s/ C. P. CREANEY                (SEAL)
- -----------------------------------      ---------------------------------
                                      Name: C. P. Creaney
                                           -------------------------------------

                                      Title: President
                                            ------------------------------------
                                                   (Please print or type)

                                      Date: 10-15-95               , 1995
                                           ------------------------

                                                     TENANT:

                                      By: /s/ JOSEPH R. CHINNICI          (SEAL)
- -----------------------------------      ---------------------------------
                                      Name: Joseph R. Chinnici
                                           -------------------------------------

                                      Title: Vice President & Chief
                                            ------------------------------------
                                                   (Please print or type)

                                      Date: October 5              , 1995
                                           ------------------------




                                                     Ciena Cover Letter - Page 4





<PAGE>   5

                        CIENA CORPORATION LEASE AGREEMENT
                          GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


<TABLE>
<S>   <C>                                                                                   <C>
1.    LEASED PREMISES........................................................................1
2.    TERM...................................................................................1
3.    RENT AND RENTAL ADJUSTMENTS............................................................2
4.    TELEPHONE, UTILITIES & SERVICES........................................................6
5.    SECURITY DEPOSIT.......................................................................6
6.    USE....................................................................................7
7.    CONSTRUCTION OF TENANT IMPROVEMENTS....................................................7
8.    COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATIONS...........................................................12
9.    MAINTENANCE AND REPAIRS...............................................................13
10.   ACCESS BY LANDLORD....................................................................14
11.   SUBORDINATION.........................................................................15
12.   ATTORNMENT............................................................................15
13.   ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE..................................................................15
14.   ASSIGNMENT OR SUBLETTING..............................................................16
15.   QUIET ENJOYMENT.......................................................................17
16.   ALTERATIONS OR CHANGES................................................................17
17.   RESTORATION...........................................................................18
18.   CONDEMNATION..........................................................................20
19.   INSURANCE.............................................................................20
20.   TENANT'S DEFAULT......................................................................23
21.   WAIVER OF REDEMPTION..................................................................26
22.   ASSIGNMENT OF LANDLORD'S INTEREST.....................................................26
23.   A.   LANDLORD'S RIGHT TO PERFORM TENANT'S COVENANTS...................................26
      B.   TENANT'S RIGHT TO PERFORM LANDLORD'S COVENANTS...................................26
24.   WAIVER OF BREACH......................................................................26
25.   NOTICE................................................................................27
26.   SEVERABILITY..........................................................................27
27.   LIMITED PERSONAL LIABILITY............................................................27
28.   ENVIRONMENTAL ASSURANCES..............................................................27
</TABLE>




<PAGE>   6




<TABLE>
<S>   <C>                                                                                   <C>
29.   COMMISSIONS...........................................................................30
30.   ATTORNEY'S FEES.......................................................................30
31.   TIME..................................................................................30
32.   ZONING................................................................................30
33.   LIMITED WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL..........................................................30
34.   ARBITRATION...........................................................................31
35.   MISCELLANEOUS.........................................................................31
36.   TENANT'S AUTHORITY....................................................................33
37.   LANDLORD'S AUTHORITY..................................................................33
38.   LENDER'S APPROVAL.....................................................................33
39.   EXPANSION.............................................................................34

Exhibit A - Premises
Exhibit B - Schematic Floor Plan
Construction Outline Specifications
        Exhibit C-1 - Tenant's Work
        Exhibit C-2 - Landlord's Work
Exhibit D - Common Area Maintenance Services
Exhibit E - Additional Services
Exhibit F - Expansion
Exhibit G - Plat of Lot C-2
Exhibit H - Landlord's Lien Waiver

Schedule 1 - Interval Cleaning Specifications

Rider No. 1 - Renewal Option
Rider No. 2 - Exclusions
</TABLE>


                                                                           
<PAGE>   7

                                                                           CIENA

                          GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
                                       OF
                        CIENA CORPORATION LEASE AGREEMENT

        THIS LEASE, made as of this 5th day of October, 1995, by and between 
Landlord and Tenant.

        WITNESSETH, that the parties agree as follows:

        1.     LEASED PREMISES. Landlord leases to Tenant, and Tenant rents from
Landlord, the Premises, as shown on Exhibit A, together with the rights of
ingress and egress over the driveways and sidewalks leading to and from the
Building.

        2.     TERM. The Lease Term shall commence on the "Commencement Date", 
as defined below, and shall end at 11:59 p.m. on the last day of the Term,
unless otherwise terminated or extended in accordance with the terms hereof.
Each respective period of twelve (12) successive calendar months during the Term
or any renewals thereof commencing with the first calendar month of the Term
shall be referred to as a "lease year". The first lease year shall include the
portion, if any, of the month during which the Commencement Date occurs. See
Rider No. 1 - Renewal Option.

               2.1    The Estimated Commencement Date and Estimated Expiration 
Date are based on the anticipated time needed to construct any Tenant
improvements. In the event that Landlord shall be unable, by reason of
construction delays or otherwise, to deliver possession of the Premises on the
Estimated Commencement Date, then this Lease shall nevertheless continue in full
force and effect, and Tenant shall have the right, provided it gives prompt
notice thereof to Landlord, to rescind, cancel or terminate the same if
possession is not given within one hundred eighty (180) days after (a) execution
of this Lease, and (b) satisfaction of the conditions precedent to Landlord's
commencement of construction of Tenant Improvements set forth in Section 7
hereof. If this Lease is not so terminated, Tenant's liability for rent shall
commence on the date on which Landlord shall deliver possession to Tenant, which
date shall thereafter be deemed the "Commencement Date" for all purposes of this
Lease. Whether or not Landlord shall deliver possession of the Premises on the
Estimated Commencement Date or within said one hundred eighty-day period, Tenant
agrees that in no event shall Landlord be liable for damages, if any, sustained
by Tenant as a result of Landlord's failure to deliver possession.

               2.2    On or after the Commencement Date upon Landlord's request,
Tenant and Landlord shall promptly amend this Lease to specify the dates as of
which the Term shall have begun and shall end.



<PAGE>   8


                                                                          CIENA



        3.     RENT AND RENTAL ADJUSTMENTS.

               3.1    Basic Rent: Tenant shall pay Landlord the Total Basic Rent
for the initial term, without any deductions or set-offs, and without demand, in
the amounts set forth in the Cover Letter of this Lease.

                      (a) Tenant shall pay to Landlord, concurrently with its
execution hereof, the Advance Rent. Tenant shall pay the balance of the Total
Basic Rent in accordance with the Total Basic Rent Schedule, in advance,
commencing on the Rent Commencement Date and on the first day of each month
thereafter. If the Rent Commencement Date of this Lease is other than the first
day of the month, the Monthly Installment of Basic Rent for the portion of the
month in which the Rent Commencement Date occurs and the last month of the Term
shall be prorated.

        3.2    ADDITIONAL RENT: Unless specifically stated otherwise in 
this Lease, the term "Additional Rent" will include all payments or installments
due under this Lease (including attorneys' fees), other than the Basic Rent.
Tenant covenants to pay all Additional Rent within thirty (30) days after
Landlord has notified Tenant of the amount due or as provided in this Lease
Agreement. Tenant's obligation for Additional Rent and any unpaid Basic Rent
will remain in effect after the termination or expiration of this Lease.
Attorney's fees incurred by Landlord hereunder other than as a result of
Tenant's Default shall not exceed One Thousand Dollars ($1,000.0.0) per
occurrence.

        3.3    All Basic Rent, and any other sums or Additional Rent,
accruing under this Lease and not paid within five (5) days after notice of
non-payment to Tenant shall bear interest at the rate per annum equal to the
prime rate of interest announced from time to time by Mercantile- Safe Deposit
and Trust Company plus two percent from the due date until paid. Additionally,
any Monthly Installment of Basic Rent or Additional Rent not paid within five
(5) days after notice of non-payment to Tenant shall be considered delinquent
and subject to a late payment charge equal to five percent (5%) of the amount
which is overdue and payable or Twenty-five Dollars ($25.00), whichever amount
is greater. This late payment charge shall be in addition to the interest
provided for above and shall be due and payable with the payment of the
arrearage. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no notice shall be required to be
given to Tenant if Landlord has given such notice to Tenant two (2) times in the
preceding twelve months.

        3.4    DEFINITIONS.

        "Real Estate Taxes" shall mean any present or future taxes, general and
special, including business park charges, which are levied or assessed against
the Real Property, consisting of, without limitation: (a) a tax, assessment,
imposition or charge, wholly or partially as a capital levy or otherwise, on the
rents payable hereunder; (b) a tax, assessment, (including but not


                                      - 2 -


<PAGE>   9


                                                                           CIENA



limited to any municipal, State, or Federal levy), imposition or charge measured
by, or based in whole or in part upon, the Premises and imposed upon the
Landlord; or (c) a license fee measured by the Basic Rent payable under this
Lease. Any reasonable expenses incurred by Landlord in contesting any tax
alteration or increase shall also be included as an item of Real Estate Taxes
for the purposes of computing Additional Rent due to Landlord, which expenses,
however, shall not exceed fifty percent (50%) of the actual savings from such
contest. Real Estate Taxes shall not include (i) income, estate, gift,
succession, inheritance, transfer, mortgage, gains, unincorporated business,
commercial rent and franchise taxes imposed upon Landlord; (ii) any interest or
penalties incurred by Landlord by reason of a late payment of Real Estate Taxes
provided Tenant has timely performed its monetary obligations hereunder; (iii)
water, sewer, value and sales taxes, rents and/or other similar charges; and,
(iv) any item which is included as Common Area Expenses or Additional Services
Expenses.

        "Proportionate Share" shall mean the share of Common Area Expenses, Real
Estate Taxes, utilities, or Insurance premiums that are reasonably attributable
to Tenant based upon the Tenant's use of and improvements to the Premises. The
Proportionate Share shall be the percentage specified in the Cover Letter of
this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall be allowed to allocate
the reasonable costs of Common Area Expenses such as water charges, trash
removal and utility usage based e on actual use of such services by Tenant.

        "Insurance" shall mean all insurance of whatsoever nature kept or caused
to be kept by Landlord in connection with its ownership of the Real Property and
the Project, equipment, fixtures and other improvements installed and/or owned
by Landlord and used in connection with the Building, and/or all alterations,
rebuildings, replacements and additions thereto, including, but not limited to,
insurance insuring the same against loss or damage by, or abatement of rental
income resulting from, fire, and other such hazards, casualties and
contingencies (including, but not limited to, liability and indemnity
insurance). If Landlord's Insurance covers premises other than the Building, the
cost thereof shall be reasonably allocated between the Building and such other
premises.

        "Common Area Expenses" shall mean all expenses incurred by Landlord in
connection with managing the Real Property and Landlord's maintenance and repair
of the common areas of the Real Property, including but not limited to repairs
for normal wear and tear of the roof and its various components, such as
skylights, parapets, drains, gutters and caulking; monitoring, repairing and
payment of all common area public utilities, including water and sewer and other
utility infrastructures, including any equipment owned by Landlord and used in
connection with such utilities; monitoring and repairing the sprinkler system;
maintenance and repair of all exterior landscaping and grounds, including
parking areas; snow removal; and exterior Building repairs and maintenance.
Common Area Expenses shall also include (i) all those expenses of the Project
attributable on a reasonable basis to the Real Property, including, but not
limited to, any expenses incurred by Landlord for employees and contractors of
Landlord or its affiliate which


                                      - 3 -


<PAGE>   10
                                                                           CIENA



employee expenses shall be pro-rated to the extent such employees also serve
other projects and (ii) expenses incurred in providing those services shown on
Exhibit D. See Rider No. 2 - Exclusions.

        "Additional Services Expenses" shall mean all expenses incurred by
Landlord in connection with providing the Premises with those services shown on
Exhibit E and trash removal (including recycling), all reasonable and necessary
repair and maintenance to the interior portions of the Building, periodic
interval cleaning in accordance with Schedule I attached hereto and incorporated
by reference herein and all reasonable and necessary repair and maintenance of
the heating, ventilation and air-conditioning systems servicing the Building,
including the cost of maintaining a full service contract thereon, together with
costs of any other necessary repairs or maintenance required to keep the
Premises and appurtenances thereto in good order and condition.

        3.5    RENT ADJUSTMENTS:

               (a) Rent Adjustment - Taxes: if the sum of the Real Estate Taxes
for any future fiscal tax year exceeds the Real Estate Taxes for the Tax Base
Year, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent for each whole or partial
lease year, an amount equal to its Proportionate Share of the increase. As of
the date of this Lease, the tax year is a fiscal year commencing July 1.
Landlord shall give Tenant prompt notice of any proposed increase in Taxes and
Tenant shall be entitled, at its own expense, and through its own counsel, to
participate with Landlord or independently to contest or oppose any such
increase. Landlord shall cooperate, but without pecuniary liability, with Tenant
as may be reasonably required in any such contest. All refunds, including
interest, if any, of Taxes attributable to the Lease Term and which have been
paid by Tenant shall belong to Tenant.

               (b) Rent Adjustment - Insurance: If Landlord's premiums for
Insurance for any future year exceed the premium for Insurance for the Insurance
Base Year, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, an amount equal to
Tenant's Proportionate Share of the increase, for each whole or partial lease
year. Landlord shall provide reasonable supporting materials together with the
bills provided for in this clause (b) and in clause (a) above.

               (c) Rent Adjustment - Additional Services Expenses and Common
Area Expenses: Commencing on the Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay to Landlord
as Additional Rent, simultaneously with the payments of Monthly Installments of
Basic Rent (or if no Monthly Installment of Basic Rent is due for a particular
month, then on the first day of such month), the following amounts:

        1. from the Commencement Date until the earlier to occur of (a) the
completion of improvements to the portion of the Unfinished Space which is
crosshatched on Exhibit B (the "Shell Space"), or (b) the first day of the
second lease year, $1,852.50 per month (calculated on


                                      - 4 -


<PAGE>   11

                                                                           CIENA



the basis of $.52 per rentable square foot of the Premises [other than the Shell
Space]) and, thereafter, until further adjusted as set forth below, $2,190.50
per month as one-twelfth of Tenant's estimated Proportionate Share of the
Additional Services Expenses; and

        2.     commencing on the Commencement Date and continuing throughout the
Lease Term until further adjusted as set forth below, the sum of $1,853.50 per
month (calculated on the basis of $.44 per square foot of the Premises) as
one-twelfth of Tenant's estimated Proportionate Share of the Common Area
Expenses. Prior to the Commencement Date, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a
statement of the Common Area Expenses for the period of January 1, 1994 through
December 31, 1994.

               At any time during each year, Landlord may revise its estimate of
Tenant's Estimated Monthly Proportionate Share of the Common Area Expenses and
Additional Services Expenses, and adjust Tenant's monthly installments payable
thereafter to reflect such revised estimates. Landlord will give Tenant written
notice of any such adjustment, and Tenant will be required to pay such adjusted
monthly installments commencing on the first day of the month following Tenant's
receipt of such notice.

               Landlord will deliver to Tenant, within one hundred twenty (120)
days (or such additional time thereafter as is reasonable under the
circumstances) after the end of each applicable period, a statement (a
"Statement") of the actual Real Estate Taxes (along with a copy of all bills
therefore Insurance, Common Area Expenses and Additional Services Expenses
(collectively, the "Expenses") for such period, showing Tenant's Proportionate
Share thereof. Tenant will pay Landlord or Landlord will credit Tenant's account
or pay Tenant if such adjustment is at the end of the Lease Term, within thirty
(30) days after the receipt of such statement, such amounts as may be necessary
to adjust Tenant's payments of Tenant's Monthly Proportionate Share of the
Estimated Common Area Expenses and Additional Services Expenses for such
preceding period so that such payments will equal Tenant's Proportionate Share
of the actual expenses for such period.

               Upon reasonable notice, Landlord shall make available for
Tenant's inspection and copying at Landlord's office, during normal business
hours, Landlord's records relating to the Expenses for the period reflected in
such Statement, and all information examined shall be kept by Tenant in the
strictest confidence; provided, however, that unless Tenant shall have given
Landlord written notice of its exception to any such Statement within one
hundred twenty (120) days after delivery thereof, the same shall be conclusive
and binding on Tenant; provided further that in the event that Tenant shall give
to Landlord written notice of its exception to such Statement within such one
hundred twenty (120) day period, Tenant shall nevertheless be obligated to pay
the Additional Rent, but shall have the right, following such payment, to
contest the amount set forth in such Statement before an arbitrator (pursuant to
Section 34 hereof) without being in breach or default of this Lease. Failure of
Landlord to provide a Statement


                                      - 5 -


<PAGE>   12

                                                                           CIENA


called for hereunder within the time prescribed shall not relieve Tenant from
its obligations hereunder. If such inspection or arbitration shows there to have
been an underpayment or an overpayment, the parties shall, within thirty (30)
days after such determination, either remit to Landlord, or credit to Tenant's
account, as the case may be, such amount.

        4.     TELEPHONE, UTILITIES & SERVICES:

               4.1 Landlord represents that the Premises are, or will be,
separately metered for water, sewer, gas and electric. Tenant shall pay on a
timely basis to the appropriate supplier (other than for water and sewer, the
cost of which shall be paid to Landlord as part of the Common Area Expenses and
shall be based on usage as shown by the meter), all charges for telephone,
electricity, gas, and other such services or utilities, used, rendered and/or
supplied upon or in connection with the Premises.

               4.2 As long as Tenant is not in default under any of the
covenants of this Lease, Landlord shall. if and insofar as existing facilities
permit, and at Tenant's costs, as set forth above:

                      (a) furnish electricity, heat and air conditioning to the
Premises; and

                      (b) furnish Tenant with water (hot and cold) at those
points of supply provided for general use of tenancv.

               4.3 Landlord reserves the right, upon reasonable prior notice to
Tenant (except in the event of an emergency) at times other than during normal
business hours whenever practicable, to temporarily stop service of the heating,
air conditioning, plumbing and electric systems, when necessary, by reason of
accident, or emergency, or for repairs, alterations, replacement or
improvements, which in the judgment of Landlord are desirable or necessary to be
made, until said repairs, alterations, replacements or improvements shall have
been completed. Landlord shall have no responsibility or liability for failure
to supply heat, air conditioning, plumbing, cleaning and electric service during
said period or when prevented from so doing by energy shortages, laws, orders or
regulations of any federal, state, county or municipal authority or by strikes,
accidents or by other cause whatsoever beyond Landlord's control. In the event
of any cessation of any service herein provided due to any such cause, such
cessation shall not be construed to be a constructive eviction of Tenant and
shall not excuse Tenant's failing to pay Basic Rent or any other of Tenant's
obligations under this Lease. To the extent within Landlord's reasonable control
Landlord shall not permanently discontinue service unless required to do so by
law or emergency until Tenant is able to obtain alternate service.

        5.     SECURITY DEPOSIT. Tenant shall deposit with Landlord upon the
execution of this Lease, the Security Deposit for Tenant's full and faithful
performance of the terms of this


                                      - 6 -


<PAGE>   13

                                                                          CIENA



Lease. During the Term, for whatever cause, Landlord may use or apply, or retain
the whole or any part of the Security Deposit for any obligation of Tenant
arising under the terms of this Lease. Any unused portion of the Security
Deposit plus any interest actually accrued thereon shall be refunded to Tenant
after termination of the tenancy and delivery of possession of the Premises to
Landlord. In the event that any part of the Security Deposit is ever utilized by
Landlord, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord, a sum equal to the utilized amount
within ten (10) days after Landlord's demand therefor.

               The Security Deposit may not be used by Tenant as rent, or as a
deduction from the last month's rent. Tenant may not indemnify itself with
respect to any violation or default by resort to the Security Deposit.

               In the event of a bona fide sale of the Building, Landlord shall
transfer the Security Deposit to the purchaser of the Building for the benefit
of Tenant, at which time Landlord shall be released by Tenant from all liability
for the return of the Security Deposit. Tenant agrees to look solely to the new
landlord or any subsequent successor landlord for the return of the Security
Deposit.

               Any reentry of the Premises by Landlord prior to the expiration
of the Term of the Lease, where occasioned by default on the part of the Tenant,
shall entitle the Landlord to retain the Security Deposit as an additional
remedy for such default.

        6.     USE. The Premises shall be used only for the purposes set forth
in the Cover Letter of this Lease, which uses are deemed approved by the
Landlord. Any misuse of the Building or Project by Tenant or its agents shall be
considered a material violation of this Lease and Landlord shall have all rights
and remedies available to it under this Lease in regard to such violation.
Landlord represents that upon Landlord's notice to Tenant that the Premises are
ready for occupancy pursuant to Section 7.5 below the Premises may be lawfully
occupied by Tenant for the use permitted herein.

               6.1 Parking. Tenant shall have, for Tenant's exclusive use, two
hundred parking spaces on the Real Property as shown on Exhibit A. Tenant shall
not permit the parking of Tenant or its invitees vehicles so as to interfere
unreasonably with the use of any driveway, corridor, footwalk, parking lot or
other common area used by other tenants of the Project. Landlord reserves the
right to tow, at Tenant s expense, any vehicle violating the parking provisions
of this Article.

        7.     CONSTRUCTION OF TENANT IMPROVEMENTS. Landlord shall construct
the initial Tenant improvements prior to Tenant's occupancy, and such
construction shall commence following Tenant's approval of the final Schematic
Floor Plan and its incorporation into this Lease as Exhibit B and the
Construction Outline Specifications and their incorporation


                                      - 7 -


<PAGE>   14


                                                                           CIENA



into this Lease as Exhibits C-l and C-2 ("Tenant's Approval"). Once commenced,
construction shall be prosecuted with due diligence until completion. Tenant
shall direct all communication concerning the Schematic Floor Plan, the
Construction Outline Specifications or the actual construction solely to
Landlord's Representative.

               7.1 The Schematic Floor Plan and Construction Outline
Specifications may be modified by the parties provided they mutually agree to
(a) the modifications to be made; (b) the manner in which any additional cost
shall be paid or reflected in the Total Basic Rent; and (c) modifications of the
schedule for the construction of Tenant improvements and of the Estimated
Commencement Date. To the extent that such modifications result in increased
expenses, such expenses will be paid by Tenant at the time of such modification,
and decreases in expenses resulting from such modifications shall be credited to
Tenant.

               7.2 All improvements now or hereafter constructed, except movable
furniture and trade fixtures and those improvements described on Exhibit C-1
(the "Initial Tenant Improvements") put in at the expense of Tenant, shall be
the property of Landlord and shall remain with the Premises at the termination
of this Lease without molestation or injury; provided, however, that Landlord
may elect, at the time it approves the plans therefor, to require Tenant to
remove all or any part of said Tenant improvements (other than the Initial
Tenant Improvements except as hereinafter provided) at the expiration of this
Lease, in which event such removal shall be done at Tenant's sole cost and
expense. Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, repair any damage to the
Premises and/or the Building caused by the removal of its personalty. The
Initial Tenant Improvements shall be deemed to be owned during the Term by
Tenant but shall not be removed or altered by Tenant without Landlord's prior
approval, to the extent required under this Lease, and shall remain with the
Premises at the termination of this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant
shall remove all Initial Tenant Improvements from the area crosshatched on
Exhibit B and shall restore such area to its condition prior to such removal.

               7.3 Provided this Lease and all Exhibits are fully executed on or
before noon on October 1, 1995, Tenant shall have access to the Premises
beginning on or about November 6, 1995 for cabling and computer installation;
provided that (i) Tenant shall give advance verbal notice to Landlord of at
least one working day but not more than ten days of its intention to seek such
access; (ii) neither Tenant nor Tenant's employees, contractors, agents, or
representatives shall interfere with Landlord's construction of the Tenant
improvements (and if such interference occurs and the Completion Date is delayed
as a result, the Completion Date shall be deemed to have occurred one day
earlier than it actually occurs for each day the construction of the Tenant
improvements is delayed due to such interference); (iii) all cabling and
installation of fixtures shall be approved in advance by Landlord and shall be
done under the general supervision of Landlord; and (iv) all terms of this Lease
shall be deemed to be in effect as of the first day hereunder except for
Sections 3.1, 3.5 and 4.1. Tenant agrees to indemnify and hold harmless


                                      - 8 -


<PAGE>   15


                                                                           CIENA



Landlord for any damage or personal injury which may occur as a result of Tenant
s entry into the Premises prior to the Commencement Date. Tenant shall deliver
to Landlord evidence of the insurance required to be maintained by Tenant
pursuant to Section 19 of this Lease prior to Tenant's entry into the Premises.

               7.4 Upon substantial completion of the Tenant improvements such
that the Premises are in a condition suitable to permit installation of Tenant's
manufacturing equipment, Landlord shall notify Tenant that the Premises are
ready for occupancy. Landlord shall then arrange a joint inspection of the
Premises during which Landlord and Tenant shall develop a mutually agreeable
list of any items to be completed (the "Punchlist"). Agreement to and completion
of those items on the Punchlist which materially interfere with Tenant's use or
occupancy of the Premises, if any, shall establish the "Completion Date" which
is estimated to be on December 4, 1995. If the Completion Date occurs later than
December 4, 1995, other than as a result of Tenant's fault, the Commencement
Date shall be deferred one (1) day for every two (2) days between December 4,
1995 and the actual Completion Date. The occurrence of the Completion Date, with
the exception of those remaining minor items contained in the Punchlist,
conclusively shall establish that as of the Commencement Date the Premises (a)
are in good and satisfactory condition, subject to Landlord's Warranty set forth
in Exhibit C-2; (b) have been accepted by the Tenant; (c) have been completed in
accordance with the Schematic Floor Plan and Construction Outline
Specifications; and (d) in such event, shall establish the Commencement Date of
this Lease. If any remaining minor Punchlist item is not completed by Landlord
within a reasonable period of time after notice thereof from Tenant, Tenant may
complete same and offset any cost incurred as a result thereof against Tenant's
remaining construction payment obligations to Landlord.

               7.5 Leasehold Mortgages. Provided the terms of any leasehold
mortgage are acceptable to Landlord's lenders (the "Superior Lienholders"),
Tenant shall have the right to mortgage its interest in this Lease, provided
that no holder of any mortgage of Tenant's interest in this Lease, nor anyone
claiming by, through or under such mortgagee, shall, by virtue thereof, except
as specifically provided in this Article, acquire any greater rights under this
Lease than Tenant has.

        The Tenant or the leasehold mortgagee shall provide to Landlord and the
Superior Lienholders a final draft of any such mortgage for review and approval
by such Superior Lienholders prior to the execution and delivery thereof.

        If Tenant shall mortgage its interest under this Lease, then, at the
option of Tenant, as long as any leasehold mortgage shall remain unsatisfied of
record, notwithstanding any other provision contained in this Lease:

                      (a) There shall be no cancellation, surrender, acceptance
of surrender or modification of this Lease without the prior written consent of
such leasehold mortgagee;


                                      - 9 -


<PAGE>   16
                                                                           CIENA



                      (b) Provided Tenant has given Landlord written notice of
the necessary addresses, Landlord shall, upon serving upon Tenant any notice of
default or termination pursuant to the provisions of or with respect to this
Lease, at the same time serve a copy of such notice upon the holder of such
leasehold mortgage, and no such notice to Tenant shall be deemed to have been
duly given unless and until a copy thereof has been so served. Such leasehold
mortgagee shall, upon being given a copy of a notice of default, have any and
all rights of Tenant with respect to the curing of such default, including, but
not limited to, the same period, after service of such notice upon it, for
remedying the default or causing the same to be remedied as is given Tenant
after service of such notice upon it;

                      (c) Such leasehold mortgagee, in case Tenant shall be in
default hereunder, shall have the right, within the aforesaid period and
otherwise as herein provided, to remedy such default, or cause the same to be
remedied on Tenant's behalf, and Landlord shall accept such performance by, or
at the instigation of, such leasehold mortgagee as if the same had been
performed by Tenant;

                      (d) To the extent the time by which such leasehold
mortgagee may cure any default by Tenant reasonably requires that said mortgagee
be in possession of the Premises to do so, such cure period shall be deemed
extended to include the period of time required by said mortgagee to obtain such
possession with due diligence, provided, however, that during such period all
other obligations of Tenant under the Lease, including payment of Base Rent and
Additional Rent, are being duly and timely performed;

                      (e) Anything herein contained notwithstanding, if an event
or events of default shall occur which shall entitle Landlord to terminate this
Lease and if, before the expiration of fifteen (15) days after the date of
service of notice of termination, such leasehold mortgagee shall have paid to
Landlord all Base Rent and other payments herein provided for, if any, then in
default, and shall have complied or shall be engaged in the work of complying
with all the other requirements of this Lease, if any, then in default, then, in
such event, Landlord shall not be entitled to terminate this Lease, and any
notice of termination theretofore given shall be null and void and of no force
or effect, provided, however, that such loss of entitlement shall in no way
affect, diminish or impair any right of Landlord under this Lease to terminate
this Lease or to enforce any other remedy upon the nonpayment of any such Base
Rent and Additional Rent thereafter payable by Tenant or upon any other
subsequent default in the performance of any of the obligations of Tenant
hereunder:

                      (f) Landlord agrees that such leasehold mortgagee may be 
named as an insured, as its interest may appear, in any and all insurance
policies required to be carried by the Tenant hereunder or by Landlord (if
Tenant is required to be named as an insured on such policies);

                      (g) If an action or proceeding shall be brought to
foreclose the leasehold


                                     - 10 -


<PAGE>   17


                                                                           CIENA



mortgage, due notice of the commencement thereof will be given to the Landlord
and to all Superior Lienholders, and true copies of the summons and complaint
and true copies of all interlocutory and final judgments entered in such action
or proceeding will be served upon Landlord and such Superior Lienholders:

                      (h) No leasehold mortgagee shall become liable under the
provisions of this Lease unless and until such time as it becomes, and then only
for as long as it remains, the owner of Tenant's leasehold estate and only to
the extent, if any, that Tenant would be liable hereunder;

                      (i) in the case of the termination of this Lease by reason
of the happening of any default, Landlord shall give notice thereof to each
leasehold mortgagee who shall become entitled to notice and who has provided
Landlord with its address for notices, and shall specify in such notice the
amount of Base Rent and other sums and charges due to Landlord as of the date of
termination. Landlord shall, on written request of such leasehold mortgagee made
at any time within thirty (30) days after the giving of such notice by Landlord,
enter into a new lease of the Premises with such leasehold mortgagee, or its
designee, within twenty (20) days after receipt of such request, which new lease
shall be effective as of the date of such termination of this Lease for the
remainder of the term of this Lease, upon the same terms, covenants, conditions
and agreements as are herein contained; provided that such leasehold mortgagee
shall (i) contemporaneously with the delivery of such request pay to Landlord
all the installments of Base Rent and all other sums and charges due hereunder
as specified in the aforesaid notice from Landlord; (ii) pay to Landlord at the
time of the execution and delivery of said new lease any and all sums for Base
Rent and other sums and charges which would have been due hereunder from the
date of termination of this Lease (had this Lease not been terminated) to and
including the date of the execution and delivery of said new lease, together
with all expenses, including reasonable attorneys' fees, incurred by Landlord in
connection with the termination of this Lease and with the execution and
delivery of such new lease, decreased by the excess, if any, of all sums
received by Landlord from any subtenants in occupancy of any part or parts of
the Premises up to the date of commencement of such new lease over expenses
incurred by Landlord in operating the Premises or increased by the excess, if
any, of expenses incurred by Landlord in operating the Premises over all sums
received by Landlord from any subtenants in occupancy of the Premises up to the
date of commencement of such new lease, as the case may be; and (iii) on or
prior to the execution and delivery of said new lease, agree in writing that,
promptly following the delivery of such new lease, such leasehold mortgagee or
its designee will perform or cause to be performed all of the other covenants
and agreements herein contained on Tenant's part to be performed to the extent
that Tenant shall have failed to perform the same to the date of delivery of
such new lease. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to impose any
obligation on the part of Landlord to deliver physical possession of the
Premises to such leasehold mortgagee unless Landlord at the time of the
execution and delivery of such new lease shall have obtained physical possession
thereof; and 

                      (j) In the event that there shall at any time be more than
one leasehold


                                     - 11 -


<PAGE>   18


                                                                          CIENA



mortgagee entitled to exercise any of the foregoing rights, the leasehold
mortgagee holding the leasehold mortgage most junior in lien which shall have
fully paid and discharged all such leasehold mortgages which were prior to it
shall have priority over the other leasehold mortgagees with regard to such
rights or, if no leasehold mortgagee has been so discharged, the leasehold
mortgagee holding the leasehold mortgage most senior in lien shall have such
priority.

                      (k) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in
this Lease, Landlord shall have no right to consent to the assignment of this
Lease to a purchaser in foreclosure of any previously approved leasehold
mortgage given by Tenant, or to any leasehold mortgagee or its designee in lieu
of such foreclosure

                      (l) The provisions of this Section 7.5 shall also apply to
any collateral assignment by Tenant of its interest under this Lease.

                      (m) if required by any leasehold mortgagee, and
notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant shall have the
right to record a memorandum or other evidence of this Lease provided that it
pays all taxes payable in connection with such recordation. 

                      (n) Nothing in this Lease shall be deemed to prohibit 
the financing by Tenant of, and the granting of a lien on, any of its personal
property or any of the Initial Tenant Improvements, so long as. in the case of
the Initial Tenant Improvements, the lender is not given any rights that are
inconsistent with the provisions of the penultimate sentence of Section 7.2 and
the provisions of this Section 7.5 are fulfilled, and, as to any personal
property, the lender is not given any rights that are inconsistent with the
provisions of Section 14. Subject to the above provisions, Landlord agrees to
reasonably cooperate with Tenant, without any pecuniary obligation therefor, in
Tenant's efforts to procure financing for the Initial Tenant Improvements and
agrees to execute and deliver to Tenant the Waiver, hereinafter defined in
Section 14, incorporating such modifications and additions to the form of
Waiver as such lender shall request, provided the same are not materially
adverse to Landlord.

        8.     COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATIONS:

               8.1 Compliance with Governmental Regulations and Private
Covenants: Tenant shall, at its sole expense, continually comply with all
Federal, State, and local laws, codes, ordinances, administrative and court
orders and directives, rules, and regulations and those private covenants
recorded in Liber 733 at folio 726 et am. (the "CC and R's") or any other
private covenants of which Tenant receives actual knowledge applicable to
Tenant's use and occupancy of the Premises, as are now or may (except in the
case of private covenants unless Tenant's consent has been obtained thereto,
which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld with respect to private
covenants not materially adverse to Tenant's rights hereunder) be subsequently
in effect during the Term. Landlord represents that is has not, during its
ownership of the Real Property, entered into any private covenants other than
the CC and R's. Landlord represents that as of the


                                     - 12 -


<PAGE>   19


                                                                           CIENA



Completion Date, to the best of Landlord's actual knowledge, the Premises will
comply with the CC and R's and all applicable laws, including the Americans with
Disabilities Act and laws relating to asbestos and asbestos containing
materials. Tenant shall be entitled, at its own expense, and through its own
counsel, to independently contest, appeal, oppose or otherwise defer compliance
with any law imposed after the Completion Date, provided, however, that as a
result of Tenant's non-compliance Landlord is not subjected to criminal or civil
prosecution and the Project is not materially adversely affected thereby.
Landlord shall cooperate, without pecuniary liability, with Tenant as may be
reasonably required in any such contest. Landlord shall be responsible for
undertaking improvements to the Premises necessary to comply with laws (the
costs of which shall herein be referred to as the "Government Compliance
Costs"). if such Government Compliance Costs are not capital in nature. as
reasonably determined under sound accounting principles, they shall be paid for
by Tenant unless the noncompliance exists on the date hereof. If such Government
Compliance Costs are capital in nature, as reasonably determined under sound
accounting principles (the "Capital Government Compliance Costs"), such Capital
Government Compliance Costs shall be amortized over such period of time as may
be reasonable under the circumstances of such particular improvements and the
portion of such amortized costs, together with the interest on the unamortized
balance at a fluctuating annual rate that is at all times equal to l 't2% over
the prime interest rate as determined from time to time by Citibank, N.A.,
falling within the Lease Term shall be paid by Tenant as a part of Common Area
Expenses unless the noncompliance exists on the date hereof. Notwithstanding
anything set forth above, any Government Compliance Costs incurred in removing
Hazardous Substances from the Premises shall be deemed a Capital Government
Compliance Cost which shall be amortized as aforesaid unless the noncompliance
exists on the date hereof.

               8.2 Compliance with Rules and Regulations: Tenant shall also
comply with all rules and regulations announced by Landlord from time to time
applicable to the Project provided same do not materially adversely affect
Tenant's use of the Premises as permitted hereby and are enforced uniformly
among all tenants of the Project.

        9.     MAINTENANCE AND REPAIRS.

               9.1    Tenant's Obligations

               (a) Tenant shall, at its sole expense, maintain its personal 
property in the Premises, fixtures and appurtenances including, without
limitation, the repair and replacement of appliances and equipment installed
specifically for Tenant such as refrigerators, disposals, or trash compactors.
Tenant shall take good care of the Premises, fixtures and appurtenances, and
shall suffer no waste or injured to the Premises.

               (b) In order that the Premises may be kept in a good state of
preservation and cleanliness, Tenant shall, during the Term of this Lease,
contract with a contractor approved by


                                     - 13 -


<PAGE>   20


                                                                           CIENA



Landlord which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed to take
care of and clean the interior of the Premises on a daily basis. Landlord shall
not be responsible to Tenant for loss of property or for any damage done to the
furniture or other property of Tenant by the Landlord or any of its employees or
agents or any other persons or firms except where proof of Landlord's
responsibility for such damage or loss of property is established.

               (c) Landlord shall, at Tenant's expense, but subject to
Landlord's Warranty as set forth in Exhibit C-2, make all repairs to the
Premises, fixtures and appurtenances necessitated by the fault of the Tenant,
its agents, employees or invitees. At or before the end of the Lease Term, as
reasonably determined by Landlord, any and all damage to the Premises or the
Building, caused by the installation or removal of furniture or other property,
shall be repaired by Landlord at Tenant's expense. The cost of any repairs to be
made by Landlord under this Lease resulting from the fault or negligence of
Tenant shall include a reasonable fee for Landlord's supervision of such
repairs.

               (d) Upon the termination of the Lease, Tenant will leave the
Premises broom swept and clean, and at least in the same good condition
(reasonable wear and tear and insured casualty damage excepted) as when the
Lease Term began. Tenant will remove all of its property and possessions from
the Premises except to the extent provided by Section 7 above, within ninety
(90) days after the termination of this Lease.

               9.2    Landlord's Obligations.

               (a) Landlord will provide, in a high quality manner consistent 
with the use of the Premises as a corporate headquarters, at Tenant's cost, the
Additional Services and those services described in the definition of Common
Area Expenses.

               (b) Landlord may, but will not be obligated to, make such
repairs, alterations, or improvements as it or its authorized representatives
deem necessary for the safety or preservation of the Building or for any other
reasonable purpose upon reasonable prior notice to Tenant (except in the case of
an emergency) and in such a manner as to not unreasonably interfere with
Tenant's business. Basic Rent will not abate while Landlord is exercising any of
its rights under this Article.

               (c) Landlord agrees, at Tenant's costs, to make all necessary 
repairs to keep the Premises and appurtenances thereto in good order and
condition within a reasonable time after it shall receive written notice from
the Tenant of the need of such repairs.

               9.3    Landlord's Failure to Repair. Anything contained in this
Lease to the contrary notwithstanding, Landlord shall not be obligated to make
any repairs to the interior of the Building, nor shall it be liable to Tenant or
any other person, for any claim or injury arising


                                     - 14 -


<PAGE>   21


                                                                           CIENA



out of Landlord's failure to make any such repairs under the terms of this
Lease, unless Tenant gives Landlord prompt written notice of the condition
requiring repair upon discovery and Landlord has not made a timely effort to
effect the needed repair. Upon discovery, Tenant shall also give Landlord prompt
written notice of any condition requiring repair to the exterior of the Building
and common areas of the Premises.

        10. ACCESS BY LANDLORD. Landlord and its agents shall have the right at
all reasonable times, upon reasonable prior notice to Tenant and within the
company of Tenant's representative (except in the event of an emergency), during
the Term to enter the Premises for the purpose of inspecting the Building,
performing maintenance and repairs or for any other reasonable purpose. Whenever
practicable, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to avoid interfering with
Tenant's business and should perform all work after business hours or during
business hours reasonably designated by Tenant. Except as reasonably necessary,
Landlord shall not store materials or equipment in the Premises. Landlord may
show both the interior and exterior of the Premises to prospective tenants or
purchasers at any time during the Term and place "For Rent" signs on the
Premises during the last four (4) months of the Term

        11. SUBORDINATION. This Lease shall be subject to and subordinate at all
times to the lien of any mortgage, deed of trust, or financing statement now or
hereafter made on the Premises, and to all advances made or hereafter to be
made. This subordination provision shall be self-operative and no further
instrument of subordination shall be required. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
this Lease shall not be subordinate to any future mortgage or deed of trust
unless the mortgagees or beneficiary thereunder deliver to Tenant a
non-disturbance agreement reasonably acceptable to the Tenant. Prior to the
Commencement Date, Landlord agrees to furnish to Tenant a list identifying any
mortgages or ground leases affecting the Premises. Landlord represents that, as
of the date hereof, to the best of its actual knowledge, Landlord is not in
default, and no condition has occurred which would constitute a default, under
any mortgage affecting the Premises.

        12. ATTORNMENT. Tenant shall, upon the termination of Landlord's
interest in the Premises and upon request, attorn to the person or entity that
holds title to the reversion of the Premises (the "Successor") and to all
subsequent Successors. Tenant also will pay to the Successor all rents and other
sums required to be paid by Tenants and perform all of the other covenants,
agreements and terms required of Tenant under this Lease.

        13. ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE. Tenant shall, during the Term of this Lease,
execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord, or to any entity Landlord shall
designate, within ten (10) business days after written notice by Landlord
pursuant to Section 25 hereof, a certified written estoppel certificate in the
form reasonably required by Landlord's lender or any prospective lender or
purchaser. Any statement delivered pursuant to this Article 12 may be relied
upon by any mortgagee or prospective mortgagee of the Building or of Landlord's
interest, or any


                                     - 15 -


<PAGE>   22


                                                                           CIENA



prospective assignee of any mortgagee. If Tenant fails to deliver the statement
to Landlord within ten (10) business days after Landlord's notice, Tenant shall
be deemed to have acknowledged that this Lease is in full force and effect,
without modification except as may be represented by Landlord and that there are
no uncured defaults in Landlord's performance. Furthermore, in the event
Tenant's failure to deliver the statement to Landlord within the ten (10)
business day period results in (i) Landlord being placed in default by its
lender under its financing for the Building or (ii) Landlord's inability to
close any loan which it is negotiating, Tenant may, at Landlord's sole
discretion, be deemed in default of this Lease and Landlord shall have all
rights and remedies available to it under this Lease in regard to a default.

        If at any time during the Lease Term, Tenant's lender or a permitted
assignee requires Tenant to provide it an estoppel certificate from Landlord,
then within ten (10) business days after written notice from Tenant's lender or
such assignee for same pursuant to Section 25 hereof, Landlord shall provide a
certified written estoppel certificate addressed to said lender or such
assignee, certifying as to whether to Landlord's knowledge: (i) this Lease is in
full force and effect; and (ii) Tenant is not in breach of this Lease (and if
Tenant is in breach, the nature of the breach). The estoppel certificate may not
be relied upon by anyone other than Tenant's lender or any permitted assignee.
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, Landlord shall not be required to
provide an estoppel certificate if Landlord has already provided one to the
party requesting the same in the twenty-four (24) months preceding the request
for an estoppel certificate.

        14. ASSIGNMENT OR SUBLETTING. Tenant is the only party that may use or
occupy the Premises. No assignment of this Lease or subletting of all or any
part of the Premises is permitted without the prior written consent of Landlord.
The granting of such consent will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed with
respect to the type of Assignment described in clauses (I) and (2) in the
following subparagraph so long as the proposed assignee is no less creditworthy
and as experienced in operating the business which will be operated in the
Premises as is Tenant with respect to its business as of the date hereof.

               The foregoing restriction will include, but not be limited to,
the following (all of which will be deemed to be an "Assignment"): (1) any
assignment of this Lease or a subletting of the Premises; (2) any permission to
a third party to use all or part of the Premises; (3) any mortgage or other
encumbrance of this Lease or of the Premises except as specifically permitted
pursuant to Section 7.5 above or in this Section; (4) the appointment of a
receiver or trustee of any of the Tenant's property unless said appointment is
vacated within ninety (90) days; and (5) any assignment or sale in bankruptcy or
insolvency. An Assignment shall not include and no consent of Landlord shall be
required to the sale of stock or other equity interest in Tenant.

               Although an Assignment includes an assignment of the Lease to any
successor entity as a result of merger, consolidation or sale of all, or
substantially all, of the assets of Tenant (a "Transfer") or to any subsidiary,
parent or affiliated corporation or other entity of


                                     - 16 -


<PAGE>   23


                                                                           CIENA



Tenant (a "Related Company") no consent of Landlord thereto shall be required
provided such Related Company or the entity resulting from the Transfer (the
"Successor Tenant") shall have a creditworthiness comparable to that of Tenant
as of the date of the Transfer. All other provisions of this Section 14 shall,
however, apply to such Transfer or Related Party transaction. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, no creditworthiness test will be required if, (a) following such
Related Company transaction, Tenant remains fully liable on the Lease; or (b)
the Successor Tenant or the Related Company provides Landlord with additional
security in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Landlord (not in any
event to exceed, in the aggregate, an amount equal to nine (9) months of Basic
Rent).

               Even if Landlord consents to an Assignment, Tenant will remain
primarily liable under this Lease. Also, Tenant will bear all reasonable legal
costs actually incurred by Landlord in connection with Landlord's review of
documents concerning an Assignment, whether or not Landlord consents to it.
Landlord's consent to a specific Assignment does not waive Landlord's right to
withhold consent to any future or additional Assignment. Tenant will give
Landlord notice of its intention to make an t Assignment at least fifteen (15)
days prior to such Assignment, which notice will contain such details as
Landlord may reasonably request (the "Details"). If Tenant intends to Assign
this Lease, Landlord may terminate this Lease by giving written notice to Tenant
within thirty (30) days after Landlord has received written notice from Tenant
of an intended Assignment and Tenant has provided all requested Details.

               If the amount of rent and other sums received by Tenant in the
nature of rent under any Assignment other than to a Related Company is more than
the Rent due from Tenant under this Lease, then, after reimbursing Tenant for
amounts paid toward Tenant Improvements, and other Tenant improvements to the
Premises, reasonable brokerage and legal fees, transfer taxes, if any, or other
tenant concessions or incentives (which reimbursement will be amortized over the
Lease Term), Tenant will pay the remaining excess to Landlord on a monthly basis
and promptly upon Tenant's receipt of such excess amounts. The foregoing shall
not apply to transactions which do not require Landlord's consent under the
foregoing provision of this Article 14.

               If, without Landlord's consent, this Lease is Assigned, or if the
Premises are occupied or used by any party other than Tenant, a Related Company,
or an entity resulting from a Transfer, then and payable by Tenant upon receipt
of an invoice. If Tenant defaults, Landlord may collect rent from the assignee,
subtenant, occupant or user (the "Assignee") of the Premises and apply it
towards the Rent due under this Lease. Such collection will not be deemed an
acceptance of the Assignee as tenant, will not waive or prejudice Landlord's
right to initiate legal action against Tenant to enforce Tenant's fulfillment of
its obligations under this Lease and will not release Tenant from such
obligations.

               No assigning of this Lease or subletting of the Premises shall
release or be deemed


                                     - 17 -


<PAGE>   24


                                                                           CIENA



to release the assignor or sublessor from liability under this Lease for the
defaults of any successor assignee (immediate or remote) or any subtenant.

               Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Tenant
shall have the right to grant to a lender a security interest in any of Tenant's
personal property, trade fixtures, furniture, equipment and capital improvements
to the extent same are personalty ("FF&E") located in the Premises. In the event
that Tenant elects to so encumber such FF&E, Landlord shall, within twenty (20)
days after (a) Tenant's request for a Waiver and (b) the date Tenant provides
all details with respect to Tenant's proposed financing as reasonably requested
by Landlord, execute and deliver a waiver of "landlord's" or other statutory or
common law liens of Landlord securing payment of rent or performance of any
other of Tenant's covenants under this Lease ("Waiver"). Such Waiver shall be in
substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit H. and, if required by the
terms of any existing financing liens on the Real Property, shall otherwise be
acceptable to the entities secured thereby. Such Waiver shall include such other
terms as may be reasonably requested by the proposed FF&E lender.

        15.    QUIET ENJOYMENT. Upon payment of Basic Rent and Additional Rent 
and performance by Tenant of all covenants on Tenant's part to perform under
this Lease within any applicable cure period, Tenant shall have and hold the
Premises, free from any interference from Landlord and any person lawfully
claiming through or under Landlord except as may be otherwise provided.

        16.    ALTERATIONS OR CHANGES.

               16.1 Tenant shall not make any alterations, improvements, or
changes (collectively the "Changes") of any kind to the Premises without
securing the prior written consent of the Landlord, which consent shall not be
unreasonably withheld or delayed as long as the Changes are not unlawful or
would not materially reduce the value or utility of the Premises, in Landlord's
reasonable opinion, and which consent shall be evidenced by a separate agreement
between Landlord and Tenant setting forth the terms and conditions of making
such Changes, and the terms of payment therefor. All Changes shall be completed
in a prompt and workmanlike manner and shall not materially alter the character
or use of the Building. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth
above, Tenant shall have the right to make interior non-structural Changes to
the Premises so long as the Changes do not diminish the value of the Premises
and so long as Landlord is given prior notice of the Changes Tenant intends to
make.

               16.2 Landlord shall construct the Shell Space at Tenant's sole
cost and expense, in accordance with plans and specifications submitted by
Tenant for Landlord's consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld
or delayed and shall not be withheld if said plans and specifications are
substantially similar to the Schematic Floor Plans and Construction Outline
Specifications regarding the initial Tenant improvements. Landlord shall seek
bids for such work


                                     - 18 -


<PAGE>   25


                                                                           CIENA



from competing contractors, and the bids selected shall be the ones reasonably
acceptable to Landlord and Tenant. No construction of the Shell Space shall
commence until Tenant and Landlord have agreed to the costs thereof. Upon
completion of same by Landlord, Landlord shall represent, to the best of
Landlord's actual knowledge. that the Shell Space complies with all applicable
laws, including the Americans with Disabilities Act.

        17.    RESTORATION.

               17.1 Premises Rendered Partially Untenantable: If, during the
Term, (i) the Building is damaged or destroyed by fire, storm, or other
casualty, or (ii) a portion of the Building is ordered by a duly constituted
public authority to be demolished, razed or altered due to deterioration or
unsafe condition (collectively the "Listed Causes") but in either event not to
the extent that Tenant, in its reasonable determination, is prevented from
carrying on its business in the Premises, Landlord shall promptly restore the
Premises to the condition existing immediately prior to the casualty. If the
damage renders a material portion of the Premises unusable by Tenant, or if
access to the Premises is materially impaired, the Basic Rent and Additional
Rent shall be apportioned from and reduced during the period of unusability by
the same percentage by which the unusable area bears to the Premises.

               Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this
Subsection 17.1, if during the last ten months of the Lease Term, fifty percent
(50%) or more of the Premises is destroyed, whether covered by insurance or not,
either party may elect to cancel and terminate this Lease by giving written
notice of its election to the other party within thirty (30) days after the date
of such destruction. However, regardless of any such notice of termination from
Landlord to Tenant, this Lease shall not be so terminated if Tenant exercises
its renewal option hereunder by written notice to Landlord within five (5)
business days after Landlord's notice to terminate and in any event within the
time set forth in Rider No. 1. In such event, this Lease shall remain in full
force and effect and Landlord shall proceed with repair and restoration of the
Premises to the extent prescribed herein.

               17.2 Premises Rendered Wholly Untenantable: If, during the Term,
the Building is destroyed or so damaged by any of the Listed Causes to such an
extent that Tenant, in Tenant's reasonable determination, is prevented from
carrying on its business in the Premises (a "total destruction"), Landlord shall
restore the Premises. Notwithstanding the aforesaid, if Landlord is not able to
use insurance proceeds for such restoration and the reasonably estimated cost of
restoration exceeds $2,000,000.00, Landlord may terminate the Lease. Landlord
shall exercise this option by giving written notice to Tenant within thirty (30)
days after the casualty. In the event of termination, Tenant shall be required
to surrender the Premises as soon as possible and Basic Rent and Additional Rent
shall abate from and be apportioned to the date of the casualty. If the Landlord
restores the Premises, the restoration shall be completed as promptly as
reasonably possible, and the Basic Rent and Additional Rent shall be apportioned
from and abate during the


                                     - 19 -


<PAGE>   26


                                                                           CIENA



period of restoration until the date when Tenant is able to make reasonable use
of the Premises.

               Notwithstanding the provisions of this Subsection 17.2, within
sixty (60) days after the date of total destruction of the Premises, Landlord
shall obtain from Landlord's architect or contractor an estimate of the time
which will be required to repair the Premises. Landlord shall promptly
communicate said estimate to Tenant. In the event that said estimate of time
exceeds One hundred eighty (180) days (provided Landlord is able to provide
reasonably satisfactory alternate premises to Tenant in Howard County or Anne
Arundel County, Maryland within a fifteen (15) mile radius of the Premises and
at no greater rent than Tenant is then paying hereunder) or ninety (90) days (if
no alternate space can be provided) from the date of such destruction, then
Tenant shall have the right, within ten (10) days after receipt of said
estimate, to terminate this Lease without any further liability or obligation on
the part of the parties hereto for obligations thereafter accruing, provided
that Tenant shall give written notice to Landlord within said ten (10) days and
that no Event of Default exists hereunder.

               17.3 Notwithstanding subsections 17.1 and 17.2, but subject to
Section 19.4, if the partial or total damage or destruction is due to the fault,
negligence, or other willful misconduct of Tenant, its agents, employees or
visitors, the damage shall be repaired by Landlord at Tenant's expense except in
such cases as Landlord, in its sole discretion, shall decide not to repair or
rebuild the Building or the Premises and there shall be no apportionment or
abatement of Rent.

               17.4 No liability shall accrue to Landlord for delay in
commencing or completing any repairs or restoration to either the Premises or
the Building caused by adjustment of insurance claims governmental requirements
or any cause beyond Landlord's reasonable control. Nothing in this Section 17.4
shall affect the termination and abatement rights hereinabove provided.

               17.5 No termination, pursuant to this Article 17, shall release
Tenant from any liability to Landlord or from any of the obligations or duties
imposed on Tenant prior to any termination.



                                     - 20 -


<PAGE>   27


                                                                           CIENA



        18.    CONDEMNATION.

               18.1 If during the Term, all or a substantial part of (i) the
Premises, (ii) the means of ingress and egress thereto, or (iii) the means of
obtaining services or utilities to which Tenant is entitled is taken by eminent
domain, this Lease shall terminate as of the date of taking, and the Basic Rent
and Additional Rent shall be apportioned to and abate from that date. Tenant
shall have no right to participate in any award or damages for any such taking
and hereby assigns all of its right, title and interest therein to Landlord. For
purposes of this Article, "a substantial part of the Premises" shall mean so
much of the Premises as to render the remainder inadequate and not practicably
capable of repair so as to permit Tenant to carry on its business to
substantially the same extent and with substantially the same efficiency as
before the taking.

               18.2 if, during the Term, less than "a substantial part of the
Premises" or the means of ingress and egress thereto is taken by eminent domain,
this Lease shall remain in full force and effect and Tenant shall have no right
to participate in any award or damages for the taking. Landlord shall, at its
expense, up to but not in excess of the amount of the award of damages received,
promptly make all necessary repairs and improvements needed to make the
remainder of the Premises adequate to permit Tenant to carry on its business to
substantially the same extent and the same efficiency as before the taking. If,
as a result of any taking, a part of the Building is rendered permanently or
temporarily unusable, the Basic Rent and Additional Rent shall be reduced by a
fair and reasonable amount, not, however, to exceed the proportion by which the
portion of the Premises taken or made unusable bears to the entire Premises. If
the unusability is temporary, the rental abatement shall be apportioned from the
date of taking to the date when full usability is restored. If the taking does
not render any part of the Premises unusable, there shall be no abatement of
Basic Rent and Additional Rent.

               18.3 For the purpose of this Article, "taking under the power of
eminent domain" shall include a negotiated sale or lease and transfer of
possession to a condemning authority under bona fide threat of condemnation for
public use. Landlord alone shall have the right to negotiate with the condemning
authority and conduct and settle all litigation connected with the condemnation.
As used in this Article. the words "award or damages" shall, in the event of
such sale or settlement, include the purchase or settlement price.

               18.4 Nothing shall, however, prevent Tenant from separately
claiming and receiving from the condemning authority compensation for the taking
of Tenant's own tangible property or the unamortized cost of the Capital
Improvements, and damages for Tenant's loss of business, business interruption,
goodwill or removal and relocation.

        19. INSURANCE.

               19.1 Tenant's Insurance responsibilities: Tenant shall, at its
expense throughout the


                                     - 21 -


<PAGE>   28


                                                                           CIENA



Term, maintain in force public liability insurance insuring against claims for
bodily injury, including death, and property damage occurring in or about the
Premises and on or about the adjoining driveways and passageways, with a
combined single limit of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000.000.00) per
occurrence and Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00) with respect to the
aggregate.

                      (a) All required insurance shall be effected with an
insurer licensed to do business in the State of Maryland, and all policies shall
name Landlord and Managing Agent as additional insureds and Tenant as the
insured, as their respective interests may appear. Each of these policies shall
provide that notwithstanding any act or negligence of Tenant which might
otherwise result in its forfeiture, the policy shall not be canceled without at
least fifteen (15) days written notice to each additional insured.

                      (b) Prior to Tenant's entering the Premises for the
purposes described in Section 7.3, and thereafter not less than thirty (30) days
prior to the expiration dates of expiring policies, the originals or
certificates of each policy and endorsement shall be delivered to Landlord,
together with satisfactory proof of the payment of the premiums.

                      (c) Landlord has no insurable interest in Tenant's
personal property and, therefore, Tenant shall be solely responsible for
maintenance of any and all casualty insurance protection for such personalty.

               19.2 Landlord's Insurance Responsibilities.  During the
construction of the initial Tenant improvements and throughout the Lease Term,
Landlord shall carry, or cause others to carry, policies of worker's
compensation, general liability and builder's risk or casualty insurance
covering occurrences at the Premises in commercially reasonable amounts or in
such other amounts as may be required by Landlord's lender, if any, from time to
time but, as to general liability, in at least a combined single limit of not
less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000). Tenant shall be named as an
additional insured on the liability, builder's risk and casualty insurance
policies carried by Landlord. Within ten (10) days after this Lease is fully
executed, and thereafter not less than thirty (30) days prior to the expiration
dates of expiring policies, the originals or certificates of each policy and
endorsement shall be delivered to Tenant, together with satisfactory proof of
the payment of the premiums.

               19.3 Actions by Tenant.

                      (a) Compliance with Insurance Requirements: Tenant shall
comply with all orders, rules, regulations, and requirements of any insurance
company which may at any time have in force any policy of fire, public
liability, or other insurance applicable to the Premises or the Building.



                                     - 22 -


<PAGE>   29


                                                                           CIENA



                      (b) Increase in Insurance Premiums: Tenant shall not do,
or permit anything to be done in the Premises which will, in any way invalidate
or conflict with the fire insurance policies on the Real Property; obstruct or
interfere with the good order of the Building and the other tenants. Tenant
agrees that any increase in fire or other insurance premiums on the Real
Property and/or the contents thereof caused by the use or occupancy of Tenant
shall be Tenant's sole responsibility, payable as Additional Rent

                      (c) Landlord's Right to Terminate Lease: If any act or
conduct of Tenant in the operation of its business in a manner different from
that now being conducted by Tenant results in the inability of Landlord to
insure the Premises, Landlord shall have the option of terminating this Lease
upon thirty (30) days prior written notice unless Tenant remedies such offensive
act or conduct within such time period. If Landlord elects not to terminate this
Lease, Landlord may take any available legal action to enjoin Tenant from
continuing such acts or conduct. Landlord represents that Tenant's use of the
Premises as described in Section 6 hereof will not violate existing insurance
policies, and shall not cause an increase in the premium or a cancellation of
existing insurance policies.

               19.4 Subrogation and Waiver. Landlord and Tenant hereby mutually
waive all claims for recovery from the other or its agents, employees, officers,
partners, affiliates, and any other person or entities occupying the Premises,
including subtenants provided such subtenants waive their right of subrogation
against Landlord, for any loss or damage to any of Landlord's property or
Tenant's property insured under valid and collectible insurance policies to the
extent of any recovery for loss insured thereunder or required by the terms of
this Lease to be insured hereunder and, to that end, the parties agree to a
mutual subrogation clause to be inserted or endorsed on each policy setting
forth that the insurance shall not be invalidated in the event that the insured
should waive in writing prior to any loss, any or all right of recovery against
the other party for any such loss

               Notwithstanding anything set forth above, Landlord or Tenant, as
the case may be, (the ensured") shall have the right to recover from the other
the amount of the deductible on the Insured's policies for any damage or
destruction to the Building caused by the fault, negligence, omission, or other
misconduct of the other, its agents, employees, licensees, invitees, or
visitors, provided, however, if such deductible increases after the Commencement
Date, Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be, shall only be liable to pay the
increased deductible to the extent that it is equal to that of similar insurance
policies customarily carried by property owners and tenants, as the case may be,
of similar facilities in the greater Columbia, Maryland area, but in no event
shall such deductible amount increase in any year by more than twenty percent
(20%) of the preceding year's deductible. Prior to the Commencement Date, the
parties shall advise the other of the amount of such deductible.

               19.5 Mutual Indemnification. Landlord and Tenant agree that each
will


                                     - 23 -


<PAGE>   30


                                                                           CIENA



indemnify and hold harmless the other from any and all claims for liability of
any nature arising from any use, occupancy, construction, repairs, or other work
or activity done in, or about the Premises during the Term. or from any
condition of the Premises during the Term, or from any occurrence whatever in,
on or about the Premises during the Term, including all reasonable costs,
expenses and counsel fees in connection with any claim, to the extent such
claims arise from the negligence or willful misconduct of the indemnifying
party, or of its agents, servants, or employees or by such party's breach of the
provisions of this Lease. This mutual indemnification shall survive the
termination or expiration of this Lease.

        20.    TENANT'S DEFAULT.

               20.1 Tenant shall be considered in default of this Lease upon the
happening of any one of the following:

                      (a) Failure to pay in full within five days after notice,
any and all Monthly installments of Basic Rent, Additional Rent or any other sum
required by the terms of this Lease, provided, however, that no notice shall be
required to be given to Tenant (but the aforesaid five-day grace period shall
continue to apply after the due dates of the payment in question) if Landlord
has given such notice to Tenant two (2) times in the preceding twelve months;

                      (b) Violation of or failure to perform any term, covenant
or condition of this Lease, which violation or failure is not a safety threat to
the Building and is not cured promptly but in no case more than thirty (30) days
after written notice to Tenant; except that in the event Tenant is unable to
complete the cure within the thirty (30) day period, the cure period shall be
extended if Tenant has commenced the cure within said thirty (30) days and
thereafter diligently prosecutes such cure to completion .

                      (c) The commencement of an action or proceeding under any
section or chapter of the Federal Bankruptcy Act or under any similar law or
statute of the United States or any state, or the adjudication of Tenant as a
bankrupt or insolvent by any court of competent jurisdiction; the appointment of
a receiver or trustee for all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant; or
the making of any assignment for the benefit of creditors by Tenant or if Tenant
admits in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they come due or
files Articles of Dissolution with the appropriate authority of the place of its
incorporation unless, as to an involuntary proceeding, same is not dismissed or
vacated within ninety (90) days thereafter;

                      (d) The attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of
substantially all of Tenant's assets located in the Premises or of Tenant's
interest in this Lease which is not dismissed or vacated within ninety (90)
days;

                      (e) The holding of possession of the Premises after the
termination of this


                                     - 24 -


<PAGE>   31


                                                                           CIENA



Lease without Landlord's written consent;

                      (f) The suspension of business by Tenant except if Tenant
continues to pay in full when due, any and all monthly installments of Basic
Rent, Additional Rent or any sum required by the terms of this Lease and fully
performs all other obligations required of it under this Lease within any
applicable cure periods;

                      (g) The abandonment of the Premises by Tenant unless prior
notice is given to Landlord and all Basic Rent and Additional Rent is kept
current and Tenant fully performs all other obligations required of it under
this Lease and the Building temperature is maintained at least 50(degree)F
during any period of cold weather; or

                      (h) The encumbrance of the Premises, or any part thereof,
by any mechanics' or materialmen's lien and/or any ether lien or encumbrance,
resulting from any act, matter or thing done or suffered to be done by Tenant
which is not bonded or discharged within thirty (30) days after notice to Tenant
of such lien or encumbrances

               20.2 Upon the occurrence of any event of default, Landlord shall,
without any notice or demand, in addition to, and not in limitation of, any
other remedy permitted by law or this Lease, have the option to do any one or
more of the following:

                      (a) Terminate this Lease, in which event Tenant shall
immediately surrender the Premises to Landlord. Should Tenant fail to surrender
the Premises, Landlord may, without notice and without prejudice to any other
remedy available, re-enter and take possession of the Premises and remove Tenant
or anyone occupying the Premises and all property from the Premises, which
property may be removed and stored, for the account of, and at the expense and
risk of Tenant. Tenant waives all claims for damages which may be caused by
Landlord's reentry and taking possession of the Premises or removing or storing
the furniture and property as provided. Tenant shall save Landlord harmless from
any loss, fees, costs or damages suffered by Landlord because of any termination
and reentry. No reentry shall be considered or construed to be an illegal
forcible entry.

                      (b) Without terminating this Lease, declare to be due and
payable immediately, the entire amount of all Basic Rent which would have become
due and payable during the remainder of the Term of this Lease, said amount to
be discounted at the discount rate then in effect at the Federal Reserve Bank in
Baltimore, in which event Tenant agrees to pay the same to Landlord immediately.
This payment shall constitute payment in advance of the Basic Rent stipulated
for the remainder of the Term. Acceptance by Landlord of the payment of Basic
Rent shall not constitute a cure or waiver of any then existing default or any
subsequent default.

                      (c) Enter upon and take possession of the Premises,
without terminating this


                                     - 25 -


<PAGE>   32


                                                                           CIENA



Lease and without being liable to prosecution or any claims for damages.
Landlord may then relet all or any portion of the Premises upon any terms and
conditions as Landlord, in its sole discretion, may deem advisable. In the event
of any reletting, rentals received by Landlord from reletting shall be applied:
first, to the payment of any indebtedness including costs of collection and
recovery, other than Basic Rent and Additional Rent, due from Tenant to
Landlord; second, to the payment of the Basic Rent and Additional Rent due and
unpaid; third, to the payment of cost of any repairs to the Premises; and the
residue, if any, shall be held by Landlord and applied in payment of future
Basic Rent and Additional Rent as the same may become due and payable. Should
rentals received from reletting during any month be less than the Basic Rent
required to be paid by Tenant herein, then Tenant shall immediately pay any
deficiency to Landlord. Deficiencies shall be calculated and paid monthly.
Notwithstanding any reletting without termination Landlord may at any time elect
to terminate this Lease for any previous breach or act of default. Should
Landlord at any time terminate this Lease for any breach or act of default, in
addition to any other remedy it may have, Landlord may recover from Tenant all
damages it may incur by reason of any breach or act of default. Landlord's
recovery shall include the cost of recovering the Premises, legal fees, and the
worth, at the time of termination, of the excess, if any, of the amount of Basic
Rent reserved in this Lease for the remainder of the stated Term over the then
reasonable rental value of the Premises, based on Landlord's rental rate for
comparable space, for the remainder of the stated Term.

               20.3 if Tenant holds possession of the Premises after the
termination of this Lease without Landlord's written consent, Tenant shall
become a tenant from month to month at double the Basic Rent which was due for
the last lease year of the Term and upon all other terms herein specified and
shall continue to be such tenant from month to month until such tenancy shall be
terminated by either party giving the other a written notice of at least thirty
(30) days of its intention to terminate such tenancy. Nothing contained in this
Lease shall be construed as a consent by Landlord to the occupancy or possession
of the Premises by Tenant after termination of this Lease. Upon the termination
of this Lease, Landlord shall be entitled to the benefit of all public general
or public local laws relating to the speedy recovery of the possession of lands
and tenements held over by tenants, that may now or hereafter be in force.

               20.4 All remedies available to Landlord under this Lease and at
law and in equity shall be cumulative and concurrent. No termination of this
Lease, taking or recovering possession of the Premises, nor acceptance of any
Monthly Installment of Basic Rent or Additional Rent by Landlord with knowledge
of the breach of any covenant or condition, shall act as a waiver of the breach
or deprive Landlord of any remedies or actions against Tenant for Basic Rent or
Additional Rent, for charges, or for damages for the breach of any covenant or
condition, nor shall the bringing of any action for Basic Rent or Additional
Rent, charges or damages for breach, be construed as a waiver or release of the
right to insist upon the forfeiture and to obtain possession of the Premises.



                                     - 26 -


<PAGE>   33


                                                                           CIENA



              20.6 Tenant shall be considered in "Habitual Default" of this
Lease upon Tenant's failure, on three or more occasions during any lease year,
to pay, when due following any applicable notice or cure period, any Monthly
Installment of Basic Rent, Additional Rent or any other sum required by the
terms of this Lease. Upon the occurrence of any event of Habitual Default,
Tenant shall immediately be deemed to have released any and all options or
rights granted, or to be granted, to Tenant under the terms of this Lease
(including, without limitation, rights of renewal, rights to terminate, or
rights of first refusal).

        21. WAIVER OF REDEMPTION. Tenant hereby expressly waives (to the extent
legally permissible) for itself and all persons claiming by, through or under
it, any right of redemption or right for the restoration of the operation of
this Lease under any present or future law in case Tenant shall be dispossessed
for any cause, or in case Landlord shall obtain possession of the Premises as
provided in this Lease. Tenant understands that the Premises are leased
exclusively for business, commercial, and mercantile purposes and, therefore,
shall not be redeemable under any provision of law.

        22. ASSIGNMENT OF LANDLORD'S INTEREST. Landlord shall have the right to
assign this Lease to another entity. In the event of an assignment, Tenant
agrees to recognize the assignee as Landlord and shall execute, upon Landlord s
request, an instrument certifying the existence and good standing of this Lease
and any agreement or modification of this Lease documenting the assignment,
including endorsement of applicable insurance policies.

            Tenant shall, after notice of assignment, pay all Basic Rent
subsequently coming due to assignee and give all required notices under this
Lease, both to Landlord and the assignee. Tenant shall also have all required
policies of insurance endorsed so as to protect the assignee's interest as it
may appear and deliver the policies or certificates to the assignee.

        23. A. LANDLORD'S RIGHT TO PERFORM TENANT'S COVENANTS. If Tenant fails
to perform any covenant or duty required of it by this Lease or by law, Landlord
shall have the right, but not the duty, to perform these obligations after
notice and the expiration of any applicable cure period. Any performance by
Landlord under this Article will be undertaken solely at the option of Landlord
and at the sole cost and expense of Tenant. Tenant will pay Landlord all costs
incurred by Landlord in performing Tenant's obligations, plus Landlord's
reasonable supervisory fee, as Additional Rent.

            B. TENANT'S RIGHT TO PERFORM LANDLORD'S COVENANTS. In addition to
all other remedies available at law, Tenant shall have the right after providing
fifteen (15) days prior written notice to Landlord (which period may be extended
for whatever period of time is reasonably required if such default cannot be
reasonably cured within fifteen (15) days so long as Landlord commences such
cure within said fifteen-day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes such
cure until completion), to cure a default of Landlord in which event Landlord


                                     - 27 -


<PAGE>   34


                                                                          CIENA



shall be liable to Tenant for all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by
Tenant in curing such default; provided, however, in no event shall Tenant be
entitled to deduct the costs and expenses of curing such default from any
amounts payable by Tenant pursuant to the terms of the Lease, including all
Basic Rent and Additional Rent.

        24. WAIVER OF BREACH. The failure of either party to insist upon a
strict performance of any of the Lease terms, conditions, or covenants shall
neither be deemed a waiver of any rights or remedies that such party may have
nor be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach or default. This instrument may
not be changed, modified, or discharged orally.

        25. NOTICE. All notices to Tenant under this Lease shall be conclusively
presumed to have been delivered (a) when actually delivered to the Premises,
with a signed receipt acknowledging delivery or (b) by courier service, service
fees prepaid, with a signed receipt acknowledging delivery addressed to Tenant,
Attention: Chief Financial Officer, at the Premises or at Tenant's Address or to
any other address Tenant may from time to time designate with a copy to Mitchell
Berg, Esquire, Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison, 1285 Avenue of the
Americas, New York, New York 10019-6064. All notices to Landlord shall be
conclusively presumed to have been delivered when actually delivered to Landlord
at Landlord's Address, Attention: Landlord's Representative with a signed
receipt acknowledging delivery, or to any other place as Landlord may from time
to time designate with a copy to Ann Clary Gordon, Esquire, Shapiro and Olander,
20th Floor, 36 South Charles Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21201.

        26. SEVERABILITY. Each and every term of this Lease is, and shall be
construed to be, a separate and independent covenant and shall not be construed
to be dependent on any other provision of this Lease unless expressly provided.
If any term of this Lease shall, to any extent, be declared invalid or
unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease shall not be affected.

        27. LIMITED PERSONAL LIABILITY. The term "Landlord" as used in this
Lease means only the owner, the mortgagee, or the trustee or the beneficiary
under a deed of trust, as the case may be, for the time being, of the Building
(or the owner of a lease of the Building). so that in the event of any transfer
of title to the Building (or an assignment or sublease of a lease of the
Building), the Landlord shall be and hereby is entirely freed and relieved of
all covenants and obligations of Landlord hereunder thereafter accruing.
Landlord is a limited partnership, and no partner, general or limited, of said
partnership, as it may now or hereafter be constituted, shall have any personal
liability to Tenant and/or any person or entity claiming under, by or through
Tenant upon any action, claim, suit or demand brought under or pursuant to the
terms and conditions of this Lease and/or arising out of the use or occupancy by
Tenant of the Premises, and, as to Landlord, recourse shall be limited to
Landlord's interest in the Real Property or to refinancing or sales proceeds
received by Landlord after notice from Tenant of any failure by Landlord to
perform its obligations hereunder within any applicable cure period.



                                     - 28 -


<PAGE>   35


                                                                          CIENA



        28.    ENVIRONMENTAL ASSURANCES.

               28.1 Landlord's Representations and Indemnification. Landlord
represents to Tenant that, to Landlord's actual knowledge, neither Landlord nor
the previous tenant of the Building has generated, stored, transported, treated
or disposed of, or will generate, store, transport, treat or dispose of
Hazardous Substances (as defined by federal or state laws) at, to or from the
Premises, except for quantities of Hazardous Substances not in excess of
reportable guidelines therefor. Landlord has delivered to Tenant a recent Phase
I audit of the Premises (the "Audit"). Landlord agrees to indemnify and defend
Tenant (with legal counsel reasonably acceptable to Tenant) from and against any
costs, fees or expenses incurred by Tenant in connection with any asbestos and
asbestos containing material in the Leased Premises. This indemnification by
Landlord will remain in effect after the termination or expiration of this
Lease.

               28.2 Tenant's Covenants. Tenant covenants with Landlord:

                      (1) that it shall not Generate Hazardous Substances except
for quantities not in excess of reportable guidelines therefor at, to or from
the Premises unless the same is specifically approved in advance by Landlord in
writing;

                      (2) in using and occupying the Premises or suffering or
permitting the Premises to be used or occupied, to comply with all obligations
imposed by applicable law, and regulations promulgated thereunder, and all other
restrictions and regulations upon the Generation of Hazardous Substances at, to
or from the Premises;

                      (3) to deliver promptly to Landlord true and complete
copies of all notices received by Tenant from any governmental authority with
respect to the Generation by Tenant of Hazardous Substances (whether or not at,
to or from the Premises);

                      (4) to complete fully, truthfully and promptly any
questionnaires sent by Landlord with respect to Tenant's use of the Premises and
Generation of Hazardous Substances;

                      (5) to permit entry onto the Premises in accordance with
Section 10 above by Landlord or Landlord's representatives at any reasonable
time upon reasonable prior notice of at least one (I) business day (or at least
three (3) business days if access to any laboratory space is required) which
notice may be verbal, to verify and monitor Tenant's compliance with its
representations, warranties and covenants set forth in this Section; and

                      (6) to pay to Landlord, as additional rent, the costs
incurred by Landlord hereunder, including the costs of such monitoring and
verification provided, however, that the


                                     - 29 -


<PAGE>   36


                                                                           CIENA



costs of such monitoring and verification shall not exceed $1000.00 in any
twelve month period, unless Landlord has reasonable cause to be believe Tenant
may not be complying with its obligations under this Section 28.2.

               28.3 Indemnification. Tenant agrees to indemnify and defend
Landlord (with legal counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord) from and against
any costs, fees or expenses (including, without limitation, environmental
assessment, investigation and environmental remediation expenses, third party
claims and environmental impairment expenses and reasonable attorneys' fees and
expenses) incurred by Landlord in connection with Tenant's Generation of
Hazardous Substances at, to or from the Premises or in connection with Tenant's
failure to comply with its representations, warranties and covenants set forth
in this Section. This indemnification by Tenant shall survive the termination or
expiration of this Lease.

               28.4 Definitions. The term "Hazardous Substance" means (i) any
"hazardous waste" as defined by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of
1976 (42 U.S.C. Section 6901 et seq.), as amended from time to time, and
regulations promulgated thereunder; (ii) any "hazardous substance" as defined
by the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of
1980 (42 U.S.C. Section 9601 et seq.), as amended from time to time, and
regulations promulgated thereunder; (iii) any "oil, petroleum products, and
their by-products" as defined by the Maryland Environment Code Ann. Section 
4411(3)(i), as amended from time to time, and regulations promulgated
thereunder; (iv) any "controlled hazardous substance" or "hazardous substance"
as defined by the Maryland Environment Code Ann., Title 7, subtitle 2, as
amended from time to time, and regulations promulgated thereunder; (v) any
"infectious waste" as defined by the Maryland Environment Code Ann. Section
9-227, as amended from  time to time, and regulations promulgated thereunder;
(vi) any substance the presence of which on the Real Property is prohibited,
regulated or restricted by any law or regulation similar to those set forth in
this definition; and (vii) any other substance which by law or regulation
requires special handling in its Generation. The term "To Generate" means to
use, collect, generate, store, transport, treat or dispose of.

               28.5 Lien Notice. Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord as to any
liens threatened or attached against the Premises or the Real Property pursuant
to any Environmental Law which are a result, direct or indirect, of Tenant's use
or storage of Hazardous Substances. If such a lien is filed against the Premises
or the Real Property, Tenant shall, within fifteen (15) days from the date that
the lien is placed, and in any event prior to the date any governmental
authority commences proceedings to sell the Real Property pursuant to the lien,
either: (a) pay the claim and remove the lien; or (b) furnish either (i) a bond
or cash deposit reasonably satisfactory to Landlord and Landlord's title
insurance company in an amount not less than the claim out of which the lien
arises, or (ii) other security satisfactory to the Landlord and to any superior
mortgagee in an amount not less than that which is sufficient to discharge the
claim out of which the lien arises.


                                     - 30 -


<PAGE>   37


                                                                           CIENA



               28.6 in the event this Lease is terminated, canceled or
surrendered for any reason whatsoever, Tenant shall deliver the Premises to
Landlord free of any and all Hazardous Substances other than as may have been
noted in the Audit or as is caused by persons other than Tenant, its agents,
employees or invitees ("Third Parties") so that the Premises shall be returned
to Landlord in the same condition as when delivered to Tenant. The reasonable
costs of Tenant's proving such causal connection, which costs must be mutually
agreed to by the parties prior to their being incurred, shall be borne by
Landlord if such investigation shows such Hazardous Substances to have been
caused by Third Parties. Any claim that Tenant has violated the provisions of
this Section 28.6 shall be made within the applicable statute of limitations. If
such claim is more than two (2) years after termination of this Lease, Landlord
shall initially bear the burden of proof and the costs incurred in determining
whether Tenant has violated these provisions, provided, however, if Landlord
proves Tenant's violation, Landlord shall be entitled to recover from Tenant all
such costs and any other damages resulting therefrom.

        29. COMMISSIONS. Tenant represents that Tenant has dealt directly with,
and only with, the Broker in connection with this Lease, and that insofar as
Tenant knows, no other broker negotiated this Lease or is entitled to any
commissions in connection with it. Tenant and Landlord each shall hold the other
harmless from and indemnify the other for any costs incurred by the other
arising out of any other broker's claim that such other broker has assisted such
person with respect to this Lease. Landlord shall pay all commissions due to the
aforesaid Broker in accordance with their separate agreement.

        30. ATTORNEY'S FEES: in the event that any action shall be instituted by
either of the parties hereto for the enforcement of any of its rights or
remedies in and under this Lease, the prevailing party, whether in court or by
way of out-of-court settlement, shall be entitled to recover from the
nonprevailing party or parties such prevailing party's attorneys' fees, court
costs, expert witness fees and/or other expenses relating to such controversy,
including attorneys' fees, court cost and/or expenses on appeal, if any.

        31. TIME. Time is of the essence of this Lease with respect to Tenant's
monetary obligations subject to any applicable notice and grace period.

        32. ZONING. Landlord represents that, as of the date hereof, Landlord
has not received from any state or local governmental authority any notice that
the Building is in violation of any applicable state or local building and
zoning codes. Landlord assumes no responsibility for current zoning requirements
or for future changes in zoning classifications of the Real Property.

        33. LIMITED WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. Landlord and Tenant desire a prompt
resolution of any litigation between them with respect to this Lease. To that
end, Landlord and Tenant waive trial by jury in any action, suit, proceeding
and/or counterclaim brought by either


                                     - 31 -


<PAGE>   38


                                                                           CIENA



against the other or any matters whatsoever arising out of or in any way
connected with this Lease, the relationship of Landlord and Tenant, Tenant's use
or occupancy of the Premises, any claim of injury or damage and/or any statutory
remedy. This waiver is knowingly, intentionally and voluntarily made by the
parties. Each acknowledges that neither the other nor any person acting on
behalf of the other has made any representations of fact to induce this waiver
of trial by jury or in any way to modify or nullify its effect.

               Each further acknowledges that it has been represented (or has
the opportunity to be represented) in the signing of this Lease and the making
of this waiver by independent counsel, selected of its own free will, and that
it has had the opportunity to discuss this waiver with counsel. Each further
acknowledges that it has read and understands the meaning and ramifications of
this waiver of jury trial.

        34. ARBITRATION. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any controversy or claim
arising out of or relating to the "reasonableness" of an act or an expense, or
the propriety of including an expense within Common Area Expenses or Additional
Services Expenses shall be settled by arbitration if the parties are not able to
resolve the issue after at least thirty (30) days good faith negotiation. The
arbitrator will be an independent arbitrator selected by the two individuals
appointed by the parties (one appointed by Landlord and the other appointed by
Tenant) within ten (10) days after the need therefor arises. Such individuals
shall name the arbitrator within fifteen (15) days after their appointment by
the parties. The arbitration shall be conducted promptly after the arbitrator's
appointment and in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the
American Arbitration Association. Judgment upon the award rendered by the
arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof and shall, in
any event, be final and binding upon the parties. The cost thereof shall be
borne in accordance with the decision of the arbitrator

        35. MISCELLANEOUS.

                      (a) As used in this Lease, and where the context requires:
(1) the masculine shall be deemed to include the feminine and neuter and
vice-versa; and (2) the singular shall be deemed to include the plural and
vice-versa.

                      (b) This Lease was made in the State of Maryland and shall
be governed by and construed in all respects in accordance with the laws of the
State of Maryland.

                      (c) Tenant covenants and agrees that it shall not
inscribe, affix, or otherwise display signs, advertisements or notices in, on,
upon or behind any windows or on any door, partition or other pan of the
interior or exterior of the Building which is visible from the exterior or is
permanently attached, without the prior written consent of Landlord which
consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed provided same complies
with the requirements of the


                                     - 32 -


<PAGE>   39


                                                                           CIENA



Howard Research and Development Corporation ("HRD"). if such consent be given by
Landlord, any such sign, advertisement, or notice shall be inscribed, painted or
affixed by Landlord, or a company approved by Landlord, but the reasonable and
customary cost of the same shall be charged to and be paid by Tenant, and Tenant
agrees to pay the same promptly, on demand.

                      (d) Except as approved by HRD and Landlord in connection
with the initial Tenant improvements, Tenant covenants and agrees that it shall
not attach or place awnings, antennas or other projections to the outside walls
or any exterior portion of the Building, without Landlord's consent, which
consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed provided same complies
with the requirements of HRD. No curtains, blinds, shades or screens shall be
attached to or hung in, or used in connection with, any window or door of the
Premises which is visible from the exterior. without the prior written consent
of Landlord which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed provided
same complies with the requirements of HRD.

                      (e) Tenant further covenants and agrees that it shall not
pile or place or permit to be placed any goods on the sidewalks or parking lots
in the front, rear or sides of the Building or in a place which in any manner
blocks said sidewalks, parking lots and loading areas and/or not to do anything
that directly or indirectly will take away any of the rights of ingress or
egress or of light from any other tenant of Landlord on the Real Property.

                      (f) Tenant, Tenant's servants, agents, invitees, employees
and/or licensees shall not park on, store on, or otherwise utilize any parking
or loading areas on the Real Property, except as shown on "Exhibit A" in
accordance with such rules and regulations as Landlord may from time to time
promulgate with respect thereto, subject to the restrictions on such rules and
regulations as are referenced in Section 8.2 hereof.

                      (g) Except as otherwise specifically provided in this
Lease, no abatement, refund, offset, counter-claim, recoupment, diminution or
any reduction of rent, charges or other compensation shall be claimed by or
allowed to Tenant, or any person claiming under it, under any circumstances,
whether for inconvenience, discomfort, interruption of business, or otherwise,
arising from the making of alterations, changes, additions, improvements or
repairs to the Building or the Premises, by virtue or because of any present or
future governmental laws, ordinances, or for any other cause or reason

                      (h) All plats, exhibits, riders or other attachments to
this Lease shall be deemed a part hereof and incorporated by reference herein.

                      (i) This Lease and the Cover Letter of even date herewith
contain the entire agreement among the parties regarding the subject matter of
this Lease. There are no promises, agreements. conditions, undertakings,
warranties or representations, oral or written, express or implied, among them,
relating to this subject matter, other than as herein set forth. This Lease


                                     - 33 -


<PAGE>   40


                                                                           CIENA



is intended by the parties to be an integration of all prior or contemporaneous
promises, agreements, conditions, negotiations and undertakings between them.
This Lease may not be modified orally or in any other manner than by an
agreement in writing signed by all the parties or their respective successors in
interest. This Lease may be executed in several counterparts, each of which
shall be an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same
instrument.

                      (j) This Lease shall be effective only when fully executed
by Landlord and delivered to Tenant.

                      (k) if at any time, any lienholder or other party which
has a right to require Landlord to do so, requires the recordation of this
Lease, Tenant will execute such acknowledgements as may be necessary to effect
such recordation. If Landlord requires, or is required, to record this Lease, it
will pay all recording fees, transfer taxes and/or documentary stamp taxes
payable in connection with the recordation. If Tenant is required to record this
Lease, it will make all such payments. Tenant will not record this Lease or a
memorandum thereof without Landlord's prior consent, except as may be allowed or
required in connection with the matters allowed under Section 7.5 above.

                      (l) In the event that either party to this Lease is
delayed, hindered or prevented, by reason of strikes, lock-outs, labor troubles,
inability to produce materials, delays in transportation, failure of power,
restrictive governmental laws or regulations, riots, insurrection, war, fire or
other casualties, acts of God, rain or other weather conditions or any other
reason (excluding lack of funds) not reasonably within the control of the party
so delayed, hindered or prevented, from performing work or doing any act
required under the terms of this Lease, then performance of such act will be
excused for the period of the delay, and the period of the performance of any
such act will be extended for a period equal to the period of such delay but in
no event more than ninety (90) days beyond any time period stated herein. The
occurrence of any event described in this subsection will not operate to excuse
Tenant from prompt payments of Basic Rent, Additional Rent or any other payments
required by this Lease, nor shall it reduce any rental abatement period granted
Tenant hereunder, or affect Tenant's right to terminate under Section 2.1 above.

        36. TENANT'S AUTHORITY. Tenant warrants to Landlord that Tenant is a
corporation organized and validly existing in good standing under the laws of
the State of Delaware and qualified to transact business in the State of
Maryland. In addition, Tenant warrants to Landlord that this Lease has been
properly authorized and executed by Tenant and is binding upon Tenant in
accordance with its terms. Tenant's resident agent's name and address in the
State of Maryland are Dr. Patrick Nettles, 1340-C Ashton Road, Hanover, Maryland
21076. Tenant agrees to notify Landlord in writing of any change with respect to
its resident agent.

        37. LANDLORD'S AUTHORITY. Landlord warrants to Tenant that Landlord is a


                                     - 34 -


<PAGE>   41


                                                                           CIENA



limited partnership organized and validly existing in good standing under the
laws of the State of Maryland. In addition, Landlord warrants to Tenant that
this Lease has been properly authorized and executed by Landlord and is binding
upon Landlord in accordance with its terms. Landlord's resident agent's name and
address in the State of Maryland is C. Patrick Creaney, c/o Creaney & Smith,
2200 Broening Highway Suite 110, Baltimore, Maryland 21224. Landlord agrees to
notify Tenant in writing of any change with respect to its resident agent.

        38. LENDER'S APPROVAL. This Lease is specifically contingent upon the
approval of its terms by Landlord's mortgagees (collectively, the "Lender").
Tenant agrees to execute and deliver to Landlord an amendment to this Lease
incorporating such modifications of, and additions to, the terms and provisions
of this Lease as Lender shall require. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant
shall not be required to execute any such amendment which shall adversely affect
Tenant's rights hereunder. If Landlord has not been able to obtain the Lender's
consent and the non-disturbance agreement referenced in Section 11 above within
45 days after the date this Lease is fully executed, Tenant shall have the right
as its sole remedy hereunder, to terminate this Lease provided it gives notice
of such election to Landlord with five (5) days thereafter. If Tenant elects to
terminate the Lease in such event Landlord shall promptly remit to Tenant any
amounts paid by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to Section 6D of the Cover Letter
above $15 000.00.

        39. EXPANSION. Landlord and Tenant contemplate the need to expand the
Building in the future and therefore agree to use reasonable efforts to effect
an expansion as generally shown on Exhibit F attached hereto (the "Expansion").
If any additional parking is reasonably required to accommodate the Expansion,
Landlord shall attempt to obtain land therefor, on a commercially reasonable
basis, by purchasing or leasing a portion of Lot B adjoining the Premises which
Lot B is not now owned or leased by Landlord or Tenant.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Landlord has caused its seal to be affixed and
its proper and duly authorized officers or partners to affix their signatures,
and Tenant has caused its seal to be affixed and its proper and duly authorized
officers or partners to affix their signatures, the day and year first written
above.

WITNESS:                     LANDLORD                                    
                                                                         
                             C&S Corridor-32 Limited Partnership         
                             Creaney & Smith Properties, Inc.            
                             Managing Agent                              
                                                                         
                                                                         
                             By: /s/ C. P. CREANEY                       
                                ------------------------------------     
                             Name: C. P. Creaney                         
                                  -------------------------------------  
                             Title:  President                           
                                    -----------------------------------  
                                                                         
                
      



                                     - 35 -


<PAGE>   42


                                                                           CIENA



ATTEST/WITNESS:                             TENANT:

                                CIENA CORPORATION


William F. Grimes                     By: /s/ JOSEPH R. CHINNICI       (SEAL)
- --------------------------------         ------------------------------
                                      Name: Joseph R. Chinnici
                                           ----------------------------------
                                      Title: Vice President & Chief  
                                           ----------------------------------
                                               Financial Officer
                                           ----------------------------------
LANDLORD'S ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

STATE OF MARYLAND COUNTY (CITY) OF Baltimore, TO WIT:

        I HEREBY CERTIFY that on this 15th day of December, 1995 before me,
the subscriber, a Notary Public of the State aforesaid, Baltimore County (City),
duly commissioned and qualified, personally appeared C. Patrick Creaney, who
acknowledged himself to be an authorized general partner of C&S Corridor-32
Limited Partnership, a Maryland limited partnership, and that he, being
authorized to do so, executed the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein
contained by signing, in my presence, the name of said limited partnership by
himself as such partner.

        WITNESS my hand and Notarial Seal.

                                  /s/ KATHLEEN A. SHIVELY
                                  --------------------------------------
                                   Kathleen A. Shively
                                   Notary Public

My Commission expires: January 6, 1998
                      --------------------  


TENANT'S ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

STATE OF MARYLAND, COUNTY (CITY) OF Anne Arundel, TO WIT:

        I HEREBY CERTIFY that on this 5th day of October, 1995 before
me, the subscriber, a Notary Public of the State aforesaid, Anne Arundel
County (City), duly commissioned and qualified personally appeared
Joseph R. Chinnici who acknowledged himself to be the Vice President, Chief 
Financial Officer of CIENA Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and that he, 
being authorized to do so, executed the foregoing instrument for the purposes
therein contained by signing, in my presence, the name of said corporation 
by himself as such
officer.

        WITNESS my hand and Notarial Seal.





                                                                           CIENA


                                              /s/ Wanda B. Nace
                                              ----------------------------------
                                              Notary Public

My Commission expires: April 22, 1997
                      -------------------






                                     - 36 -


<PAGE>   43


                                                                           CIENA



                                              ----------------------------------
                                              Notary Public

My Commission expires:
                      -------------------







                                     - 37 -


<PAGE>   44





                                   RIDER NO. 1

                                 Renewal Option

                            Rider to Section 2 (Term)

        Provided (i) this Lease is then in full force and effect, (ii) Tenant is
not in default following any applicable cure period respecting any provision or
condition of this Lease either on the date Tenant elects to renew or on the date
the renewal term commences, and, (iii) Tenant has not been in "Habitual Default"
during the original term of this Lease, then Tenant shall have the right to
renew this Lease for one (1) renewal term (the "Renewal Term") of five (5) years
immediately following the expiration of the original term on the same terms,
conditions, and provisions as are set forth in this Lease with the same force
and effect as though this Lease had originally provided for an eleven (11) year
term, save that:

                      (i) there shall be no further right of renewal, after the
renewal term, and

                      (ii) the Basic Rent payable with respect to the Premises
shall be adjusted by increasing the Basic Rent as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         Monthly
                                                                       Installment
                                       Rate Per          Gross           of Basic         Period
                      Period          Square Ft.       Square Ft.          Rent            Total
                      ------          ----------       ----------          ----            -----
     <S>              <C>               <C>              <C>            <C>             <C>        
     Months            73-84            $9.37            50,550         $39,467.38      $473,608.50
     Months            85-96            $9.44            50,550         $39,750.13      $477,001.50
     Months           97-108            $9.44            50,550         $39,750.13      $477,001.50
     Months           109-120           $9.84            50,550         $41,433.63      $497,203.50
     Months           121-132           $9.98            50,550         $42,036.66      $504,439.95
</TABLE>

        Tenant shall be deemed to have waived the right to exercise this renewal
option unless not less than 270 days prior to the date of termination of the
original term, Tenant shall have notified Landlord in writing of Tenant's
election to renew (the "Renewal Notice"). Time is of the essence with respect to
Tenant's exercise of its rights under this Rider and Tenant acknowledges that
Landlord requires strict adherence to the requirement that the Renewal Notice be
timely made and in writing.




<PAGE>   45





                                   Rider No. 2

                                   Exclusions
                             Rider to Subsection 3.4

        Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Common
Area Expenses shall not include any of the followings

        (a) Franchise, estate, gift, mortgage, gains, transfer,
unincorporated-business, commercial rent or income taxes imposed upon Landlord;

        (b) Salaries and benefits of personnel above the grade of property
manager;

        (c) Any sum paid to any entity affiliated with Landlord which is in
excess of the amount that would have been payable in the absence of such
affiliation with Landlord:

        (d) Attorney's fees and disbursements and other costs in connection with
(i) any judgment, settlement or arbitration resulting from any tort liability on
the part of Landlord and the amount of such settlement or judgment or (ii) any
bankruptcy or similar proceeding:

        (e) Arbitration expenses to the extent such expenses are unrelated to
the operation, repair, cleaning, maintenance, management, security or ownership
of the Project;

        (f) Costs incurred by Landlord due to Landlord's failure to comply with
the provisions of leases with other tenants in the Project or any other contract
or agreement pertaining to the Project;

        (g) Any expense included in Taxes as that term is defined in Subsection
3.4;

        (h)    Dues paid to any trade associations or similar expenses;

        (i) Any expense included in Additional Services Expenses as that term is
defined in Section 3.4

        (j)    Any costs which are subsequently rebated or credited to Landlord;

        (k) Costs of removing hazardous substances including asbestos containing
material to the extent caused by Landlord or its agents, employees or
representatives;

        (l) The costs of capital improvements, other than the cost of replacing
any heat exchangers which shall be equally shared between Landlord and Tenant,
and other than Capital Government Compliance Costs as defined in Section 8.1 of
the Lease;

        (m) Marketing, promotion and advertising expenses in connection with the
leasing of space in the Building;

        (n) All costs associated with Landlord's financing of the Real Property;





<PAGE>   46





        (o) Costs paid under any other provision of this Lease which, if
included within Common Area Expenses, would result in Tenant's paying twice for
the same expense; and

        (p) Any Real Estate Taxes or interest, fines, penalties or other late
payment charges paid by Landlord thereon, provided Tenant has performed timely
its obligations to pay all increases in such Real Estate Taxes as defined in
Subsection 3.4 (the same being payable in accordance with Subsection 3.5(a)).







<PAGE>   1
         *    indicates confidential material has been omitted pursuant to Rule
              406 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.


                                                                  EXHIBIT 10.8


                                                    Agreement Number: KC103251ML



                             PROCUREMENT AGREEMENT
                    BETWEEN SPRINT\UNITED MANAGEMENT COMPANY
                                      AND
                               CIENA CORPORATION


         THIS PROCUREMENT AGREEMENT ("Agreement"), made effective as of the
14 day of December, 1995 ("Effective Date"), by and between Sprint\United
Management Company, a Kansas corporation, having its principal place of
business at 2330 Shawnee Mission Parkway, Westwood, Kansas 66205 (hereinafter
referred to as "SUMC"), and Ciena Corporation, a Delaware corporation, having
its principal place of business at 8530 Corridor Road, Columbia, Maryland 20763
(hereinafter referred to as "Supplier").

         WHEREAS, SUMC is a subsidiary of Sprint Corporation, a Kansas
corporation ("Sprint Corp."), and provides certain administrative and
purchasing services for Affiliated Entities (as defined in Article 25 ) of
Sprint Corporation. (Sprint Corp., together with SUMC and Affiliated Entities,
is hereinafter collectively referred to as "Sprint");

         WHEREAS, Supplier is able and willing to develop, build, deliver,
install and support the Equipment as required by this Agreement and Sprint
desires to retain Supplier on such terms:.

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and the
representations, warranties, covenants and agreements herein contained, the
parties  agree as follows:

DEFINITIONS:     Defined terms and definitions are set forth in Article 25 of
this Agreement.

ARTICLE 1.  SUPPLIERS DELIVERABLES

         1.1     Technical Requirements, Quantities, Terms
                 Supplier agrees to provide Deliverables which satisfy and
perform in accordance with the Technical Requirements set forth in Exhibit B,
in the quantities specified by Sprint in Purchase Orders in accordance with the
terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and Purchase Orders.

         1.2     Sprint Testbed
                 (a)      Supplier agrees to supply Sprint *
, such production Equipment as is outlined in Section 1.2 (b) below for one
testbed ("Sprint Testbed") to be located at a site designated by Sprint and
communicated to Supplier on or before the Effective Date.

                 (b)      The Sprint Testbed Equipment shall initially include
a minimum of:       *     end terminals equipped with *      payload
information carriers (channels) each and at least *        intermediate
optical line  amplifiers all of which satisfy and perform in accordance with
the Technical  Requirements are configured with Software Revision Levels and
Equipment  Revision Levels reasonably determined by Sprint so long as the
determined  configuration and Revision Levels are available from Supplier at
that time  ("Configuration").  *  no * for any * installed in the Sprint 
Testbed.  Supplier also agrees to provide Sprint with Ciena's EMS  Software to
enable Sprint to configure and provision  functions for Equipment  during
testing.

                 (c)      Supplier agrees to supply and maintain for the * , 
any Licensed Software needed to maintain the Sprint Testbed Equipment,
including any additional intermediate line amplifiers purchased by Sprint from
Supplier, in compliance with the Technical Requirements and Configuration. 
Supplier shall assemble the Licensed Software and Equipment into such
Configuration as is stated in the applicable Purchase Order.

                 (d)      Except as stated in 1.2 (b) above, any Equipment
Sprint requests Supplier to add to the Sprint Testbed shall be   *
<PAGE>   2
         1.3     Sprint Soak Tests
                  Sprint shall conduct Soak Tests    *       First
Installations of Systems of end terminal to end terminal route segments
designated by Sprint to demonstrate field performance of the Equipment, as part
of the Final Acceptance in accordance with paragraph 3.6 of Exhibit B. Soak
Tests will encompass testing the Equipment for both the A (working) and B
(standby) Systems and will be conducted on the following Sprint SONET routes
for the timeframes specified below:

               ROUTE              CONFIGURATION             SOAK DURATION

 (a)             *                      *                         *
 (b)             *                      *                         *
 (c)             *                      *                         *


         1.4     Supplier Testbed
                 (a)      Supplier shall allow Sprint use of at Supplier's
premises, an Equipment testbed meeting (i) the requirements set forth in
Section 1.2(b), and (ii) configured with an additional  *      , ("Supplier 
Testbed").  During the Initial Term of the Agreement      *    .  Sprint shall
give reasonable Notice of its use of Supplier's Testbed.  

                 (b)      The Supplier Testbed shall be maintained by the
Supplier    *          .  At Sprint's request, Supplier agrees to install and
integrate SONET Network Elements supplied to Sprint by another vendor needed
for FAT and Interoperability testing, up to and including the most recent such
revision levels deployed in Sprint's network as directed by Sprint.  If Sprint
requests the integration of third-party equipment into Suppliers Testbed,
Sprint shall provide such equipment at no cost to Supplier.

         1.5     Supplier shall, if requested by Sprint, assist Sprint
personnel in the installation and maintenance of the Equipment and any Software
and Equipment included in the Sprint Testbed and in the field. Such assistance
will  include but not be limited to providing information or help regarding
installation procedures, testing and acceptance procedures, provisioning
procedures, and general operational maintenance procedures. Such assistance
shall be provided    *     .  Supplier shall make available to Sprint, after 
the First Installations, additional technical support at the Prices set forth 
in Exhibit C.

         1.6     Sprint shall perform validation and acceptance testing as set
forth in Article 6 of this Agreement and Exhibit B.

         1.7     Supplier shall notify Sprint within twenty four (24) hours,
upon learning of any material defects in any of the Deliverables.

         1.8     All Deliverables, including purchased spare parts, shall be
newly manufactured.

         1.9     (a)      Supplier shall support all Licensed Software and
Equipment   *    . Each Software Revision level shall have   *               .

                 (b)       If Supplier discontinues manufacture and/or support
of the Equipment, Supplier shall at Sprint's request, to the extent of
Supplier's legal rights to do so, without obligation or charge to Sprint and
without limiting Sprint's other rights or remedies, deliver to Sprint all of
the technical information owned and possessed by Supplier relating to the
manufacture and/or support of the Equipment, in the form being used in
Supplier's factories in its
<PAGE>   3
                                                    Agreement Number: KC103251ML




day-to-day operations of manufacture, or arrange for the replacement and repair
spare parts for the Equipment to Sprint's reasonable satisfaction.  Sprint may
use such technical information only to manufacture, have manufactured, obtain
such spare parts from other sources in connection with the Equipment and System
Software obtained from Supplier and owned and operated or licensed by Sprint.
Title to Suppliers technical information and intellectual property rights shall
remain with Supplier.

         1.10       Except as provided in Section 16.3(e), during the term of
this Agreement,   *                                                       .

ARTICLE 2.  QUANTITIES AND DELIVERY SCHEDULES

         2.1     During the Term of this Agreement, Sprint shall furnish
Supplier a monthly Projection Schedule ("Schedule") setting forth a rolling
   *    month forecast of the respective quantities of each type of 
Deliverable that Sprint then estimates it will require for each month in the 
immediately succeeding   *    month period.  The Schedule for the immediately 
succeeding *  period following the date the Schedule is submitted to Supplier
("Commitment") shall be considered a firm commitment by Sprint to order the
forecasted Deliverables.  In the event that Supplier indicates that it cannot
meet Sprint's entire Commitment, Sprint shall have the right to reduce the
Commitment and seek alternative sources for like Deliverables  *             .
Notwithstanding the provisions set forth in Article 7, in the event that Sprint
 .fails to  submit Purchase Orders for at least the respective forecasted
quantity of Deliverables for the Commitment period by the last day of the month
that the Deliverables are forecasted to have been delivered to Sprint
("Shortfall"), and provided that Supplier gives Sprint written Notice of such
Shortfall, then Supplier may invoice Sprint for a penalty of    *            of
the Net Price of such Shortfall. Sprint shall pay such penalty pursuant to the
provisions set forth in Section 3.1(a).  In the event that Sprint submits
Purchase Orders for the Shortfall within * days following the forecasted 
delivery date, then (i) Supplier shall deliver the Deliverables in the times 
frames set forth in Section 2.2; and (ii) Sprint shall make payment for the 
remaining  *  of the Net Price of such Shortfall pursuant to the provisions set
forth in Section 3.1(a).

         2.2     During the Term of this Agreement, Sprint shall issue Purchase
Orders specifying the Deliverables ordered, the quantities necessary, the
delivery site or sites (hereinafter the "Specified Site[s]") for the 
Deliverables and the delivery schedule.  The delivery schedule set forth in the
Purchase Order will reflect the following intervals:

         (a)    *   after receipt of order ("ARO") for PO's placed   *

         (b)      *    ARO for PO's placed     *

         (c)     *      ARO for orders placed   *

Unless mutually agreed upon in advance in writing, Supplier shall make
shipments in response to a Purchase Order only if the shipment completely
satisfies the Purchase Order.  Time is of the essence to Sprint and Supplier
understands and acknowledges that the delivery schedule must and will be
strictly observed.  Sprint may defer delivery of all or part of the
Deliverables ordered under any Purchase Order for as long as  *
days beyond the scheduled delivery date, provided that Sprint provides in
written Notice in the form of a Purchase Order supplement to Supplier at least
fifteen (15) days prior to the scheduled delivery date.

         2.3     All deliveries of Deliverables shall be made F.O.B. Specified
Site, third party bill. Supplier agrees to follow Sprint's routing instructions
set forth in Exhibit E, including required carrier choices and Sprint agrees to
pay freight charges.  If Supplier fails to follow such routing instructions,
Supplier will bear any expenses and/or other





<PAGE>   4
                                                    Agreement Number: KC103251ML




liabilities above that which would have been incurred had the routing
instructions been followed.  Risk of loss or damage to the Deliverables shall
remain with Supplier until delivered to Sprint at the Specified Site and Sprint
has verified receipt of all Deliverables ordered in the Purchase Order, but
such verification shall not prejudice Sprint's right to determine Final
Acceptance.  Except for First Installations, title to the Deliverables shall
transfer upon delivery of Deliverables. The preceding provisions of this clause
are valid for deliveries in the United States, its possessions and territories
only.  All deliveries outside the aforementioned areas  will be mutually agreed
upon on a case by case basis.

         2.4     Sprint shall have the right to alter the Specified Site(s)
within ten (10) days before Supplier's scheduled shipment date for
Deliverables, without cost or expense to Sprint, by timely transmitting Notice
to Supplier of the new Specified Site(s).

         2.5     Supplier shall execute and deliver to Sprint an order
acknowledgment within seven (7) days of Supplier's receipt of each Purchase
Order.  If the order is in excess of 110% of the most recent forecasted amount,
Supplier will indicate if it will commit to delivery of the excess amount.

         2.6     During the Term of the Agreement  * .  Additionally, Supplier 
agrees that in the event that at any time during the Term of this 
Agreement   *




ARTICLE 3. PRICING, INVOICING, PAYMENT AND OTHER FINANCIAL TERMS

         3.1     Prices for new or replaced Deliverables (if the replaced
Deliverable has substantially similar purpose and functionality) are set forth
in Exhibit C and  shall not be increased for the Initial Term of this
Agreement. In the event that Supplier decreases prices for Deliverables,
Supplier shall apply immediately such decreases to any outstanding Purchase
Order whose Deliverables have not yet been delivered to Sprint.  *  Sprint 
shall not be responsible for any other charges such as insurance or similar
charges unless otherwise agreed to by Sprint in writing except sales, use,
excise or similar taxes reimbursable by Sprint with respect to Deliverables,
which shall be detailed as a separate line item on each applicable invoice. 
Payment terms are set forth as follows:

                 (a)      Standard Orders: Except for the provisions of 3.1(b),
3.1(c), and 3.1(d), Sprint shall remit payment to Supplier for    *
percent         *                of the undisputed invoice amount within thirty
(30) days after receipt of the invoice, which shall be issued upon shipment of
the Equipment or completion of services as applicable.

                 (b) * : In consideration of  *  upon the Purchase Order 
acknowledgment, provided, however, that until Supplier has successfully
completed the initial FAT.  Sprint shall not be obliged to pay such invoices. 
Except as provided in 3.1(c), below, Supplier may invoice the balance due upon
delivery.

                 (c)      First Installation Orders:  For orders designated by
this Agreement as First Installations, Supplier shall invoice the balance due
upon Final Acceptance in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 3.6 of
Exhibit B.





<PAGE>   5
                                                    Agreement Number: KC103251ML




                 (d)      Sprint shall not be required to pay for Deliverables
or Services which are rightfully rejected.

                 (e)      In the event that a System does not complete Final
Acceptance to Sprint's satisfaction, Sprint has the right to remove the
respective Equipment that does not pass Final Acceptance in accordance with the
provisions set forth in Sections 15.3 and 20.3.            

                 (f)      Notwithstanding the provisions set forth in Sections 
3.1 (a), 3.1 (b), and 3.1 (c), in the event that Sprint experiences at least 
a    *         percent installation failure rate ("Installation Failure Rate") 
of field replaceable module types ("Module Types"), which Module Types
are set forth in Exhibit C, Sprint shall have the right to suspend all
outstanding payments, without penalty, until such time as the problem(s)
causing such failures have been resolved or a satisfactory course of action is
agreed to by Sprint and Supplier.  The Installation Failure Rate of Module
Types shall equal the total number  of such Module Types which failed within  *
of installation thereof, divided by the total number of that Module Type 
installed during the preceding  *                            .

         3.2      In the event Supplier fails to receive payment from Sprint as
required herein, or if Supplier reasonably disputes the amount remitted by
Sprint, then Supplier shall so notify Sprint in writing. Sprint shall have
fifteen (15) calendar days to cure such non-payment,  *




         3.3     Invoicing instructions shall be as follows:

Original Invoice Sent To:                 One Copy of Invoice Sent To:
Sprint                                    Sprint Transmission Engineering
Accounts Payable                          ATTN.:  SONET Project Manager
P.O. Box 5409                             Mailstop:  MOKCMD0203
Kansas City, MO 64131-5409                901 E 104th Street
                                          Kansas City, MO 64131-5409

         3.4   *





ARTICLE 4.  TERM

         Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the initial
term of this Agreement shall be three (3) years from the Effective Date and if
none should be entered, the date of the signing of the Agreement by the last
party to sign ("Initial Term").  At the end of the  Initial Term, Sprint shall
have the option to extend this Agreement        *          .  Thereafter, the
Agreement may be renewed upon mutual agreement.  The Initial Term in
combination with any extensions is also referred to in this Agreement as the
"Term."

ARTICLE 5.  DOCUMENTATION AND REPORTS





<PAGE>   6
                                                    Agreement Number: KC103251ML




         5.1     (a)      Supplier shall provide to Sprint,     * 
, sufficient Documentation as reasonably determined by Sprint, and reports
referred to in Sections 5.4 and 5.5, in each case, in English, on or before the
specified delivery date for such Deliverable, in the case of System
Documentation, or the specified due date in the case of reports.  The Supplier
will provide one copy of such Documentation and reports for each Specified
Site, and twenty five (25) additional copies for administrative use. Delivery
instructions therefor will be specified in each Purchase Order.  Sprint agrees
to provide Supplier with an updated distribution list for revisions or updates,
or both, as provided for herein below.  Soft (computer disk) copies of the
Documentation will be available upon Sprint's request. Additionally, Sprint may
order a Documentation in CD ROM form in lieu of paper copies, if available from
Supplier            *                 .  Sprint may also reproduce hard copy
Documentation for its internal use provided that any copyright notice of such
Documentation is copied as well.

                 (b)      All hard copy Documentation shall be delivered on 8
1/2 by 11 inch paper with numbered pages with one of those copies being in
"camera ready" form for permissible reproduction and/or printing. Diagrams
shall be included in the respective documents and may be 11 x 17 inch paper as
appropriate, or issued separately if they are a stand-alone document.

         5.2     Supplier shall, within the applicable time period set forth in
Section 5.3, 5.4 and 16.11, provide Sprint with (a) updates, as such updates
are made generally available, to the Documentation, and (b) new and/or revised
data incorporating any changes to the Deliverables which affect form, fit, or
function, in each case at no additional charge to Sprint.  Such Documentation
may be reproduced by Sprint for its internal use, provided that any copyright
notice of such Documentation is copied as well.  Soft copies of such
Documentation shall be available upon Sprint's request.  Such Documentation
will be used for Sprint's internal use only on a strict need to know and need
to use basis.

         5.3     Supplier shall provide Sprint with relevant Documentation
within thirty (30) days of correction of the conditions described in (a), (b)
or (c) below:

                 (a)      Any E1 or E2 condition of Software and/or Equipment
         as described in Article 16;

                 (b)      A hazardous electrical or mechanical condition in the
         Equipment; or

                 (c)      Support Services do not correct System Software
         and/or Equipment  failures to meet Technical Requirements, even on a 
         temporary basis.

         5.4     Supplier shall maintain a data base and furnish to the Sprint
SONET Project Manager, at the times specified below and at a location to be
designated by the Sprint Project Manager, three (3) copies each of the reports
described below:

                 (a)      Supplier shall furnish every * , unless otherwise 
         stated, for * the following reports:

                          (i)     Reports of all Items returned for repair and
                                  disposition of the Items by type, date of
                                  receipt, serial number and common language
                                  equipment identifier ("CLEI").  The
                                  categories of the report may be modified
                                  during the Life of System but at minimum will
                                  include:  the cause of failure, including
                                  whether no trouble found ("NTF"), the
                                  disposition of the unit as being returned or
                                  replaced, and any repair action taken.

                          (ii)    Percent NTF by type.  Each report shall
                                  include a comparison of Sprint versus all
                                  Customers (who shall not be specifically
                                  identified).




<PAGE>   7
                                                    Agreement Number: KC103251ML




                          (iii)   CSR  Report, which definition is set forth 
in Article 16.4, which shall show:

                                  (A)      the date each CSR was submitted to 
                                           the Supplier by Sprint;

                                  (B)      as to each CSR, whether it is open
                                           or closed, and the date of closing
                                           of each closed CSR (such closing
                                           shall require the concurrence of
                                           Sprint);

                                  (C)      the identification number ("ID")
                                           assigned to the CSR by Sprint and if
                                           the ID number assigned thereto by
                                           the Supplier is different, then the
                                           Supplier's ID number shall also be
                                           included;

                                  (D)      the priority code assigned to the
                                           CSR (i.e., E1, E2, P1, P2 or P3)
                                           pursuant to Article 16 of this
                                           Agreement;

                                  (E)      whether the actions necessary to
                                           correct the trouble found, or
                                           provide upgrades or enhancements,
                                           involved one or more of the
                                           following:  Software Upgrade,
                                           Equipment Upgrade, Software Feature
                                           Enhancement or Equipment Feature
                                           Enhancement

                          (iv)    Product Change Notices ("PCN") issued by 
identification number and title.

                          (v)     List of Sprint Purchase Orders providing the
date of receipt, status of order and status of paid invoice.

                          (vi)    Acknowledgment, in writing, as to whether 
Supplier can meet Sprint's entire Commitment. *

                          (vii)   List of forecasted Deliverables for each
month of the Commitment period, with associated Purchase Order(s), and
applicable Shortfall, if any.  *

                 (b)      Supplier shall furnish (starting    *
from the date of initial delivery of the Equipment) the following reports:

                          (i)     *
     .

                          (ii)    Turnaround (interval) time for normal and
                                  emergency repairs.  The report for emergency
                                  turnaround shall provide the time the call
                                  was received versus the time the module was
                                  shipped.  The report for normal turnaround
                                  shall provide the date the part is received
                                  versus the date the replacement or repaired
                                  part is shipped.

         5.5     In addition, * during the Life of the System, Supplier shall 
provide Sprint with a * .

ARTICLE 6.  DELIVERY, INSTALLATION AND ACCEPTANCE

         6.1     Supplier shall meet or exceed all Technical, Test and
Acceptance Requirements set forth in Exhibit B with respect to the Deliverables
supplied to Sprint.





<PAGE>   8
                                                    Agreement Number: KC103251ML




         6.2     Supplier shall mark each shipment to Sprint with Supplier
name, the Purchase Order number, Sprint work order number (if such designation
is included in the Purchase Order), the identity and quantity of Deliverables,
and notice of partial or final delivery.  Partial delivery may be made only
with prior written permission from Sprint.  Final destination, interim staging
area or any special shipping instructions and any applicable charge will be
specified on each Purchase Order.

         6.3     (a)      During the Initial Term of this Agreement, Supplier
shall make available on-site installation spares of all parts and components of
the Equipment ("Spares Kits" or "Kits") at the time of installation in
sufficient quantities to enable timely Final System Acceptance of Equipment.
In the event that Sprint elects not to purchase Spares Kits at the start of
installation, Sprint shall * .  Sprint and Supplier shall periodically 
coordinate  to determine a mutually agreed quantity and contents of the
Kits , which shall be provided by Supplier to the extent required to meet
Sprint's then current installation needs, and furnished to the Specified Sites. 
The actual composition of the Kits will be defined for each installation scheme
and be based on the actual type of Equipment to be installed.  Ownership of the
Kits remains with Supplier until and except to the extent that spares are
required to be used to complete installation of the applicable System.  Upon
completion of Final Acceptance at each site as set forth in Exhibit B, (i)
Sprint shall have the option to return the respective Spares Kits to Supplier
which shall include the defective Items from such installation; (ii) Supplier
shall replenish such Kit to the extent necessary to replace all defective Items
with respect to such installation, (iii) Supplier shall return such replenished
Kit or a new installation Spares Kit to Sprint to the extent required to meet
Sprint's installation needs,  (iv) Sprint * of Sprint's purchase price for any
unaccounted for and/or  physically damaged installation spares.

                 (b)      Sprint also shall have the option to   *            ,
or in the event of multiple Kits being used on an installation project,  *



                 (c)      Supplier shall provide, as back-up to the
installation Spares Kit          *              emergency replacement of any 
failed unit during installation and supplement installation spares for spares
which have been depleted.


ARTICLE 7.  FORCE MAJEURE

         7.1     Except as otherwise provided herein, neither Supplier nor
Sprint shall be liable to the other for any delay in performing in accordance
with this Agreement if such delay arises directly out of an Act of God
including fire, flood, earthquake, explosion, casualty, or accident, or out of
war, riot, civil commotion, labor dispute, the requirement of any
governmental agency or instrumentality, or any other cause beyond the control
of the party claiming force majeure, its agents, suppliers or other
subcontractors ("subcontractors").

         7.2     Such delay by Supplier that arises out of any delay in
performing or failure to perform by any of its subcontractors  shall be
excusable only if the (a) delay or failure by such subcontractor  arises
directly out of a cause or event referred to in Section 7.1, and without the
fault or negligence of either or both of Supplier and such subcontractor and
(b) the materials or services to be furnished by such subcontractor or Supplier
were not reasonably obtainable from other sources in sufficient time to permit
Supplier to meet the required schedule.

         7.3      The party asserting that an event of force majeure has
occurred shall send the other party Notice thereof in accordance with Section
22 no later than five (5) business days after the beginning of such claimed
event





<PAGE>   9
                                                    Agreement Number: KC103251ML




setting forth a description of the event of force majeure, an estimate of its
effect upon the party's ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement
and the duration or expected duration thereof. The Notice shall be supplemented
by such other information or documentation as the party receiving the notice
may reasonably request.

         7.4     The party asserting that an event of force majeure has
occurred shall be excused, on a day-to-day basis, from the performance of its
obligations under this Agreement to the extent prevented or delayed by such
event (and the other party likewise shall be excused, on a day-to-day basis,
from the performance of its obligations under this Agreement to the extent such
party's obligations related to the obligations are so prevented or delayed);
provided, however, that the party asserting the occurrence of a force majeure
event shall use its best efforts to avoid or remove such force majeure event.

         7.5     In the event that Supplier delays in performing or fails to
perform any of its obligations under this Agreement as a result of an event of
force majeure and such delay or failure continues for         *            or
more, Sprint shall be entitled in its sole discretion to terminate any affected
Purchase Order without penalty.  As soon as possible after the cessation of any
event of force majeure, the party which asserted such event shall give the
other party written notice of such cessation. Whenever possible, each party
shall give the other party written Notice of any threatened or impending event
of force majeure.

ARTICLE 8.  TRAINING

         8.1     Supplier shall provide, upon Sprint's request and at the time
or times required by Sprint during the Term of this Agreement, up   *
training class days of training and training materials for Sprint personnel,
       *      .  Such training shall be kept current to encompass the latest 
Licensed Software and Equipment, or any other Software Revision Level and/or  
Equipment Revision Level directed by Sprint.  Subject to the foregoing, course 
content and material will be designed and agreed to by mutual consent.  
Supplier shall have operator training available    *                and 
train-the-trainer classes available within    *     .  Sprint shall have the 
right to copy Supplier's training materials for its internal use provided that
any copyright notice included in such material is copied as well. Unless
otherwise directed by Sprint, courses shall be limited to ten (10) attendees
in each course session.  Sprint is obligated to pay for all travel and lodging
of Sprint personnel.  All training will be conducted at Ciena's Maryland
location unless otherwise agreed.  For each of the courses described below,
Supplier shall sufficiently train and test class attendees such that the
individual can perform the respective functions on the Equipment and Licensed
Software.  Supplier shall conduct classes for each course described below:

                 (a)      Installation training will include training to
technical personnel presumed not qualified or trained specifically on
installation or testing of the Equipment as it interfaces with a SONET System
or the Equipment or Software.  The subject matter will include a general
overview of Equipment technology and how it interfaces with fiber optic
transmission systems, and any other information necessary to successfully
install and test the Equipment in a field location.

                 (b)      Operations, Maintenance and Provisioning ("OM&P")
training will include training to technical personnel presumed not qualified or
trained specifically on operating the Equipment and Software included therein.
The subject matter will include (i) a general overview of wave division
multiplexers and how that type of equipment interfaces with fiber optic
transmission systems (ii) a system overview of the Equipment, Software
initiation and configuration requirements, required interconnections,
troubleshooting and testing requirements, recovery from System failures, use of
the craft interface device, and (iii) any other information necessary to
successfully operate, troubleshoot, maintain, or set up the Equipment to direct
traffic to the intended location, in each case so that the Equipment
successfully operates in a field location.

                 (c)      *




<PAGE>   10
                                                    Agreement Number: KC103251ML




Supplier will certify attendees upon successful completion of the course.  Such
course content and materials may be tailored or customized by Sprint for
internal use only and shall include training with respect to the following
topics which are applicable, as appropriate, to the installation, operation and
maintenance of the Equipment such as:

                           (i)    Hardware configuration;

                          (ii)    Communication interfaces and protocols;

                         (iii)    Software operating system (current to latest
                                  Software Revision Level);

                          (iv)    Data base configuration, structure and
                                  content;

                           (v)    Data base down loading;

                          (vi)    Program function;

                         (vii)    Troubleshooting procedures; and

                        (viii)    Other subject matter which is necessary or
                                  desirable to understand current Equipment
                                  operation and maintenance as well as any
                                  enhancements as they are added to the
                                  Equipment.

ARTICLE 9.  SOFTWARE LICENSE
         9.1     Supplier hereby grants to Sprint, and Sprint hereby accepts
from Supplier          *                    right to use license (the "RTU 
License"), with rights to transfer and sublicense, only to the extent 
explicitly authorized in this Agreement for:

                 (a)      the EMS Software in machine readable form, including
any applicable Software Upgrades provided under the warranty provisions of this
Agreement and any EMS Software Feature Enhancements licensed by Sprint under
this Agreement, and any copies of any of the foregoing as authorized herein;

                 (b)      System Software in machine readable form, including
any applicable Software Upgrades provided under the warranty provisions of this
Agreement or any System Software Feature Enhancements licensed by Sprint under
this Agreement, and any copies of any of the foregoing as authorized herein,
and

                 (c)      Third Party Software embedded in and integrated with
the Equipment, System Software, and EMS Software, in machine readable form.

The RTU License for each Item of Licensed Software commences on   *
and extends perpetually thereafter unless terminated in accordance with the 
provisions of this Article 9.

* Sprint may physically transfer the EMS Software from one workstation to 
another without Notice to Supplier and from one site to another provided that 
(a) the workstation from which the EMS Software has been transferred shall 
cease to be a Licensed EMS Workstation for such transferred Software and the
workstation to which the EMS Software has been transferred shall thereafter be
deemed to be a Licensed EMS Workstation, and (b) the EMS Software delivered by





<PAGE>   11
                                                    Agreement Number: KC103251ML




Supplier pursuant to a Sprint Purchase Order shall not be resident at any time
on more than the total number of Licensed EMS Workstations set forth on the
applicable Sprint Purchase Order.

Sprint's  *  for the System Software shall be limited to use in Equipment 
provided under this Agreement which incorporates such System Software for
transmission of a number of information payload carriers ("Channels") excluding
service channel carriers (order wires), in either optical transmission path of
such Equipment which does not exceed the number of Channels set forth in
Sprint's Purchase Order, or otherwise authorized by this Agreement, for (a) the
Equipment and System Software, or (b) license upgrade applicable to the
Equipment, and authorized by Supplier through provision of an applicable
release of the System Software for that System or an acknowledgment by Supplier
of purchase by Sprint's of    *     for increasing the maximum number of  *   
(hereinafter, a "Licensed System"). Sprint may transfer the System Software 
from one site to another so long as operated only on a Licensed System.

The Licensed Software contains copyrighted material, trade secrets and other
proprietary material of Supplier or Supplier's subcontractors.  Sprint is
granted no title or ownership rights to the Licensed Software, and Sprint shall
not sell, transfer (except as authorized under this Agreement), rent, copy
(other than for archival or backup purposes), reverse engineer, or grant any
rights in the Licensed Software except as provided herein without Supplier's
prior written consent.  Sprint agrees to protect the Licensed Software in a
manner consistent with the maintenance of Supplier's ownership and proprietary
rights therein, including displaying of any copyright marks incorporated by
Supplier.

         9.2      Sprint agrees  that the System Software is intended for use
with Supplier's Equipment and Supplier agrees that the Software will have
Interoperability with systems, equipment and software provided by other
suppliers and Customers.  *




         9.3      * Levels issued within * Supplier.  Sprint shall be required 
to procure a license for *  Some Software Feature Enhancements may require 
attendant hardware as described generally in Article 11, which will be 
purchased by Sprint consistent with Article 11.

         9.4      The provisions of this Article 9 shall survive the
termination of this Agreement, regardless of the cause of termination.

         9.5     In conjunction with a distribution of the Source Code escrow
described in Section 9.6, Supplier hereby grants to Sprint the perpetual right
and license to use, modify, and enhance the released Source Code of the
Software licensed by Sprint under the restrictions set forth in Section 9.6,
and Supplier agrees that the rights and licenses granted herein: (i) are fully
performed, (ii) are not of an executory nature, (iii) will not be subject to
rejection under Title 11, Section 365 (a) of the United States Code, or any
replacement provision therefor, and (iv) will be deemed to be, for purposes of
Title 11, Section 365 (n) of the United States Code, or any replacement
provision therefor, licenses to rights to "intellectual property" as defined
therein.





<PAGE>   12
                                                    Agreement Number: KC103251ML




         9.6      Supplier hereby grants Sprint, and Sprint hereby accepts from
Supplier, a Right to Modify license ("RTM License"), limited in use only for
the maintenance, modification and support of that Equipment purchased or
operated and System Software and EMS Software licensed by Sprint, including
access to Source Code, with access to the Source Code exercisable by Sprint
only under the following conditions:

                 (a)      If Supplier becomes insolvent, makes a general
assignment for the benefit of creditors, files a voluntary petition in
bankruptcy or an involuntary petition in bankruptcy is filed against Supplier
which is not dismissed within sixty (60) days, or suffers or permits the
appointment of a receiver for its business, or its assets become subject to any
proceeding under a bankruptcy or insolvency law, domestic or foreign, or has
liquidated its business, or Supplier, or a business unit of Supplier that is
responsible for maintenance of the Licensed Software ceases doing business
without providing for a successor, and Sprint has reasonable cause to believe
that any such event will cause Supplier to be unable to meet its support
requirements hereunder; or

                 (b)  If Supplier assigns, transfers or otherwise provides for
maintenance rights or other such rights to the Licensed Software to a third
party, excluding merger or acquisition, unless Sprint consents, in writing, to
such transfer or assignment (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld)
after receiving assurances which are reasonably satisfactory to Sprint that
Support Services provided under Article 16 for the Licensed Software, and
Equipment  during the Warranty Period and any Extended Warranty Periods as
defined in Article 13 with respect to the same will be maintained as
contemplated by this Agreement;

                 (c)   *

         9.7      Supplier agrees, at Sprint's request, to become a party to a
mutually acceptable master Source Code escrow agreement signed by Sprint and
Supplier and consistent with the terms of this Agreement ("Escrow Agreement")
which will allow Sprint to obtain access to Supplier's Source Code in
accordance with the terms set forth in Section 9.6 and such Escrow Agreement.
Supplier shall pay those costs associated with providing Supplier's Source Code
to the Escrow Agent and Sprint shall pay those costs associated with release of
such Source Code. Supplier warrants and agrees that (a) the Source Code
delivered into escrow in accordance with the Escrow Agreement will comprise the
full Source Code language statement of the System Software and EMS Software as
developed and used by Supplier to maintain or modify the Equipment and
management system including (i) the complete Software, maintenance, and support
Documentation, and (ii) all other materials necessary to allow a reasonably
skilled third-party programmer to maintain, modify, or enhance the deposited
Software without the assistance of any other person or the reference to any
other material; and excluding (i) Third Party Software incorporated in the
Licensed Software and sublicensed by Supplier to Sprint under the terms of
Article 9.1 of this Agreement, (ii) commercial software development tools which
were licensed by Supplier for its use in developing the Software; (b) such
Source Code shall include all Software Revision Levels thereof which have been
delivered by Supplier to Sprint under this Agreement from the date of initial
creation of such Software until the date the RTM License becomes effective, (c)
such Source Code shall be kept up to date, including all updates needed to
maintain compliance with the Technical Requirements.  In addition, all parts of
the Source Code from the date of its creation until the date the RTM License
first becomes effective thereof, and all updates thereto (including, without
limitation, those which are necessary to maintain compliance with the Technical
Requirements) shall be delivered into escrow in accordance with the Escrow
Agreement, and (d) the escrow agent will give Sprint written notice of any
deposit by Supplier and any refusal by Supplier to pay applicable any escrow
fees and expenses.  At Sprint's request, the escrow agent will also certify
that the deposit meets the technical requirements set forth in the Escrow
Agreement, including tests of the deposited Software.  The Source Code
delivered to the escrow agent will be in a form suitable for reproduction by
Sprint.

         9.8      In the event Sprint obtains the RTM License, Supplier
warrants that the System Software delivered to Sprint will be in a form
suitable for reproduction by Sprint and shall comprise the full Source Code
language statement





<PAGE>   13
                                                    Agreement Number: KC103251ML




of the System Software as used by Supplier sufficient to allow a reasonably
skilled third party programmer to maintain or modify the Equipment without the
help of any other person or reference to any other material.

         9.9     In the event that, after exercising the RTM license, Sprint is
later satisfied that Supplier can meet its Software Support and maintenance
obligations as set forth in this Agreement, then Sprint shall cease to exercise
its access rights under the RTU License and Sprint shall thereafter return any
copies of Software delivered from escrow to Supplier.

ARTICLE 10.  SOFTWARE CHANGES

         10.1     Software Upgrades shall be provided to Sprint by Supplier at
* , during the Warranty Period or Extended Warranty Period and such Upgrade 
shall have            *             prior to installation into the Sprint 
network.. Software Feature Enhancements during or after the Warranty Period 
shall be provided to Sprint by Supplier at any time, if requested by Sprint, 
and Sprint shall be obligated to pay * .  Sprint shall not be obligated to pay 
any fee related to any Software Feature Enhancement supplied to Sprint at the
initiative of Supplier unless Sprint elects to utilize any new feature included
therein.  The fee for any Software Enhancement addressed by the immediately
preceding sentence shall be due and payable within days of written Notice from
Sprint to Supplier that Sprint has elected to use such new feature and has made
Final Acceptance thereof.  In the event Supplier at any time issues a Software
Upgrade which is combined with any Software Feature Enhancement (collectively
the "Combined Release") to such Licensed Software, the Combined Release shall
be provided at unless and until Sprint elects to use any of the Software
Feature Enhancement(s) included within the Combined Release and has made Final
Acceptance thereof.  Any Software modification provided by Supplier to Sprint
at any time shall be subject to the terms of the  Software License set forth in
Article 9.

         10.2     To the extent practicable in light of Supplier's software
development practices, Supplier shall give Sprint not less than   *
written notice of the introduction of any Software Feature Enhancement or
Software Upgrade of the Licensed Software to be released by Supplier.

         10.3    During the Term of this Agreement, Supplier agrees, if
requested by Sprint,  *




         10.4     Except as provided in Section 16.3 (e), during the term of
this Agreement, installation, testing and acceptance of the Licensed Software
shall be performed in accordance with Exhibit B, prior to the delivery of the
applicable Software Upgrade or Software Feature Enhancement, but in no event no
later than thirty (30) days prior to the time such Software Upgrade or Software
Feature Enhancement is to be deployed in the field.

         10.5     In the event that any Third Party Software modification,
Software Upgrade or Software Feature Enhancement or Software Revision Level
supplied by Supplier during the Life of System has the effect of preventing the
Equipment from satisfying, or performing in accordance with, the Technical
Requirements or otherwise adversely affects the functionality or features of
the Equipment, then Supplier shall promptly make such program changes, replace
the Licensed Software or take such other corrective action as may be necessary
to assure that the Licensed Software, as modified to include each such Software
Upgrade or Software Feature Enhancement, will satisfy, and perform in
accordance with, the Technical Requirements and restore all preexisting
functionality and features as well as provide any new features and
functionality provided by any of the foregoing modifications, in each case
without any charge to Sprint.





<PAGE>   14
                                                    Agreement Number: KC103251ML




         10.6    Sprint shall have the option to procure a license for
Supplier's Software Feature Enhancement releases.  In the event that Sprint
declines to procure a license for one or more successive releases pursuant to
this section, it shall nonetheless be eligible to procure any current release
at a price   *


ARTICLE 11.  EQUIPMENT CHANGES.

         11.1     Equipment Upgrades shall be provided to Sprint by Supplier *
except for Class A and Class AC * The Net Price for any Equipment Feature 
Enhancement addressed by the immediately preceding sentence shall be due within
thirty (30) days of written Notice from Sprint to Supplier that Sprint has
elected to use such new feature and has made Final Acceptance thereof.  In the
event Supplier at any time issues an Equipment Upgrade which is combined with
any Equipment Feature Enhancement (collectively the "Combined Release") to such
Equipment, the Combined Release shall be *



         11.2     To the extent practicable in light of Supplier's Equipment
development practices, Supplier shall give Sprint not less than  *
prior written Notice of the introduction of any new Equipment Feature
Enhancement to the Equipment by Supplier.

         11.3     During the Term of this Agreement, Supplier agrees, if
requested by Sprint,   *





         11.4     Installation, testing and acceptance of the Equipment
Upgrades and Equipment Feature Enhancements shall be performed in accordance
with  Exhibit B.

         11.5     In the event that any Equipment Upgrade or Equipment Feature
Enhancement supplied by Supplier during the Life of System has the effect of
preventing the Equipment from satisfying, or performing in accordance with, the
Technical Requirements or otherwise adversely affects the functionality or
features of the Equipment, then Supplier shall promptly repair or take such
other corrective action as may be necessary to assure that the optical
Equipment, as modified to include each such Equipment Upgrade and Equipment
Feature Enhancement, will satisfy, and perform in accordance with the Technical
Requirements and restore all preexisting functionality and features as well as
provide any new features and functionality provided by any of the foregoing
modifications, in each case without any charge to Sprint.

         11.6    Supplier reserves the right to discontinue any product  that
is a Deliverable under this Agreement if a functional equivalent is offered
generally at substantially the same price or if Sprint has not ordered any of
that product for     *          consecutive years.  Supplier will provide a 
minimum of      *          Notice for products being discontinued. 
Notwithstanding the conditions set forth in the first two sentences of this 
Section 11.6,       *




<PAGE>   15
                                                    Agreement Number: KC103251ML




products still in use by Sprint.  For a product to be considered a functional
equivalent, however, it must meet the Technical Requirements.

ARTICLE 12.  PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

         12.1      Each party acknowledges the other party's ownership of trade
secrets, proprietary or confidential information, including but not limited to
products, planned products, services or planned services, the identity of or
information concerning customers or prospective customers, data, financial
information, computer software, processes, methods, knowledge, inventions,
ideas, marketing promotions, discoveries, current or planned activities,
research development or other information relating to the other party's
business activities or operations and those of its customers or subcontractors
(collectively referred to hereinafter as the "Proprietary Information").

         12.2    (a)      This Agreement creates a confidential relationship
between Sprint and the Supplier and, in the course of, negotiating or
performing this Agreement, including providing Deliverables pursuant to this
Agreement, the disclosing party may disclose Proprietary Information to the
receiving party.  The receiving party shall keep Proprietary Information
confidential and, except as directed or authorized in writing, shall use
Proprietary Information only to provide the Deliverables and services pursuant
to this Agreement and shall not disclose to any person or entity, directly or
indirectly, in whole or in part, any Proprietary Information, information
prepared from Proprietary Information, or information that comes into
possession by reason of services hereunder.  Dissemination of Proprietary
Information shall be limited to the personnel within the receiving party's
organization with a need to know and solely for the purpose of the performance
of duties hereunder.  Upon cessation of work hereunder, the receiving party
shall return or destroy and certify to the disclosing party such destruction of
all documents, papers and other materials in its control that contain or relate
to Proprietary Information.  To the extent practicable all proprietary
information disclosed to the receiving party shall be promptly identified as
such by the disclosing party in writing.

                 (b)       The receiving party shall protect the Proprietary
Information from unauthorized use or disclosure by exercising the same degree
of care that it uses with respect to information of its own of a similar
nature, but in no event less than reasonable care.

         12.3    Proprietary Information does not include any information
which:

                 (a)      was rightfully known prior to  *                 , 
other than information obtained in confidence under prior engagements;

                 (b)      as shown by written records, has been independently
developed without any reliance on Proprietary Information; or

                 (c)      is or later becomes part of the public domain or is
lawfully obtained from any nonparty to this Agreement.

         12.4      Either party may from time to time, request that the other
party disclose such of the other party's Proprietary Information as may be
reasonably necessary to permit the design and implementation of such Software
interfaces and other systems to permit Interoperability of the Equipment with
the equipment or software of other suppliers of equipment and customers of
Sprint, excluding equipment which is intended to replace portions of Supplier's
Equipment, and each party shall otherwise reasonably cooperate with the other
and such other suppliers and customers for the purpose of achieving such
Interoperability.





<PAGE>   16
                                                    Agreement Number: KC103251ML




         12.5     Supplier may not use or reproduce the Sprint name with the
diamond logo, the diamond logo alone, or any other registered or otherwise
protected trademark of Sprint, even in responses to or in correspondence with
Sprint, without the express, prior written permission of Sprint.

         12.6    All equipment, materials, drawings, software, data or other
such property of every description that Supplier receives directly or
indirectly from Sprint or from a third party on behalf of Sprint in relation to
this Agreement, or that is paid for or in whole or in part by Sprint, is the
property of Sprint.  ("Sprint Owned Property").  Supplier must mark all Sprint
Owned Property as such and return all Sprint Owned Property to Sprint upon
Sprint's request, or upon the termination or expiration of this Agreement
whichever is earlier.  Supplier is responsible and must account for all Sprint
Owned Property, and bears the risk of loss while such property is in Supplier's
possession.  Sprint Owned Property may only be used in Supplier's performance
of this Agreement.  Sprint may inspect any agreements and associated records,
including invoices, by which Supplier acquires Sprint Owned Property.

         12.7    The provisions of this Article 12 shall survive *           .

ARTICLE 13.   WARRANTIES

         13.1     Supplier warrants for a period of *
from the date of delivery of any Deliverable or the provision of any Service
("Warranty Period") and any Extended Warranty Period as defined in Section
13.4, that such Deliverable or Service (as applicable)  will meet all
applicable industry standards, be free from defects in material and
workmanship, including without limitation, design defects to the extent that
such design defects prevent conformity with Technical Requirements as modified
and attached hereto, will conform to the Technical Requirements, will be newly
manufactured, and will be free from all liens and encumbrances.  Supplier
warrants that it is authorized to and hereby passes through to Sprint without
modification, all warranties for Third Party Software and Equipment (that was
not manufactured by Supplier) as were provided to Supplier by Third Party
Software licensors and Equipment manufacturers.

         13.2     Supplier warrants that during the Warranty Period or any
Extended Warranty Period, that each Deliverable to be furnished hereunder will
conform to all standards established for such Deliverables in accordance with
applicable federal, state, local laws or regulations at time of delivery.

         13.3     With respect to Deliverables repaired or replaced during 
the                    *         Warranty Period, Supplier warrants, for a 
period equal to the greater of (i) the remaining unexpired portion of such 
Warranty Period, or (ii)    *            from the date the repair is effected, 
in the case of Deliverables repaired at the installation site, and from the 
date a replacement is shipped to Sprint, in the case of defective Deliverables 
that are replaced, that such Deliverables will satisfy and perform in accordance
with the Technical Requirements, throughout such time period.

         13.4     During the Life of System, Sprint shall be entitled to
purchase *


         13.5    Supplier warrants that it has good marketable title to the
Equipment, that it has the full power and authority to grant the license
granted Sprint under this Agreement with respect to the Licensed Software, and
to Supplier's knowledge, after investigation, neither the license to nor use by
Sprint of the Licensed Software or Equipment, as permitted under this
Agreement, will in any way constitute an infringement or other violation of any
copyright, patent, trade secret, trademark, non-disclosure, or any other
intellectual property right of any third party.  The Licensed Software licensed
under this Agreement will be free and clear of all liens and encumbrances.





<PAGE>   17
                                                    Agreement Number: KC103251ML




         13.6    Except for the warranties expressly set forth in this Article
13 and Section 14.5, Supplier hereby expressly disclaims any and all
warranties, whether express or implied, verbal or written, statutory or at law,
including, without limitation, any warranty of merchantability or fitness for
any particular purpose.

         13.7    In the event that Sprint makes any unauthorized modifications
to the Equipment or System Software, the Equipment warranty will be voided.

         13.8    The Software delivered to Sprint under this Agreement will be
free from any viruses, disabling programming codes, instructions, or other such
items that may interfere with or adversely affect Sprint's permitted use of the
Software.

         13.9    To the best of Supplier's knowledge, after investigation,
neither Supplier nor its personnel performing services under this Agreement has
any existing obligation that would violate or infringe upon the rights of third
parties, including property, contractual, employment, trademark, trade secrets,
copyright, patent, proprietary information and non disclosure rights, that may
affect Supplier's ability to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement.

ARTICLE 14.  REPRESENTATIONS AND OTHER WARRANTIES

         14.1      Each party represents and warrants that it is duly
organized, existing and in good standing under the laws of its State of
organization, and is duly qualified as a foreign corporation and in good
standing in all jurisdictions in which the failure to so qualify would have a
materially adverse impact upon its business and assets.

         14.2      Each party represents and warrants that it has the corporate
power and requisite authority to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement,
the non disclosure agreement between the parties incorporated as Exhibit D, the
Hardware and Software Trial Evaluation agreement between the parties 
dated   *    ,  any  Source Code escrow agreement entered into pursuant to 
this Agreement, and all Purchase Orders to be executed  pursuant to or in 
connection with this Agreement, and that it is duly authorized to, and has 
taken all corporate action necessary to authorize, the execution, delivery and 
performance of this Agreement and such other agreements and documents.

         14.3      Each party represents and warrants that neither the
execution and delivery of this Agreement and the agreements or documents stated
in Section 14.2 above executed by it pursuant to or in connection with this
Agreement, nor the consummation of any of the transactions herein or therein
contemplated, nor compliance by it with the terms and provisions hereof or with
the terms and provisions thereof will (i) contravene or materially conflict
with any provision of applicable law to which it is subject or any judgment,
license, order or permit applicable to it, or any indenture, mortgage, deed of
trust, or other agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it
or its property may be bound, or to which it or its property may be subject,
(ii) violate any provision of its articles of incorporation or bylaws or
partnership agreement, if any  or (iii) require the consent or approval of, the
giving of notice to, or the registration, recording or filing of any document
with, or the taking of any other action in respect of, any person, entity or
governmental agency.

         14.4      Each party represents and warrants that this Agreement and
the agreements or documents stated in Section 14.2 above executed by it
pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement will constitute when executed
in full the legal, valid and binding obligations of said party, enforceable in
accordance with their respective terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy,
insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent transfer, moratorium or similar laws
affecting the enforcement of creditors rights generally and to general
principles of equity.

         14.5    Supplier represents and warrants that Supplier possesses the
technical capability, personnel, financial and other resources and proprietary
rights to develop, build, test, deliver and support on a timely basis
Deliverables that will satisfy the Technical Requirements.




<PAGE>   18
                                                    Agreement Number: KC103251ML




ARTICLE 15.  REMEDIES

         15.1     In the event that any Licensed Software , or Equipment is
discovered to be defective or otherwise fails to satisfy, or perform in
accordance with, the Technical Requirements, or to conform to any of the other
warranties specified in Article 13 during the applicable Warranty Period,
Supplier promptly shall repair or replace, at its option and expense, all such
defective or nonconforming System Software, EMS Software or Equipment so as to
cause them to satisfy, and perform in accordance with, the Technical
Requirements, and all of the other warranties in Article 13 during the
applicable Warranty Period or any Extended Warranty Period. In the event that
any Deliverable  is returned for repair (including Deliverables with no trouble 
found following inspection) * , Supplier shall not deliver that specific 
Deliverable to Sprint repaired, but will exchange it at no cost to Sprint, for 
a new Deliverable.

         15.2     During the Term of the Agreement, in the event Supplier fails
to meet the delivery schedule specified in an applicable Purchase Order for
Deliverables, Supplier shall have a
grace period following the scheduled delivery date, then Sprint shall either *





         15.3     *





         15.4     During the Term of the Agreement, in the event Supplier does
not correct the cause of any failure contemplated by Section 16.7 within the
time periods specified therein, Sprint shall be entitled to deduct from the
payments otherwise required to be made by Sprint to Supplier under this
Agreement, or request or credit to its account with Supplier or a payment from
Supplier, in an amount equal to * Should occurrence cause additional 
derivative problems of the type as identified in Section 16.7, the remedies 
payable to Sprint by Supplier shall not be cumulative.

         15.5    The parties acknowledge that disclosure of any Proprietary
Information other than as allowed by Article 12 may give rise to irreparable
injury and may be inadequately compensable in monetary damages and therefore





<PAGE>   19
                                                    Agreement Number: KC103251ML




the non-disclosing party shall be entitled to seek and to obtain injunctive or
other equitable relief against the breach or threatened breach of the
obligations of said Article 12, in addition to any other remedies which may be
available.

         15.6     Notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary in
Article 15 (except Section 15.4) or elsewhere in this Agreement:

                  (a)     Except for those provided in Section 16.7, all
remedies available to either party under this Agreement are cumulative and may
be exercised concurrently or separately; the exercise of any one remedy shall
not be deemed an election of such remedy to the exclusion of other remedies;
and the rights and remedies of the parties as set forth in this Agreement are
not exclusive and are in addition to any other rights and remedies available to
it at law or in equity; provided, however, that the aggregate amount that
Sprint shall be permitted to deduct from payments otherwise required to be made
by it to Supplier under this Article 15, or to request a credit or payment as
aforesaid, shall not exceed the aggregate Net Price of Deliverables invoiced to
Sprint pursuant to Purchase Orders throughout the Term of this Agreement.

                 (b)   *





         15.7    Except for Supplier's indemnity obligations set forth in
Article 19, anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding,
Supplier's  uninsured liability to Sprint pursuant to this Agreement or in
connection with any matters in any manner related to this Agreement shall not
exceed in the aggregate the Net Price of all Deliverables purchased by Sprint
from Supplier and paid for during the term of this Agreement.

         15.8    Except for Supplier's indemnity obligations set forth in
Article 19, anything else to the contrary in this Agreement notwithstanding
(except for Sections 15.2 and 15.4 of this Agreement), Neither party shall be
liable to the other or to anyone claiming through the other party for any
indirect, consequential, special or exemplary damages of any kind whatsoever.

ARTICLE 16. SUPPORT SERVICES

         16.1     Support services consist of immediate and long-term emergency
and non-emergency services provided during the Warranty Period and any Extended
Warranty Period.  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement,
Supplier will provide to Sprint the support services described below ("Support
Services")  *


                 (a)      Upon receipt of a request for technical assistance,
the nature of the problem will be identified, and a priority assigned by Sprint
as either an emergency or non-emergency condition and resolution thereof will
be expedited accordingly.




<PAGE>   20
                                                    Agreement Number: KC103251ML




                 (b)      Following corrective actions by Sprint in accordance
with applicable maintenance documentation provided by the Supplier, when
Supplier is notified by Sprint that the Licensed Software or Equipment fails to
operate in accordance with the Technical Requirements, Supplier will promptly
commence and diligently pursue all reasonable efforts to correct the defect.

                 (c)      Supplier's correction of such defects in the Licensed
Software or Equipment may take the form of new System Software code, new or
supplementary operating instruction or procedures, modifications of the
Software code in customer's possession, modification of Equipment, or any other
commonly used method for correcting Software defects, as Sprint and Supplier
deem appropriate.

                 (d)      Supplier will provide non-emergency technical support
to Sprint via telephone, facsimile transmission, or modem access, during
Sprint's normal business hours.

                 (e)      Supplier will provide an emergency technical
assistance to Sprint via telephone, twenty-four (24) hours per day, three
hundred sixty-five (365) days per year.

         16.2    (a)      From time to time, failures in or degradation of
Equipment or System Software may cause services provided by the Equipment to be
adversely affected.  Critical service outages which cannot be resolved by
Sprint field technicians or technical support engineers using procedures
defined in Supplier documentation and training will be transmitted to the
Supplier as a Trouble Report ("TR").  Supplier shall assign an identifying
number to each TR to aid in tracking its disposition.  TR's will be immediately
addressed by the Supplier through emergency technical assistance under
guidelines set forth below.  It is necessary that immediate assistance be
provided by the Supplier to allow Sprint to restore the affected service.
Trouble Reports may not be considered concluded until the solution is concurred
in by a designated Sprint Operations Control Center.  The root cause of
problems resulting in TR's may be system deficiencies which must be corrected
through Equipment, System Software or procedure changes.  Problems with the
Equipment requiring such changes will be referred to the Supplier for action
through a Customer Service Request ("CSR").  CSR's will also be the means for
Sprint to request certain improvements or the addition of features to the
Equipment.

                 (b)      Sprint is authorized by Supplier to install and
integrate any Software Upgrade or Software Feature Enhancement provided by
Supplier pursuant to Supplier's instructions.

         16.3    (a)      The term Emergency Technical Assistance ("ETA") is
defined to mean the provision of emergency technical assistance to Sprint for
the purpose of resolving a problem which adversely affects service.  When a
problem is encountered which adversely affects service with respect to the
Deliverables provided by Supplier, a Sprint maintenance technician will attempt
to repair, correct, or replace any malfunctioning Deliverable using the
procedures recommended in the Supplier's Documentation.  If unsuccessful, a
Sprint technical representative will consult the Supplier's designated ETA
group at the telephone number provided by the Supplier in Section 16.3(c).
Following receipt of notification by the ETA group, the ETA group will utilize
all available technical resources and will ensure that a qualified technical
engineer is communicating with Sprint personnel regarding the problem within
fifteen (15) minutes of such notification.

                 (b)      A problem adversely affecting service that has a
severity level defined below as either E1 or E2 is to be addressed under ETA
procedures:

                          (i)     The term E1 Emergency Condition is defined to
                                  mean any failure of a Deliverable that
                                  renders any primary function and all recovery
                                  procedures inoperative.  Supplier shall clear
                                  all E1 Emergency Conditions within
                                  twenty-four (24) hours or as soon as
                                  possible.  Work must continue around the
                                  clock until the defect causing the E1




<PAGE>   21
                                                    Agreement Number: KC103251ML




                                  Emergency Condition is solved or the severity
                                  thereof is reduced to P1, as defined below, 
                                  or less.

                          (ii)    The term E2 Emergency Condition is defined to
                                  mean any emergency condition in which there
                                  is a clearly identified degradation of
                                  customer service that continues or repeats
                                  even after recovery procedures have been
                                  executed, and which will ultimately results
                                  in the loss of any primary function of the
                                  Deliverable.  Supplier shall clear all E2
                                  Emergency Conditions within twenty-four (24)
                                  hours or as soon as possible.  This includes
                                  problems resulting in loss of system
                                  redundancy.  Work must continue around the
                                  clock until the defect causing the E2
                                  Emergency Condition is solved or the severity
                                  is reduced to P1, as defined below, or less.

                 (c)      In the event that an E1 or E2 Emergency Condition
should remain unresolved following referral to the Supplier by Sprint, the
problem causing such condition shall be reported to the levels of management
set forth below (with comparable titles, if different) to ensure all available
resources necessary to address the problem will be committed in accordance with
the following:   

                      *

                      *       *       *       *
                      *       *       *       *
                      *       *       *       *
                      *       *       *       *
                              *       *
                      *       *       *       *


                 (d)  In the event that Sprint reasonably determines that
Supplier has not provided sufficient ETA to resolve any E1 or E2 Emergency
Condition on a timely basis,  *

 .

                 (e)  Time is of the essence during E1 and E2 Emergency
Conditions, and Supplier shall deliver to Sprint each Software Upgrade and each
Equipment Upgrade developed by or on behalf of Supplier to resolve any E1 or E2
Emergency Condition promptly following completion of development and successful
testing of such Software Upgrade or Equipment Upgrade but in no event later
than * following completion of such development.

         16.4    (a)      The term Non-Emergency Services includes providing to
Sprint any requested technical assistance and support, remote monitoring and
outage review consultation and the handling of Customer Service Requests
("CSR").

                 (b)      Technical assistance and support shall be provided
for the purpose of resolving non-emergency problems defined below as P1, P2 and
P3 which shall be reported to Supplier.

                          (i)     The term P1 Major Condition is defined to
                                  mean any non-emergency failure of specific
                                  features or functions of the Deliverable that
                                  restricts its operations, but does not render
                                  the Deliverable inoperable, or require
                                  significant manual intervention for the
                                  Deliverable to operate properly.

                          (ii)    The term P2 Significant Problem is defined to
                                  mean any non-emergency, intermittently
                                  occurring problem related to specific primary
                                  functions, or features and/or any inoperable
                                  secondary functions, but the impact of such
                                  problems does not have a significant adverse
                                  affect on the overall performance of the
                                  Deliverable.  By-pass or work around
                                  procedures shall be used to alleviate such
                                  problem until it is corrected.


<PAGE>   22
                                                    Agreement Number: KC103251ML




                          (iii)   The term P3 Minor Problem is defined to mean
                                  any non-emergency problem that does not
                                  affect the performance or functions of the
                                  Deliverable.  The Deliverable is fully
                                  operable without restrictions. Such problems
                                  may include Documentation inaccuracies,
                                  cosmetics, minor requests for changes or
                                  maintenance requests.  Supplier will clear
                                  minor problems during the next available
                                  scheduled Software Upgrade or Equipment
                                  Upgrade.

                 (c)      Should non-emergency problems remain unresolved
following referral to the Supplier by Sprint, such problem shall be reported to
higher levels of management to ensure all available resources are committed to
address such problem in accordance with the following schedule:

                                     *
                                     *

                       *      *      *      *      *
                       *      *      *      *      *
                       *      *      *      *      *
                       *
                       *                    *      *

         Non-emergency problems referred to the Supplier as a CSR will be
resolved based upon the priority assigned to them as reasonably determined by
Sprint , and will generally be incorporated into the next scheduled Software
Upgrade, Feature Enhancement or Revision Level, or Equipment Upgrade, Feature
Enhancement or Revision Level, as applicable and which time reasonably
permits.  Technical assistance for P1, P2, and P3 type problems  shall be
included in the Support Services during the Warranty or Extended Warranty
Period during normal business hours (Monday-Friday 0800 - 1700 hours local
time, Kansas City).

         16.5     In the event that emergency or non-emergency technical
support provided from the Supplier's technical support center is not sufficient
to resolve level E1 or E2 Emergency Conditions or P1 or P2 problems, Supplier
shall send a technically qualified person to this site of such emergency
condition or problem to assist Sprint employees in solving the condition or
problem.  The technically qualified person shall be on-site within twenty-four
(24) hours or as soon thereafter as reasonably practicable after notification
to Supplier by Sprint, or at such later time as may be determined by Sprint.

         16.6     A CSR will be submitted by Sprint to request a repair of
Emergency Conditions or a Non-Emergency Problem, or to request the addition of
a Software or Equipment Upgrade or other Software or Equipment Feature
Enhancement.  Sprint's CSRs will define the problem or feature desired, and
state whether Sprint considers the CSR to be a Software Equipment Upgrade or
Software Equipment Feature Enhancement. Changes to the Equipment resulting from
CSR's must be fully tested and accepted in accordance with the provisions of
Exhibit B.  The Supplier shall respond to the submission of a CSR by Sprint
within five (5) business days, acknowledging receipt of the CSR, confirming or
denying agreement with Sprint's assessment of whether the CSR may be considered
a Software or Equipment Upgrade or a Software or Equipment Feature Enhancement
and summarizing the Supplier's intended actions to handle the CSR.  A CSR may
result in a Software Upgrade or Equipment Upgrade as well as a Software Feature
Enhancement or Equipment Feature Enhancement.

         To the extent that Sprint notifies Supplier of a problem to be
remedied by Supplier, whether under Article 16 or any other provision of this
Agreement, and such problem is determined to be not attributable to products or
services provided by Supplier, Sprint shall promptly, but in no event later
than thirty (30) days after receipt of  *                    therefor*.
Notwithstanding the previous sentence, if such problem is the result of an
installation by Sprint is based on erroneous Documentation or advice from
Supplier, any expenses incurred by Supplier shall not be paid by Sprint.
Reimbursement provisions for Supplier's expenses are set forth in Exhibit C.

         16.7    In the event that Sprint's efforts in resolving the following
issues are unsuccessful, Sprint may submit a CSR to Supplier.:

<PAGE>   23
                                                    Agreement Number: KC103251ML




                 (a)      *




                 (b)      *





 .

                 (c)      Software Upgrades or Software Feature Enhancements
cannot be installed into working Equipment without affecting customer traffic.

          Supplier shall have     *      from the date the CSR is submitted to
identify and isolate the cause, recommend a solution that is satisfactory to
Sprint or notify Sprint that Supplier does not believe that the fault relates
to its Deliverable, and the basis for this conclusion.  If, in Sprint's
determination a Deliverable is at fault, Supplier agrees to correct the cause
of the failure at no cost or expense to Sprint (and to deliver the same to
Sprint).

         If the cause of any failure is not corrected within the time periods
specified above, Sprint shall be entitled to the remedy set forth in Section
15.4.

         16.8     Deliverables which fail in service will be returned by Sprint
to the Supplier for repair in accordance with the following:

                 (a)      During the applicable Warranty Period, or Extended
Warranty Period, repair of failed Deliverables shall be accomplished by the
Supplier  * .

                 (b)      Under non-emergency circumstances, Supplier shall
repair or replace failed Equipment and return it to Sprint no later than
     *        following receipt from Sprint.

                 (c)      Under emergency conditions, the Supplier shall
provide emergency replacement of failed or inoperational Deliverables in the
event that a spare is not available through Sprint's stock of spares in the
region affected.  In such event, Supplier shall deliver emergency spare parts
to Sprint within  *                             of Supplier's receipt of
Sprint's request.  A request from Sprint shall be made through the emergency
support contact as defined in Section 16.3. If Supplier fails to comply with
the aforesaid obligation in  *




<PAGE>   24
                                                    Agreement Number: KC103251ML




one emergency request.

         16.9  All units repaired by the Supplier for immediate or eventual
return to Sprint shall be tested for full functionality in accordance with
Supplier's current practices.  Should no trouble be found ("NTF") with
Equipment returned by Sprint to the Supplier for repair, a functionality
testing period, intended to discover latent problems with the Equipment, shall
be accomplished by the Supplier for no less *


         16.10 Supplier will notify Sprint of any problem described in this
Section, below, with Equipment, Software or Documentation discovered through
any internal investigation or trouble reporting process from any customer using
the Equipment.  Such notification shall be in writing and shall be made within
      *   of the discovery of level E1 or E2 Emergency Condition,  *
          for level P1 problems and * for level P2 or P3 problems.  Supplier 
shall make reasonable efforts to verbally notify Sprint and discuss the problem
with a technician or engineer as soon as  practicable, but in no event later
than * after the internal discovery of level E1 or E2 Emergency Condition 
problems.  Written notifications will be made by fax or overnight courier at 
Supplier's discretion. Notification will include:

                 (a)      Impact on traffic if the condition or problem is not
                          fixed;

                 (b)      Impact on traffic caused by implementing fix;

                 (c)      If fix is already included in an upcoming Software
                          Upgrade, Revision Level, Equipment Upgrade or
                          Revision Level;

                 (d)      Cost, if any, to Sprint to implement;

                 (e)      Impact on performance of the Equipment or Software if
                          implemented; and

                 (f)      Any workarounds or modifications to protect Sprint
                          customer traffic and the associated cost as 
                          applicable.

         16.11  Changes to the system required by Supplier due to its normal
business processes or required by TR's, CSR's or other problem resolution
methods shall be communicated to Sprint through a formal Product Change Notice
("PCN") process.  This process will ensure formal Documentation is issued to
Sprint to describe any necessary modifications to the Software or to the
Equipment, and procedures for implementing them on a timely basis.

                 (a)      Product Changes for problems for which a fix has been
identified through the TR or CSR process must be tested and demonstrated within
         *             for E1 or E2 level conditions, and    *
for P1, P2 or P3 level problems and implemented in the network as soon as
reasonably practicable.

                 (b)      Sprint must be notified of all upgrades that result
in a functional change prior to the change being implemented on repaired
Deliverables, or through Software Upgrades to individual Deliverables  or the
overall Equipment.  Sprint must approve changes that affect functionality or
Interoperability of Supplier's Equipment.

                 (c)      An Equipment Upgrade or Software Upgrade to
Supplier's Equipment that changes functionality may, at Sprint's election, be
jointly tested by the Supplier and Sprint in Supplier's or Sprint's Testbed
prior  to use by Sprint.


<PAGE>   25
                                                    Agreement Number: KC103251ML




         16.12  All Equipment capable of being marked with bar codes using the
CLEI standards as defined by Bellcore shall be so marked.

         16.13  Supplier shall make available appropriate members of its senior
management at a mutually agreed upon date once each quarter, or at such dates
no more frequently directed by Sprint, to participate in quality assurance
meetings conducted by Sprint which will cover, at a minimum, Supplier
performance, business process and procedure improvements, projected schedules
for future System Software releases and their proposed contents, and ongoing
operations topics.

         16.14  The Supplier shall be obligated to fulfill all of the duties
and perform all of the obligations, for reasonable rates after the Warranty
Period or Extended Warranty Period as the case may be, set forth in or
contemplated by each of Sections 16.1 through and including 16.13 during the
Life of System.

ARTICLE 17.  DISASTER RECOVERY

         17.1     Supplier shall commit to its best efforts to have available
to Sprint sufficient Equipment and/or System Software inventory to replace the
most complex Sprint network node site which would include any combination of up
to  *  Sprint network, in each case as directed by Sprint.  This commitment
shall be exercised in the event the Sprint's network incurs a Catastrophic
Failure and thereupon Supplier shall be obligated to use its best efforts to
ship such Equipment and System Software immediately following Sprint's request
in writing, but in no event later than twenty-four (24) hours following such
request.  Equipment and/or System Software used in the Supplier's testbed,
specified under Article 1, may be used in combination with Supplier's inventory
to satisfy this commitment.  Where appropriate, Sprint shall purchase Equipment
or procure additional licenses for Software supplied to Sprint.

         17.2     In the event the Equipment and/or System Software is used to
support Sprint in a disaster recovery, Supplier shall restore to full operation
the Supplier Testbed in the configuration specified in Article 1 as soon as
possible but in no event later than   *                               after
such Equipment and/or Licensed Software was removed.

ARTICLE 18.  INSURANCE

         18.1     Supplier shall procure and maintain, during the Term of this
Agreement insurance in not less than the following amounts:

                 (a)      Worker's Compensation insurance in accordance with
the provisions of the applicable Workers' Compensation or similar law of the
state with jurisdiction applicable to Supplier's personnel.

                 (b)      Commercial General Liability, including Contractual
Liability insurance with a coverage limit of not less than five million dollars
($5,000,000) Combined Single Limit per occurrence for bodily injury or property
damage liability.  Such policy or policies shall name Sprint as an additional
insured and shall contain a provision waiving the insurer's right of
subrogation against Sprint and its employees, agents, officers and directors.

                 (c)      If the use of any automobile is required by the
Supplier or any third party acting on behalf of Supplier in the performance of
this Agreement, Supplier shall also obtain and maintain business auto liability
insurance for the operation of all owned, non-owned and hired automobiles with
a coverage limit of not less than one million dollars ($1,000,000) combined
single limit per accident for bodily injury or property damage liability.  Such
policy or policies shall name Sprint as an Additional Insured and shall contain
a provision waiving the insurer's rights of subrogation against Sprint and its
employees, agents, officers and directors.



<PAGE>   26
                                                    Agreement Number: KC103251ML




         18.2    Supplier shall deliver to Sprint certificates of insurance
satisfactory in form and content to Sprint evidencing that all of the insurance
required by this Agreement is in force, and that no policy may be canceled or
materially altered without first giving Sprint at least thirty (30) days prior
written notice.

         18.3     Nothing in this Article 18 is intended to imply that the
Supplier's liability to Sprint is limited to the amount of insurance carried.
Supplier's liability is limited by other provisions of this Agreement, such as
Section 15.7.

ARTICLE 19.  PATENT, COPYRIGHT AND TRADE SECRET

         19.1     Supplier agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless
Sprint, and each director, officer, employee or agent of Sprint (the
"Indemnified Parties"), against any claims, suits, proceedings, damages,
liabilities, judgments, amounts paid in settlement with the consent of the
Supplier (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), costs or expenses
(including the reasonable cost of investigating and defending any of the
foregoing and attorneys' fees incurred in connection therewith), joint or
several, as incurred, which may be based in whole or in part upon, or arise in
whole or in part out of (A) any infringement or alleged infringement of any
patent or copyright or similar rights protected under the laws of the United
States of America ("USA") or any other country which is a signatory to the
Paris Convention of March 20, 1883, as revised relating to the Deliverables or
use thereof;(B) any wrongful use or misappropriation or alleged wrongful use or
misappropriation of any trade secret or other proprietary rights relating to
Deliverables, hereunder pursuant to any statute, regulation or common law of
the USA or any other country which is a signatory to the Paris Convention of
March 20, 1883, as revised (collectively referred to hereinafter as
"Indemnified Liabilities"), provided that Supplier shall not be liable with
respect to any Indemnified Liabilities which result from use by Sprint of the
Equipment and Licensed Software different from the uses contemplated by this
Agreement.

         19.2     Without limiting the foregoing, in the event any such claim,
action, suit, proceeding or investigation is brought against any Indemnified
Party, unless Supplier assumes the defense as hereinafter provided, (a) the
Indemnified Parties may retain counsel satisfactory to them and Supplier and
Supplier shall pay all fees and expenses of such counsel for the Indemnified
Parties promptly as statements therefor are received; and (b) Supplier will use
all reasonable efforts to assist in the vigorous defense of any such matter,
provided that Supplier shall not be liable for any settlement effected without
its written consent, which consent, however, shall not be unreasonably
withheld.  The Supplier will be entitled to participate at its own expense in
the defense, or, if the Supplier so elects, to assume the defense of any suit
brought to enforce any such liability, but, if the Supplier elects to assume
the defense, such defense shall be conducted by counsel chosen by the Supplier.
In the event Supplier elects to assume the defense of any such suit and retain
such counsel, any Indemnified Party may retain additional counsel but shall
bear the fees and expenses of such counsel unless (i) the Supplier shall have
specifically authorized the retaining of such counsel or (ii) the parties to
such suit include such Indemnified Party, and the Supplier and the Indemnified
Party have been advised by counsel that one or more legal defenses may be
available to it or them which may not be available to the Supplier, in which
case the Supplier shall not be entitled to assume the defense of such suit
notwithstanding its obligation to bear the fees and expenses of such counsel.

         19.3     Any Indemnified Party wishing to claim indemnification under
this Article 19, upon learning of any such claim, action, suit, proceeding or
investigation, shall notify the Supplier promptly (but the failure so to notify
shall not relieve Supplier from any liability which it may have under this
Article 19 except to the extent such failure prejudices Supplier).  Supplier
shall promptly notify Sprint that it has assumed the defense of any claim,
action, suit, proceeding, or investigation and shall apprise Sprint of the
progress of such defense.

         19.4     If Sprint is enjoined from use of the Equipment or any
component thereof or Licensed Software, Supplier must procure the rights, at
Supplier's cost and expense, for Sprint to continue use of the Equipment or
affected
<PAGE>   27
                                                    Agreement Number: KC103251ML




component, or Licensed Software, or replace it with non-infringing Equipment or
components, or Licensed Software, or modify same to be non-infringing.

         19.5     This indemnity obligation shall be in addition to, and not in
limitation of, any liability or obligation which Supplier might otherwise have
to any Indemnified Party.

         19.6      The indemnities provided in this Article 19 do not extend
to: (i) any suit or proceeding which is based on an infringement claim covering
a combination of a Deliverable purchased under this Agreement with other
devices or elements not provided, and of which Supplier is unaware, or
specified by Supplier unless such is an intended combination; (ii) any
Deliverable whose infringement is a direct result of Supplier being required to
adhere to a specific design provided by Sprint if, and only if, Supplier
informs Sprint that it does not approve the specific design be; or (iii) any
Deliverable that is otherwise modified by Sprint in a manner not authorized by
Supplier.

         19.7    Except for the indemnity provisions of this Agreement, neither
party will be liable to the other for special, indirect, or consequential loss
or damage, whether or not such loss or damage is caused by the fault or
negligence of that party, its employees, agents, or subcontractors.

         19.8    No limitation of liability contained in this Agreement will be
applicable in the event of Supplier's gross negligence or intentional
misconduct, or in the event of personal injury or property damage. Furthermore,
no limitation of liability contained in this Agreement will apply with respect
to any Supplier liability arising under or relating to  Section 13.5 and 13.9,
or this Article 19.

ARTICLE 20. TERMINATION

         20.1     Either party may terminate this Agreement and any outstanding
Purchase Order, in whole or in part, in the event of a default by the other,
provided that the non-defaulting party so advises the defaulting party in
writing of the event of alleged default and affords the defaulting party thirty
(30)days within which to cure the default.  The termination upon default of
this Agreement for any reason shall not terminate any license or sublicense
granted to Sprint  by this Agreement.  Default is defined to include:

                 (a)      Either party becomes insolvent, makes a general
assignment for the benefit of creditors, files a voluntary petition in
bankruptcy or an involuntary petition in bankruptcy is filed against such party
which is not dismissed within  *              , or suffers or permits the 
appointment of a receiver for its business, or its assets become subject to 
any proceeding under a bankruptcy or insolvency law, domestic or foreign, or 
has liquidated its business;

                 (b)      Either party's material breach of any of the terms or
conditions hereof;

                 (c)      The execution by either party of an Assignment for
the benefit of creditors or any other transfer or assignment of similar nature.

         20.2     Neither the expiration of this Agreement according to its
terms nor its termination under the provisions of Section 20.1 shall  prejudice
any claim for any outstanding amount owed Supplier and Sprint to each other,
damages or any other rights or remedies that any party may have under this
Agreement or at law or in equity or relieve any party from the duty to hold in
confidence proprietary information and otherwise comply with, and exercise the
rights set forth in, Articles 9, 11.1, 12, 13, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22,
23, and 25 hereof, each of which shall survive such termination.





<PAGE>   28
                                                    Agreement Number: KC103251ML




         20.3     In the event Sprint terminates this Agreement as described
in Section 20.1 by reason of Supplier's non-performance of a specific Purchase
Order, and does so prior to Final Acceptance of the Deliverables or completion
of the work authorized in that Purchase Order, upon Sprint's request, Supplier
shall return all fees and moneys paid to Supplier in connection with that
Purchase Order within thirty (30) days of such termination. Sprint shall
permit Supplier, at its expense to regain possession, upon reasonable advance
notice and during normal business hours or such other time of the day
designated by Sprint, all Deliverables provided by Supplier to Sprint in
connection with that Purchase Order.  The license rights which Supplier has
provided to Sprint in conjunction with Deliverables delivered under that
Purchase Order shall likewise cease, in this event, only.  Either party may
also pursue any other rights or remedies pursuant to Article 15 or Article 21
or otherwise available to it at law or in equity.

ARTICLE 21.  DISPUTE RESOLUTION

         21.1  The parties will attempt in good faith to promptly resolve any
controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any
subsequent performance by the parties before resorting to other remedies
available to them.  Any such dispute shall be referred to appropriate
executives of each party who shall have the authority to resolve the matter.
If the executives are unable to resolve the dispute, the parties may by
agreement refer the matter to an appropriate form of alternative dispute
resolution such as mediation.  If the parties cannot resolve the matter or if
they cannot agree upon an alternative form of dispute resolution, then either
party may pursue resolution of the matter through arbitration in accordance
with the rules of the American Arbitration Association applying the substantive
law of the State of Kansas without regard to any conflict of laws provisions.
The arbitration will be governed by the United States Arbitration Act, 9,
U.S.C. Section 1, et. seq. and judgment upon the award rendered by the
arbitrators may be entered by any court with jurisdiction.  The arbitrators are
not empowered to award damages in excess of compensatory damages , and each
party waives any damages in excess of compensatory damages.  The parties agree
to continue performance during the pendency of any dispute, unless performance
is terminated according to Article 20 of this Agreement.

         21.2    Notwithstanding the foregoing, either party may bring a claim
for injunctive relief as provided in Section 15.5 in any court of competent
jurisdiction without first submitting the claim to arbitration.

ARTICLE 22.  NOTICE AND REPRESENTATIVES OF THE PARTIES

         Any notice ("Notice") required or permitted under this Agreement must
be given in writing to the address or facsimile number provided for a party
below (or such other address or number as any party may provide to the other in
writing in the manner contemplated hereby) and will be deemed effective as
follows:

                 (a)      if  delivered in person or by courier, on the date it
is delivered;

                 (b)      if sent by facsimile transmission, on the date that
the transmission is received by the recipient party in legible form;

                 (c)      if sent by certified or registered mail or the
equivalent (return receipt requested), on the date that mail is delivered or
its delivery is attempted but acceptance is refused ;

unless the date and time of any delivery or receipt, as applicable, is not
during normal working hours on a local business day, in which case  Notice
shall be deemed given and effective on the first following day that is a local
business day.  For purposes hereof, a "local business day" is a business day in
the city specified in the address for notice provided by the recipient.

The Notices provided for by this Article 22 shall be given to the following:




<PAGE>   29
                                                    Agreement Number: KC103251ML





         If to Sprint:

                 SONET Project Manager
                 Sprint Communications Company L.P.
                 901 E. 104th Street
                 Kansas City, Missouri 64131
                 Mailstop MOKCMD0203
                 Telephone (816) 854-5832
                 Facsimile (816) 854-7044

         With a copy to:
                 Sprint Materials & Services Management
                 903 E. 104th Street
                 Kansas City, Missouri 64131
                 ATTN:  Lead Negotiator, Procurement
                 Mailstop: MOKCMW0801
                 Telephone: 816-854-5825
                 FAX: 816-854-7022

         If to Supplier:

                 Ciena Corporation
                 ATTN:  Vice President, Sales & Marketing
                 8530 Corridor Road
                 Columbia, Maryland 20763
                 Telephone: 301-317-5800

         With a copy to:

                 PAUL, WEISS, RIFKIND, WHARTON & GARRISON
                 1615 L Street, NW
                 Washington, DC  20036-5694
                 ATTN.:  Phil Spector

ARTICLE 23.  GENERAL

         23.1     Assignment.  Provided that Sprint gives Notice to Supplier in
a manner consistent with Article 22 hereof, Sprint may assign this Agreement to
any one or more of the Sprint Affiliated Entities as Sprint may determine in
its sole discretion, whether or not Supplier consents to such assignment
provided that Sprint remains primarily liable for the performance of its
obligations hereunder. Neither party to this Agreement may assign, pledge,
encumber or hypothecate its interest in this Agreement or any of its rights
hereunder or delegate its obligations hereunder without the prior written
consent of the other party to this Agreement, which consent shall not be
unreasonably withheld, and any attempted assignment which does not comply fully
with this Article 23.1 shall be null and void.

         23.2     Governing Law.  This agreement shall be construed in
accordance with and governed by the law of the State of Kansas without regard
to the conflict of law provisions of such state or any other jurisdiction.

         23.3     Laws and Regulations.  The parties hereby agree to comply
with all local, municipal, state, federal, foreign, governmental and regulatory
laws, orders, codes, rules and regulations that are applicable to their
respective performance of this Agreement.





<PAGE>   30
                                                    Agreement Number: KC103251ML




         23.4     Amendment.  Any provision of this Agreement, or any schedule,
exhibit or rider hereto, may be amended only if such amendment is in writing
and signed by all the parties hereto.

         23.5     Waiver.     Any waiver or delay in the exercise by either
party of any of its rights under this Agreement shall not be deemed to
prejudice such party's right of termination or enforcement for any further,
continuing or other breach by the other party.

         23.6     Successors and Assigns.  The provisions of this Agreement
shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their
respective permitted successors and permitted assigns.

         23.7     Public Disclosures.  Neither party will issue or release for
publication any written or recorded, audibly, magnetically or otherwise,
materials relating to the existence of this Agreement, the Deliverables or any
services to be performed pursuant to this Agreement without the prior written
consent of the other party.

         23.8     Severability.  Whenever possible, each provision of this
Agreement, as well as any schedule, exhibit or rider attached hereto, will be
interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law,
order, code, rule or regulation, but if any provision of this Agreement, as
well as any schedule, exhibit or rider hereto, is held to be invalid, illegal
or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law, order, code, rule or
regulation, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect any
other provision, schedule, exhibit or rider of this Agreement, but this
Agreement, schedule, exhibit or rider will be reformed, construed and enforced
in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision,
schedule, exhibit or rider had never been contained herein or attached hereto.

         23.9    Descriptive Headings.  The descriptive headings of this
Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of
this Agreement.

         23.10   Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in separate
counterparts each of which will be an original and all of which taken together
will constitute one and the same agreement.

         23.11   Relationship of Parties.  Neither Supplier, its
subcontractors, employees or agents shall be deemed to be employees or agents
of Sprint, it being understood that Supplier, its subcontractors, employees or
agents are independent contractors with respect to Sprint for all purposes and
at all times.  This Agreement shall not be construed as establishing a
partnership or joint venture between Sprint and Supplier.

         23.12   Supersession of PO.  The terms and conditions of this
Agreement supersede any pre-printed terms and conditions on any Purchase Order,
both front and back, unless otherwise agreed by the parties in writing.

ARTICLE 24.  INCORPORATION OF DOCUMENTS

         This Agreement hereby incorporates by reference the following
Exhibits:

         EXHIBIT A.       CUSTOMER SERVICE REQUEST PROCESS
         EXHIBIT B.       SPRINT TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS
         EXHIBIT C.       PRICE SCHEDULE
         EXHIBIT D.       PROPRIETARY INFORMATION AGREEMENT
         EXHIBIT E.       SPRINT ROUTING INSTRUCTIONS

         In the event of an inconsistency or conflict between or among the
provisions of this Agreement, the inconsistency shall be resolved by giving
precedence in the following order:





<PAGE>   31
                                                    Agreement Number: KC103251ML




         (a)     Agreement
         (b)     Exhibits
         (c)     Purchase Orders (excluding any preprinted terms and
                 conditions)

ARTICLE 25.  DEFINITIONS

         25.1     "Affiliated Entity" shall mean any current or hereinafter
acquired corporation, partnership, joint venture or other entity controlled by
or under common control with Sprint Corp., directly or indirectly by or through
one or more intermediaries or which Sprint Corp. has a minimum of  *
or similar interest therein.  Affiliated Entities are permitted to purchase
Deliverables under the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

         25.2     *





         25.3     "Catastrophic Failure" shall mean any event where/when a
large amount of Sprint equipment fails at a site or multiple sites thus
rendering Supplier's Equipment to be inoperable due to Acts of God or acts not
within Sprint's control, and such repair of Equipment is beyond the normal
repair and return or sparing capabilities established for routine maintenance.
Such events shall include but not be limited to floods, fires, malicious acts,
vandalism and sabotage.

         25.4     "CD ROM" shall mean compact disc read only memory.

         25.5     "Customer" shall mean any end user customer of Supplier.
This term shall include the customers and Supplier's any affiliates,
subsidiaries, distributors, agents, licensees or other parties authorized to
sell, distribute, market or otherwise make Supplier's products available to
telecommunications companies. The term customer shall include Sprint.

         25.6     "Deliverable(s)" shall mean all products and Services
required to be delivered by this Agreement or any  Purchase Order issued
pursuant to this Agreement.

         25.7    "Documentation" shall mean such written instructions, manuals,
practices, descriptions, and similar information relating to installation,
maintenance, provisioning, commissioning, testing, operations, and
troubleshooting, command manuals, and general descriptions as are necessary for
a reasonable Sprint employee to engineer, order, install, provision, maintain,
operate, test, and troubleshoot the Deliverables or perform his/her function in
relation to this Agreement.

         25.8    "DVT" shall mean design verification testing which shall be
performed in accordance  with Exhibit B and which includes verifying that the
general mechanical design characteristics such as thermal shock, vibration,
earthquake zone 4 component damage, etc. meet Sprint's Technical Requirements.

         25.9    "EMS Software" shall mean Ciena's WaveWatcher(TM) element
management system Software.





<PAGE>   32
                                                    Agreement Number: KC103251ML




         25.10    "Equipment" shall mean Supplier's MultiWave(TM) division
multiplex product line with embedded equipment software systems comprising line
amplifiers, remodulators, ancillary system components, and other items and
spare parts with respect to any of the foregoing.

         25.11    *





         25.12    *





 .

         25.13    *





 .

         25.14 "Executable Code" shall mean machine readable code (Software
Binaries) used by the Equipment for execution of System Software programs.

         25.15   "FAT" shall mean factory acceptance testing which test(s) may
be conducted at either Supplier's or Sprint's premises for the purpose of
initially validating the functionality of the Deliverables or subsequent
Product Changes with respect to Interoperability with Supplier's Equipment or
Third Party Software in accordance with the Technical Requirements.

         25.16   "Final Acceptance" shall mean acknowledgment in writing by
Sprint that the initial Deliverables, or subsequent Product Changes to such
Deliverables, operate satisfactorily in a production, traffic-bearing
environment and otherwise meet the Technical Requirements and that final copies
of all pertinent Documentation (including training Documentation) have been
approved and delivered to Sprint.

         25.17   "First Installations" shall mean *                        , 
which segments are set forth in Section 1.4).

         25.18   "Interoperability" shall mean the ability of all Equipment to
interconnect and successfully operate with all other Equipment, Licensed
Software and the equipment of other suppliers which complies with SONET
standards or, for FOT asynchronous terminals and regenerators, which have been
otherwise certified by Supplier and Sprint in accordance with paragraph 2.2 of
Exhibit B for Interoperability.





<PAGE>   33
                                                    Agreement Number: KC103251ML




         25.19   "Item" shall mean any Software item listed in Supplier's
standard price list on the date this Agreement becomes effective or at any time
thereafter and it shall specifically include, without limitation, all Software
Upgrades, Software Feature Enhancements, Equipment Upgrades, Equipment Feature
Enhancements and modifications, enhancements, updates or other revisions of any
kind in any such item and spare parts with respect to any of the foregoing.

         25.20   "Licensed Software" shall mean System Software, EMS Software,
and Third Party Software, each of which in machine-readable form, and
subsequent Software Upgrades and Software Feature Enhancements, necessary to
install, operate, and maintain the Deliverables purchased or licensed by Sprint
pursuant to this Agreement.

         25.21   "Life of System" shall mean    *          after the Effective 
Date.

         25.22   "Net Price" shall mean the final price paid by any Customer
after all sales discounts, price reductions, sales rebates, volume discounts or
similar adjustments of any kind are applied, whether under the original
contract of purchase or any supplemental, separate, or complimentary
transaction.

         25.23   "Network Element" shall mean a material component of the Fiber
Optic Transmission System, such as an optical amplifier or end node at a given
site or node in the network.

         25.24   "Purchase Order" shall mean the document issued by Sprint
which identifies the Deliverables and specifies the scope of work, Technical
Requirements, quantities and dates for delivery, billing instructions, and any
other necessary information.

          25.25   "Regenerator" shall mean a receiver and transmitter
combination used to reconstruct signals for digital transmission.

         25.26   "Services" shall mean the services provided by Supplier to
Sprint as specified in a Purchase Order to the extent such Services are not
included in the supply of other Deliverables.

         25.27   *






 .

         25.28   "Soak Test(s)" shall mean those tests which are conducted in a
field environment in the Sprint network using actual Equipment and/or Licensed
Software that is intended to be deployed by Sprint. Such tests will be
conducted according to Exhibit B and will comprise the configuration as
determined by Sprint and as such is available from Supplier at that time in
order to determine the ability of the Deliverables to meet the Technical
Requirements in live traffic circumstances.

         25.29   "Software" refers to all the programs, computer languages,
and operations used to make Equipment perform a useful function or used to
enable human access to the Equipment for the purposes of installing, operating,
or maintaining such Equipment

         25.30   *





<PAGE>   34
                                                    Agreement Number: KC103251ML




 .

         25.31   *





 .

         25.32   *




 .

         25.33   "SONET" shall mean a Synchronous Optical Network which adheres
to the interface standard of the same name created by the Exchange Carriers
Standards Association for the American National Standards Institute ("ANSI"),
and promulgated by Bellcore on behalf of the Regional Bell Operating Companies.

         25.34   "Source Code" shall mean all intellectual information
including but not limited to Documentation, Software in human-readable form,
flow charts, schematics and annotations which comprise the pre-coding detailed
design specifications for System Software (excluding Third Party Software).

         25.35   "System" shall mean a configuration of Equipment with two (2)
end terminals, any intermediate line amplifiers connected by fiber to the end
terminals, all associated Software, which meets the Technical Requirements, and
with the ability to communicate to an element management system such that
traffic can be transmitted from end terminal to end terminal and operation can
be monitored by the element management system.

         25.36   "System Software" shall mean computer programs and routines,
with embedded Third Party Software, integral to a Deliverable and contained on
a magnetic tape, disk, semi-conductor device, or other memory device or system
memory and consisting of (a) hard-wired logic instructions which manipulate
data in the central processor and control input-output operations, and error
diagnostic and recovery routines, and (b) other instruction sequences in
machine readable code, as well as associated Documentation used to describe,
maintain or use such programs and routines.

         25.37   "Technical Requirements" shall mean (i) the specifications set
forth in Exhibit B or as such specifications may be most currently modified or
amended pursuant to mutual agreement of the parties, (ii) any mandatory
requirements and/or standards recognized in the telecommunications industry,
as such standards may be most currently modified or amended with respect to a
SONET System in use or designated  for use in the Sprint Network for
transmission line rates up to OC-48, (iii)    *         , (iv) Interoperability.

         25.38   "Third Party Software" shall mean Software which is
independently developed by a third party, sub licensed to Sprint under this
Agreement or otherwise provided with the Deliverables hereunder.





<PAGE>   35
                                                    Agreement Number: KC103251ML




ARTICLE 26.  ENTIRE AGREEMENT

         This Agreement together with all Exhibits and Attachments constitutes
the entire Agreement between Sprint and Supplier with respect to the subject
matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, both
written and oral, between the parties with respect to such subject matter, and
except as provided in Article 19, is not intended to confer upon any person
other than the parties hereto any rights or remedies hereunder.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to
be executed by their duly authorized representatives as of the day and year
below written.



CIENA  CORPORATION                        SPRINT\UNITED MANAGEMENT COMPANY


BY:     /s/ PATRICK H. NETTLES            BY:   /s/ DAVID FOXLEMAN
        -------------------------               ------------------------

TITLE:  President & CEO                   TITLE: Acting A-VP, M & SM
      ------------------------                  ------------------------

DATE:   December, 14, 1995                DATE:  December, 14 1995
     ---------------------------                ------------------------





<PAGE>   36
                                                    Agreement Number: KC103251ML




                                    EXHIBITS





                 EXHIBIT A.       CUSTOMER SERVICE REQUEST PROCESS

                 EXHIBIT B.       SPRINT TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS

                 EXHIBIT C.       PRICE SCHEDULE

                 EXHIBIT D.       NON DISCLOSURE AGREEMENT

                 EXHIBIT E.       SPRINT ROUTING INSTRUCTIONS






<PAGE>   1
                                                                  EXHIBIT 10.9

* Indicates confidential material has been omitted pursuant to Rule 406 under
  the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.


                            BASIC PURCHASE AGREEMENT


         THIS BASIC PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is made this 19
day of September, 1996, by and between CIENA Corporation (hereinafter called
"Vendor"), having its office at 8530 Corridor Road, Savage, Maryland 20763 and
WORLDCOM NETWORK SERVICES, INC. (hereinafter called "WorldCom"), having its
principal offices and place of business at One Williams Center, Tulsa, Oklahoma
74172.

                              W I T N E S S E T H

         WHEREAS, WorldCom desires to purchase from Vendor, and Vendor desires
to sell to WorldCom certain Vendor products and associated software
(hereinafter collectively referred to as the "Products") upon the terms and
conditions included herein; and

         WHEREAS, the Products purchased hereunder and other terms and
conditions relevant thereto shall be described in the Product and Pricing
Attachments to this Agreement (the "P&P Attachments").

         NOW, THEREFORE, it is mutually agreed as follows:

         1.      TERM OF AGREEMENT.  The term of this Agreement shall be
governed by the term of the individual P&P Attachments and it shall remain in
effect until the expiration of all of the P&P Attachments.  Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the sections of this Agreement which are intended to survive
termination or expiration of this Agreement shall so survive; such sections
shall include, but not be limited to, indemnities, software licenses and
Section 12.F of this Agreement.

         2.      METHOD OF ORDERING.

                 A.       All purchases of Products by WorldCom shall be made
by means of purchase orders ("Order(s)") issued from time to time by WorldCom.

                 B.       All Orders issued by WorldCom, and all acceptances by
Vendor hereunder, shall be deemed to incorporate the terms and conditions set
out in this Agreement and the P&P Attachments. WorldCom shall use its best
efforts to have all Orders covered by this Agreement reference this Agreement.
Any pre-printed terms and conditions contained in any Order or acceptance which
are in conflict with any of the terms of this Agreement and/or the P&P
Attachments shall be deemed deleted and of no force and effect.  However,
WorldCom and Vendor may mutually agree, in writing, to additional, special or
modified terms and conditions for specific Order(s) if the scope of such
Order(s) warrants.

                 C.       A particular Order issued with reference to this
Agreement may be amended from time to time by change orders in writing which
shall set forth the particular changes to be made, and the effect, if any, of
such changes on the price, quantity and delivery
<PAGE>   2
dates.  A change order shall not be binding on either party unless and until
accepted by both parties.

                 D.       Upon written notice to Vendor, WorldCom may terminate
all or any part of an Order for any reason; provided, that WorldCom shall pay
termination fees in accordance with the terms set forth in the P&P Attachment.

         3.      PRICING.

                 Pricing terms shall be as set forth in the P&P Attachment.


         4.      DELIVERY.  The matters constituting delivery and the requested
delivery date applicable to Products purchased hereunder shall be in accordance
with requirements and applicable delivery intervals shown in each P&P
Attachment unless otherwise agreed to by the parties in writing.

         5.      TERMS OF PAYMENT.  Payment for Products purchased by WorldCom
under this Agreement shall be within thirty (30) days from receipt by WorldCom
of an invoice for the Products purchased and delivery of the Products by Vendor
(as constituted by compliance with such matters as are applicable to a
particular Product) to WorldCom's designated location, whichever is the latter
to occur.

         6.      SHIPMENT.  All Products shall be shipped F.O.B. point of
origin via the shipping method requested by WorldCom on the face of each Order.
In the absence of such request, Vendor shall ship freight prepaid, uninsured,
via the carrier selected by Vendor.  Vendor shall separately itemize prepaid
freight charges and applicable insurance charges on its invoices submitted to
WorldCom.

         7.      SUBSTITUTIONS AND MODIFICATIONS.  Vendor reserves the right to
modify the design and specifications of the Products supplied hereunder,
provided the modification does not adversely affect its operation, life or
interchangeability, and meets or exceeds Specifications (defined in Section 15
herein) and is subject to the General Warranty Provisions of Section 8 of this
Agreement.

         8.      GENERAL WARRANTY PROVISIONS.

                 A.       Subject to the limitations stated herein, Products
(exclusive of Software, as hereinafter defined, supplied by Vendor) are
warranted to be free of defects in workmanship and material at the time of
delivery to WorldCom and shall operate in conformity with the Specifications
for the warranty period specified in any P&P Attachment.  In the event the
Products are not as warranted herein at the time of delivery and during the
warranty period applicable to the Product in question, Vendor agrees to
promptly repair, correct, or replace the nonconforming Product to conform with
this warranty at Vendor's sole cost and expense.





                                       2
<PAGE>   3
                 B.       Subject to the limitations stated herein, Software
furnished as part of the Products is warranted to conform with the
Specifications for the warranty period specified in any P&P Attachment.
Vendor's sole obligation hereunder shall be to promptly remedy any defect in
the Software and restore the Software to conform with the foregoing warranty at
Vendor's facility at its sole cost and expense by either altering the generic
software release of the Software provided to WorldCom or supplying WorldCom
with a later generic software release of the Software with the correction
included.  Any materials or equipment which may be necessary to maintain
compatibility between the relevant Product and such later generic software
release shall be supplied by Vendor at its sole cost and expense.

                 C.       In order to obtain warranty service for Products
and/or Software described above, each of the following conditions must be met
unless otherwise indicated in the P&P Attachment applicable to the Product
and/or Software in question:

                          (i)     WorldCom must give Vendor notice of the
claimed defect or unsuitability of the Product and/or Software in writing
within the applicable warranty period;

                          (ii)    The defective Product component (does not
apply to Software) is returned to Vendor's designated Warranty Repair Center,
transportation prepaid and risk of loss borne by WorldCom, in accordance with
Vendor's instructions which shall be promptly given and which shall not be
unusually burdensome on WorldCom;

                          (iii)   The Product and/or Software defect was not
caused by abuse or improper use, maintenance, repair, installation or
alteration by a party other than Vendor or its authorized service center.

                 D.       Any Product or Software repaired or replaced by
Vendor in accordance with the foregoing warranty shall be returned to WorldCom
with transportation therefor and risk of loss borne by Vendor.  Any Product
and/or Software shall continue to be warranted for the remainder of the
applicable warranty period or six (6) months after repair or replacement of the
Product, whichever is longer.

                 E.       Vendor warrants that its Installation Services (if
ordered) shall include testing of the Product(s) and related Software for
operation in conformity with the Specifications and shall be performed in a
good and workmanlike manner in conformity with all applicable codes and
ordinances; and any related installation material supplied by Vendor shall be
free from defects in workmanship.  If Installation Services are found defective
* from the date of completion of the installation in question or such other
period as may be agreed to by the parties and set forth in a P&P Attachment
("Installation Services Warranty Period"), Vendor shall fulfill this warranty
through repair or replacement of any installation materials and/or repair or
correction of errors in installation workmanship, provided written notice of
the claimed defect is given to Vendor within the Installation Services Warranty
Period applicable to the installation in question.





                                       3
<PAGE>   4
                 F.       Product or Software repair services provided to
WorldCom by Vendor, outside the scope of the above specified warranties, are
warranted by Vendor for a period of ninety (90) days against defects in
material and workmanship, subject, however, to all other applicable terms,
limitations and conditions set forth herein.

         9.      CONTINUING AVAILABILITY OF TECHNICAL SUPPORT AND REPLACEMENT
AND REPAIRED PARTS.  Vendor shall provide WorldCom with continuing availability
of technical support, replacement parts and repaired parts in the following
manner:

                 A.       Technical Support - Vendor agrees to offer technical
support in the form of both telephone consultation and on-site assistance as
may be requested by WorldCom at Vendor's then current price (if any) for a
period of at least ten (10) years following delivery of the Product.  In the
event that the on-site assistance and/or telephone calls arise from a warranty
issue and during the applicable warranty period, the on-site assistance and/or
telephone calls shall be at no charge to WorldCom.

                 B.      Replacement Parts - Vendor agrees to:

                          (i)     Offer for sale newly manufactured systems,
subassemblies, replacement modules and component parts throughout the period in
which the Product is in current factory production;

                          (ii)    Provide WorldCom with six (6) months' notice
prior to moving the Product from status of "current production" to a status of
"additions and maintenance."  Modules, selected subassemblies and component
parts shall be available during the "additions and maintenance" period to
provide for the expansion of previously delivered Product and to augment
WorldCom's spares pool for ongoing Product support;

                          (iii)   Provide another notice to WorldCom six (6)
months prior to moving the Product to a status of "manufacture discontinued."
Upon giving such six (6) month notice, if at any time that Vendor thereafter
fails or is unable to supply subassemblies, replacement modules and component
parts of the Product to WorldCom at the contractually agreed  price and within
sixty (60) days from the agreed delivery date for such items, WorldCom shall
have the right, in addition to any other right or remedy under this Agreement,
to require Vendor to supply WorldCom with all plans, documents, drawings,
technical specifications, parts lists and other documents as may be reasonably
necessary to enable and authorize WorldCom to obtain or manufacture such
subassemblies, replacement modules and component parts; and

                          (iv)    Continue to offer for sale to WorldCom, after
the Product is moved to the status of "manufacture discontinued,"
subassemblies, replacement modules and component parts for so long as
inventories of those items are available.





                                       4
<PAGE>   5
                 C.       Repair Services - Vendor agrees to offer repair
services to WorldCom, subject to charges then generally billed by Vendor to its
customers, for so long as component parts to perform the repairs are available
and the repairs can be accomplished through reasonable efforts.

         10.     LIMITATION OF LIABILITY.  EACH PARTY SHALL BE LIABLE FOR
PHYSICAL INJURY TO INDIVIDUALS AND DAMAGE TO PROPERTY PROXIMATELY CAUSED BY
SUCH PARTY.  NEITHER VENDOR NOR WORLDCOM SHALL BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER FOR
INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, REMOTE OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING BUT
NOT LIMITED TO THE LOSS OF REVENUE OR PROFITS) RESULTING FROM OR ARISING OUT OF
THE RESPECTIVE PARTIES' PERFORMANCE OR FAILURE TO PERFORM UNDER THIS AGREEMENT.

         11.     *
 .

                 A.       Vendor agrees that it shall defend, at its own
expense, all suits against WorldCom for *


and Vendor agrees that it shall pay costs incurred by WorldCom to defend such
an action, including its attorneys' fees, and shall pay all sums which, by
final judgment or decree in any such suits or through settlement, may be
assessed against WorldCom on account of * , provided that Vendor shall be given
timely written notice of any claims of any * and of any suits brought or 
threatened against WorldCom and authority to assume the defense thereof 
through its own counsel and to compromise or settle any suits so far as this 
may be without prejudice to the right of WorldCom to continue the use, as 
contemplated, of such Products.

                 B.       If in any such suit so defended *





 .

         12.     SOFTWARE LICENSE.  Subject to the terms of the P&P Attachment,
Vendor agrees to grant a fully paid up, nonexclusive license for the use of any
Software furnished in conjunction with Vendor furnished Products in accordance
with the definitions set forth in the P&P Attachment and the following:





                                       5
<PAGE>   6
                 A        Limitations of License Grant - No title to or
ownership of the Software or any part thereof is conveyed to WorldCom.
Software furnished hereunder is to be used solely in conjunction with the
hardware Products with which the Software is furnished as it may be repaired
from time to time. WorldCom shall have no right to modify or reverse compile
any Software supplied hereunder by Vendor.

                 B.       Software as Proprietary Information - Software
furnished hereunder shall be treated as the exclusive property of Vendor, and
WorldCom shall hold such Software in confidence to the same extent that it
protects its own similar confidential or proprietary information.  WorldCom
shall not provide or make such Software available to any person, except to
those persons working with the Products purchased hereunder.  WorldCom shall
not reproduce or copy such Software in whole or in part except for backup and
archival purposes or as otherwise permitted in writing by Vendor.

                 C.       Term of Software License - This Software license
shall remain in effect for the full calendar measured term that beneficial use
is derived from the System.  Either party shall have the right to terminate
this license if the other party fails to comply with the terms and conditions
contained herein and WorldCom may voluntarily discontinue the use of the
licensed Software upon thirty (30) days' written notice to Vendor.  In either
event, WorldCom, upon written request from Vendor, shall immediately destroy
the original and any copies of the licensed Software, including any source
material which may have been furnished, and provide notice of such destruction
to Vendor.

                 D.       Assignment of Software License - The Software license
granted under this Agreement may not be transferred or assigned by WorldCom
without the prior consent of Vendor, which consent shall not be unreasonably
withheld or delayed.  However, WorldCom may assign such license (i) pursuant to
a sale of the System or substantially all assets of WorldCom to a third party
or (ii) to an entity, business organization or enterprise that either controls
WorldCom, is controlled by WorldCom or is under common control with WorldCom.

                 E.       Software Documentation - Vendor shall keep and
maintain a current copy of the Software source codes for, and any other
proprietary data information and documentation relevant to, the use and
maintenance of the Software licensed hereunder in secure vault storage at its
principal place of business designated herein.  Should Vendor at a future date
contemplate voluntary bankruptcy or be subject to an involuntary bankruptcy
proceeding or take other measures to terminate operations or terminate the
manufacture and sale of the Software, Vendor agrees that all security-vaulted
Software source codes, any other relevant Vendor proprietary data information
and documentation, and any licenses, rights and authorizations necessary in
utilizing, modifying or copying such, shall be promptly conveyed to WorldCom at
no charge.  Vendor acknowledges that if a trustee in bankruptcy or Vendor as a
debtor in possession rejects this Agreement, WorldCom may elect to retain its
rights under this Section 12.F as provided in 11 U.S.C. Section 365(n) of the
United States Bankruptcy Code (the "Bankruptcy Code").  Vendor further
acknowledges that all security-vaulted Software source codes, any other
relevant Vendor proprietary data information and





                                       6
<PAGE>   7
documentation, and any licenses, rights and authorizations necessary in
utilizing, modifying or copying such, shall be deemed to be "embodiments" of
the Software licensed hereunder as that term is used in Section 365(n) of the
Bankruptcy Code.  Should Vendor at a future date contemplate the sale of the
right to manufacture the hardware Products, including Software support thereof,
to a third party, Vendor agrees that it shall assign to the third party its
obligations under this license.  Should the third party fail to execute a
written assumption of Vendor's license obligations to WorldCom, Vendor's
security-vaulted Software source codes, any other relevant Vendor proprietary
data information and documentation, and any licenses, rights and authorizations
necessary in utilizing, modifying or copying such, shall be promptly conveyed
to WorldCom at no charge, prior to the execution by Vendor of any contract for
sale to any such third party.

                 F.       Software Upgrades - WorldCom shall be informed by
Vendor of Software Upgrades as specified herein.  Vendor shall supply Software
Upgrades at no charge to WorldCom during the term of the Software License set
forth in Section 12.D.  However, installation of any Software Upgrade is the
responsibility of WorldCom.

                 G.       Tax Determination - For the purposes of determining
tax liability, Software licensed hereunder is considered intangible property in
as much as it is merely a license to use a Vendor owned method of computer
operation and its tangible attributes are only incidental.

         13.     TAXES.

                 A.       The prices stated in this Agreement or in the P&P
Attachments do not include any state, federal or local sales, use or excise
taxes.  WorldCom expressly agrees to pay Vendor, in addition to the charges
herein specified, the amount of any such taxes which may be imposed upon or
payable by Vendor upon the sale of the Products.

                 B.       Should WorldCom consider any Products purchased
hereunder to be exempt from said taxes, WorldCom shall place on file with
Vendor valid tax exemption certificates for the state or other governmental
entity which may impose said taxes at the time of sale.

         14.     TITLE AND RISK OF LOSS.   Except as provided in Section 12 as
to Software, title and risk of loss or damage to the Products contained in each
shipment shall pass to WorldCom upon delivery thereof to a carrier acceptable
to both Vendor and WorldCom.  Shipping arrangements with such carrier shall be
handled by Vendor.  Vendor shall pack the Products for shipment in accordance
with its standard commercial packing practices.  However, if in-transit damage
results from Vendor's failure to adequately package the Products or to comply
with any custom packaging requested by WorldCom and agreed to by Vendor, Vendor
shall repair or replace the damaged Products at no charge to WorldCom.

         15.     SPECIFICATIONS.  Products furnished hereunder are represented
to perform in accordance with (a) the higher of Vendor's standard commercial
product





                                       7
<PAGE>   8
specifications and the additional specifications, if any, set forth in a P&P
Attachment and (b) any applicable federal regulatory agency requirements
(collectively referred to herein as "Specifications"), which Specifications
shall constitute the sole basis for technical acceptance of such Products by
WorldCom.

         16.     CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.

                 A.       Both parties hereto agree not to use or disclose to
anyone other than employees of the parties during the term of this Agreement
and for a period of five (5)  years thereafter, any Confidential Information
concerning the other party.  "Confidential Information" is information marked
as confidential by either party and which relates to either party's research,
development, trade secrets, or business affairs or that of any of its customers
or affiliates.  Each party agrees to indemnify the other party for any loss or
damage resulting from a breach of this provision.  However, the obligations of
the parties shall not extend to information and data which:

                          (i)     Was already known to either party prior to
commencing effort under this Agreement; or

                          (ii)    Was known or was generally available to the
public at the time of disclosure hereunder; or

                          (iii)   Becomes known or generally available to the
public (other than by act of the recipient) subsequent to its disclosure
hereunder; or

                          (iv)    Is disclosed or made available in writing to
the recipient by a third party having a bona fide right to do so; or

                          (v)     Is subject to disclosure by process of law.

                 B.       The provisions of this Section 16 may not be
construed to encompass data which the parties do not protect from disclosure to
third parties.

                 C.       The parties acknowledge that disclosure of any
confidential information other than as allowed by this Section 16 may give rise
to irreparable injury and may be inadequately compensable in monetary damages
and therefore the non-disclosing party shall be entitled to seek and to obtain
injunctive or other equitable relief against the breach or threatened breach of
such obligations, in addition to any other remedies which may be available.

         17.     SEVERABILITY.    If any term of this Agreement is found or
held to be contrary to the laws of any jurisdiction having control of its
construction, validity or enforcement or if it is found that any term is void
or voidable, then said term shall not apply and this Agreement shall be
construed as if said term were not present and its removal shall have no effect
on the remainder of the Agreement. In the event that any term is found to be





                                       8
<PAGE>   9
void or voidable, then Vendor and WorldCom shall in good faith renegotiate the
terms of the voided provision.

         18.     EXCUSABLE DELAYS.    Acts of God or of the public enemy,
earthquakes, hurricanes, acts of the U.S. Government in its sovereign capacity
(including, but not limited to the courts), fires, floods, epidemics,
quarantine restriction, strikes and freight embargoes and such similar
occurrences which cause failure by either party to perform hereunder, and
which, in every case, are beyond the reasonable control and are without the
fault or negligence of the party or its subcontractors, shall constitute an
excusable delay, provided that notice thereof is promptly given to the other
party.  In the event of delay resulting from any of the above causes, the
performance schedule shall be extended for a mutually agreed period reasonable
under the circumstances, but in no event longer than thirty (30) days. If delay
pursuant to this Section 18 continues for longer than thirty (30) days,
WorldCom may cancel this Agreement with no further liability and shall be
reimbursed by Vendor for any monies paid for Products not received due to such
delays.

         19.     GOVERNING LAW.   Except for laws relating to conflict of laws,
this Agreement, its formation and dispute resolution, construction and
interpretation shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware in the
United States of America.  The parties will attempt in good faith to promptly
resolve any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement
or any subsequent performance by the parties before resorting to other remedies
available to them.  Any such dispute shall be referred to appropriate
executives of each party who shall have the authority to resolve the matter. If
the executives are unable to resolve the dispute, the parties may by agreement
refer the matter to an appropriate form of alternative dispute resolution such
as mediation.  If the parties cannot resolve the matter or if they cannot agree
upon an alternative form of dispute resolution, then either party may pursue
resolution of the matter through arbitration in accordance with the rules of
the American Arbitration Association applying the substantive law of the State
of Delaware without regard to any conflict of laws provisions.  The arbitration
will be governed by the United States Arbitration Act, 9, U.S.C. Section 1, et.
seq. and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered by
any court with jurisdiction.  The arbitrators are not empowered to award
damages in excess of compensatory damages, and each party waives any damages in
excess of compensatory damages.  The parties agree to continue performance
during the pendency of any dispute, unless performance is terminated according
to Article 20 of this Agreement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, either party
may bring a claim for injunctive relief as provided in any court of competent
jurisdiction without first submitting the claim to arbitration.


         20.     ASSIGNMENT.      Neither party shall assign any of the terms
and conditions hereof or any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the
prior written consent of the other party which shall not be unreasonably
withheld.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, either party may assign its
rights and obligations hereunder to an entity which controls, is controlled by
or is under common control with such party, or a successor





                                       9
<PAGE>   10
organization, which in all respects shall inure to such rights and be bound by
such obligations.

         21.     NOTICES.         Notices under this Agreement shall be in
writing and delivered to the representative of the party to receive notice
(identified below) at the address of the party to receive notice as it appears
below or as otherwise provided for by proper notice hereunder.   The effective
date for any notice under this Agreement shall be the date of delivery of such
notice (not the date of mailing) which may be effected by certified U.S. Mail
return receipt requested with postage prepaid thereon or by recognized
overnight delivery service, such as, FedEx or UPS:

                 If to Vendor:          CIENA Corporation
                         Attn:          Eric Georgatos, Vice President and
                                          General Counsel
                                        8530 Corridor Road
                                        Savage, Maryland 20763

                 If to WorldCom:        WorldCom Network Services, Inc.
                                        Attn:  Contract Administration
                                        One Williams Center
                                        Tulsa, Oklahoma 74172

         22.     INSURANCE.       Vendor shall obtain, pay for and maintain
insurance for the coverages and amounts of coverage not less than those set
forth below and shall provide WorldCom certificates issued by insurance
companies satisfactory to WorldCom to evidence such coverages.  Such
certificates shall provide that there shall be no termination, nonrenewal or
modification of such coverage without thirty (30) days' prior written notice to
WorldCom.

                 A.       Workers' Compensation insurance complying with the
law of the state or states of operation, whether or not such coverage is
required by law, and Employer's Liability insurance with limits of $500,000 per
employee and $500,000 disease policy limit.  If work is to be performed in
Nevada, North Dakota, Ohio, Wyoming, Washington or West Virginia,  Vendor shall
purchase Workers' Compensation in the State Fund established in the respective
states.  Stop Gap Coverage, and if available, Employer's Overhead coverage
shall be purchased.

                 B.       Commercial General Liability insurance with a
combined single limit for bodily injury and property damage of $1,000,000 each
occurrence and General and Products Liability aggregates of $2,000,000 each,
covering all insurable obligations or operations of Vendor.  The policy shall
include no modifications that reduce the standard coverages provided under a
Commercial General Liability insurance policy form.

                 C.       Business Automobile Liability insurance with a
combined single limit for bodily injury and property damage of $1,000,000 each
occurrence to include coverage for all owned, non-owned and hired vehicles.





                                       10
<PAGE>   11
                 D.       Excess or Umbrella Liability insurance with a
combined single limit for bodily injury and property damage of not less than
$1,000,000 each occurrence with an annual aggregate of $1,000,000 to apply in
excess of all insurance coverages stipulated above.

                 In the event coverage is denied or reimbursement of a properly
presented claim is disputed by the carrier for insurance provided in A through
D above in connection with a claim relating to Vendor's performance of its
obligations under this Agreement, Vendor shall, upon written request, provide
WorldCom with a certified copy of the involved insurance policy or policies
within ten (10) business days of receipt of such request.

                 Vendor waives its right, and its underwriter's right, of
subrogation against WorldCom, its shareholders, officers, directors, agents and
employees thereof, WorldCom's affiliates and their shareholders, officers,
directors, agents and employees thereof, and WorldCom's subsidiaries and their
shareholders, officers, directors, agents and employees thereof, providing that
such waiver in writing prior to loss does not void or alter coverage, and such
waiver shall not affect Vendor's other rights or remedies under this Agreement
or under law.

                 Neither the insurance required herein nor the amount and type
of insurance maintained by Vendor shall change the extent of Vendor's liability
hereunder for injury, death, loss or damage.

                 Except as provided in this Agreement, WorldCom, its affiliates
and its subsidiaries shall not insure or be responsible for any loss or damage
to property of any kind owned or leased by Vendor or its employees, servants
and agents.  Any policy of insurance covering the property owned or leased by
Vendor against loss by physical damage shall provide that the underwriters have
given their permission to waive their rights of subrogation against WorldCom,
its affiliates and their directors, officers and employees, as well as their
subsidiaries including the directors, officers and employees thereof.

                 Certificate Holder must be shown as:

                          WorldCom Network Services, Inc.
                          Attn:  Contract Administration
                          P.O. Box 21348
                          Tulsa, OK  74121


                 Except as provided in this Agreement, Vendor, its affiliates
and its subsidiaries shall not insure or be responsible for any loss or damage
to property of any kind owned or leased by WorldCom or its employees, servants
and agents.





                                       11
<PAGE>   12
                 If Vendor utilizes contractor(s) per this Agreement, then
Vendor shall require such contractor(s) to comply with these insurance
requirements and supply certificates of insurance before any work commences.

         23.     GENERAL PROVISIONS.

                 A.       In the event suit is brought by either party to
enforce the terms of this Agreement or to collect any monies due hereunder or
to collect money damages for breach hereof, the prevailing party as determined
by the judiciary of the forum in which suit is brought, shall be entitled to
recover, in addition to any other remedy, reimbursement for reasonable
attorneys' fees and court costs incurred in connection therewith.

                 B.       Except as set forth to the contrary herein, any right
or remedy shall be cumulative and without prejudice to any other right or
remedy, whether contained herein or not.  Any single or partial exercise of any
right or remedy shall not preclude the further exercise thereof or the exercise
of any other right or remedy.

                 C.       Nothing in this Agreement provides any legal or
equitable rights to anyone not an executing party of this Agreement.

                 D.       In the event of a conflict between the provisions of
this Agreement and those of a P&P Attachment, the provisions of the P&P
Attachment shall prevail.  Each P&P Attachment identified with this Agreement
shall only be effective if the same is reasonably identified herewith and
subscribed to by authorized representatives of the parties.

                 E.       All headings used herein are for index and reference
purposes only, and are not to be given any substantive effect.

                 F.       Unless defined herein, words having well-known
technical or trade meanings shall be so construed.  All listings of items shall
not be taken to be exclusive, but shall include other items, whether similar or
dissimilar to those listed, as the context reasonably requires.

                 G.       No rule of construction requiring interpretation
against the draftsman hereof shall apply in the interpretation of this
Agreement.

                 H.       Each party to this Agreement represents and warrants
to the other that:

                          (i)     It has the right, power and authority to
enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement;

                          (ii)    It has taken all requisite action (corporate
or otherwise) to approve execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement,
and this Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation upon
itself in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by
bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws;





                                       12
<PAGE>   13
                          (iii)   Neither the execution of this Agreement nor
the fulfillment of or compliance with the terms and provisions hereof shall
conflict with or result in a breach of the terms, conditions or provisions of,
or constitute a default under, or result in a violation of the charter, bylaws
or other governing instruments of such party, or any contract, instrument,
order, judgment or decree to which such party is subject; and

                          (iv)    The fulfillment of its obligations hereunder
shall not constitute a material violation of any existing applicable law, rule,
regulation or order of any government authority, and except as otherwise
provided herein, all material, necessary or appropriate public or private
consents, permissions, agreements, licenses or authorizations to which it may
be subject have been or shall be obtained in a timely manner.

                 I.       Neither party to this Agreement shall use any funds
received under this Agreement for illegal or otherwise "improper" purposes.
Neither party shall pay any commissions, fees or rebates to any employee of the
other party nor favor any employee of the other party or its affiliates with
gifts or entertainment of significant cost or value.  In the event WorldCom has
reasonable cause to believe that this section has been violated, WorldCom or
its representative shall have the right to audit the records of Vendor to the
extent necessary to determine compliance with this section.

                 J.       Neither party to this Agreement shall divulge its
terms to any suppliers or competitors of either party hereto; provided, that it
is understood that Vendor may file this Agreement with any U.S. Federal or
State governmental agency if such filing is required by law.





                                       13
<PAGE>   14
         24.     ENTIRE AGREEMENT.    This Agreement together with P&P
Attachments, if any, comprise all the terms, conditions and agreements of the
parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and may not be altered or
amended except in writing and signed by authorized representatives of each
party hereto.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto by their duly authorized
representatives have executed this Agreement as of the date and year first set
forth above.

                            "WORLDCOM"

                            WORLDCOM NETWORK SERVICES, INC.



                            By: /s/ Larry Murphy for Russ Ray 9/19/96
                               -------------------------------------- 
                            Name: Larry Murphy for Russ Ray 9/19/96
                                 ------------------------------------
                            Its:  VP Eng
                                ----------------------------------



                            "VENDOR"

                             Ciena Corporation
                            ---------------------------------------


                            By: /s/  EGG
                               ------------------------------------
                            Name: Eric Georgatos
                                 ---------------------------------
                            Its:  VP and General Counsel
                                ----------------------------------





                                       14
<PAGE>   15
   



                     PRODUCTS AND PRICING ATTACHMENT NO. 1

THIS PRODUCTS AND PRICING ATTACHMENT NO. 1 (this "P&P ATTACHMENT") is made this
19 day of September, 1996, to that certain Basic Purchase Agreement between
WorldCom Network Services, Inc. ("WorldCom") and CIENA Corporation("VENDOR")
dated September 19, 1996 (the "AGREEMENT").  The following described Products
and relevant pricing terms shall be subject to the terms of the Agreement.
Unless otherwise specified herein, defined terms shall have the same meanings
as set forth in the Agreement.  However, in the event of a conflict between the
terms and conditions of the Agreement and the terms and conditions of this P&P
Attachment, this P&P Attachment shall control.

This P&P Attachment shall also replace and over-rule any previous Letters of
Commitment or Letters of Understanding that may exist between the two parties.


1.  TERM/COMMITMENT TO ORDER/EXCLUSIVITY.

Under this P&P Attachment, in exchange for the prices offered by CIENA, as
represented in Section 2 below, WorldCom agrees that Vendor shall be WorldCom's
exclusive supplier of dense (meaning greater than 4 channel) wave division
multiplexing system equipment and associated software ("WDM Systems") for a
period starting from the execution date of this P&P Attachment through December
31, 1997 ("EXCLUSIVE PERIOD").  This is not a commitment by WorldCom to order
any minimum quantity of WDM Systems; however, if WorldCom shall fail to
purchase from Vendor during such Exclusive Period Vendor's WDM Systems having
an aggregate price, * .  WorldCom's obligation to purchase exclusively from 
Vendor during the Exclusive Period is expressly subject to successful 
completion of the field trial currently in progress pursuant to that
Trial Evaluation Agreement between Vendor and WorldCom dated August 3, 1996.
Completion of such trial shall be determined to be successful or not solely at
the discretion of WorldCom, and WorldCom shall promptly notify Vendor in
writing of its determination.

WorldCom shall have the right to make Orders for the Products described herein
and place such Orders within sixty (60) months of the date of this P&P
Attachment and Vendor shall accept such Orders subject to the terms of the
Agreement and this P&P Attachment.  Orders shall indicate (1) quantity of items
ordered, (2) desired delivery date, (3) intended delivery site, and (4)
delivery site for Vendor's standard documentation. Orders placed byWorldCom
with Vendor shall not be binding upon Vendor until accepted in writing by a
duly authorized officer or employee of Vendor.  Such acceptance will occur
within five working days of receipt of order by Vendor.  If Vendor fails to
respond to the WorldCom individual purchasing agent placing the order  within
five working days, and if the purchase order otherwise conforms to the terms,
conditions and prices required under this Agreement, then such purchase order
is presumed to have been accepted by Vendor.






                                                                               1
<PAGE>   16
Upon execution of this Agreement and the P&P Attachment, WorldCom agrees that
Vendor may, at its election, make public announcement of the commencement by
WorldCom of a field trial of Vendor's WDM System equipment, with the wording of
such announcement subject to the reasonable approval of WorldCom.  Upon
successful completion of the field trial (which shall be deemed successful, if
at all, entirely at WorldCom's sole discretion), WorldCom agrees that Vendor
may make public announcement of the signing of this Agreement and the P&P
Attachment, with the wording of such announcement subject to the reasonable
approval of WorldCom.

2.  PRODUCT PRICING.

Subject to the True Up obligations set forth below, WorldCom's orders for WDM
Systems during the Exclusivity Period shall be entitled to pricing based upon
the price schedule listed below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
module description                                 model number                    unit price($)
- ------------------                                 ------------                    -------------
<S>                                                <C>
channel shelf                                      16000-01                             *
common shelf                                       16000-02                             *
dual amp module                                    16090-01                             *
980 pump module                                    16080-01                             *
1480 pump module (standard)                        16080-12                             *
1480 pump module (high power)                      16080-11                             *
service channel module                             16070-01                             *
nodal controll processor                           16060-03                             *
power supply module                                16050-01                             *
combiner module (8 way)                            16030-08                             *
splitter module (8 way)                            16040-08                             *
dual combiner module                               16030-16                             *
dual splitter module                               16040-16                             *
remodulator module (ch. 1)                         16010-01                             *
remodulator module (ch. 2)                         16010-02                             *
remodulator module (ch. 3)                         16010-03                             *
remodulator module (ch. 4)                         16010-04                             *
remodulator module (ch. 5)                         16010-05                             *
remodulator module (ch. 6)                         16010-06                             *
remodulator module (ch. 7)                         16010-07                             *
remodulator module (ch. 8)                         16010-08                             *
remodulator module (ch. 9)                         16010-09                             *
remodulator module (ch. 10)                        16010-010                            *
remodulator module (ch. 11)                        16010-011                            *
remodulator module (ch. 12)                        16010-012                            *
remodulator module (ch. 13)                        16010-013                            *
remodulator module (ch. 14)                        16010-014                            *
remodulator module (ch. 15)                        16010-015                            *
remodulator module (ch. 16)                        16010-016                            *
dual selector module (ch. X/X)                     16020-XX                             *
</TABLE>





                                                                               2
<PAGE>   17
<TABLE>
<S>                                                <C>                    <C>
faceplate, 4HP, (0.8 wide)                         16120-14               *
faceplate, 7HP, (1.4 wide)                         16120-09               *
orderwire                                          16140-01               *
auxillary management module                        16130-01               *
alarm and power distribution                                              *
fan try                                            16600-01               *
air filter                                         16600-02               *
fiber dressing/air plenum                          16600-03               *
heat ramp                                          16600-04               *
fan replacement                                                           *
EMS  software**                                                           *
*                                                                         *
*                                                                         *

PRE-WIRED RACK ASSEMBLIES

7' unequal flange rack (equipped for 8 ch.)        16110-70               *
7' unequal flange rack (equipped for 16 ch.)       16110-80               *
8' unequal flange rack (equipped for 8 ch.)        16110-88               *
8' unequal flange rack (equipped for 16 ch.)       16111-70               *
8'-8" unequal flange rack (equipped for 8 ch.)     16112-70               *
8'-8" unequal flange rack (equipped for 16 ch.)    16112-80               *
7' channel rack (equipped for 8 ch.)               16112-88               *
7' channel rack (equipped for 16 ch.)              16113-70               *
</TABLE>                                                                  

 ** Price quoted is for Vendor's proprietary EMS Software.  Vendor's
proprietary EMS Software runs on a Sun workstation with Sun operating software.
Vendor believes Sun's price for a primary workstation is approximately $20,000
and for the necessary Sun operating software is approximately $34,000; Vendor
further believes Sun's price for a secondary, or sub-network workstation is
approximately $10,000 to $15,000 and for the necessary Sun operating software
is approximately $19,000. *

Not later than 60 days prior to the end of the Exclusive Period, Vendor shall
notify WorldCom of the amount of all WorldCom Orders it has shipped or received
since the date of execution of this Agreement and the P&P Attachment.  Vendor
agrees to meet and confer with WorldCom as to any questions WorldCom may have
as to Vendor's record of such amount, and will use its best efforts to
reconcile its record with any different record from WorldCom. Vendor's failure
to give such notice in a timely manner shall not affect WorldCom's "true-up
amount" payment obligations as set forth in the next paragraph.

On or before January 31, 1998, , Vendor shall compute the aggregate price,
based on Section 2 prices, of all Orders received on or before December 31,
1997 and shipped or scheduled for shipment within 45 days after December 31,
1997,  (such Orders are referred to as the "Exclusive Period Orders" and the
aggregate price attributable thereto is referred to as the "Total Purchases").
If the Total Purchases equal or exceed *,





                                                                               3
<PAGE>   18
Vendor shall have no claim against WorldCom for payments beyond invoiced
amounts on all such Orders.  *, Vendor shall recompute the purchase price of 
all Exclusive Period Orders * (the "Undiscounted Purchases").  (Exclusive 
Period Orders shall not include orders for installation services,
emergency technical support services or training services.)  The amount by
which the Undiscounted Purchases exceed the aggregate purchase price paid or to
be paid by WorldCom on all Exclusive Period Orders shall be the "True Up
Amount." WorldCom shall pay the True Up Amount within 30 days of receipt of
Vendor's invoice therefor *



The following examples are for illustration:

a)       Assume Total Purchases equal                       $*
         Loss of * discount (True Up Amount)                $*
                                                            ----

         Total Due                                          $*  
                                                                
b)       Assume Total Purchases equal                       $*  
         Loss of * discount (True Up Amount)                $*  
                                                            ----
                *                                            *
                *                                             
                *                                            *
                *                                            *
 . * Unless and until such negotiations result in a mutual written agreement to
the contrary, all Orders received after * .

3.  DELIVERY.

To assist in Vendor's manufacturing planning, concurrent with and conditional
upon WorldCom's notification to Vendor of successful completion of the field
trial, and on each monthly anniversary of the execution hereof, WorldCom shall
deliver Vendor a subsequent 12-month forecast of Orders (such Orders to include
spares requirements).  Such forecast shall not represent a binding purchase
commitment by WorldCom; however, for forecasted Orders, Vendor commits to
deliveries, including spares, within * after acceptance of Order.  Vendor's 
obligation to deliver * of acceptance of such Orders shall apply only  to 
Orders included in a 12-month rolling forecast provided hereunder.





                                                                               4
<PAGE>   19
*.





*.





*.





*.




*.





*.





*.                                                                             5
<PAGE>   20
4.  SOFTWARE/HARDWARE COMMITMENTS.

Vendor commits to provide the following specific software/hardware features at
the charges indicated, which features shall be tested and generally available
for the Product described herein by the dates indicated: 
Hardware
==============================================================================
Feature                               availability       price         note
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                            *              *            1
*
*
*                                           *
*                                                          *
*                                                          *
*                                                          *
*                                                          *
*                                                          *
*                                                          *
*                                                          *
*                                                          *
*                                           *              *            *
*                                           *              *            *
*                                           *              *            *
*                                           *              *
*                                           *              *            *
*                                           *              *            *
*                                           *              *
*
==============================================================================

Notes:
        *
        *
        *
        *
        *
        *




Software

a.       The following terms shall have the meaning set forth below:

         "EMS Software" shall mean the CIENA WaveWatcher(TM) element management
system software, which does not include third party hardware or software on
which the EMS Software operates.

         "Licensed Software" shall mean EMS Software, System Software, and
Third Party Software, each of which in machine-readable form, and subsequent
Software Upgrades and Software Enhancements, necessary to install, operate, and
maintain the WDM Systems purchased by WorldCom pursuant to this Agreement.

         "System Software" shall mean computer programs and routines, with
Third Party Software, embedded in and integral to a product contained in the
WDM System and contained on a magnetic tape, disk, semiconductor device, or
other memory device or system memory and consisting of (a) hard-wired logic
instructions which manipulate data in the central processor and control
input/output operations, and error diagnostic and recovery routines, and (b)
other instruction sequences, in machine readable but not source code, as well
as associated documentation used to describe, maintain or use such programs and
routines.





                                                                               6
<PAGE>   21
         "Software Upgrade" shall mean a change or modification or release in
or to the EMS Software or System Software which fixes or otherwise corrects
faults, design shortcomings, shortcomings in meeting specifications,  or makes
other corrections as necessary to enable EMS Software or System Software to
perform in accordance with specifications. A "Software Upgrade" does not
include changes or modifications or releases which add one or more new
functions which are not present in the most current version of the EMS Software
or System Software or which otherwise materially enhance functionality, value
or performance (a "Software Enhancement").

         "Software Revision Level" shall mean each specific release of Licensed
Software that reflects any amendment, modification or change from the
immediately preceding release, each of which releases shall contain a unique,
sequential, alphabetical or numeric designation to identify each release of
Licensed Software from another.

         "Third Party Software" shall mean software which is independently
developed by a third party, sublicensed to WorldCom under this Agreement or
otherwise provided with the WDM Systems hereunder.


b.       *




                 (1)      The EMS Software in machine readable form, including
any applicable Software Upgrades provided under the warranty provisions of
Section ehereof, and any copies of the foregoing as authorized herein;

                 (2)      System Software in machine readable form, including
any applicable Software Upgrades provided under the warranty provisions of
Section e hereof, and any copies of the foregoing as authorized herein;

                 (3)      Third Party Software embedded in and integrated with
the System, System Software and EMS Software, in machine readable form.

c.       WorldCom's RTU License for a single unit of the EMS Software is
limited to use with a single workstation which manufacturer and model are
authorized by Vendor through provision of the designated release of EMS
Software for such workstation. WorldCom may physically transfer the EMS
Software from one workstation to another without notice to Vendor, and from one
site to another provided that (a) the workstation from which the EMS Software
has been transferred shall cease to be a licensed workstation for such
transferred EMS Software, and the workstation to which the EMS Software has
been transferred shall thereafter be deemed to be a licensed workstation, and
(b) the EMS Software delivered by Vendor shall not be resident at any time on
more than





                                                                               7
<PAGE>   22
the total number of licensed EMS workstations set forth in this Agreement or on
the applicable attachment hereto.

d.       The EMS Software and System Software contain copyrighted material,
trade secrets and other proprietary material of Vendor or Vendor's
subcontractors.  WorldCom is granted no title or ownership rights to such
software, and WorldCom shall not sell, transfer (except as authorized under
this Agreement), rent, copy (other than for archival or backup purposes),
reverse engineer, reverse compile, or grant any rights in such software without
Vendor's prior written consent.  WorldCom agrees to protect the software
licensed hereunder in a manner consistent with the maintenance of Vendor's
ownership and proprietary rights therein, including displaying of any copyright
marks incorporated by Vendor.

e.       *



 .

f.       *





g.       *




 .

h.       WorldCom shall have the option at any time during the term of this
Agreement, upon 60 days advance written notice to Vendor, to purchase the
Source Code for Vendor's EMS Software for * , paid concurrent with delivery of
the Source Code.  Notwithstanding such purchase by  WorldCom, WorldCom
shall have no right to sell, assign, transfer, license or  sublicense the
Source Code without the prior written consent of Vendor, which  consent may be
withheld in Vendor's sole discretion.  From and after delivery  by Vendor of
Source Code pursuant to WorldCom's election to purchase it under  this
Agreement, Vendor's continuing warranty obligations, if any, with respect  to
providing repair service, Software Upgrades, or other technical support 
services, shall be void and of no further force or effect insofar as they 
affect or relate to EMS  Software.





                                                                               8
<PAGE>   23
5.  SONET COMPLIANCE

Vendor represents that its WDM System has been and will continue to be tested
for satisfactory functional interoperability with NorTel OC-48 SONET
transmission terminals. Vendor further agrees to establish and continuously
update and maintain a lab facility WDM System representative of the single WDM
System purchased and installed by WorldCom which has the highest number of
channels and cascaded optical line amplifiers, for use in replicating and
diagnosing any field performance problems.  It is acceptable that this facility
be a shared facility supporting the combined training and testing requirements
of all customers utilizing the same Vendor Product(s).  In the event that
notwithstanding Vendor's testing for satisfactory interoperability and Vendor's
lab replication and diagnosis, there remain in-field interoperability problems,
Vendor will designate not less than two of its personnel to form a task force
with WorldCom to conduct sufficient additional testing and diagnosis to
determine the cause of the problem and possible solutions.

6.  ADDITIONAL SPECIFICATIONS.

Vendor and WorldCom acknowledge and agree that the ongoing field trial may
result in WorldCom requesting additional specifications for the Products.
Vendor and WorldCom agree to work together to develop mutually agreed
statements of such specifications and mutually agreed increases, if any, to the
prices set forth in Section 2, as a result of such specifications.

7.  WARRANTY PERIOD.

    *


 .





                                                                               9
<PAGE>   24
8. DOCUMENTATION AND TRAINING.

A.  Documentation

For each:
1. Network Manager System
2. MultiWave(TM) terminal
3. MultiWave(TM) line amplifier

delivered under this P&P Attachment, Vendor shall promptly, at time of
delivery, provide, at no additional charge to WorldCom, one complete set of
written documentation and user's manual for said Product(s).  This
documentation will be shipped to the same location that said Product(s) are
delivered.

Upon delivery of the first Order placed under this P&P Attachment, Vendor
shall, at no charge to WorldCom, provide an additional six (6) complete sets of
Product documentation to satisfy WorldCom Engineering requirements.

In accordance with Section 7, "Substitutions and Modifications", of the
Agreement, product updates or modifications must be documented and notification
of these changes provided in written form ahead of Product deliveries
incorporating said changes.  Vendor agrees to provide notification and
modification documentation in quantities sufficient to update all sets of
existing documentation delivered to WorldCom at the time of notification.

Vendor agrees to allow WorldCom to edit, duplicate, and apply said Product
literature and documentation solely and exclusively for internal WorldCom use.

B.  Training

During the period ending June 30, 1998, Vendor shall provide *
, with WorldCom free to exercise discretion in how to allocate such days based
on the following classes and class duration:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Course      Class Name                  Number of    Eastern      Central     Mountain     Pacific
  Number                                   Days         Time        Time         Time        Time 
                                                        Zone        Zone         Zone        Zone
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>          <C>                              <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>        <C>
M-101        Installation                     2           *           *            *          *
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
M-102        OAM&P                            2           *           *            *          *
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
M-103        WaveWatcher Operator             1           *           *            *          *
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
M-104        WaveWatcher                      2           *           *            *          *
             Administrator
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
M-100        Train the Trainer                3           *           *            *          *
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
                                                                              10
<PAGE>   25
WorldCom shall pay Vendor for travel and lodging expenses for Vendor personnel
teaching classes held at WorldCom's facilities.  WorldCom may pay such expenses
at fixed rates in the schedule above or may reimburse Vendor for actual
expenses incurred.  Class shall be charged by Vendor at Vendor's standard
rates.

Class size at Vendor's facilities will be limited to ten (10) people and
scheduled three (3) weeks in advance.

Class size at WorldCom facilities will be determined by WorldCom in
consultation with Vendor and scheduled three (3) weeks in advance.

Within three (3) months of executing this P&P Attachment, Vendor agrees to
develop a Training Video to demonstrate the functionality and maintenance of
associated Products.  Vendor agrees to solicit input from WorldCom to insure
the video addresses WorldCom training concerns. Vendor will provide a master
copy of this video to WorldCom at no charge, which WorldCom may duplicate as
often as it deems necessary but for the sole purpose of internal training.
Except for WorldCom's right to use and duplicate such video for its own
internal purposes, Vendor shall own all rights in and to such video, and may
use it for training of other customers, distributors, etc.

Training services in excess of the * days shall, if conducted at Vendor's 
Maryland facility, be charged to WorldCom in accordance with the following 
schedule:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

- --------------------------------------------------------------
 Course       Class Name                   Number   Course In
 Number                                   of Days     Savage
- --------------------------------------------------------------
<S>           <C>                            <C>         <C>
M-101         Installation                   2           *
- --------------------------------------------------------------
M-102         OAM&P                          2           *
- --------------------------------------------------------------
M-103         WaveWatcher                    1           *
              Operator
- --------------------------------------------------------------
M-104         WaveWatcher                    2           *
              Administrator
- --------------------------------------------------------------
M-100         Train the Trainer              3           *
- --------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

Training services in excess of the 100 free instructor class days shall, if
conducted at a WorldCom site, be charged to WorldCom in accordance with the
following schedule:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Course       Class Name                   Number      Eastern     Central      Mountain     Pacific
 Number                                    of Days      Time        Time         Time         Time
                                                        Zone        Zone         Zone         Zone
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>           <C>                            <C>          <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>
M-101         Installation                   2            *           *            *           *
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
M-102         OAM&P                          2            *           *            *           *
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>





                                                                              11
<PAGE>   26

<TABLE>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>           <C>                            <C>           <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>
M-103         WaveWatcher                    1             *          *           *          *
              Operator
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
M-104         WaveWatcher                    2             *          *           *          *
              Administrator
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
M-100         Train the Trainer              3             *          *           *          *
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

8.  TECHNICAL SUPPORT AND INSTALLATION SERVICES PRICING.

Installation Services shall be invoiced to WorldCom at Vendor's standard rates,
plus expenses, in accordance with the following schedule:

                  1st 48 hrs./week         Overtime Hours         Capabilities

 Installer I             *                        *                     *




An installer is fully trained and equipped for the following tasks:  S -
superstructure; P - Power; F - Fiber connections; A - Alarm connections.
Hauling and Hoisting will be billed as incurred.

For the initial deployment of Vendor's Products and in cases where WorldCom's
network service quality is being impacted by problems/failures related to
Vendor's Products, the Vendor agrees to provide support personnel that can be
available within 24 hours of notification to assist WorldCom personnel resolve
a problem on-site.  For the case of initial deployment, this service shall be
provided per WorldCom's request at Vendor's expense.  In cases of emergency
troubleshooting, if Vendor's Products were found to be at fault, expenses for
travel and assistance are Vendor's responsibility.  If Vendor's Products were
not at fault, WorldCom will be responsible for Vendor's manpower expenses and
reasonable travel and lodging expenses.



After initial deployment and installaction, emergency technical support shall
be available by phone from Vendor's Maryland facility 24 hours a day, seven
days a week. During core business hours, this service will be available to
WorldCom at no charge.  For after-hour, week-end, and holiday support rendered
from Vendor's Maryland facility, * provided, that in each case, if Vendor's 
Products were found to be at fault, there shall be no charge for such service.


9.  REPAIR AND RETURN.

A.  Vendor agrees to maintain the following emergency safety stock specifically
for WorldCom utilization:

*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*

                                                                              12
<PAGE>   27





This safety stock may be the same hardware used to populate the Vendor lab
facility specified in Article 8 Section B of this P&P Attachment as long as
this hardware is not committed to another customer's testing or emergency
support.

This safety stock must be accessible 24 hours a day, seven days a week, for
emergency shipment to a WorldCom-indicated location within a 24 hour
time-frame.

At such time as WorldCom places orders for any of the following modules, there
shall be added to the safety stock the number of such modules listed below:

*
*
*
*
*

B.  For items no longer within warranty (as defined in this P&P Attachment),
Vendor shall within 10 working days of receipt of damaged product, provide
WorldCom an estimate for repair charges to any Product, component, or
sub-assembly to any Product manufactured by the Vendor.).  Such estimate shall
not exceed the greater of (i) the price set forth in Section 2 of this P&P
Attachment for such product, or (ii) Vendor's cost of materials for making such
repair plus 50%.  WorldCom may thereafter elect to order such repair work to be
done or to purchase replacement Products, components or subassemblies.

C.  If repaired, standard repair turn-around time shall be no longer than
thirty (30) days from receipt of malfunctioning Product, component, or
subassembly to any Product.  If Vendor fails to deliver on or before the thirty
(30) days and the Product is still under warranty, then Vendor agrees to ship a
new replacement, at no cost to WorldCom, within 24 hours to maintain WorldCom's
network performance and survivability level.

D.  Vendor agrees to provide WorldCom repair reports for every item returned.
These reports shall describe the problem found and the corrective action taken.
Vendor agrees to maintain a cumulative list documenting problem types and
number of occurrences.





                                                                              13
<PAGE>   28
10.      Assurances.

Vendor agrees to support unannounced WorldCom quality assurance inspections
related to the manufacturing and testing of Products WorldCom has on order
hereunder.

Vendor warrants and represents that the Products are in current factory
production and Vendor has no present plans to discontinue manufacture of the
Products.  Further, Vendor recognizes the signficance that WorldCom places on
the Product commitments contained herein.



All of which is agreed to by the undersigned.


WorldCom Network Services, Inc.                    CIENA Corporation
                                                        (Vendor)

BY: /s/ Larry Murphy for Russ Ray 9/19/96           BY: /s/ EGG
    -------------------------------------              ------------------------
          (Signature)                                       (Signature)

Larry Murphy                                           Eric Georgatos
- ---------------------------                            ------------------------
         (Print Name)                                       (Print Name)

VP Eng.                                                VP and General Counsel
- ---------------------------                            ------------------------
         (Title)                                            (Title)





                                                                              14

<PAGE>   1

                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.10


                    SETTLEMENT AGREEMENT AND MUTUAL RELEASE



     This Settlement Agreement and Mutual Release ("Settlement Agreement") is
made by and among William K. Woodruff & Company, Inc. ("Woodruff") and William
K. Woodruff III ("WKW III"), on the one hand, and Ciena Corporation, f/k/a
HydraLite Inc. ("Ciena"), Sevin-Rosen Fund II L.P., a Texas Limited Partnership
("Sevin II"), Sevin Rosen Fund IV, L.P., a Delaware Limited Partnership ("Sevin
IV"), InterWest Partners, a California Limited Partnership ("InterWest"), and
InterWest Partners V, L.P. ("InterWest V") on the other hand (collectively,
"Ciena/Sevin"), on the terms set forth below.

     WHEREAS, an agreement was entered into by and between Ciena (then known as
HydraLite, Incorporated) and Woodruff on or about September 29, 1993 (the
"Agreement"); and

     WHEREAS, Woodruff and/or WKW III and/or its affiliates are shareholders of
Ciena;

     WHEREAS, a Revised Compensation Agreement was entered into by and between
Ciena (then known as HydraLite, Incorporated) and Woodruff on or about April 9,
1994 (the "Revised Agreement") (collectively with the Agreement the
"Agreements"); and

     WHEREAS, a lawsuit was initiated in the 192nd Judicial District Court of
Dallas County, Texas by Woodruff against Ciena and Sevin II, numbered
96-07310-K and styled William K. Woodruff & Company, Incorporated v. Ciena
Corporation,





                                     - 1 -
<PAGE>   2
f/k/a Hydralite Inc. and Sevin-Rosen Funds II, L.P., a Texas Limited
Partnership (the "state court action"); and

     WHEREAS, the state court action was removed to the United States District
Court for the Northern District of Texas, numbered CA3-96-CV-2100-H and styled
William K. Woodruff & Co., Inc. v. Ciena Corporation, f/k/a Hydralite Inc. and
Sevin-Rosen Funds II,  L.P., a Texas Limited Partnership (the "federal court
action"); and

     WHEREAS, Woodruff filed its First Amended Complaint and Application for
Injunctive Relief in the federal court action, adding Sevin IV and Interwest as
parties; and

     WHEREAS, the United States District Court has remanded to the 192nd
Judicial District Court this case and this dispute is once again pending in
Texas state court; and

     WHEREAS, Woodruff, inter alia. seeks to recover in the state court action
certain relief, including monetary, declaratory, and injunctive relief, in
connection with the Agreement and Revised Agreement (collectively, the
"Agreements") and in connection with a contemplated initial public offering of
Ciena's common stock ("IPO"); and

     WHEREAS, bona fide disputes and controversies exist between Woodruff, on
the one hand, and Ciena/Sevin, on the other, as to liability, injunctive
relief, and the amount of damages, if any, and by reason of such disputes and
controversies, Woodruff and Ciena/Sevin desire to compromise and settle all
claims and causes of action, including but not limited to all claims and causes
of action arising from the





                                     - 2 -
<PAGE>   3
state court action, the federal court action, from the Agreements, from the
IPO, from Woodruff, WKW III or affiliates' status as a shareholder, or any
other claims or causes of action that have been or could have been or could be
asserted against Ciena/Sevin, its predecessors or successors, any present or
former employees or agents of Ciena/Sevin or its predecessors or successors,
and any underwriters, including but not limited to Goldman Sachs, Alex. Brown &
Sons, Wessels, Arnold & Henderson, or any other underwriters that may become
involved in a Ciena IPO, and intend that the full and exclusive terms and
conditions of the compromise and settlement be set forth in this Settlement
Agreement;

     NOW THEREFORE, for good and sufficient consideration, the receipt of which
is hereby acknowledged, it is hereby agreed by mutual consent of the parties
that:

     1.          In the event of any Ciena IPO, Ciena agrees to retain Woodruff
as co-manager, with the name of Woodruff appearing as co-manager on the cover
of the prospectus.

     2.          In the event of any Ciena IPO, Woodruff shall have the right
                 to participate as co-manager, as follows:

                 a.       Woodruff shall have the right to attend any and all
                          "all hands" due diligence and prospectus preparation
                          meetings involving underwriters.

                 b.       Woodruff shall have the right to attend and be
                          introduced when other managers are introduced as a
                          co-manager at such "road show" group presentations at
                          which all co-managers are invited, unless such
                          attendance is deemed inappropriate at the discretion
                          of the lead managing underwriters.





                                     - 3 -
<PAGE>   4
                 c.       Woodruff shall not have the right to participate in
                          any one-on-one meetings between Ciena and potential
                          investors.

                 d.       Woodruff shall not have the right to participate in
any meetings in Europe.

     3.          In the event of any Ciena IPO, Ciena agrees to cause its lead
managing underwriter and any other co-managers to agree as follows:

                 a.       Woodruff shall receive 10% of any management fee;

                 b.       Woodruff shall receive that portion of the
                          underwriting fee, net of expenses, equal to the ratio
                          of number of shares underwritten by Woodruff, if any
                          (it being understood that the lead manager shall have
                          sole discretion to determine the number of shares; if
                          any, to be underwritten by Woodruff), to the total
                          number of shares underwritten in the offering;

                 c.       As to the selling concession, the lead manager shall
                          set a fixed portion (which portion shall be
                          determined by the lead manager in its sole discretion
                          but shall in no event be less than 30%) for the
                          institutional pot. WKW shall receive a cash payment
                          equal to one-sixth (1/6) of the selling concession
                          attributable to that part of such fixed portion which
                          is shared among co-managers (exclusive of the lead
                          manager);

                 d.       Woodruff shall be allocated no less than 5,000 shares
                          for sale to Woodruff customers, each of which shall
                          be identified in advance of sale to the lead manager;

                 e.       Underwriting compensation shall apply to all of the
                          stock sold in the IPO, including the underwriters'
                          over-allotment option and shall be paid at such time
                          or times as such compensation is paid to the other
                          co-managers.

     4.          In the event of any Ciena IPO, shares of Ciena common stock
owned by Woodruff or WKW III or affiliates shall be "locked up" for such period
as required by the lead manager for directors, officers, and major shareholders
of Ciena.

     5.          Regardless of whether there is a Ciena IPO, Ciena shall pay
Woodruff $87,500 in cash upon execution of the Settlement Agreement and receipt
of a copy of





                                     - 4 -
<PAGE>   5
the dismissal of the lawsuit with prejudice. Woodruff shall bear its own
attorneys' fees and costs in connection with this litigation, and shall not
submit any such fees and costs as part of underwriting expenses in connection
with any Ciena IPO.

     6.          Regardless of whether there is any Ciena IPO, any SEC, NASD,
or otherwise legally required disclosure regarding this dispute or its
resolution shall be determined at the sole discretion of Ciena and its counsel.
Ciena agrees to provide a courtesy copy of any such disclosure to Woodruff,
except where prohibited by law or regulation.

     7.          Regardless of whether there is any Ciena IPO, this Settlement
Agreement shall supersede the Agreement and the Revised Agreement, copies of
which are attached hereto as Exhibits A and B. The Agreement and the Revised
Agreement and all rights and obligations of the parties thereunder are null and
void and the Agreements are terminated in all respects with the execution of
this Settlement Agreement. In connection therewith, Ciena shall sell to
Woodruff for $.01/share warrants to purchase 15,000 shares at $20.00/share upon
receipt of dismissal of the lawsuit with prejudice following execution of a
final settlement agreement in the form attached here to Exhibit C. The warrants
shall have a term of five (5) years and shall not be exercisable until the
first anniversary of the signing of a settlement agreement. The warrants shall
have a "net exercise" provision. The terms of the warrant, including without
limitation the exercise price, may be subject to adjustment if required by the
NASD under its corporate financing rules. The warrants shall become null and
void if, subsequent to the execution of this Settlement Agreement and sale of
the warrants to Woodruff, Woodruff or WKW





                                     - 5 -
<PAGE>   6
III asserts any claims of any kind, whether in arbitration, litigation or any
other forum (including to the NASD or SEC), including, specifically, claims for
breach of this Settlement Agreement, against Ciena/Sevin or any of the entities
identified in paragraph 10 herein. Additionally, to the extent the warrants
have been exercised at the time Woodruff or WKW III asserts any such claim,
Ciena shall have an immediate right to recover from Woodruff and WKW III in
cash the greater of (a) the difference between the exercise price per share
under the warrants which have been exercised and the fair market value of Ciena
common stock at the time the warrants were exercised, or (b) the difference
between the exercise price per share under the warrants which have been
exercised and the fair market value of Ciena common stock at the time the claim
is made. Woodruff and WKW III acknowledge that the foregoing is intended to
assure that if Woodruff and WKW III assert claims against Ciena/Sevin or any of
the entities identified in paragraph 10, that they will do so with the
knowledge of the impact of such action on the unexercised warrants and on
Ciena's rights of recovery with respect to the exercised warrants.

     8.          Regardless of whether there is any Ciena IPO, Woodruff shall
dismiss with prejudice all claims asserted in the state court action and
federal court action against Ciena/Sevin on or before 4:00 p.m., Thursday,
August 22, 1996. On or before 4:00 p.m., Thursday, August 22, 1996, Woodruff
shall notify the Court in the federal court action that this lawsuit has been
dismissed and is withdrawing its request for attorneys' fees.

     9.          Regardless of whether there is any Ciena IPO, Woodruff and WKW
III covenant not ever to sue or otherwise assert claims against, from this day
forward,





                                     - 6 -
<PAGE>   7
Ciena, its present and former directors, officers, agents, attorneys,
accountants, underwriters, affiliates, employees, shareholders, partners,
general and/or limited, and general or limited partners thereof, for any claims
relating to the subject matter of the litigation, or relating to Woodruff/WKW
III/or affiliates' status as a shareholder, or relating to any Ciena IPO that
might occur in the future, including, without limitation, any claims for breach
of contract, defamation, fraud, intentional infliction of emotional distress,
negligence, gross negligence, claims under the Texas Deceptive Trade Practices
Act, breach of fiduciary duty, tortious interference with contractual or
business relationship, and declaratory judgment. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
Woodruff shall have the right to assert claims for breach of the Settlement
Agreement or of the indemnification provisions of the Underwriting Agreement.
Woodruff and WKW III agree that any suit or claims relating to the Settlement
Agreement or the indemnification provisions of the Indemnity Agreement,
including any request for injunctive relief, shall not be brought in court, but
shall be brought in arbitration and shall be subject to binding arbitration
before the NASD pursuant to the NASD's code of arbitration procedures.

     10.         WKW III and Woodruff and its agents, representatives,
successors, affiliates, and assigns do fully and finally release and forever
discharge Ciena/Sevin, and their present and former officers, directors,
shareholders, partners, general and/or limited, and general or limited partners
thereof, agents, attorneys, employees, representatives, predecessors,
successors, parents, subsidiaries, affiliates, assigns, and underwriters,
including, but not limited to, Goldman Sachs, Alex. Brown & Sons, Wessels,
Arnold & Henderson, or any other





                                     - 7 -
<PAGE>   8
underwriters that may become involved in a Ciena IPO, from any and all claims
or causes of action of any kind whatsoever, known or unknown, direct or
derivative, now existing or which may arise hereafter, relating to any
relationship between or among WKW III or Woodruff on the one hand and Ciena on
the other, including, without limitation, all claims or causes of action
directly or indirectly relating to the state court action, the federal court
action, Woodruff/WKW III/or affiliates' status as a shareholder, any Ciena IPO,
or the Agreements, including, without limitation, claims for breach of
contract, negligence, claims under the Texas Deceptive Trade Practices Act,
breach of fiduciary duty, tortious interference with contractual or business
relationship, gross negligence, fraud, defamation, intentional infliction of
emotional distress, and declaratory judgment; provided that nothing herein
shall prohibit WKW or Woodruff from asserting claims for breach of the
Settlement Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Woodruff shall have the
same rights to indemnification as other underwriters under the Underwriting
Agreement executed by Ciena in connection with a Ciena IPO.

     11.         Ciena/Sevin and their officers, directors, agents, employees,
representatives, successors, affiliates, and assigns do fully and finally
release and forever discharge WKW III and Woodruff and its present and former
agents, representatives, successors, affiliates, assigns, officers, directors,
shareholders, attorneys, employees, predecessors, parents, and subsidiaries
from any and all claims or causes of action of any kind whatsoever, known or
unknown, direct or derivative, now existing or which have arisen to date,
including, without limitation, all claims or causes of action directly or
indirectly relating to the state court action,





                                     - 8 -
<PAGE>   9
the federal court action, or the Agreements; provided that nothing herein shall
prohibit Ciena from asserting claims for breach of the Settlement Agreement or
of any Underwriting Agreement entered into in connection with a Ciena IPO; and
provided, further, that this release shall immediately and automatically become
null and void ab initio at the time, if any, when Woodruff or WKW III asserts
any claim of any kind whether in arbitration, litigation or any other forum,
including specifically, claims for breach of this Settlement Agreement brought
after conclusion of a Ciena IPO, against Ciena/Sevin or any of the entities
identified in paragraph 10 herein.

     12.         It is expressly understood and agreed that the terms hereof
are contractual and not merely recitals and that the agreements contained
herein and the mutual consideration transferred is to compromise disputed
claims fully, and that no releases or other consideration given shall be
construed as an admission of liability or wrongdoing, all liability or
wrongdoing being expressly denied by Ciena/Sevin.

     13.         Woodruff and WKW III warrant that the party signing below on
its behalf is duly authorized to execute this Settlement Agreement, and that it
has read this Settlement Agreement and fully understands it to be a compromise
and settlement and release of all claims, known or unknown, present or future,
that WKW III and Woodruff have or may have against Ciena/Sevin and their
present and former officers, directors, shareholders, agents, attorneys,
employees, representatives, predecessors, successors, parents, subsidiaries,
affiliates, assigns, and underwriters, including, but not limited to, Goldman
Sachs, Alex. Brown &





                                     - 9 -
<PAGE>   10
Sons, Wessels, Arnold & Henderson, or any other underwriters that may become
involved in a Ciena IPO, including claims for breach of contract, negligence,
claims under the Texas Deceptive Trade Practices Act, breach of fiduciary duty,
tortious interference with contractual or business relationship, gross
negligence, fraud, defamation, intentional infliction of emotional distress,
and declaratory judgment. Woodruff also warrants that it is executing this
Settlement Agreement of its own free will and accord, with full knowledge, and
without influence or duress, that it has had the benefit and advice of counsel
of its own selection, that it is not relying upon any other representations,
either written or oral, express or implied, made to Woodruff by any person, and
that the consideration received or to be received by Woodruff is actual and
adequate. Woodruff further warrants that it has not assigned, pledged, or set
over to any third party any of the rights, claims, expectancies, recoveries, or
actions, of whatever variety, that have been or could have been or could be
asserted against Ciena/Sevin, or which are the subject of the release as set
forth in this Settlement Agreement.

     14.         Ciena/Sevin warrant that their undersigned representatives are
duly authorized to execute this Settlement Agreement on behalf of Ciena/Sevin,
and that their representatives have read this Settlement Agreement and fully
understand it to be a compromise and settlement and release of all claims,
known or unknown, present or future, that Ciena/Sevin has or may have against
Woodruff, and its present and former agents, representatives, predecessors,
successors, affiliates, and assigns. Ciena/Sevin also warrants that they are
executing this Settlement Agreement of their own free will and accord, with
full knowledge, and without





                                     - 10 -
<PAGE>   11
influence or duress, that they have had the benefit and advice of counsel of
their own selection, that they are not relying upon any other representations,
either written or oral, express or implied, made to Ciena/Sevin by any person,
and that the consideration received or to be received by Ciena/Sevin is actual
and adequate. Ciena/Sevin further warrant that they have not assigned, pledged,
or set over to any third party any of the rights, claims, expectancies,
recoveries, or actions, of whatever variety, that have been or could have been
or could be asserted against Woodruff, or which are the subject of the release
as set forth in this Settlement Agreement.

     15.         This Settlement Agreement shall be governed by, and construed
in accordance with, the laws of the State of Texas.

     16.         Woodruff's rights under Nos. 1-4 herein shall be subject to
Woodruff being in good standing with the NASD.

     17.         This Settlement Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to
the benefit of the parties, their predecessors, successors, subsidiaries,
affiliates, licensees, and assigns.

     18.         In any litigation for breach of or enforcement of any of the
provisions of this Settlement Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled
to recover its attorney fees and costs.

     19.         This Settlement Agreement constitutes the entire agreement
among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and it supersedes
any prior or written oral agreements or discussions among the parties with
respect to any of the subject matter contained herein. Woodruff agrees that
Ciena/Sevin has made no





                                     - 11 -
<PAGE>   12
other representations or warranties contemporaneously with or in connection
with this Settlement Agreement. Ciena/Sevin agrees that Woodruff has made no
other representations or warranties contemporaneously with or in connection
with this Settlement Agreement.  This Settlement Agreement cannot be changed,
modified, or otherwise altered orally or by course of conduct.

     20.         This Settlement Agreement may be executed in multiple
counterparts each of which may be deemed to be an original, so long as all
parties execute the Agreement.

     21.         This Settlement Agreement shall become effective, and be
deemed to have been executed, on the date on which the last of the undersigned
parties signs this Settlement Agreement before a Notary Public.





                                     - 12 -
<PAGE>   13

                      WILLIAM K. WOODRUFF & COMPANY, INC.


8/22/96                           By:   /s/ WILLIAM K. WOODRUFF                
- -----------------                      ----------------------------------------
Date Signed                                William K. Woodruff 
                                           Its:                                
                                               --------------------------------


THE STATE OF TEXAS                      Section
                                        Section
COUNTY OF DALLAS                        Section

                 BEFORE ME, the undersigned, a Notary Public for said County
and State, on this day personally appeared William K. Woodruff, and
acknowledged to me that the same was the act of the said corporation, WILLIAM
K. WOODRUFF & COMPANY, INCORPORATED, and that he executed the same for the
purposes and consideration therein expressed, and in the capacity therein
stated.

                 GIVEN UNDER MY HAND AND SEAL OF OFFICE this the 22nd day of
August, 1996.



                                                   /s/ MARLA BARNARD           
                                                   ----------------------------
                                                   Notary Public, in and for
                                                   the State of Texas


My Commission Expires:


11/12/96         
- -----------------





                                     - 13 -
<PAGE>   14


8/22/96                           By:  /s/ WILLIAM K. WOODRUFF                 
- -----------------                      ----------------------------------------
Date Signed                                William K. Woodruff




THE STATE OF TEXAS                      Section
                                        Section
COUNTY OF DALLAS                        Section

                 BEFORE ME, the undersigned, a Notary Public for said County
and State, on this day personally appeared William K. Woodruff III,
individually, and acknowledged to me that he is the individual above-named.

                 GIVEN UNDER MY HAND AND SEAL OF OFFICE this the 22nd day of
August, 1996.



                                                   /s/ MARLA MARNARD           
                                                   ----------------------------
                                                   Notary Public, in and for
                                                   the State of Texas


My Commission Expires:


11/12/96         
- -----------------





                                     - 14 -
<PAGE>   15
                               CIENA CORPORATION


8/23/96                           By:  /s/ PATRICK H. NETTLES                
- -----------------                      ----------------------------------------
Date Signed                                Patrick H. Nettles


THE STATE OF MARYLAND                   Section
                                        Section
COUNTY OF HOWARD                        Section

                 BEFORE ME, the undersigned, a Notary Public for said County
and State, on this day personally appeared Patrick H. Nettles, and
acknowledged to me that the same was the act of the said corporation, CIENA
CORPORATION, and that he executed the same for the purposes and consideration
therein expressed, and in the capacity therein stated.

                 GIVEN UNDER MY HAND AND SEAL OF OFFICE this the 22nd day of
August, 1996.



                                                   /s/ WANDA B. NACE           
                                                   ----------------------------
                                                   Notary Public


My Commission Expires:


4/22/97          
- -----------------





                                     - 15 -
<PAGE>   16
                            SEVIN-ROSEN FUND II L.P.
                          a Texas Limited Partnership

8/23/96                           By:  /s/ DENNIS J. GORMAN                    
- -----------------                      ----------------------------------------
Date Signed                                Dennis J. Gorman, General Partner
                                           Its:                                
                                               --------------------------------


THE STATE OF TEXAS                      Section
                                        Section
COUNTY OF DALLAS                        Section

                 BEFORE ME, the undersigned, a Notary Public for said County
and State, on this day personally appeared Dennis J. Gorman, and acknowledged
to me that the same was the act of the said entity, SEVIN-ROSEN FUNDS II, L.P.,
and that he executed the same for the purposes and consideration therein
expressed, and in the capacity therein stated.

                 GIVEN UNDER MY HAND AND SEAL OF OFFICE this the 23rd day of
August, 1996.



                                                   JO ANN EISLER               
                                                   ----------------------------
                                                   Notary Public, in and for
                                                   the State of Texas


My Commission Expires:


5/27/98          
- -----------------





                                     - 16 -
<PAGE>   17
                            SEVIN-ROSEN FUND IV L.P.
                         a Delaware Limited Partnership

8/23/96                           By:  /s/ DENNIS J. GORMAN
- -----------------                      ----------------------------------------
Date Signed                                Dennis J. Gorman, General Partner


THE STATE OF TEXAS                      Section
                                        Section
COUNTY OF DALLAS                        Section

                 BEFORE ME, the undersigned, a Notary Public for said County
and State, on this day personally appeared Dennis J. Gorman, and acknowledged
to me that the same was the act of the said entity, SEVIN-ROSEN FUNDS II, L.P.,
and that he executed the same for the purposes and consideration therein
expressed, and in the capacity therein stated.

                 GIVEN UNDER MY HAND AND SEAL OF OFFICE this the 23rd day of
August, 1996.



                                                   /s/ JO ANN EISLER           
                                                   ----------------------------
                                                   Notary Public


My Commission Expires:


5/27/98          
- -----------------





                                     - 17 -
<PAGE>   18
                             INTERWEST INVESTORS V
                        a California Limited Partnership

8/26/96                           By:  /s/ ROBERT MOMSEN                       
- -----------------                      ----------------------------------------
Date Signed                                Robert Momsen, General Partner


THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA                 Section
                                        Section
COUNTY OF SAN MARTEN                    Section

                 BEFORE ME, the undersigned, a Notary Public for said County
and State, on this day personally appeared Robert Momsen, and acknowledged to
me that the same was the act of the said entity, INTERWEST INVESTORS V, and
that he executed the same for the purposes and consideration therein expressed,
and in the capacity therein stated.

                 GIVEN UNDER MY HAND AND SEAL OF OFFICE this the 26th day of
August, 1996.



                                                   /s/ LORI J. STUMPF          
                                                   ----------------------------
                                                   Notary Public


My Commission Expires:


2/7/98           
- -----------------





                                     - 18 -
<PAGE>   19
                          INTERWEST INVESTORS V, L.P.
                        a California Limited Partnership

8/22/96                           By:  /s/ ROBERT MOMSEN
- -----------------                      ----------------------------------------
Date Signed                                Robert Momsen, General Partner


THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA                 Section
                                        Section
COUNTY OF SAN MARTEN                    Section

                 BEFORE ME, the undersigned, a Notary Public for said County
and State, on this day personally appeared Robert Momsen, and acknowledged to
me that the same was the act of the said entity, INTERWEST INVESTORS V, L.P.,
and that he executed the same for the purposes and consideration therein
expressed, and in the capacity therein stated.

                 GIVEN UNDER MY HAND AND SEAL OF OFFICE this the 22nd day of
August, 1996.



                                                   /s/ LORI J. STUMPF          
                                                   ----------------------------
                                                   Notary Public


My Commission Expires:


2/7/98           
- -----------------





                                     - 19 -
<PAGE>   20
                                  EXHIBIT A




                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.10

                         WILLIAM K. WOODRUFF & COMPANY
                                  INCORPORATED



                                        September 29, 1993



Dr. David R. Huber
President
HydraLite Incorporated
P.O. Box 71
Jamison, PA  18929

Dear Dr. Huber:

          We are pleased to present HydraLite Incorporated ("HydraLite" or the
"Company") with the terms under which William K. Woodruff & Company,
Incorporated ("WKW") will serve as exclusive financial advisor to the Company
respecting a private financing of approximately $5 million for the Company.
Our advisory services will include, but are not limited to, the presentation of
HydraLite to certain qualified prospective institutional investors and
strategic investors and the evaluation of financing proposals submitted by such
investors solicited by WKW or brought to the Company's attention independently
of WKW, including parties contacted by HydraLite prior to the date hereof.  WKW
agrees to such engagement and for the term of this engagement we will use our
best efforts on the Company's behalf.

          Set forth below are the services WKW will perform in the course of
this assignment, the fees and expenses payable to WKW in exchange for these
services, and general terms and conditions of the engagement.

I.       SERVICES TO BE PROVIDED BY WKW

         1.      WKW will perform due diligence on the business, operations,
and financial condition and prospects of HydraLite and will assist the Company
in preparing a confidential offering memorandum ("Confidential Memorandum")
that will provide prospective investors with the necessary information that
will enable them to fairly evaluate HydraLite for financing.

         2.      Subject to the Company's prior approval, WKW will distribute
the Confidential Memorandum to a group of prospective investors jointly
selected by WKW and the Company.
<PAGE>   21
Dr. David R. Huber
Septemer 29, 1993
Page 2




         3.      WKW will develop, update and review with the Company on an
ongoing basis a list of parties that may be interested in investigating in
HydraLite, and contact only parties on this list that are approved by the
Company.

         4.      WKW will screen prospective investors based on their level of
interests, financial capability, compatibility, etc.  and enter into
preliminary negotiations with qualified prospective investors.

         5.      WKW will assist and advise the Company in negotiations with
prospective investors regarding price, type of securities and other material
factors.

         6.      WKW will assist the Company as requested by the Company, with
document preparation, procedural execution and closing of the transaction.

II.      FEE AND EXPENSE ARRANGEMENTS

The professional fees and expense reimbursement payable to WKW with respect to
this assignment are set forth below:

Should the Company consummate a transaction resulting in the financing, joint
venture, operating agreement, sale, merger or comparable transaction of
HydraLite with another person or entity (the "Transaction") during the period
of time this agreement is in effect, WKW shall be paid a contingent advisory fee
("Advisory Fee") in the amount of five percent (5%) of the amounts funded by
the prospective investors or, for consideration to HydraLite or its
shareholders not in cash, 5% of the amount determined by good faith negotiation
between HydraLite and WKW to have been received by HydraLite.  No amounts will
be owed to WKW for amounts funded on or before December 10, 1993 by Optelecom,
Inc. and/or its affiliates.  The Advisory Fee will be payable in cash at the
time of funding or receipt by HydraLite.

Upon closing of the Transaction contemplated hereby, the Company will sell to
WKW, for nominal consideration, warrants entitling WKW to purchase that number
of shares of common stock of the Company equal to five percent of the
fully-diluted common stock outstanding upon completion of the Transaction.
Such warrants shall have an exercise price per common share equal to the actual
or implied common share price in the Transaction, shall be exercisable for a
period of five years from the date of closing, and shall have standard
antidilution provisions and registration rights.
<PAGE>   22
Dr. David R. Huber
Septemer 29, 1993
Page 3



Also upon closing of the Transaction, the Company will grant to WKW a five-year
right of first refusal to serve as HydraLite's investment banker in any
transaction in which HydraLite retains an investment banker.  WKW's
compensation will be usual and customary in any such engagement.  In any case
in which the Company selects two or more investment bankers, WKW's share of
overall investment banking fees will be no less favorable to WKW than the total
of such fees divided by the number of underwriters or agents, as the case may
be, retained by HydraLite.

For its direct accountable expenses incurred in connection with this
assignment, such as telephone, travel, postage and express expenses, and
computer database access fees, WKW will earn common stock of HydraLite at the
rate of 0.0715% of the fully-diluted shares of HydraLite per $1,000 of such
expenses.  Such shares will be issued to WKW on the basis of such fully-diluted
shares as of the date of execution of this letter, and will be issued to WKW at
the earlier of the closing of the Transaction or the date of termination of
this engagement.  The maximum obtainable by WKW pursuant to the provision of
this paragraph will be 1.5% of the fully-diluted shares at such time.

III.     TERMS OF ENGAGEMENT RELATING TO FINANCING OF THE COMPANY

WKW will have the exclusive right for a period of 270 days from the date of
execution of this letter to serve as the Company's representative with respect
to the financing of HydraLite.  Any entity contacted by WKW or introduced to
the Company independently of WKW during the course of this assignment will be
deemed to be an interested party ("Interested Party").

Should this assignment be terminated prior to the financing of HydraLite by an
Interested Party and should the Company agree in principle to or subsequently
secure financing from or be sold to an Interested Party within an 18 month
period following the signing of this letter, then WKW shall be due the Advisory
Fee as contemplated in Section II above with respect to the financing.

IV.      INDEMNIFICATION

Recognizing that transactions of the type contemplated by this engagement
sometimes result in litigation and that the role of WKW is limited to acting as
of the Company's financial advisor, the Company will indemnify WKW, and its
directors, officers, agents and employees and controlling persons (hereinafter
referred to as "Indemnified Party") to the full extent lawful against any and
all
<PAGE>   23
Dr. David R. Huber
Septemer 29, 1993
Page 4



claims, losses and expenses as incurred (including reimbursement of all
reasonable fees and disbursements of Indemnified Party and cost of counsel and
of all Indemnified Party's reasonable travel and other out-of-pocket and per
diem expenses incurred in connection with the investigation or other
proceedings arising therefrom) arising out of WKW's engagement hereunder,
provided, however, that the Company shall not be liable in any such case to the
extent that any such claim, loss or expense is found in the final judgment by a
court and/or jury and/or arbitral body to have resulted from a breach of the
obligations of the Indemnified Party to the Company in circumstances involving
willfull bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of the services which
are the subject of this agreement.  The Company shall not be liable for any
settlment of any such action or claim without its express written consent.

V.       LACK OF INDEPENDENT VERIFICATION

During the course of this assignment, WKW may rely upon the opinions of experts
(including, but not limited to, independent public accounting firms) with
respect to the accuracy of certain data.  WKW will make no effort to
independently verify the accuracy of any expert opinons so relied upon.

VI.      CONFIDENTIALITY

All information supplied to WKW by the Company will be held in strict
confidence, whether or not marked confidential, as we understand that this
information is treated as highly confidential by you and is not normally
divulged to outside sources.  Moreover, WKW will make every reasonable effort to
ensure that the confidentiality of the Company data is protected by any
prospective investor to whom it is entrusted.  Each copy of the Confidential
Memorandum will be numbered and accounted for, and the immediate return of the
Confidential Memorandum and other accompanying data will be requested from any
prospective investor of the Company or any investor who indicates no further
interest in the financing contemplated herein.

VII.     AMENDMENTS

Both parties agree that this document can be modified or amended only through
written agreement of WKW and HydraLite.
<PAGE>   24
Dr. David R. Huber
Septemer 29, 1993
Page 5



If the foregoing accurately sets forth your understanding of our agreement,
please so indicate by signing, dating and returning one of the enclosed copies
of this letter, retaining the other for your records.

We look forward to working with you.


Sincerely,



WILLIAM K. WOODRUFF & COMPANY, INCORPORATED


By:       /s/ JOHN WALLACE
     --------------------------------------
         John Wallace


ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO:

HydraLite Incorporated


By:      /s/ DAVID HUBER
     --------------------------------------
         David Huber
         President
<PAGE>   25
                                  EXHIBIT B



                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.10

                         REVISED COMPENSATION AGREEMENT


                 This Revised Compensation Agreement is entered into this 9th
day of April, 1994 by and between William K. Woodruff & Company, Incorporated
("Woodruff") and HydraLite Incorporated, a Delaware corporation ("HydraLite").

                                    RECITALS

                 A.       Woodruff and HydraLite are parties to an Agreement
dated September 29, 1993 (the "Original Agreement") in which Woodruff agreed to
assist HydraLite in raising approximately $5 million in a private financing in
return for specified compensation.

                 B.       To accommodate a private placement to be undertaken
by Spencer Trask Holdings Incorporated ("Spencer Trask") as private placement
agent to HydraLite, Woodruff and HydraLite entered into a letter agreement
dated November 22, 1993 and signed by Woodruff on November 29, 1993 (the
"Modification Agreement") that excepted from certain terms of the Original
Agreement the private placement to be undertaken by Spencer Trask and provided
for specific compensation to Woodruff with respect to such private placement.

                 C.       HydraLite is now negotiating an arrangement under
which it will receive first round financing from Sevin Rosen and/or other
venture capital firms or capital sources in an amount of at least $2 million
for shares of Preferred Stock ("First Round Financing") with a second round to
be raised through (1) a private placement to be undertaken by Spencer Trask as
private placement agent, or (ii) additional venture capital money.

                 D.       As an inducement to Sevin Rosen, other venture
capitalists or capital sources and Spencer Trask to invest in and undertake
activities on HydraLite's behalf, Woodruff and HydraLite desire to revise the
Original Agreement and the Modification Agreement upon the occurrence of the
First Round Financing, as further described below.

                 NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the
receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties do hereby
agree as follows:

                 Conditioned upon the occurrence of HydraLite's obtaining First
Round Financing of at least $2 million through the sale of a series of
preferred stock having substantially the rights and privileges contained in
Attachment A (the "Series A Preferred Stock"), and with the capitalization
resulting therefrom also substantially as shown in Attachment A, the following
shall occur:
<PAGE>   26
Revised Compensation Agreement
Page 2
April 9, 1994



                          a.      Except as provided below, the Original
Agreement and the Modification Agreement shall terminate upon the closing of
the First Round Financing and the simultaneous execution of the Warrant
Agreement by HydraLite and Woodruff and receipt by Woodruff of the Warrants
specified in paragraph b (below) and shall be of no further force or effect and
the parties shall have no further rights, duties or obligations arising out of
such agreements and no compensation or reimbursement of expenses, in whatever
form, shall be owed by HydraLite to Woodruff for the First Round Financing or
any future investments made in HydraLite (unless other separate agreements
between Woodruff & HydraLite are entered into).  The agreement contained in
Article VI.  (Confidentiality) of the Original Agreement shall remain in full
force and effect for two years after the First Round Financing, and the
provisions of Article IV (Indemnification) shall remain in full force and
effect without time limit.

                          b.      HydraLite shall issue to Woodruff warrants to
purchase 215,000 shares of HydraLite's Common Stock and execute the attached
Warrant Agreement dated April 9, 1994.  Such warrants shall be issued to
Woodruff simultaneously with the issuance of shares of Series A preferred Stock
to investors in the First Round Financing.  Issuance of these warrants to
Woodruff shall be the sole compensation of any type, except as provided in
paragraph c (below), including reimbursement of expenses, payable to Woodruff
in connection with the First Round Financing and any subsequent financing of
HydraLite (unless other separate agreements between Woodruff and HydraLite are
entered into).

                          c.      For a period concluding at the earlier of
seven (7) years from the date of closing of the First Round Financing or upon
the closing of HydraLite's initial public offering resulting in proceeds to
HydraLite of at least $10 million, in any transaction for which HydraLite
intends to retain one or more investment bankers, HydraLite shall give right of
first refusal to Woodruff for retention as an investment banker.  Giving
Woodruff right of first refusal shall mean, by way of example but not
limitation, that HydraLite shall first evaluate the proposals, advice and
qualifications of Woodruff for the transaction before approaching other
investments bankers, and if HydraLite agrees to undertake a transaction with
another credible such firm, Woodruff will have the right to participate in such
transaction provided that it agrees with and accepts the terms (e.g.,
valuation, investment banking compensation, etc.) accepted by HydraLite.
Woodruff's compensation will be usual and customary in any such engagement.  In
any case in which HydraLite selects two or more investment bankers, Woodruff's
share of overall investment banking fees and commissions will be no less
favorable to Woodruff than the total of such fees and commissions divided by
the number of underwriters or agents, as the case may be, retained by
HydraLite.
<PAGE>   27
Revised Compensation Agreement
Page 3
April 9, 1994




                 In all transactions for which Woodruff is retained by
HydraLite, whether or not pursuant to its right of first refusal, Woodruff will
exercise its best efforts in cooperation with HydraLite and its co-managers or
co-agents to effect the transaction to the greatest practicable benefit to
HydraLite.

                          d.      HydraLite agrees, subject to the exercise of
prudence and good corporate governance practice, to interview Bart Stuck and
consider him in good faith as a candidate for an outside board member seat.

 This revised Compensation Agreement is executed as of the date specified below.

HYDRALITE INCORPORATED




/s/ Patrick Nettles, CEO
- -------------------------


WILLIAM K. WOODRUFF & CO.


/s/ JOHN WALLACE                                           
- -------------------------------------------
By John Wallace

   4/9/94
- -------------------------------------------
Date





<PAGE>   28



                                  Attachment A

       Security Holders of the Company Upon Closing of Series A Financing



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       Common Stock       Common Stock         Series A           Series A
                                         Issued &         Warrants and         Preferred          Preferred
                                       Outstanding          Options              Stock            Warrants
                                       -----------         ---------          ----------          --------
<S>                                      <C>                  <C>               <C>                   <C>
David Huber                              1,200,000
Kim Larsen                                  13,333               6,667
Patrick Nettles                            700,000
INNO                                                                              221,520
Optelecom                                  200,000
Sevin Rosen Fund IV                                                             1,125,000             25,000
SRB Management                                                                      5,000
InterWest V                                                                     1,125,000             25,000
InterWest Investors V                                                               6,000
Vanguard Venture Partners                                                         750,000
Tom Ashenbrenner                                                                  100,000
General Instrument                                             105,667
Woodruff & Co.                                                 215,000
                                                              (Note 1)
</TABLE>

Note 1.  The value of the General Instrument option is reflected based on the
Common Stock Outstanding as of the closing of the Series A financing.





<PAGE>   29



             PROPOSED CAPITALIZATION TABLE FOR HYDRALITE FINANCING

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   Common (after       Preferred A        Preferred B                      Issued     Fully diluted
                                       split)             $1.00              $1.75         Total              %             %
                                   ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                      <C>              <C>                 <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
INNO                                                        221,520                            221,520        2.58%          2.39%
Optelecom                                  200,000                                             200,000        2.33%          2.16%
Sevin Rosen Fund IV                                       1,125,000             206,840      1,331,840       15.58%         14.38%
SRB Management                                                5,000                 918          5,918        0.07%          0.08%
InterWest V                                               1,125,000             206,840      1,331,840       15.50%         14.38%
InterWest Investors V                                         6,000               1,102          7,102        0.08%          0.08%
Vanguard                                                    750,000             137,760        887,780       10.33%          0.59%
Tom Aschenbrenner                                           100,000              18,368        118,368        1.38%          1.28%
Spencer Trask Investors                                                       1,714,288      1,714,288       19.95%         18.51%
Kim Larsen                                  13,333                                              13,333        0.16%          0.14%
Management                               2,760,000                                           2,760,000       32.12%         29.81%
                                   ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Issued and outstanding by class          2,773,333        3,532,520           2,285,714      8,591,587      100.00%         92.79%
                                   ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cumulative Issued and outstanding        2,773,333        6,305,853           8,591,567                              
                                   ------------------------------------------------------                            
Rosen Warrant                                6,667                                               8,667                       0.07%
Sevin Rosen                                                  25,000                             25,000                       0.27%
InterWest                                                    25,000                             25,000                       0.27%
General Instrument @  5% of com                                                                                      
                                           138,667                                             138,667                       1.50%
Woodruff (provisional)                     215,000                                             215,000                       2.32%
Spencer Trask Warrant                                                           257,143        257,143                       2.78%
                                   ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total (fully diluted)                    3,133,687        9,582,520           2,542,057      9,258,044                     100.00%
                                   ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>





<PAGE>   30
                                  EXHIBIT C


                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.11



          THIS WARRANT AND THE SECURITIES PURCHASABLE HEREUNDER HAVE BEEN
ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF
1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER
JURISDICTION, AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF
REGISTRATION OR UNLESS AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION IS AVAILABLE AND THE
COMPANY RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO IT TO SUCH EFFECT.


                                CIENA CORPORATION

                        WARRANT TO PURCHASE COMMON STOCK

               This certifies that, for the sum of $150.00, the receipt of which
is hereby acknowledged, William K. Woodruff & Co., Incorporated or its
registered assigns pursuant to Paragraph 10(b) hereof ("Holder") is entitled to
subscribe for and purchase up to 15,000 shares (subject to adjustment as
described herein) of fully paid and nonassessable Common Stock of CIENA
Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), upon exercise of this
Warrant and subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions
hereinafter set forth.

               As used herein, the term "Common Stock" shall mean the Company's
presently authorized Common Stock and any securities into which such Common
Stock may hereafter be exchanged.

               1.     TERM.

               This Warrant is exercisable, in whole or in part, at any time
beginning August 22, 1997 until 5:00 P.M. New York City time on August 21, 2001,
provided, however, that if at any time Holder or any of Holder's affiliates
(including without limitation, William K. Woodruff, III) brings a claim or
claims of any kind, whether in arbitration, litigation or any other forum,
including specifically claims brought after conclusion of an IPO by the Company
for breach of the Settlement Agreement and Mutual Release dated as of August 21,
1996 between Holder and the Company (the "Settlement"), against the Company,
Sevin Rosen or any of the entities identified in paragraph 10 of the Settlement,
this Warrant, to the extent unexercised, shall be null and void. Notwithstanding
anything herein to the contrary, the Company shall use reasonable efforts to
mail to the original Holder, by certified mail, return receipt requested, notice
of the expiration date of this Warrant, no later than 15 days prior to the
expiration date, but the failure of the Company to send or the Holder to receive
such notice shall not affect the expiration hereof.


<PAGE>   31


               2.     WARRANT PRICE.

               The purchase price payable for each share of Common Stock
deliverable upon exercise of this Warrant (the "Warrant Price") is $20.00 per
share, subject to adjustment as described in Section 5 hereof.

               3.     METHOD OF EXERCISE; PAYMENT; ISSUANCE OF NEW WARRANT.

                      (a) Subject to Paragraph 1 hereof, the purchase right
represented by this Warrant may be exercised by the Holder hereof, in
whole or in part, by the surrender of this Warrant (with the Notice of Exercise
form attached hereto as Exhibit 1 duly executed) at the principal office of the
Company and by the payment to the Company of an amount equal to the then        
applicable Warrant Price per share multiplied by the number of shares then
being purchased. The Warrant Price shall be paid in cash, by wire transfer or   
by check.

                      (b) In lieu of delivering the Warrant Price as set forth
in subparagraph (a), the Holder may exercise this Warrant by conversion, in
whole or in part, into shares of Common Stock, by instructing the Company in
writing ("Notice of Conversion") to deliver to the Holder (without payment by
the Holder of any Warrant Price or of any other cash or consideration) that
number of shares of Common Stock equal to the quotient obtained by dividing:

                             (i) the value of this Warrant at the time the
                      conversion right is exercised (determined by subtracting
                      the aggregate Warrant Price in effect immediately prior to
                      the exercise of the conversion right from the aggregate
                      current market price (as determined in accordance with
                      Paragraph 5(f) hereof) of the shares of Common Stock
                      issuable upon exercise of this Warrant immediately prior
                      to the exercise of the conversion right) by

                             (ii) the current market price (as determined in
                      accordance with Paragraph 5(e) hereof) of one share of
                      Common Stock immediately prior to the exercise of the
                      conversion right,

and multiplying the quotient so obtained by a fraction equal to the portion of
this Warrant which the Holder desires to exercise.

               The Notice of Conversion may be given by circling the appropriate
option in the Notice of Exercise attached to this Warrant.

               (c) Each exercise of this Warrant shall be deemed to have been
effected immediately prior to the close of business on the business day on which
this Warrant shall have been surrendered to the Company, and at such time, the
person or persons in whose name or names any certificate or certificates for
shares of Common Stock (or other securities) shall be issuable upon such
exercise, shall be deemed to have become the holder or holders of record
thereof.

                                       2
<PAGE>   32

               (d) In the event of any exercise of the rights represented by
this Warrant, certificates for the shares of stock so purchased shall be
delivered to the Holder hereof (or the transferee designated in the Notice of
Exercise) within a reasonable time (but not later than three (3) business days
after the date of such exercise) and, unless this Warrant has been fully
exercised or expired, a new Warrant representing the portion of the shares, if
any, with respect to which this Warrant shall not then have been exercised shall
also be issued to the Holder hereof within such reasonable time.

               4.  STOCK FULLY PAID; RESERVATION OF SHARES.

                   All Common Stock which may be issued upon the exercise
of the rights represented by this Warrant will, upon issuance, be fully paid
and nonassessable, and free from all taxes, liens and charges with respect to
the issue thereof. During the period within which the rights represented by
this Warrant may be exercised, the Company will at all times have authorized,
and reserved for the purpose of the issue upon exercise of this Warrant, a
sufficient number of shares of its Common Stock to provide for the exercise of
this Warrant in full.

               5.  ADJUSTMENT OF WARRANT PRICE AND NUMBER OF SHARES.

                   The kind of securities purchasable upon the exercise of
this Warrant and the Warrant Price shall be subject to adjustment from time to
time upon the occurrence of certain events as follows:

               (a) Reclassification, Consolidation or Merger. In case of any
reclassification or change of outstanding securities of the class issuable upon
exercise of this Warrant (other than a change in par value, or from par value
to no par value, or as a result of a subdivision or combination), or in case of
any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into another corporation,
(other than a merger (i) with another corporation in which the Company is the
surviving corporation and which does not result in any reclassification or
change of outstanding securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant or (ii)
a merger in which the Company is not the surviving corporation and holders of
equity securities of the Company as a result of such merger receive more than
50% of the equity securities of the surviving corporation), or in case of any
sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or in case of a
share exchange in which 80% or more of the outstanding capital stock of the
Company is exchanged for capital stock of another corporation, any of which
transactions shall be referred to hereinafter as a "Corporate Transaction," the
Company or such successor or purchasing company or entity, as the case may be,
shall execute with the Holder of this Warrant an agreement pursuant to which
the Holder of the Warrant shall have the right thereafter to purchase upon
exercise of the Warrant the kind and amount of shares, and/or other securities
and property that the Holder of the Warrant would have owned or have been
entitled to receive after the happening of such Corporate Transaction had the
Warrant been exercised immediately prior to such action. The agreement referred
to in this subparagraph (a) shall provide for adjustments which shall be as
nearly equivalent as

                                       3
<PAGE>   33

may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Paragraph 5. The
provisions of this subparagraph (a) shall similarly apply to successive
Corporate Transactions.

               (b) Subdivision or Combination of Shares. If the Company at any
time while this Warrant remains outstanding and unexpired shall subdivide or
combine its Common Stock, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased
in the case of a subdivision or increased in the case of a combination.

               (c) Stock Dividends. If the Company at any time while this
Warrant is outstanding and unexpired shall pay a dividend with respect to Common
Stock payable in, or make any other distribution with respect to Common Stock
(except any distribution provided for in the foregoing subparagraph (a) or (b)),
of Common Stock, then the Warrant Price shall be adjusted, from and after the
date of determination of shareholders entitled to receive such dividend or
distribution, to that price determined by multiplying the Warrant Price in
effect immediately prior to such date of determination by a fraction (a) the
numerator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock
outstanding immediately prior to such dividend or distribution and (b) the
denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock
outstanding immediately after such dividend or distribution.

               (d) Adjustment of Number of Shares. Upon each adjustment in the
Warrant Price, the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable hereunder shall
be adjusted, to the nearest whole share, to the product obtained by multiplying
the number of shares purchasable immediately prior to such adjustment in the
Warrant Price by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the Warrant Price
immediately prior to such adjustment and the denominator of which shall be the
Warrant Price immediately thereafter.

               (e) Current Market Price. For the purpose of any computation
under this Warrant, the "current market price" per share of Common Stock on any
date shall be deemed to be the average of the daily Closing Prices of the shares
of Common Stock for the thirty (30) consecutive Trading Days preceding the
applicable date. The "Closing Price" for each day shall be (i) the last reported
sale price regular way or, in case no such sale takes place on such date, the
average of the closing bid and asked quotations regular way, in either case on
the New York Stock Exchange, or, if the Common Stock is not listed or admitted
to trading on such exchange, on the principal national securities exchange on
which the Common Stock is listed or admitted to trading; or (ii) if the Common
Stock is not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange,
the last reported sale price regular way or, in case no such sale takes place on
such day, the average of the closing bid and asked quotations regular way, in
either case on the National Market System of the National Association of
Securities Dealers, Inc. ("NASD"); or (iii) if not authorized for trading or
quotation on such system, the average of the highest reported bid and lowest
reported asked quotations as furnished by the NASD or similar organization if
the NASD is no longer reporting such information; or (iv) if no such prices or
quotations are available, the fair market value of the Common Stock as
determined by good faith action of the Board of

                                       4
<PAGE>   34

Directors of the Company (whose determination shall be conclusive). A "Trading
Day" shall be any day that the principal national securities exchange on which
the Common Stock listed or admitted to trading is open for the transaction of
business or, if not so listed or admitted, that the New York Stock Exchange is
open for the transaction of business.

               (f) Adjustment for De Minimis Change. No adjustment in the
Warrant Price shall be required unless such adjustment would require an increase
or decrease of at least $0.05 in such price; provided, however, that any
adjustments which by reason of this subparagraph (f) are not required to be made
shall be carried forward and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment
required to be made hereunder.

               6.  NOTICE OF ADJUSTMENTS.

                   Whenever any Warrant Price shall be adjusted pursuant to
Paragraph 5 hereof, the Company shall make a certificate signed by its chief
financial officer setting forth, in reasonable detail, the event requiring the
adjustment, the amount of the adjustment, the method by which such adjustment
was calculated, and the Warrant Price or Prices after giving effect to such
adjustment, and shall cause copies of such certificate to be mailed (by
registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid) to the Holder of
this Warrant at the address specified in Paragraph 10(d) hereof or at any
address provided to the Company in writing by the Holder of this Warrant.

               7.  FRACTIONAL SHARES.

                   No fractional shares of Common Stock will be issued in
connection with any exercise hereunder, but in lieu of such fractional shares
the Company shall make a cash payment upon the basis of the Warrant Price then
in effect and the fair market value of a full share as determined for this
purpose by the Company's Board of Directors.

               8.  COMPLIANCE WITH SECURITIES ACT; DISPOSITION OF SHARES OF
                   COMMON STOCK.

                   The Holder of this Warrant, by acceptance hereof, agrees that
this Warrant and the shares of Common Stock to be issued upon exercise hereof
are being acquired for investment and that it will not offer, sell or otherwise
dispose of this Warrant or any shares of Common Stock to be issued upon exercise
hereof except under circumstances which will not result in a violation of the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act") and will provide to the Company
upon its request an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company as to the
exemption from the Act and applicable state securities laws applicable to such
offer, sale or disposition. Upon exercise of this Warrant, the Holder hereof
shall, if requested by the Company, confirm in writing, in a form satisfactory
to the Company, that the shares of Common Stock so purchased are being acquired
for investment and not with a view toward distribution or resale. This


                                       5
<PAGE>   35

Warrant and all shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise of this Warrant
(unless registered under the Act) shall be stamped or imprinted with a legend
substantially in the following form as well as any additional legends required
by applicable securities laws or stockholders' agreements and similar agreements
encumbering such shares:

               "THIS WARRANT AND THE SECURITIES PURCHASABLE HEREUNDER HAVE BEEN
               ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE
               SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS
               OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION, AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD,
               OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF REGISTRATION OR UNLESS AN
               EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION IS AVAILABLE AND THE COMPANY RECEIVES
               AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO IT TO SUCH EFFECT."

        The Holder represents and warrants to the Company that it is an
"accredited investor" as defined in Securities and Exchange Commission Rule 501
promulgated under the Act.

               9.     PIGGY-BACK REGISTRATION RIGHTS.

               (a) Piggy Back Registrations. If at any time after an initial
public offering by the Company of its securities, the Company proposes to make a
registered public offering of any of its securities under the Securities Act of
1933 (whether to be sold by the Company or by one or more third parties), the
Company agrees on the first such occasion, to give written notice of the
proposed registration to Holder, not less than 15 days prior to the proposed
filing date of the registration statement, and at the written request of Holder
delivered in writing to the Company within 15 days after the receipt of said
notice; the Company agrees, subject to the provisions of this Section 9, to
include in the registration statement and offering, and in any underwriting of
the offering; all shares of Common Stock as may have been designated in the
Holder's request.

               (b) Underwriter Discretion. If a registration in which the Holder
has the right to participate pursuant to this Section 9 is an underwritten
registration on behalf of the Company, and the managing underwriters advise the
Company, that in their opinion, the number of securities requested to be
included in the registration exceeds the number which can be sold in the
offering, the Company shall allocate the number of shares to be included in the
registration statement as follows: (i) first, all of the securities of the
Company proposed to be sold by the Company, (ii) second, stockholders with
piggy-back registration rights in existence as of the date hereof; and (iii)
third, the Common Stock requested to be sold by Holder and all other requesting
stockholders reduced, pro rata, in accordance with the percentage interests in
the Company held by each of them.

                                       6
<PAGE>   36

               (c) Information Required. The Company shall have no obligation to
include shares of Common Stock owned by Holder in a registration statement
pursuant to this Section 9, unless and until the Holder shall have furnished the
Company with all information and statements about or pertaining to Holder in the
reasonable detail and on a timely basis as is reasonably deemed by the Company
to be necessary or appropriate with respect to the preparation of the
registration statement.

               (d) Hold-back. In the event that the Company effects an
underwritten public offering of any security, the Holder agrees, if requested by
the managing underwriters, not to effect any public sale or distribution,
including any sale pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, of any
Common Stock (except as part of the underwritten offering) during the 180-day
period commencing with the effective date of the registration statement for the
offering.

               (e) Expenses. If, pursuant to Section 9 hereof, shares of Common
Stock owned by any Holder are included in a registration statement, the Holder
shall pay all transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale of its shares, the
fees and expenses of its own counsel, and its pro rata portion of any
underwriting discounts or commissions or the equivalent thereof. The Company
agrees to pay all expenses incident to the registration including all
registration and filing fees, fees and expenses of compliance with securities or
blue sky laws, underwriting discounts, fees and expenses (other than the
Holder's pro rata portion of any underwriting discounts or commissions or the
equivalent thereof), printing expenses, messenger and delivery expenses, and
fees and expenses of counsel for the Company and all independent certified
public accountants and other persons retained by the Company.

               (f) Indemnification. In the event that any share of Common Stock
owned by a Holder are sold by means of a registration statement pursuant to this
Section 9, the Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Holder, each of
its officers and directors, and each person, if any, who controls or may control
the Holder within the meaning of the Act (the Holder, its officers and
directors., and any other persons being hereinafter referred to individually as
an "Indemnified Person" and collectively as "Indemnified Persons") from and
against all demands, claims, actions or causes of action, assessments, losses,
damages, liabilities, costs, and expenses, including, without limitation,
interest, penalties, and reasonable attorneys' fees and disbursements, asserted
against, resulting to, imposed upon or incurred by the Indemnified Person,
directly or indirectly (hereinafter referred to in this Section 9 or, the
singular as a "claim" and in the plural as "claims"), based upon, arising out of
or resulting from any untrue statement of a material fact obtained in the
registration statement or any omission to state therein a material fact
necessary to make the statement made therein, in the light of the circumstances
under which they were made, not misleading, except insofar as the claim is based
upon, rises out of or results from information furnished to the Company in
writing by the Holder for use in connection with the registration statement. The
Holder agrees to indemnify and. hold harmless the Company, its officers and
directors, and each person, if any, who controls or may control the Company
within the meaning of the Act (the Company, it's officers and

                                       7
<PAGE>   37

directors, and any other persons also being hereinafter referred to individually
as an "Indemnified Person" and collectively as "Indemnified Persons") from and
against all claims based upon, arising out of or resulting from any untrue
statement of a material fact contained in the registration statement or any
omission to state therein a material fact necessary in order to make the
statement made therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were
made, not misleading, to the extent that the claim is based upon, arises out of
or results from information furnished to the Company in writing by the Holder
for use in connection with the registration statement. Promptly after actually
receiving definitive notice of any claim in respect of which an Indemnified
Person may seek indemnification under this Section 9, the Indemnified Person
shall submit written notice thereof to either the Company or the Holder, as the
case may be (sometimes being hereinafter referred to as an "Indemnifying
Person"). The omission of the Indemnified Person to so notify the Indemnifying
Person of any claim shall not relieve the Indemnifying Person from any liability
it may have hereunder except to the extent that (a) the liability was caused or
increased by the omission, or (b) the ability of the Indemnifying Person to
reduce the liability was materially adversely affected by the omission. In
addition, the omission of the Indemnified Person so to notify the Indemnifying
Person of any claim shall not relieve the Indemnifying Person from any liability
it may have otherwise than hereunder. The Indemnifying Person shall have the
right to undertake, by counsel or representatives of its own choosing, the
defense, compromise or settlement (without admitting liability of the
Indemnified Person) of and the claim asserted, the defense, compromise or
settlement to be undertaken at the expense and risk of the Indemnifying Person,
and the Indemnified Person shall have the right to engage separate counsel, at
its own expense, whom counsel for the Indemnifying Person shall keep informed
and consult with in a reasonable manner. In the event the Indemnifying Person
shall elect not to undertake the defense by its own representatives, the
Indemnifying Person shall give prompt written notice of the election to the
Indemnified Person, and the Indemnified Person shall undertake the defense,
compromise or settlement (without admitting liability of the Indemnified Person)
thereof on behalf of and for the account and risk of the Indemnifying Person by
counsel or other representatives designated by the Indemnified Person. In the
event that any claim shall arise out of a transaction or cover any period or
periods wherein the Company and the Holder shall each be liable hereunder for
part of the liability or obligation arising therefrom, then the parties shall,
each choosing its own counsel and bearing its own expenses, defend the claim,
and no settlement or compromise of the claim may be made without the joint
consent or approval of the Company and the Holder. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, no Indemnifying Person shall be obligated hereunder with respect to
amounts paid in settlement of any claim if the settlement is effected without
the consent of the Indemnifying Person (which consent shall not be unreasonably
withheld).

               10.    MISCELLANEOUS.

               (a) No Rights as Stockholder. No Holder of the Warrant or
Warrants shall be entitled to vote or receive dividends or be deemed the Holder
of Common Stock or any other securities of the Company which may at any time be
issuable on the

                                       8
<PAGE>   38

exercise hereof for any purpose, nor shall anything contained herein be
construed to confer upon the Holder of this Warrant, as such, any of the rights
of a stockholder of the Company or any right to vote for the election of
directors or upon any matter submitted to stockholders at any meeting thereof,
or to give or withhold consent to any corporate action (whether upon any
recapitalization, issuance of stock, reclassification of stock, change of par
value or change of stock to no par value, consolidation, merger, conveyance, or
otherwise) or to receive notice of meetings, or to receive dividends or
subscription rights or otherwise until the Warrant or Warrants shall have been
exercised and the shares purchasable upon the exercise hereof shall have become
deliverable, as provided herein.

               (b) Exchange, Transfer and Replacement of Warrant. Subject to
Paragraph 8 hereof, the Holder may transfer or assign this Warrant, in whole but
not in part and from time to time. Upon the surrender of the Warrant, properly
endorsed, for registration of transfer or for exchange at the principal office
of the Company, the Company at its expense will execute and deliver to or upon
the order of the Holder thereof a new Warrant of like tenor, in the name of such
Holder or as such Holder (upon payment by such Holder of any applicable transfer
taxes) may direct, calling on the face thereof for the number of shares of
Common Stock called for on the face of the Warrant. On receipt of evidence
reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction, or
mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on
delivery of any indemnity agreement or bond reasonably satisfactory in form and
amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender and
cancellation of this Warrant, the Company, at its expense, will execute and
deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new Warrant of like tenor.

               (c) Amendments. Neither the Warrant nor any term hereof may be
changed, waived, discharged or terminated without the prior written consent of
the Holder.

               (d) Notice. Any notice given to either party under this Agreement
shall be deemed to be given three (3) days after mailing, postage prepaid,
addressed to such party at the address as such party may provide to the other.

               (e) No Impairment. The Company will not, by amendment of its
Certificate of Incorporation or through any reorganization, transfer of assets,
consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other
voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of
the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by the Company but will at all
times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all the provisions of this
Warrant.


                                       9
<PAGE>   39


               (f) Governing Law. This Warrant shall be governed by and
construed under the laws of the State of Maryland.

Date: August 21, 1996

                                            CIENA CORPORATION


                                             By: /s/ PATRICK H. NETTLES
                                                -----------------------------
                                             Name:   Patrick H. Nettles
                                             Title:  Chief Executive Officer

RECEIVED BY
 WILLIAM K. WOODRUFF & CO. INCORPORATED



By: /s/ WILLIAM K. WOODRUFF
   ---------------------------

                                       10
<PAGE>   40


                                    EXHIBIT 1

                               NOTICE OF EXERCISE

TO:     CIENA CORPORATION

          1. The undersigned hereby elects to acquire ________ shares of Common
Stock of CIENA Corporation pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and
[CIRCLE EITHER (A) OR (B)]

          (a)       tenders herewith payment of the purchase price of such
                    shares in full or

          (b)       elects to exercise its right of conversion set forth in
                    Paragraph 3(b) of the attached Warrant.

          2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing said shares
of Common Stock in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is
specified below:

                          ---------------------------
                                    (Name)


                          ---------------------------
                          ---------------------------
                                    (Address)

          3. The undersigned represents that the aforesaid shares of Common
Stock are being acquired for the account of the undersigned for investment and
not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof
and that the undersigned has no present intention of distributing or reselling
such shares.

          4. The Purchaser is an "accredited investor" as defined in Securities
and Exchange Commission Rule 501(a) issued pursuant to the Securities Act of
1933, as amended.

          5. The undersigned represents and warrants that the undersigned has no
present intention to bring any claim of any kind, whether in arbitration,
litigation or any other forum, including specifically any claims for breach of
the Settlement Agreement and Mutual Release dated as of August 21, 1996 between
the Holder and the Company (the "Settlement"), against the Company, Sevin Rosen
or any of the entities identified in paragraph 10 of the Settlement.




                                             ---------------------------


                                       11

<PAGE>   1
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.11



          THIS WARRANT AND THE SECURITIES PURCHASABLE HEREUNDER HAVE BEEN
ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF
1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER
JURISDICTION, AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF
REGISTRATION OR UNLESS AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION IS AVAILABLE AND THE
COMPANY RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO IT TO SUCH EFFECT.


                                CIENA CORPORATION

                        WARRANT TO PURCHASE COMMON STOCK

               This certifies that, for the sum of $150.00, the receipt of which
is hereby acknowledged, William K. Woodruff & Co., Incorporated or its
registered assigns pursuant to Paragraph 10(b) hereof ("Holder") is entitled to
subscribe for and purchase up to 15,000 shares (subject to adjustment as
described herein) of fully paid and nonassessable Common Stock of CIENA
Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), upon exercise of this
Warrant and subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions
hereinafter set forth.

               As used herein, the term "Common Stock" shall mean the Company's
presently authorized Common Stock and any securities into which such Common
Stock may hereafter be exchanged.

               1.     TERM.

               This Warrant is exercisable, in whole or in part, at any time
beginning August 22, 1997 until 5:00 P.M. New York City time on August 21, 2001,
provided, however, that if at any time Holder or any of Holder's affiliates
(including without limitation, William K. Woodruff, III) brings a claim or
claims of any kind, whether in arbitration, litigation or any other forum,
including specifically claims brought after conclusion of an IPO by the Company
for breach of the Settlement Agreement and Mutual Release dated as of August 21,
1996 between Holder and the Company (the "Settlement"), against the Company,
Sevin Rosen or any of the entities identified in paragraph 10 of the Settlement,
this Warrant, to the extent unexercised, shall be null and void. Notwithstanding
anything herein to the contrary, the Company shall use reasonable efforts to
mail to the original Holder, by certified mail, return receipt requested, notice
of the expiration date of this Warrant, no later than 15 days prior to the
expiration date, but the failure of the Company to send or the Holder to receive
such notice shall not affect the expiration hereof.


<PAGE>   2


               2.     WARRANT PRICE.

               The purchase price payable for each share of Common Stock
deliverable upon exercise of this Warrant (the "Warrant Price") is $20.00 per
share, subject to adjustment as described in Section 5 hereof.

               3.     METHOD OF EXERCISE; PAYMENT; ISSUANCE OF NEW WARRANT.

                      (a) Subject to Paragraph 1 hereof, the purchase right
represented by this Warrant may be exercised by the Holder hereof, in
whole or in part, by the surrender of this Warrant (with the Notice of Exercise
form attached hereto as Exhibit 1 duly executed) at the principal office of the
Company and by the payment to the Company of an amount equal to the then        
applicable Warrant Price per share multiplied by the number of shares then
being purchased. The Warrant Price shall be paid in cash, by wire transfer or   
by check.

                      (b) In lieu of delivering the Warrant Price as set forth
in subparagraph (a), the Holder may exercise this Warrant by conversion, in
whole or in part, into shares of Common Stock, by instructing the Company in
writing ("Notice of Conversion") to deliver to the Holder (without payment by
the Holder of any Warrant Price or of any other cash or consideration) that
number of shares of Common Stock equal to the quotient obtained by dividing:

                             (i) the value of this Warrant at the time the
                      conversion right is exercised (determined by subtracting
                      the aggregate Warrant Price in effect immediately prior to
                      the exercise of the conversion right from the aggregate
                      current market price (as determined in accordance with
                      Paragraph 5(f) hereof) of the shares of Common Stock
                      issuable upon exercise of this Warrant immediately prior
                      to the exercise of the conversion right) by

                             (ii) the current market price (as determined in
                      accordance with Paragraph 5(e) hereof) of one share of
                      Common Stock immediately prior to the exercise of the
                      conversion right,

and multiplying the quotient so obtained by a fraction equal to the portion of
this Warrant which the Holder desires to exercise.

               The Notice of Conversion may be given by circling the appropriate
option in the Notice of Exercise attached to this Warrant.

               (c) Each exercise of this Warrant shall be deemed to have been
effected immediately prior to the close of business on the business day on which
this Warrant shall have been surrendered to the Company, and at such time, the
person or persons in whose name or names any certificate or certificates for
shares of Common Stock (or other securities) shall be issuable upon such
exercise, shall be deemed to have become the holder or holders of record
thereof.

                                       2
<PAGE>   3

               (d) In the event of any exercise of the rights represented by
this Warrant, certificates for the shares of stock so purchased shall be
delivered to the Holder hereof (or the transferee designated in the Notice of
Exercise) within a reasonable time (but not later than three (3) business days
after the date of such exercise) and, unless this Warrant has been fully
exercised or expired, a new Warrant representing the portion of the shares, if
any, with respect to which this Warrant shall not then have been exercised shall
also be issued to the Holder hereof within such reasonable time.

               4.  STOCK FULLY PAID; RESERVATION OF SHARES.

                   All Common Stock which may be issued upon the exercise
of the rights represented by this Warrant will, upon issuance, be fully paid
and nonassessable, and free from all taxes, liens and charges with respect to
the issue thereof. During the period within which the rights represented by
this Warrant may be exercised, the Company will at all times have authorized,
and reserved for the purpose of the issue upon exercise of this Warrant, a
sufficient number of shares of its Common Stock to provide for the exercise of
this Warrant in full.

               5.  ADJUSTMENT OF WARRANT PRICE AND NUMBER OF SHARES.

                   The kind of securities purchasable upon the exercise of
this Warrant and the Warrant Price shall be subject to adjustment from time to
time upon the occurrence of certain events as follows:

               (a) Reclassification, Consolidation or Merger. In case of any
reclassification or change of outstanding securities of the class issuable upon
exercise of this Warrant (other than a change in par value, or from par value
to no par value, or as a result of a subdivision or combination), or in case of
any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into another corporation,
(other than a merger (i) with another corporation in which the Company is the
surviving corporation and which does not result in any reclassification or
change of outstanding securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant or (ii)
a merger in which the Company is not the surviving corporation and holders of
equity securities of the Company as a result of such merger receive more than
50% of the equity securities of the surviving corporation), or in case of any
sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or in case of a
share exchange in which 80% or more of the outstanding capital stock of the
Company is exchanged for capital stock of another corporation, any of which
transactions shall be referred to hereinafter as a "Corporate Transaction," the
Company or such successor or purchasing company or entity, as the case may be,
shall execute with the Holder of this Warrant an agreement pursuant to which
the Holder of the Warrant shall have the right thereafter to purchase upon
exercise of the Warrant the kind and amount of shares, and/or other securities
and property that the Holder of the Warrant would have owned or have been
entitled to receive after the happening of such Corporate Transaction had the
Warrant been exercised immediately prior to such action. The agreement referred
to in this subparagraph (a) shall provide for adjustments which shall be as
nearly equivalent as

                                       3
<PAGE>   4

may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Paragraph 5. The
provisions of this subparagraph (a) shall similarly apply to successive
Corporate Transactions.

               (b) Subdivision or Combination of Shares. If the Company at any
time while this Warrant remains outstanding and unexpired shall subdivide or
combine its Common Stock, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased
in the case of a subdivision or increased in the case of a combination.

               (c) Stock Dividends. If the Company at any time while this
Warrant is outstanding and unexpired shall pay a dividend with respect to Common
Stock payable in, or make any other distribution with respect to Common Stock
(except any distribution provided for in the foregoing subparagraph (a) or (b)),
of Common Stock, then the Warrant Price shall be adjusted, from and after the
date of determination of shareholders entitled to receive such dividend or
distribution, to that price determined by multiplying the Warrant Price in
effect immediately prior to such date of determination by a fraction (a) the
numerator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock
outstanding immediately prior to such dividend or distribution and (b) the
denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock
outstanding immediately after such dividend or distribution.

               (d) Adjustment of Number of Shares. Upon each adjustment in the
Warrant Price, the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable hereunder shall
be adjusted, to the nearest whole share, to the product obtained by multiplying
the number of shares purchasable immediately prior to such adjustment in the
Warrant Price by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the Warrant Price
immediately prior to such adjustment and the denominator of which shall be the
Warrant Price immediately thereafter.

               (e) Current Market Price. For the purpose of any computation
under this Warrant, the "current market price" per share of Common Stock on any
date shall be deemed to be the average of the daily Closing Prices of the shares
of Common Stock for the thirty (30) consecutive Trading Days preceding the
applicable date. The "Closing Price" for each day shall be (i) the last reported
sale price regular way or, in case no such sale takes place on such date, the
average of the closing bid and asked quotations regular way, in either case on
the New York Stock Exchange, or, if the Common Stock is not listed or admitted
to trading on such exchange, on the principal national securities exchange on
which the Common Stock is listed or admitted to trading; or (ii) if the Common
Stock is not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange,
the last reported sale price regular way or, in case no such sale takes place on
such day, the average of the closing bid and asked quotations regular way, in
either case on the National Market System of the National Association of
Securities Dealers, Inc. ("NASD"); or (iii) if not authorized for trading or
quotation on such system, the average of the highest reported bid and lowest
reported asked quotations as furnished by the NASD or similar organization if
the NASD is no longer reporting such information; or (iv) if no such prices or
quotations are available, the fair market value of the Common Stock as
determined by good faith action of the Board of

                                       4
<PAGE>   5

Directors of the Company (whose determination shall be conclusive). A "Trading
Day" shall be any day that the principal national securities exchange on which
the Common Stock listed or admitted to trading is open for the transaction of
business or, if not so listed or admitted, that the New York Stock Exchange is
open for the transaction of business.

               (f) Adjustment for De Minimis Change. No adjustment in the
Warrant Price shall be required unless such adjustment would require an increase
or decrease of at least $0.05 in such price; provided, however, that any
adjustments which by reason of this subparagraph (f) are not required to be made
shall be carried forward and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment
required to be made hereunder.

               6.  NOTICE OF ADJUSTMENTS.

                   Whenever any Warrant Price shall be adjusted pursuant to
Paragraph 5 hereof, the Company shall make a certificate signed by its chief
financial officer setting forth, in reasonable detail, the event requiring the
adjustment, the amount of the adjustment, the method by which such adjustment
was calculated, and the Warrant Price or Prices after giving effect to such
adjustment, and shall cause copies of such certificate to be mailed (by
registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid) to the Holder of
this Warrant at the address specified in Paragraph 10(d) hereof or at any
address provided to the Company in writing by the Holder of this Warrant.

               7.  FRACTIONAL SHARES.

                   No fractional shares of Common Stock will be issued in
connection with any exercise hereunder, but in lieu of such fractional shares
the Company shall make a cash payment upon the basis of the Warrant Price then
in effect and the fair market value of a full share as determined for this
purpose by the Company's Board of Directors.

               8.  COMPLIANCE WITH SECURITIES ACT; DISPOSITION OF SHARES OF
                   COMMON STOCK.

                   The Holder of this Warrant, by acceptance hereof, agrees that
this Warrant and the shares of Common Stock to be issued upon exercise hereof
are being acquired for investment and that it will not offer, sell or otherwise
dispose of this Warrant or any shares of Common Stock to be issued upon exercise
hereof except under circumstances which will not result in a violation of the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act") and will provide to the Company
upon its request an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company as to the
exemption from the Act and applicable state securities laws applicable to such
offer, sale or disposition. Upon exercise of this Warrant, the Holder hereof
shall, if requested by the Company, confirm in writing, in a form satisfactory
to the Company, that the shares of Common Stock so purchased are being acquired
for investment and not with a view toward distribution or resale. This


                                       5
<PAGE>   6

Warrant and all shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise of this Warrant
(unless registered under the Act) shall be stamped or imprinted with a legend
substantially in the following form as well as any additional legends required
by applicable securities laws or stockholders' agreements and similar agreements
encumbering such shares:

               "THIS WARRANT AND THE SECURITIES PURCHASABLE HEREUNDER HAVE BEEN
               ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE
               SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS
               OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION, AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD,
               OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF REGISTRATION OR UNLESS AN
               EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION IS AVAILABLE AND THE COMPANY RECEIVES
               AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO IT TO SUCH EFFECT."

        The Holder represents and warrants to the Company that it is an
"accredited investor" as defined in Securities and Exchange Commission Rule 501
promulgated under the Act.

               9.     PIGGY-BACK REGISTRATION RIGHTS.

               (a) Piggy Back Registrations. If at any time after an initial
public offering by the Company of its securities, the Company proposes to make a
registered public offering of any of its securities under the Securities Act of
1933 (whether to be sold by the Company or by one or more third parties), the
Company agrees on the first such occasion, to give written notice of the
proposed registration to Holder, not less than 15 days prior to the proposed
filing date of the registration statement, and at the written request of Holder
delivered in writing to the Company within 15 days after the receipt of said
notice; the Company agrees, subject to the provisions of this Section 9, to
include in the registration statement and offering, and in any underwriting of
the offering; all shares of Common Stock as may have been designated in the
Holder's request.

               (b) Underwriter Discretion. If a registration in which the Holder
has the right to participate pursuant to this Section 9 is an underwritten
registration on behalf of the Company, and the managing underwriters advise the
Company, that in their opinion, the number of securities requested to be
included in the registration exceeds the number which can be sold in the
offering, the Company shall allocate the number of shares to be included in the
registration statement as follows: (i) first, all of the securities of the
Company proposed to be sold by the Company, (ii) second, stockholders with
piggy-back registration rights in existence as of the date hereof; and (iii)
third, the Common Stock requested to be sold by Holder and all other requesting
stockholders reduced, pro rata, in accordance with the percentage interests in
the Company held by each of them.

                                       6
<PAGE>   7

               (c) Information Required. The Company shall have no obligation to
include shares of Common Stock owned by Holder in a registration statement
pursuant to this Section 9, unless and until the Holder shall have furnished the
Company with all information and statements about or pertaining to Holder in the
reasonable detail and on a timely basis as is reasonably deemed by the Company
to be necessary or appropriate with respect to the preparation of the
registration statement.

               (d) Hold-back. In the event that the Company effects an
underwritten public offering of any security, the Holder agrees, if requested by
the managing underwriters, not to effect any public sale or distribution,
including any sale pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, of any
Common Stock (except as part of the underwritten offering) during the 180-day
period commencing with the effective date of the registration statement for the
offering.

               (e) Expenses. If, pursuant to Section 9 hereof, shares of Common
Stock owned by any Holder are included in a registration statement, the Holder
shall pay all transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale of its shares, the
fees and expenses of its own counsel, and its pro rata portion of any
underwriting discounts or commissions or the equivalent thereof. The Company
agrees to pay all expenses incident to the registration including all
registration and filing fees, fees and expenses of compliance with securities or
blue sky laws, underwriting discounts, fees and expenses (other than the
Holder's pro rata portion of any underwriting discounts or commissions or the
equivalent thereof), printing expenses, messenger and delivery expenses, and
fees and expenses of counsel for the Company and all independent certified
public accountants and other persons retained by the Company.

               (f) Indemnification. In the event that any share of Common Stock
owned by a Holder are sold by means of a registration statement pursuant to this
Section 9, the Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Holder, each of
its officers and directors, and each person, if any, who controls or may control
the Holder within the meaning of the Act (the Holder, its officers and
directors., and any other persons being hereinafter referred to individually as
an "Indemnified Person" and collectively as "Indemnified Persons") from and
against all demands, claims, actions or causes of action, assessments, losses,
damages, liabilities, costs, and expenses, including, without limitation,
interest, penalties, and reasonable attorneys' fees and disbursements, asserted
against, resulting to, imposed upon or incurred by the Indemnified Person,
directly or indirectly (hereinafter referred to in this Section 9 or, the
singular as a "claim" and in the plural as "claims"), based upon, arising out of
or resulting from any untrue statement of a material fact obtained in the
registration statement or any omission to state therein a material fact
necessary to make the statement made therein, in the light of the circumstances
under which they were made, not misleading, except insofar as the claim is based
upon, rises out of or results from information furnished to the Company in
writing by the Holder for use in connection with the registration statement. The
Holder agrees to indemnify and. hold harmless the Company, its officers and
directors, and each person, if any, who controls or may control the Company
within the meaning of the Act (the Company, it's officers and

                                       7
<PAGE>   8

directors, and any other persons also being hereinafter referred to individually
as an "Indemnified Person" and collectively as "Indemnified Persons") from and
against all claims based upon, arising out of or resulting from any untrue
statement of a material fact contained in the registration statement or any
omission to state therein a material fact necessary in order to make the
statement made therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were
made, not misleading, to the extent that the claim is based upon, arises out of
or results from information furnished to the Company in writing by the Holder
for use in connection with the registration statement. Promptly after actually
receiving definitive notice of any claim in respect of which an Indemnified
Person may seek indemnification under this Section 9, the Indemnified Person
shall submit written notice thereof to either the Company or the Holder, as the
case may be (sometimes being hereinafter referred to as an "Indemnifying
Person"). The omission of the Indemnified Person to so notify the Indemnifying
Person of any claim shall not relieve the Indemnifying Person from any liability
it may have hereunder except to the extent that (a) the liability was caused or
increased by the omission, or (b) the ability of the Indemnifying Person to
reduce the liability was materially adversely affected by the omission. In
addition, the omission of the Indemnified Person so to notify the Indemnifying
Person of any claim shall not relieve the Indemnifying Person from any liability
it may have otherwise than hereunder. The Indemnifying Person shall have the
right to undertake, by counsel or representatives of its own choosing, the
defense, compromise or settlement (without admitting liability of the
Indemnified Person) of and the claim asserted, the defense, compromise or
settlement to be undertaken at the expense and risk of the Indemnifying Person,
and the Indemnified Person shall have the right to engage separate counsel, at
its own expense, whom counsel for the Indemnifying Person shall keep informed
and consult with in a reasonable manner. In the event the Indemnifying Person
shall elect not to undertake the defense by its own representatives, the
Indemnifying Person shall give prompt written notice of the election to the
Indemnified Person, and the Indemnified Person shall undertake the defense,
compromise or settlement (without admitting liability of the Indemnified Person)
thereof on behalf of and for the account and risk of the Indemnifying Person by
counsel or other representatives designated by the Indemnified Person. In the
event that any claim shall arise out of a transaction or cover any period or
periods wherein the Company and the Holder shall each be liable hereunder for
part of the liability or obligation arising therefrom, then the parties shall,
each choosing its own counsel and bearing its own expenses, defend the claim,
and no settlement or compromise of the claim may be made without the joint
consent or approval of the Company and the Holder. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, no Indemnifying Person shall be obligated hereunder with respect to
amounts paid in settlement of any claim if the settlement is effected without
the consent of the Indemnifying Person (which consent shall not be unreasonably
withheld).

               10.    MISCELLANEOUS.

               (a) No Rights as Stockholder. No Holder of the Warrant or
Warrants shall be entitled to vote or receive dividends or be deemed the Holder
of Common Stock or any other securities of the Company which may at any time be
issuable on the

                                       8
<PAGE>   9

exercise hereof for any purpose, nor shall anything contained herein be
construed to confer upon the Holder of this Warrant, as such, any of the rights
of a stockholder of the Company or any right to vote for the election of
directors or upon any matter submitted to stockholders at any meeting thereof,
or to give or withhold consent to any corporate action (whether upon any
recapitalization, issuance of stock, reclassification of stock, change of par
value or change of stock to no par value, consolidation, merger, conveyance, or
otherwise) or to receive notice of meetings, or to receive dividends or
subscription rights or otherwise until the Warrant or Warrants shall have been
exercised and the shares purchasable upon the exercise hereof shall have become
deliverable, as provided herein.

               (b) Exchange, Transfer and Replacement of Warrant. Subject to
Paragraph 8 hereof, the Holder may transfer or assign this Warrant, in whole but
not in part and from time to time. Upon the surrender of the Warrant, properly
endorsed, for registration of transfer or for exchange at the principal office
of the Company, the Company at its expense will execute and deliver to or upon
the order of the Holder thereof a new Warrant of like tenor, in the name of such
Holder or as such Holder (upon payment by such Holder of any applicable transfer
taxes) may direct, calling on the face thereof for the number of shares of
Common Stock called for on the face of the Warrant. On receipt of evidence
reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction, or
mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on
delivery of any indemnity agreement or bond reasonably satisfactory in form and
amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender and
cancellation of this Warrant, the Company, at its expense, will execute and
deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new Warrant of like tenor.

               (c) Amendments. Neither the Warrant nor any term hereof may be
changed, waived, discharged or terminated without the prior written consent of
the Holder.

               (d) Notice. Any notice given to either party under this Agreement
shall be deemed to be given three (3) days after mailing, postage prepaid,
addressed to such party at the address as such party may provide to the other.

               (e) No Impairment. The Company will not, by amendment of its
Certificate of Incorporation or through any reorganization, transfer of assets,
consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other
voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of
the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by the Company but will at all
times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all the provisions of this
Warrant.


                                       9
<PAGE>   10


               (f) Governing Law. This Warrant shall be governed by and
construed under the laws of the State of Maryland.

Date: August 21, 1996

                                            CIENA CORPORATION
                                           
                                           
                                            By: /s/ PATRICK H. NETTLES
                                               -----------------------------
                                            Name:   Patrick H. Nettles
                                            Title:  Chief Executive Officer
                                           
RECEIVED BY                                
 WILLIAM K. WOODRUFF & CO. INCORPORATED



By:  /s/ WILLIAM K. WOODRUFF
   ---------------------------

                                       10
<PAGE>   11


                                    EXHIBIT 1

                               NOTICE OF EXERCISE

TO:     CIENA CORPORATION

          1. The undersigned hereby elects to acquire ________ shares of Common
Stock of CIENA Corporation pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and
[CIRCLE EITHER (A) OR (B)]

          (a)       tenders herewith payment of the purchase price of such
                    shares in full or

          (b)       elects to exercise its right of conversion set forth in
                    Paragraph 3(b) of the attached Warrant.

          2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing said shares
of Common Stock in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is
specified below:

                          ---------------------------
                                    (Name)


                          ---------------------------
                          ---------------------------
                                    (Address)

          3. The undersigned represents that the aforesaid shares of Common
Stock are being acquired for the account of the undersigned for investment and
not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof
and that the undersigned has no present intention of distributing or reselling
such shares.

          4. The Purchaser is an "accredited investor" as defined in Securities
and Exchange Commission Rule 501(a) issued pursuant to the Securities Act of
1933, as amended.

          5. The undersigned represents and warrants that the undersigned has no
present intention to bring any claim of any kind, whether in arbitration,
litigation or any other forum, including specifically any claims for breach of
the Settlement Agreement and Mutual Release dated as of August 21, 1996 between
the Holder and the Company (the "Settlement"), against the Company, Sevin Rosen
or any of the entities identified in paragraph 10 of the Settlement.




                                             ---------------------------


                                       11

<PAGE>   1

                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.12
                             HYDRALITE INCORPORATED
                            2068 COUNTRY CLUB DRIVE
                        DOYLESTOWN, PENNSYLVANIA  18901



                                                                   April 9, 1994



Dr. Patrick Nettles
432 Rinconada Court
Los Altos, CA  94022

                         Re:      Employment Agreement

Dear Dr. Nettles:

                 We refer to the Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated
concurrently herewith (the "Purchase Agreement") among Hydralite Incorporated
(the "Company"), the investors named therein and, as to certain provisions
thereof, David Huber and you.

                 This will confirm our understanding as to the terms of your
employment by the Company in connection with the closing (the "Closing") of the
transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement:

                 1.       Positions.  You will be employed as the President and
Chief Executive Officer of the Company.

                 2.       Compensation.  Your initial base salary shall be at
the annual rate of $135,000, subject to increase at the discretion of the Board
of Directors of the Company, and will be payable in accordance with the
Company's policies for its senior executives.

                 3.       Benefits.  The Company will use its best efforts to
cause the Board of Directors to adopt promptly a benefits and bonus package for
the Company's key employees, including you, as determined in good faith by the
Board.

                 4.       Severance.  (a)  In the event that the Company shall
terminate you as an employee other than for "cause" (as such term is
hereinafter defined), you will be entitled to receive an amount equal to your
monthly base salary as of the date of such termination, payable monthly until
the earlier to occur of (i) six months from the date of termination and
<PAGE>   2
(ii) your commencing employment, or a substantially full-time consulting
position, with another person or entity other than the Company.  You will also
be entitled to be continue to receive all medical and life insurance benefits
that you were receiving at the time of such termination, for such period.

                          (b)     If you are terminated for cause, you shall
receive only your base salary owing to you through the date of termination and
shall not be entitled to any additional payments from the Company.

                          (c)     For purposes of this agreement, the term
"cause" shall mean (i) an act of gross misconduct you in connection with the
performance of your duties hereunder; or (ii) the commission by you of a
felony, as evidenced by a felony conviction; or (iii) the commission by you of
any act of fraud, misappropriation of funds or embezzlement in connection with
your employment hereunder.

                 5.  Release.  You agree that, in consideration of the
severance payment to be made to you under paragraph 4(a) of this letter
agreement, you will execute the general release annexed hereto as Annex A,
which you understand is a condition to your receiving such payment.

                 6.       Miscellaneous.  You expressly acknowledge that you
are an employee-at-will of the Company.

                 (a)      This agreement sets forth the entire agreement and
understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and
there are no other terms or agreements with respect to your employment by the
Company.

                 (b)      This letter agreement will be governed by, and
construed and enforced in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of
Delaware, without regard to principles of conflicts of law.
<PAGE>   3
                 Please acknowledge your understanding of, and agreement with,
the foregoing by signing your name in the space indicated below, whereupon this
letter agreement will become a binding agreement upon the parties.

                                                   Very truly yours,

                                                   HYDRALITE INCORPORATED



                                                   By: /s/ DAVID R. HUBER     
                                                      --------------------------
                                                        Name: David R. Huber
                                                             -------------------
                                                            Title: President
                                                                  --------------


Agreed to and acknowledged as of
the date first written above:



/s/ PATRICK H. NETTLES                                                   
- ---------------------------------
Patrick Nettles

<PAGE>   1
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.13

                             HYDRALITE INCORPORATED
                            2068 COUNTRY CLUB DRIVE
                        DOYLESTOWN, PENNSYLVANIA  18901



                                                                   April 9, 1994



Dr. David Huber
2068 Country Club Drive
Doylestown, PA  18901

                         Re:      Employment Agreement

Dear Dr. Huber:

                 We refer to the Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated
concurrently herewith (the "Purchase Agreement") among Hydralite Incorporated
(the "Company"), the investors named therein and, as to certain provisions
thereof, Patrick Nettles and you.

                 This will confirm our understanding as to the terms of your
employment by the Company in connection with the closing (the "Closing") of the
transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement:

                 1.       Positions.  You will be employed as the Vice
President and Chief Technical Officer of the Company.

                 2.       Salary.  Your initial base salary shall be at the
annual rate of $135,000, subject to increase at the discretion of the Board of
Directors of the Company, and will be payable in accordance with the Company's
policies for its senior executives.

                 3.       Benefits.  The Company will use its best efforts to
cause the Board of Directors to adopt promptly a benefits and bonus package for
the Company's key employees, including you, as determined in good faith by the
Board.

                 4.       Severance.  (a)  In the event that the Company shall
terminate you as an employee other than for "cause" (as such term is
hereinafter defined), you will be entitled to receive an amount equal to your
monthly base salary as of the date of such termination, payable monthly until
the earlier to occur of (i) six months from the date of termination and
<PAGE>   2
(ii) your commencing employment, or a substantially full-time consulting
position, with another person or entity other than the Company.  You will also
be entitled to be continue to receive all medical and life insurance benefits
that you were receiving at the time of such termination, for such period.

                          (b)     If you are terminated for cause, you shall
only receive your base salary owing to you through the date of termination and
shall not be entitled to any additional payments from the Company.

                          (c)     For purposes of this agreement, the term
"cause" shall mean (i) an act of gross misconduct you in connection with the
performance of your duties hereunder; or (ii) the commission by you of a
felony, as evidenced by a felony conviction; or (iii) the commission by you of
any act of fraud, misappropriation of funds or embezzlement in connection with
your employment hereunder.

                 5.  Release.  You agree that, in consideration of the
severance payment to be made to you under paragraph 4(a) of this letter
agreement, you will execute the general release annexed hereto as Annex A,
which you understand is a condition to your receiving such payment.

                 6.       Miscellaneous.   (a)     You expressly acknowledge
that you are an employee-at-will of the Company.

                         (b)      This agreement sets forth the entire
agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter
hereof, and there are no other terms or agreements with respect to your
employment by the Company.                          

                         (c)      This letter agreement will be governed by,
and construed and enforced in accordance with, the internal laws of the State
of Delaware, without regard to principles of conflicts of law.
                                  




                                       2
<PAGE>   3
                 Please acknowledge your understanding of, and agreement with,
the foregoing by signing your name in the space indicated below, whereupon this
letter agreement will become a binding agreement upon the parties.

                                        Very truly yours,

                                        HYDRALITE INCORPORATED
        


                                        By:    /s/ PATRICK H. NETTLES
                                             -------------------------------
                                             Name: Patrick H. Nettles
                                               Title: Chief Executive Officer

Agreed to and acknowledged as of
the date first written above:



     /s/ DAVID HUBER
- ----------------------------------
         David Huber





                                       3

<PAGE>   1
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.14

                                LEASE AGREEMENT


                                    between

                          AETNA LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                                   (Landlord)

                                      and

                               CIENA CORPORATION
                                    (Tenant)

                                 Airport Square
                            Anne Arundel County, MD


                                     INDEX

<TABLE>
                 <S>                               <C>
                 ARTICLE I                         TERM
                   Section 1.01                    Length
                   Section 1.02                    Confirmation
                   Section 1.03                    Options to Renew
                   Section 1.04                    Surrender
                   Section 1.05                    Holding Over

                 ARTICLE II                        RENT
                   Section 2.01                    Base Rent
                   Section 2.02                    Real Estate Taxes
                   Section 2.03                    Operating Expenses
                   Section 2.04                    When Due and Payable
                   Section 2.05                    Proration
                   Section 2.06                    Late Penalties
                   Section 2.07                    Security Deposit

                 ARTICLE III                       USE OF PREMISES
                   Section 3.01                    Use
                   Section 3.02                    Laws
                   Section 3.03                    Common Areas

                 ARTICLE IV                        INSURANCE/INDEMNIFICATION
                   Section 4.01                    Tenant's Insurance
                   Section 4.02                    Landlord's Insurance
                   Section 4.03                    Waiver of Subrogation
                   Section 4.04                    Indemnification
</TABLE>





                                     - i -
<PAGE>   2
<TABLE>
                 <S>                               <C>
                 ARTICLE V                         IMPROVEMENTS TO PREMISES
                   Section 5.01                    Initial Improvements
                   Section 5.02                    Acceptance
                   Section 5.03                    Tenant's Alterations
                   Section 5.04                    Mechanics' Liens
                   Section 5.05                    Fixtures

                 ARTICLE VI                        MAINTENANCE AND SERVICES
                   Section 6.01                    Ordinary Services
                   Section 6.02                    Services and Utility Payments
                   Section 6.03                    Excessive Use
                   Section 6.04                    Maintenance by Tenant
                   Section 6.05                    Maintenance by Landlord
                   Section 6.06                    Interruption

                 ARTICLE VII                       RIGHT OF ENTRY
                   Section 7.01                    Right of Entry

                 ARTICLE VIII                      CASUALTIES
                   Section 8.01                    General
                   Section 8.02                    Substantial Destruction
                   Section 8.03                    Tenant's Negligence

                 ARTICLE IX                        CONDEMNATION
                   Section 9.01                    Right to Award
                   Section 9.02                    Effect of Condemnation
                   Section 9.03                    Interruption

                 ARTICLE X                         ASSIGNMENT/SUBLETTING
                   Section 10.01                   Actions Covered
                   Section 10.02                   Restrictions
                   Section 10.03                   Liability to Landlord
                   Section 10.04                   Excess Rents
                   Section 10.05                   Landlord's Transfers

                 ARTICLE XI                        RULES & REGULATIONS
                   Section 11.01                   Landlord's Rules

                 ARTICLE XII                       MORTGAGE LENDERS
                   Section 12.01                   Subordination
                   Section 12.02                   Written Agreement
                   Section 12.03                   Estoppel Certificate
</TABLE>





                                     - ii -
<PAGE>   3
<TABLE>
                 <S>                               <C>
                 ARTICLE XIII                      ENVIRONMENTAL COVENANTS
                   Section 13.01                   Definition
                   Section 13.02                   Prohibitions
                   Section 13.03                   Inspection
                   Section 13.04                   Indemnification
                   Section 13.05                   Representation

                 ARTICLE XIV                       DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
                   Section 14.01                   Defaults
                   Section 14.02                   Grace Period
                   Section 14.03                   Remedies
                   Section 14.04                   Damages
                   Section 14.05                   Landlord's Lien
                   Section 14.06                   Waiver of Jury Trial

                 ARTICLE XV                        QUIET ENJOYMENT
                   Section 15.01                   Covenant

                 ARTICLE XVI                       NOTICES
                   Section 16.01                   Notices

                   ARTICLE XVII                    GENERAL
                   Section 17.01                   Entire Agreement
                   Section 17.02                   Amendment
                   Section 17.03                   Applicable Law
                   Section 17.04                   Waiver
                   Section 17.05                   Time of Essence
                   Section 17.06                   Headings
                   Section 17.07                   Severability
                   Section 17.08                   Successors and Assigns
                   Section 17.09                   Commissions
                   Section 17.10                   Recordation
                   Section 17.11                   Perpetuities
                   Section 17.12                   Liability Limitation
                   Section 17.13                   Authority
                   Section 17.14                   Exhibits

                 Exhibit A                         Floor Plan of Premises
                 Exhibit B                         Site Plan of Property
                 Exhibit C                         Rules and Regulations
</TABLE>





                                    - iii -
<PAGE>   4
                                LEASE AGREEMENT


         THIS LEASE AGREEMENT ("Lease") is made this 1 day of November,
1996, by and between the AETNA LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (the "Landlord") and
CIENA CORPORATION (the "Tenant"), a Delaware corporation.

         WITNESSETH, that for good and valuable consideration, the Landlord
hereby leases to the Tenant, and the Tenant hereby leases from the Landlord, an
agreed-upon amount of 96,566 rentable square feet of space shown on Exhibit A
hereto (the "Premises"), comprising all of the rentable space in the office
building (the "Building") which, together with 408 parking spaces adjacent to
such Building, landscaping and other improvements, are shown on Exhibit B
hereto and located at 920 Elkridge Landing Road in Anne Arundel County,
Maryland (collectively the "Property"), all upon the following terms and
conditions:

                                ARTICLE I - TERM

         Section 1.01     Length.  This Lease shall be for a term (the "Term")
which begins on that date (the "Commencement Date") which is the earlier of(i)
March 1, 1997 (the "Target Date"), or (ii) 150 days after the first date on
which the Tenant commences construction of the Space Improvements to the
Premises as described in Section 5.01 below, subject to Section 5.01(A)(3)
below.  The Term shall expire on that date which is 10 years after such
Commencement Date (the "Expiration Date").  In the event that the Tenant enters
into occupancy of the Premises prior to the Commencement Date for any purpose,
then all terms of this Lease shall apply to such occupancy, except that Tenant
shall not be obligated to pay Base Rent or Real Estate Taxes (defined herein)
for such period, and the Tenant's rental obligations shall be limited to the
payment of any electricity or other utility charges incurred with respect to
the Building and allocable to such period prior to the Commencement Date.  In
addition, to the extent that Tenant occupies the Premises prior to the
Commencement Date for the purpose of conducting business therein, Tenant shall
be obligated to pay the costs of snow removal, building repairs and
landscaping, on-site maintenance and operations personnel, and electricity and
other utilities used in connection with the common areas of the Building.  All
such utility and other costs for the period prior to the Commencement Date
shall be paid by Tenant as Additional Rent (defined herein).

         Section 1.02     Confirmation.  Landlord shall, within 30 days after
the commencement of the Term, confirm to Tenant in writing the actual dates of
the Commencement Date and the Expiration Date.  In the event that Tenant
disagrees with such dates as stated in the confirmation notice from Landlord,





                                     - 1 -
<PAGE>   5
Tenant shall, within 15 days after Landlord's notice, notify Landlord in
writing as to Tenant's objections.  If Tenant fails to so notify Landlord of
any objection within this 15 day period, the dates set forth in the Landlord's
notice shall govern for purposes of this Lease.  If Tenant does notify Landlord
of an objection within this 15 day period, the parties shall attempt to resolve
the disagreement within 21 days after the Tenant's notice of objection.  In the
event that the parties are unable to agree within this 21 day period, then
either party shall have the right to have the applicable dates determined by
arbitration by giving written notice to the other before expiration of the 21
day period (an "Arbitration Notice").  If neither party delivers an Arbitration
Notice before expiration of the 21 day period, then the dates set forth in the
Landlord's initial notice shall govern for purposes of this Lease.  If one of
the parties does deliver an Arbitration Notice within the 21 day period, then
Landlord and Tenant shall designate an independent party with experience in
adjudicating at least one arbitration case (the "Arbiter").  The Arbiter shall
conduct such hearings and investigations as he or she may deem appropriate but,
in all events, reach a decision binding on the parties within 30 days after
being designated.  Furthermore, in the case of any such dispute regarding the
Commencement Date and Expiration Date, Tenant shall not withhold payments of
rent or other charges hereunder, and any Base Rent paid but ultimately
attributable to the period before the actual Commencement Date as determined by
the Arbiter shall be applied toward the next installment of Base Rent due
hereunder.  Landlord and Tenant shall divide evenly the fees of the Arbiter
incurred during the foregoing procedures.

         Section 1.03     Options to Renew.  Tenant shall have two successive
options to renew the Term of the Lease commencing upon its expiration for an
additional period of 5 years each (each a "Renewal Term," which shall be deemed
to be part of the Term), subject to the following terms:

                          (A)     Tenant's options to renew shall apply to the
entire Premises and not any lesser portion thereof.

                          (B)     In order to exercise each such option to
renew the Lease, Tenant must give Landlord written notice of its election to
renew not earlier than 365 days and not later than 330 days before the
expiration of the then-current Term.  If the applicable option is exercised in
accordance with the terms of this section, the Renewal Term shall be under all
of the same terms and conditions as are contained in the Lease, except that the
Base Rent applicable during the Renewal Term shall be at the then-prevailing
market rate of rent and all other charges for comparable office space in the
area of the Baltimore-Washington International Airport, taking into account any
and all factors (e.g., condition of space and improvements, parking and other
facilities, location of the Building, length of term, Tenant's needs as a large
user of space, etc.).  If Tenant exercises the applicable option by the





                                     - 2 -
<PAGE>   6
time required above, then Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing of the market
rate of Base Rent to apply during the Renewal Term, as determined by real
estate brokers or other professionals selected by Landlord, within 15 days
after Tenant's notice of exercise.  Landlord shall accompany such notice with
backup information as to the analysis on which such determination of the market
rate is based.

                          (C)     With respect to either of the foregoing
options to renew, if Tenant does not accept Landlord's determination of the
market rate of Base Rent contained in the Landlord's notice, then Tenant shall
notify Landlord of this fact in writing within 15 days after the Landlord's
notice.  If Tenant so notifies Landlord within this 15 day period, then the
parties shall attempt to resolve their differences regarding the Landlord's
figure and agree upon the market rate of Base Rent within 30 days after the
Tenant's notice of non-acceptance.  In the event that the parties cannot agree
upon the market rate within this 30 day period, then the Tenant shall have the
right, upon written notice to Landlord given prior to the expiration of such 30
day period, to either (1) rescind the exercise of the applicable option, in
which case the option shall be null and void, or (2) elect to have the market
rate determined by arbitration as described in subsection (D) below.  If the
Tenant fails to notify the Landlord that it does not accept the Landlord's
determination of the market rate within the period of 15 days after the
Landlord's initial notice as described above, or if the Tenant does so notify
the Landlord but Tenant does not either rescind the option or elect to have the
market rate determined by arbitration within the 30 day period described above
(and the parties are unable to agree upon the market rate in this period), then
the figure for the market rate set forth in the Landlord's initial notice to
the Tenant shall govern for the Renewal Term.

                          (D)     If with respect to either of the options
described above, Tenant elects to have the market rate of Base Rent to apply
during the Renewal Period determined by arbitration, the market rate of Base
Rent shall be established by a panel of 3 licensed real estate brokers, each of
whom shall have a minimum of 7 years of experience in the commercial real
estate brokerage business in the region in which the Building is located.  One
such broker shall be selected by Landlord within 7 days after Tenant's election
of arbitration, one such broker shall be selected by Tenant within the same 7
day period, and the third such broker shall be selected by the first two within
7 days after the first two are so selected.  Each broker, within 21 days after
the third broker is selected, shall submit his or her determination of the
market rate of Base Rent, which shall be based on the criteria described in
subsection (B) of this section above, and the average of the two closest
determinations shall be binding on the parties for purposes of calculating Base
Rent during the Renewal Period.  Landlord and Tenant shall each pay





                                     - 3 -
<PAGE>   7
any fee of the broker selected by it, and they shall share equally the payment
of any fee of the third broker.

                          (E)     If Tenant fails to give notice exercising
either option to renew by the date required herein, or if at the time Tenant
exercises either such option or at the beginning of the applicable Renewal Term
there is an uncured Event of Default under this Lease, or if this Lease is
assigned by Tenant or the Premises sublet in whole or in part to any third
party which is not a parent, subsidiary or other affiliate of Tenant, then
Tenant's right and option to renew shall be automatically terminated and of no
further force or effect.

         Section 1.04     Surrender.  The Tenant shall at the expiration of the
Term or any earlier termination of this Lease (a) promptly surrender to the
Landlord possession of the Premises, including any fixtures or other
improvements which under the provisions of this Lease are property of the
Landlord, all in good order and repair (ordinary wear and tear and damage by
casualty or condemnation excepted) and broom clean, (b) remove therefrom the
Tenant's signs, goods and effects and any machinery, trade fixtures and
equipment used in conducting the Tenant's trade or business and not owned by
the Landlord, and (c) repair any damage to the Premises or the Building caused
by such removal.

         Section 1.05     Holding Over.  Upon the Expiration Date, this Lease
shall become a month-to-month tenancy, terminable upon 30 days' prior written
notice by either party, for up to 3 months following the Expiration Date.  Any
occupancy of the Premises after the Expiration Date shall be subject to all of
the same terms and conditions as are contained in this Lease, except that the
rental payable for up to the first three months of any such occupancy shall be
equal to the amount of all Rent which was last in effect during the Term and
thereafter equal to one and one-half times the amount of all Rent which was
last in effect during the Term.  Nothing in the foregoing shall be deemed in
any way to limit or impair the Landlord's right to immediately evict the Tenant
or exercise its other rights and remedies under the provisions of this Lease or
applicable law on account of any occupancy of the Premises past the period
provided in this Lease, including the collection of consequential and other
damages, on account of the Tenant's occupancy of the Premises without having
obtained Landlord's prior consent.

                               ARTICLE II - RENT

         Section 2.01     Base Rent.  Tenant shall pay a minimum annual rental
in each one-year period during the Term hereof which shall be referred to
hereinafter as "Base Rent." Base Rent shall be calculated and increased for
each such year as follows:





                                     - 4 -
<PAGE>   8



                          (1)     Base Rent for the 1st one-year period in the
Lease Term shall be the sum of $1,221,559.90, representing $12.65 per rentable
square foot of the Premises.

                          (2)     Base Rent for the 2nd one-year period in the
Lease Term shall be the sum of $1,245,701.40, representing $12.90 per rentable
square foot of the Premises.

                          (3)     Base Rent for the 3rd one-year period in the
Lease Term shall be the sum of $1,269,842.90, representing $13.15 per rentable
square foot of the Premises.

                          (4)     Base Rent for the 4th one-year period in the
Lease Term shall be the sum of $1,293,984.40, representing $13.40 per rentable
square foot of the Premises.

                          (5)     Base Rent for the 5th one-year period in the
Lease Term shall be the sum of $1,318,125.90, representing $13.65 per rentable
square foot of the Premises.

                          (6)     Base Rent for the 6th one-year period in the
Lease Term shall be the sum of$1,414,691.90, representing $14.65 per rentable
square foot of the Premises.

                          (7)     Base Rent for the 7th one-year period in the
Lease Term shall be the sum of $1,438,833.40, representing $14.90 per rentable
square foot of the Premises.

                          (8)     Base Rent for the 8th one-year period in the
Lease Term shall be the sum of$1,462,974.90, representing $15.15 per rentable
square foot of the Premises.

                          (9)     Base Rent for the 9th one-year period in the
Lease Term shall be the sum of~1,487,1 16.40, representing $15.40 per rentable
square foot of the Premises.

                          (10)    Base Rent for the 10th one-year period in the
Lease Term shall be the sum of$1,51 1,257.90, representing $15.65 per rentable
square foot of the Premises.

         Section 2.02     Real Estate Taxes.  Commencing on July l, 1998,
Tenant shall pay to Landlord in each year of the Term the amount, if any, by
which the Real Estate Taxes (defined below) applicable to the Property in each
such year exceeds the Base Real Estate Taxes (defined below).  The term "Real
Estate Taxes" shall be construed to mean any and all real property taxes,
assessments, sewer rates, ad valorem charges, rents and charges, front foot





                                     - 5 -
<PAGE>   9



benefit charges, all other governmental impositions in the nature of any of the
foregoing (but only to the extent attributable to the unexpired Term of this
Lease), and all costs and expenses (including attorneys' fees and costs of
court or other proceedings) incurred in contesting property tax assessments or
any other such governmental impositions.  The "Base Real Estate Taxes" shall be
the Real Estate Taxes imposed in connection with the Building and the Property
and applicable in the first year following execution of this Lease during which
the Building is assessed taking into account full (or near-full) occupancy,
which year is expected to be the 7/1/97-6/30/98 tax/fiscal year.  Tenant shall
not be entitled to any credit or rebate in the event Real Estate Taxes during
any one year in the Term are lower than the Base Real Estate Taxes.  Upon
request of Tenant, Landlord shall appeal any new assessment of the Building for
real estate tax purposes or, in the event Landlord declines to file such an
appeal, permit Tenant to conduct such an appeal through its own counsel or
other representatives at Tenant's expense.  Tenant shall be entitled to
participate in any appeal which is conducted by Landlord.  Any refunds of Real
Estate Taxes garnered in an appeal, to the extent representing taxes previously
paid by Tenant as Additional Rent, shall be paid to Tenant.

         Section 2.03     Operating Expenses.  Commencing on January l, 1998,
Tenant shall pay to Landlord in each year of the Term the amount by which the
Operating Expenses (defined below) for each such year exceed the Base Operating
Expenses (defined below).  "Operating Expenses" shall mean all expenses, costs
and disbursements of every kind and nature incurred in connection with the
ownership, management, maintenance, repair and operation of the Building and
Property, including but not limited to the following: (l) cost of wages and
salaries of all employees engaged in the operation and maintenance of the
Building and surrounding grounds and common areas, including but not limited to
payroll taxes, insurance and benefits, provided that such amounts shall be
prorated to the extent any such employees work on projects other than the
Property; (2) cost of all supplies and materials used in the operation,
maintenance and repair of the Building and all other portions of the Property;
(3) cost of water and sewer service to the Building; (4) costs incurred under
all maintenance and service agreements for the Building, including but not
limited to access control, energy management services, window cleaning,
elevator maintenance and landscaping; (5) cost of insurance relating to all of
such property, including but not limited to the cost of casualty and liability
insurance; (6) cost of repairs and general maintenance to the Building; (7) all
property management fees and expenses; (8) out-of-pocket cost of audit and
accounting services, if any, incurred in the calculation and billing of
Additional Rent; (9) the costs of any improvements required or made necessary
by law or changes in law first enacted after the date of this Lease, provided
that capital expenditures for any such costs are amortized in accordance with
generally





                                     - 6 -
<PAGE>   10



accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") at such rates as may have been paid by
Landlord on funds borrowed for the purpose of constructing such capital
improvements or, if no such funds were borrowed, at such reasonable rates as
are not in conflict with GAAP; and (10) cost of any capital improvements made
to the Building that, in Landlord's reasonable judgment, will reduce other
operating expenses or increase energy efficiency, provided such costs are
amortized in accordance with GAAP at such rates as may have been paid by
Landlord on funds borrowed for the purpose of constructing such capital
improvements or, if no such funds were borrowed, at such reasonable rates as
are not in conflict with GAAP, and further provided that the amount charged in
any one year shall not exceed the Landlord's estimate of the savings to be
achieved.  For purposes of this provision, Operating Expenses shall not include
(a) the cost of capital improvements (except as expressly provided above), (b)
the costs of tenant improvements within tenant spaces, (c) ground rent or debt
service, (d) depreciation, (e) the cost of electricity and any other utility
which Tenant is obligated to pay pursuant to Section 6.02 below, (f) the cost
of janitorial and any other service which Tenant is obligated to provide and
pay in its entirety, (g) income, excess profits, franchise or other taxes
imposed on or measured by the income of Landlord from the Building, (h) any
cost for which Landlord is reimbursed by proceeds of insurance, condemnation
award, service contract refund, credit or warranty, (i) any testing,
remediation or other cost incurred in connection with the storage, use,
placement or other handling of Hazardous Materials (defined herein) at the
Property by Landlord at any time or by any other party if prior to the date
hereof, (j)any fines or penalties imposed upon Landlord due to any violation of
laws which is the fault of Landlord, (k) costs and expenses associated with the
operation of the business of the legal entity or entities which constitute the
Landlord (as opposed to operation of the Building), or (l) if property
management services are provided by an affiliate of the Landlord, then any
compensation to such party which is in excess of the fees which would be
reached through arms- length bargaining.  The "Base Operating Expenses" shall
be the Operating Expenses applicable during the calendar year 1997.  Tenant
shall not be entitled to any credit or rebate in the event Operating Expenses
in any one year during the Term are lower than the Base Operating Expenses.

         Section 2.04     When Due and Payable.

                          (A)     All rental obligations set forth in the
foregoing provisions and elsewhere in this Lease, except for Base Rent, shall
be referred to hereinafter as "Additional Rent." All Base Rent and Additional
Rent are sometimes hereinafter together referred to as "Rent."

                          (B)     The Base Rent for each year (or part thereof)
during the Term shall be due and payable in 12 consecutive, equal monthly





                                     - 7 -
<PAGE>   11



installments, in advance, on the first day of each calendar month during the
Term, provided that the installment of Rent for the first full calendar month
of the Term shall be due upon execution of this Lease.

                          (C)     Tenant shall pay all Additional Rent within
30 days after being billed therefor by Landlord.  However, Landlord may, at its
discretion, (a) make a reasonable estimate of the Additional Rent which may
become due for any year in the Term, (b) require the Tenant to pay to the
Landlord such Additional Rent in equal installments at the time and in the
manner that the Tenant is required hereunder to pay monthly installments of
Base Rent, and (c) at the Landlord's reasonable discretion, increase or
decrease during such year the amount initially estimated for such year, all by
giving the Tenant written notice thereof.  In such event, the Landlord shall
cause the actual amount of such Additional Rent to be calculated within 120
days after the end of each such year, and the Tenant or the Landlord shall
within 30 days pay to the other the amount of any deficiency or overpayment,
whichever the case may be.

                          (D)     Landlord shall have the right to apply any
payment of Rent by Tenant to any amounts outstanding in any order in Landlord's
sole discretion.  Acceptance by Landlord of any partial payment of Rent shall
not be deemed a waiver or satisfaction of the Tenant's obligation to pay all
remaining amounts of Rent hereunder, which shall remain due in their entirety
according to the terms of this Lease.

         Section 2.05     Proration.  All items of Rent shall be prorated for
any month during the Term which is not a full calendar month or in which two
different rental rates are applicable.  If only part of any calendar year falls
within the Term, the amount computed as Additional Rent for such calendar year
under the foregoing provisions of this section shall be appropriately prorated,
but the expiration of the Term before the end of a calendar year shall not
limit the Tenant's obligation hereunder to pay the prorated portion of
Additional Rent applicable to that portion of such calendar year falling within
the Term.

         Section 2.06     Late Penalties.  Each such payment of Rent shall be
made promptly when due, without any demand, deduction or setoff whatsoever, at
the place directed by Landlord.  Any payment of Rent not made within 3 days
after the date due shall bear interest at the rate of 12% per annum from the
due date until paid.  Additionally, any payment of Rent not paid within 10 days
of when due shall be considered delinquent and subject to a late payment
charge, for each occurrence of delinquency, of 5% of the amount overdue and
payable.  This late payment charge shall be in addition to the interest
provided for above and shall be due and payable with the next succeeding Rent
payment.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no interest or late charge shall be
imposed with respect to the first delinquency in each calendar





                                     - 8 -
<PAGE>   12



year unless such delinquency continues for a period of 10 days after written
notice from Landlord given in accordance with the provisions for the giving of
notices hereunder.  The obligation to pay Rent for the periods in the Term of
this Lease shall survive termination of this Lease.

         Section 2.07     Security Deposit.  Upon signing this Lease, Tenant
shall submit to Landlord a cash payment in the amount of $397,384.82, which
shall be retained by the Landlord as a security deposit securing the Tenant's
payment of Rent and performance of all of its other obligations under the
provisions of this Lease.  On the occurrence of an Event of Default (as defined
herein), the Landlord shall be entitled, at its sole discretion, to apply any
or all of such sum in payment of any Rent then due and unpaid, any expense
incurred by the Landlord in curing any such default, and/or any damages
incurred by the Landlord by reason of such default (including but not limited
to attorneys' fees), in which event Tenant shall immediately restore the amount
so applied.  However, the foregoing shall not serve in any event to limit the
rights, remedies and damages accruing to Landlord under Article XIV or any
other provision of this Lease on account of an Event of Default by Tenant.  The
security deposit shall not be applied to payments of Rent hereunder, except
that portions of the security deposit which are not then applied on account of
a default by Tenant may be credited to Rent as follows: (l) an amount of
$97,895.19 shall be applied to the monthly installment of Base Rent for the 1st
month of the Term, (2) an amount of $99,829.88 shall be applied to the monthly
installment of Base Rent for the 24th month of the Term, (3) an amount of
$101,764.56 shall be applied to the monthly installment of Base Rent for the
36th month of the Term.  Such security deposit shall not bear interest while
being held by the Landlord hereunder, except that the amounts referenced in
clauses (2) and (3) of the immediately preceding sentence shall be held in a
separate, interest bearing account at a bank selected by Tenant (and subject to
Landlord's reasonable approval) until applied in accordance with this
paragraph, with the Tenant paid any interest thereon concurrent with such
application, but with the Landlord making no warranties or assurances as to the
amount of interest which will accrue.  Any amount of the security deposit
remaining at the end of the Term and not applied pursuant to the foregoing
provisions shall be returned to Tenant.

                         ARTICLE III - USE OF PREMISES

         Section 3.01     Use.  The Tenant shall use the Premises as a business
office, including research, development and optical/electronic laboratory
functions (which may include passive optical component design, development and
production), subject to all applicable zoning and other laws and title
covenants, and for no other purposes.





                                     - 9 -
<PAGE>   13
         Section 3.02     Laws.  Landlord hereby represents to Tenant that (a)
the Building is located in a W-1 (light industrial) district for purposes of
zoning designation by Anne Arundel County, Maryland, and (b) to Landlord's
knowledge, the Building is not in violation of any title covenants applicable
to the Building.  Landlord shall be responsible for the compliance of all
portions of the Property exterior to the Building, the roof and structural
supports of the Building, and all common areas at the Building (i.e., the
building lobby, entrances and exits, elevators, elevator lobbies and restrooms)
with any and all federal, state and local laws, ordinances and regulations,
including but not limited to the Americans With Disabilities Act, zoning laws
and title covenants, which are applicable thereto, and Landlord shall make any
changes or improvements to the portions of the Property exterior to the
Building and the common areas of the Building which are required by any such
laws.  Tenant shall comply with any and all federal, state and local laws,
ordinances and regulations, including but not limited to the Americans With
Disabilities Act, zoning laws and title covenants, which are applicable to the
Premises, to the Tenant's use of the Premises or to Tenant's use of any common
areas of the Property, and Tenant shall make any changes or improvements to the
Premises which are required by any such laws, subject to Section 5.03 hereof.

         Section 3.03     Common Areas.  The Landlord hereby grants to the
Tenant a non-exclusive license to use (a) all elevators, lobbies, restrooms and
any other common areas of the Building, and (b) all parking facilities and
other portions of the grounds on which the Building is located which are
manifestly designed and intended for common use by the occupants of the
Building, for pedestrian ingress and egress to and from the Premises and for
vehicular ingress and egress to and from the parking facilities.  Such license
shall be exercised in common with the Landlord and other tenants (if any) and
their respective employees and invitees and in accordance with the reasonable
Rules and Regulations promulgated from time to time pursuant to the provisions
of Article XI.

                     ARTICLE IV - INSURANCE/INDEMNIFICATION

         Section 4.01     Tenant's Insurance.  The Tenant shall procure and
maintain, at its expense and throughout the Term, the following insurance:

                          (a)     Commercial general liability insurance which
(l) insures against claims for bodily injury, personal injury, advertising
injury and property damage arising from the use, occupancy or maintenance of
the Premises or any other portion of the Property by Tenant or any of its
agents, employees, contractors, invitees and licensees, (2) insures without
exclusion damage or injury arising from heat, smoke or fumes from a hostile
fire, (3) has limits of not less than (i) $1,000,000 per occurrence, (ii)
$2,000,000





                                     - 10 -
<PAGE>   14



general aggregate per location, (iii) $2,000,000 products and completed
operations aggregate, (iv) $1,000,000 for personal and advertising injury
liability, (v) $50,000 for fire damage legal liability, and (vi) $5,000 for
medical payments, which minimum limits may be increased if recommended by
Landlord's consultants or other insurance professionals (but not more
frequently than once in any three year period), (4) includes blanket
contractual liability and broad form property damage liability coverage, and
(5) contains a standard separation of insureds provision;

                          (b)     Business auto liability insurance which
insures against bodily injury and property damage claims arising out of
ownership, use or maintenance of any hired and non- owned auto with a combined
single limit per accident of not less than $1,000,000;

                          (c)     Worker's compensation in statutory limits and
employer's liability insurance with limits of not less than $100,000 for each
accident, $100,000 for each employee for bodily injury by disease, and $500,000
policy limit for bodily injury by disease;

                          (d)     Umbrella excess liability insurance, in
addition to and in excess of the commercial general liability, business auto
liability and employer's liability insurance described above, which insures
against claims for bodily injury, personal injury, advertising injury and
property damage and having limits of not less than (i) $5,000,000 per
occurrence, and (ii) $5,000,000 for the annual aggregate; and

                          (e)     All-risk property insurance covering all of
Tenant's personal property, inventory, equipment, fixtures, alterations and
improvements at the Premises up to the replacement value of such property.

                          Each liability insurance policy described above
(except employer's liability policies) shall name Landlord, Landlord's agent
and advisor, Landlord's property manager, and any Mortgagees (defined in
Section 12.01 below), and expressly including any trustees, directors,
officers, employees or agents of any such entities, all as additional insureds.
All such policies shall (i) be issued by insurers licensed to do business in
the state in which the Property is located, (ii) be issued by insurers with a
current rating of "A-" "VIII" or better in Best's Insurance Reports, (iii) be
primary without right of contribution from any of Landlord's insurance, (iv) be
written on an occurrence (and not claims-made) basis, and (v) be uncancellable
without at least 30 days' prior written notice to the Landlord and any
Mortgagee.  At least 15 days before the Commencement Date (or, if earlier, the
date Tenant first enters into the Premises for any reason), Tenant shall
deliver to the Landlord certificates of insurance satisfactory to Landlord for
each such policy required above.  Within 10 days after any such policy expires,
Tenant





                                     - 11 -
<PAGE>   15



shall deliver to the Landlord a certificate of renewal evidencing replacement
of the policy.  The limits of insurance required by this Lease or as otherwise
carried by Tenant shall not limit the liability of Tenant or relieve Tenant of
any obligations under this Lease, except to the extent provided in any waiver
of subrogation contained in this Lease.  Tenant shall have sole responsibility
for payment of all deductibles.

         Section 4.02     Landlord's Insurance.  The Landlord shall maintain
throughout the Term all-risk or fire and extended coverage insurance upon the
Building in an amount equal to the full replacement value thereof (or, in lieu
thereof and if Landlord is an insurance entity, a specified plan of
self-insurance).  If provided by independent entity, such policy shall (i) be
issued by an insurer licensed to do business in the state in which the Property
is located, (ii) be issued by an insurer with a current rating of "A-" "VIII"
or better in Best's Insurance Reports, and (iii) be written on an occurrence
(and not claims-made) basis.  The premiums for such insurance for 1997 and
beyond and of each endorsement thereto shall be deemed to be part of the
Operating Expenses for purposes of Section 2.03 hereof.  Furthermore, Tenant
shall pay, as Additional Rent and as billed by Landlord, the entire amount of
any increase in premiums for any insurance obtained by Landlord which occurs
solely due to the particular use of the Premises by Tenant.

         Section 4.03     Waiver of Subrogation.  Notwithstanding anything to
the contrary in this Lease, Landlord and Tenant each waives all rights to
recovery, claims or causes of action against the other and the other's agents,
trustees, officers, directors and employees on account of any loss or damage
which may occur to the Premises, the Property or any improvements thereto or to
any personal property of such party to the extent such loss or damage is caused
by a peril which is required to be insured against under this Lease, regardless
of the cause or origin (including negligence of the other party).  Landlord and
Tenant each covenants to the other that, to the fullest extent permitted by
law, no insurer shall hold any right of subrogation against the other party.
Tenant covenants to Landlord that all policies of insurance maintained by
Tenant respecting property damage shall permit such waiver of subrogation.
Landlord covenants to Tenant that all policies of insurance maintained by
Landlord permit such waiver of subrogation.

         Section 4.04     Indemnification.  Tenant hereby agrees to indemnify
and hold Landlord and Landlord's agents and advisors harmless from and against
any cost, damage, claim, liability or expense (including attorney's fees)
incurred by or claimed against Landlord, directly or indirectly, as a result of
or in any way arising from Tenant's use and occupancy of the Premises, except
that which arises due to the negligence or intentional misconduct of the
Landlord or its employees or agents.  Furthermore, Tenant hereby releases and
absolves Landlord from any liability for theft, damage or other





                                     - 12 -
<PAGE>   16
loss which is caused by any third party which is not the Landlord in connection
with any furniture, fixtures, machinery, equipment, inventory or other personal
property of any kind belonging to Tenant or to any of its employees, agents,
invitees or licensees.

                      ARTICLE V - IMPROVEMENTS TO PREMISES

         Section 5.01     Initial Improvements.

                          (A)     Landlord shall make certain improvements at 
the Building as follows:

                                  (l)      Landlord shall (a) renovate, repair
or replace (as necessary) any damaged or deteriorated structural, mechanical,
electrical and plumbing systems in the Building, including without limitation
the lobby/atrium, elevators, restrooms, exits and exitways, and other common
areas, to a good working order and condition, and (b) bring such structural,
mechanical, electrical and plumbing systems into full compliance with all fire,
life safety and handicap codes of all federal, state and local authorities
having jurisdiction over the Building and Property.  The Landlord will repair
or replace (as necessary) the base building mechanical systems (i.e., the
rooftop compressors and condensers of the HVAC system at the Building, the air
handlers of the HVAC system at the Building, and the electric baseboard heating
system), excluding ductwork distribution and any load requirements in excess of
the base building service.  Such improvements by Landlord will include
replacement of defective or damaged glass, roof repairs (as needed),
improvements to the parking lot (subject to seasonal conditions), and initial
landscaping.  In addition, within 30 days after the date hereof Landlord shall
demolish interior partitions sufficient for the Tenant to construct the Space
Improvements described in subsection (B) of this section below.  All of the
foregoing work shall be referred to hereinafter as the "Landlord's Work."

                                  (2)      Landlord shall pay any and all costs
of the Landlord's Work.

                                  (3)      Landlord shall use commercially
reasonable efforts to complete the Landlord's Work on or before the Target Date
set forth in Section 1.01 hereof, but Landlord shall have no liability to the
Tenant hereunder if prevented from doing so due to strike or other labor
troubles, governmental restrictions, failure or shortage of utility service,
national or local emergency, accident, flood, fire or other casualty, adverse
weather condition, other act of God, or any other cause beyond the Landlord's
reasonable control.  In such event, the Commencement Date and Expiration Date
shall be postponed for a period equaling the length of such delay.  However, if
any delay in completion of the Landlord's Work is caused by Tenant, then Tenant
shall commence all





                                     - 13 -
<PAGE>   17



of its obligations hereunder (including the payments of Rent), and all terms
herein shall be effective and binding, on that date reasonably calculated by
Landlord or its contractor as the date on which Landlord would have
substantially completed the Landlord's Work if not for such delay.

                                  (4)      Landlord's Work shall be in
compliance with any and all federal, state and local laws, ordinances and
regulations, including but not limited to the Americans With Disabilities Act
and building codes of Anne Arundel County.

                          (B)     Tenant shall make certain improvements to the
Premises in order to prepare the Premises for occupancy by Tenant (the "Space
Improvements"), all to be paid for as provided in subsection (C) of this
section below.  Such Space Improvements shall be designed and constructed in
accordance with the following procedures:

                                  (1)      Tenant shall promptly after
execution of this Lease engage an architect to prepare plans and specifications
of the Space Improvements for Landlord's review and approval.  Such plans and
specifications shall be submitted to Landlord within 30 days after the date
hereof, and Landlord shall review and either approve or notify Tenant of
proposed changes thereto within 10 days after receiving such plans.  Landlord
agrees to not unreasonably withhold its approval of Tenant's plans and
specifications, and Tenant agrees to make any changes to such plans and
specifications reasonably requested by Landlord.  However, with respect to any
alterations to the Building exterior proposed by Tenant, Landlord shall have
the right in its sole and absolute subjective discretion to require
modifications or, in the absence thereof, withhold consent on the basis of
aesthetic considerations.

                                  (2)      Promptly after the plans and
specifications have been finalized, Tenant shall solicit bids and enter into
written contracts with a contractor or contractors for the construction of such
improvements and with other professionals for appropriate services in
connection therewith.  The contractor(s) and professional(s) so engaged by
Tenant shall be subject to Landlord's prior written approval, which shall not
be unreasonably withheld.  Additionally, each of Tenant's contract(s) with
contractor(s) shall provide for, at minimum, a retainage or holdback of 10% of
the total cost of the contract until 75% completion of the work, and 5% of the
total cost of the contract thereafter, and shall require dual obligee surety
bond(s) guaranteeing full payment and performance of the contract.

                                  (3)      Prior to commencing construction,
Tenant shall obtain all building and other permits or licenses required by law
for the Space Improvements, and promptly after completion of such work
(provided





                                     - 14 -
<PAGE>   18



that Landlord has completed the Landlord's Work), Tenant shall procure a
certificate of occupancy for the Premises from the applicable governmental
authorities.

                                  (4)      All such construction shall be
supervised and, if necessary, managed by Landlord through its
representative(s), the cost of which services shall be paid for as provided in
subsection (C) of this provision below.  Tenant shall at all times permit
Landlord and its representative(s) to inspect the Premises and the Tenant's
improvement work during construction.

                                  (5)      The Space Improvements shall be in
compliance with any and all federal, state and local laws, ordinances and
regulations, including but not limited to the Americans With Disabilities Act
and building codes of Anne Arundel County.

                                  (6)      As stated in Section 1.01 hereof,
Tenant and its agents and contractors shall have the right to enter the
Premises prior to the Commencement Date for such construction purposes,
provided that prior to any such entry Tenant shall have obtained the insurance
required under Article IV hereof, and its contractors shall have obtained such
liability, workmen's compensation and other insurance as is reasonably
acceptable to Landlord.  However, any delays in Tenant's completion of such
improvements beyond the Target Date set forth in Section 1.01 shall not delay
the Commencement Date, which shall be determined as set forth in Section 1.01.

                          (C)     All costs and expenses of designing and
constructing the Space Improvements described in subsection (B) above shall be
paid as follows:

                                  (1)      Landlord shall provide and pay an
allowance (the "Allowance") of $20.10 per square foot of the Premises towards
(i) the costs of designing the Space Improvements and preparing plans and
specifications therefor, and (ii) the costs of constructing the Space
Improvements, including but not limited to all fees, costs and expenses paid
under construction contracts and subcontracts, a supervision and management fee
of $0.40 per rentable square foot of the Premises, costs and expenses, the
costs of materials, supplies, permits and other items, and any other
out-of-pocket expenditures incurred in any connection with such construction.
Such Allowance shall not be paid for the Landlord's Work or for any other costs
or purposes.  Landlord represents to Tenant that Landlord has sufficient funds
or credit available to pay the Allowance in its entirety.

                                  (2)      Tenant shall pay any and all costs
of designing and constructing the Space Improvements which are in excess of the
Allowance.





                                     - 15 -
<PAGE>   19



                                  (3)      Landlord shall disburse the
Allowance in installments to pay for completed work, and directly to the
professionals, contractors and other parties performing work on the Space
Improvements, upon presentation for each disbursement of (i) a requisition
substantially in the form of AlA Requisition Forms G702 and G703, including a
description of all completed work for which payment is requested, the amount
requested with a breakdown by each trade comprising the work, and the
percentage of the entire project completed after taking into account all such
work, (ii) approval by Landlord's construction manager of the requisition,
(iii) conditional lien waivers from all parties for whom such payment is
requested releasing all liens which may arise on account of the work performed
by such parties to the date of the request for payment, and (iv) unconditional
lien waivers covering all work up to and including the immediately preceding
payment.  Each disbursement of a portion of the Allowance shall be made within
21 days after presentation of the required items.  With respect to each
contract or subcontract item comprising part of the Space Improvements, a
retainage of 10% shall be withheld from the applicable disbursements until such
contract or subcontract item is 75% complete, at which time the retainage with
respect to such item shall be reduced to 5%, with the retainage to be fully
paid and disbursed upon (i) completion of the Space Improvements as required by
the applicable contract(s), (ii) delivery of unconditional lien waivers as
described above for all work comprising the improvements, and (iii) issuance of
a certificate of occupancy or other applicable approval by the local
authorities permitting occupancy of the Premises by Tenant for business (unless
any delay in issuance of the certificate of occupancy is solely due to the
failure of the Landlord to complete the Landlord's Work, in which event this
item (iii) shall not apply).

         Section 5.02     Acceptance.  Except for the Landlord's Work which is
to be completed as is described in Section 5.01(A) above, Tenant acknowledges
that it shall be leasing the Premises hereunder "as-is" without warranty or
representation of any kind except as may be expressly stated in this Lease.

         Section 5.03     Tenant's Alterations.  The Tenant shall not make any
alteration, addition or improvement to the Premises, whether structural or
nonstructural and including any signs or other items which may be visible from
the exterior of the Premises (but not including any interior cosmetic or
decorative alterations), without the Landlord's prior written consent, which
shall not be unreasonably withheld.  Tenant shall provide such drawings, plans
and specifications as are requested by Landlord in reviewing any such proposed
improvements.  Landlord agrees to respond to any request for approval within 15
days after receipt of all plans and information relevant thereto; however,
Landlord shall have the right to place conditions upon the granting of its
approval of any alteration or improvement, including but not limited to
requirements that the work be performed only by bonded





                                     - 16 -
<PAGE>   20



contractors or that Landlord itself perform the work with the Tenant to
reimburse Landlord's out-of-pocket costs of the alteration or improvement.  If
the Landlord consents to any such proposed alteration, sign, addition or
improvement, it shall be made at the Tenant's sole expense (and the Tenant
shall hold the Landlord harmless from any cost incurred on account thereof),
and at such time and in such manner as to not unreasonably interfere with the
use and enjoyment of the remainder of the Property by any other tenant (if
any).  If Landlord requires that Landlord itself perform the work, the
requisite contract(s) shall be based on competitive bidding by contractors
reasonably acceptable to Tenant.  All such alterations, signs and improvements
shall comply in all respects with any and all applicable federal, state and
local laws, ordinances and regulations, including but not limited to the
Americans With Disabilities Act and regulations promulgated thereunder, as well
as any applicable zoning laws and title covenants.  Furthermore, Tenant shall
indemnify Landlord from all damages, losses or liability arising from such
alterations or improvements or the construction thereof by Tenant or by any
other party other than Landlord.

         Section 5.04     Mechanics' Liens.  The Tenant shall (a) within 15
days after notice thereof, bond or have released any mechanics', materialman's
or other lien filed or claimed against any or all of the Premises, the
Building, or any other property owned or leased by the Landlord by reason of
labor or materials provided for the Tenant or any of its contractors or
subcontractors, or otherwise arising out of the Tenant's use or occupancy of
the Premises, and (b) defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Landlord against
and from any and all liability or expense (including but not limited to
attorneys' fees) incurred by the Landlord on account of any such lien or claim.

         Section 5.05     Fixtures.  Any and all improvements, repairs,
alterations or other property affixed or attached to the Premises or Building
by the Landlord or the Tenant shall, immediately on the completion of their
installation, become the Landlord's property without payment therefor by the
Landlord, except that any furniture, appliances and office equipment installed
by the Tenant and used in the conduct of the Tenant's trade or business (rather
than to service the Premises or any of the remainder of the Building or the
Property) shall remain the Tenant's property.

                     ARTICLE VI - MAINTENANCE AND SERVICES

         Section 6.01     Ordinary Services.  Landlord shall make heating and
air-conditioning for the comfortable use and occupancy of the Premises
available 24 hours per day, 365 days per year.  In addition, Landlord shall
make available (a) electricity and water suitable for the use of the Premises
in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.01, and (b) automatic elevator
service within the Building.  Any repairs or replacements necessary for the
foregoing





                                     - 17 -
<PAGE>   21



services shall be made during business hours unless after-hours work is
required in order to minimize disruption to the Tenant's business.  Tenant
shall have access to the Premises 24 hours a day, 365 days per year.

         Section 6.02     Services and Utility Payments.  Tenant shall pay
directly to the supplier all costs and charges for all electricity which is
consumed at the Building.

         Section 6.03     Excessive Use.  The Tenant shall not, without first
obtaining the Landlord's written consent thereto, install within the Premises
any electrical machinery, appliances or equipment which uses electrical current
in excess of that which is standard for the Building.  Landlord shall not
unreasonably withhold its consent but may require dedicated lines or other
protection against electrical overload.

         Section 6.04     Maintenance by Tenant.  The Tenant shall at all times
and at its own expense maintain the interior of the Premises in good, clean and
safe repair and condition, ordinary wear and tear and damage by casualty or
condemnation excepted.  In addition, Tenant shall be responsible for (i)
regular interior window washing, cleaning, vacuuming and other janitorial
services and supplies in connection with the Building, and (ii) the collecting
and removing of trash and debris from the Building to sealed containers.

         Section 6.05     Maintenance by Landlord.  The Landlord shall keep in
good order and repair (a) the roof and other structural portions of the
exterior of the Building, including exterior window washing not less than twice
per year, (b) the lobbies, restrooms and other common areas of the Building,
(c) the base building heating, ventilating, air-conditioning, plumbing and
electrical facilities, and (d) the parking areas at the Property.

         Section 6.06     Interruption.  The Landlord shall have no liability
to the Tenant on account of any failure, modification or interruption of
electricity, water or other utility or HVAC or other service, but in the event
of interruption Landlord shall use its best efforts to provide for the
resumption of such service to the extent the same is within Landlord's control.
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if the interruption in any
service continues for a period of 5 days due to the fault of Landlord, and the
Premises are rendered untenantable thereby, then all Rent shall abate
thereafter until the applicable service is restored.

                          ARTICLE VII - RIGHT OF ENTRY

         Section 7.01     Right of Entry.  Landlord and its agents and
contractors shall be entitled to enter the Premises (a) at any time to inspect
the Premises, (b) at any time to exhibit the Premises to any existing or
prospective purchaser or mortgagee thereof, (c) at any time to make any





                                     - 18 -
<PAGE>   22



alteration, improvement or repair to the Building or the Premises which
Landlord is obligated to make hereunder, (d) at any time for any other purpose
relating to the operation or maintenance of the Property, or (e) during the
last 9 months of the Term to exhibit the Premises to any prospective tenant,
all provided that the Landlord shall (1) give the Tenant at least 24 hours'
prior notice of its intention to enter the Premises (unless doing so is
impractical or unreasonable because of emergency), and (2) use reasonable
efforts to avoid interfering with the Tenant's use and enjoyment thereof.
Tenant shall have the right to lock off and secure the elevators and stairwells
which service all floors on which Tenant occupies 100% of the rentable space,
provided that Tenant shall at no time violate any applicable county fire and
safety regulations, including any such regulations which require emergency
access to the space, and further provided that Landlord is given keys, security
card(s) or another appropriate method of access.

                           ARTICLE VIII - CASUALTIES

         Section 8.01     General.  If the Premises or Building are damaged by
fire or other casualty during the Term, then the following shall apply:

                          (A)     The Landlord shall restore the Premises or
Building with reasonable promptness, taking into account the time required by
the Landlord to effect a settlement with, and to procure any insurance proceeds
from, any insurer against such casualty, to substantially the same condition as
existed immediately before such casualty.  Landlord may temporarily enter and
possess any or all of the Premises for such purpose.  The Landlord shall not be
obligated to repair, restore or replace any fixture, improvement, alteration,
furniture or other property owned or installed by the Tenant.

                          (B)     The times for commencement and completion of
any such restoration shall be extended for the period of any delay arising due
to force majeure causes beyond the Landlord's control.  If the Landlord
undertakes to restore the Premises or Building, but such restoration cannot be
accomplished within 210 days after the date of casualty, as determined by
estimate of Landlord upon such casualty, then Tenant may terminate this lease
by giving written notice thereof to the Landlord within 15 days after receipt
of such estimate from Landlord.

                          (C)     From the time of such casualty to the
completion of restoration as described above, Tenant's rental obligations shall
be abated proportionately from that portion of the Premises which is rendered
untenantable as a result of the casualty.  However, if more than 75% of the
Premises are rendered untenantable by such casualty, then, at Tenant's option,
the entire Building shall be deemed untenantable, and such rent





                                     - 19 -
<PAGE>   23



abatement shall apply to the entire Building (except with respect to any space
actually used by Tenant).

         Section 8.02     Substantial Destruction.  Anything contained in the
foregoing provisions of this section to the contrary notwithstanding:

                          (A)     If during the Term the Building is so damaged
by fire or other casualty that (a) either the Premises or the Building are
rendered substantially unfit for occupancy, or (b) the Building is damaged to
the extent that the Landlord elects to demolish the Building, or if any
mortgagee or lender requires that any material portion or all of the insurance
proceeds issued on account thereof be used to retire any material portion or
all of the debt secured by its mortgage, then in any such case the Landlord may
elect to terminate this Lease as of the date of such casualty by giving written
notice thereof to the Tenant within 60 days after the date of such casualty;
and

                          (B)     In such event, (1) the Tenant shall pay to
the Landlord the Base Rent and any Additional Rent payable by the Tenant
hereunder and accrued through the date of such casualty, (2) the Landlord shall
repay to the Tenant any and all prepaid Rent for periods beyond such casualty,
and (3) the Landlord may enter upon and repossess the Premises 30 days after
notice to Tenant.

         Section 8.03     Tenant's Negligence.  Subject to the provisions of
Section 4.03 hereof, if any such damage to the Premises, the Building or
Property are caused by or result from the negligent or intentional act or
omission of the Tenant or any of its employees, contractors, agents, invitees
or licensees, then (a) the Rent shall not be abated or apportioned as
aforesaid, and (b) the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord upon demand, as
Additional Rent, if and only to the extent not paid by insurance, the cost of
(i) any repairs and restoration made or to be made as a result of such damage,
or (ii) (if the Landlord elects not to restore the Building) any damage or loss
which the Landlord incurs as a result of such damage.

                           ARTICLE IX - CONDEMNATION

         Section 9.01     Right to Award.  If any or all of the Premises are
taken by the exercise of any power of eminent domain or are conveyed to or at
the direction of any governmental entity under a threat of any such taking
(each of which a "Condemnation"), the Landlord shall be entitled to collect
from the condemning authority thereunder the entire amount of any award or
consideration for such conveyance, without deduction therefrom for any
leasehold or other estate held by the Tenant under this Lease.  The Landlord
shall be entitled to conduct any condemnation proceeding and any settlement
connected therewith free of interference from the Tenant, and the Tenant





                                     - 20 -
<PAGE>   24



hereby waives any right which it has to participate therein.  However, the
Tenant may seek, in a separate proceeding, a separate award on account of any
damages or costs incurred by the Tenant as a result of any such Condemnation.

         Section 9.02     Effect of Condemnation.  If (a) all of the Premises
are covered by a Condemnation, or (b) any part of the Premises is covered by a
Condemnation and the remainder is insufficient for the reasonable operation of
the Tenant's business, or (c) any of the Building is covered by a Condemnation
and, in the Landlord's reasonable opinion, it would be impractical to restore
the remainder thereof, or (d) any of the rest of the Property is covered by a
Condemnation and, in the Landlord's reasonable opinion, it would be impractical
to continue to operate the remainder of the Property thereafter, then, in any
such event, the Term shall terminate on the date on which possession of the
property covered by such Condemnation is taken by the condemning authority
thereunder, and all Rent (including any Additional Rent and other charges
payable hereunder) shall be apportioned and paid to such date.  If there is a
Condemnation and the Term does not terminate pursuant to the foregoing
provisions of this subsection, the operation and effect of this Lease shall be
unaffected by such Condemnation, except that the Base Rent shall be reduced in
proportion to the square footage of floor area, if any, of the Premises covered
by such Condemnation.

         Section 9.03     Interruption.  If there is a Condemnation, the
Landlord shall have no liability to the Tenant on account of any (a)
interruption of the Tenant's business upon the Premises, (b) diminution in the
Tenant's ability to use the Premises, or (c) other injury or damage sustained
by the Tenant as a result of such Condemnation.

                       ARTICLE X - ASSIGNMENT/SUBLETTING

         Section 10.01    Actions Covered.  Any assignment by Tenant of this 
Lease or its rights hereunder, any subletting of the Premises and any
license, mortgage, pledge or other transfer of any part of the Premises or any
of Tenant's interests therein or under this Lease shall all be referred to
hereinafter as a "Transfer." Furthermore, the sale, assignment or other
transfer of any direct or indirect controlling interest in the Tenant (if a
corporation), the sale, assignment or other transfer of any general partnership
interest in Tenant (if a partnership), the sale of substantially all of
Tenant's assets, and the merger or consolidation of Tenant into another
organization, after which Tenant shall not be the surviving corporation or
partnership, shall each be considered a "Transfer" for the purposes of this
Lease.





                                     - 21 -
<PAGE>   25



         Section 10.02    Restrictions.  Tenant shall not Transfer this Lease
or the Premises without first obtaining the Landlord's prior written consent
thereto, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.  In the event that
Tenant proposes any Transfer, Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing at least
30 days before the date on which the Transfer is to be effective and, as
included with such notice, furnish Landlord with (i) the name of the entity
receiving such Transfer (the "Transferee"), (ii) a detailed description of the
business of the Transferee, (iii) financial statements of the Transferee
prepared in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis, which shall be
audited if audited statements are available, (iii) all written agreements
governing the Transfer, and (iv) any other information reasonably requested by
the Landlord with respect to the Transfer or the Transferee.  In addition,
Tenant shall reimburse to Landlord its legal fees and any other out-of-pocket
expenses incurred in connection with the review and processing of such
documentation, up to an amount of $1,500.  Landlord shall respond to Tenant's
request for approval or disapproval of the Transfer within 20 days after
Landlord receives the request and all documents and information required above.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord's consent shall not be required for any
Transfer to an entity which is a parent, subsidiary or other affiliate of
Landlord or to any corporation which has, at the time of the Transfer, a
stockholder's equity equal to the stockholder's equity of the Tenant at the
same point in time (as calculated in accordance with GAAP), provided that
Tenant furnishes Landlord with the information regarding such Transfer which is
required above for all Transfers.

         Section 10.03    Liability to Landlord.  Tenant hereby agrees that
notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, and regardless of
whether or not Landlord's consent is required hereunder, no Transfer shall be
valid or effective unless and until the Transferee agrees in a written
document, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, that the
Transferee shall (1) in the case of a subletting of any part of the Premises,
observe and perform all duties, obligations and liabilities of the Tenant under
the terms of this Lease as such terms relate to the space subleased, or (2) in
the case of all other Transfers, observe and perform all duties, obligations
and liabilities of the Tenant under the terms of this Lease.  In addition, no
Transfer of any kind, regardless of whether or not Landlord's consent thereto
is required hereunder, shall serve to relieve or release the Tenant in any way
from full and direct liability for the timely performance of all of the
Tenant's duties and obligations under this Lease.

         Section 10.04    Excess Rents.  In the event that Tenant effects any
Transfer to a third party entity which is not affiliated with Tenant and at any
time receives rent and/or other consideration on a periodic basis which exceeds
that which Tenant is obligated to pay to Landlord hereunder, Tenant shall pay
to Landlord 50% of such excess rent or other consideration, after





                                     - 22 -
<PAGE>   26



recovering the leasing commissions, tenant improvement costs and any other
out-of-pocket costs of consummating such Transfer, when and as received by
Tenant.

         Section 10.05    Landlord's Transfers.  Landlord shall have the
unrestricted right to assign or transfer its interest in this Lease to
purchasers of the Building, to holders of mortgages or deeds of trust on the
Building, or to any other party, and upon the assumption by any such party of
the obligations of Landlord hereunder, Landlord shall be released from all
duties, obligations and liabilities arising hereunder after the assignment or
transfer becomes effective.  Landlord shall endeavor to give Tenant 30 days'
prior notice of such assignment or transfer.

                        ARTICLE XI - RULES & REGULATIONS

         Section 11.01    Landlord's Rules.  The Landlord shall have the right
to impose and subsequently modify, from time to time, reasonable rules and
regulations (hereinafter referred to as the "Rules and Regulations") having
uniform applicability to all tenants of the Building (subject to the provisions
of their respective leases) and governing their use and enjoyment of the
Building and the remainder of the Property.  The Tenant and its agents,
employees, invitees and licensees shall comply with such Rules and Regulations
after receiving notice thereof.  A copy of the Rules and Regulations in effect
on the date hereof is attached hereto as Exhibit C.

                         ARTICLE XII - MORTGAGE LENDERS

         Section 12.01    Subordination.  This Lease shall be subject and
subordinate to the lien, operation and effect of each mortgage, deed of trust,
ground lease and/or other similar instrument covering any or all of the
Premises or the Property, and each renewal, modification or extension thereof
(each of which referred to as a "Mortgage"), all automatically and without the
necessity of any further action by either party hereto, provided, however, that
in the event the beneficiary or ground lessor under any such Mortgage (referred
to as a "Mortgagee") succeeds to the interest of Landlord hereunder through
foreclosure or otherwise, such Mortgagee shall honor this Lease and not disturb
Tenant in its possession of the Premises except upon an Event of Default
(defined in Section 14.01 below).  In addition, Tenant shall attorn to any such
Mortgagee and agrees that such Mortgagee shall not be liable to Tenant for any
defaults by Landlord under this Lease or for any other event occurring prior to
such Mortgagee's succeeding to the interest of Landlord hereunder.  Upon
request of either party hereto, the parties shall use commercially reasonable
efforts to obtain from any Mortgagee a separate written agreement setting forth
the foregoing rights of subordination, non-





                                     - 23 -
<PAGE>   27



disturbance and attornment.  Landlord represents to Tenant that as of the date
hereof, the Property is not subject to any debt.

         Section 12.02    Written Agreement.  The Tenant shall, within 10 days
after request by the Landlord or any Mortgagee, execute, acknowledge and
deliver such further instrument as is requested by Landlord or any Mortgagee to
acknowledge the rights of the parties described in Section 12.01 above and
providing such other information and certifications as is reasonably requested.
Any Mortgagee may at any time subordinate the lien of its Mortgage to the
operation and effect of this Lease without obtaining the Tenant's consent
thereto, in which event this Lease shall be deemed to be senior to such
Mortgage without regard to their respective dates of execution, delivery and/or
recordation among the land records of the jurisdiction in which the Property is
located.

         Section 12.03    Estoppel Certificate.  Landlord and Tenant shall
each, from time to time within 10 business days after request by the other (or
any Mortgagee), execute, acknowledge and deliver (or, at the Landlord's
request, to any existing or prospective purchaser, assignee or Mortgagee) a
written certification (a) that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and
effect (or, if there has been any modification, stating the nature of such
modification), (b) as to the dates to which the Base Rent and any Additional
Rent and other charges arising hereunder have been paid, (c) as to the amount
of any prepaid Rent or any credit due to the Tenant hereunder, (d) that the
Tenant has accepted possession of the Premises and all improvements thereto are
as required hereunder, and the date on which the Term commenced, (e) as to
whether, to the best knowledge, information and belief of the party executing
the certificate, the Landlord or the Tenant is then in default in performing
any of its obligations hereunder (and, if so, specifying the nature of each
such default), and (f) as to any other fact or condition reasonably requested.
Any such certificate may be relied upon by the Landlord and any such other
party to whom the certificate is directed.

                     ARTICLE XIII - ENVIRONMENTAL COVENANTS

         Section 13.01    Definition.  For purposes of this Lease, the term
"Hazardous Substances" means (i) any "hazardous waste" as defined by the
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976 (42 U.S.C.  Section 6901 et.
seq.), as amended from time to time, and regulations promulgated thereunder,
(ii) any "hazardous substance" as defined by the Comprehensive Environmental
Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980 (42 U.S.C.  Section 9601 et.
seq.), as amended from time to time, and regulations promulgated thereunder,
(iii) any "oil, petroleum products, and their by-products" as defined by the
Maryland Environment Code Ann.  Section 411(3)(I), as amended from time to
time, and regulations promulgated thereunder, (iv) any





                                     - 24 -
<PAGE>   28



"controlled hazardous substance" or "hazardous substance" as defined by the
Maryland Environment Code Ann., Title 7, subtitle 2, as amended from time to
time, and regulations promulgated thereunder, (v) any "infectious waste" as
defined by the Maryland Environment Code Ann.  Section 9-227, as amended from
time to time, and regulations promulgated thereunder, (vi) any explosives,
flammable substances, radioactive materials, asbestos in any form, paint
containing lead, materials containing urea formaldehyde, polychlorinated
biphenyls, or any other hazardous, toxic or dangerous substances, wastes or
materials, and (vii) any other substance which by any federal, state or local
law or regulation requires special use, storage, handling or disposal.

         Section 13.02    Prohibitions.  Tenant hereby covenants and agrees as
follows:

                          (A)     In the event Tenant plans to store, use or
otherwise handle any Hazardous Substances at the Premises, Tenant shall notify
Landlord in writing with a description of the relevant substance, the nature of
the activity to be undertaken, Tenant's plans for proper securing and disposal
of the substance, and any other information requested by Landlord.

                          (B)     Any storage, use, disposal or other handling
of Hazardous Substances shall be conducted strictly in accordance with any and
all federal, state and local laws and regulations applicable thereto.  Tenant
shall obtain and maintain in full force and effect at all times any licenses,
permits or other approvals for such activities.

                          (C)     Upon request of Landlord, Tenant shall
provide copies of all documentation verifying the legal and authorized nature
of the Tenant's handling of the Hazardous Substance and any other records held
by Tenant with respect thereto.

                          (D)     At all times, Tenant shall permit the
Landlord or its representatives to monitor the compliance by Tenant with all
applicable laws and regulations through inspections, testing or other methods.

                          (E)     Tenant shall take any and all steps to
protect the value and marketability of the Property, which steps shall include
the proper securing of any Hazardous Substances legally handled at the Premises
by Tenant, the safe handling of such Substances, and the immediate remediation
of the consequences following any accident or other adverse circumstances.

         Section 13.03    Inspection.  Landlord, in addition to its other
rights under this Lease, may enter upon the Premises at any time for the
purposes of inspecting to determine whether the Premises or the environment
have





                                     - 25 -
<PAGE>   29



become contaminated with Hazardous Substances.  In the event Landlord discovers
the existence of any such contamination due to fault or other act of Tenant or
its agents, employees, invitees or licensees, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord
upon demand for the costs of such inspection, sampling and analysis.

         Section 13.04    Indemnification.  Without limiting the above, Tenant
shall indemnify and hold harmless Landlord from and against any and all claims,
losses, liabilities, damages, costs and expenses, including without limitation
attorneys' fees and the costs of any required or necessary repair, cleanup or
detoxification, arising out of or in any way connected with the existence, use,
manufacture, storage or disposal of Hazardous Substances by Tenant or its
employees, agents, invitees, licensees or contractors on, under or about the
Premises, the Building or the Property.  The indemnity obligations of Tenant
under this clause shall survive any termination of this Lease.

         Section 13.05    Representation.  Except as may be disclosed in the
Environmental Property Evaluation of Airport Square III dated March 6, 1996
prepared by Environmental Management Group, Landlord hereby represents to
Tenant that to the best of Landlord's knowledge, as of the date hereof, the
Premises do not contain any Hazardous Substances requiring remediation under
applicable law.  Landlord shall indemnify and hold harmless Tenant from and
against any and all claims, judgments, losses, liabilities, damages, costs and
expenses, including without limitation attorney's fees and the costs of any
required or necessary repair, cleanup or detoxication, arising out of or in
any way connected with the existence, use, manufacture, storage or disposal of
Hazardous Substances on, under or about the Premises, the Building or the
Property by Landlord, provided, however, that the foregoing indemnification
shall not apply to any claims, judgments, losses, liabilities, damages, costs
or expenses attributable to Hazardous Substances to the extent that Tenant has
contributed to or exacerbated the condition or quantity of such Hazardous
Substances or any damage or injury resulting therefrom.  Landlord shall also
indemnify and hold harmless Tenant from and against any and all judgments and
reasonable defense costs in connection with any lawsuit or administrative
enforcement action brought against Tenant by a governmental agency or authority
or private party (other than a Tenant Affiliate) seeking remediation or
contribution towards the cost of remediation of Hazardous Substances placed in
or at the Premises by any person or entity (other than Landlord, Tenant or a
Tenant Affiliate) prior to the entry onto the Property of Tenant or any of its
employees, agents, invitees, licensees or contractors, provided, however, that
the forgoing indemnification shall not' apply to any "judgments or reasonable
defense costs attributable to Hazardous Substances where, in violation of any
provision of this Lease including, without limitation, any provision of this
Article XIII, Tenant has contributed to or exacerbated the condition or





                                     - 26 -
<PAGE>   30



quantity of such Hazardous Substances or any damage or injury resulting
therefrom.  Landlord shall have the right to conduct the defense of Tenant
against any asserted liability within the scope of Landlord's indemnifications
with an attorney of Landlord's choice.  As used in this Section 13.05, the
term "Tenant Affiliate" shall mean and include any affiliate, agent, employee,
contractor, licensee or invitee of Tenant or of any affiliate of Tenant.  As
used in the preceding sentence, the term "affiliate" shall mean any person or
entity which, either directly or indirectly, owns or controls, is owned or
controlled by, or is under common ownership or control with, Tenant.  The
indemnify obligations of Landlord under this Section 13.05 shall survive any
termination of this Lease.

                       ARTICLE XIV - DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

         Section 14.01    Defaults.  As used in the provisions of this Lease,
each of the following events shall constitute, and is hereinafter referred to
as, an "Event of Default":

                          (A)     If the Tenant fails to (1) pay any Rent or
any other sum which it is obligated to pay by any provision of this Lease, when
and as due and payable hereunder, or (2) perform any of its other obligations
under the provisions of this Lease; or

                          (B)     If the Tenant or any guarantor of this Lease
(1) applies for or consents to the appointment of a receiver, trustee or
liquidator of the Tenant or of all or a substantial part of its assets, (2) is
subject to a petition in bankruptcy or admits in writing its inability to pay
its debts as they come due, (3) makes an assignment for the benefit of its
creditors, (4) files a petition or an answer seeking a reorganization or an
arrangement with creditors, or seeks to take advantage of any insolvency law,
(5) performs any other act of bankruptcy, or (6) files an answer admitting the
material allegations of a petition filed against the Tenant in any bankruptcy,
reorganization or insolvency proceeding.

         Section 14.02    Grace Period.  Anything contained in the provisions
of this article to the contrary notwithstanding, on the occurrence of an Event
of Default, the Landlord shall not exercise any right or remedy which it holds
under any provision of this Lease or applicable law unless and until:

                          (A)     The Landlord has given written notice thereof
to the Tenant, and

                          (B)     The Tenant has failed, (l) if such Event of
Default consists of a failure to pay money, to pay all of such money within 5
days after such notice, or (2) if such Event of Default consists of something
other than a failure to pay money, to fully cure such Event of Default within
15





                                     - 27 -
<PAGE>   31



days after such notice or, if such Event of Default cannot be cured within 15
days and Tenant commences to cure same within 15 days, to proceed diligently
with efforts to cure such Event of Default and to fully cure same within 60
days; all provided, that

                          (C)     No such notice shall be required, and the
Tenant shall be entitled to no such grace period, (1) if the same Event of
Default occurs more than twice during any 12 month period, or (2) in the case
of any Event of Default enumerated in the provisions of subsection (B) in
Section 14.01 above.

         Section 14.03    Remedies.  Upon the occurrence of any Event of
Default, the Landlord may (subject to Section 14.02 above) take any or all of
the following actions:

                          (A)     Sell at public or private sale all or any
part of the fixtures, equipment, inventory and other tangible personal property
belonging to Tenant (but not any intangible personal property or any
confidential business records) in which the Landlord has a lien by grant from
Tenant, statute or otherwise, at which sale Landlord shall have the right to
become the purchaser upon being the highest bidder, and apply the proceeds of
such sale, first, to the payment of all costs and expenses of seizing and
storing such property and conducting the sale (including all attorneys' fees),
second, toward the payment of any indebtedness, including (without limitation)
that for Rent, which may be or may become due from Tenant to Landlord, and,
third, to pay Tenant any surplus remaining after all indebtedness of Tenant to
Landlord including expenses has been fully paid;

                          (B)     Perform on behalf of and at the expense of
Tenant any obligation of Tenant under this Lease which Tenant has failed to
perform, with prior notice to Tenant, the total cost of which by Landlord,
together with interest thereon at the rate of 18% per annum from the date of
such expenditure, shall be deemed Additional Rent and shall be payable by
Tenant to Landlord upon demand;

                          (C)     With or without terminating this Lease and
the tenancy created hereby, reenter the Premises with or without court action
or summary proceedings, remove Tenant and all other persons and property from
the Premises, and store any such property in a public warehouse or elsewhere at
the costs of and for the account of Tenant, all without resort to legal process
and without Landlord being deemed guilty of trespass or becoming liable for any
loss or damage occasioned thereby;

                          (D)     With or without terminating this Lease, and
from time to time, make such improvements, alterations and repairs as may be
necessary in order to relet the Premises, and relet the Premises or any part
thereof upon such term or terms (which may be for a term extending beyond





                                     - 28 -
<PAGE>   32



the term of this Lease) at such rental or rentals and upon such other terms and
conditions (which may include concessions, free rent and/or improvements) as
Landlord in its sole discretion may deem advisable; and, upon each such
reletting, all rentals received by Landlord shall be applied, first, to the
payment of any indebtedness other than Rent due hereunder from Tenant to
Landlord, second, to the payment of all costs and expenses of such reletting
(including but not limited to brokerage fees, reasonable attorneys' fees and
costs of improvements, alterations and repairs attributable to the unexpired
Term of this Lease), third, to the payment of all Rent due and unpaid
hereunder, and the balance, if any, shall be held by Landlord and applied in
payment of future rent as the same may become due and payable hereunder;

                          (E)     Enforce any provision of the Lease or any
other agreement between the parties by injunction, temporary restraining order
or other similar equitable remedy; and/or

                          (F)     Exercise any other legal or equitable right 
or remedy which it may have by law or otherwise.

                          No reentry or taking possession of the Premises by
Landlord shall be construed as an election on its part to terminate this Lease
unless a written notice of such intention be given to Tenant or unless the
termination thereof be decreed by a court of competent jurisdiction.
Notwithstanding that Landlord may have re-leased the Premises without
termination, Landlord may at anytime thereafter elect to terminate this Lease
for any previous default.  If the Premises or any part thereof is re-leased,
Landlord shall not be liable for, nor shall Tenant's obligations hereunder be
diminished by reason of, any failure by Landlord to relet the Premises or any
failure by Landlord to collect any rent due upon such reletting.  No action
taken by the Landlord under the provisions of this section shall operate as a
waiver of any right which the Landlord would otherwise have against the Tenant
for the Rent hereby reserved or otherwise, and the Tenant shall at all times
remain responsible to the Landlord for any loss and/or damage suffered by the
Landlord by reason of any Event of Default.  However, nothing in this Lease
shall restrict or prohibit Tenant from taking any legal action of any kind to
protect its rights available by virtue of this Lease or applicable law, all of
which rights are reserved by Tenant in all respects.

         Section 14.04    Damages.  Upon any Event of Default, Tenant shall 
remain liable to the Landlord for the following amounts: (a) any Rent of any 
kind whatsoever which may have become due with respect to the period in the Term
which has already expired, (b) all Rent which becomes due during the remainder
of the Term, (c) all costs, fees and expenses incurred by Landlord in leasing
the Premises to others from time to time, including but not limited





                                     - 29 -
<PAGE>   33



to leasing commissions, construction and other build-out costs, design and
permitting costs and the like, and (e) all costs, fees and expenses incurred by
Landlord in pursuit of its remedies hereunder, including but not limited to
attorneys' fees and court costs.  All such amounts shall be due and payable
immediately upon demand by Landlord and shall bear interest at 18% per annum
until paid.  Furthermore, at Landlord's option, Tenant shall be obligated to
pay, in lieu of item (b) above in this Section 14.04, an amount (the
"Substitute Amount") which is equal to (i) the present value of all Rent which
would become due during the remainder of the Term, including all Additional
Rent which shall be deemed to continue and increase over such remainder of the
Term at the average rate of increase occurring over the then-expired portion of
the Term, with such present value to be determined by discounting at an annual
rate of interest which is equal to the bond- equivalent yield for the most
recent auction of U.S. Treasury Bills with a 1-year maturity, minus (ii) the
fair market rental value of the Premises for the remainder of the Term, as
determined by independent real estate professional selected by Landlord.
Tenant and Landlord acknowledge and agree that payment to Landlord of the
foregoing Substitute Amount a reasonable forecast of the actual damages which
will be suffered by Landlord in case of an Event of Default by Tenant, which
actual damages are otherwise difficult or impossible to ascertain, and
therefore such payment constitutes liquidated damages and not a penalty.  Any
suit or action brought by Landlord to collect any such liquidated damages shall
not in any manner prejudice any other rights or remedies of Landlord hereunder.

         Section 14.05    Landlord's Lien.  Tenant hereby grants to Landlord an
express first and prior contract lien and security interest on all fixtures,
equipment, inventory and other property (except for intangible personal
property, such as patents and trademarks) owned by Tenant which may be placed
in the Premises or affixed or attached thereto and also upon all proceeds of
any insurance which may be issued on account of damage to any such property.
All exemption laws are hereby waived in favor of said lien and security
interest benefiting Landlord.  This lien and security interest is given in
addition to any statutory lien benefiting Landlord and shall be cumulative
thereto or alternative thereto as elected by Landlord at any time.  Landlord
shall, in addition to all of its rights under the Lease, also have all of the
rights and remedies of a secured party under the Uniform Commercial Code of the
state in which the Premises are located.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
foregoing lien and security interest shall be automatically subject and
subordinate to any lien and security interest granted by Tenant in order to
secure the repayment of loans made to Tenant.  Landlord shall, upon request,
execute and deliver any separate agreement reasonably requested in order to
provide evidence of such subordination.





                                     - 30 -
<PAGE>   34




         Section 14.06    Waiver of Jury Trial.  All parties hereto, both the
Landlord and Tenant as principals and any guarantors, hereby release and waive
any and all rights provided by law to a trial by jury in any court or other
legal proceeding initiated to enforce the terms of this Lease, involving any
such parties, or connected in any other manner with this Lease.

                          ARTICLE XV - QUIET ENJOYMENT

         Section 15.01    Covenant.  Landlord hereby covenants that the Tenant,
on paying the Rent and performing the covenants set forth herein, shall
peaceably and quietly hold and enjoy throughout the Term the Premises and such
rights as the Tenant may hold hereunder with respect to the remainder of the
Property.

                             ARTICLE XVI - NOTICES

         Section 16.01    Notices.  Any notice, demand or other communication
to be provided hereunder to a party hereto shall be (a) in writing, (b) deemed
to have been given (i) three (3) days after being sent in the United States
mails, postage prepaid and certified, return receipt requested, (ii) one day
after being sent by overnight courier, or (iii) immediately upon its actual
delivery, and (c) addressed to the Premises and to the attention of Vice
President and General Counsel if directed to the Tenant, or addressed to c/o
Allegis Realty Investors, 242 Trumbull Street, Hartford, CN, Attn: Asset
Manager - Airport Square, if directed to the Landlord.

                             ARTICLE XVII - GENERAL

         Section 17.01    Entire Agreement.  This Lease represents the entire
agreement between the parties hereto as to the subject matter hereof and
supersedes all prior written or oral negotiations, representations, warranties,
statements or agreements between the parties hereto as to the same.

         Section 17.02    Amendment.  This Lease may be amended by and only by
a written instrument executed and delivered by each party hereto.

         Section 17.03    Applicable Law.  This Lease shall be given effect and
construed by application of the law of the state in which the Property is
located.

         Section 17.04    Waiver.  Neither the Landlord nor the Tenant shall be
deemed to have waived the exercise of any right which it holds hereunder unless
such waiver is made expressly and in writing, and no delay or omission by
either such party in exercising any such right shall be deemed to be a waiver
of its future exercise.  No such waiver as to any instance





                                     - 31 -
<PAGE>   35



involving the exercise of any such right shall be deemed a waiver as to any
other such instance or any other such right.

         Section 17.05    Time of Essence.  Time shall be of the essence of
this Lease.

         Section 17.06    Headings.  The headings of the articles, subsections,
paragraphs and subparagraphs hereof are provided herein only for convenience of
reference and shall not be considered in construing their contents.

         Section 17.07    Severability.  No determination by any court,
governmental body or otherwise that any provision of this lease or any
amendment hereof is invalid or unenforceable in any instance shall affect the
validity or enforceability of any other such provision or such provision in any
circumstance not controlled by such determination.  Each such provision shall
be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent allowed by, and shall be
construed wherever possible as being consistent with, applicable law.

         Section 17.08    Successors and Assigns.  This Lease shall be fully
binding upon the parties hereto and each of their respective successors and
assigns.  Whenever two or more parties constitute the Tenant, all such parties
shall be jointly and severally liable for performing the Tenant's obligations
hereunder.

         Section 17.09    Commissions.  Each party hereto hereby represents and
warrants to the other that in connection with the leasing of the Premises
hereunder, the party so representing and warranting has not dealt with any real
estate broker, agent or finder, except for W.C. Pinkard & Co. and its
cooperating broker, Casey & Associates (the "Broker").  Each party hereto shall
indemnify the other against any inaccuracy in such party's representation.
Landlord hereby agrees that it shall pay a commission to the Broker according
to a separate agreement.  The parties acknowledge and agree that the Broker
shall be a third party beneficiary of the foregoing covenants.

         Section 17.10    Recordation.  This Lease may not be recorded among
the land records or among any other public records, without the Landlord's
prior written consent.

         Section 17.11    Perpetuities.  If the rule against perpetuities would
invalidate this Lease or any portion hereof, or would limit the time during
which this Lease shall be effective, due to the potential failure of an
interest in property created herein to vest within a particular time, then
notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, each such interest in property
must vest, if at all, before the passing of 21 years from the date of





                                     - 32 -
<PAGE>   36



this Lease, or this Lease shall become null and void upon the expiration of
such 21 year period and the parties shall have no further liability hereunder.

         Section 17.12    Liability Limitation.  Landlord's maximum liability
hereunder shall be limited to the value of Landlord's equity interest in the
Building.  Any liability of Landlord hereunder shall be without recourse to any
trustee, director, officer, employee, representative, asset manager, investment
advisor or agent of Landlord, all of whom shall have no personal liability in
any connection with this Lease.

         Section 17.13    Authority.  Each party, as well as any entities
and/or individuals executing this Lease on behalf of such party, represents and
warrants to the other that the execution, delivery and performance of this
Lease have been duly authorized by all required corporate, partnership or other
action on the part of such party, and this Lease constitutes the valid and
binding obligation of such party enforceable against such party in accordance
with its terms.

         Section 17.14    Exhibits.  Each exhibit, addendum or other attachment
hereto is hereby made a part of this Lease having the full force of all other
provisions herein.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each party hereto has executed this Lease under
seal on the day and year written first above.



LANDLORD:                            AETNA LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY           
                                     By:  Aliegis Realty Investors LLC      
                                     Its: Investment Advisor and Agent      
/s/ BILL NIKOLIS                     By:    /s/ JAMES M. FISHMAN
- ----------------------                  ----------------------------------- 
Witness                                Name:   James M. Fishman
                                              ----------------------------- 
                                       Title:  Senior Vice President
                                             ------------------------------ 
                                                                            
                                                                            
TENANT:                              CIENA CORPORATION                      
                                                                            
                                                                            
/s/ ERIC GEORGATOS                   By: /s/ JOSEPH R. CHINNICI
- ----------------------                  ----------------------------------- 
Witness                                Name:     Joseph R. Chinnici
                                                ---------------------------
                                       Title:    Chief Financial Officer
                                             ------------------------------





                                     - 33 -
<PAGE>   37



                                    JOINDER


The undersigned, Trustee pursuant to Trust Agreement dated March 28, 1996, the
beneficiary of which is the Landlord named in the foregoing Lease, joins
hereinbelow to subject its interest in the Property, as title owner of the
Property, to the Lease, but not for the purpose of creating any obligations or
liability for such Trustee thereunder.



TRUSTEE:                           THE TITLE GUARANTEE COMPANY   
                                                                 
                                                                 
                                                                 
/s/ GAIL M. MARIGELS               By:  /s/ CATHERINE S. JENKINS 
- ---------------------------           ----------------------------------
Witness                              Name:   Catherine S. Jenkins
                                            ----------------------------
                                     Title:  Assistant VP
                                           -----------------------------




                                     - 34 -

<PAGE>   1


                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.15

                    MERCANTILE-SAFE DEPOSIT & TRUST COMPANY

                                 REVOLVING NOTE
                                  (COMMERCIAL)

$15,000,000.00                                                 November 25, 1996

         In this Note, the Bank named above is hereinafter referred to as
"Bank."  The Undersigned means each and all who sign below, whether one or more
than one, and their obligations hereunder are joint and several.

         On or before November 25, 1997, the Undersigned promised to pay to the
order of Bank $15,000,000.00 (Fifteen Million U.S. Dollars), or so much thereof
as Bank in its discretion has advanced or readvanced and is outstanding
hereunder (being herein called "Principal Sum"), with interest as stated below
on the Principal Sum.  Bank has established a revolving line of credit for
Undersigned from which Undersigned, subject to Bank's consent, may obtain one
more loans from time to time, with the aggregate unpaid Principal Sum of such
loans actually advanced and remaining unpaid not to exceed the face amount of
this Note.  Advances and readvances hereunder remaining unpaid from time to
time shall bear interest each day until paid at a daily periodic rate
corresponding to an annual percentage rate equal to -0- percent above
Mercantile's Prime Rate (being herein called the "Index").  The daily periodic
interest rate will increase or decrease as the Index increases or decreases. 
Where Bank's Prime Rate is used as the Index, the "Prime Rate" is one of
several rates set by Bank from time to time as an interest rate base for
borrowings.  Bank may lend at rates above and below the Prime Rate.  Interest
shall be due and payable monthly.

         If Maker fails to pay any amount within 15 days after the date on
which it is due, Maker agrees to pay a late charge of the greater of $2 or 5%
of the delinquent amount.  All payments will be applied in any manner we choose
except as otherwise required by applicable law.  Generally, payments are
applied first to interest due; second to principal due, third to late charges;
fourth to any remaining interest and finally to the remaining principal.

         Maker covenants to provide Bank such financial information as Bank may
request from time to time and authorizes Bank to make all inquiries it deems
necessary to verify the accuracy of the information provided, to protect and
maintain its assets in good condition and repair, free of all liens and
encumbrances, to keep its assets insured against loss by fire, theft and other
casualties as required by Bank in such amounts and by carriers satisfactory to
Bank, not to dispose of any assets except in the ordinary course of business,
and to pay all taxes and assessments when due.

         Advances and readvances hereunder may be prepaid in whole or in part.
The fact that the balance hereunder may be reduced to zero from time to time
will not affect the continuing validity of this Note, and the balance may be
increased to the face amount of the Note after such reductions to zero.  Bank
in its discretion may make an advance which causes the principal balance to
exceed the face amount of the Note and such excess shall be paid by the
Undersigned upon demand with interest as provided above.

         Each of the following events shall constitute a default hereunder; (a)
the breach of any representation in or the failure of any Obligor (which term
shall include each Maker, endorser, surety and guarantor of any of the
Liabilities) to perform any covenant or agreement under any of the Liabilities
(which term shall include all obligations under this Note, and any renewals,
extensions or modifications thereof, and all other obligations of any kind of
Maker to Bank and to any other party to the extent of Bank's interest therein,
now or hereafter existing, including liabilities to Bank of Maker as a member
of any partnership or other group and whether incurred by Maker as principal or
otherwise); (b) the death of any Obligor; (c) the filing of any petition under
the Federal Bankruptcy  Code or any similar Federal or state statute, by or
against Obligor; (d) an application or the appointment of a receiver for, the
making of a general assignment for the Benefit of Creditors by, or the
insolvency of an Obligor; (e) commencement of any proceeding under any Federal
or state statute or rule providing for the relief of debtors, composition of
creditors, arrangement, reorganization, receivership liquidation or any similar
event by or against any Obligor; (f) the entry of a judgment against any
Obligor; (g) the issuing of any attachment or garnishment, or the filing of any
lien, against any property of any Obligor; (h) the suspension by any Obligor of
the transaction of such Obligor's usual business; (i) the merger or
consolidation of any corporate Obligor with any other corporation or the
transfer, disposition or encumbrance of all or a substantial part of the assets
of any Obligor; (j) if any Obligor misinformed or failed to inform  Bank as to
any matter which the Bank deems material to a Liability; (k) the determination
by an officer of Bank that an adverse change has occurred in the financial
condition of any Obligor from the condition of such Obligor as heretofore most
recently disclosed to Bank by a financial statement or in any other manner.  If
this Note is payable upon demand may be made whether or not an event has
occurred.

         To secure payment of the Liabilities, Bank is hereby granted a lien
and security interest in all property of any Obligor held now or hereafter by
Bank in any capacity and upon the occurrence of any default hereunder Bank
shall have the right , immediately and without further action by it, to set-off
against any of the Liabilities, all such property, and Bank shall be deemed to
have exercised such right of set-off and to have made a charge against such
property immediately upon the
<PAGE>   2
occurrence of such default even though such charge is made or entered
subsequently on the books of Bank.

         A delay by Bank in exercising any right or remedy shall not constitute
a waiver.  A waiver of a default, right or remedy shall not constitute a waiver
of a subsequent default, right or remedy.  A single or partial exercise of a
right or remedy shall not preclude or constitute a waiver of any unexercised
right or remedy.  Bank will not waive a default by accepting partial payment of
any amount due.  All rights and remedies hereunder and under applicable laws
shall be cumulative.  Every obligation of each Obligor is joint and several.
Bank may exercise its rights against Collateral or an Obligor without first
having recourse against any other collateral or Obligor.

         Whenever any Obligor shall be in default hereunder, Bank at its option
(1) may cure the default at Maker's expense; (2) may refuse to make further
advances; (3) may declare any of the Liabilities immediately due and payable;
and (4) may exercise any or all rights and remedies available to it under the
Liabilities and applicable law.

         Maker covenants to pay on demand, with interest until paid in full at
the rate imposed upon principal herein, all expenses incurred by Bank,
including legal fees, to cure any default herein, to enforce any provision of
the Liabilities or to exercise any right or remedy.

         Each Obligor waives presentment, notice of dishonor, protest and all
other demands and notices in connection with any of the Liabilities and with
respect to any collateral and waives any right to trial by jury and further
agrees that the courts of the State of Maryland shall have personal
jurisdiction over it in any legal proceedings with respect to any of the
Liabilities.  Each Obligor without further notice assents to all extensions of
the time of payment of any Liability or any other indulgence or modification of
a Liability, to any substitution, exchange or release of collateral and to the
addition or release of any Obligor, whether or not done for consideration, all
without in any way affecting its obligation.  Bank may unjustifiably and
without reservation of rights impair any Obligor's recourse against another
obligor or collateral.  Except when invalid or unenforceable by statute or
otherwise, each and every Obligor authorizes any attorney designated by Bank to
confess judgment in any Court of Record and authorizes Bank to instruct the
clerk of any Court of Record to confess judgment against such Obligor at any
time after this Note is due by its terms or upon default, for the unpaid
balance of this Note and interest payable thereon, together with court costs
and all other amounts payable to Bank pursuant hereto, including an attorney's
fees of 15% of the total sum due, provided, however, that any lien arising from
such confession of judgment shall not without further proceedings, apply or
attach to any real property as described in section 12-401(i) of the Maryland
Secondary Mortgage Loan Law as the same may be amended from time to time unless
this is a loan to a corporation or a commercial loan in excess of $75,000.00.

         The Undersigned hereby authorizes the Bank to accept instructions by
telephone from any of the Undersigned or a duly authorized representative of
the Undersigned to make advances or receive a repayment hereunder.  All
advances made hereunder shall be credited to the Undersigned's deposit account
with the Bank.  The Undersigned agrees that the actual crediting of the sum of
money so borrowed to the Undersigned's deposit account shall constitute
conclusive evidence that the advance was made, and the failure of the Bank to
forward to the Undersigned an advice of credit shall not affect the obligation
of the Borrower to repay such advance.

         This Note contains the full agreement of the parties and may be
modified only by a writing executed by the party to be charged.

         This Note is executed and delivered the date above written as an
instrument under Seal, specifically intending it to be a specialty and shall be
governed by the Laws of the State of Maryland.

<TABLE>
<S>                                                           <C>                                
CORPORATION OR PARTNERSHIPS SIGN BELOW                        INDIVIDUALS SIGN BELOW

         Ciena Corporation                   (SEAL)                                              (SEAL)
   ------------------------------------------------           -----------------------------------------
   
   By    Joseph R. Chinni, CFO               (SEAL)                                              (SEAL)
      ---------------------------------------------           -----------------------------------------
   
   By    Andrew C. Patrick Treasurer         (SEAL)                                              (SEAL)
      ---------------------------------------------           -----------------------------------------
</TABLE>
<PAGE>   3
                                    GUARANTY

         In consideration of the loan or forebearance evidenced by the
foregoing Note, the undersigned (jointly and severally) absolutely and
unconditionally guarantees to Bank and every subsequent holder of the Note
(irrespective of its genuineness, validity, regularity or enforceability or any
other circumstance) the prompt payment of the Note when due according to its
terms, which are incorporated herein, and as they maybe modified subsequently
by any extension or renewal, in whole or in part, any change in the interest
rate or other term, or the exchange, assignment, extension, waiver,
modification or surrender of any related right or security; and Bank and every
subsequent holder of the Note at its option may proceed in the first instance
against the undersigned to collect any obligation covered by this Guaranty,
without first proceeding against any Collateral and other Obligor.

         Any debt of Borrower to the Undersigned, nor or hereafter existing, is
and shall be subordinated to the indebtedness and liability herein guaranteed.
The Undersigned agrees not to assert any right, directly or by subrogation,
against the Borrower or any assets securing payment of the indebtedness or
liability herein guaranteed, so long as this Guaranty is outstanding.



         Executed and delivered on the date of the foregoing Note under Seal
and specifically intending this to be a specialty, governed by the laws of the
State of Maryland.



<TABLE>
<S>                                                 <C>              
CORPORATIONS OR PARTNERSHIPS SIGN BELOW             INDIVIDUALS SIGN BELOW
                                   
                                   (SEAL)                                              (SEAL)
- -----------------------------------------           -----------------------------------------
Name of Corporation of Partnership 
                                   
By                                 (SEAL)                                              (SEAL)
   --------------------------------------           -----------------------------------------
                                   
                                   
                                   
By                                 (SEAL)                                              (SEAL)
   --------------------------------------           -----------------------------------------
</TABLE>
<PAGE>   4
                    MERCANTILE-SAFE DEPOSIT & TRUST COMPANY

                            BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT


                                                                     11/25/96   
                                                                 ---------------
                                                                      (Date)

         THIS BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is made in favor of
the above named Bank (the "Bank") by the undersigned (the "Obligor", whether
one or more than one), witnesseth:

         In consideration of loans, credits and other financial accommodations
made or to be made or continue to the Obligor by the Bank of any kind and
nature whatsoever, including, without limitation, such indebtedness,
liabilities and obligations of the Obligor to the Bank which are direct,
indirect, contingent, primary, secondary, alone, jointly with others, due, to
become due, future advances, now existing, hereafter created, principal,
interest, expense payments, liquidation costs, and attorney's fees and expenses
(collectively, the "Obligations") pursuant to the terms, conditions and
provisions of any note, security agreement, pledge agreement, guaranty
agreement, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, hypothecation agreement,
indemnity agreement, letter of credit application, assignment, or any other
document previously, simultaneously or hereafter executed and delivered by the
Obligor or any other persons, singly or jointly with another person or persons,
evidencing, securing, guarantying or in connection with any of the Obligations
(collectively, the "Loan Documents"), the Obligor agrees (jointly and severally
if more than one) with the Bank as follows:

         1.      Representations and Warranties.  The Obligor hereby makes the
following representations and warranties to the Bank, each of which shall be
deemed repeated and confirmed as of the date any of the Obligations are
created:

         1.01.   Good Standing. The Obligor is a Corporation duly organized and
existing, in good standing, under the laws of the State of Delaware and has the
power to own its property and to carry on its business and is in good standing
in each jurisdiction in which the transaction of its business makes such
qualifications necessary.

         1.02.   Authority.  The Obligor has full power and authority to enter
into this Agreement, to incur the Obligations, to execute and deliver the Loan
Documents to which it is a party and to perform and comply with the terms,
conditions and agreements set forth herein and therein, all of which have been
duly authorized by all proper and necessary actions of the Obligor.

         1.03.   Binding Agreement.  This Agreement constitutes, and each of
the other Loan Documents constitutes or will constitute when issued and
delivered for value received, the valid and legally binding obligation of the
Obligor in accordance with its respective terms.

         1.04.   Litigation.  There are no proceedings pending or threatened
before any court or administrative agency which will materially adversely
affect the financial condition or operations of the Obligor.  (See attached
Schedule A)

         1.05.   No Conflicting Agreements.  There are no provisions of the
Obligor's articles of co-partnership, charter, bylaws or any agreement binding
on the Obligor or affecting its property, which would conflict with or in any
way prevent the execution, delivery, or carrying out of the terms of this
Agreement or any of the Loan Documents.

         1.06.   Financial Condition.  The Obligor's financial statement dated
September 30, 1996, were prepared in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles consistently applied and fairly and accurately present
the condition of the Obligor as of their date and the results of its operations
for the period then ended.  There has been no material adverse change in the
condition of the Obligor or the results of its operations since the date of
such financial statements.

         1.07.   Information.  All information contained in any financial
statement, application, schedule, report or any other document given by the
Obligor or by any other person in connection with the Obligations or with any
of the Loan Documents is in all respects true and accurate and the Obligor or
such other person has not omitted to state any material fact or any fact
necessary to make such information not misleading.

         1.08.   Assets.  The Obligor has good and merchantable title to all of
its assets and properties and there are no liens, security interests or other
encumbrances outstanding against any of these assets and properties except
those disclosed by the Obligor in writing to the Bank immediately prior to the
date or this Agreement.

         1.09.   Place(s) of Business.  The Obligor has disclosed to the Bank
in  writing immediately prior to the date of this Agreement the address of each
of its places of business.
<PAGE>   5
         1.10.   Taxes.  All taxes, assessments and governmental charges and
liens imposed upon the Obligor and its properties, operations and income
(collectively, the "Taxes") have been paid and discharged prior to the date
when any interest or penalty would accrue for the nonpayment thereof, except
for those Taxes disclosed to the Bank in writing immediately prior to the date
of this Agreement.

         2.      Affirmative Covenants.  Until payments in full of all of the
Obligations, the Obligor will:

         2.01.   Financial Statements.  Maintain at all times a system of
accounting satisfactory to the Bank and will furnish to the Bank at such time
or times as specified by the Bank such financial statements as may be required
by the Bank.

         2.02.   Information.  Furnish to he Bank promptly at any time and from
time to time such information concerning the operations, business, affairs and
financial condition of the Obligor as the Bank may request.

         2.03.   Inspection.  Permit representatives of the Bank to inspect and
make copies of the books, records and properties of the Obligor or relating to
the Obligor at any reasonable time, wherever such books, records and properties
are maintained or located.

         2.04.   Management.  Maintain the current management of the Obligor or
other management reasonably satisfactory to the Bank and will notify the Bank
promptly of any management change.

         2.05    Life Insurance.  Maintain at all times life insurance with a
responsible insurance company on the lives of the following persons:  N/A in
the following amounts NA and with assignment of proceeds of such life insurance
to the Bank pursuant to written assignment in form and content satisfactory to
the Bank.

         2.06.   Litigation.  Promptly notify the Bank of any litigation
instituted or threatened against the Obligor and the entry of any judgment or
lien against the Obligor or any of its assets and property where the claims
against the Obligor or its assets and property exceed $250,000.

         2.07.   Insurance.  Maintain insurance with responsible insurance
companies on such of its assets and properties, in such amounts and against
such risks as is satisfactory in the Bank, and furnish to the Bank promptly
upon request certificates evidencing such insurance.

         2.08.   Adverse Debt.  Promptly notify Bank of any additional debt
incurred.

         2.09.   Existence.  Maintain its existence in good standing in each
jurisdiction where the Obligor does business.

         2.10.   Profitability.  Be profitable in each calendar month.

         2.11.   Quick Ratio.  Maintain at all times a Quick Ratio of 1.25 to
1.  Quick Ratio for this purpose shall mean cash and accounts receivable
divided by all current liabilities.

         2.12.   Taxes.  Except to the extent that the validity or amount
thereof is being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings, pay
and discharge all Taxes prior to the date when any interest or penalty would
accrue for the non-payment thereof.

         2.13.   Proceeds of Obligation.  Use the proceeds of any of the
Obligations advanced to the Obligor on and after the date hereof only for the
purpose(s) specified in writing to the Bank.

         3.      Negative Covenants.  Until payment in full of all of the
Obligations, the Obligor will not, without the prior written consent of the
Bank:

         3.01.   Capital Structure.  Alter or amend its capital structure or
dissolve, merge or consolidate with or into any other person or make any
investment in or acquire any interest in or a substantial portion of the assets
of any other person.

         3.02.   Dividends and Similar Events.  Purchase, redeem or otherwise
retire any shares of its capital stock, voluntarily prepay, acquire or
anticipate any sinking fund requirement of any indebtedness or pay any cash
dividends.

         3.03.   Indebtedness.  Incur any indebtedness for money borrowed
likely to impair Bank's ability to collect the debt.

         3.04.   Loans.  Make any loans, advances to, or guaranty any loans or
advances to, any person, except that Obligor may purchase or acquire prime
commercial paper or certificates of deposit in United States commercial banks
with assets of not less than $1 billion, obligations of the
<PAGE>   6
United States government or any agency thereof, obligations of the State of
Maryland, and obligations guaranteed by the United States government or the
State of Maryland.  Advances to stockholders and/or affiliates are permitted
but may not exceed $50,000.00 in aggregate.

         3.05.   Negative Pledge.  Mortgage, pledge or otherwise encumber or
permit any lien, security interest or other encumbrance including purchase
money liens whether under conditional or installment sales arrangements or
otherwise, to arise upon any of its assets or properties excepting security
interests and liens granted to the Bank or liens for Taxes not yet due or which
are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings.

         3.06.   Sale of Assets.  Sell, lease or dispose of any assets and
property outside of the ordinary course of business.

         3.07.   Lease Obligations.  Enter into any new leases of real or
personal property with annual lease payments totaling over $600,000.00.

         3.08.   Capital Expenditures.  Make capital expenditures in excess of
$40,000,000.00, during any twelve (12) month period.

         4.      Default.  The occurrence of any one or more of the following
events shall constitute a default under this Agreement:

         4.01.   Failure to Pay.  The failure of the Obligor to pay any of the
Obligations as and when due and payable (whether by acceleration, declaration,
extension or otherwise);

         4.02.   Covenants and Agreements.  The failure of the Obligor to
perform, observe or comply with any of the covenants of this Agreement;

         4.03.   Information, Representations and Warranties.  If any
information furnished or representation or warranty made or given by the
Obligor herein or furnished in connection with any of the Obligations shall
prove untrue in any material respect;

         4.04.   Default under Loan Documents.  The occurrence of a default
under any of the Loan Documents;

         4.05.   Default on Other Obligations.  The occurrence of any event
which would permit the acceleration of the maturity of any note, loan or other
agreement between the Obligor and any person other than the Bank.

         4.06.   Bankruptcy.  The filing of any petition under the Bankruptcy
Act or any similar Federal or State statute by or against the Obligor, or the
failure of the Obligor generally to pay its debts as such debts become due;

         4.07    Insolvency.  An application for the appointment of a receiver
for, the making of a general assignment for the benefit of creditors by, or the
insolvency of, the Obligor.

         4.08.   Adverse Change of Financial Condition.  The determination in
good faith by the Bank that a material adverse change has occurred in the
financial condition of the Obligor from the condition set forth in the most
recent financial statement of the Obligor furnished by the Obligor to the Bank
before the execution of this agreement, or from the financial condition of the
Obligor as heretofore most recently disclosed to the Bank in any other manner,
or

         4.09.   Prospect of Payment.  The determination in good faith by the
Bank that the prospect of payment of any of the Obligations when due and
payable is impaired for any reason.

         5.      Rights and Remedies Upon Default.  In the event of a default
hereunder, the Bank may, at its option, and without notice to the Obligor,
declare the unpaid balance of all or any part of the Obligations to be
immediately due and payable.  In this event, the Bank may exercise any rights
and remedies available to it under any of the Loan Documents and under
applicable laws, and the Bank is authorized to offset and apply to all or any
part of the Obligations, all moneys, credits and other property of any nature
whatsoever of the Obligor now or at any time hereafter in the possession of, in
transit to or from, under the control or custody of, or on deposit with, the
Bank in any capacity whatsoever, including, without limitation, any balance of
any deposit account and any credits with the Bank.

         The Obligor shall reimburse and pay on demand all costs and expenses,
including, without limitation, attorney's fees and expenses, incurred by or on
behalf of the Bank in collecting the Obligations.  All of such costs and
expenses shall bear interest at a per annum rate of interest equal to the then
highest rate of interest charged on the principal of any of the Obligations
plus 1% per annum from the date of payment until repaid in full.
<PAGE>   7
         6.      Remedies Cumulative.  Each right, power and remedy of the Bank
as provided for in this Agreement or in the Loan Documents now or hereafter
existing at law or in equity or by statute or otherwise shall be cumulative and
concurrent and shall be in addition to every other right, power or remedy
provided for in this Agreement or in the Loan Documents or now or hereafter
existing at law or in equity or by statute otherwise, and the exercise or
beginning of the exercise by the Bank of any one or more of such rights, powers
or remedies shall not preclude the simultaneous or later exercise by the Bank
of any or all such other rights, powers or remedies.

         7.      Waiver.  No failure or delay by the Bank to insist upon the
strict  performance of any term, condition, covenant or agreement of this
Agreement or of the Loan Documents, or to exercise any right, power or remedy
consequent upon a breach thereof, shall constitute a waiver of any such term,
condition, covenant or agreement or of any such breach, or preclude the Bank
from exercising any such right, power or remedy at any later time or times.  By
accepting payment after the due date of any of the Obligations, the Bank shall
not be deemed to have waived the right either to require prompt payment when
due of all other Obligations, or to declare a default for failure to effect
such payment of any such other Obligations.

         8.      Miscellaneous.  The paragraph headings of this Agreement are
for convenience only, and shall not limit or otherwise affect any of the terms
hereof.  Neither this Agreement nor any term, condition, covenant or agreement
hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated orally, but only by an
instrument in writing signed by the party against whom enforcement of the
change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.  This Agreement shall be
governed by the laws of the State of Maryland and shall be binding upon the
personal representatives, successors and assigns of the Obligor and shall inure
to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Bank.  Unless otherwise
provided herein, all accounting terms used herein shall be defined and applied
on a consistent basis in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principals.  As used herein, the singular number shall include the plural, the
plural the singular and the use of the masculine, feminine or neuter gender
shall include all genders, as the context may require, and the term "person"
shall include an individual, a corporation, an association, a partnership, a
trust and an organization.  The term "Obligations" as used herein shall not
include any loans to a noncorporate Obligor which is not a "commercial loan"
(as defined by Section 12-101(c) of the Commercial Law Article of the Annotated
Code of Maryland) in excess of $15,000.

         The signature(s) and seal(s) of the Obligor(s) is/are subscribed to
this Agreement as a sealed instrument the day and year written above.



                     
                           Ciena Corporation
                     ---------------------------------------
                                   Obligor's Name
                     
                     
                     By /s/ JOSEPH R. CHINNICI CFO & VP FINANCE
                       ----------------------------------------
                                Signature and title
                     
                     
                       /s/  ANDREW C. PETRICK TREASURER, CONTROLLER
                       ----------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>   1
                      CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS


We hereby consent to the use in the Prospectus constituting part of this
Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated November 27, 1996,
except as to the stock split, share authorizations and registration statement
authorization described in Note 14 which is as of December 10, 1996, relating
to the financial statements of CIENA Corporation, which appears in such
Prospectus.  We also consent to the reference to us under the heading "Experts"
in such Prospectus. 



PRICE WATERHOUSE LLP

Falls Church, VA
December 10, 1996

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM CIENA
CORPORATION'S FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AS OF AND FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED OCTOBER
31, 1996 AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO SUCH FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          OCT-31-1996
<PERIOD-START>                             NOV-01-1995
<PERIOD-END>                               OCT-31-1996
<CASH>                                          22,557
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                   16,759
<ALLOWANCES>                                         0
<INVENTORY>                                     13,228
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                55,012
<PP&E>                                          11,863
<DEPRECIATION>                                   1,388
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                  67,301
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                           19,156
<BONDS>                                          2,673
                           40,404
                                          0
<COMMON>                                           132
<OTHER-SE>                                       4,838
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                    26,897
<SALES>                                         54,838
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                54,838
<CGS>                                           21,844
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                   21,844
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                16,607
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                 296
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                 16,968
<INCOME-TAX>                                     2,250
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                             14,718
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                    14,718
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                        0
<EPS-DILUTED>                                        0
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission